About Us

Victoria Pynchon

I mediate and arbitrate complex commercial disputes, the former with ADR Services, Inc. in Century City and the latter with...

She Mediates

ADR Services, Inc.

She Negotiates

She Negotiates

The 33 cent wage and income gap is unacceptable and unnecessary. So is the cliché glass ceiling. Bottom line, our...

Negotiating a New Economic Paradigm

WLALA President Angela Haskins Begins Her Term By Creating an ADR Section

Congratulations are in order to attorney Angela Haskins who is not only being installed as the President of the Women Lawyers Association of Los Angeles this Thursday evening, but who has had the wisdom to create a section for women in ADR ~ an idea whose time has come.

Angela was profiled in the Daily Journal today here.  As that profile noted,

Drawing on her years of experience in alternate dispute resolution, [Angela] is creating a section on women in ADR. The association has many ADR professionals in its membership, she noted, but this will be the first time it has had a section dedicated to women who have made great inroads into what had become a male-dominated practice.

Haskins also will keep a eye on addressing the changing dynamics affecting women lawyers. Two years ago, she said, WLALA President Kathy Forester of Munger, Tolles & Olson created a joint task force for women, focusing on how to make partner, stay partner and to make that be an important part of their career.

I'll be chairing the ADR Committee this year.  As part of Angela's Empowerment theme, the ADR Committee's activities will be highlighting its own "Women Do Refer" initiative ~ details here and at WLALA's web page here soon.

CONGRATULATIONS TO ANGELA!

Settle It with Push Ups?

For an enlightened manly-man resolution to the patently insane prospect of litigating a $40,000 dispute, see the WSJ Law Blog post ADR Chronicles: Taylor Lautner Gets Settlement Offer for the Ages

Lautner . . . star of the “Twilight” movies, recently sued McMahon, the owner of an RV dealership in Irvine, Calif, for allegedly failing to deliver a customized vehicle in time for the shoot of his new movie, “Abduction.”

On Monday, McMahon presented what we can only consider to be an awesome solution to the dustup: settle it with pushups. That’s right: whoever can do more pushups — McMahon or Lautner — wins the lawsuit. Click here for the story, from the Hollywood Reporter.

McMahon and attorney Adam Obeid say the Lautners and their lawyers demanded $40,000 before filing the lawsuit. But they offered up a different idea: If Lautner shows up and wins the push-up contest, McMahon will pay him and his Shark Kid Entertainment the $40,000 to settle the case. If McMahon wins, he’ll donate the $40,000 to Children’s Hospital of Orange County.

“We’re taking a negative and making it into a positive to benefit the sick children at Children’s Hospital of Orange County,” McMahon said at the press conference. He says he has other sponsors willing to chip in if Lautner appears.

 

prisons of peace

Can we afford not to learn and teach these skills?  Cross-posted at She Negotiates.

An Open Letter to Women ADR Professionals to Join Us at the WLALA Gala on September 16

Dear Fabulous Women Neutrals of Los Angeles:

One last time!! before the door closes on the opportunity to have your picture in the WLALA Tribute book and to share two tables with your fellow neutrals at the WLALA annual Installation Dinner and Gala. 

I have three more places at the table and on that ad.  I need your check for $175 and a .jpg by Friday to put you in it!  Please, let's show WLALA how eager we are to cross-refer business.

This is a particularly good year to join us as we begin the first WLALA ADR initiative in its nearly 100 year history.

ONE HUNDRED YEARS! of women lawyers - way past time to reach and firmly occupy the higher reaches of the profession.  We've been graduating from the nation's law schools in nearly equal numbers with men for more than 20 years.  My own U.C. law school class (King Hall, '80) was 50% women thirty years ago.

The ADR pipeline is full of competent -- indeed glorious -- women.  Yet the statistics at the top remain grim.

Chopped Liver?

Why is your ADR practice not everything that Tony Piazza's or Eric Green's or even Steve Cerveris' is?  Research shows that both men and women have negative implicit attitudes toward women in leadership and authority positionsThe good news is that women are slightly less pre-disposed than are men to picture a man in a suit when they're looking for access to money and power.  I've had at least half a dozen women commercial litigators look straight at me and say "I don't know any women mediators."

Huh????

Followed by, "well their names are never on the lists [circulated in my firm]."

Women, with their slightly reduced inability to "see" women in authority positions, are our foot in the door. And the new WLALA ADR Committee is our opportunity to open that door wide.

As a member of the CPR-led Joint Task Force on Diversity, I have heard the verdict of JAMS and the AAA.  "The market has spoken.  Commercial lawyers just don't hire women and minorities."

What????

We're advocates, for goodness sakes.  When we come into town we have to register our skills of persuasion with local law enforcement authorities.  We're change agents, opinion makers, powerful holders of the keys to the kingdom. 

And the market has spoken? 


We make the market!


This year's ADR Committee is dedicated to closing the gaping void between men and women neutrals.  We're not going to ask for special treatment, picket the LASC's ADR office, pass new laws or burn our ADR certificates, Super Lawyer plaques, Ivy League diplomas, or our bras (not at this age!)

We're going to market like no one has ever marketed before and we're going to do so as a group so that we don't each hesitate, as we women tend to do, to promote ourselves and our services.


2010 and 2011 will be the years in which top women will refer to other top women.  2010 and 2011 will be the years in which we close the income gap not only between men and women neutrals but between men and women lawyers (its 40% at the top).  2010 and 2011 will be the years in which we make a market younger women lawyers will be entering in the next decade and the one after that -- one in which they'll flourish after they grow weary of fighting over interrogatory objections and e-discovery.

How?

Marketing.  Proctor and Gamble does  not say, "well, the market doesn't want a new improved laundry detergent."  P&G asks "how?" not "can we?"  And it certainly never says "we give up, the market has spoken."

We're putting our first stake in the ground on September 16 at the  WLALA Gala.  There's no event more important for women neutrals to attend this year. 

Our current attendees will appear in two full-page ads in the Tribute Book and two color flyers to be distributed at the dinner. 

To date those women are Eleanor Barr, Joan Kessler, Lynne Bassis, Katherine Edwards, Laurel Kaufer, Linda Klibanow, Denise Madigan, Stephanie Maloney, Deborah Rothman, Jan Frankel Schau, Gretchen Taylor, Caroline Vincent, Diane Wayne, Linda Bulmash, Lisa Gates (my She Negotiates business partner), Kathy Balin, and Erica Bristol. 

We need three more women neutrals to fill table two.  If you want to sit at another table, ask a woman litigator to change places with you while whispering "cross-refer" in her ear.  The key is that you'll be there to network.  You'll show your support to WLALA by showing up and WLALA women (among the most entrepreneurial in the Bar) will see your beautiful face and panel affiliation or business name in the  Tribute Book while enduring the inevitably tedious speeches at these events. 

Do you want to double your income by 2012?  If we've lasted this long in a profession that was solidly male when so many of us were in high school, we can close this gap by coming together and just doing it.

And if the $175 is too steep a price during these recessionary times or if you'll be out of town or otherwise engaged on the 16th of September, please let me know that you want to be a member of the new WLALA Committee by return email.

Our first event will be an afternoon on arbitration in October with CPR CEO Kathy Bryan and other powerful women attorneys, GC's and CEO's who arbitrate, either as advocates, as clients or as arbitrators.  The panel will be moderated by complex-commercial AAA arbitrator Deborah Rothman.

Shock me!  Let's fill Table Three!!

I look forward to hearing from you and to kicking the last pitiful shards out of that darn glass ceiling.

Best,

Vickie

Victoria Pynchon, Esq., Incoming Chair, WLALA ADR Committee
ADR Services, Inc. and She Negotiates Consulting and Training

Virtual Property, Virtual Litigation and Real Resolution

I continue to bark at the moon.

Here's a piece I missed in April on real litigation filed over virtual property in Second Life.

Architect David Denton spends much of his time on a lush tropical island, where he experiments with cutting-edge building designs and creates spaces for artists to showcase their work.

Never mind that the island only exists in the virtual-reality world of Second Life, a popular online venue where people interact via digital avatars. Denton, 62, said he purchased the island for about $700 — real money, not virtual cash — from its former owner, and considers it his property.

Here's the thought this article triggers.  If 90% of all litigation involving people (I'll skip corporate litigation and litigation brought to vindicate rights such as that declaring Prop 8 unconstitutional) will end with a retired Judge telling the people that litigation is too expensive and a jury trial too uncertain for them to bear, why don't we just litigate virtually (with Linden dollars!) giving the parties the experience of litigation that will eventually drive them to settlement?

I'm sure some smart programmer can come up with an algorithm for most personal disputes, including both factual templates and the application of simple legal principles.  A "ticker" could keep track of the dollars your virtual attorney is billing on your law suit's screen everyday.  Continuances, discovery motions, pre-trial proceedings and depositions could all be simulated.

Then the parties return from the virtual life of Second Life Litigation and sit down in the old fashioned way to negotiate a resolution to their dispute or, if necessary, hire a village elder trained in conflict resolution, sometimes called a mediator, to help them do so.

The Goddess of Discovery Arrives in the Blogosphere

A criminal defense lawyer I know used to ask me "just exactly what is it that you 'litigators' do everyday anyway?'"

What we do, my friend, is discovery.  

Discovery. 

Saying that discovery is part of litigation practice is like talking about the wet part of the ocean.

How do you know when you're finally finished with legal practice?  When do the heavens open up and angels descend with the news that you've finally done enough and may now go and do that which you truly love? 

It's usually a discovery moment.

For one of my former law partners, it came on the heels of a five page meet and confer letter.  Single spaced.  When my friend's secretary came into her office with the written response, the expression on her face ranged between shock and amusement. 

"You're not really going to send this, are you?"

"Yes, I am.  Let me sign it."

"No no no no no no no.  I can't let you do this."

"Yes you can.  Let me sign it."

"Pleeeezzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz."

"Sign."

Here's the response that struck fear into the heart of an overworked legal secretary: 

Whatever.

And yes.  She sent it.

For those of you who have not yet reached the promised land of Discovery Whatever, I've got very very very good news for you.

The Discovery Referee Speaks!  And she is a Goddess.  Goddess Kathy Gallo to be exact.

Yesterday's post reminds us what we ought to know intuitively during our first deposition - the Court Reporter is the Goddess of the Deposition (my own stories of first encounters with the Sphinx of the Transcript are here)

Continue Reading

Can a Checklist Lead the Adversarial System Into the 21st Century?

Recently, I suggested that surgeon-author Atul Gawande's Checklist Manifesto pointed the way toward a more effective and efficient means of responding to frivolous claims than potentially protracted litigation. Skeletal checklists for just such dispute resolution processes are already in daily use by peer mediators in our public schools.  Because those lists are scalable, they can be readily adapted to address conflicts of far greater sophistication and complexity with minimal effort.

But before the solution,

The Problem

If your physician suggested 17th century medical treatment today - the use of leeches or "bleeding" to relieve your suffering -  patient and physician would soon be packed off to a quiet mental hospital for treatment.   Yet we continue to use dispute resolution processes little changed since the British abolished the Star Chamber in 1641 and enshrined the jury trial as the preferred Anglo-American response to conflict.

It is not simply the age of our adversarial processes that make them inefficient and ineffective today.   The system is inefficient because it has become encrusted with thousands of layers of procedural "improvements" over the course of 400 years - improvements that burden the ship of justice in the way barnacles weigh down ancient square-rigged Brigantines.  And they are ineffective because they are consistently and demonstrably prone to error.

As  the research reported in Beyond Right and Wrong:  the Power of Effective Decision Making for Attorneys suggests, the only sensible way to evaluate how well litigation is presently serving its purpose is to test the accuracy of the settlement decisions that resolve ninety percent of all lawsuits filed.  When researchers investigate those decisions, the error rates fly right off the charts.

According to Beyond Right and Wrong, Plaintiffs make so many settlement "decisional errors" that their interests would be better served by flipping a coin.   And though defendants make fewer such errors - they're still wrong 25% of the time.  And when they're wrong, they're very very wrong - averaging an unnecessary expense of nearly $1.5 million one time out of four.

If your contractor erred twenty-five percent of the time and if his error cost you $1.5 million on each of those occasions, you simply wouldn't hire him again.  Problem solved.  But what if all contractors erred to your considerable economic disadvantage 25% of the time?  What would you do? You'd reject contracting as a profession and seek out a new system for building a skyscraper, that's what you'd do.

Continue Reading

The Bet Din: Religious Dispute Resolution

Los Angeles has large orthodox and ultra-orthodox Jewish communities.   I have, on more than one occasion, been introduced by mediation clients to the Jewish justice system - the Bet Din.  I have mediated business disputes that have already been to the Bet Din and those that were destined to go there.

It is not my intention here to describe the Jewish laws requiring (or suggesting) resolution before a Bet Din, only to attach some resources here and link to others.

A "layman's guide" to Jewish Law (.pdf) (recommends mediation as one way of resolving a disputes)

The story of the stolen Torahs and the Bet Din's purported practice of "splitting the baby" below, including a blog post indicating that a Los Angeles Superior Court had been asked to confirm a Bet Din decision as an enforceable judgment.

California Civil Court Asked to Confirm Bet Din's Ruling on Torah Scrolls

Judge Rules against Rabbi's Widow in Torah Case reporting that the Los Angeles Superior Court has thrown out a religious court's decision to award four disputed Torahs to an Orthodox rabbi's widow who claimed that the scrolls had been stolen by her late husband's assistant.

Rabbi's Widow, LA Shul Fight Over Torah Scrolls (containing the reference to "splitting the baby")

Additional Resources

Website for a Los Angeles Din Torah Counselor.

Traditional Jewish Arbitration Panels Find New Converts

For all those past and present Honors Moot Court Board Members out there, an article on the North American High School Moot Beit Din

The London Beth Din for my British readers.

Please feel free to add to these resources.

 

 

Should We Be Creating a New Anti-Bullying Cause of Action

Check out my first blog post on the Forbes.com legal blog, On the Docket, New York Anti-Bullying Law a Big Bad Idea.

I know, opposing a law that seeks to prevent workplace bullying is like criticizing mom and apple pie.  Still.  More workplace litigation???  And why isn't the existing cause of action for the intentional infliction of emotional distress a perfectly good alternative for anyone who's truly "severely" damaged by "outrageous" conduct that goes beyond the bounds of human civility?

One of the great benefits of posting on this topic over at Forbes.com is the number of comments it generates.  Not because it insures "hits" but because it engages a far larger community in a constructive multilogue on an issue of genuine and important public interest.  Here's an excerpt:

According to a post in the Wall Street Journal Law Blog yesterday --  For Businesses, Bully Lawsuits May Pose New Threat -- New York's state Senate has passed a surprisingly bipartisan workplace anti-bullying law.

According to the Journal, the law would "allow workers who've been physically, psychologically or economically abused while on the job to file charges against their employers in civil court."

Economically abused????? The mind boggles.

The bill defines "bullying" broadly as  the "repeated use of derogatory remarks, insults and epithets" that the (mythical and chronically overly sensitive) "reasonable person" would "find threatening, intimidating or humiliating."

Let's give this proposal a second thought, particularly in the context of legal practice.  We lawyers do endeavor to "keep calm and carry on."  We have been known, however, to push ourselves and to be pushed past our tempers' limits.  We're human.  We're under a lot of pressure.  And we're fallible.

Read more here.

Kagan and the Magic Number Three

More important than her religious background (Jewish) her Ivy League Credentials (Harvard) her progressive, liberal or conservative Democrat political leanings, is the prospect that Kagan's addition to the Supreme Court will result in the magic number of three women on the United States Supreme Court. 

Why is three the magic number?

Recent studies have shown that it takes three women corporate board members to avoid the deliterious effects of group think on corporate decision making - my own supposition on the question "why three" being that one or two women easily risk falling into male group-think.  This isn't male bashing, by the way. I assume three men on an otherwise all woman's board would have a similar performance enhancing effect.  

Continue Reading

Mothers Day Issue of Blawg Review #263 is Up and Running at the She Negotiates Blog

We’re celebrating Mothers Day by posting Blawg Review #263 at the She Negotiates Blog for one obvious and some not so obvious reasons.  The obvious reason is the word “She.”  The not-so-obvious reasons are:  (1) Mother’s Day was a peace and reconciliation movement before it was a holiday; and, (2) peace exists only when we have the political will to seek and the negotiation tools achieve the resolution of conflict.

In addition to the main post, we've also posted Blawg Review #263 on our She Networks, She Succeeds, She Transforms and She Resolves pages (up at the top of the blog).

Women in ADR with a Wake Up Sound Track

Anyone who's known me for more than twenty minutes will realize the soundtrack to this Women in ADR video is a very very good sign that I'm regaining my sense of humor without losing my commitment to this issue. Rock on . . .

My article on this subject from which these slides were drawn, appears in the ABA's Law Practice Management Magazine for April, 2010, online here.

Differences in Men's and Women's Conflict Negotiation Styles

I'm blogging about gender and negotiation this month because March is National Women's History Month and March 8th was the 100th anniversary of International Women's Day (commenced in 1910, a full decade before the Nineteenth Amendment would grant U.S. women the right to vote). 

Today I stumbled over the post Women Deal with Conflict Differently than Men, reporting on a study done by the Program on Negotiation at Harvard in 2008.  Results of the study showed the following similarities between men and women including:

  • Integrating, the ability to meet the needs of both parties; and,
  • Compromising as a strategy, except women showed a "high level of agreement that every issue has room for negotiation"

The differences included:

  • women's tendency to choose equal distributions when compromising which the researchers apparently ascribed to women's greater concern with fairness;
  • competitiveness - with men scoring 25% more competitive than their female counterparts
  • "smoothing," with women engaging in that behavior 20% more of the time than men - smoothing being defined as "giving in to the other party while ignoring one's own needs"
  • avoiding or withdrawing with women doing so 30% more than men
  • expressing feeling, with women apparently doing so "more" than men but no percentages are provided

We'll be working with gender differences through the end of the month of March and will likely discuss this data in more detail later.

Resources on Women and Negotiation in Honor of Women's History Month

I'm sure you've noticed that we're celebrating negotiating women here this month in honor of International Women's Day and National Women's History Month.  Other than tomorrow night's free negotiating women teleseminar with super coach Lisa Gates, I'm celebrating by posting in one place all of my articles on negotiating women.

The Power of Beauty

Nature gives you the face you have at 20; it is up to you to merit the face you have at 50. -- Coco Chanel A local judge who has four beautiful young law students working for him this summer...

Tips from Forbes & a Word with Women: Negotiate Your First Salary

If you're entering the job market, you'll want to check out Forbes' Magazine's Tips for Negotiating Your First Salary. If you do not negotiate your first salary, you stand to lose half a million dollars over...

Ask for It: How Women Can Use the Power of Negotiation to Get What They Really Want

I didn't realize until I got onto the plane out of Seattle that Linda Babcock and Sara Laschever -- our morning plenary session speakers (Women Don't Ask: Negotiation and the Gender Divide) -- have written a new book -- Ask...

Negotiating Your Mid-Life Career Crisis with Career Coach Lisa Gates

Practicing law, particularly litigation, is often frustrating, sometimes humiliating, and frequently simply dispiriting. On the other hand, the practice of law can be thrilling, intellectually stimulating, challenging, absorbing, and a darn good way to make a good living. When you...

Is Hillary Negotiating Her Withdrawal? So Says Cokie

From Women on the Web's Conversation Today Cokie Roberts: 'Hillary Is Negotiating Her Withdrawal' with Lesley Stahl Q&A with ABC News correspondent Cokie Roberts. Excerpt below: LESLEY: Let’s talk about Hillary. I’m wondering, how do you explain..

Must Read for All Women Negotiating Law Firm Life

Below is my review in The Complete Lawyer of Lauren Stiller Rikleen's must-read book Ending the Gauntlet: Removing Barriers to Women's Success in the Law. Concluding paragraph: At bottom, this book calls for management practices that will benefit all attorneys...

Clinton Speaks on 88th Anniversary of Women's Suffrage

(Right, women protesting, 1912. My own grandmother was 12 years old at the time this photo was taken. By the time she was old enough to vote in 1921, she could vote) Why women's voting rights and Hillary Clinton's DNC...

Negotiating Women at ForbesWoman

If you're a certain age, you'll remember women's magazines as mostly "Can This Marriage Be Saved" (The Ladies Home Journal to which PWNSC members Cathy Scott's and Cordelia Mendoza's mother was always submitting articles) or 101 Things to do with...

Negotiating Against the Grain of Gender

Yesterday, we talked about the different negotiation styles of men and women. Today, we're going to explore how men can benefit from learning women-speak and women can benefit from learning man-talk. All of the data relied upon and excerpted below...

Negotiation 101: Gender War or Gender Peace and Prosperity?

Although I am indisputably a "woman lawyer," I have never thought of myself in those terms. I'm a lawyer. And I'm a woman. I'm also a writer, a step-mother, a wife, a daughter, a river rafter, and an aficionado of...

Negotiating Women on New Day Talk Radio Easter Sunday Noon

(and, yes, I am not only old enough to remember the "Second Wave" Women's Movement, I took a quite serious role in it, first as an unpaid volunteer and later through the federal government's "Program for Local Service" at...

Negotiating Women: 5th and Final Part

Thanks again to Vicki Flaugher of SmartWomanGuides.com for inviting me to have this conversation with her about ways in which women can and do maximize their bargaining power. And yes we do talk about negotiating the purchase of an automobile...

Negotiating Women Part III

This segment of my interview with Vicki Flaughter is primarily about why women don't negotiate - to their substantial economic detriment - (see Women Don't Ask Here) and what they can do about it....

Negotiating Women Part II

In part two of Vicki Flaugher's interview with me, we discuss ways in which women can comfortably respond to aggressive zero-sum distributive bargainers and negotiate better business deals using their natural strengths. I'd like to once again thank Vicki Flaugher...

Negotiating Women: Never Negotiate Out of Fear, But Never Fear to Negotiate --

Video below is part I of an interview on negotiation challenges, strategies and tactics for women with Vicki Flaugher, founder of SmartWoman Guides. The full audio of the video is here along with Ms. Flaugher's kind comments about our conversation....

Negotiating Women: Free Teleseminar at Craving Balance

How to Negotiate Anything: Free Intro Thursday, Mar 18, '10 8pm EST Some researchers say that women's failure to negotiate working conditions, salary or other compensation--along with their hesitancy to seek what they're worth when they do negotiate--is one of...

Women Bloggers Proclaim National Women's History Month

Whereas American women of every race, class, and ethnic background have made historic contributions to the growth and strength of our Nation in countless recorded and unrecorded ways; Whereas American women have played and continue to play a critical...

Update on Gender Diversity in the Judiciary and in ADR

When I posted Negotiating Gender: Why So Few Women Neutrals? I had not yet found a source for the statistical representation of women neutrals on the American Arbitration Association Panel. I've now located an article on the AAA website from...

Negotiating Gender: Why So Few Women Neutrals?

Although most of the major providers of alternative dispute resolution services tout their commitment to diversity in the ranks of their neutrals, the coloration of nearly all ADR panels continues to be white; the nationalities European; and the gender male....

Women, Negotiation and the Persistent Wage Gap

Thanks to Ed. at Blawg Review for passing along this (somewhat rambling but well worth watching) lecture at Stanford University by Deborah Kolb, the Deloitte Ellen Gabriel Professor for Women and Leadership at the Simmons College School of Management....

 

Negotiating Gender: The Old White Men Speak

And they do so in favor of diversity.  See commercial arbitrator and mediator F. Peter Phillips' November 2006 National Law Journal article:  ADR Continental Drift:  It remains a while, male game.  I promised prescriptions for change and here are a few sent to me by Peter Phillips this morning.  Peter was, as I am now, a member of the CPR Diversity Committee.

Once again, based upon my personal experience and that of tens of thousands of other women in commercial legal practice I continue to believe that until we are fairly represented on commercial ADR panels, both arbitration and mediation, we cannot expect significant change.  This may happen as a matter of the natural "aging" process of the field.  The ADR field looks now exactly like the legal field looked to me when I entered it in 1980.  Not surprising given the fact that ADR is historically a "retirement" field.  That is already changing, to beneficial effect.

For the adventuresome, Peter's pro-active recommendations below. I highly recommend, by the way, that you follow Peter's Business Conflict Blog.  It's one of the best out there.

(screen shot of google search for our local legal rag's "top 50 neutrals)

What if the country’s leading law firms—from which so many of our leading mediators and arbitrators emerge—had an incentive to encourage more diverse members of the firm to enter this field?

■ What if a benchmark survey were conducted to determine how often law firms suggest mediation to their clients; how often mediation is in fact tried; and how often diverse mediators are proposed to clients by outside lawyers and ADR provider organizations?

■ What if the property casualty insurance industry, as the largest consumer of legal services and of ADR services, conveyed its expectation that the firms that insurers pay for, when they propose mediators and arbitrators, will be expected to propose diverse individuals?

■ What if influential national ADR organizations combined forces to better reflect their corporate and legal constituents, and meet their customers’ expectations, by sharing information on excellent women and minorities who are not now on their lists, but should be?

■ What if initiatives were undertaken to encourage particularly promising women, younger people and minorities from firms to attend ADR colloquia, seminars and other events in order to network, learn and advance their visibility and recognition among the ADR community, as well as to contribute diverse views and perspectives?

■ What if a mentor program were designed and funded, pursuant to which younger female and minority attorneys could “shadow” established mediators and arbitrators (whether or not they are women or minorities) and establish skills and reputations thereby?

■ What if corporations and law firms intentionally engaged younger mediators who are women and minorities in smaller matters, so that those professionals would gain experience as neutrals and be better positioned for the larger cases?

■ What if scholarships were established to enable young people to be trained as mediators and arbitrators, with the expectation that a person thus trained would be skilled not only as a neutral, but more generally as a negotiator and client representative in settlement?

■ What if a very “early pipeline” were begun, and ADR institutions worked with Street Law Inc. (www.streetlaw.com), a national program that trains high school students in legal issues, or a similar organization to provide materials and information for children to become interested in ADR as a profession?

It is perplexing that this one aspect of the legal profession—a field that is otherwise so robust, so progressive and so creative—lags behind so miserably in satisfying client expectations for diverse practitioners. But there is no indication that it must be so. And with diligence, creativity and practical action, it will not long be so.

Here are more diversity resources from CPR.

Combatting Implicit Gender Bias in ADR

Now you know the disappointing statistics.  As women have populated the Bench, justice has become more privatized, lessening the benefits of diversity to those whose disputes lead them to Court; to arbitration panels and associations; or, to mediation panels.

(make of it what you will, but I was definitely a boy-toy girl, i.e., trucks, cap guns, baseball gear and the like; no dolls - yeeccchhhhhh)

Here's the inside scoop - all of it anonymous - and gathered from people in a position to know, i.e., people who manage ADR panels, both in court-annexed programs and in the private sector.  These are observations from the national scene and no one should conclude that they refer to practice in Southern California or to panels with which I'm affiliated - I know a lot of people around the country because I blog and am pretty deeply wired into ADR practices and procedures both nationally and internationally.

  1. even on pro bono panels, particularly in the more commercially oriented federal courts, panel users rarely choose women;
  2. women are so seldom chosen as arbitrators that at least one urban arbitration panel stopped putting women on a local roster until the decision to "let the market choose" came to the attention of the organization's higher powers who likely saw this for what it was - intentional gender discrimination;
  3. because "women don't refer" cases to private ADR panels, women's legal organizations are often excluded from those panels' marketing efforts; and,
  4. women are leaving prestigious ADR panels to commence judicial careers or return to the bench because they cannot make a decent living in the commercial ADR sector.

I'm a Lawyer Who Happens to Also Be a Woman; Not a "Woman Lawyer"

I've avoided this topic because I don't like whining about circumstances that could possibly hinder my own career.  I'm not used to whining.  I'm used to working.  And as I've said many many times before, I did not experience gender discrimination as an inhibition to career advancement in commercial litigation.  During the early years of my practice (say, 1980 to 1985) the response to the flood of women entering the legal market was:  (1) we were explicitly told that we had to prove our mettle by taking the "heat" in litigation's "kitchen" - we accepted this challenge and met it; and, (2) we were supported by our law firms in response to biases in the market. 

(image right:  we were trying to figure out who to be)

How supported? 

Like this.

Client:  I don't want Vickie Pynchon assigned to this case (1983)

Senior Partner:  Why?

Client:  Frankly, I don't want a woman representing my interests in Court or any other venue.  I don't think they're tough enough and I don't think it will give my opponent the right impression of the power I want to project.

Senior Partner:  If you don't want Vickie on the case, you'll have to find another law firm because she's the best associate I've got.

As late as 1987, clients in an antitrust action told the senior partner on a case on which I was the senior associate that they didn't want me to take any of the significant depositions.  At first, the senior partner agreed.  Time passed.  He was a rain maker.  I was a worker.  I knew the facts far, far better than he did.  Critical depositions were scheduled.  The partner continued to assure the clients that he would take those depositions.  Then he "fell ill."  I was pinch hitter

The clients came, suspicious and angry.  They passed notes among themselves and some to me with suggested lines of questioning.  Eventually, the notes got crossed and I received one of the client-only communications. 

It said, "oh my god!! she's great!!"

I'm not blowing my own horn here.  Here's my experience with those few clients (half a dozen in a twenty-five year practice) who affirmatively stated a gender-bias to the "senior" male members of my law firm/s -  they judged my performance as simply brilliant because they had such low expectations.  Most women use this to their advantage, as do most litigators.  There's no better advantage to have in litigation than the low expectations of opposing counsel and there's no better way to impress prejudiced clients than to perform competently in their presence.

So what to do about gender bias in ADR?  Should we "listen to the market" and provide them with what "we" (think) they want?  Or should we respond to implicit bias in the profession by flooding arbitration and mediation panels with competent women (we do exist in sufficient numbers to easily accomplish this goal)?  As I've said to more than one arbitration panel executive "implicit bias will evaporate when the lists of arbitrators sent to the parties by the organization include five women and one man instead of six men or five men and one woman."

Continue Reading

Update on Gender Diversity in the Judiciary and in ADR

When I posted Negotiating Gender:  Why So Few Women Neutrals? I had not yet found a source for the statistical representation of women neutrals on the American Arbitration Association Panel.  I've now located an article on the AAA website from December 18, 2006  (here) stating that women then made up 13% of AAA's national roster of neutrals

As I noted in that post, diversity among private neutrals is extremely important as more and more litigation is being diverted to arbitration, particularly employment litigation in which allegations of gender discrimination are not (I believe) uncommon (I have no statistics on this either and ask that anyone who does to please send them along). 

Neither the public nor the private justice systems can deliver procedural justice in the absence of hearing officers that fairly represent the people and business entities being judged. As of May 2009, 212 full-time federal judges were women, more than a quarter of the federal judiciary.

The state judiciary is more representative of the population on which it sits in judgment.  Nearly a third of all state supreme court justices are women and in 22 out of 53 supreme courts, women make up at least 40% of the bench.   

The state and federal court figures above are all from a 2009 article, Diversity on the Bench (here).Gender diversity in the state trial courts also appears to hover around 20-30% female as revealed by a recent study on Racial and Gender Diversity in State Courts with outliers in the States you'd expect. A list of all 50 states after the jump.

Continue Reading

Negotiating Gender: Why So Few Women Neutrals?

Although most of the major providers of alternative dispute resolution services tout their commitment to diversity in the ranks of their neutrals, the coloration of nearly all ADR panels continues to be white; the nationalities European; and the gender male.  I generally endeavor to steer clear of this topic because I, as a commercial mediator and arbitrator, have a market that is primarily composed of white men between the ages of 40 and 65. And I don't, of course, wish to offend my market.

(my online female ADR posse Stephanie West Allen, Gini Nelson - now practicing and blogging about Bankruptcy Law - and Diane Levin)

Recently, however, my all time favorite "old white man" (my husband) reported back from a training session on an arbitration panel whose name cannot be spoken that of 29 trainees, only two were women - and women of the type who give the old Astaire-Rogers joke "legs" - those who have done   everything Astaire did, but backwards and in heels.

This made me finally take a look at the composition of ADR panels.  What I found, at least in my own back yard, is that women, while under-represented, are likely fairly proportionally representative of the law school class years from which most neutrals are drawn, i.e., 1970 to 1990 with a tilt toward the earlier decades of the 70s and 80s.

Looking at the "Talk" Before We Examine the "Walk"

The American Arbitration Association (whose diversity we can neither assume nor refute given the absence of statistics on their panel membership) has the following to say about its commitment to diversity:

Our Shared Commitment to Diversity

Our integrity demands impartial and fair treatment of all people with whom we come in contact, regardless of gender, race, ethnicity, age, religion, sexual orientation, or other characterization. Our conflict management services put into practice our goal for the resolution of disputes between parties with different perspectives, experiences and backgrounds.

Because of the breadth of the AAA's work and the global reach of its services, we recognize the importance and contribution of a diverse work force, a diverse Roster of Neutrals, a diverse Board, and commit to respect and increase diversity in all our endeavors.

I recall that JAMS once had a diversity initiative, but I now find no mention of diversity in its Mission, Vision and Values Statement.  The JAMS Foundation appears to have funded one project that has diversity as its goal: it awarded $10,000 to Community Mediation Services in Jamaica, New York for its Intercultural Peacemaking Project for Youth "to help fund a program providing communication and conflict resolution training to youth from diverse cultural backgrounds and assisting them in becoming trainers of diversity and conflict resolution education for others."  It does not appear that JAMS has a diversity initiative for placing women, African-American or other under-represented "minorities" on its panel, nor even a statement of non-discrimination on its website.  If I'm wrong about this, I'd love to hear about it from a JAMS representative.

The International Institute for Conflict Prevention and Resolution, of which I am a member, has an active diversity committee, of which I am also a member, and is grappling with ways in which to increase the representation of under-represented "minorities."  We're making a concerted effort to address the problem and I send bouquets of early blooming parentheses )))((( to CPR in recognition of their commitment.

The Statistics Reveal the Problem

Despite the fact that my own law school class of 1980 was 50% women, the general national statistics at the time were that women comprised 33% of all law students graduating that year.  In the  thirty years that have passed since my own law school graduation, the percentage of U.S. women attorneys working remains less than their law school numbers in 1980, i.e., only 30% of the 1,104,766 practicing lawyers in the United States,  Even those numbers are misleading, however, for women neutrals, like me, who work in the commercial field (a field in which I labored as an attorney with hardly a hint of gender-discrimination for nearly a quarter of a century). 

Here's what the National Association of Women Lawyer's Annual 2009 Report on the status of women in the law has to say about women in positions of power at the type of firms that hire commercial mediators and arbitrators.

In 1980, 67% of law school graduates were men and 33% women. A decade later, by 1990, women had progressed to 43% of graduates. And by 2000, that number had increased to 48%.    For nearly two decades, women have started out in about equal numbers to men when they enter law firms as first year associates.

As steady as the increase has been for women entering the profession, that increase has not translated into staying power and advancement – rather there is a steady decrease of women at each higher position in firms. The impact? An ever decreasing source of women for partnership and leadership roles.

In the typical firm, women constitute 48% of first- and second-year associates, a percentage that approximates the law school population. By the seventh year, the ranks of women have dropped slightly to 45%.14  The gradual erosion of women heightens with seniority. On average, women constitute 34% of of-counsels, 27% of non-equity partners, and 16% of equity partners. This trend has not changed dramatically in a number of years despite the very substantial number of women law graduates who entered firms in the last 20 years.

In the typical one tier firm, where equity is the only form of partnership, 18% of equity partners are women. In two tier and mixed tier firms, by year ten, women comprise only 10% of equity partners. By year 15, women make up 17% of the equity partners and by year 25 it is 18%. The data suggest that not only are far fewer women than men achieving equity status, it takes women substantially longer to reach that goal.

Let's Take a Look at the Composition of the Most Successful ADR Panels

My panel, ADR Services, Inc. is owned not only by a woman, but by the hardest working women in ADR rock 'n roll, the indefatigable Lucie Barron.  Lucie does it backwards, in heels, while spinning 20 plates in the air.  It's exhausting just to watch her walk down the corridor!

ADR Services, Inc. has thirteen (rockin') women on its Southern California panel and 62 men -- 20% women.  JAMS has fourteen women to 61 male neutrals on its Los Angeles panel, close to 23% women.  Although both fall far short of the 33% women who occupied law school classes in 1980 when I graduated, no one should be surprised by these percentages given the fact that ADR neutrals are mostly drawn from law school classes between 1970 (when the percentage of women was ten percent and 1990 when the percentage of women was 43%, with most neutrals congregating at the older end of the spectrum).

How Consistently are Women Being Hired as Neutrals outside the "Pink Ghettos" of Family Law, Estates and Employment?

With no disrespect to my sisters laboring in the fields of family law, employment and trusts and estates, these fields have traditionally been associated with women because they are said to involve "a lot of emotion" whereas my field of practice - commercial litigation - has long functioned under the illusion that "reason" prevails over "emotion" (an illusion I've long said arises from the apparent belief that controlled rage is not an emotion).

Everyone who serves on an ADR panel knows that, while valuable, membership does not assure a steady stream of work.  If I had to make an educated guess (based on conversations with neutrals and discounting everyone's inflation of their own success) I'd say that far less than twenty percent of all ADR work was being done by the 20 percent of women on local ADR panels.  I'm not going to suggest that implicit bias or the paucity of women attorneys with power to make ADR decisions in the AmLaw 200 is solely to blame for this state of affairs.  I am, however, going to suggest that it plays a significant role in the choice of neutrals, a role which every male neutral I've spoken with denies and every female neutral I've spoken with confirms.

So Let's Look at Implicit Bias to Negative the Effect it May Be Having.

I'd be more than happy to learn that I'm wrong in this assumption -- lawyers - both men and women - tend to choose male neutrals over women neutrals based upon an implicit bias toward men and a misunderstanding about the power of mediation, i.e., that it's more about power than it is about influence.   I wish I had statistics to provide on this question and I urge any academic looking at ADR to make further study of diversity among the ranks of ADR practitioners -- an issue that should be a priority in the legal academic community as the U.S. justice system becomes more and more privatized.  In the meantime, take a look at mediator and negotiation trainer Diane Levin's posts on gender in ADR, including Disputant Perceptions of Gender: a Challenge for Women Who Mediate; Boys will be boys:  gender still an issue; Eliminating Gender Bias in Mediator Performance Evaluations; and Bias Hard to Detect in Ourselves.

Anecdotally I can tell you that 80 to 90% of the attorneys who hire me to mediate their litigated disputes are male.  I believe this has something to do with the fact that so few women survive the AmLaw200 race to partnership as explored in depth by Lauren Stiller Rikleen in her brilliant and comprehensive Ending the Gauntlet:  Removing Barriers to Women's Success in the Law. (my review of that book here).

Neutralizing My Own Implicit Bias

I've been engaged in a conscious effort to neutralize my own implicit gender bias since I began reading Ms. Magazine in 1972.  Yesterday, while writing the post on racism at my alma mater U.C. San Diego, I linked to the Harvard Implicit Bias Project and suggested that my readers take one or more of the Implicit Association Tests.  I took the Gender - Career Implicit Association Test.  According to Project Implicit, my data "suggest[ed] a moderate association of Male with Career and Female with Family compared to Female with Career and Male with Family."  Here's the chart of all responses to date:

I'm right there in the majority of all association test takers - moderately associating women with family and men with career.  This is my result despite the fact that I never had children; consciously associate myself far more strongly with career than I do with family; and, was actively engaged in the "second wave" women's movement beginning in my early twenties ('73) and ending when I started law school ('77). 

Neutralizing Your Own Implicit Bias to Avoid Conflict and Increase Flexibility

This is the article all test takers are directed to after getting their results (link immediately above) and here's the bottom line from that article:

All of us want to act in an unbiased, inclusive manner. All of us want to do the right thing ethically. All of us want to come to the right position after studying a legal point. None of us wants to be accused of bias, of unethical behavior or of being wrong on a legal point. Once we see that implicit bias and the feeling of certainty we're right are hardwired into our brains, we can laugh at ourselves and not be so defensive anymore. The urge to laugh at a racist or ethnic joke doesn't make us bad people. It is a manifestation of implicit bias we can inhibit. The tightening of our jaw, fists and gut, when another lawyer objects to our position is a manifestation of our mental sensation of certainty.

Maybe we're right and maybe not. Maybe there are a dozen different ways to look at the same problem that could lead to a more peaceful, expeditious and fruitful resolution. We cannot get there unless we recognize that no matter how smart we think we are, we are susceptible at all times of being wrong and of being tricked by our own mental sensation of certainty.

In Twenty-Five Years of Commercial Legal Practice, I Never Hired a Woman Neutral

As Project Implicit points out in referring test takers to Cutting Edge Law:

implicit bias based on racial and other stereotypes is universal. Implicit bias is unconscious. It dwells within the minds of even the most liberal and progressive lawyers. It operates in a subtle and insidious fashion.

I know I'm biased and I work against it all I can.  I was raised in the 1950's and 1960's, before and during the great civil rights movements of the latter half of the twentieth century.  Women were wives and mothers.  Few of them worked.  Dads were fathers, if at all, on special week-end days only.  Dads worked.  Mothers baked.  Blacks (we called them Negroes) lived in another part of town.  I never had a Black classmate until 1966 when I started high school.  Mark, whose last name I forget, became captain of the football team.  His father was a physician.  Mine sold life insurance door to door until he went to night law school after leaving my mom and marrying someone with a University degree.  No one in my family had attended, let alone graduated from, University.

I think of doctors and lawyers as male.  Still.  How frustrating is that?  And yet, I am finally improving.  Among the handful of neutrals I recommend there are now as many women as there are men.  And I have high hopes for the generations that follow mine - generations in which women were in the work force; where dads parented as much as moms; and, where professional accomplishment for women was as expected as it is for men.

The only way in which implicit bias will prevail is if we deny its existence.  By way of this lengthy post, I am suggesting that the paucity of women (to my own surprise) in ADR ranks is more historic artifact than it is the result of implicit bias.  I do, however, believe more women in ADR's ranks would be working more often in the absence of implicit bias.  I urge my readers to go to Project Implicit, take a few of their association tests and judge for yourselves whether unconscious biases are playing a part in driving your decisions.

 

Negotiating with Feeling One More Time

Helping law students master the skills necessary to mediate civil harassment cases last week put me in mind of two recent items -- the e-Discovery Dystopia video posted over at Commercial ADR ( The Horror, The Horror); and, Jared Lanier's new book, You Are Not a Gadget:  a Manifesto excerpted this month in Harper's.

The Dystopia of e-Discovery lies at the bottom of the slippery slope created by the internet information avalanche as it intersects with loose rules for discovery ("reasonably calculated to lead to the discovery of admissible evidence") crafted when a few Bekins boxes of documents might relate to the subject matter of the action - a time before I personally became engaged in litigation involving millions of documents that were reviewed by associates and paralegals for at least a year before being shipped to the Philipines for coding by date, subject matter, author and recipient and then uploaded to a data base (the mid-90s).

You Are Not a Gadget (as you'll see below) refers to the international "project" of reducing qualities (primarily personality and desire) to quantities for the ultimate purpose of selling one another goods and services.  The reductive dimensions of this on-going process struck me as the way in which we are now training law students to "handle" the "facts" to which they'll "apply the law" as if they were going to spend their professional lives taking and re-taking the Bar Exam rather than helping their clients secure a relatively predictable future (the transactional lawyers) or resolve conflict without the bitter aftertaste of injustice in their mouths (litigators).

Those are the thoughts that were occupying me when I visited a local law school mediation clinic to guide a hypothetical mediation of a civil harassment action in which one or both of the parties were seeking restraining orders. I found the exercise slightly distressing.  After a year and a half of law school, the student mediator was already busily suppressing and avoiding conflict, pushing back against the parties’ attempts to tell their  conflict story -- one sufficiently emotional that they were willing to ask a Judge to enter an Order that would make either or both of them subject to arrest by the Los Angeles Police if violated.

Pause for a moment here to imagine the force of the anger and fear that would bring people to such a pass.

What distressed me was the degree of subtle coercion exercised by the student mediator to “move past” the past and “focus” on the future.  Because the students’ “purpose” in the Los Angeles Superior Court is to help the Judge avoid making a decision (charitably called "clearing the calendar") their efforts were focused on achieving an a restraining agreement rather than a restraining order or, alternatively, negotiating an agreement that included a stipulated restraining order.

The students did attempt to negotiate a “deal” that would resolve disputes outside the Court’s jurisdiction (loans of money; theft; a dispute over the terms of one party’s sub-tenancy; and, recompense for the physical violence at the heart of the request for the restraining order).  Their efforts to do so were, however, repeatedly derailed by the parties’ attempt to justify their own behavior; and, blame the other for causing the losses sustained.

Unable to obtain compliance with the admonitions to bury the past and focus on the future within the first few minutes of the hypothetical mediation, the student mediator suggested that the remainder of the mediation proceed in separate caucus.  I bit my tongue until the first separate caucus ended with one party making a “demand” that was better than he actually desired so that he would have “bargaining room.” At that point, I interrupted the session; brought the other party in from out of the cold and asked the student mediator what she is trying to achieve.

(continue reading after the jump)

 

Continue Reading

Motion to Compel Lunch: Granted

 

Thanks to Roger Wood at the Association Law and Other Musings Blog for passing along the Order for Lunch issued by the Maricopa County Superior Court (.pdf) excerpted below.  Roger generously shared this truly glorious Order (and supporting opinion that you can read in the .pdf) over at Construction Law Musings today in response to my Guest Post there ("How to Get Sued"). 

Thanks Roger!  This didn't just make my day; it made my year!

 

 Plaintiff’s Motion to Compel Acceptance of Lunch Invitation

The Court has rarely seen a motion with more merit. The motion will be granted.

The Court has searched in vain in the Arizona Rules of Civil Procedure and cases, as well as the leading treatises on federal and Arizona procedure, to find specific support for Plaintiff’s motion. Finding none, the Court concludes that motions of this type are so clearly within the inherent powers of the Court and have been so routinely granted that they are non-controversial and require no precedential support.

The writers support the concept. Conversation has been called “the socializing instrument par excellence” (Jose Ortega y Gasset, Invertebrate Spain) and “one of the greatest pleasures in life” (Somerset Maugham, The Moon and Sixpence). John Dryden referred to“Sweet discourse, the banquet of the mind” (The Flower and the Leaf).

Plaintiff’s counsel extended a lunch invitation to Defendant’s counsel “to have a discussion regarding discovery and other matters.” Plaintiff’s counsel offered to “pay for lunch.”  Defendant’s counsel failed to respond until the motion was filed.

Defendant’s counsel distrusts Plaintiff’s counsel’s motives and fears that Plaintiff’s counsel’s purpose is to persuade Defendant’s counsel of the lack of merit in the defense case.

The Court has no doubt of Defendant’s counsel’s ability to withstand Plaintiff’s counsel’s blandishments and to respond sally for sally and barb for barb. Defendant’s counsel now makes what may be an illusory acceptance of Plaintiff’s counsel’s invitation by saying, “We would love to have lunch at Ruth’s Chris with/on . . .” Plaintiff’s counsel. 1
___________
1 Everyone knows that Ruth’s Chris, while open for dinner, is not open for lunch. This   is a matter of which the Court may take judicial notice.

Read on by clicking on the .pdf above.

And how could I resist adding the "will you go to lunch!" scene from David Mamet's Glengarry Glen Ross.

Negotiating Fallacy: Diane Levin's Brilliant Fallacious Arguments Posts

If you're following this blog but not Diane Levin's Blog The Mediation Channel, I have good news for you.  Diane is an extremely focused, disciplined and lively writer.  She's also one of the brightest and most canny negotiators, mediators and negotiation trainers I know.

Diane describes her series, Fallacious Argument of the Month, as follows:

With the goal of promoting clearheaded and reasoned debate and improving discourse, each month I skewer a different fallacy.

Before giving you entree to this excellent series, let me first note that these arguments do not justify any movement in your negotiation position.  Remember - you need a new number and a new reason to counter that new number.  If your mediator or negotiating partner expects you to give up something, he'd better have a darn good reason for you to do so.  If you're a lawyer representing a party, you can feel your client figuratively or literally tugging on your sleeve when you offer more or agree to accept less in the absence of a justification that makes business sense.

The Appeal to Authority

Argumentum ad Hominem (this one is so irritating it can create impasse where none previously existed)

The Red Herring

Confusing Cause and Effect

The Misleading Ellipsis (to which I add this caution ~~> the quickest path from respected advocate to deceitful scoundrel is the misleading ellipsis - Judge, Arbitrator, Mediator and Opponent will all distrust your bona fides from that date forward; if you can't think of a better argument, fall on your sword on this issue and create a better one just over the next hill).

The False Analogy

The Straw Man

Diane adds one new fallacious argument every month.  I'll endeavor to keep up with her.  But more reliably, get her RSS feed, add it to your google reader and never again be without the wisdom of this brilliant mediator and negotiation trainer and consultant.  That's her smiling face at top.  Visit her often! at The Mediation Channel.

 

"Man" Up to Negotiate or Prevent Your Own Disputes at Sleeping Beauty's Castle

Conflict is in the house.  The evil fairy surrounded the castle with deadly thorns.  The "good" fairy put everyone in the castle to sleep.  Will you be the valiant Prince in your own dispute story?  Or are you the prize?  The beautiful one who would prefer to remain unconscious rather than address the great battle between good and evil represented here?  Did you hire a lawyer to resolve your dispute for you?  Will he make it to the castle in time?  Or will he spend the bulk of his energy erecting more obstacles to prevent your adversary from reaching you.  By the time both champions reach the castle, will everyone be too bloodied and broke to rise from your bed and put your house back in order?

Choose carefully and read the entire post at the Commercial ADR Blog:  The Other ADR:  Risk Management for the Cloud.

Do Attorneys' "Get in the Way" of Mediator Assisted Negotiations?

The not so secret opinion among mediators is that attorneys make settlement more difficult.  Just as lawyers are heard to say that "litigation would be great if it just weren't for the clients" (a "problem" only class action plaintiffs' lawyers have actually resolved), mediators  tend to say "mediation would great if it weren't for the lawyers."

Esteeming the rule of law in America as I do (especially in the recent era of its greatest peril) I have never seen lawyers as a problem in facilitating settlement of the lawsuits they have been eating, drinking, sleeping and, dating for years longer than I've spent reading their briefs and engaging in some pre-mediation telephone discussions.  

I can't say lawyers are a problem because:  (1) they're my job; and, (2) they're "my people" in the "tribal" sense.  A few bad apples aside, lawyers are among the hardest working, most ethical, creative, multi-talented professionals I know.  And they are pretty much solely responsible for fighting the battle, on every common weekday, to preserve the rule of law as a bulwark against tyranny on the right and anarchy on the left.

It was therefore no surprise to see a recent Harvard Negotiation Journal article (thanks to Don Philbin of the Disputing Blog and his indispensable ADR Toolbox) that one group of academics has asked whether attorneys have a Negative Impact . . . on Mediation Outcomes.

Let's start with this particularly widespread canard from the article:

Attorneys may delay the settlement of a dispute through mediation for financial reasons. For example, the payment of professional fees on the basis of hours worked could motivate the attorney to delay the settlement of the dispute to increase the number of hours billed to the client  (citations omitted).  Such non financial reasons as a desire to build or preserve a reputation for “hardball negotiating” in highly publicized cases could also motivate an attorney to delay settlement of the dispute [which the authors don't mention often results in a far better outcome for the client].   In addition, attorneys’ (or their clients’) commitment to or belief in their case based on questions of justice or other principles [which are worth, in my opinion, greater attention that purely monetary outcomes] could also delay settlement until “defending the principle becomes too costly” (citation omitted). Finally, attorneys may wish to justify both their role and their fees with unnecessary interactions./1

Are we mendacious, self-serving, parasites of the "justice system," feathering our own comfortable nests as we attempt to preserve the "outdated" notion that the justice system is capable of delivering justice? I don't believe so, but let's not get all anecdotal about these questions when we have cold, hard statistics within reach.  What were the results of this study on the way in which attorneys might "get in the way of" a successful mediation?

Here's the bottom line assessment (please read the article yourself to draw your own conclusions).

The empirical data we collected in this study indicate that the presence of an attorney in a mediation does not significantly affect the settlement rate, the time needed to reach an agreement, the perceived fairness of the process, the parties’ level of satisfaction with the agreement, or the parties’ level of trust that the agreement will be honored. These results indicate that attorneys have much less impact than is claimed by those mediators who do not welcome their involvement in the mediation process.

Nevertheless, the results also demonstrate that the presence of an attorney does affect mediation outcomes in at least two ways: by reducing the parties’ level of satisfaction with the mediator’s performance and by reducing the level of reconciliation between parties.

So the Myth Busters of this study conclude that attorneys:

  1. don't "significantly affect the settlement rate" /2
  2. don't significantly affect "the perceived fairness of the process";
  3. don't significantly affect "the parties' level of satisfaction with the agreement; and,
  4. don't significantly affect the "parties' level of trust that the agreement will be honored."

This is the subjective viewpoint of the litigants, mind you, in a dynamic where the mediator often openly attributes the success of the mediation to the clients' attorney - an observation which is more deeply true than most mediators would care to admit with all their white horse hi-ho silver, magic bullet off-to the-rescue enthusiasm.

What did litigants report to the authors of this article?  They indicated that attorneys adversely affected mediation outcomes in two ways:  (1)  they reduced the parties' "level of satisfaction with the mediator's performance"; and, (2) they "reduced the level of reconciliation between the parties."

Of all of the purported effects of attorneys' presence at mediation - without whom, it must be noted, the parties would not likely be induced to sit down and mediate at all -- the only significant perceived difference is the failure of the mediation process to reconcile the parties - something in which the legal system has little to no interest.

Please read the article for proposed solutions to the reconciliation issue.  As to the remainder of the study's findings, I have this to say:

  1. whenever two or more people are gathered together, the dynamics of the group more profoundly affect the outcome than do the contributions of any individual member of the group.  Our "reality," especially as it appears in a group setting, is "co-created."  See the New York Times must-read article on the Psychology of Terrorism and Retail Marketing at Google Books (the latter noting that because people live in a social world which is co-created in social interaction with others . . . . [they] can be thought of as both products and producers of the social world."  Id. at 218.)
  2. try as you may, you will never be able to untangle the threads that create the intricate tapestry of a settlement; every member contributes something invaluable without which the precise result could not possibly have been achieved. 
  3. who is therefore responsible for the good and who responsible for the purportedly bad results of mediation?  That's easy:  EVERYONE IS.

That being the case, we are all responsible for our outcomes - whether our contribution is "negative," i.e., resisting settlement, for instance, or "positive," i.e., problem solving the reasons given by Mr. Negative that the case simply can't settle on terms acceptable to all.  Remember your University philosophy class? Thesis, Antithesis, Synthesis.  We need people willing to state the negative to problem solve it positively.  The relationships cause the outcome, not one member of a group unless that member is a tyrant with loyal troops at his command. 

If you'll allow me a literary reference that justifies my own collegiate career and says far more eloquently than I ever could why we're all accountable, I first give you one of my favorite authors, Paul Auster (who you may remember as the screenwriter of the movie Smoke).

The world can never be assumed to exist.  It comes into being only in the act of moving towards it.  Ese est percipii.  Nothing can be taken for granted:  we do not find  ourselves in the midst of an already established world, we do not, as if by preordained birthright, automatically take possession of our surroundings.  Each moment,each thing, must be earned, wrested away from the confusion of inert matter, by a steadiness of gaze, a purity of perception so intense that the effort, in itself, takes on the value of a religious act.  The slate has  been wiped clean. It is up to [us] to write [our] own book. Paul Auster, The Decisive Moment from The Art of Hunger.

The second excerpt I will leave for your thoughtful consideration is by the greatest scholar of comparative religions to ever inhabit the planet - Joseph Campbell (skip the intro with the new age music).

Schopenhauer, in his splendid essay called "On an Apparent Intention in the Fate of the Individual," points out that when you reach an advanced age and look back over your lifetime, it can seem to have had a consistent order and plan, as though composed by some novelist. Events that when they occurred had seemed accidental and of little moment turn out to have been indispensable factors in the composition of a consistent plot. So who composed that plot? Schopenhauer suggests that just as your dreams are composed by an aspect of yourself of which your consciousness is unaware, so, too, your whole life is composed by the will within you. And just as people whom you will have met apparently by mere chance became leading agents in the structuring of your life, so, too, will you have served unknowingly as an agent, giving meaning to the lives of others, The whole thing gears together like one big symphony, with everything unconsciously structuring everything else. And Schopenhauer concludes that it is as though our lives were the features of the one great dream of a single dreamer in which all the dream characters dream, too; so that everything links to everything else, moved by the one will to life which is the universal will in nature.

It’s a magnificent idea – an idea that appears in India in the mythic image of the Net of Indra, which is a net of gems, where at every crossing of one thread over another there is a gem reflecting all the other reflective gems. Everything arises in mutual relation to everything else, so you can’t blame anybody for anything. It is even as though there were a single intention behind it all, which always makes some kind of sense, though none of us knows what the sense might be, or has lived the life that he quite intended.

Joseph Campbell - The Power of Myth, with Bill Moyers, as quoted in Derek Parrott's Blog.

Lawyers, mediators, clients, experts, consultants, legal assistants, and, yes, even your spouse with whom you consulted before today's mediation, every one of them is part of the "net of gems, where at every crossing of one thread over another there is a gem reflecting all the other reflective gems [so that] [e]verything arises in mutual relation to everything else, so you can't blame anybody for anything" and, by the  way, we can't credit credit nor bear all the responsibility for anything.  We are all capable.  We are all accountable.  And we all contribute something to the whole.

So we can stop pretending to be better than we are now.  We can all put down the burden and shame of our own entirely human fallibility; the myth that we ever do anything without the contribution of others; and, the pretense that we don't behave as badly, or as well, as other people do.  We're part of the team.  We're in it together.  Isn't that good news for the New Year?

And to give you a treat from having gotten this far, a scene that is all about seeing, from Paul Auster's Smoke.

____________________

1/ I'd be interested, of course, in what the authors consider to be "unnecessary interactions."

2/ This is a particularly interesting finding since mediators have also been found not to improve the settlement rate but only greater party satisfaction in several studies.

 

Don't Leave Money on the Table or Pay Too Much for that Release this Year


 

Don Philbin, the author of this must-read article (click on the image for the .pdf) on the reasons you walk away from negotiations fearing you've either left money on the table or paid too much for what you receive in exchange, is an attorney-mediator, negotiation consultant and trainer, and arbitrator. 

Don has resolved disputes and crafted deals for more than 20 years as a commercial litigator, general counsel and president of communications and technology-related companies.  Don has mediated hundreds of matters in a wide variety of substantive areas and serves as an arbitrator on several panels. He is an adjunct professor at the Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution at Pepperdine Law School, Chair of the ABA Dispute Resolution Section’s Negotiation Committee, and a member of the ADR Section Council of the State Bar of Texas.

Don is listed in The Best Lawyers in America (Dispute Resolution), The Best Lawyers in San Antonio, and the Bar Register of Preeminent Lawyers.

Don's ADR Toolbox where this article can also be found is an indispensable resource for all attorneys negotiating the settlement of a lawsuit or a business deal (wait a minute!  the negotiation of a settlement is a business deal!)

And, it's not inconsequential that Don is one of the nicest guys I know.  If you're going to spend a day or a week or a month with a mediator or an arbitrator, you deserve not only the brightest, most wise and best prepared arbitrator or mediator, you also deserve to have a little fun in the process because . . . you know . . . the money simply isn't worth the unhappiness that comes when dealing with . . . . the other sort too often.

Happy new year (dispute) resolutions!

Settle It Now's Newstex Syndication, BlawgReview#245, CharonQC, Marlon Brandon, Sacheen Littlefeather and Conflict as Your Zen Master

I find many of my law blogging friends over at Newstex.  Now I've joined them here

It used to seem odd to me that companies would bundle free blogs and that people would pay for the bundle.  With the advent of LawBox, the iPhone application that bundles federal and state codes along with law blog and law news content, I get it.  Not everyone's a BlawgReview Sherpa, paging through a news reader containing literally thousands of law blog posts every week for their possible inclusion in BlawgReview.  A pre-selected group of law blogs, usefully organized by category (mine is there under ADR) is well worth the money (only the State code materials requirement payment; the federal laws and blogs are free).

But allow me to disgress here to say BlawgReview #245 is brilliant and readable and funny, as we Blawg Review followers would naturally expect from the enviably multi-talented CharonQC.  In CharonQC's honor, he who has withdrawn his name from contention for the (admittedly King of the Anthill race for) Best Blawg Review of the Year (candidates here) we give you Sacheen Littlefeather, announcing Brando's rejection of the Best Actor Oscar (YouTube Video here).  Ms. Sacheen sent the Academy Brando's "regrets" by denouncing America's mistreatment of Native Americans on and off the screen. And here's Dustin Hoffman's eloquent 1980 speech (again, on YouTube) accepting the Oscar with "mixed feelings" for the extremely good reasons he mentions:  it's not the competition, it's the art.

The sixties.  They literally bled into the early '70s.  You really had to be there.

Below, Brando congratulating CharonQC for standing on his principles.

 

 Hey!  It's a New Year.  Let's all resolve to make it as fun as it is productive and even half as generous as it is empire-building (or protecting).  The Brits have a little to teach us about the loss of world hegemony so put CharonQC on your news reader to help you mourn America's status as a Super Power (an honorific I'm happy to pass along to some other freedom-loving country willing to play policeman to the world). 

We'd all do well to adopt the Brits' mordant sense of humor; their ability to soldier on under the worse circumstances; and, their willingness to bear the burdens of universal health care.


What does all this have to do with conflict resolution?  As the final chapter in the ABCs of Conflict Resolution (due out this Spring from Janis Publications) explains, Conflict is Our Zen Master? 


Why?  Because, as Ken Cloke observes in my interview with him about mindfulness and commercial mediation over at mediate.com,

every conflict we experience in our lives occurs at the intersection, or crossroads, between problems we now need to solve in order to grow, and skills we do not yet possess. So, for example, there are no two year olds who experience conflicts over romantic love, because romance is not yet on their agenda, and there are no ninety year olds who have conflicts over who gets to play with the blocks. With each level of growth and development, we experience fresh conflicts and at the same time transcend old conflicts that we not only successfully resolve, but develop the skills to move beyond. Helping people experience transcendence and evolve to higher levels of conflict and resolution is what I mean by the capacity of this field to do something really miraculous, something that is beautiful, but has an underpinning of logic and rigor.

In other words, conflict arrives on our door only when we need to learn something new and to challenge ourselves to learn a new set of conflict resolution skills, or to take a new point of view, that will move us past our current distress and into a higher level of conflict that befits the maturity we've achieved so far.  In that, conflict is our Zen Master.  I know.  Every time I complain about my husband to my best (Buddhist) friend, she says, "remember, Steve's your Zen Master," and I remember that my present distress has something to teach me about my ability to love, accept, forgive or transform before I will be able to move on to a greater level of compassion, skill, understanding, meaning and, yes, love.

That's my stream of consciousness this morning.  Happy new year to all!

Ten New Year's (Dispute) Resolutions for 2010

 

  1. I will practice restraint of tongue and pen
  2. When my anger flashes, I will pause to remember that behind every accusation is a plea for help
  3. When in the midst of a rancorous debate, I will remember to ask for the story behind the opinion
  4. I will remember that each of my fellows is struggling with burdens that, if known, would cause me to respond to them with far greater kindness
  5. I will remember that I, too, am subject to fundamental attribution error - over-ascribing intention to those whose behavior causes me real or perceived harm and over-ascribing circumstance to any behavior of mine that causes others real or perceived harm
  6. I will strive to practice my primary occupational purpose:  to stay emotionally sober and to help others achieve emotional sobriety
  7. When I do cause others harm, I will promptly admit my part in it, apologize, make amends and strive to avoid similar behavior in the future
  8. Of the primary responses to conflict -- suppression, avoidance, yielding, resolution, transcendence and transformation, I will strive for resolution, transcendence or transformation
  9. I will keep in mind that it is usually better to be happy than to be right
  10. I will strive to accept the things I cannot change; to rise to the challenge of changing the things I can, and to seek the wisdom necessary to know the difference.

More conflict resolution meditations for the New Year here (at John Lassey's ADR Weblog) here (announcing the CPR Annual Meeting with keynote speaker Kenneth Feinberg, recently appointed as President Obama’s “Compensation Czar” to oversee executive compensation at companies receiving federal bailout assistance); here (Innovative Conflict Resolution's first post of 2010 - about conflict "left-overs"); here (Jeff Thompson's Enjoy Mediation rolling out a new blog template for the New Year); here (the Peace Talks Radio Series special on Seeking Peace on Earth); and, here (Amerika on Conflict Avoidance and How to Avoid it).

Two of my favorite bloggers ended their blog-year with gratitude for fellow bloggers - thanks for the shout out John DeGroote at the brilliant and necessary Settlement Perspectives (A Simple Thank You); and the Loree Reinsurance and Arbitration Law Forum's Acknowledging Some Kind Mentions from Our Fellow Bloggers).

O.K., Ladies and Gentlemen:  start your 2010 engines; it's going to be a busy and productive year!  Lord knows there's lots of conflict resolution work to do.

What's Gratitude Got to Do with It?

(may I offer you a second helping of Jimmy Choo shoes with your turkey?)

Before sharing Brian Solis' succinct and brilliant post the Benevolent Acts of Reciprocity and Recognition and Highlights from the Research Project on Gratitude and Thankfulness (excerpt below) I want to once again make a few remarks about what we all seek to achieve with rights and remedies (particularly in the post-scarcity society in which we too often forget we live):

  1. we want rights because we are genetically programmed and culturally conditioned to be fair (remember the Capuchin monkeys who, trained to work for "money" staged a sit-down strike when others doing the same work were compensated at five times the rate as their under compensated fellows);
  2. rights are meant to guarantee us equal treatment in the distribution of public benefits and resources; and, equal access to public and private accommodations;
  3. remedies are meant to restore private and public resources to those who have been deprived of them because some one; group; organization or governmental entity has broken one or more rules by which we have chosen to govern ourselves; and,
  4. money is a means to an end, not an end in itself and each of us desires money for the same reasons - control of our own destiny (power; self expression); access to the benefits of the social contract (1. Freedom of speech and expression 2. Freedom of religion 3. Freedom from want 4. Freedom from fear); security against an uncertain future (access to medical services and a mimimal standard of living if we become unable to care for ourselves); meaningful occupation; the opportunity to be of unique service to our fellows; love; and, joy (monetary sub-goals such as a pair of Jimmy Choo shoes are also simply a [misguided] means to achieve these ends).

I have been taken to task for being "touchy-feely" or "new age" or of insufficient value to my "market" because I say these things repeatedly in public.  My "market," I'm told, would rather be right than happy; would rather someone lose so that they can win; and, believe the only thing anyone wants is money.

I don't believe it and I am committed to holding this space as a place-marker for my "people" who are suffering.  Which people are those?  Litigators. 

The challenge of this and every year:  How do we even begin to introduce the concept that we can more easily, efficiently and effectively satisfy the true interests of our fellows-in-the-social-condition than we can satisfy one individual's demand for preeminence over another? 

On our least divisive, most-inclusive and thoroughly secular holiday of Thanksgiving, we can begin to alleviate the suffering caused by zero-sum games with gratitude -- the benefits of which are being studied by a team of researchers at my legal alma mater, U.C. Davis.

Gratitude is the “forgotten factor” in happiness research. We are engaged in a long-term research project designed to create and disseminate a large body of novel scientific data on the nature of gratitude, its causes, and its potential consequences for human health and well-being. Scientists are latecomers to the concept of gratitude. Religions and philosophies have long embraced gratitude as an indispensable manifestation of virtue, and an integral component of health, wholeness, and well-being. Through conducting highly focused, cutting-edge studies on the nature of gratitude, its causes, and its consequences, we hope to shed important scientific light on this important concept. This document is intended to provide a brief, introductory overview of the major findings to date of the research project. For further information, please contact Robert Emmons. This project is supported by a grant from the John Templeton Foundation.

We are engaged in two main lines of inquiry at the present time: (1) developing methods to cultivate gratitude in daily life and assess gratitude’s effect on well-being, and (2) developing a measure to reliably assess individual differences in dispositional gratefulness.

Gratitude Interventions and Psychological and Physical Well-Being

* In an experimental comparison, those who kept gratitude journals on a weekly basis exercised more regularly, reported fewer physical symptoms, felt better about their lives as a whole, and were more optimistic about the upcoming week compared to those who recorded hassles or neutral life events (Emmons & McCullough, 2003).

* A related benefit was observed in the realm of personal goal attainment: Participants who kept gratitude lists were more likely to have made progress toward important personal goals (academic, interpersonal and health-based) over a two-month period compared to subjects in the other experimental conditions.

* A daily gratitude intervention (self-guided exercises) with young adults resulted in higher reported levels of the positive states of alertness, enthusiasm, determination, attentiveness and energy compared to a focus on hassles or a downward social comparison (ways in which participants thought they were better off than others). There was no difference in levels of unpleasant emotions reported in the three groups.

* Participants in the daily gratitude condition were more likely to report having helped someone with a personal problem or having offered emotional support to another, relative to the hassles or social comparison condition.

* In a sample of adults with neuromuscular disease, a 21-day gratitude intervention resulted in greater amounts of high energy positive moods, a greater sense of feeling connected to others, more optimistic ratings of one’s life, and better sleep duration and sleep quality, relative to a control group.

* Children who practice grateful thinking have more positive attitudes toward school and their families (Froh, Sefick, & Emmons, 2008).

There's more at the link!

Happy Thanksgiving.

Legal vs. Mediation Narratives and Why They Matter

I taught legal process in the context of mediating litigated cases yesterday at the American Institute of Mediation.  I volunteered my time for the singular opportunity to be a co-presenter with the brilliant Doug Noll (buy and read everything he's written; follow him on Twitter; subscribe to the RSS feed of his blog; and, listen to his podcasts and radio show) and the equally brilliant and most successful "non-lawyer" litigated case mediator in the English-speaking world, Lee Jay Berman of the American Institute of Mediation (follow him; take his Institute's courses; and, listen to whatever he has to say because your negotiation and mediation practice will improve 100% immediately).

Because Doug, Lee Jay and I spent the entire day yesterday talking about legal rights and remedies as well as legal procedure in the context of negotiating the resolution of litigation, I was once again engaged in the soul-searching that always accompanies situations challenging my loyalty to the adversarial/rights-remedies business and stimulates my enthusiasm for the interest-based, consensus building, collaborative, problem solving negotiated resolution business. 

I was looking for something else this morning when I once again stumbled over one of my favorite articles on this issue, Client Counseling, Mediation and Alternative Narratives of Dispute Resolution (Spring 2004) 10 Clinical L. Rev 833 by Law Professor Robert Rubinson.

Before giving you an excerpt that should tempt you to download the article and put it on your nightstand, I want to say this: I work on the razor's edge of my lifetime career-investment in the adversarial system, on the one hand, and my new'ish passion for collaborative, interest-based negotiated resolutions to disputes, on the other.  I spent 25 years as a warrior who rightfully took advantage of my adversary's weaknesses.  I was not a problem solver.  I was engaged in a fight to the death on a pre-determined field with rules in which I believed for causes I knew to be just.  As a result, I approach all alternatives to the adversarial process with a litigator's skepticism, wariness and world-wearyness.  There is no kumbya in me.  It is only my intellectual curiosity that survived the beating my heart took from the world-weary, cynical, grizzled old defense attorneys who taught me how to practice law (as adversaries testing my mettle) in Sacramento thirty years ago.

Sic transit gloria mundi.

The engine that drives litigation's morality tale is that conflict resolution is a contest between parties, one of whom necessarily represents good and the other necessarily represents bad.  As a result, litigation seeks to designate who has committed moral transgressions by breaching legal norms (or, from the perspective of the defendant, who wrongfully accuses others of having done so).

The Story of Mediation subverts these norms by transforming this familiar morality tale into a story of collaboration. This subversion begins through how mediation conceives of conflict itself. Implicit in the Story of Litigation is that conflict represents a breach of the norms of conduct, thereby ripping the social fabric in some way large or small. In contrast, in mediation, conflict is a norm of conduct, a necessary byproduct of humans having distinct experiences and personalities and needs. Conflict is thus not necessarily a disruption of the moral order, and, indeed, can sometimes be productive.

Mediation's normalization of conflict, however, cannot eliminate what appears to be a deep-seated human need to understand experience in terms of struggles and strivings. Humans have great difficulty perceiving events as generated by causes beyond our control - what Amsterdam and Bruner evocatively describe as an inability to see events as "One Damn Thing After Another." We must instead "shape them into strivings and adversities, contests and rewards, vanquishings and setbacks."

The meta-narrative of litigation maps these "strivings" and "vanquishings" onto the struggle of one party against another and enlists the aid of the court to vindicate justice on behalf of the wronged party. In contrast, the meta-narrative of mediation seeks to map these "strivings" and "vanquishings" onto a collaborative struggle to resolve conflict. This narrative casts all participants as players in a process - collaboration - that is focused on reaching the common goal of successfully resolving or transforming a dispute. This story has moral entailments because collaboration is accepted as a social and moral good. Unlike litigation, however, this story does not generate a binary moral universe that divides the good from the bad, but, rather, a universe that values collaborative striving to achieve common ground and resolution.

This story places mediators in a role that is very different from the role played by decision-makers in litigation. Rather than being heroes of moral vindication to whom wronged parties appeal for justice, mediators promote and model collaborative striving to overcome conflict. This plays out in many accepted techniques in mediation. Mediators, for example, often seek "commitment" from participants to the process of mediation, although mediators are careful not to extend this commitment to a commitment to agree. This commitment to process is a proxy for a commitment to collaborate to seek to resolve conflict, thus incrementally moving participants away from contested litigation and towards collaborative problem solving. Similarly, mediators often "reframe" participants' statements in order to emphasize "common ground." This is also an effort to move parties away from a morally charged contest and into collaboration. Finally, mediators encourage and model collaboration through a positive message of optimism and progress towards resolution, even when (or, perhaps, especially when) impasse appears likely.

Moreover, mediation approaches the narrative movement from Efforts to Restoration of Steady State in a very different way than litigation. Whether the Steady State is Restored or Transformed constitutes what I have earlier characterized as a "fork in the road" in the Austere Definition of Narrative. The very language through which litigants seek redress of grievances - to "be made whole," "to pay your debt society" (with its implication that payment of the debt would return the ledger to balance), even the word "remedy" - implies Restoration. In contrast, mediation tends to reject Restoration as a state to which the parties (and society as whole) should or even can return. Rather, mediation seeks Transformation on the part of all disputants so that conflict is resolved.  It does so by embracing the notion that perceptions of the world (including perceptions of the actions of others) are unstable, thus enabling parties to appreciate alternative perspectives as a way to promote resolution of conflict. Mediation, therefore, does embody a plot that adheres to the narrative movement described by the Austere Definition, albeit in ways that are utterly alien to the morality tale of the story of litigation. The story of mediation can be characterized as follows:

Steady State: Whatever Each Party Views as Pre-Conflict

Trouble: Whatever Each Party Views as Constituting Conflict

Efforts: Collaborative Striving To Overcome Conflict as Modeled and Promoted by Mediator

Transformation of Steady State: A New Relationship Among Parties

Coda: Moving On

                           *                          *                        *

Continue Reading

Favorite Thanksgiving Family Conflicts: the Ice Storm

I'd like to challenge all my favorite dispute resolution bloggers to find and post their favorite Thanksgiving Family Conflict Scenes in the movies.  Above - an era within the memory of some of us who were too young for the "key parties" but too old for the behavior depicted here.

Still, I DO remember the times, as well as the terribly unfortunate clothing and hair-styles.

How Not to Kill Your Relatives This Thanksgiving

I kicked off a recent Thanksgiving holiday season by having an argument with my friend and neighbor the rocket scientist about extraordinary rendition and the effect of immigrant workers on the economy

I knew I'd lost all sense of perspective around midnight as I continued searching for and emailing Tony articles that proved me right, while Mr. Thrifty snored softly beside me, intermittently awakening to say "I thought you said you were going to go to sleep?"

Embarrassing, but true.

A little more than a week from today, tens of millions of people will be sitting down to Thanksgiving dinner with friends and family they haven't discussed politics, sex or religion with for at least one full year.     

For those of you who find you just can't help yourself, I provide the following resources. 

First, I give you Ben Stein's Top Ten Tips for Having a Business Conversation -- appropriately entitled "How Not to Ruin Your Life." They will serve you at the Thanksgiving table every bit as well as they will save you from self-destruction at your next firm retreat.  

If you simply cannot avoid a political conversation this Thanksgiving, do yourself a favor by taking a brief look at the Public Conversations Project's Eleven Ideas for Making a Hard Conversation Work before the relatives arrive. 

Finally, as much for myself as my for readers, I give you my own personal top six tips for Thanksgiving Day conversation.    

1.  Before diving in to a spirited dialogue about the use of fetuses for stem cell research with your second helping of mashed potatoes, ask yourself whether you are emotionally ready to resist the strong pull to hit your conversational partner over the head with a turkey leg.  If not, open your mouth only to say something kind or grateful or to shove another helping of stuffing into it.  

2.    If you just can't help yourself from responding to Aunt Gertrude's (somewhat drunken) assertion that "torture is too good for terrorists," any of the following will do.

Can I pour you another drink?

Uuh huh, uh huh, uh huh

go on

tell me more

how do you feel about that?

I couldn't have said it better myself; do let me call you a taxi.

3.  For the academically minded,

I have a couple of dozen articles on that issue.  If you'll give me your email address, I'll pass them along to you.

4.  For the cousin from Alabama, 

I'd love to get Rush Limbaugh's point of view on that -- please do drop See I Told You So  by the house before you leave for Montgomery tomorrow.

5.  Avoid stereotyping people from Montgomery, Alabama.

6.  As the Public Conversations Project advises,

Thinking before speaking is a good idea.

Have a great Thanksgiving and remember --Ben Franklin thought the National Bird should be a turkey

Think twice. 

Then think again and offer Aunt Gertrude another piece of pumpkin pie.

Click here for more Cartoon tips from Slowpoke thanks to David Giacalone of f/k/a.

Hope is a Choice: an Interview with Psychologist Anne LaBorde

I created this video years ago with my BFF and apologize for its poor visual quality (I was just learning).  But I can't duplicate this conversation about communication and peace making skills.  I'm posting it here for the first time. 

 

Support the Conflict Resolution and Mediation Act of 2009

Thanks for the head's up on this new and important piece of proposed legislation to Patricia Porter, the Texas Conflict Coach in my twitter network = @txconflictcoach

SEC. 3. CONFLICT RESOLUTION AND MEDIATION PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.

 

(a) In General- The Secretary of Education is authorized to make grants to local educational agencies to provide assistance to schools served by the agency that are most directly affected by conflict and violence.

 (b) Model Project- The Secretary shall develop a written model for conflict resolution and mediation written within 90 days and make such model available to any local educational agency that requests such information.

 (c) Authorization of Appropriations- There are authorized to be appropriated $25,000,000 for fiscal year 2010 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 2011 through 2015 to carry out the projects under this Act.

This is from newly introduced bill H.R. 4000 - the Conflict Resolution and Mediation Act of 2009.

The proposed Act is based on the following findings:

 

SEC. 2. FINDINGS AND PURPOSE.

 

(a) Findings- The Congress finds the following:

 

 


Continue Reading

Conflict Revolution: Mediating Evil, War, Injustice and Terrorism by Dr. Kenneth Cloke

I spent my day Saturday at the annual convention of the Southern California Mediation Association (kudos to attorney-mediator Phyllis Pollack for a fabulous conference!)  Ken Cloke spoke eloquently on conflict systems and what mediators can do to "save the planet."  I took his presentation (characteristically and densely verbal) and added images to break up the text hoping that Ken won't mind supplementing the English language with pictures).

I highly recommend Ken's presentation (which was incredibly eloquent at the conference and not limited by the hard bruising text against text can do) as well as, of course, his brilliant and visionary book - Conflict Revolution.

 

 

Mediators and Industry Knowledge, Game Theory and Understanding Conflict

Check out the range of opinions among litigators' clients on this still-hot topic in mediation circles over at the Business Conflict Blog (quickly becoming one of the most indispensable commercial mediation blogs on the web):  Should Mediators Be Expert in the Field of the Dispute?  Excerpt below.

Patrick Deane of Nestlé is senior counsel to the largest food company in the world, and the disputes he runs into involve distributors, retailers, suppliers and consumers in every part of the globe.  His ideal mediator combines logic and intuition; a concern for detail; and the knack of an epatheic listener.  He noted that commercial disputes — even financial ones — are seldom dry, but instead involve personalities, risk of loss of face, and other human attributes just as much as more personal claims do.  The question of subject-matter expertise was of little importance to Deane, compared to these essential qualities in a mediator who must be expert in a process that, at heart, is aimed at cost effectiveness.  “A lack of industry expertise has never caused a failure of the mediation process.

I must admit that when Tim Hughes (@vaconstruction) -- he of the Virginia Real Estate, Land Use and Construction Law blog and an avid ADR watcher -- tipped me off to this post, I read the question as asking whether mediators should be experts in the "field" of conflict - rather than in the industry in which the disputants are involved.

Here's my opinion (as if you didn't already know).  As Colin Powell says, the most important knowledge to have in international negotiations is the other guy's decision cycle.  I imagine the great predictor, the political scientist and Hoover Institute Fellow  Bruce Bueno de Mesquitas would say something along the same lines (see TED lecture below).  See also the NYT piece, Can Game Theory Predict When Iran Will Get the Bomb?

What is the "other guy's" decision cycle?  It is comprised of every interest he must satisfy and every person he is accountable to for the foreseeable (and probable unintended) consequences of that decision.  Personal injury attorneys turned mediators are well acquainted with the decision cycles of both Plaintiff and Defense counsel as well as with the interests, needs, and desires of injured Plaintiffs, on the one hand, and insurance adjusters and their supervisors on the other.  Employment attorneys turned mediators are also deeply knowledgeable about the decision cycles of counsel on both sides of the table (one usually specializing in employees and the other in employers) as well as with the interests, needs and desires of terminated, demoted, or harassed employees on the one hand and of employers - both large and small - who often feel as if the Plaintiff is little better than a highway robber.  Judges turned mediators are better acquainted than anyone else of the decision cycles of juries -- a jury verdict being the alternative to a negotiated resolution.

(Chart from Cultivating Piece)

You knew I'd come to my own "specialty" knowledge.  Some of it is industry specific -- insurance and  financial institutions, for instance, and the garment, manufacturing, health care, commercial real estate, construction, and technology industries.  Though my experience in these fields adds some value to my commercial mediation practice, what I'm most skilled at is knowing the decision cycles of commercial litigators and their business clients.  I understand, for instance, the clients' reporting relationships; the metrics against which their performance and that of their corporate superiors are measured; the impact of SEC reporting requirements in "bet the company" litigation; and, the effect settlements in nine or ten figures might have on upcoming plans for mergers or acquisitions. 

I can read a financial statement. 

At a minimum, I can ask the questions necessary to obtain the knowledge required to ascertain the interests that must be satisfied by both parties to transform the litigation into an opportunity to make a business deal.  And I know how to make the commercial clients happy with their attorneys' final resolution of the business problem burdened with the justice issue that brought the case into court in the first instance.

I am also schooled in the "field" of conflict resolution.  I understand at depth the cognitive biases --  universal tendencies in the way we think -- that inhibit rational decision making.  I know how conflict escalates and, more importantly, how it can be deescalated.  I understand the role emotion plays in decision making (particularly the emotion most common among business litigation clients - anger);  the gentle (and not so gentle) art of persuasion and, perhaps most importantly, the optimal negotiation strategies and tactics for the business problem at hand.

And, I know in the knuckles of my spine what keeps commercial litigators awake at night, worrying about the next strategic, tactical, legal or extra-legal move to make; how to explain to the client that the case has suddenly gone south; and, how to deliver that bad news to the client in a way he or she can hear it and successfully report it to the GC, the CEO, the Board of Directors or e ven the shareholders. 

I know this sounds like a lot of boastful self-promotion (it is).  Please don't take my word for it.  Anyone charged with finding, retaining and hiring a mediator to assist the parties in resolving a piece of hard-fought, sophisticated, complex commercial litigation would do well to check with his or her peers on any mediator's boastful self-appraisals.

This is what I recall of mediator-hunting, however.  I'd send out a list to my colleagues.  I'd invariably get back opinions that were all over the board.  He/she is great with clients but usually ends up splitting the baby in half.  He/she talks too much and listens too little.  He/she marginalized the client and made me look bad.  He/she charges $15,000 per day and is one of the go-to mediators for this type of case but I was unimpressed, as was the client.  This guy/gal can settle anything.  Brilliant.  Magical.  

So what's a beleaguered litigator to do?  Ask people you respect both inside and outside your law firm.  Ask how the mediator handles the "process dimensions" of the mediation.  Does he/she simply carry numbers and rationales back and forth between separate caucus rooms.  Can she give bad news to both sides.  Can he go beyond positional, zero-sum bargaining and into interest-based negotiated resolutions?  Is the client happy with the result and with the process?  After you've done this basic research, call the mediator yourself and ask him/her about the way in which she/he might handle the mediation of the particular matter you need to have resolved.   You should not only have the best information possible in making your choice, you should get a fair amount of terrific free advice and external brain-storming along the way.

I really just meant to cite the Business Conflict Blog and get back to revising The ABC's of Conflict Resolution - my second draft due on October 30.

So what's my answer to the question whether the mediator should have industry knowledge?  That answer lies, as most legal problems do, in the gray zone.  Industry knowledge helps.  But every commercial litigator knows that we can learn any industry if we have a basic understanding of how commercial enterprises work.  That's what I know -- commercial litigation -- and it is the reason I don't mediate personal injury or employment disputes with anyone below the rank of senior executive.  I don't know the right questions to ask and I don't know -- at depth -- the parties' or counsel's decision cycles. 

I can learn, but if you called me for a personal injury or employment mediator, I wouldn't recommend myself - I'd recommend someone like Janet Fields or Nikki Tolt at Judicate West (personal injury) or Deborah Rothman, Jay McCauley or Lisa Klerman at their own mediation shops (employment). 

For commercial mediation, I'd recommend the usual suspects (including, of course, myself) and Jeff Kichaven, Eric Green, Jay and Deborah, Ralph Williams (at ADR Services, Inc.), George Calkins and Jerry Kurland at JAMS (complex construction litigation); Les Weinstein (IP, particularly as an arbitrator); Mike Young (Judicate West and Alston + Bird); and, John Leo Wagner (Judicate West). 

I know I've left a lot of fine mediators out of this list but these are the ones who immediately spring to mind because I either have personal experience as a client or co-mediator or I have it on the authority of my husband, Stephen N. Goldberg, formerly at Heller and now at Dickstein Shapiro (author of the Catastrophic Insurance Coverage blog).

Enough!  Off to the real brains at hand -- Bruce Bueno de Mesquita at TED.

Blawg Review #234

Sociologist Elise Boulding has said that we live in a “200 year present,” a “social space which reaches into the past and into the future” -- a space in which “we can move around directly in our own lives and indirectly by touching the lives of the young and old around us.” Miall, Ramsbotham and Woodhouse, Contemporary Conflict Resolution.

What does the 200-year present have to do with conflict resolution week?  It reminds us that new forms never really completely replace the old ones.  We continue to employ every technique we've ever used to suppress, avoid, deny, resolve, transform, or transcend conflict, including force (violent and non-violent such as injunctions subject of a Trial Warrior Blog post this week); thievery (the Trade Secrets Blog); shaming (which Scott Greenfield does to bloggers "looking for fights and dumb as dirt" and which Volokh suggests we do to health insurers); bullying (solutions to which appear at the Citizen Media Law Project); torture (still with us at the Crim Prof Blog); cheating (Make Yourself Better with Their Secrets at Concretely Ambiguous) ingratiation (at the Law School Expert); persuasive argumentation; appeal to third party authority; bargaining; communication; and, problem solving (The Tao of Advice at the Business of Creativity). 

Whichever dispute resolution mechanism you use, it should be much improved if you take up  juggling (as reported this week at Idealawg).

Transformative conflict resolution of the type covered by New York City police officer, Jeff Thompson at Enjoy Mediation, requires accountability (by lawyers, for instance, to the principle of justice at Law21); recognition (at JD Bliss); apology, amends, reconciliation (at Opinio Juris); power with (negotiation and cooperation at the Ohio Family Law Blog) instead of power over (at the Election Law Blog); and, interests rather than rights (at the Gay Couples Law Blog).

No brand of law-giver or enforcer has ever entirely left the scene.  Cops, negotiators, mediators (on the international scene at the Business Conflict Blog); conciliators, arbitrators, trial attorneys (marking tattoos as exhibits over at LawComix), corporate lawyers, legislators  (fomenting a Franken Amendment at the ADR Prof Blawg); judges (whether elected or appointed at Legally Unbound), and, juries (who might be biased at SCOTUS Blog). 

And of course the gadflies (wolf protection lawsuits anyone? at  Point of Law). 

Win, lose, settle, enjoin (at Charon QC) or simply give up (6 Ways We Gave Up Our Privacy at CSO Security and Risk).  We regulate crime and prescribe punishment (Polanski at Sentencing Law and Policy and The End of an Era at Defending People). 

We wage war (at Prawfs Blog) and seek peace (at the Delaware Employment Law Blog) as conflict inevitably erupts over Obama's (embarrassing) peace prize (at Balkinization).

And, lest we forget our primary purpose, we bend our efforts toward justice (which, according to BLT is not necessarily available to card-carrying members of the ACLU).

My own personal 200-year present spans the life of my maternal grandparents who were nine years old in 1909, and that of my step-children’s children, who (assuming they procreate on a reasonable schedule) should be ninety-five'ish in 2109

My grandfather, born in 1900, witnessed the birth of electricity, saw the first automobile roll off an assembly line [2] and stood awestruck in a cornfield as one of mankind’s first airplanes took flight. [3]  Although we've progressed from bi-planes to jets and rockets (some of which may someday be green) we still fly balloons of the type first launched in 1783 -- both Goodyear Blimps and the backyard variety, covered this week by Legal Blog Watch as Law and More

asked here whether the shiny, flying, silver Jiffy Pop-looking craft tethered in the backyard of Richard Heene was an "attractive nuisance" under the law.

Grandpa's first war was, well, the First and his second was the Second,[4]  as if there'd never been any wars before the Great One. By the time I was born, mid-century, we'd fought the war to end all wars twice and knew we'd never survive a third

My imagined grandchildren, [6] born sometime between today and 2014, will not be strangers to any of my grandfather’s technologies. Despite the advent of compact fluorescent light bulbs, the early lives of my step-children's children will likely pass under the glow of the same incandescent lights that brightened granddad’s one-room school house. They will be transported to school in cars with internal combustion engines, learn the same alphabet from the same cardboard and paper books (as well as from the "e" variety) [7] and play many of the same games [8]  he did – hop scotch, jump rope and ring-around the rosy. 

Change will etch itself into the lives of my grandchildren as surely as it did my own, my parents' and my grandparents'.  Hybrids will give way to fully electric (and perhaps hemp-powered) [9] vehicles (effective or defective) and though electricity will continue to be  generated by hydroelectric dams, wind farms and nuclear power plants, some new and unimaginable source of power will surely push back the nights of my grand children's children. [10]

Law, politics, society and culture also exist in the 200-year present of conflict resolution.  [11] In my personal 200-year span, the law seems to have changed the most profoundly. Was it the law first and culture later?  Or do they weave our future together?

The first U.S. woman lawyer, Myra Bradwell, was admitted to practice a mere ten years before my grandmother was born. Mrs. Bradwell’s legal career was the subject of one of the sorriest U.S. Supreme Court decisions ever handed down, in which the Court opined,

The civil law as well as nature itself, has always recognized a wide difference in the respective spheres and destinies of man and woman. Man is, or should be, woman’s protector and defender.  The natural and proper timidity and delicacy which belongs to the female sex evidently unfits it for many of the occupations of civil life. The constitution of the family organization, which is founded in the divine ordinance, as well as in the nature of things, indicates the domestic sphere as that which properly belongs to the domain and functions of womanhood. The harmony, not to say the identity, of interests and views which belong, or should belong, to the family institution is repugnant to the idea for a woman adopting a distinct and independent career from that of her husband … for these reasons I think that the laws of Illinois now complained of are not obnoxious to the charge of any abridging any of the privileges and immunities of cities of the United States.

[12]

Another nineteen years would pass after Bradwell began her practice before she (and my nineteen year old grandmother) were guaranteed the right to vote. [13] And another 30 years would pass after my women's movement -- the Second Wave -- before we'd have our own  business magazine -   ForbesWoman (my part in it here).  And let us not forget that despite the 20th Century's great civil rights achievements, when America catches a cold, black America gets pneumonia.  See e.g. Problems All Around for Blacks in Big Law at Being a Black Lawyer.

My grandparents', parents' and step-children's 20th Century was dominated by genocide [14] on a scale and a technological precision unimaginable to our earlier forebears.  Mid-century brought with it the threat of nuclear annihilation but also liberated millions of people enslaved by colonialism.  We cured polio in my own lifetime with both "dead" and "live" vaccines (neither of them counterfeit) - a singular moment in scientific history during which no one took ownership of the cure and no one tried to stop others from seeking another, a problem Patently O addressed this week in Reverse Payments.

Whether god or satan, heaven or hell, war or peace "won" the twentieth century, the world's greatest peace-making body was created during it -- the United Nations.  And here in the U.S., the “living room war,” Viet Nam, coupled with the largest generation of adolescents ever to grace American society, ended the forcible induction of young men into the military[15]

With the recent discovery of our earliest ancestor, Ardi, our biological and social lives exist in a 4.4 million year now. Our physical bodies “evolve” in the womb along the same lines as did our species and, once born, we carry with us our earliest organs. [16] Most critical of these to conflict escalation and avoidance is our “fight-flight” mechanism – the amygdala.[17] And the most pertinent biological agents to promote the collaborative resolution of conflict are our “mirror neurons” which

 provide a powerful biological foundation for the evolution of culture . . . absorb[ing] it directly, with each generation teaching the next by social sharing, imitation and observation.

 [18]

As “exquisitely social creatures,” our “survival depends on understanding the actions, intentions and emotions of others.” Id. That our misunderstandings and cognitive biases -- mentioned by Volokh on Paternalism and Michael Carbone on reactive devaluation at Mediation Strategies this week -- threaten our survival as a species is undeniable (cf. Lawyers Must Survive or Face Extinction at the Lawyerist)

How we’ve manage to survive despite our tendency to misread one another’s actions, intentions and emotions, is often the subject of those who advise us how to choose and move juries -- here -- Anne Reed at Deliberations (explaining why "they" don't see things like "we" do here); and, the Jury Room (explaining why pain hurts more intensely when we believe it's been intentionally inflicted here). 

The Most Effective Conflict Resolution Technology is the Oldest

One of our true original gangsters, Al Capone, is reported to have said that “you can get much further with a kind word and a gun than you can with a kind word alone” and one of our greatest Presidents, Theodore Roosevelt said “speak softly and carry a big stick.”

Capone and Roosevelt didn't know it, but they were talking about the most effective (and most ancient) form of conflict resolution – tit for tat. In 1980, political Scientist Robert Axelrod asked game theory experts to submit computer programs designed to prevail in a game that provided the highest reward to cooperating pairs -- the famous Prisoner's Dilemma. (See also Max Kennerly's excellent post on Game Theory and Medical Malpractice Settlements at the Philadelphia Litigation and Trial Blog).

The winner of Axelrod's competition was a program named tit for tat.  Tit for tat was programmed to cooperate [19]  with its first encounter with any other programmed player.  It  rewarded cooperation with cooperation (just as networking will reward the savvy lawyer over at Chuck Newton's Ride the Third Wave) and punished non-cooperation with retaliation. Because Tit for Tat retaliated in the face of non-cooperation (just as a former employee did according to Hell Hath No Fury at Chicago Law Blogger) it was never repeatedly victimized. And because Tit for Tat “forgave” non-cooperators upon their return to cooperative game playing (as some believe Mr. Polanski should be forgiven over at the Marquette U. Law School Faculty Blog) it never got locked into mutually costly chains of mutual betrayal. [20]

As Robert Wright, author of The Moral Animal explained, had Tit for Tat been tossed into the game with 50 steadfast non-cooperators, there would have been a 49-way tie for first place. But none of the players' programs failed to cooperate in at least some circumstances, leaving Tit for Tat the clear victor.  According to Wright, humans, like the programs in Axelrod's competition, are evolutionarily “designed” to cooperate under at least some circumstances. The engine and benefit of cooperation is present in our neurochemistry.  When scientists observed the brain activity of volunteers playing the Prisoner’s Dilemma game, for instance, they found that the participants' “reward circuits” were activated and their impulsive "me first" circuits inhibited when they cooperated. Cooperation, retaliation, forgiveness and a return to cooperation. Tit for Tat. 

Laws and Lawyers

First and most importantly, I suppose, are the social media signs that you're "tweeting" like a lawyer over at the Social Media Law Student Blog.  Why first or important?  Know thyself.  Everything else follows that.

We don't "dis" lawyers here at the Negotiation Blog.  We simply remind ourselves that our primary purpose is the promotion of justice, with a stable societal order closely behind.  Most people don't understand, for instance, that Shakespeare's famous the first thing we do, let's kill all the lawyers was not an insult.  In King Henry IV, Act IV, Scene II, Shakespeare's sentiment was not his own, but that of a revolutionary who wished to destroy the social order.

The historic "present" of laws and lawyers is in the thousands, not simply the hundreds, of years. Hammurabi (make of his choice for the memorialization of his laws what you will) was the sixth king of Babylon, remembered for creating -- in his own name (and likeness?) - the first written and systematic legal code. 

These laws provided for a mix of physical punishment - 60 lashes with an ox hide whip - ‘measure for measure’ awards (still with us in the form of lethal injection as covered by The StandDown Texas Project) – eye for eye, bone fracture for bone fracture – and monetary compensation – 20 shekels for tooth injuries – (preserved by workplace injury awards such as those discussed at the Workers Compensation Blog) depended not only upon the type of injury, but the social classes involved in the loss, i.e., ‘measure for measure’ sanctions were specified for losses among the upper classes while monetary awards were required for losses caused to and by commoners (reminding us that disrespect still too often turns on social status or "outsider" classification as discussed at Balkinization this week).  [23] 

For the wrongful killing of another, for instance, the victim’s kin were paid according to the social status of the deceased party. Thus the ‘man price’ for killing a peasant was 200 shillings and that for a nobleman 1200 shillings. Payments were not, however, tailored to the loss, but fixed according to types of affront, a distinction we continue to make when we punish intentional torts more severely than negligent ones.  [24]>

Criminal law and civil, it all comes down to a process that is "due" (a topic covered in a blistering post about tea-partiers and other "protectors" of the Constitution at the Criminal Jurisdiction Law Blog) and a set of guidelines against which we can exercise some small degree of control over our own commercial and personal futures (like those subject of Delays Not "Party Time, Excellent" for Subcontractor at the Construction Contract Review).

Lawyers, litigators and trial lawyers are too often demonized by the ADR community as if you could get someone to sit down to negotiate without first pointing the gun of litigation at their heads; I salute you (and myself, for that matter!) for bringing us all to the bargaining table.  See Steve Mehta's recent post at Mediation Matters, Factors When Peace Makes Sense for a note that touches upon the symbiotic relationship between litigation and mediation, litigators and mediators.

I shouldn't cite single legal blogs twice, but I cannot resist this quote of Scott Greenfield's on another pundit's view of the future lawyers have in store for them, i.e., 

shucking oysters for a living if we don't accept a future of lawyers being piece workers in factories, sending our work off to Bangalore in pdf files and complementing people on their choice of forms at Legal Zoom.

Legal Rebels:  the Sky is Falling at Simple JusticeCharon QC also weighs in on the ABA Legal Rebels project here.

Arbitration

Which came first? Public civil trials or private arbitrations? You’ll be surprised, I’ll wager, to hear that arbitration was one of the earliest forms of dispute resolution, practiced by the juris consults of the Roman Empire. Roman arbitration predates the adversarial system of common law by more than a thousand years. [25]

Ah, the glory of Rome! The juris consulti were (like too many mediators) amateurs who dabbled in dispute resolution, raising the question whether they (and we) should be certified or regulated as Diane Levin asks at The Mediation Channel this week.  The Roman hobbyists gave legal opinions (responsa) to all comers (a practice known as publice respondere). They also served the needs of Roman judges and governors would routinely consult with advisory panels of jurisconsults before rendering decisions. Thus, the Romans – god bless them! - were the first to have a class of people who spent their days thinking about legal problems (an activity some readers will recall Ralph Nader calling "mental gymnastics in an iron cage").

18th Century Dispute Resolution Technology:  The (Inevitably Polarizing) Adversarial System

It was Buckminster Fuller who famously opined that the "significant problems we face cannot be solved at the same level of thinking we were at when we created them."  If you keep this aphorism in mind for the remainder of this post, you'll likely have some extraordinarily innovative comments to make in the comment section below.

As the Law Guru wiki reminds us, we can trace the adversarial system to the "medieval mode of trial by combat, in which some litigants were allowed a champion to represent them."  We owe our present day adversarialism, however, to the common law's use of the jury - the power of argumentation replacing the power of the sword.

The Act abolishing the infamous Star Chamber in 1641 also granted every "freeman" the right to trial by "lawful judgment of his peers" or by the "law of the land" before the Crown could "take[] or imprison[]" him or "disseis[e] [him] of his freehold or liberties, or free customs."  Nor could he any longer be "outlawed or exciled or otherwise destroyed."  Nor could the King "pass upon him or condemn him." 

English colonies like our own adopted the jury trial system and we, of course, enshrined that system in the Fifth, Sixth, and Seventh Amendments.  Whether this 17th century dispute resolution technology can be fine-tuned to keep abreast of 21st century dispute creation technology (particularly in the quickly moving area of intellectual property) remains one of the pressing questions of legal and ADR policy and practice, particularly in a week in which a Superior Court verbally punished the lawyers before it for filing The Most Oppressive Motion Ever Presented (see the Laconic Law Blog).  The motion? 

Defendants['] . . . motion for summary judgment/summary adjudication, seeking adjudication of 44 issues, most of which were not proper subjects of adjudication.  Defendants’ separate statement was 196 pages long, setting forth hundreds of facts, many of them not material—as defendants’ own papers conceded.  And the moving papers concluded with a request for judicial notice of 174 pages.  All told, defendants’ moving papers were 1056 pages.

Id. (and ouch!)  On a less Dickensian note (think Bleak House) take a look at the IP Maximizer's post on IP litigation not being smart source of revenue for inventors

Mediator, author and activist, Ken Cloke, suggests that interest-based resolutions to conflict must replace power and rights based resolutions if we expect to create a future in which justice prevails.  As Ken wrote in Conflict Revolution:

Approaching evil and injustice from an interest-based perspective means listening to the deeper truths that gave rise to them, extending compassion even to those who were responsible for evils or injustices, and seeking not merely to replace one evil or injustice with another, but to reduce their attractiveness by designing outcomes, processes, and relationships that encourage adversaries to work collaboratively to satisfy their interests.

Evil and injustice can therefore be considered byproducts of reliance on power or rights, and failures or refusals to learn and evolve.

All political systems generate chronic conflicts that reveal their internal weaknesses, external pressures, and demands for evolutionary change. Power- and rights-based systems are adversarial and unstable, and therefore avoid, deny, resist, and defend themselves against change. As a result, they suppress conflicts or treat them as purely interpersonal, leaving insiders less informed and able to adapt, and outsiders feeling they were treated unjustly and contemplating evil in response.

As pressures to change increase, these systems must either adapt, or turn reactionary and take a punitive, retaliatory attitude toward those seeking to promote change, delaying their own evolution. Only interest-based systems are fully able to seek out their weaknesses, proactively evolve, transform conflicts into sources of learning, and celebrate those who brought them to their attention.

These are the words I leave with the readers of Blawg Review #234 because they are the ones that informed my personal and professional transformation from a legal career based on rights and remedies to one based upon interests and consensus. 

Whatever my own personal 200-year present was, is and will be, it is pointed in the direction of peace with justice, with an enormous and probably unwarranted optimism best expressed by the man after whom my law school was namedMartin Luther King, Jr.  - the arc of history is long, but it bends toward justice.

Blawg Review has information about next week's host, and instructions how to get your blawg posts reviewed in upcoming issues. Next week's host, Counsel to Counsel, will devote its round-up of the week's best legal posts to the Great Recession.



[1]             See the WSJ Law Blog’s post on the evolving law on gay marriage this week – Procreat[ion] Not Required.

[2]             Alas, there will always be lemons over at the Texas Lemon Law Blog (save those repair invoices!)

[3]             See Ruth Bader Ginsberg Hospitalized at the Volokh Conspiracy, reporting on Ginsberg’s fall from the seat of an airplane before take-off.

[4]             See the Law History Blog on Brewer’s Why America Fights.

[6]             Grandchildren who will not, I hope, have to deal with my Alzheimers, the perils of which are described at the Slutsky Elder Law and Estate Planning Blog.

[7]             Though, of course, e-books will be read side-by-side with hard copy as paper and cardboard eventually goes the way of Colonial era hornbooks. See Downloadable e-Books Change the Face of Brick and Mortar Libraries at the Law Librarian Blog.

[8]              Those games will, of course, exist side by side the video variety, many of which are recommended as Tools for Special Needs Students and Educators at the Adjunct Law Prof Blog this week.

[9]               See Hemp and Audacity at the U.S. Ag and Food Law Policy Blog.

[12]             Alas there’s still a gender gap as described this week at Ms. JD.

[13]             Voting rights are still a matter of concern today, of course. See Judge Says Virginia Violated Rights of Overseas Voters at the Blog of Legal Times.

[14]             See Rachel Anderson’s Law Blog on the scope of immunity for foreign officials that Anderson believes may have important implications for Plaintiffs seeking recompense for genocide.

[15]             One generation wants out and the other wants in. See Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell, Don’t Teach at Sexual Orientation and the Law Blog.

[16]             Earlier scientific theory posited that each human embryo (see Embryo Mix-Up at the Proud Parenting Blog) passes through a progression of abbreviated stages that resemble the main evolutionary stages of its ancestors, i.e., that the fertilized egg starts as a single cell (just like our first living evolutionary ancestor); as the egg repeatedly divides it develops into an embryo with a segmented arrangement (the “worm” stage); these segments develop into vertebrae, muscles and something that sort of looks like gills (the “fish” stage); limb buds develop with paddle-like hands and feet, and there appears to be a “tail” (the “amphibian” stage); and, by the eighth week of development, most organs are nearly complete, the limbs develop fingers and toes, and the “tail” disappears (the human stage). It turns out that this one-to-one correlation was too simplistic, but it remains safe to say that our biological development still passes through several stages that “recapitulate” the evolution of our species.

[17]          The amygdala is a region of the brain that permits the formation and storage of memories associated with emotional events. It permits us to “read” the emotional responses of our fellows and is thought to facilitated our ability to form relationships and live and work in groups. It is also the source of our “fight or flight” response to danger.

[18] In Cells that Read Minds, New York Times Science writer Sandra Blakeslee explained:

Studies show that some mirror neurons fire when a person reaches for a glass or watches someone else reach for a glass; others fire when the person puts the glass down and still others fire when the person reaches for a toothbrush and so on. They respond when someone kicks a ball, sees a ball being kicked, hears a ball being kicked and says or hears the word "kick."

 “When you see me perform an action - such as picking up a baseball - you automatically simulate the action in your own brain,” said Dr. Marco Iacoboni, a neuroscientist at the University of California, Los Angeles, who studies mirror neurons. ”Circuits in your brain, which we do not yet entirely understand, inhibit you from moving while you simulate,” he said. ”But you understand my action because you have in your brain a template for that action based on your own movements. “

[20]             Check out the post on the Betrayal of Corporate Clients at the Investment Fraud Lawyer Blog.

[21]             Wrongful death compensation over at the Product Liability Law Blog.

[22]             Looking toward the future, the Neuroethics and the Law Blog predicts that in the “experiential future, we will have better technologies to measure physical pain, pain relief, and emotional distress. These technologies should not only change tort law and related compensation schemes but should also change our assessments of criminal blameworthiness and punishment severity” here.

[23]             This week Beck and Herrmann at the Drug and Device Law Blog note that “shame works wonders” in their post on the Free Speech Challenges to the FDA.

[24]             Intentionally left blank.

[25]             ADR professionals are often heard critics of the adversarial system, as can be seen over at the Australian Dispute Resolvers Blog where author Chris Whitelaw (really??) quotes the Journal of Law and Medicine as follows:

The adversarial system of medical negligence fails to satisfy the main aims of tort law, those being equitable compensation of plaintiffs, correction of mistakes and deterrence of negligence. Instead doctors experience litigation as a punishment and, in order to avoid exposure to the system, have resorted not to corrective or educational measures but to defensive medicine, a practice which the evidence indicates both decreases patient autonomy and increases iatrogenic injury.

 (Iatrogenic, by the way, is a fancy term for “we have know idea whatsoever what the source of this ailment is). Chris is looking for comments so run on over there if you’ve been thinking about medical malpractice litigation during the marathon American health care debates.

 

The Annual ADR Issue of the Advocate is Out and Online

The Advocate - the Journal of Consumers Attorneys Organizations of Southern California publishes an annual ADR issue every year and this year's issue is a goldmine of mediation strategy and tactics.

From preparation to closing, some of L.A.'s most prominent mediators reveal the secrets of getting the best deal available for your clients. 

Read former CAALA Trial Lawyer of the year Sandy Gage's article on Getting the Best Results in Mediation and AIM founder, mediator and trainer Lee Jay Berman's Twelve Ways to Make Your Mediator Work Harder for You.

JAMS mediator Alex Polsky reveals the secrets to Negotiating Like the Pros, while ADR's Ralph Williams counsels readers on the many ways to avoid the Top Ten Mediation Disasters.

Mediator Phyllis Pollack who blogs and writes for the Federal Bar Association's Resolver also has a dynamite article here - Preparing for Mediation, Something to Ponder.

Another top mediate.com blogger and mediator Steve Mehta reveals Why Some Cases Don't Settle and Others Do while Judicate West Executive Vice President of Business Development Rosemarie Chiusano writes about Top Neutral Qualities from one of the best sources on mediator excellence -- the ADR service provider.

My ADR Services, Inc. colleagues Jan Schau, Michael Diliberto, Joan Kessler (the brains behind the entire issue!) and Leonard Levy round out the issue with Telling Lies, Telling Secrets (Schau); Opening Offers:  Who's on First (Diliberto); The Defense Reveals Mistakes that Could Cost Your Client Money; and Kessler's incisive executive summary of them all.

Finally, former defense attorney and Judicate West mediator Jack Daniels, honored for his ethics and fairness by COAC outlines the 10 necessary steps to mediation success.

Oh, yes, I'm here too with one of my mediation narratives, We Tell Ourselves Stories in Order to Live.

The online Advocate can be read like a magazine, complete with turning pages.  It's a pretty cool online journal format in addition to being a great contribution to the growing literature on best mediation practices. 

Dive in!  The water is warm and the natives are friendly.

Sure We Can Compromise, But Can We Negotiate Justice?

The following is the conclusion of an excellent post on the recent Pfizer-Justice Department settlement noting that it met "the People's" justice interests better than a judgment could have.  The full article, Settlement and Justice for All by Robert C. Bordone & Matthew J. Smith** can be found here at the Harvard Negotiation Law Review.

 More than honoring principles a court might champion, the negotiated settlement with Pfizer allows the Justice Department to secure commitments from Pfizer that would have been unlikely in a court verdict. In addition to the enormous cash payment, the settlement agreement allows for closer monitoring of Pfizer by Justice Department officials in the years ahead, ensuring corporate accountability and providing an extra measure of protection for consumers. As part of the deal, Pfizer entered into a Corporate Integrity Agreement with the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services and will be required to maintain a corporate compliance program for the next five years. While a judge might choose to retain judicial oversight in a particular case, federal courts typically lack the expertise or resources to provide the kind of enforcement needed to ensure a systemic and long-term remedy in a technical or highly specialized case such as this.

The Pfizer settlement represents the best kind of transparent, efficient, and wise government law enforcement. It holds Pfizer wholly accountable for its actions, sends a strong and clear message to the public that corporate malfeasance will not be tolerated, provides for ongoing enforcement, and it does it all at a fraction of the cost of trial. While many cases should proceed to trial for reasons of precedent and public policy, negotiated settlement – when approached with wisdom and aplomb – can be a most efficient and effective means of law enforcement.

For my own posts and mediation, negotiation and justice, see Delivering Justice in Community Mediation, Negotiating Justice:  Anchoring, Bias, Dad and Sotomayor, and Do Interest-Based Negotiation and Mediation Trade Justice for Harmony?

Thanks to Don Philbin for being one of the best navigators of quality in the ADRosphere!  "Friend" him on Facebook here.

________________

**/ Robert C. Bordone is the Thaddeus R. Beal Clinical Professor of Law at Harvard Law School and Director of the Harvard Negotiation and Mediation Clinical Program. Matthew J. Smith is a Lecturer on Law at Harvard Law School and a Clinical Fellow at the Harvard Negotiation and Mediation Clinical Program

 

 

 

Yet Another Path to Attorney Malpractice in Mediation Proceedings: Coerce Your Own Client

Because the vast majority of my litigation and mediation clients were and are corporate entities or highly successful entrepreneurs, executives or managers, I was and am rarely in a position to coerce a client into doing something it didn't want to do. 

As a mediator, however, I hear stories.  

Some of the stories I hear are told by disgruntled individuals who feel as if they were coerced by their own counsel into settling their litigation during a mediationOthers have reported that they felt ganged up on by their attorney and the mediator.  Some have complained that they were unduly pressured to stay in the mediation process long after they were too tired or hungry to think clearly. 

These stories are troubling to any mediator who values the good reputation of the mediation process itself.  They should also disturb attorney mediation advocates.

Is it below the standard of care for an attorney to subtly (or not so subtly) pressure his or her client to settle litigation?  Under certain circumstances, I think it is.  Here's the bad news.  If a litigant is unhappy with the outcome of mediation, he or she is far more likely to bring a complaint (or lawsuit) against his or her own attorney.

In a 2006 article in the Ohio  Journal on Dispute Resolution TAKE IT OR LEAVE IT. LUMP IT OR GRIEVE IT: DESIGNING MEDIATOR COMPLAINT SYSTEMS THAT PROTECT MEDIATORS, UNHAPPY PARTIES, ATTORNEYS, COURTS, THE PROCESS, AND THE FIELD  Paula M. Young, Assistant Professor at the Appalachian School of Law cites Mel Rubin on "settle and sue" cases which Rubin suggests are on the rise among clients unhappy with the outcome of a mediation.  Rubin "also suggests that if a client is unhappy with the outcome of mediation, he or she is more likely to sue his or her attorney for malpractice. Id.

What might actionable attorney mediation malpractice look like?  Young cites the example of one woman who told the following story:

I refused to sign several times. My attorney then began yelling at me to “shut-up and sign the damn thing” I wasn't allowed to leave until it was signed . . . . The words, “NO I can't sign this,” fell on deaf ears. I was so unfamiliar with the process of it all and what it meant and what the outcome entailed.

Young has a systemic solution for problems like these:  procedural "justice" during the mediation itself and grievance procedures for dissatisfied litigants.  She writes:

To the extent the procedural justice research indicates that parties who perceive they have received procedural justice in mediation also perceive that the negotiated outcome in mediation is fair, we would expect that these parties are not likely to later sue their attorneys for malpractice. Even when the client has little trust in his or her attorney, a mediation process that enhances procedural justice allows the party to assess directly whether he or she feels exploited or mistreated in the process.

Even if the mediation process itself lacks procedural justice and the client accordingly remains dissatisfied and suspicious, a well-designed grievance system, emphasizing procedural justice from the client's perspective, may give the client the reassurances he or she needs. A client who suspects collusion between his or her lawyer and the neutral could seek the informed opinion of the regulatory body, without ever having to file a legal malpractice law suit.

Remember that we tend to stumble and fail when we're Hungry, Angry, Lonely (marginalized) or Tired (HALT) and so do our clients.  When I notice litigants flagging or attorneys losing their tempers, I suggest a walk around the block, a nutrition break (not eating more cookies) and, in extreme cases (someone becomes ill during the course of the session) reconvening at a later date.  Remember how powerful and all-knowing you appear to be to your clients and what a strange and frightening land the "justice system" is for those who are encountering it for the first time.  

There's no better defense to professional negligence actions that the quality of your relationship with your clients.  Keep channels of communication open.  Demand that your adversary and the mediator treat your client with respect.  At the first sign that a mediator is exercising undue influence on your client, say something, just as you would if opposing counsel were harassing your witness at a deposition.  Follow these dictates and you'll rarely if ever be worrying about calling your insurance carrier.
 


Diplomatic Engagement to Settle Your Commercial Litigation

Today's New York Times Op-Ed piece on "diplomatic engagement" (Terms of Engagement) as a strategy for "chang[ing] [Iran's] perception of its own interests and realistic options and, hence, to modify its policies and its behavior," offers good strategic negotiation lessons for mediators and mediation advocates alike.  As Crocker explains:

[E]ach case of engagement has common elements. Engagement is a process, not a destination. It involves exerting pressure, by raising questions and hypothetical possibilities, and by probing the other country’s assumptions and thinking. Above all, it involves testing how far the other country might be willing to go. Properly understood, the diplomacy of engagement means raising questions that the other country may wish to avoid or be politically unable to answer. It places the ball in the other country’s court.

Litigation is an extremely good way to "exert[] pressure," on your negotiation partner by burdening it with the costs of  waging the adversarial contest.  The litigation itself not only "rais[es] questions and hypothetical possibilities" but through the process of discovery, it also "probes [the opponent's] assumptions and thinking" and "test[s] how far [your opponent] might be willing to go" to achieve victory.

Parties disappointed with mediation and mediators are usually dissatisfied with the mediator's inability to engage in the final step of "engagement diplomacy" -- "raising questions that the [opponent] may use to avoid or be [positionally] unable to answer."  A good mediator is unafraid to raise those difficult questions with each side of a dispute.  But raising those difficult questions is not enough.  A good mediator must also be able to deliver bad news to the parties in such a way that the parties are able to hear it. 

If the goal of the negotiators -- the attorneys -- is to "change the[ir] [opponent's] perception of its own interests and realistic options and, hence, to modify its policies and its behavior," the negotiators and their clients must be prepared to:

  • reveal to the mediator
    • hidden constraints preventing them from modifying their demand or offer; and,
    • hidden interests that must be served in order to justify any such modification
  • candidly acknowledge (in separate caucus)
    • the weaknesses of their position; and,
    • any constraints on their client's willingness and ability to put their convictions to the test of a jury verdict or judgment by the court
  • help the mediator help their clients understand that most litigation is based upon differing subjective experiences of the same "objective" series of events so that no one must admit that the other side is "right" and their own side is "wrong"

An example of the lengths to which people will go to be "right" is unfortunately provided to us today by the obituary of the first anti-abortion advocate to be shot and killed for his beliefs.  The slain activist spent years protesting outside the car dealership owned by Tony Young, who explained how the protests finally ended (from Slain Abortion Opponent Loved the Controversy)

Mr. Young said that after about three years of protesting outside his dealership, Mr. Pouillon came in and offered a truce. “ ‘Tony,’ ” Mr. Young said the exchange began, “if you would just agree that I’m right on my beliefs, I’ll stop.’

“I just told him, ‘Sure, Jim, you’re right,’ ” Mr. Young said, chuckling. After that, he said, Mr. Pouillon moved on.

Although few cases could so easily turn on the dime of a semi-sincere acknowledgement that the other side is "right," most attorneys would be surprised by how much value can be generated by acknowledging that the other side's version of the facts or the law is not crazy, evil, bizarre, intellectually dishonest or asserted in bad faith.  See The Biggest Lie in the Business:  It's Only About Money.  As I noted there:

The social scientists who study these things say that the way in which we respond to adversity "often reflects the fact that [our] prestige or status has been threatened more than the fact that [our] purchasing power has been diminished." Miller, Disrespect and the Experience of Injustice, Annual Review of Psychology (2002). In other words, the corporate C.E.O., like any other kid on the block, will retaliate when he feels he has been disrespected.

Conversely, research shows that business people are reluctant to recommend legal action if they believe that they and their company have been treated respectfully. 

By the same token that business people are reluctant to recommend legal action if they believe their company has been treated respectfully, they are often far more willing to settle litigation if they believe their positions have been heard and acknowledged as having been made in good faith.  For those headed toward settlement discussions or mediation, Crocker has good advice:

[B]y far the greatest risk of [diplomatic] engagement is that it may succeed.  If we succeed in changing the position of the other [side's] decision-makers, we then must decide whether we will take yes for an answer and reciprocate their moves with steps of our own.  If talk is fruitful, a negotiation will begin about taking reciprocal steps down a jointly defined road.  Engagement diplomacy forces us to make choices.

If litigators and their clients are aligned in the interest of settling litigation, they must prepare themselves to take "yes for an answer" by having in place a strategy of engagement that will permit them to reciprocate the other side's moves with steps of their own.  A good mediator should be capable of bringing all parties to the on-ramp of the road that counsel and their commercial clients are well-placed to and highly skilled at jointly defining.    

Best Early Case Assessment Practices

I cannot recommend John DeGroote's Settlement Perspectives blog too highly or too often.  This week he praises CPR's new Early Case Assessment Guidelines.  Praise from John is hard to come by.  I join in his comments below and suggest that all my readers click on the link below for his excellent commentary.

The International Institute for Conflict Prevention & Resolution, known also as the CPR Institute, has recently published CPR’s Early Case Assessment ; Guidelines (2009), which are designed to “set forth a process designed to help businesses decide early on how to manage disputes, including identifying key business concerns, assessing risks and costs, and making an informed choice or recommendation on how to handle the dispute.”  They certainly meet their objectives.

Continue reading CPR Publishes Early Case Assessment Guidelines here.

Negotiating Rational Choice, Statistics and the Future of Mankind

 

(right:  Bueno de Mesquita's "Logic of Political Survival")

The book at right was brought to my attention for the first time by this highlighted text in Good Magazine: 

In the foreboding world view of rational choice, everyone is a raging dirtbag.

What makes the Logic of Political Survival Relevant to negotiators is Bruce Bueno de Mesquita's application of game theory to international political problems such as the reduction of conflict between Israel and Palestine (quoted below).   

I'll have to admit that his claim to "produce a settlement [in litigation] that is 40 percent better than what the attorneys think is the best that can be achieved” -- also caught my attention and should draw my attorney readers into de Mesquita's world, first from Good Magazine's article The New Nostradamus and (at the end of this post, today's article in the Sunday New York Times).

First, de Mesquita's own words on the Middle East.

In my view, it is a mistake to look for [peacemaking] strategies that build mutual trust [between the Israelis and the Palestinians] because it ain’t going to happen. Neither side has any reason to trust the other, for good reason. . . . 

Land for peace is an inherently flawed concept because it has a fundamental commitment problem. If I give you land on your promise of peace in the future, after you have the land, as the Israelis well know, it is very costly to take it back if you renege. You have an incentive to say, ‘You made a good step, it’s a gesture in the right direction, but I thought you were giving me more than this. I can’t give you peace just for this, it’s not enough.’

Conversely, if we have peace for land—you disarm, put down your weapons, and get rid of the threats to me and I will then give you the land—the reverse is true: I have no commitment to follow through. Once you’ve laid down your weapons, you have no threat. 

The "rational" solution?

 In a peaceful world, what do the Palestinians anticipate will be their main source of economic viability? Tourism. This is what their own documents say. And, of course, the Israelis make a lot of money from tourism, and that revenue is very easy to track. As a starting point requiring no trust, no mutual cooperation, I would suggest that all tourist revenue be [divided by] a fixed formula based on the current population of the region, which is roughly 40 percent Palestinian, 60 percent Israeli. The money would go automatically to each side. Now, when there is violence, tourists don’t come. So the tourist revenue is automatically responsive to the level of violence on either side for both sides. You have an accounting firm that both sides agree to, you let the U.N. do it, whatever. It’s completely self-enforcing, it requires no cooperation except the initial agreement by the Israelis that they are going to turn this part of the revenue over, on a fixed formula based on population, to some international agency, and that’s that.

It actually gets much more controversial and interesting than this -- the "kicker" to the headline in Good Magazine reads:

Can a fringe branch of mathematics forecast the future? A special adviser to the CIA, Fortune 500 companies, and the U.S. Department of Defense certainly thinks so

If that intrigues you, you'll want to read the entire article here.  And you'll also want to read today's New York Times article on de Mesquita,

Can Game Theory Predict When Iran Will Get the Bomb?

 

Closed Dutch Auctions from Mediator Ralph Williams, III

Ralph Williams August 2009 ADR Tip

 

 

_______________________________________________

When 50-50 partners break up, the Closed Dutch Auction is an effective way to set the buyout price. The partners exchange sealed bids stating the price at which they will sell their 50% share. The highest bidding partner "wins" and buys out the "loser" at the "loser's" price.

The price set by each partner must be realistic, because if he "loses", the partner will have to sell at the price he set. Setting too low a price has a double adverse effect; the "losing" partner will be the seller at the lower price.

Ralph O. Williams III
ADR: 310.201.0010

Direct: 818.986.8101

Minnesota Says National Arbitration Forum "Front" for Debt Collectors

From David Sugarman's Oregon Class Action Blog, Bombshell:  State of Minnesota Sues National Arbitration Forum.

The State of Minnesota filed a lawsuit against National Arbitration Forum, a leading arbitration provider, claiming that NAF is a front for debt collectors and their law firms and not an independent arbitration service.  Here’s a copy of the complaint–it’s long–for anyone who is interested.

For Sugarman's full post, click here.

Though the National Arbitration Forum focuses on the arbitration of disputes, it also administers mediations.  For information on its mediation services, click here.

Mediators' Proposals: the Good, the Bad and the Ugly

At the close of the year, our good friend John DeGroote at Settlement Perspectives asked whether mediators' proposals had lost their utility.  Now that parties "know the mediator's proposal is coming," he wrote,

savvy negotiators angle for an advantageous impasse rather than a settlement. Compromise is no longer the goal of the mediation exercise; instead it becomes a play to the “neutral,” whose power to craft the mediation proposal will make her the real decisionmaker:

  • In cases where the mediator’s proposal will be based on who will pay what, the parties — or worse yet, one party — will spend valuable time and effort constructing an impasse when, in the absence of a mediator’s proposal as a fallback, he might have actually achieved a compromise settlement; or

  • In cases where the mediator’s proposal will be based on the value of the case, no one has an incentive to be candid with the mediator — so positions become more important than interests; or

  • In cases where the parties aren’t sure what will drive the mediator’s proposal, they dig into their positions and hope for impasse — with the most likely result being a mediator’s proposal predicated on those positions.

Just yesterday, a prominent local IP litigator, trial lawyer and deal-maker Robert J. Rose of Sheldon Mak Rose & Anderson graced the IP ADR Blog with a guest post on the utility of mediators' proposals here.  As Rose notes:

A reluctant plaintiff will make a large jump if the money is really “on the table.”  Defendants will come up with money they otherwise deny having, if it means that the case is really over.  It also eliminates reactive devaluation.

For those who skipped social psychology in college, reactive devaluation is what every lawyer is taught in the first year of practice, if not earlier.  "If the other side wants it," said my first mentor, "you don't, even if it seems like a good idea to you."  With that admonition ringing in the ears of every litigator, the need for mediators is obvious.  Given the dangers cited by DeGroote, however, the mediator's proposal may now be simply another way to "game" the mediator. 

I have two short stories to illustrate the reason I re-direct the parties to bracketing when they ask me to make a mediator's proposal. But first, let me explain that I am one of those mediators who used my "proposal" option to put a number on the table I thought both parties would accept even though it would be a stretch for both of them.  I usually tested these assumptions in separate caucuses by asking each side "if they came down to $X would you come up to $Y."  When the numbers didn't overlap, I'd gauge how much pain there might be for both parties to bridge the gap, along with other entirely subjective opinions such as:

  • how invested each side was in walking away with a settlement that day
  • how firm each side was in their assertion that they would not go below or above a certain number
  • whether either attorney needed help in bringing a little more reality to their clients before the parties would be ready to accept a proposal by the mediator; and,
  • how much "street cred" I'd developed with the parties personally so that they'd accept my estimate of the settlement price-point even if they wouldn't accept their own attorney's advice /*

The first time I felt manipulated into making a mediator's proposal that wasn't the best both parties could do occurred at the close of a particularly fractious commercial mediation. In the presumed Zone of Potential Agreement , my proposal was high on the side of the Plaintiff because I felt that the defendant had more "give" than did Plaintiff's counsel. 

I made my proposal and both sides accepted.  When I walked into the defense caucus to tell counsel that he had a deal, however, I was met with a burst of laughter, the clapping of hands and the following statement:  "I was prepared to take less; that's a great deal.  Thanks so much."

Everyone Lies to the Mediator

That was the hardest lesson I'd had to date in the truism that EVERYONE lies to the mediator.  You do not get to lie to the mediator twice, however, so I caution anyone who's feeling that she put one over on the mediator either to keep it to herself or never to hire that mediator again.

Still, I took a lesson from the attorney's merriment.  I realized immediately that he was not the only, nor the first, attorney to manipulate me.   He was simply the only one to let me know it.  I don't like being manipulated.  But that's what litigators are trained to do.  We call it "persuasion."  Still, I didn't like the look of my mediator's finger prints on that settlement, one that now appeared unduly influenced by my credulity.  

So that's reason no. 1 -- an extremely strong reason no. 1 - why I don't' like to make mediator's proposals and why counsel might ask themselves whether they want to continue asking for them.

"If We'd Wanted a Third Party to Decide, We Would Have Arbitrated This Case"

The quote above is from an attorney who represented one of the parties in the largest and most sophisticated commercial case I've mediated to date. We were at the end of day two and the parties -- who had traveled great distances to meet in a neutral city -- were nowhere near a landing point.  I was a sufficiently experienced mediator to land the case, but new enough to feel as if I'd run out of options when I suggested making a mediator's proposal.  

"I didn't hire you to have a third party make my decision for me," said counsel.  "If you want to get the parties closer together, why don't you suggest a bracket?" (for a explanation of bracketing, see my colleague Ralph Williams' article Introducing Deal Points - the Basics.)

I'd used brackets as a means of testing the parties' true distance before that day ("if he went to $X would you come down to $Y?") but I'd never made a mediator's proposal that was a bracket, i.e., "I suggest that the defendant put $X on the table if plaintiff will reduce its demand to $Y."

Although we didn't settle the case that day with a bracket (it took four full months of follow-up telephone negotiations to do that) I took counsel's point to heart.  The parties don't hire me to make a decision for them.  They're much happier when they get to make the decision themselves.  Even though the parties do decide whether to accept the mediator's proposal, it hasn't come to them as the result of their own hard work.  That being the case, the agreement reached is far less durable (subject to failure based upon nit-picking deal points after the agreement has been reached in principle) and far less satisfying than one achieved without the mediator's thumb on the scale.

I decided to stop making mediators' proposals more than two years ago.  In all that time, however, I've never refused to make one.  Rather, I've suggested alternative ways of achieving resolution, at least one of more of which settled the case in every case where the parties asked for a mediator's proposal.  

I'd like to hear thoughts on these points -- manipulation and party satisfaction -- from my litigator readers as well as my mediator readers.

More mediator thoughts on mediator proposals here:  The Mediator's Proposal at Mediation Meditations.

________________

*  I say this with the following caveat:  I would never attempt to influence clients to do something other than what their attorneys advise.  From time to time, however, the attorney needs to make the mediator the "bad cop" in the negotiation so that the client will not feel as if the attorney is no longer fighting for his interests.  I only play "bad cop" with the attorney's advice and consent.  My job is to get the settlement concluded making the attorneys look good, not bad.

Negotiating Cooperation

Update on the $4.1 Billion Arbitration Award Confirmed as Judgment by Los Angeles Superior Court

Here's a copy of the Judgment Confirming Final Arbitration Award.

Comment later.  In the meantime, Money Money Money from Cabaret.

 

Negotiating with Difficult People for Lawyers

Structured Settlement Traps for the Unwary

I would not ordinarily post a power point presentation that is someone else's marketing vehicle.  Nor would I generally post a power point that is meant solely for the benefit of one side of any dispute (here, plaintiffs' personal injury attorneys).  I read though the entire lengthy presentation, however, and thought it contained some good tips over a broad range of issues that could well be useful to attorneys, clients and mediators in settling personal injury litigation involving the use of structured financial products.  So with all disclaimers considered given (not my opinions; don't vouch for accuracy, etc.) I uploaded the below presentation for anyone who might find it a useful jumping off point in this complex arena (i.e., it invovles arithmetic if not actually mathematics!)

 

HOW You Negotiate More Important than WHAT You Negotiate

Check out Steve Mehta's recent post at Mediation Matters -- Negotiations Today Could Haunt You Tomorrow, once again confirming that the human interaction during the negotiation is more important to long term satisfaction with the deal than the raw economic benefit achieved.  As Mehta explains, a recent study reported Curhan, J., Elfenbein, H., Kilduff, G. Getting Off on the Right Foot: Subjective Value Versus Economic Value in Predicting Longitudial Job Outcomes From Job Offer Negotiations in the Journal of Applied Pyschology, 2009, V. 94, No. 2, 524-534 (.pdf)

found that the satisfaction with the experience the employees had during their job offer negotiations significantly predicted compensation satisfaction, job satisfaction, and turnover intention one year later.  By contrast, the actual economic value – meaning the value of the compensation package — achieved in the negotiation had no association with job attitudes or intentions to leave.

Interests In Employment Litigation

Just as the quality of the pre-employment relationship colors the entire workplace experience, so will a negative termination color the employee's retrospective view of the employment experience, thereby increasing the incidence of litigation.

 

Negotiation Training Now!!

Chimp Loses Control of Van as Banks Lose Control of Foreclosure Crisis

(image from and link to last week's This American Life episode, No Map)

What do these two stories -- the first hilarious; the second infuriating -- have to do with negotiation?

First, listen to the introduction and first story in last week's brilliant episode of This American Life, No Map (podcast here).

The full chimp story (chimpanzee in red sweat-shirt, jeans and shoes causes the police to "un-arrest" his owner) is an hilarious example of a lose-lose negotiation impasse.  Lesson:  as the 12-step people caution:  "you can't save your face and your ass at the same time."  

The other, more sober tale, reveals the competing interests keeping American banks from pursuing the win-win solution that would permit "upside down" homeowners to remain in their houses and continue paying at least part of their debt.  Why?  Among other reasons, renegotiating loans secured by deeds of trust would require banks to carry a toxic assets on their balance sheets today rather than next year. 

Other impediments include the more practical road-blocks that impede efficient management of all organizations -- a lack of preparedness -- in this case, an inability to get mortgage renegotiation service centers up and running fast enough to keep up with the crisis.  We're hoping that the President's economic advisors already know this, or are still finding the time to download This American Life to their iPods or Blackberries.

Well worth a listen!

Conflict is Inevitable, Combat Optional from Justin Patten at Human Law

British mediator and blogger Justin Patten (Human Law) has a terrific piece in his ezine today entitled Conflict is inevitable, combat is optional – how to negotiate without falling out.  Justin responds with sympathy to a recent survey calling his fellow Brits "the angriest nation in Europe," noting that the

wave of redundancies sweeping across the nation is forcing a number of employers, employees and their advisors such as lawyers and trade unions into conflict situation. As customers become slower and slower at paying added pressure is created for their suppliers and relationships become strained.

Because the "approach taken by those involved and their attitude in dealing with the conflict will have a significant impact on the outcome and the costs involved in finding a solution," Justin provides the following easy to implement solutions:

1 Avoid macho posturing – In an attempt to hide the weakness of their position some people are all bluff and bluster in conflict situations. . . . . (more)

2 De-personalise problems – My experience of disputes is that often things can happen due to personal issues between the individuals. It can be difficult to take the personalities out of a matter but believe me there are clear benefits. . . . (more

3 Focus on your own emotions – In many work environments there are unwritten rules that emotions are not to be expressed. Is this really wise?  . . . (more)

4 Listen – Effective communication starts with the speaker taking responsibility for understanding the language, perspective and experiences of the listener. . . . (more)

5 Analyse the Conflict – Research on problem solving indicates that the effectiveness of solutions increases significantly once the real problem is identified. . . . (more)

Justin Patten handles conflict for a living and whilst as a litigation solicitor he is familiar with the combat zone of the court room he much prefers to work with clients to achieve mediated solutions through negotiation and agreement. Contact Justin on 0844 800 3249 or email Justin here.

Further reading:

Negotiating for Excellent Results

Human Law Mediation has just published a new White Paper – Negotiating for Excellent Results – which contains advice and tips on how to negotiate with power and persuasion in conflict situations. You can download a PDF version of the White Paper here.

Keeping Away from Court Room Battles and Employment Tribunals

A White Paper with advice on How to save money, maintain business relationships and avoid negative publicity by embracing the power of mediation to resolve business and employee disputes. Download the PDF here.

You can subscribe to Justin's invaluable eZine here.

Dealing with "Jerks" - Tit for Tat in an Email World

I'm re-posting below an article published in both the Los Angeles and the San Francisco Daily Journals (the local legal rags) about the dangers inherent in email communication.  I do so because I had several complaints about the use of abusive email by in-house counsel last week at my negotiation training as well as in my twitter network from attorneys exasperated with combative emailers who refuse to take telephone calls (see post about conflict avoidance here)

My advice?  Use the tried and true tit-for-tat strategy:  retaliate for uncooperative conduct and be quick to forgive as soon as your bargaining partners bring themselves back into line.  The advice I gave on twitter (@vpynchon) this morning was simple and pointed:  tell opposing counsel that you will program your email system to automatically delete all of their emails until they pick up the telephone and give you the courtesy of a return call.

Below, my Daily Journal article on the Dangers of Using Email During Litigation.

 

This story occurs in the spring of 2001, in a hotel room in Toronto, at 3 a.m., the morning of a deposition I've been preparing to take of an aging petrochemical engineer.

2001 is a  year I'd dreamed of since elementary school.  But the technological changes predicted in the science fiction of my childhood and adolescence are nothing like the "hi-tech" I'm living with now.  

There are no one-man jets cruising the skies; no robots running my errands or cooking my dinner; no tele-transportation; and, on the political scene (it's not yet 9/11) no Big Brother

My personal 2001 "future" is mostly about my instantaneous access to information and "real time" communication via the "killer app" -- email -- telegraphic, spontaneous, unnuanced, and about to get me in a great deal of trouble.  (See Vanity Fair's must-read oral history of the internet here.)  

There's an associate back in Los Angeles, you see, the quality of whose work and the strength of whose dedication to the case at hand is in alarming decline.  More troubling, his work is deteriorating at the same time I'm taking old fashioned passenger jets from province to province to take the testimony of as many witnesses still living who know how 500+ toxic waste sites got that way in the first place.    

Did I say it's 3 a.m.?  The associate I'm thinking about failed to get me the outline I need for tomorrow's deposition on time -- or at all.  The "hard copies" that were supposed to be waiting for me when I arrived at the hotel have gone missing.  I'm tired.  I'm hungry.  I'm lonely.  And I'm angry. 

Worst of all, I'm composing an email to my  associate about my considerable disappointment in his recent performance.  There is a moment, a split second, in which my finger hovers over the "send" button while a rational voice in my head says "no."  Then I push "send."

Email Makes Settlement More Difficult  

More and more often when I'm meeting counsel on the morning of a mediation, they're also meeting one another for the first time.  In fact, they often have not even previously spoken to one another unless they've met in Court ("good morning, counsel") or in depositions (eyes averted; objections made).  Increasingly, by far the vast percentage of their communications have taken place via email.  

And that's a problem. 

Conflict Escalation

There's no question that litigation escalates whatever conflict existed when our client first walks in our door.  We don't, after all, make requests.  We issue demands.  We don't seek concessions.  We insist upon them.  We don't make inquiries.  We require responses.  And we're not such great listeners.  Rather, we impatiently tap our feet in Court, waiting for counsel to finish his argument (which we've heard dozens of times before) so we can press our case.

Are these bad things?  Not necessarily.  So long as we understand what we're doing and the likely results our conduct will have, escalation is not necessarily worse than maintaining a steady state or even deescalating conflict.  

The problem for most of us is that we don't know what we're doing and we don't understand the breadth and depth of the likely repercussions.  

In Conflict Escalation: Dispute Exacerbating Elements of E-Mail Communication, author Raymond A. Friedman of the Owen Graduate School of Management at Vanderbilt University quotes conflict specialists Rubin, Pruitt and Kim on the difficulties caused by escalation tactics and strategy.  According to Rubin, et al., escalation is 

"an increase in the intensity of a conflict as a whole.”  Escalation is important . . . because when conflict escalates it “is intensified in ways that are sometimes exceedingly difficult to undo.”  One reason why escalated conflicts are so hard to undo is that when more aggressive tactics are used by one side they are often mirrored by the other side, producing a vicious cycle.

Email, Friedman argues, unnecessarily, and often drastically, escalates conflict in ways none of us fully appreciate.  Unlike conversation -- in person or by telephone -- we are not

physically present with others, can’t see their faces or hear their voices, and can’t give or get immediate responses. The lack of contextual clues . . . impose high “understanding costs” on participants in e-mail interactions, making it harder to successfully ground the interaction. . . . /*  [T]the inability to carefully time actions and reactions . . . makes communication less precise.  

E-mail Not Only Lacks Social Clues, it is "Profoundly A-Social." 

Sitting in my Toronto hotel room at 3 a.m., reviewing online documents for tomorrow's deposition and now "penning" an email to my errant associate, I am, argues Friedman, not simply making communication more difficult, I have become "profoundly asocial" as my associate will also likely be when he reviews my email the following day.  "E-mails," writes Friedman,

are typically received and written while the writer is in isolation, staring at a computer screen – perhaps for hours at a time, so that awareness of the humanness of the counterpart may be diminished.

As evidence, Friedman cites research in which subjects played the "prisoner's dilemma" game against a computer.  Not only did the gamers act asocially in this context, "many continued to act asocially even when told that they were now playing with people (through the computer)."

E-mail, Friedman concludes, "often occurs in a context devoid of awareness of human sensibilities."

The Precise Difficulties Caused by E-Mail Communications?

Use of aggressive tactics. If e-mail communication encourages the use of more aggressive tactics during a dispute, or makes a counterpart’s tactics appear more aggressive, then escalation will be triggered.

Changes in view of other. Escalation is more likely if e-mail causes negative changes in psychological processes (e.g., perceptions and attitudes) towards the other, such as (1) seeing the other as unfair, (2) lessening empathy toward them, (3) increasing deindividuation and anonymity, or (4) or seeing the other as immoral.

Weakened interpersonal bonds. If e-mail weakens social bonds with the other, then escalation is more likely (e.g., due to reduced inhibitions for aggression).

Problems are difficult to resolve. If the communication limitations of e-mail (e.g., asynchrony deficits) make problems more difficult to solve, conflict may be escalated as frustrated disputants move from mild to more aggressive strategies to achieve their goals.

As a result, says Friedman, there are "higher rates of escalation when disputes are managed via e-mail than via face-to-face communication or other relatively rich media . . . such as telephone conversations." /**

Back in Los Angeles the Following Day

You knew this story was not going to have a happy ending.  What a cranky, tired, stressed partner types into her computer at 3 a.m. and what a fully awake associate reads with his morning coffee the following day are, as Friedman stresses, two quite different things.  And though I've rarely had a face-to-face disagreement with a colleague that cannot be mended by further communication, apologies, explanations and the like, this particular communication caused a rift that I was unable to heal.

This experience from several years ago, coupled with my recent mediation experiences, makes me want to advise, exhort, plead, beseech, entreat and pray that you commence every litigation with a telephone call rather than a "demand" letter or email.  And that you continue to communicate with opposing counsel by telephone or, even more radically, in person over a meal, throughout the litigation to make sure channels of communication are as open and clear as possible.

The difficulties saved will not only benefit your personal life (reduce stress, increase fellow-feeling and the like) but will benefit your client as well -- in case efficiencies and better settlements all around.     

 

______________________

*/  "Grounding" is the process 

by which two parties in an interaction achieve a shared sense of understanding about a communication and a shared sense of participation in the conversation. Grounding is important because “speech is evanescent...so Alan must try to speak only when he thinks Barbara is attending to, hearing, and trying to understand what he is saying, and she must guide him by giving evidence that she is doing just this."

** /  There's much more to be learned from this article, but these highlights should tell you whether further reading is in your interest or worth your time. 

The Question is Not WHETHER But HOW MUCH Your Mediator is Deceiving You

I spent the day at an advanced mediation training session at the U.S. District Court in Los Angeles where I serve as a settlement officer. I came away troubled by the wide array of responses to questions concerning the mediator's "right" or "desire" or "need" to use deception in separate caucus mediation - the primary form mediation takes in Southern California litigated cases.

At the end of our session, I suggested to a fellow mediator that all separate caucus mediation is inherently deceptive. He is a sophisticated practitioner and knew exactly what I meant. My husband - a litigator of 35 years who is also (newly) on the District Court's Settlement Officer panel - recoiled at the idea.

Here, for your consideration, is an excerpt from a lengthy discussion of the issue from the Journal of the DuPage County Bar Association -- Defining the Ethical Limits of Acceptable Deception in Mediation by JAMS mediator the Hon. John W. Cooley (Ret.) 

[C]onsensual deception is the essence of caucused mediation. This statement should not come as a shock to the reader when it is considered in the context of the nature and purpose of caucusing. Actually, it is quite rare that caucused mediation, a type of informational game, occurs without the use of deception by the parties, by their lawyers, and/or by the mediator in some form. This is so for several reasons.

First, a basic groundrule of the information system operating in any mediated case in which there is caucusing is that confidential information conveyed to the mediator by any party cannot be disclosed by the mediator to anyone (with narrowly limited exceptions). This means that: (1) each party in mediation rarely, if ever, knows whether another party has disclosed confidential information to the mediator; and (2) if confidential information has been disclosed, the nondisclosing party never knows the specific content of that confidential information and whether and/or to what extent that confidential information has colored or otherwise affected communications coming to the nondisclosing party from the mediator. In this respect, each party in a mediation is an actual or potential victim of constant deception regarding confidential information — granted, agreed deception — but nonetheless deception. This is the central paradox of the caucused mediation process. The parties, and indeed even the mediator, agree to be deceived as a condition of participating in it in order to find a solution that the parties will find "valid" for their purposes.

Second, mediation rarely occurs absent deception because the parties (and their counsel) are normally engaged in the strategies and tactics of competitive bargaining during all or part of the mediation conference, and the goal of each party is to get the best deal for himself or herself.

These competitive bargaining strategies and tactics are layered and interlaced with the mediator’s own strategies and tactics to get the best resolution possible for the parties — or at least a resolution that they can accept. The confluence of these, initially anyway, unaligned strategies, tactics, and goals creates an environment rich in gamesmanship and intrigue, naturally conducive to the use of deceptive behaviors by the parties and their counsel, and yes, even by mediators. Actually, even more so by mediators because they are the conductors — the orchestrators — of an information system specially designed for each dispute, a system with ambiguously defined or, in some situations, undefined disclosure rules in which the mediator is the Chief Information Officer who has near-absolute control over what nonconfidential information, critical or otherwise, is developed, what is withheld, what is disclosed, and when it is disclosed. As mediation pioneer Christopher Moore has noted: "The ability to control, manipulate, suppress, or enhance data, or to initiate entirely new information, gives the mediator an inordinate level of influence over the parties."

Third, the information system manipulated by the mediator in any dispute context is itself imperfect. Parties, rarely, if ever, share with the mediator all the information relevant, or even necessary, to the achievement of the mediator’s goal — an agreed resolution of conflict. The parties’ deceptive behavior in this regard — jointly understood by the parties and the mediator in any mediation to fall within the agreed "rules of the game" — sometimes causes mediations to fail or prevents optimal solutions from being achieved.

Thus, if agreed deception is a central ingredient in caucused mediation, the question then becomes what types of deception should be considered constructive, within the rules of the mediation game, and ethically acceptable and what types should be considered destructive, beyond the bounds of fair play, and ethically unacceptable. Or, perhaps more simply, in the words of mediator Robert Benjamin, in mediation what are the characteristics of the "noble lie" — deception "designed to shift and reconfigure the thinking of disputing parties, especially in the conflict and confusion, and to foster and further their cooperation, tolerance, and survival"? Because formal mediation is generally viewed as "nothing more than a three-party or multiple-party negotiation," we can begin to formulate an answer to this question by examining the current limits of acceptable deception as employed by lawyer-negotiators.

New Zealand mediator Geoff Sharp blogged on this topic under the rubric "noisy disclosure" recently, noting that

Mediators can assist parties in reaching a zone of possible agreement by making limited and heavily filtered disclosures of the parties’ private concessions that the parties disclose in caucus sessions (Brown and Ayres call this “noisy” communication).

See my own short post on mediator predictions and false signals here

 I urge all my readers to comment, but particularly litigators like my husband who may not know what many mediators have apparently known for quite some time -- that they are making "filtered disclosures of the parties' private concessions" after promising to keep all separate caucus communications strictly confidential.

My husband assured me on the way home tonight that he will henceforth require all of the mediators he retains to guarantee him that they will not "signal" his negotiating positions, tactics or strategies to his bargaining partners.

Your thoughts?

An Interview with the Editor-in-Chief of the Cardozo Law School Dispute Resolution Journal

Jordan Walerstein is the next year's Editor-in-Chief of the Cardozo Law School's Journal of Conflict Resolution.

Jordan talks about his interest in dispute resolution; the challenges faced by his generation of lawyers; and, the benefits of attending Cardozo Law School in New York City.

This video was shot at the ABA Dispute Resolution Conference in New York City last week.

 

Victoria Pynchon Now Available on AAA's Non-Binding Dispute Resolution Services Panel for Businesses and Consumers

The American Arbitration Association announces a new set of dispute resolution services for businesses and consumers, including new panel members of which I am one.

Mediation and non-binding arbitration are processes that offer parties opportunities to settle their disputes. Pursuing settlement helps clients to reduce the total cost of conflict management in their organizations, provides flexibility and protects valuable relationships with partners
and customers.

The American Arbitration Association®’s (AAA) Non-Binding Dispute Resolution Services for Businesses and Consumers is a suite of settlement services and solutions that include:

  • Mediation

  • Non-Binding Arbitration

  • Non-Binding Arbitration and Mediation Contract Clauses Guide

An important element of the suite is access to AAA staff facilitators who stand ready to aid parties in selecting the settlement options most appropriate for their needs and the circumstances at hand. To reach a facilitator, simply select the “Contact Us” option below to send an email requesting information
and assistance
.

Here are the consumer procedures.  You can also find these rules on the commercial dispute resolution page here.  And here's a .pdf download of dispute resolution clauses geared toward the business and consumer dispute resolution services provided by the AAA.

Separating the People from the Problem at the ABA DRS Conference

The law school professor asked for a show of hands.

"How many lawyers are in the room?"

There was something about the way he shook his head, just slightly, from side to side, that communicated "too many lawyers," followed by a sigh that I read as  "I'm still going to smack them upside the head."  

I connected to my twitter network and tapped out  "now this speaker is going to dis lawyers - let me see if I can stay quiet." 

(image by the brilliant Charles Fincher at LawComix)

If disrespecting lawyers were an unusual event at ADR conferences, my "read" wouldn't have been so spot on.  But it's actually a category here:  the evils of litigation and its soulless practitioners. 

"The judicial system" began the law professor,

is a bureaucracy attended by people who are not employed by it.  Those people are lawyers who have been brain washed by law schools to eliminate emotion from their clients' conflicts; who have lost the ability to communicate with ordinary people; who strip context from conflict; and, who treat the people they represent like objects.

Ah.  Heartless functionaries of the evil judicial system.  Now that he'd brought it to my attention I could see that I'd spent a 25-year litigation career doing the work of the devil -- not caring about my clients; not awakening at 3 a.m. to craft a better strategy to vindicate their rights; failing to develop the courage (yes, courage) to stand in a courtroom, a shaky 28-year old kid, telling the Judge or a jury why they should grant my client the remedies available to him or her in law, equity and, yes, justice. 

A career in which I'd used my mind and body as a shield against repression and injustice for all of the individuals and entities I'd represented, including the rich and powerful, who deserve justice as much as the poor and inpecunious, whose fights I took up with the same vigor and dedication as the ones who'd paid my bills. 

Though the law professor apparently disagrees, I consider my work, and that of my colleagues to be worthy, even in those cases where insurance carriers were my clients, sued by their petroleum company policy holders who claimed entitlement to reimbursement for the intentional contamination of the soil under our feet and the groundwater some of us are required to drink.

Was this panel of law professors -- who wanted to put feelings and socio-cultural context and identity back into my clients' disputes -- simply unaware that I, a veteran of the successive civil rights movements of the mid-20th and early 21st centuries, am also a person with an identity and feelings, who has represented my clients with heart and passion and dedication in a socio-cultural context which has, at times, made my work not simply a social good, but a god damned heroic struggle?

But this isn't about me.  It isn't even about the flaws in the adversarial system or the profound imperfections in the chaotic state of mediation theory and practice today. 

This is about a conversation that mediators, lawyers and academics are not having and a rancor that inexplicably prevents us from taking the best of all systems to create something genuinely original and powerful.   

I'm inclined to believe that these predictable eruptions of anti-lawyer sentiment have something to do with power and who each "faction" believes possesses it.  The law professor of whom I speak, for instance, seemed envious when he said that the "bureaucracy of the judicial system has a monopoly on the coercive power of the state."  It was important enough for him to say it twice.  "Only the Courts can compel people to resolve their disputes in the adversarial system," he'd added.

If my reflex hadn't been to pick a positionally lawyerly response  during "audience participation" I would have, should have, asked how he could so thoroughly misread us -- his brothers and sisters in the law?  I also would have asked  him these questions:  

Do you really believe that attorneys -- those who sit before you today -- are the soulless, emotionless bureaucrats you say they are?

Is there something you would like those of us who remain in legal practice to do to help you help us help our clients?'

Are you envious of our coercive power?  Is it frustrating -- watching your cousins "at the bar"  -- use their power to compel people to attend to court proceedings when your own dispute resolution mechanism requires participants to volunteer?   

Is it painful to you that the people you believe will rise up and demand ADR solutions someday have not yet voluntarily knocked on ADR's door in sufficient numbers to create the non-adversarial legal utopia you long for?

Are we playing a zero-sum game here?  Fighting over territory?  Is my dispute resolution "turf" preventing yours from taking seed?  Is it impossible for us not only to co-exist, but to thrive in collaboration with one another? 

Do you really believe that we legal practitioners do not want the same social goods that seek?  The passably fair resolution of my neighbor's boundary line dispute?  The roughly just distribution of public goods?  The tolerably unbiased treatment of the governed by the government? In short, justice in an imperfect world? 

We are on the same team and we were all trained with the same intellectual rigor.  We require evidence to convict a man or woman of a crime, not hearsay, not speculation, not prejudice, but evidence.  The law and lawyers liberated more than half the citizenry from second-class status, at the same time that women and African Americans, Native Americans, "Chicanos," "Latinos," persons "of color" Muslims, Jews and Catholics fought to enter the American political and commercial "establishment" through the court system the professor reviles.

Instead of resenting and demonizing one another; instead of letting our own personal disappointments cause us to disrespect and demonize one another, why don't we all sit down, break bread, have a drink, take a walk in Central Park and find out how we might be of some assistance of each other.

You Must Create Disputes to Resolve Conflicts: Contingent Business Interruption Coverage

Most people think ADR professionals believe that all conflicts are bad.  Quite the contrary.  Those of us who are trained and practiced in dispute resolution understand that conflict must ripen into one or more disputes for society to evolve along the arc of justice. 

The social psychologists tell us that disputes arise whenever one person or group begins to believe that their deprivation arises from someone else's satiation.  I'm not getting fed because my next door neighbor is.  I was not promoted because my co-worker was.  I didn't gain admission to my chosen University because “less qualified” students were admitted under affirmative action guidelines.  K-Mart suffered crippling market share losses because its competitors, Wal-Mart and Target, engaged in unfair competitive activities (purely hypothetically). 
 

Listen to author, mediator, teacher and scholar Ken Cloke on conflict.  "Conflict," he writes,

is the sound made by the cracks in a system, the manifestation of contradictory forces existing in a single space.  Many . . . conflicts represent the points of weakness in a organizational [or political or commercial] system.

 

To "make room" for those "contradictory forces" we often must raise a ruckus or ask for something we never believed we might be entitled to.  Say, gay marriage.

Which takes me (at long last) to Scott Godes' recent post on contingent business interruption coverage

Huh?

Listen.  Your interests are at -- at best -- in perceived conflict with those of your insurance carrier.  That's why the entire field of bad faith insurance law was developed.  Corporations once had a cozy, apparently non-conflictual relationship with their carriers because no one questioned the carriers when they said a claim wasn't covered.  That was before catastrophic losses caused Fortune 500 corporations to call creative attorneys and specialties like environmental insurance coverage law were created. 

Today, Dickstein Shapiro attorney Scott Godes creates a quiet and restrained ruckus by raising a  conflict to the level of a dispute -- by way of his post Ensuring Contingent Business Interruption Coverage.  Excerpt below:

Today, Insurance Law360 published a piece that I wrote regarding contingent business interruption coverage.  Are you wondering what is contingent business interruption insurance, and whether your business needs it?  I gave an overview of the coverage in the article:

First, an overview of contingent business interruption coverage. “Regular business-interruption insurance replaces profits lost as a result of physical damage to the insured’s plant or other equipment; contingent business-interruption coverage goes further, protecting the insured against the consequences of suppliers’ problems.” Archer Daniels Midland Co. v. Hartford Fire Ins. Co., 243 F.3d 369, 371 (7th Cir. 2001) (“Archer v. Hartford”).

For full post click here.

Convoluted I know; welcome to my stream of consciousness.

Negotiating World Peace with Mediators Beyond Borders

Please join the Los Angeles Chapter of Mediators Beyond Borders on May 30, 2009 (.pdf) at the home of Ken Cloke and Joan Goldsmith in Santa Monica for conversation on global conflicts.  Contribute your  ideas, expertise, donations and support, in building conflict resolution capacity around the world.


May 30, 2009
2 PM ‐ 5 PM
At the home of:
Ken Cloke and Joan Goldsmith
2411 18th Street
Santa Monica, CA 90405
310‐396‐4664


Mediators Beyond Borders is a nonprofit network of volunteer mediators, arbitrators, trainers, facilitators, coaches, and experts in dialogue and similarskills. We are actively engaged in organizing projects to develop conflict resolution skills in the Middle East, Ghana, Liberia, Zimbabwe, Kenya,Nigeria, New Orleans, Colombia, Ecuador, Nepal, Yemen, Thailand, Cambodia, Kosovo, and other communities worldwide.

If you are unable to attend, please mail a tax deductible donation to Mediators Beyond Borders, a nonprofit 501 (c) (3) organization, c/o Ken Cloke and Joan Goldsmith, 2411 18th Street, Santa Monica, CA 90405.

RSVP to kenclokembb@gmail.com

This event is sponsored by MBB founding members Nan Waller Burnett, Ken Cloke, Dorit
Cypis, Joan Goldsmith, Woody and Jody Mosten, Susan Mullins, Anna Spain, Ron Supancic,
and the Los Angeles Chapter of Mediators Beyond Borders.

The American Institute of Mediation Opens its Doors

In anticipation of working out Affiliated Organization agreements with SCMA and CDRC, current members of those two organizations (and others in the very near future) will receive special Enrollment Discounts as a benefit of your membership in either of those groups.  Group Discounts are also available for groups of two or more registering together.
 
Please visit AIM's site for more details and additional course listings.
 
The American Institute of Mediation
cordially invites you to elevate your mediation practice
by joining us for one of our upcoming workshops.  Advance registration is required.

 

Be sure to read about available discounts, including Bring A Friend, Group Discount and membership in one of AIM's Affiliated Organizations.
 
 
UPCOMING WORKSHOPS:

 
 
Harnessing the Power of the Master Mediator
with Lee Jay Berman & Doug Noll
Wednesday afternoon - Sunday afternoon, May 6-10, 2009
 
Mediating Divorce Agreement
with Jim Melamed
Wednesday - Sunday, May 13-17, 2009
 
 
Mediating Dangerously: The Frontiers of Conflict Resolution
with Ken Cloke
Thursday - Saturday, June 4-6, 2009
 
 
Beyond Yes:  Deeper Wisdom and the Art of Negotiation
with Erica Ariel Fox
Thursday - Saturday, June 4-6, 2009
 
 
Settle More Cases by Mastering the Essence of Mediation
with Lee Jay Berman and Richard Millen
Thursday - Saturday, June 18-20, 2009
 
 
Building a Profitable Mediation / Collaborative Practice
with Forrest (Woody) Mosten
Thursday - Saturday, June 25-27, 2009
 
 
Post-Disaster Mediation Training
with Mel Rubin
Thursday - Friday afternoon, July 9-10, 2009
 
 
Mediating Mortgage Foreclosures

with Mel Rubin
Friday afternoon - Saturday, July 10-11, 2009
 
 
Mediating and Negotiating Commercial Cases
with Lee Jay Berman
Wednesday afternoon - Sunday afternoon, July 15-19, 2009
 
 
The AIM Institute is where leading mediators turn to continue their learning and career development.
 
 
WHERE:
 
Skirball Cultural Center
2701 N. Sepulveda Blvd., Los Angeles, CA, USA 90049
 
 
The American Institute of Mediation delivers “World Class Training for the Complete Mediator”.  Offering a unique and diverse curriculum whose sole purpose is to elevate a mediator's practice, the AIM Institute is where leading mediators turn to continue their learning and career development.  Being free of academic constraints and embracing other disciplines allows the AIM Institute to expand the frontier of this developing profession by offering practical courses designed to make an immediate impact on a mediator’s practice.  Our core faculty includes Lee Jay Berman, Ken Cloke, Erica Ariel Fox, Jim Melamed, Forrest (Woody) Mosten, Doug Noll and Mel Rubin.
 
Join our mailing list to stay apprised of new course offerings.
Join us on Linked In and Facebook.
 
www.AmericanInstituteofMediation.com

Settling Lawsuits: Money is the Instrument but Justice is the Issue

As every lawyer knows and most students of high school geometry must learn in mastering "proofs," the answer often comes first, the rationale later.  I used to say, "I'm a litigator, I can rationalize anything."  As a mediator, my rationalizations have turned from the way in which facts can be shoe-horned into causes of action or affirmative defenses to the way in which harm arising from a dispute (including, most assuredly, the moral harm of injustice) can be monetized.

Now David Brooks in the New York Times (which appears to have disabled the "copy" function/1) tells us that philosophy has been sacrificed on the alter of emotion in his column The End of Philosophy

As Brooks explains, reasoning comes after moral judgment and "is often guided by the emotions that preceded it."  The good news is that those emotions are not merely competitive.  Brooks again:

Like bees, humans have long lived or died based on their ability to divide labor, help each other, and stand together in the face of common threats.  Many of our moral emotions and intuitions reflect that history.  We don't just care about our individual rights, or even the rights of other individuals.   We also care about loyalty, respect, traditions, religions.  We are all the descendents of successful cooperators.

My mediation experience teaches me that the "soft" arts of influence, empathy, community-building, and prejudice reduction, are as important (and often more important) to the successful (i.e., satisfying) resolution of a lawsuit than our prized ability to parse the evidence,  rationalize away the bad and privilege the good to sell our "proof" to judge or jury.

Most importantly, I find that when attorneys' clients leave a mediation with the belief that a certain rough justice has been obtained, they are more satisfied with the outcome, and with their attorneys' representation of their interests, than they might have been had they left with 10% more change jingling in their pockets.

The experts who study mediation tell us that "neutrals" don't make the difference between settling or not settling.  The cases will settle with or without us.  The difference mediators make is not settlement, but  client satisfaction.  Satisfied clients are  an absolute necessity for a successful legal practice at any time.  In these hard times, legal practices may fail in the absence of resolutions addressing the justice issues your client sought out a lawyer to resolve in the first place.

Money is the instrument.  But justice is the issue.

 

 

 

 

_____________

1/  More about this at IP ADR later today.

 

Good News for Mediators and Mediation Advocates Alike at Mediate.com in April

Interviews with ADR giants: Mediate.com opens video archive for month of April

Posted by: Diane Levin in Cool Things on the Web, Mediation, Mediation in Practice

Mediation videos available free during AprilMediate.com, the world’s premier source for news, information, and articles about mediation, has opened its video archive to the public during the month of April.

For description of the type of videos available, run right over to Diane Levin's blog by clicking on the title up top.

Thanks Diane for getting the word out about this.

For a taste of some of the offerings, watch this short video of Ken Cloke talking to Robert Benjamin about the evolution of conflict  over the lifetime of an individual as well as over the lifetime of a civilization.

Cloke is my mentor and his insights are just as useful to the settlement of commercial litigation than are some of the competitive negotiation skills I've learned along the way.  Check out all of Ken's videos.

Getting Your Opponent to the Bargaining Table without Appearing Weak

Transparency Will Eliminate Unnecessary Wariness Between Parties (.pdf)

from the April 1, 2009 Daily Journal

 
 

FORUM COLUMN

By Victoria Pynchon

As a mediator, the question I hear most frequently from lawyers is "How do I convince my opponent to sit down and negotiate without losing my competitive advantage?"

Believe it or not, the answer is transparency.

If you can remember way back to last July, when firms like Microsoft and Yahoo were still engaging in business as usual, you might recall that a merger fell apart because Yahoo was acting "weird." At least that's what Microsoft's chief executive, Steve Ballmer, told the Wall Street Journal.

"We had an offer out that was a 100 percent premium on the operating business of the company and there wasn't a serious price negotiation ... until three months later. It was a little ... weird."

Lawyers know that three months rushes by in the blink of an eye. The board of directors meets. It seeks an analysis from the mergers and acquisitions people, who consult with outside counsel's antitrust department, which renders a decision but whose members first have to chat with the tax guys. Then there are the IP people with whom to discuss license agreements and, of course, the managers in the human resources department, who may or may not have advice about executive parachutes - platinum, golden or brass.

And yet the Yahoo-Microsoft merger fell apart because Microsoft felt that Yahoo's delay was "weird."

Let's go back to what every trial lawyer knows. In the absence of information, people make stuff up. Weird stuff.

And the stories we tell ourselves about our uncommunicative commercial partners do not include one where the other guy is laboring day and night to fulfill our fondest desires. No. In the absence of information, we weave elaborate conspiracy theories in which our opponents are scheming to fleece us of our rights, obstruct our prospective economic advantage and turn our world upside down.

Your dentist can tell you what your opponent wants to be told. A fully illustrated pre-game outline of the upcoming procedure that goes something like this "First I'll put a little numbing cream on your gum. That way the shot of Novocain won't hurt too much. Then I'll drill," she'd say, holding the fearful appliance up and switching it on. "It may sound louder in your mouth than it does here in my hand, but I'll only have it on for about five minutes, after which ... etc., etc."

So how do you get your opponent to the bargaining table without sounding weak?

You say "Listen, Ted, I know both our clients believe their cases are as good as gold but after an initial round of discovery, it's my practice to call a timeout to discuss settlement."

Pause.

"How does that sound to you?"

Ted says it sounds all right. Which it does. Because Ted's got three incredibly acrimonious cases in his practice right now. Last year, one of his adversaries served an ex parte application with three bankers boxes of exhibits the day before Christmas. At 4:59 p.m.  And she scheduled the hearing for hearing on the day after Christmas. Sure, the judge would deny it, but Ted couldn't assume anything. He worked 15 hours on Christmas Day.

So it sounds good to Ted.

More important to your own litigation plan, your opponent has just agreed to come to the bargaining table, even though the actual meeting won't be held for several months. When the appointed hour arrives, you will not have to ask for a settlement conference at a time when it might show weakness on your part. It's part of the plan.

For the remainder of the article, click here.

Litigation in Plato's Allegory of the Cave

Think of the cave as being "your side" of "the case" -- the facts that fit within the "elements" of the cause of action that will entitle your client to a remedy.

Think of the outside world as representing the lived experience of both parties with all of the texture, ambiguity, dimensionality, particularity and depth of human experience and the particular experience of injustice.

How far outside of the cave are any of us willing to venture?

Hat tip to @BILL_ROMANOS for leading me to this fabulous claymation of Plato's Allegory of the Cave.

 


Watch The Cave: An Adaptation of Plato's Allegory in Clay in Animation  |  View More Free Videos Online at Veoh.com

"Winning" the Negotiation with Insights from the Social Psychology of Conflict

Greater Negotiation Flexibility Results in Greater Anger?

Thanks to Anne Reed at Deliberations for "tweeting" (@annereed) the article Flexible Approach To Acute Conflict Results In More Frustration and Anger, Study Shows.

The research subject of the article suggested that having a more flexible approach to resolving an acute conflict interaction results in more frustration and anger.

I'll need to see the study itself to be convinced.  The study described merely suggests that people offering a greater number of solutions to a party pre-instructed to stonewall will become angrier than those offering fewer solutions, i.e., that those who persist in trying, and failing, to resolve a conflict, get more and more angry and frustrated than those who give up more easily.

This does not suggest to me that "greater negotiation flexibility" necessarily results in a greater degree of anger in the negotiation dyad, but only in the person attempting to resolve a dispute that his partner has been instructed to resist.  Though an apt description of the adversarial process, this is not a fair depiction of persistent attempts to negotiate resolution where the negotiators are given a fighting chance of closing a deal.

As the article explained, study participants were told that a neighbor was playing music too loudly and instructed to ask that it be turned down.

During the interaction, the [participants] followed a script of uncooperative responses such that the task could not be resolved.

"We categorized the verbal responses of participants during the task into seven types of negotiation strategies, including problem-solving and aggressive/threatening. Individuals who used a smaller set of strategies were considered less 'flexible' than those who used a greater variety of strategies," Roubinov said.

The [researchers] . . .  also looked at the intensity of participants' facial expressions of anger or frustration, and measured participants' biological response to the task using cortisol, a stress hormone.

"Our results indicated that greater flexibility may not be the healthiest approach," Roubinov said. "Unlike less-flexible participants, those who tried a greater variety of responses showed more intense facial expressions of anger and frustration. Cortisol levels in more flexible participants also reflected an unhealthier biological response to stress than the less flexible participants."

Of course persistent participants become increasingly frustrated (and angry!) when their multiple suggestions to resolve a dispute are met with stonewalling from their negotiation partner.  This doesn't suggest, however, that "greater [negotiation] flexibility" is not healthy.  It suggests that stonewalling leads to anger, one of the reasons that mediators are employed to help all participants in a negotiation generate potential solutions.

I'll look forward to seeing the study when it's released but based upon this article, I'd say the conclusion drawn is misleading broad and unduly pessimistic.

Conflict Resolution: When a Mediator is the Client

NB:  All names and situations altered to protect my own and my "opponents'" anonymity and to honor the confidential nature of the mediation.

This experience is going to take a while to digest.  First let me tell you what was GREAT about my recent mediation experience.

  1. I hired an attorney who was a full-time, highly experienced mediator.
  2. Because the mediation concerned a long-term contractual relationship with an emotional breach and immediate cessation of business, I choose a community mediator because I wanted someone skilled not simply in pressing the parties for compromise, but in  "transformative" (whole dispute) mediation (about which more later).
  3. With two talented community co-mediators, I experienced the freedom of expression in joint session that confidentiality provides.
  4. I learned how much courage it takes for all parties to face one another and talk about their own part in causing the dispute-creating series of events.  
  5. I experienced the nearly invisible but critical support and encouragement provided by an "audience" (lawyers, mediators, insurance representatives) "schooled" "on the spot" in respectful listening.
  6. Though the unguarded nature of my conflict-narrative and the pain caused by listening to my former partners' account initially felt like walking a tight rope without a net, as my story proceeded without interruption or apparent contempt from my "opponents" a great sense of comfort and freedom came over me.  I'm an old hand myself at creating an atmosphere of hope and safety so I didn't think that "trick" would work on me.  I found, however, that the mediators' ability to assure me of the confidential nature of the process and the benefits of frank discussion, enabled me to tell my truth, in as multi-dimensional, textured and admittedly fallible manner possible.  It amazed me -- as the client -- that so subtle shift in the atmosphere of the room would permit me to say, in all sincerity, that "though our experiences of the same series of events diverge wildly, I don't believe either of us is lying.  We've simply strung the facts together in a different way from opposing points of view."
  7. The opportunity the co-mediators gave me to apologize for "my part in the dispute" while still  asserting the strength of my "position" that I would not be blackmailed, bullied or defeated, left me ready to settle or proceed without feelings of fear, shame, or anger.

To the extent I'll be able to tell this story (and I'm not certain I'll be able to until many years after its final resolution) the readers of this blog will be the first to know.

It's not magic.  It does, however, rest upon the mediators' wholehearted belief that human beings desire reconciliation as much or more than they desire money or the "stuff" that money provides.  It is premised on the elementary principle that the disputants would rather be happy than right.

Best advice to arise out of this session:  when you're mediating, hire an attorney-mediator to represent you just as you'd hire an insurance attorney if you had a dispute with your carrier.  One of the smartest decisions I've ever made.

Good resources for transformative mediation practice:

Institute for the Study of Conflict Transformation

The Promise of Mediation: Responding to Conflict Through Empowerment and Recognition by Bush and Folger

Conflict Revolution, Mediating Evil, War, Injustice and Terrorism by Ken Cloke

Restorative Justice Online

Beyond Conviction (documentary on restorative justice in prisons)

 

Don't Skimp on Negotiation Skills in the Downturn

I've scaled my MCLE way back this year, including any continuing education that requires travel unless, of course, it's something I'm speaking at to continue growing my business.  Some MCLE courses, however, stay on my radar -- particularly those that don't require me to leave the office and that teach me skills to help me thrive in hard times.  This IP settlement webinar is one of those continuing education courses I'd attend unless I thought I was already the best settlement attorney I could be.  So seriously consider joining me and Chicago-IP lawyer extraordinaire R. David Donoghue of Holland + Knight for Hard Times? Learn How to Negotiate the Best IP Litigation Resolution

ADR in IP Litigation from ALI-ABA

Wednesday February 18, 2009 from 1:00-2:00 pm EST

Why Attend?

In a difficult economy, intellectual property protection and assertion is more important than ever. The combined stressors of a poor fiscal climate and shrinking legal budgets place a significant strain on any business dependent upon IP assets. as companies face difficult economic decisions, it is increasingly difficult to fit the expense and extended uncertainty of copyright, patent and trademark litigation into a forward looking business plan. This one-hour seminar explores the use of alternative dispute resolution as a means of protecting intellectual property and business activity, while minimizing the expense and devotion of time related to traditional IP litigation.

What You Will Learn

This program examines how to move an IP dispute toward alternative dispute resolution; best practices for controlling the expense and length of the process; and best practices for successful alternative dispute resolution. Whether you are an experienced IP practitioner or simply one grappling with IP issues in your general commercial practice, knowing how to offer your clients a wide array of ADR options might make the difference between a practice that survives and one that thrives. The seminar will cover the following topics:

How to choose between litigation and ADR.

  • The most successful strategies for guiding your dispute into the best ADR forum at the most productive time.
  • The five basic rules of “distributive” or “fixed sum” bargaining that will give you the “edge” in all future settlement negotiations.
  • The five ways to “expand the fixed sum pie” by exploring and exploiting the client interests underlying your own and your opponents’ legal positions.
  • The Ten Mediation/Settlement Conference Traps for the Unwary.

Invest just 60 minutes at your home or office to learn about alternative dispute resolution in the IP field from this duo of experts. This audio program comes to you live on Wednesday, February 18, 2009, 1:00-2:00 pm EST, via your phone or your computer. Materials corresponding to the course may be downloaded or viewed online.

Lawsuit-Proof Your Business to Cut Costs in Downturn

Lawsuits arise from a process social psychologists call "naming, blaming and claiming."  I broke my toe last week (youch!)  when I was talking to my husband from another room and walking into a closet to hang up my jacket.  Jammed it on the door frame, once again engaging in the risk-courting activity of walking and talking at the same time.

If I were mentally ill, I suppose I could go so far as to name my husband as the source of my own lumpish carelessness; blame him for my injury; and, claim some sort of recompense beyond his willingness to kiss my toe to "make it all better."

"Well, I guess that doorway was just too narrow," my husband the litigator joked.  "I suppose you could sue the architect."

Much litigation flows from incidents nearly as foolish as this.  If you'd like to see a collection of such outrages, you likely already know where to go -- Walter Olson's Overlawyered where suits against McDonalds for obesity and the like can regularly be found.  Today's entry, about the alcoholic who sued Marriotts "after falling over a stairway while plowed" is a prime example.

Naming, blaming and claiming (as well as the litigation that flows from this process) will always be with us.  But if you have some degree of communication with the people likely to name and blame you before making a legal claim against you, an understanding of the social psychology behind that process may well help you understand and deal with the problem "on the ground," i.e., short of suit.

Today, I'm directing you to Attributing Blame — from the Baseball Diamond to the War on Terror as a good primer on the process and its underlying cause -- Fundamental Attribution Error.  Link courtesy of @JuryVox who any litigator or dispute resolver should be following on Twitter along with @annereed.

Whenever we witness something harmful or unexpected, we humans look to make attributions of causation, responsibility, and blame. Social psychologists have been studying the way we make those attributions for the last half century. Part of that research, known as attribution theory, focuses on how we draw inferences about how much control people exert over their behavior: the more control they appear to exert, the more we hold them responsible or blameworthy for the consequences of their actions. To assess control, we draw inferences about, among other things, whether the person acted volitionally or intentionally and about the person’s motivation. When we think an injurer acted intentionally and maliciously we attribute blame — which is accompanied by a desire to punish the injurer and to compensate the victim.

This naive psychology of blame attributions is fairly automatic and depends on more or less instantaneous impressions. And although our attributions result from inferences of, among other things, intent and motive, we are hampered by the fact that we cannot directly access someone else’s motives or intentions (in fact, we’re not very good at ascertaining our own). And, often, the individuals who we are judging have an interest in presenting themselves as innocent — regardless of the truth of the matter. In making attributions about another person’s harm-causing actions, therefore, we are often forced to rely on imperfect external cues. Conflict between individuals and groups often emerges precisely because attributional ambiguity leads to divergent interpretations and reactions. What a victim might perceive as outrageous, an injurer might construe as merely unfortunate or even richly deserved. The legal system is caught up in these attributional contests every day. For instance, most of tort law — in doctrine and in practice — is devoted to the question of resolving competing attributional accounts for the same personal injury.

Continue reading at the linked headline above.  My most popular article on this process - Conspiracy Theories and Granfalloons can be found here.

Pre-Trial Discovery Decreases Likelihood of Settlement

From the Department of Counter-Intution we learn that our general assumption about pre-trial discovery -- that the open exchange of information will help align the expectations of disputants and increase efficiency by facilitating settlement /1 -- is probably inaccurate.

In When Ignorance is Bliss:  Information, Fairness, and Bargaining Efficiency, George Loewenstein, Department of Social and Decision Sciences and Don A. Moore, Graduate School of Industrial Administration, at Carnegie Mellon University, tell us that when "information . . . is complex or ambiguous enough to allow for different interpretations" by opposing counsel,

[s]elf-serving interpretations of fairness encourage biased estimations of the probability of prevailing in court and lead people to hold out too long, fight too hard, and settle too slowly.

Simply put, because we interpret incoming information as confirming -- and often strengthening -  our existing views, the "convergence" of adversarial views pre-trial discovery proponents hoped for, does not occur.  Rather, discovery tends to increase the parties' belief in the rectitude of their analysis, thereby proportionally decreasing the potential for settlement.  As Loewenstein and Moore explained:

In studies examining the self-serving bias, the magnitude of the bias was an extremely strong predictor of impasse, and two different manipulations that eliminated the bias led to close to 100 percent settlement compared to an impasse rate of about 25 percent in the absence of such debiasing.

The full article is well worth reading even though much of it is burdened with academese.

Because we attorneys pride ourselves on being able to "see the other side," here's an article entitled Confirmation Bias in Complex Analyses about a study in which intelligence analysts were provided with an analytic tool to help them overcome confirmation bias.  The tool -- Analysis of Competing Hypotheses -- was an

hypothesis testing matrix,” where the rows represent the evidence, the columns the hypotheses under consideration, and the cells the extent to which each piece of evidence is consistent or inconsistent with each hypothesis. The goals of the ACH matrix [were meant] to overcome the memory limitations affecting one’s ability to keep multiple data and hypotheses in mind, and to break the tendency to focus on developing a single coherent story for explaining the evidence—a tendency which [other researchers] hypothesized create[d] predecision distortions (and presumably the confirmation bias).

ACH [was] hypothesized to offset confirmation bias by ensuring that analysts actively rate evidence against multiple hypotheses and reminding analysts to focus on disconfirming evidence.

Absent the template, the process sounds a lot like that we attorneys use to test our theories and evaluate those of our opponents'.  Alas ACH provided the least amount to help to those study participants with professional analytic experience.  As the authors report, "ACH had no impact at all" on the professional analysts' tendency to give greater weight to the evidence that supported their theories and less to that which disconfirmed them.

What to do?  I'll attempt to find an answer before writing my next post.

______________________

Loewenstein and Moore quote Richard Posner on this expectation as follows: 

a full exchange of information…is likely to facilitate settlement by enabling each party to form a more accurate, and generally therefore a more convergent, estimate of the likely outcome of the case.

Richard A. Posner (1986:525) Economic Analysis of Law (3rd ed. Little, Brown 1986)

The Most Efficient Conflict Resolution is Prevention: Avoiding Suit During Era of Massive Lay-offs

The British call layoffs "redundancies."    I prefer the American term - layoff -  because it focuses on the employer's need in times of economic stress ("I can no longer afford to pay you and so must lay you off) to the British locution which focuses on the employee's presumed inefficiency ("because your work is being performed (better?) by others, you have become redundant.")

Why the attention to semantics?  Because in times of massive law firm layoffs (see Law Shucks Lay-off Tracker here) you don't want today's efficiency become tomorrow's crushing legal liability. 

Lawyer Layoff Paranoia by the brilliant Charles Fincher at LawComix.com.

So how do you avoid the looming threat of litigation by laid off employees?  According to researchers, you terminate graciously, honestly, with expressed respect and compassion, and, if possible, with offers to help the laid off employee find work and replace critical benefits such as health insurance. 

Why do terminated employees bring suit?  It's not, as I'm always saying, just about the money. 

Researchers have found, for instance, that:

  • Feelings of unfair, insensitive treatment at the time of termination had nearly twice the effect of the next most potent factor in bringing suit.
  • Blame was not strongly related to the claiming process 
  • There is some, but slight, support for the proposition that certain groups -- women and minorities - are especially likely to sue
  • Perceptions of poor on-the-job treatment motivate lawsuits as much or more than an individual's belief in his or her ability to prevail in litigation
  • the shorter the notice of termination, the greater the likelihood of suit

Finally, and most importantly for law firm management, the best predictor of a former employee's willingness to file claims for wrongful termination was highly educated respondents.

Researchers have also catalogued the most common on-the-job experiences that lead to litigation, including most prominently,

  • negative experiences with supervisors;
  • the belief that processes used by the supervisor are unfair.
  • violations of procedural justice (the perceived fairness of the procedures by which outcomes are determined)
  • perceived violations of equity and distributive justice  (the perceived fairness of outcomes)
  • perceived violations of interactional justice  (the perceived fairness of the nuances of interpersonal treatment)
  • survivors' attitudes toward their organization are strongly associated with their beliefs about the fairness of the manner in which their companies laid off other workers
     

"Blaming and claiming" activity (lodging grievances; seeking relief from the EEOC; retaining legal counsel to file suit) is strongly correlated with the manner in which employees are terminated.

Why?

Because Termination Causes Employees to Reevaluate Fairness in Working Conditions.  And you do not want to give employees the opportunity to reevaluate those conditions in light of their last employment experience - termination - unless that experience is positive.

The researchers have found that:

  • people react strongly to nuances of treatment and style at the time of termination
  • the quality of dismissal affects people’s decision to bring suit as much as termination itself.
  • a fair, honest, and dignified termination should substantially reduce the temptation to retaliate through litigation.

The experts therefore recommend that employers:

  •  treat their laid-off or fired employees with compassion and respect at the time of termination
  • give several weeks advance warning to all laid-off or fired employees
  • provide terminated employees with help in finding new employment
  • give terminated employees honest accounts for the cause of their termination
  • provide transitional alumni status to terminated employees when possible
  • provide symbols of positive regard to terminated employees such as letters of reference, departure gifts or parties
  • offer counseling services to terminated employees to ease the psychological shock of employment termination

According to a recent ABA Journal article entitled One Lawyer Layoff Saves an Average of $250,000 also notes that:

  • some of the savings from layoffs is initially eaten up by severance payments
  • at least one firm chairman indicated that the firm pays about $7 million in severance for every $10 million saved in compensation
  • another firm chairman estimated that it takes about nine months before any savings are realized by lawyer layoffs.

If law firms don't want these savings to start bleeding red ink, they'd do well to study "naming, claiming and blaming" behaviors of terminated employees and to implement processes and procedures to reduce the potential for litigation flowing from these cost-saving measures.

For further reading, see my own Power Point Presentation from which most of the above statistics were taken here and the article from which most of that information was derived:  The Winding Road from Employee to Complainant here.

Litigation, Negotiation, Mediation, Oh My! The CharonQC Podcast

It's the British, of course, who we have to thank for the common law, the adversarial system of justice and that most lyrical denunciation of lawyers' passionate pursuit of legal procedure, Bleak House.  Charon QC is a serial podcaster, writer and producer of the satiric online soap opera West London Man, founder of the largest private law school in Great Britain, and all around QC about town.

My postcast interview with the great QC is here and his own is below.

Podcast 94: US lawyer Victoria Pynchon on ADR, mediation and settlement in the USA

Today I am talking to Victoria Pynchon, a US lawyer based in Los Angeles, California. She was a commercial litigator and trial attorney for 24 years before shifting her practice from representing clients in court to helping lawyers settle lawsuits hat involve greater risk, expense or time than their clients wish to expend. She this work through Judicate West Dispute Resolution Services, serves as a private judge (arbitrator) for the American Arbitration Association, is an adjunct professor at Pepperdine University and blogs at IP ADR and Settle it now. Interestingly Vickie also acts as a sherpa for Blawg Review the international rolling carnival of law bloggers and is on Twitter.

So who is Charon QC?  Let him tell you himself in this Podcast Interview at Family Lore, the blog of British family law attorney John Bolch.  To get an even better idea of Charon QC and the many reasons to read his blog, I give you his own introduction to himself at Charon QC the Blawg.

“Charon QC” is a lawyer, after a fashion, but is not a practitioner. He has taught law for many years - and, to his surprise, still enjoys law; although he enjoys other academic interests as well. Law is fascinating more in the human interest than the letter, but compared to literature, science or philosophy, it does not engage the mind in quite the same way. He awarded himself the title QC when the Lord Chancellor suspended the award for real lawyers. Now, as no-one can instruct him in any matter, or would wish to, he is free to comment as he wishes on matters which catch his attention. He is, of course, a figment of a febrile imagination . He drinks Rioja - in fact he will drink any red wine, smokes Silk cut, reads all the newspapers (3 Tabloids 4 broadsheets…most days) , has a passion for motorbikes and sips espressos three time a day - ordering two each time. He sleeps for 4 hours a night - but that is his problem. He gets up and starts work (sometimes, it has to be said… writing a blog post) between 3.30 - 4.00 every morning…

He is also a habitue of The Bollo and The Swan in Chiswick/Acton - and some other well known bars in London. When he finds a meal he enjoys - he eats it every day until he can no longer face eating it again. At breakfast, he always has one egg, two slices of toast, two slices of bacon, some baked beans, two espressos, a glass of tap water and an undisclosed number of Silk Cut cigarettes - and always starts eating the egg first… on a bit of buttered toast; turning the plate around so the egg is conveniently on the right hand side of the plate. He did not know he did this until it was pointed out to him by several friends. Breakfast takes approximately 35 minutes and is often taken while reading his tabloid of choice and The Indie… and then it is but a short motorbike ride back to his Staterooms where the day can begin. Breakfast is at 7.00 and more often than not Charon sits at a table outside - even in very cold weather - so he can keep an eye on the world as it goes by. He can also smoke outside without offending other early risers.

Negotiating with Pirates: Squeeze Every Penny Out of the Deal

In Hijacked on the High Seas When Somali Pirates Attacked, They Kicked Off 56 Days of Drama Over the Fate of a Ship and 28 Crewmen, The Wall Street Journal details the negotiation strategy and tactics that resulted in the release of the hijacked ship and its crew.

(pirate photo from the cat dirl sez blog)

Excerpt below - "Mr. Christodoulou," the shipping company's negotiator, called himself "Gus."

Mr. Christodoulou made an initial offer, which he declines to reveal. The Somali negotiators -- first a man named Hussein, then another who called himself Abbas -- took the offer to the pirates. They called back the next day with a response.

"Hey Mr. Gus, the Somali gentlemen say the money is very less," Abbas said, according to Mr. Christodoulou. "They need more money."

Mr. Christodoulou didn't budge. The Somalis needed to feel they had squeezed every dollar out of the ship's owners, he had been advised, so he shouldn't increase his offer early.

"We want you to get the money and move onto another project," Mr. Christodoulou recalls saying. "But you have to understand, we have our limitations."

The conversations continued daily through December, with little progress. By the end of the month, the families in India were feeling desperate...

Tom Rozycki, Mr. Christodoulou's public-relations adviser, says he decided a new approach was needed to keep the families hopeful -- and away from the media. Publicity could empower the captors and delay the hostages' release, he believed. It would also be embarrassing for the company, making it even more difficult to face the families.

On Jan. 6, at the Hyatt Regency Hotel near Mumbai's international airport, Mr. Christodoulou met with the families of the crewmen.

Seeing Mr. Sharma's hunger-striking grandmother in the front row, he knelt beside her and held her hand. "Granny, your grandson is going to get out. And we want him to get out and come back to the healthy loving family that he left," he said, according to Mrs. Sharma and Mr. Christodoulou. That night, Mrs. Sharma ate some strawberry ice cream, her son recalls.

By mid-January, the pirates on the Biscaglia were growing frustrated. "They told us they were going to take us off the ship and hide us in the mountains," Mr. Khan, the crewman, says. The pirates gave him and the others a mobile phone to call home. "We all told our families that unless the company gave more money, we would be killed," Mr. Khan says.

Mr. Kapade, the chief engineer, says he realized the pirates were trying to pressure the company by terrifying the crew. When he spoke to his wife on Jan. 14, he lowered his voice and spoke in Hindi. "Pass on to others that we're fine," he whispered.

By then, Mr. Christodoulou says, he thought it was time to raise his offer. He declines to say what he offered, but says it was close to what he thought the Somalis would accept based on the range provided to him by experts: $700,000 to $3 million.

He set about trying to raise the money. He approached his own company's biggest investor, Regent Private Capital LLC, a private-equity firm based in Tulsa, Okla. Lawrence Field, Regent Private Capital's managing director, declined to discuss the conversation with Mr. Christodoulou. "Regent does not negotiate with terrorists or pirates or any kind of criminal," he said on Friday.

That evening, Mr. Christodoulou called Per Gullestrup, the Danish chief executive officer of Clipper A/S, a larger competitor in the chemical-transport industry. The two men hadn't known one another until both had vessels hijacked by Somalis. They had often commiserated.

Mr. Christodoulou told Mr. Gullestrup he was struggling to raise the funds. A few days later, Mr. Gullestrup called back. "We'd be happy to advance the money if that's what it takes," he said. That promise allowed Mr. Christodoulou to secure a loan for the purpose.

Buoyed by that success, Mr. Christodoulou decided to apply some pressure. He raised his offer slightly, he says, and told the negotiator: "You have 24 hours to accept this offer, or we have to retract it."

Over the next 24 hours, the two sides exchanged at least 20 phone calls. "Mr. Gus, this isn't enough money for the Somali gentlemen," the negotiator said several times, according to Mr. Christodoulou.

The next day, Mr. Christodoulou went a little higher, he says. At 12:30 p.m. on Jan. 16, Abbas called back: "The Somalis accept your offer. Thank you very much. It's really been a pleasure to work with you on this project."

When Negotiation Fails, Do You Flip a Coin? Grab a Random Stranger?

Wheat and Chaff: Juries and Litigation

Let me tell you a short story.

A senior in-house lawyer is meeting with the CEO to talk about a problem the in-house lawyer had been asked to solve.  The in-house lawyer describes how his efforts at negotiation had failed, so he had taken steps to find a random person off the street so that person could resolve the problem for the in-house lawyer.  The CEO looked at the in-house lawyer like he was out of his mind.  The in-house lawyer, now worried by the CEO's reaction, asked if the CEO would feel better if he instead chose 12 people randomly from off the street.  The CEO fired the in-house lawyer.

Does anybody think the CEO is crazy?  Me either.  But let's rerun the story with three extra sentences.

For remainder of story, run right over to Patrick J. Lamb's blog, In Search of Perfect Client Service.

Knowing that a bench or jury trial is the only Better Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement (BATNA) what's a concerned CEO to do?  No, I'm not going to say "hire a mediator."  I'm going to say this.  Hire a litigator who understands and is skilled at interest-based bargaining.  The mediator, after all, is your last option.  You need an attorney who maximizes the potential for the best negotiated resolution possible at every major turning point in the litigation.  If you've hired a hot-head litigation firm, that's good.  There's absolutely nothing wrong with playing hardball.  Just make sure you also have available the litigation marital counselor -- at least one attorney in the hardball lawfirm, or settlement counsel outside of it, who is able to call a cease-fire and bring the parties to the negotiation table.

I like what Patrick J. Lamb has to say in his blog and in his bio.  He's got big firm background and 21st century thinking.  If I were looking for a business litigator/dispute resolver/efficiency machine, it's to people like Patrick I would go.

Also, see today's post at the IP ADR Blog about patent infringement jury trials and what you don't know about what your jury is thinking can hurt you.

 

TweetIt from HubSpot

Negotiating Foreclosure

If you live in Ohio, there's some hope that you can negotiate your way out of foreclosure with a Court-annexed foreclosure mediation program.  See Foreclosure filings rise in five counties at the the Crescent News. Excerpt below.


UPDATE:  Connecticut also has a foreclosure mediation program: See
Success For Mortgage Mediation in Connecticut?

In the period of July 1st to November 30th, there were 9,917 foreclosures filed in the state, an average of 450 cases per week.  In that period, mediators successfully negotiated 519 cases so that homeowners got to remain in their homes.  This is just slightly over 5% of all cases filed.  Only 380 cases or 3.83% resulted in a modification of the mortgage terms.  Despite the hard work of Connecticut’s mediators, the state’s residents are not being protected from foreclosure.

UPDATE:  You can find a podcast about the New Jersey foreclosure mediation program on the New Jersey Law Blog here!  Here's the New Jersey Court's material for that program.

UPDATE:  Thanks to the ABA Dispute Resolution Magazine for informing us that Minnesota now also has a foreclosure mediation program.  See Minnesota Law Offers Foreclosure Mediation to Homeowners at the Foreclosure Listings blog here.

UPDATE:  Foreclosure Mediation Programs Commenced Under Local Ordinance in Providence, Rhode Island: Providence Foreclosure Ordinance Aims to Protect Renters (excerpt below):

 PROVIDENCE, R.I. (WPRI) - In an effort to protect families from foreclosure, Providence Mayor David Cicilline unveiled two ordinances Monday morning during a news conference in the city's Olneyville neighborhood.

The first proposal, Tenants Protection Against Foreclosures Ordinance , is meant to protect renters from eviction when their apartments are subject to foreclosure proceedings.

A proposed state law, that would have provided similar requirements, failed in the General Assembly last year. Rhode Island Housing Executive Director Richard Godfrey applauded Providence for stepping in to provide that protection.

The second proposal, Foreclosure Mediation Ordinance , would require financial institutions and property owners to engage in mediation with a HUD-approved counselor before moving ahead with a foreclosure.


UPDATE:  Lawsuit stops eviction in predatory lending case in California here.

"We have a court adjunct mediation program," said Schmenk. "The worst thing people can do is do nothing. The best thing is to get an answer filed on their behalf and open up a discussion with the mortgage holder to avoid it going to the foreclosure sale. Often times they can get something worked out with the lending institution short of losing their home."

When a foreclosed home goes up for auction bids start at two-thirds of the property's appraised value.

"Most time the lenders are holding significantly more than that in debt," said Schmenk. "We've noticed in a number of cases things get worked out and they are able to enter into some kind of accommodation that works for lender and mortgage borrower."

Schmenk encourages individuals facing foreclosure to take part in mediation programs.

There was a mediation just last week in Defiance County, said Cheryl Timbrook of the common pleas court. Overall, she said that they haven't had many requests for mediation so far.

Sonnenberg said Henry County has had a mediation program available for foreclosure for a year. She said there has been an increase in requests for mediation since the court started sending out information about the program as well as how to file an answer to the foreclosure summons received by defendants.

"I don't think many people knew about it before," she said.

Chris DelFavero, mediation coordinator for the state's Northwest Ohio Court Mediation Services, said he's seen an increase in individuals asking for foreclosure mediation. Northwest Ohio Court Mediation Services covers Henry, Defiance, Fulton, Paulding, Williams and Putnam counties. The program started last spring.

"With the help of the (Ohio) Supreme Court we established a process for referrals through the (county) clerk's offices," said DelFavero, who added that referrals started to pick up this summer. "Last month I had the most referrals since we started. I had 11 referred this past month. We started with just two or three a month, and now we have two a week."

DelFavero said that many cases involve jumps in interest rates, causing payments to increase or individuals who have seen a decrease in pay.

"Those are the cases we hopefully can resolve and come up with a repayment plan or refinance their rates," he said. "The general problem in the industry was the subprime rates. Some of it is the economy, with people losing their overtime. Sometimes loans are given based on people making $40,000 and then they lose their overtime so now they are making $30,000. They are working, but may have fallen four to five months behind. The lender usually will work with them."

Devil in the Details: the Deal, the Whole Deal and Nothing But the Deal

It's getting very late in hour eleven of the mediation and everyone is tired and cranky.  We've agreed upon:

  • the total sum of the settlement;
  • the period of time over which the settlement will be paid;
  • the Stipulated Judgment in the event of default; and,
  • the amount of the Stipulated Judgment (far more than the agreed upon settlement sum).

We could put these terms in a skeletal settlement agreement right now; include the "magic language" from Evidence Code section 1123 that will permit enforcement of the mediated agreement; and, let everyone get on the road, onto a plane and into bed.

Because these parties couldn't agree on what year it is, however, no one balks at my suggestion that we write up the entire deal -- settlement agreement with mutual general releases; the Stipulation for the Entry of Judgment; and, the proposed Stipulated Judgment itself.

The first problem is everyone's failure to bring a form Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release, let alone one that included enforceable terms for the entry of a Stipulated Judgment in event of default.   

ADVICE???  Carry these documents on a "flash" or "jump" drive whenever you're going to a settlement conference or mediation.  Heck, carry them with you to the first day of trial where you might be startled to learn that your adversary is prepared to settle the case right now!

Fortunately, I had access to my own files which contained detailed forms for everything we needed, forms I offered to counsel as guides. I did so only with the express understanding that I did not recommend my own forms as adequate, complete or enforceable.  

I'm just the mediator, not the legal representative of the deal in loco parentis.

It's a good thing we made the effort to fully document the deal because it threatened to fall apart over all of the following terms:

  • the dismissal of ancillary proceedings
  • forbearance from inducing future actions by non-parties
  • liquidated damage clauses for the breach of certain critical deal points
  • indemnification for future actions if induced by certain of the parties

Each of these items required separate negotiation and compromise and as to each I helped the parties calculate the degree of possible misbehavior by their adversaries and the protections that might "fit" the probable harm.  I do not believe the parties would have been able to resolve these terms (as well as others too confidential to mention) without third party assistance.  One was so difficult to predict both the series of possible events and potential remedies that we provided for arbitration of that term alone in the event of alleged default.

When we all finally left the building at one in the morning, we had fully completed paperwork, signed by all parties in hand. 

And yes, I was the only one present who could type.

 

Devil in the Details: Sticker Term Shock

The anger, suspicion and ill will that has characterized the first eight hours of this mutli-party, eight-figure antitrust mediation is about to heightened as I deliver Defendants' terms:  they will pay the settlement agreed upon in six equal yearly installments over three full years without any security to back it up.

Are you wondering what your mediator is thinking at times like this?

Aaaarrrrggggghhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh!!!!!!!!!!!

That "thought" is momentary, however, like the cry you squelch when the trial judge does something like, say, grant the other side's motion to disqualify your expert witness during the second week of trial. 

I don't have a plan, but I do have ideas.  Just as my suggestion that we use a bracketed offer to break impasse had eventually done just that, I'm already thinking of ways that the parties' most intractable and conflicting positions might move them toward agreement.

"They can wait," defense counsel is saying, "or they can try the case in February and see if they can collect it," to which a principal adds,  "this puts them on our side for a change.  If we make the money we believe we can, they'll benefit too."

"I thought you said you knew you could," I say, laying groundwork for the contingency ahead. 

"Yes, absolutely.  We know we can."

Back in the Plaintiffs' caucus room, the parties and their counsel aren't simply angry; they're flabbergasted.

"They sand-bagged us," says Plaintiffs' counsel.  "We'll report this to the Judge.  They didn't come here in good faith.  They're deliberately wasting our time."  

After some calming discussion about why the cash-poor defense would deliberately pay their own attorney and one-half of my daily fee in bad faith . . . a question to which no answer ever eventuated . . . Plaintiffs and their counsel begin to confidently predict the defense's inability to make a single installment payment.  Plaintiffs believe the defendants have resources - secreted away somewhere - but will never use them to settle this case.

When the temperature of the room has diminished to that of the sun's surface rather than its core, I ask about the possibility of a stipulated judgment in the event of default. 

"In a sum you hope the jury will award you at trial," I proffer.  "If you're right; if they have no intention, nor any ability, to pay even the first installment, you'll be in the same position on default that you'd be in if you prevailed at trial.  And if they're capable of paying, they're much more likely to do so if the alternative is a mutl-million dollar judgment against them."

Though the total sum of the Stipulated Judgment is the main topic of discussion over the following two hours, the parties' insistent conflicting predictions for the future make it all but inevitable they will eventually reach agreement.  If the defense never pays, the Plaintiffs will have their judgment more or less immediately, without the burden of proving it up.  And if the defendants are good for their word that they can service the "debt" the settlement agreement creates, they never have to worry about this potential judgment becoming a reality. 

The Stipulated Judgment as Contingency Contract

As Professor Leigh Thompson of the Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University, writes in The Mind and Heart of the Negotiator, the contingencies built into the parties' agreement (and the Stipulated Judgment providing for its enforcement) permit them to use their differences to reach agreement - betting on their own predictions for the future and protecting themselves against their worst fears about the other.  As Professor Thompson instructs:

Often, a major obstacle to reaching negotiated agreements concerns negotiators' beliefs about some future event or outcome.  Impasses often result from conflicting beliefs that are difficult to surmount, especially when each side is confident about the accuracy of his or her prediction and consequently uspicious of the other side's forecasts.  Often, compromise is not a viable solution, and each party may be reluctant to change his or her point of view.

Fortunately, contingent contracts can provide a way out of the mire.  With a contingency . . . differences of opinion among negotiators concerning future events do not have to be bridged; they become the core of the agreement. . . . [Parties] can bet on the future rather than argue about it.

Here, the agreement calling for a Stipulated Judgment of sufficient size to deter default, allowed the parties to:

  1. bet on rather than argue about their different forecasts for the future;
  2. manage their decision-making biases (overconfidence and egocentrism) by building them into the settlement agreement itself;
  3. solve the trust problem by creating a contingency (judgment) against the unknown ability of the defendants to perform
  4. diagnose the other side's honesty by "daring" him to bet on his own predictions
  5. reduce risk through sharing the upside gain (defendant will pay) and the potential loss (defendant will default)
  6. increase defendants' incentive to perform at or above contractually specified levels.

See The Mind and Heart of the Negotiator, The Six Benefits of Contingency Contracts, Box 8-2.

There's more, however.  The parties agree to the Stipulated Judgment in principle and sum during hour eleven and we've got three more hours to go.

Stay tuned!

 

The Devil in the Details: When Do You First Talk Terms?

As you'll recall, we're in hour nine of the mediation.  The parties have finally agreed to settle the antitrust litigation the Court ordered them to mediate ("we won't settle; we'll only be here for an hour"). 

Defense counsel wants to write up the "deal points" and make a quick getaway.  Before she does so, we have the following conversation.

"We'll need three years to pay it."

I fake calm.

"Your security?" I ask, my mind racing to the other room where an already unhappy set of plaintiffs are sitting.

"We don't have security.  I told you my clients are broke.  I also told you we'd need terms but you didn't want to talk about them."

This is true.  From hour one the defense insisted they'd need to pay over time and the Plaintiffs wanted to know what terms the defense was thinking of.  Throughout the day I'd told them both the same thing:  "let's see if we can agree on a number before we start talking terms."

I have reasons for this.  They are as follows:

  • once people have agreed upon a number, it's far more difficult for them to walk away from a deal; the Plaintiffs have already begun to think about what the money will mean to them and the defense has begun to imagine life without the litigation;
  • people are risk averse.  So long as there is no (or only minimal) money on the table, it's easy to refuse to engage in the often difficult process of readjusting their expectations and compromising their desires.  When there's enough money on the table to make both parties want to settle, walking away involves loss.  

This is often the trickiest part of the mediation.  The three-year time table and absence of security is, I know, enough to blow up this deal.  I'm going to take heat from the Plaintiffs' side, for resisting their efforts to learn the Defendants' terms before they spent an entire day agreeing upon the price.  I don't, however, regret my decision.  If these terms cause the negotiation to break down now, they certainly would have done so in hour one.

How I help the parties negotiate what is poised to become a rancorous impasse in the next post.

 

You've Settled? With a Term Sheet? The Devil in the Details

It's 8 p.m. and you've just spent nine straight hours negotiating the settlement of complex commercial litigation with multiple parties that was filed before George Bush first took office.  The case has been up on appeal twice and is now scheudled for trial in February.  All defendants but the final three standing have settled.   Three of the principals have flown in from out of state and two of the attorneys have driven a few hundred miles to Los Angeles from their home towns. 

"Let's just write up the deal points," says Lawyer No. 1, yawning.  "We can write up the full agreement over the long weekend."

Lawyer No. 2 turns to me and says "Judicate West has a form, right?  Let's use that."

Before we go further, let me give you the complete, verbatim language of the online skeletal Judicate West form.

Date:_________________

Stipulation for Settlement


    VS.                           

IT IS HEREBY STIPULATED by and between the parties through the respective counsel or representative of each that the above-referenced case has been settled according to the terms memorialized herein below.  This document is binding on the parties and is admissible in court pursuant to Evidence code section 1123 and enforceable by motion of any party hereto pursuant to CCP section 664.6.                                                                                   

In order to facilitate the above specified terms of settlement, the parties further agree that on or before the          day of          they will execute or change the following:

  • Settlement / Release Agreement   Prepared by _____plaintiff_____defendant

  • Request for Dismissal     Prepared by _____plaintiff_____defendant

Other____________________________________________________________

All relevant parties must sign below.  Copies are acceptable in lieu of originals.

I know.  You didn't expect the case to settle.  At least that's what I've been hearing you all tell me since hour one of the mediation.  But now we're in hour nine and the basic deal points have been reached.  It's January 15.  Trial is in 30 days.  You have all the parties present and the mediator who has by now sussed out the BS; developed a good working relationship with all sides of the dispute; knows how hard the parties worked to get here; and, is unlikely to let the "devil" in the details sink the settlement ship.

What do you do?

My own answers in next post.



Do You Need to Understand Your Legal Rights to Serve Your Interests?

Daily Journal Newswire Articles
www.dailyjournal.com
© 2009 The Daily Journal Corporation. All rights reserved.


 
FORUM (FORUM & FOCUS)  •  Jan. 08, 2009
Every Case Is a Winding Road

FORUM COLUMN

By Victoria Pynchon

I have a confession to make. I am about to become embroiled in litigation. Though I preach the religion of negotiated resolution, I've nevertheless hired litigation counsel to assert my rights and pursue my remedies.

This is one of those moments when the rubber of our ideology meets the road of personal circumstance, the moment we are called upon to decide to walk our talk or take the more familiar road.

For more than 30 years - first as paralegal, then as a law student and finally as a commercial litigator - I'd been swimming in the waters of legal rights and remedies. The adversarial ocean had become so familiar a habitat that it rarely occurred to me that I was under the surface. One day toward the end of my first year of mediation practice, a much more experienced friend hooked me by the cheek and threw me on the deck of his ship, where I was gasping for air.

He'd asked me to co-mediate a will contest without the benefit on my clergy - lawyers with experience in the field. The "fish out of water" conversation that ensued went something like this:

Joe Mediator: "The family doesn't want to hire a lawyer. They just want to mediate."

Vickie: "But I know absolutely nothing about wills, trusts and estates. The parties need to talk to a lawyer first to learn their rights and remedies."

Joe: "You still don't get it, do you?"

Vickie: "Get what?"

Joe: "It's not about rights and remedies. It's about interests."

Vickie: "But how can they evaluate their interests without knowing their rights and remedies?"

Joe: "Because they're not interested in what the law says - they want to do what they believe is right for them as a family under the circumstances."

These people wanted to resolve a legal dispute without knowing their legal rights? Were they nuts? I understood "interests" - they were all the rage in ADR circles - the desires, fears and needs of the parties that drove them to take legal positions. Sometimes those interests were non-economic - the need for revenge, the desire to be personally accountable, the fear of failure, the hope for forgiveness and reconciliation. Others, though economic, could not be remedied by way of damages - better access to foreign markets, for instance, or wider distribution chains; the acquisition of better manufacturing processes; or, the retention of executives with "pull" in Washington. But all of those matters were secondary to legal rights and remedies, weren't they? You had to know what your rights were.

To read entire article, click here.

Here's a .pdf of the article taken from the "hard copy" of the paper.

 

Conflict: It's ALL Cross-Cultural

There's a great new LinkedIn Group Mediators and Peacemakers that anyone interested in the dynamics of conflict and its resolution should think about joining.  Recently, a group member posed this question:

How do you as a mediator recognize the signs of cross cultural differences and how do you resolve that type of dispute? How often do you come across this type of dispute?

I was thinking about how I might answer it when I noticed that my colleague and friend, mediation guru Lee Jay Berman, had taken the time to jot down his thoughts, which were better than any I was having, yet precisely expressed my own experience mediating conflict.

Here's what Lee Jay had to say:

I think that some is easy to recognize, like two Korean businessmen walking in with their counsel, knowing that they will have a value system that is based around how Korean businesses conduct themselves, and knowing that trying to overlay that onto an American legal system is going to be awkward for them.

But my belief is that NEARLY ALL conflicts are cross-cultural. The vast majority of what I see as cross-cultural conflicts don't present themselves as such at first glance because they may occur between two people of the same color skin, same nationality, same faith and even same family. I think we risk falling into the belief that cross cultural disputes only exist when we have people of different racial cultures at the table. We sometimes think we can turn our cross-cultural radar off when both people sitting there look the same to us. But to me, most conflict comes from different cutltural perspectives, different expectations based on how we were raised and what they see as "normal" or how people "should" conduct themselves.

The example I live with is that my wife and I were both raised Jewish, both families grew up with Christmas trees in our homes, too. We both went to UCLA, we both love sports, and the list goes on and on. When we married, we had the expectation that we would be relatively the same when it came to living our lives together. But when it came to communication styles, especially around disputes or disagreements, what we each learned from our families (the tribes in which we were raised and where we learned our norms) could not have been more different. Early in our marriage, this created constant cross-cultural disputes, which turned into conflict because of the assumptions we each made about what was the "normal" way to deal with disagreements. On paper, most people would never say that my wife and I were cross-cultural, but in real life, we had a huge cross-cultural rift that was invisible to most, and even to us at first.

The moral of this story is that we must ALWAYS be looking for evidence of cross-cultural issues, even when they don't present with different skin color.

It's Not About the Money; It's About Justice

I'd stop flogging this dead horse if I didn't have to weekly convince litigants of their own enduring human tendency to prefer relative well-being over absolute material possessions.

This week, that "news" is brought to you by the New York Times to explain why a surprising number of us have not been made terribly unhappy as our financial fortunes decline.  As Op-Ed contributor Sonja Lyubomirsky (of The How of Happiness: A Scientific Approach to Getting the Life You Want) observes today:

the economists David Hemenway and Sara Solnick demonstrated in a study at Harvard, many people would prefer to receive an annual salary of $50,000 when others are making $25,000 than to earn $100,000 a year when others are making $200,000.

Why? Because we "care more about social comparison, status and rank than about the absolute value of our bank accounts or reputations."  In other words, we're more concerned with justice (fairness) than we are about the money.  Which is why our clients have sought out our help with their personal, financial and commercial problems -- because we're in the justice business.  When we understand this, the negotiation of financial settlements becomes a whole lot easier because there are many more ways to deliver justice than by throwing money at it.  

Read the full (short) article Why We’re Still Happy here.

 

 

Online or Off, The Winning Technology to Create Community is Respectful, Collaborative and Reciprocal

Check out Liz Straus' 25 Traits of Twitter Folks I Admire and 25 Folks Who Have Them.  These "traits" are in fact disciplines.  Achieving them on a consistent basis is work but work worth doing.  Use them to guide your way in the new year and your conflicts with your fellows will decrease and your fortunes rise!  Thanks Liz!  Click on the link above for the Twitter "Folks" who have these traits and follow them.

  1. don’t seek to be the center of any universe.

  2. find great conversations and get to know the people there.

  3. realize that every venue has it’s own culture and rules.

  4. do their own talking and their own listening.

  5. talk mostly about the accomplishments of others.

  6. ask intriguing questions that invite others to join the conversation.

  7. don’t worry when folks don’t respond to something they say.

  8. have time for new friends, talk to them, listen to them, read their sites and bios, ask them questions — avoid assumptions.

  9. have a different conversation with every individual and every business.

  10. take embarrassing or private conversations offline.

  11. are inclusive and encourage folks who exclude people to exclude themselves.

  12. shout out good news, help in emergencies, and celebrate with everyone.

  13. say please, thank you, and you’re welcome, and mean them.

  14. are incredibly curious about what works, what doesn’t work, seek feedback often, and look to improve what they do.

  15. study the industry and trends, watch how things occur, share information about those freely, but never break a trust.

  16. offer advice when people ask. Help whenever they can.

  17. aren’t “shameless.” Ask for help in ways that folks are proud to pitch in.

  18. are constantly connecting people and ideas in business conversations that are helpful, not hypeful.

  19. get paid to strategize business, build tactical plans, but won’t “monetize” relationships.

  20. ignore the trolls.

  21. keep their promises.

  22. can be transparent without being naked … most of us look and behave best in public with our clothes ON.

  23. listen to the hive mind, but think their own thoughts.

  24. send back channel “hellos” to friends when there’s no time to talk.

  25. understand that the Internet is public and has no eraser.

The relationships with people — social in social media — is what is changing things. It makes a business experience worth looking forward to and turns a transaction into a relationship. It’s different online because I can’t see you. When I meet folks who make that distance and darkness disappear, I respect and admire them.

For Your Attorney Holiday Book Gift List: Conflict Revolution

e-Bleak House: Twitter "Tweets" Discoverable

From E-discovery implications of Twitter at Lawyers USA

The social networking site Twitter.com allows users just 140 characters to describe what the user is up to – a post known as a "tweet."

But lawyers advising clients on e-discovery or using Twitter themselves need to realize that tweets are discoverable.

"Twitter posts are like any other electronically stored information," explained Douglas E. Winter, a partner at Bryan Cave in Washington, D.C. and head of the firm's Electronic Discovery unit. "They are discoverable and should therefore be approached with all appropriate caution."The increasing popularity of Twitter has made electronic discovery even more complicated.

Litigators!  Remember, you and your opponent(s) have a choice. It's not only in arbitration that you can make your own law, but by way of stipulated case management orders cooperatively crafted with an eye toward relative cost and likely benefit (ask me for a template!)

I don't need to tell you that clients are cutting back in 2009.  The litigation practice that thrives will be the most efficient and effective dispute resolution vehicle on the road.

And now, for your moment of zen - Charlie Dickens.

Jarndyce and Jarndyce drones on. This scarecrow of a suit has, in course of time, become so complicated that no man alive knows what it means. The parties to it understand it least, but it has been observed that no two Chancery lawyers can talk about it for five minutes without coming to a total disagreement as to all the premises. Innumerable children have been born into the cause; innumerable young people have married into it; innumerable old people have died out of it. Scores of persons have deliriously found themselves made parties in Jarndyce and Jarndyce without knowing how or why; whole families have inherited legendary hatreds with the suit. The little plaintiff or defendant who was promised a new rocking-horse when Jarndyce and Jarndyce should be settled has grown up, possessed himself of a real horse, and trotted away into the other world. Fair wards of court have faded into mothers and grandmothers; a long procession of Chancellors has come in and gone out; the legion of bills in the suit have been transformed into mere bills of mortality; there are not three Jarndyces left upon the earth perhaps since old Tom Jarndyce in despair blew his brains out at a coffee-house in Chancery Lane; but Jarndyce and Jarndyce still drags its dreary length before the court, perennially hopeless.

Jarndyce and Jarndyce has passed into a joke. That is the only good that has ever come of it. It has been death to many, but it is a joke in the profession. Every master in Chancery has had a reference out of it. Every Chancellor was "in it," for somebody or other, when he was counsel at the bar. Good things have been said about it by blue-nosed, bulbous-shoed old benchers in select port- wine committee after dinner in hall. Articled clerks have been in the habit of fleshing their legal wit upon it. The last Lord Chancellor handled it neatly, when, correcting Mr. Blowers, the eminent silk gown who said that such a thing might happen when the sky rained potatoes, he observed, "or when we get through Jarndyce and Jarndyce, Mr. Blowers"--a pleasantry that particularly tickled the maces, bags, and purses.

How many people out of the suit Jarndyce and Jarndyce has stretched forth its unwholesome hand to spoil and corrupt would be a very wide question. From the master upon whose impaling files reams of dusty warrants in Jarndyce and Jarndyce have grimly writhed into many shapes, down to the copying-clerk in the Six Clerks' Office who has copied his tens of thousands of Chancery folio-pages under that eternal heading, no man's nature has been made better by it. In trickery, evasion, procrastination, spoliation, botheration, under false pretences of all sorts, there are influences that can never come to good. The very solicitors' boys who have kept the wretched suitors at bay, by protesting time out of mind that Mr. Chizzle, Mizzle, or otherwise was particularly engaged and had appointments until dinner, may have got an extra moral twist and shuffle into themselves out of Jarndyce and Jarndyce. The receiver in the cause has acquired a goodly sum of money by it but has acquired too a distrust of his own mother and a contempt for his own kind. Chizzle, Mizzle, and otherwise have lapsed into a habit of vaguely promising themselves that they will look into that outstanding little matter and see what can be done for Drizzle--who was not well used--when Jarndyce and Jarndyce shall be got out of the office. Shirking and sharking in all their many varieties have been sown broadcast by the ill-fated cause; and even those who have contemplated its history from the outermost circle of such evil have been insensibly tempted into a loose way of letting bad things alone to take their own bad course, and a loose belief that if the world go wrong it was in some off-hand manner never meant to go right.

Thus, in the midst of the mud and at the heart of the fog, sits the Lord High Chancellor in his High Court of Chancery.

 

 

Can You Spell Autistic Hostility? Bertuzzi/Moore Mediate

As CR Info explains

People tend to break off interaction and communication with those they dislike. When this happens people become stuck in autistic hostility, that is, their hostility is perpetuated by their refusal to communicate.

One-time Colorado Avalanche forward Steve Moore and former Vancouver Canucks winger Todd Bertuzzi met in Toronto on Monday for a court-ordered mediation hearing in an effort to prevent a lawsuit from heading to court.

It was the first face-to-face meeting between the two since Bertuzzi's infamous sucker punch during a March 8, 2004, game in Vancouver that ended Moore's career.

Let's see.  That's nearly FIVE YEARS with no communication.

Read this article.  Rinse.  Repeat.

From cbcsports.ca with h/t to @DalydeGagne in my twitter network.

Arbitration and E-Discovery: Make Up Your Own #^%@ Law!

The National Law Journal's annoying practice of making its "best" content available only with a secret decoder ring forged in the fire of subscription dollars, nevertheless did not stop me from access to an intriguing article about arbitration's "e-discovery conundrum" (here for people with the secret code).

In Arbitration's e-Discovery Conundrum (thank you Mr. Thrifty for the copy) the author contends that:

. . . as litigation discovery techniques have become more prevalent in arbitration, arbitration has become just as time-consuming, expensive and burdensome. Without the benefit of an appeal process for the losing party, the primary remaining benefit for binding arbitration -- privacy -- is often outweighed by the other negative factors.

Parties and their litigation counsel have pointed to runaway discovery as one major reason why they have abandoned arbitration in favor of mediation in the United States and even internationally.

So how can "the long-recognized benefits of arbitration -- speed and cost savings -- be restored?"

(top:  is this what any of us went to law school for? Flowchart from Integreon)

The author recommends that the process must "address the needs and interests that led them to arbitration in the first place: to balance the need to discover those documents reasonably necessary for a party to prove its case with the cost, burden and time involved in producing such documents, while taking into account the need for fundamental fairness and to avoid surprise and trial by ambush."

Here's where reformers fail to get the direction the law is moving in.  It's not about finding a process that fits your needs - it's about creating the process that is tailor-made for your one and only completely unique and unrepeatable dispute.

The beauty of arbitration is not what it is.  It is what it can be.  The beauty of arbitration is that it allows you to make up your own $%#@^ law and procedure.  It restores control of the process to you.

What, you say?  Your opponent and you can't agree?  This is no longer a good enough reason, particularly because I do not see many attorneys making the effort to craft discovery and case management plans that reasonably addresses the parties' actual need for every document that someone marginally involved in the dispute might have once breathed upon.

I know whereof I speak.

The solution?  Sit down, for goodness sake, with your adversary, for as many days as it takes, to reach agreement about what each side actually needs.  Leave your huffing and your puffing, your posturing and your adversarial chops at the conference room door.  There will be plenty of time for all of that after the only people who actually understand the dispute -- YOU -- agree upon the type of process necessary to resolve it as efficiently and effectively as possible.

The law firms that do this will survive the recession. 

To Arbitrate or Not Arbitrate Securities Fraud, That is the Question

FINRA Securities Arbitration or Class Action Lawsuits?

A common question asked by investment fraud victims is whether they should partake in a class action lawsuit of a securities arbitration claim. Often, investors are presented with a choice of either partaking in a class action lawsuit or FINRA arbitration action. As a general rule of thumb, investors are better off avoiding class action lawsuits. The recovery rate in class action lawsuits tend to be paltry. Please realize this is not always the case but it is very common.

The main reasons for why FINRA securities arbitration actions are typically better than class action lawsuits for investors include the following reasons…

Continue reading here.

By the way, I'm not expressing any opinion on this issue at the moment.  Just pointing you to one lawyer's view.

The Mediator's Proposal: An Idea Whose Times Has Passed?

Are mediators being hook-winked by clients who create artificial impasses for the purpose of procuring a favorable mediator's proposal?  Does the mediator's recommendation carry so much weight that the parties are subject to a manipulated mediator's proffer?  Does the mediator become just a tool of a party bent on flim-flam?   Or is all distributive bargaining flim-flam?

Check out John DeGroote's in-house point of view over at Settlement Perspectives and leave a comment.  I've already left two there myself.

I understand some lawyers are settling all their cases with mediators' proposals.  Why is that?  Are they savvier than their colleagues?  Or do they just need the authority of the mediator to "sell" settlement to their clients?

Jump in here or over at John's place.  Whether you're a mediator, a litigator, or a client, we'd both appreciate your fresh ideas. 

Face-to-Face Conversations Powerful Resolution Tool

From this coming Monday's Forum Column in the Los Angeles Daily Journal (byline V. Pynchon):

 

Psychologists tell us that we are not only "meaning making" beings, but that we are all born conspiracy theorists. Viewing a field of nonsensical, unrelated data, we naturally begin to "connect the dots" - to organize the information into a coherent, and often compelling, narrative.

Pattern making or conspiracy theorizing is a human survival mechanism. We have never been the fastest or the biggest creatures on the planet. We don't have the sharpest teeth or blend in all that well with the scenery. Our soft, easily punctured skin is not covered with a protective shell. In a pinch, we can't take a running leap and fly away from land-bound carnivores who might make us their prey.

We are, however, the canniest creatures on the planet. To avoid the tiger who made lunch of our best comrade, we surveyed the scene and committed the pattern of otherwise unrelated details to memory. Five banyan trees, a narrow stream, and, a pile of rubble left by a recent avalanche means "there are tigers here."

Couple this with Fundamental Attribution Error and you have all of the ingredients necessary to blame inadvertently caused harm on elaborate conspiracies cooked up by our untrustworthy companions - Fundamental Attribution Error being our universal tendency to over-emphasize the role of others' negative personality traits to explain why harm befell us.

So it is with our legal adversaries. Once the channels of communication have been severed by the filing of a lawsuit, attorneys and clients alike begin to make up "what really happened" based on predispositions, scattered conversations, faulty memories and scraps of documentation.

 

Continue reading Monday's Daily Journal Forum Column here.

 

Negotiating the Power of Consistency with ADR Services and LACBA's Linda Bulmash

Friend and colleague Los Angeles attorney-mediator Linda Bulmash of ADR Services, Inc. advises  us to be consistent in negotiating the resolution of litigation in this month's LACBA negotiation tip.

The Power of Consistency in Negotiation and Mediation
 
When a person makes a public commitment to a course of behavior, the human psyche will push them to follow through with their commitment. For instance we break New Years resolutions because we seldom share them with others and usually do not write them down.

An interesting phenomenon occurs when the commitment is made public or a person pro-actively takes the first step to follow through with a course of action. An interesting research study found that although people are often unsure of their choice of the winning horse at a racetrack, they become much more confident of their choice once they place their bet. They are driven to consistency once they make a public commitment to a course of action.

Therefore experienced negotiators and mediators focus on getting people to publicly verbalize and/or write down each small commitment to follow a certain course of action (e.g. buy a car or resolve a dispute) knowing that once done publicly, it is highly likely that they will believe this is the best choice and will find a way to attain the object of their commitment.

Thanks, as always, for the great advice Linda!  And if you're looking for a local neutral, check out Lucie Baron's dynamite list of L.A. mediators here!

A Single Ray of Resolution Optimism in the Darkest Movie in American Film History

Must read:  Embracing Conflict's analysis of Dueling Banjoes in Deliverance written by  Niel Denny, a Collaborative family solicitor working in the South West of England who is a member of my twitter network here: @nieldenny.

Excerpt and video below but a reading of the entire post is a must for anyone looking for reasons to believe that we can reach one another across political, cultural, religious, social and economic divides.

The music develops by a process of answer and call. One of them plays a riff, or a short section of music, which is then followed by the other. They react to one another responding to and developing upon the riff they have just heard. By doing so they produce this amazing music in a memorable scene that is part of cinema folklore.

It represents a rare moment of optimism in what is an otherwise unbearably dark, oppressive film.

In the process of exchanging these riffs the protagonists are effectively collaborating. They are communicating. We can see their riffs as an analogy for talking. The riffs work where the spoken word does not. Drew and the Banjo boy clearly develop and enjoy a relationship while they are playing.

Negotiating Women: Never Negotiate Out of Fear, But Never Fear to Negotiate --

Video below is part I of an interview on negotiation challenges, strategies and tactics for women with

Vicki Flaugher, founder of SmartWoman GuidesThe full audio of the video is here along with Ms. Flaugher's kind comments about our conversation.   Ms. Flaugher describes her site resources as follows:

If you’re a beginning female entrepreneur or a women who is thinking about starting in business for herself, you have found your tribe. You have arrived at a safe place to talk about business. Especially if you are 35-55 years old, you are going to love this site because that’s a magic age time. You really discover who you are during those years and finally decide to do what you love instead of just what you’re “supposed” to do. The spirit of that revelation and all the promise it holds is why this site was created.

Now, Part I of Negotiating Women!

"Never Fear to Negotiate" from JFK's Inaugural Address with video here.

So let us begin anew -- remembering on both sides that civility is not a sign of weakness, and sincerity is always subject to proof. Let us never negotiate out of fear, but let us never fear to negotiate. Let both sides explore what problems unite us instead of belaboring those problems which divide us.

Let both sides, for the first time, formulate serious and precise proposals for the inspection and control of arms, and bring the absolute power to destroy other nations under the absolute control of all nations.

Let both sides seek to invoke the wonders of science instead of its terrors. Together let us explore the stars, conquer the deserts, eradicate disease, tap the ocean depths, and encourage the arts and commerce.

Let both sides unite to heed, in all corners of the earth, the command of Isaiah -- to "undo the heavy burdens, and [to] let the oppressed go free."

And, if a beachhead of cooperation may push back the jungle of suspicion, let both sides join in creating a new endeavor -- not a new balance of power, but a new world of law -- where the strong are just, and the weak secure, and the peace preserved.

All this will not be finished in the first one hundred days. Nor will it be finished in the first one thousand days; nor in the life of this Administration; nor even perhaps in our lifetime on this planet. But let us begin.

 

Small Lessons for Lawyers and Business People in Building Community

Restorative justice is the criminal version of civil mediation.  It stresses accountability, admission of guilt, forgiveness and reconciliation.  It is the basis for Truth & Reconciliation Commissions that address harm done by one group of people to another that is rarely redressable by a criminal justice remedy.

Because there are so many lessons to be drawn from restorative justice principles and practices for the resolution of commercial disputes of all types, I occasionally post blog entries written by those who are involved in the restorative justice practice.  Here, for instance, is a story of community building drawn from the Restorative Justice and Circles blog.

I live in a small town 30 miles east of St. Paul in Western WI. There are several rent controlled apartment buildings in my neighborhood. When I first moved into the neighborhood (over 10 year ago), I noticed many of the children from the apartment buildings wandered around the neighborhood unsupervised in the summer time. Since I have an in ground heated pool in my back yard, and am a former life guard, I decided to open my pool to the neighborhood children one day per week during summer vacation. The response has been overwhelming. I have children of all ages show up on “open swimming” days. Many have no towels or swim suits and just jump into the warm water…clothes and all! They are so excited to swim in the pool. Two little elementary school aged girls were regulars this past summer and I was able to spend time getting to know them.

September came around and I closed the pool down. I decorated my house with scarecrows, corn, and pumpkins. One Saturday morning in early Sept my door bell rang. I opened the door to find my two little summer swimming friends. They were standing on my front porch with two new girls. The two new girls were unfamiliar to me. One of my little swimming friends said, “Mrs. Cranston these two girls stole your pumpkins. We made them come back and return the pumpkins and tell you they are sorry.”

Restorative Justice: Accountability and Forgiveness

When I read accounts like the one below, I always ask myself, "what trespasses have I suffered that would permit me not to forgive?"

As she sat in her boyfriend’s car, a young Texas woman named Dee Dee Washington was shot and killed — an innocent bystander of a drug deal gone bad. For 14 years, the man who fired the shot, Ron Flowers, never admitted to killing her — not until, that is, Ron was admitted to the InnerChange Freedom Initiative® (IFI), the prison program launched by Prison Fellowship in Texas.

IFI applies principles of restorative justice by confronting offenders with the harm they have done to their victims. During one of IFI’s Victim Awareness sessions, Ron finally admitted that he did commit the murder, and he prayed that his victim’s family would forgive him. He wrote a letter to Dee Dee’s mother, Mrs. Anna Washington, expressing his repentance and deep remorse.

For her part, Mrs. Washington had written angry letters every year to the parole board, urging them to deny Ron parole. But when Ron confessed, Mrs. Washington felt an overwhelming conviction that she should meet the man who had killed her daughter.

Prison Fellowship staff carefully prepared Mrs. Washington and Ron for the meeting. Mrs. Washington finally could ask the questions that virtually every victim wants to ask: “Why did you do it?” “How did it happen?” Ron reassured her that her daughter was not involved in the drug deal. As Ron told her about the day that he killed her daughter, Mrs. Washington took his hands in hers and said, “I forgive you.”

I was in Houston for Ron’s graduation from IFI. As Ron crossed the stage to receive his diploma, Mrs. Washington rose from her seat and walked over to embrace Ron, the man who had murdered her daughter. She then told all of us in the audience, “This young man is my adopted son.”

From the blog of the First Baptist Church of Perryville.

 

 

 

How We Tell the Tale Determines How We Resolve the Problem

People who are joined together by a dispute -- which includes everyone engaged in litigation and their attorneys -- are suffering more than most from a universal cognitive bias known as fundamental attribution error.  FAE is one of the ways we explain our troubles to one another. 

If we have suffered misfortune and are able to attribute our loss to the actions of another, we will universally attribute the series of events resulting in our loss to the bad intentions or evil character of the person we lawyers call "the defendant." 

If we are the defendant, we will universally attribute the series of events resulting in the injured party's loss to the circumstances causing Plaintiff's harm (or, of course, to the Plaintiff's evil intentions). 

The attribution of harm primarily to character or motive on the part of the victim and primarily to circumstance on the part of the accused is fundamental because it is hard-wired into the way we think.  It is an attribution error because it attributes effect to a particular type of cause.  It is error because all human activity and the inevitable conflicts that arise from it

"take[s] place not only between individuals, but in a context, culture and environment; surrounded by social, economic, and political forces; inside a group or organization; contained by a system and structure; among a diverse community of people at a particular moment in time and history; on a stage; against a backdrop; in a setting or milieu."

See Ken Cloke's Conflict Revolution (this from the Introduction) here and my review of it at The Complete Lawyer here.

In other words, all events, conflicts, injuries, and benefits, all causes and effects are determined both by human actors and by circumstance.  We are the cause and the effect of everything that surrounds us and everything that we surround.

How does this knowledge help us resolve our disputes and why does the way we tell our stories hold the key to resolving them?   I could give you more explanations from the field of social psychology or I could simply tell you a story.  In this case, I tell the story of a book of stories written by Malcolm Gladwell who writes about the stories we tell ourselves and one another about success. Gladwell, we're told, introduces us to Bill Gates as

a young computer programmer from Seattle whose brilliance and ambition outshine the brilliance and ambition of the thousands of other young programmers. But then Gladwell takes us back to Seattle, and we discover that Gates’s high school happened to have a computer club when almost no other high schools did. He then lucked into the opportunity to use the computers at the University of Washington, for hours on end. By the time he turned 20, he had spent well more than 10,000 hours as a programmer.

At the end of this revisionist tale, Gladwell asks Gates himself how many other teenagers in the world had as much experience as he had by the early 1970s. “If there were 50 in the world, I’d be stunned,” Gates says. “I had a better exposure to software development at a young age than I think anyone did in that period of time, and all because of an incredibly lucky series of events.” Gates’s talent and drive were surely unusual. But Gladwell suggests that his opportunities may have been even more so.  

Continue reading the NYT Sunday Book Review of Gladwell's new book, Outliers, here.

More on using dual narratives to help you settle litigation tomorrow (or later this afternoon)

Negotiating Potential Liability at Holiday Parties

Planning on partying like its 1999 to boast morale in your law firm?  Check out tips offered by Morrison & Foester in  Holiday Parties: Morale Boost but Employer Beware back in December of 1999, advice that is as timely today as it was then.  And remember, there's no conflict management strategy better than conflict prevention.  Here then are MoFo's excellent tips, which is just a small excerpt of the good advice to be found on the link above.

 

What Can Employers Do?

Short of assuming the role of "Grinch" and canceling the holiday party, what can employers do to protect themselves from liability for sexual harassing conduct during holiday parties?

First, employers should make sure that they have a comprehensive, written sexual harassment policy in place, including sexual harassment training in the workplace. Employers might also re-circulate the sexual harassment policy prior to the holiday party, or send a memo to employees reminding employees to act responsibly at the party and expressing a zero tolerance for harassing behavior.

Second, if the budget permits, employers could invite employees to bring their spouse, significant other, or guest. Although such an invitation will not rule out incidents of sexual harassment, it may reduce the likelihood of such incidents occurring, as employees may tend to act more responsibly and in a less flirtatious manner towards each other if they bring a spouse or special friend to the party.

Third, employers should monitor closely any employees who have a history of harassing behavior, or who have been involved in complaints of sexual harassment. If such an employee is observed engaging in any inappropriate behavior, he or she should be asked to leave the party immediately, and the employer should apply appropriate discipline upon the employee's return to work.

Finally, employers receiving any complaints regarding inappropriate behavior at the holiday party should treat such complaints seriously and should take prompt, effective steps to address the complaints. This includes interviewing the alleged harasser and harassee, talking to potential witnesses, and administering appropriate discipline if inappropriate behavior is found to have occurred. By taking prompt, remedial action to address complaints of harassment, employers can reduce and in some cases altogether eliminate liability for sexual harassment.

Blog Bites Bar ; Goes to Court

See the Complaint here.

h/t to @taxgirl

As the ABA Journal explains:

A law firm contends new Louisiana lawyer advertising rules slated to take effect in April will restrict its right to comment on Twitter, Facebook, online bulletin boards and blogs.

The Wolfe Law Group filed a federal suit today challenging the rules, claiming they would subject each of the firm’s online posts to an evaluation and a $175 fee, according to a press release. The construction law firm says in the suit that its own blog may qualify for an exemption for law firm websites, but its comments on other blogs would not.

The firm claims the rules would restrict its First Amendment right to speak freely about its trade. To make its point, the law firm has launched a blog called Blogging is Speaking.

Sometimes your business or professional negotiation has to take place in Court.  This is an example.

Negotiating Thanksgiving Conversations

I kicked off the Thanksgiving  holiday season last year by having an argument with my friend and neighbor the rocket scientist about extraordinary rendition and the effect of immigrant workers on the economy

I knew I'd lost all sense of perspective around midnight as I continued searching for and emailing Tony articles that proved me right, while Mr. Thrifty snored softly beside me, intermittently awakening to say "I thought you said you were going to go to sleep?"

Embarrassing, but true.

This week, tens of millions of people will be sitting down to Thanksgiving dinner with friends and family they haven't discussed politics, sex or religion with for at least one full year.     

For those of you who find you just can't help yourself, I provide the following resources. 

First, I give you Ben Stein's Top Ten Tips for Having a Business Conversation -- appropriately entitled "How Not to Ruin Your Life." They will serve you at the Thanksgiving table every bit as well as they will save you from self-destruction at your next firm retreat.  

If you simply cannot avoid a political conversation this Thanksgiving, do yourself a favor by taking a brief look at the Public Conversations Projects' Eleven Ideas for Making a Hard Conversation Work before the relatives arrive. 

Finally, as much for myself as my for readers, I give you my own personal top six tips for Thanksgiving Day conversation.    

1.  Before diving in to a spirited dialogue about the use of fetuses for stem cell research with your second helping of mashed potatoes, ask yourself whether you are emotionally ready to resist the strong pull to hit your conversational partner over the head with a turkey leg.  If not, open your mouth only to say something kind or grateful or to shove another helping of stuffing into it.  

2.    If you just can't help yourself from responding to Aunt Gertrude's (somewhat drunken) assertion that "torture is too good for the terrorists at Guantanamo," any of the following will do.

Can I pour you another drink?

Uuh huh, uh huh, uh huh

go on

tell me more

how do you feel about that?

I couldn't have said it better myself; do let me call you a taxi.

3.  For the academically minded,

I have a couple of dozen articles on that issue.  If you'll give me your email address, I'll pass them along to you.

4.  For the cousin from Alabama, 

I'd love to get Rush Limbaugh's point of view on that -- please do drop See I Told You So  by the house before you leave for Montgomery tomorrow.

5.  Avoid stereotyping people from Montgomery, Alabama.

6.  As the Public Conversations Project advises,

Thinking before speaking is a good idea.

Have a great Thanksgiving and remember --Ben Franklin thought the National Bird should be a turkey

Think twice. 

Then think again and offer Aunt Gertrude another piece of pumpkin pie.

Click here for more Cartoon tips from Slowpoke thanks to David Giacalone of f/k/a.

 

Feeling Extorted? Mr. Molski's Serial ADA Litigation and Why We Settle

Many in the legal blogosphere are buzzing about the recent Supreme Court decision letting stand a Central District injunction barring wheelchair-bound Jarek Molski from filing further ADA accessibility cases in our local federal trial court here in Los Angeles.  See Justice Berzon's and Kozinski's spirited dissents to Ninth Circuit's Per Curiam refusal of the Petition for a full panel re-hearing here.

Mr. Molski was declared a vexatious litigant by the California Central District federal court back in 2004.  See Wendel Rosen's excellent report of that case here Molski v. Mandarin Touch Restaurant, 347 F. Supp. 2d 860 (C.D. Cal.2004) (declaring Molski a vexatious litigant and requiring court approval prior to his filing future lawsuits); aff'd Molski v. Evergreen Dynasty here.

Still active is Molski's case in the Eastern District of California which was recently permitted to go forward by the same Ninth Circuit Court of Appeal.  As the Ninth Circuit explained the factual background of Mr. Molski's "serial litigation,"

[Plaintiff] Molski and his lawyer Thomas Frankovich (“Frankovich”) were purportedly in the business of tracking down public accommodations with ADA violations and extorting settlements out of them. On cross examination, Molski acknowledged that: he did not complain to any of [the defendant's] employees about his access problems; he had filed 374 similar ADA lawsuits as of October 8, 2004; Frankovich had filed 232 of the 374 lawsuits; even more lawsuits had been filed since that date; Molski and Frankovich averaged $4,000 for each case that settled; Molski did not pay any fees to Frankovich; Molski maintained no employment besides prosecuting ADA cases, despite his possession of a law degree; Molski’s projected annual income from settlements was $800,000;2 Molski executed blank verification forms for Frankovich to submit with responses to interrogatories; they had also filed lawsuits against two other restaurants owned by Cable’s; they had filed a lawsuit against a nearby restaurant; and Sarantschin obtained up to 95% of his income from Frankovich’s firm for performing investigations for ADA lawsuits.

See Molski v. MJ Cable, Inc. here.

Despite these apparently damning facts, in its 2007 affirmance of the vexatious litigant finding, the Ninth Circuit noted some of the reasons why Molski and his lawyer could not be condemned for their pursuit of serial ADA litigation.  The ADA, noted the Court,

does not permit private plaintiffs to seek damages, and limits the relief they may seek to injunctions and attorneys’ fees. We recognize that the unavailability of damages reduces or removes the incentive for most disabled persons who are injured by inaccessible places of public accommodation to bring suit under the ADA. See Samuel R. Bagenstos, The Perversity of Limited Civil Rights Remedies: The Case of “Abusive” ADA Litigation, 54 U.C.L.A. L. Rev. 1, 5 (2006).

As a result, most ADA suits are brought by a small number of private plaintiffs who view themselves as champions of the disabled. District courts should not condemn such serial litigation as vexatious as a matter of course. See De Long, 912 F.2d at 1148 n.3. For the ADA to yield its promise of equal access for the disabled, it may indeed be necessary and desirable for committed individ- uals to bring serial litigation advancing the time when public accommodations will be compliant with the ADA.

But as important as this goal is to disabled individuals and to the public, serial litigation can become vexatious when, as here, a large number of nearly-identical complaints contain factual allegations that are contrived, exaggerated, and defy common sense. False or grossly exaggerated claims of injury, especially when made with the intent to coerce settlement, are at odds with our system of justice, and Molski’s history of litigation warrants the need for a pre-filing review of his claims. We acknowledge that Molski’s numerous suits were probably meritorious in part—many of the establishments he sued were likely not in compliance with the ADA.

On the other hand, the district court had ample basis to conclude that Molski trumped up his claims of injury. The district court could permissibly conclude that Molski used these lawsuits and their false and exaggerated allegations as a harassing device to extract cash settlements from the targeted defendants because of their noncompliance with the ADA. In light of these conflicting considerations and the relevant standard of review, we cannot say that the district court abused its discretion in declaring Molski a vexatious litigant and in imposing a pre-filing order against him.

In other words, when the legislature puts the enforcement of the ADA in the hands of disabled individuals without permitting them to recover damages, you can't blame private attorneys for working the market created for the private enforcement of public laws even if you can blame them for the manner in which the market is worked.

So what does this have to do with the settlement of litigation and, in particular ADA Litigation?

Because these accessibility cases always cost more to defend than to settle and because they're often indefensible, the rational business decision is simply to settle the darn things.  

No one, however, wants to be extorted.  And in the few ADA cases I've mediated, it's the principled refusal to pay money at the point of a gun that interferes with a business establishment's willingness to do the economically "rational" thing rather than, say, try it;  appeal it to the Ninth Circuit; and, pursue it to the Supreme Court of the United States.

For those representing defendants who are feeling extorted, I offer my own (previously posted) ADA mediated settlement story below.


Continue Reading

How to Apologize on the Internet: Larry Bodine Comes Clean

Some attorneys and mediators make light of the power of the apology ("it's only about money").  My education, training and experience consistently suggest otherwise.

Today, we learn a lesson in heart-felt apology from Larry Bodine for a post I hadn't seen, but which Bodine himself admits was anti-Semitic.

"Elevator Pitch" Post Deleted I sincerely apologize for the crude and offensive "Elevator Pitch" post I put online last week.  In the clear light of morning, it is clear that it was anti-Semitic and repellent.  I want to thank all the people who commented and called me about it; I listened and took what you said to heart.

If you read on here you'll see that Bodine did not simply say "I'm sorry."  He removed the admittedly offensive post; disowned it; and, empathized with those who found it offensive by sharing his own family's WWII imprisonment story.

As my Second Track International Diplomacy Professor Brian Cox has written in his book Faith-Based Reconciliation

Words that heal include expressions of caring, concern, gratitude and affirmation.  [I]n demolishing the walls of hostility, we must be prepared to examine our own pattern of spoken words and embrace the practice of ethical speech. . . .

Because Bodine himself admitted the anti-Semitic nature of his post, it falls into the category of an identity-based conflict with some or all of his readers.  Though speaking from a religious or "faith-based" viewpoint, I always found Cox' prescriptions for resolution to work equally well from the point of view of secular humanism.  As Cox explains:

A faith-based reconciliation framework applied to an identity-based conflict . . . consists of six basic elements:  imparting moral vision, building bridges between estranged groups, a peace accord, advocacy for social justice, political forgiveness, and healing deep collective wounds.

More particularly, Cox recommends the following specific steps:

1.  Sharing life journeys and building common ground.

2.  Sharing perceptions of the conflict.

3.  Engaging in problem solving.

4.  Sharing how one has caused offense to the other.

5.  Exploring each community's narrative of history and perception of historical wounds.

If you read Bodine's spontaneous apology, you will see all of these elements contained in it.  This is not surprising because apology and attempts to re-build interpersonal bridges are hard-wired into us as toddlers.  As I wrote in "Shame by Any Other Name,"

Shame . . .  "acts as a powerful modulator of interpersonal relatedness and . . . ruptures the dynamic attachment bond between individuals." 30  When an individual has broken this bond, he wishes to recapture the relationship as it existed before it turned problematic. 31 Toddlers shamed by their mothers, for instance, naturally initiate appeals to repair the momentary break in the emotional bond resulting from the shame-inducing behavior. 32 This process is called self-righting. 33 It is natural and universal. 34 The shamed toddler reflexively looks up at and reaches toward his mother. 35 Even a preverbal child will spontaneously express this need to be held in an attempt to reaffirm both self and the ruptured relationship, to feel restored and secure. 36

A healthy and responsive mother accepts and assuages the child's painful feelings of shame, enabling the toddler to return to a normal emotional state, one in which love and trust are ascendant. 37 If the caregiver is "sensitive, responsive, and emotionally approachable," especially if she uses soothing sounds, gaze and touch, mother and child are "psychobiologically reattuned," the "interpersonal bridge" is rebuilt, the "attachment bond" is reconnected, and the experience of shame is regulated to a tolerable emotional state. 38

This may all seem excessively academic.  The point is that we all trespass on the feelings of others; those feelings are critical to our connection with one another; our connection with one another is fundamental to our individual well-being and our survival as a species; the urge toward reconciliation is therefore natural, as are our desire to be forgiven, our spontaneous expressions of remorse, our attempt to explain and normalize our bad behavior (we are all fallible and we have all suffered harm)  and our fellows' willingness to forgive, particularly when we bare ourselves and our histories to one another in the course of our effort to re-establish what joins us and to move beyond that which divides us. 

And for that lesson, we owe thanks to Larry Bodine this evening.

 

 

Will Dems Ban Mandatory Consumer/Employee Arbitration?

This just in on the same day I attended the AAA's Expedited Case training.  As an ADR practitioner I favor party "choice and voice" in all dispute resolution venues, meaning that I frown on adhesion contracts of all types, including those that are unfairly imposed upon consumers and employees.  The devil in the detail, of course, is the meaning of the term "unfairly."  I am unfamiliar with the proposed law subject of this article and neither support nor oppose it.  Just keeping my readers informed.

Democratic Party control could ban mandatory arbitration, expert says

11/17/08

Jan Dennis, Business & Law Editor
217-333-0568; jdennis@illinois.edu

LeRoy
Click photo to enlarge
Photo by L. Brian Stauffer
Michael LeRoy, a professor of law and of labor and employment relations, says Democratic Party control in Washington could restore lawsuits as an option for workers and consumers now forced to settle disputes through mandatory arbitration that gives employers and businesses an unfair edge.
CHAMPAIGN, Ill. — Democratic Party control in Washington could restore lawsuits as an option for workers and consumers now forced to settle disputes through mandatory arbitration that gives employers and businesses an unfair edge, a University of Illinois labor law expert says.

Michael LeRoy predicts a bill sponsored by Democrats that would bar companies from imposing arbitration will likely be approved next year when Democrats take over the White House and add to their majorities in Congress.

The measure, introduced last year but stalled by the prospect of a Bush administration veto, would halt a shift that has grown since a 1991 U.S. Supreme Court ruling allowing firms to require arbitration rather than courts to resolve disputes, he said.
For full article click here.

Here's the summary of the bill courtesy of the Consumerist:


Arbitration Fairness Act of 2007 - Declares that no predispute arbitration agreement shall be valid or enforceable if it requires arbitration of: (1) an employment, consumer, or franchise dispute, or (2) a dispute arising under any statute intended to protect civil rights or to regulate contracts or transactions between parties of unequal bargaining power.

Declares, further, that the validity or enforceability of an agreement to arbitrate shall be determined by a court, under federal law, rather than an arbitrator, irrespective of whether the party resisting arbitration challenges the arbitration agreement specifically or in conjunction with other terms of the contract containing such agreement.

Exempts arbitration provisions in collective bargaining agreements from this Act.

Negotiation/Mediation Terms of Art

I have recently been asked by several lawyers to write a few posts on mediation and negotiation terminology not only because some attorneys are unfamiliar with these terms, but also because different mediators and negotiators use them to mean different things. 

Mediators, lawyers and negotiators who read this post are invited to add, correct, object, or suggest further refinements and to add their thoughts on further strategic and tactical uses and perils of the impasse-busters we discuss today - the bracketed offer and the mediator's proposal.

And because my readers may find this post as dry as bones, I once again offer the X-rated "Negotiation Table" as pretty #%$@ true and funny  (think Ari Gold). 

Bracketed Offer:  Party A makes an offer to bargain in the zone he wishes to see the negotiation move to.  This is often used when neither party wishes to step up to the line of probable impasse and it can also be used to re-anchor the bargaining zone.  Quite simply, Party A offers to bargain in the range of, say, $2 million and $3 million.  He offers to put $2 million on the table if party B is willing to put $3 million on the table, i.e., "I'll offer to pay you $2 million if you'll offer to accept $3 million to dismiss your suit."

If party B does not accept the bracket, party A will not be "stuck" with having actually placed $2 million on the table when the next exchange of offers and counter-offers begins.

Responding to a Bracketed Offer:  Party B can:  1.  respond with a counter-bracket, i.e., I'll make an offer to accept $3.5 million in settlement if you'll put $2.5 million on the table; or, 2.  refuse the bracket and ask for an unbracketed counter.

Mediator's Proposal: 

The basics:  the mediator chooses a number for the parties, making an "offer" to settle for, say $2.3 million which the parties are free to accept or reject.  It is a double-blind "offer."  If either party rejects the "offer" neither party knows whether the other accepted or rejected.  Acceptances are communicated only if both parties accept, in which case they have a deal.

The circumstances:  The parties should seek a mediator's proposal only when they have reached a hard impasse.  A hard impasse exists when both parties have actually put their true bottom line on the table or their next to the bottom line and they see no hope of it closing the deal.

The purpose:  Both parties believe they could convince their principal  to accept a deal that is more than they wanted to pay or less than they wanted to accept, but they cannot convince their principals to put $X on the table or accept $Y.  They hope to use the authority of the mediator to sell the deal to their principals.  If they are the principals, they are willing to settle for a number lower or greater than planned but not willing to close the bargaining session having made such a concession, which would have the effect of setting the floor or establishing the ceiling of all future bargaining sessions.

The Mediator's number:  I do not know whether there is a general practice among mediators about how they choose the number proffered.  When parties ask me to make a mediator's proposal (I rarely recommend one in the first instance) I explain my practice as follows:  When I make a proposal I am not acting as a non-binding arbitrator or early neutral evaluator.  In other words, my proposal is not a reflection of the value of the case.  The number I propose will be a number that I believe the Plaintiff is likely to accept and the Defendant is likely to pay.

In rare instances, the parties wish to continue bargaining in the event a mediator's proposal is not accepted by both parties.  I have permitted this in a few circumstances after explaining to the negotiating parties that it often causes resentment on the other side because they feel as if the party who wishes to continue negotiating is unfairly attempting to use the mediator's number as a new bench-mark from which to bargain. 

I highly recommend against continued bargaining after the rejection of a mediator's proposal on the day of the mediation.  It should serve as a hard stop because the parties respond to it as an ultimatum.  That's part of its power.  Take it or leave it. 

Just as you would not continue bargaining after indicating that you were putting your last dollar on the table, you should not continue bargaining (during that session) after the mediator has, in effect, put both parties' anticipated bottom lines on the table for them.

 

 

Are Women Better Mediators Than Men?

First she's all about the election and now she's back to post-mid-Century America's gender wars?  Say it ain't so, Vickie!

These are just statistics from an extremely limited sample that tells more about this particular program in this particular place concerning the particular types of cases being mediated than they are about the relative abilities of male and female mediators.

I'm unaware, however, of any controlled studies on gender differences in mediation results.  I do know that there's a gender imbalance in the profession and have had panel administrators acknowledge on the QT that even when they're choosing mediators or settlement officers pro bono lawyers tend to choose men most of the time.  

So for women struggling in the profession, here's your moment of zen.

Examining the graphical representation of mediator gender and settlement rates, one can see that there are male mediators who settle cases at higher than average rates, as well as female mediators who settle cases are lower than average rates. Nevertheless, it appears that most of the popular mediators who settle cases at higher than average rates are women, while the majority of popular mediators who settle cases at lower than average rates are men.

Some may object to this “battle of the sexes” analysis on the grounds that men and women should be treated as equals. Based on our data, however, male and female mediators are not statistically equal with respect to the rate at which they settle cases. Whether this “good” or “bad” is more a matter of philosophy than statistics.

In her book In a Different Voice, Carol Gilligan described how men and women think about moral conflicts differently. Her research suggests that men tend to consider conflict in terms of rights while women generally view conflicts in terms of dynamic relationships. Accordingly, a “female” approach to conflict resolution may be better suited to the process of facilitating mediated settlements than a “male” approach to conflict.

For a colored chart and remainder of post, see Correlation of Mediator Gender to Settlement Rate at Practical Dispute Resolution here.

When I think of my own experience as a neutral for the past four years and compare it to my experience as an attorney in the first four years of my practice 1980-1984, I can only say that it is somewhat similar.

What made the difference in the years that followed?  Women flooding the profession.  As women litigators and bench officers begin to retire, I suspect that we'll begin to see greater use of women neutrals.  And no, I do not believe that the paucity of women on commercial mediation panels nor what I believe to be their greater struggle to build a thriving practice there is based upon conscious sexism.

Like the tendency to prefer judges over attorney mediators (a preference I believe to be waning) I believe that the sub-conscious preference for male over female mediators arises from a continuing misunderstanding among members of the bar about what settles cases.  Too many attorneys continue to believe that they need a mediator who can overpower the will of their adversary.  And if you're looking for raw power (particularly the power of authority) in American commerce and law, you will naturally choose the judge over the attorney and the man over the woman.

I haven't written about this in the past because it is a topic that tends to divide people and it is not my intention to start a tiny gender war in the tiny world of mediation.

But when these statistics started pouring into my in-box, I couldn't ignore the topic any longer.

Please feel free to comment.

Because All Great Negotiations Are Performance Art

Bob Dylan on Creativity
View SlideShare presentation or Upload your own. (tags: dylan bob)
. . . with thanks to @guykawasaki for tweeting the dylan slide show!

Fact that Class Settlement Was Reached in Mediation Does Not Prevent Objectors from Discovering Factual Basis for Mediated Terms

Excerpts from Kullar v. Foot Locker Retail, Inc. below.  Comment will follow.

[T]he fact that the settlement was reached during mediation to which Evidence Code section 1119 applies does not eliminate the court’s obligation to evaluate the terms of the settlement and to ensure that they are fair, adequate and reasonable. If some relevant information is subject to a privilege that the court must respect, other data must be provided that will enable the court to make an independent assessment of the adequacy of the settlement terms.

[T]he fact that communications were made during the mediation and writings prepared for use in the mediation that are inadmissible and not subject to compulsory production does not mean that the underlying data, not otherwise privileged, is also immune from production. (Evid. Code, § 1120 [“Evidence otherwise admissible or subject to discovery outside of a mediation . . . shall not be or become inadmissible or protected from disclosure solely by reason of its introduction or use in a mediation . . .]; Rojas v. Superior Court (2004) 33 Cal.4th 407, 417; Wimsatt v. Superior Court (2007) 152 Cal.App.4th 137, 157-158.)

Foot Locker’s payroll records, for example, if relevant to the quantification of the claims being settled, are subject to discovery and may be introduced in opposition to the settlement even if they were disclosed to class counsel during the mediation, and even if class counsel was shown only a summary or analysis of those records that is not itself subject to production because prepared for use in the mediation.

                           *                           *                      *

Following the opportunity for limited discovery, the trial court should redetermine whether the proposed settlement is fair, adequate and reasonable. The court may and undoubtedly should continue to place reliance on the competence and integrity of counsel, the involvement of a qualified mediator, and the paucity of objectors to the settlement. But the court must also receive and consider enough information about the nature and magnitude of the claims being settled, as well as the impediments to recovery, to make an independent assessment of the reasonableness of the terms to which the parties have agreed.

We do not suggest that the court should attempt to decide the merits of the case or to substitute its evaluation of the most appropriate settlement for that of the attorneys. However, as the court does when it approves a settlement as in good faith under Code of Civil Procedure section 877.6, the court must at least satisfy itself that the class settlement is within the “ballpark” of reasonableness. (See Tech-Bilt, Inc. v. Woodward-Clyde & Associates (1985) 38 Cal.3d 488, 499-500.)

While the court is not to try the case, it is “ ‘called upon to consider and weigh the nature of the claim, the possible defenses, the situation of the parties, and the exercise of business judgment in determining whether the proposed settlement is reasonable.’ ” (City of Detroit v. Grinnell Corp., supra, 495 F.2d at p. 462, italics added.) This the court cannot do if it is not provided with basic information about the nature and magnitude of the claims in question and the basis for concluding that the consideration being paid for the release of those claims represents a reasonable compromise.

By remanding we do not suggest that the proposed settlement ultimately may not pass muster. We hold only that the trial court may not finally approve the settlement agreement until provided with sufficient information to assure itself that the terms of the agreement are indeed fair, adequate and reasonable.

Twitter Micro-Blog on What Negotiation Skills Lawyers Most Need

Brian Herrington
brianherrington @vpynchon Patience. In terms of listening & allowing process to play out.
 
     
Brooks Schuelke
 
 
 
 
bschuelke @vpynchon maybe not negotiation skill, but figuring out what client really wants/needs 
 
 
 
 
 

 
SCartierLiebel
 
SCartierLiebel @vpynchon Knowing when to listen. Letting people put a period on the end of their sentence. Letting people tell their story.

 
 
Rob Rutkowski
 
 
RobRutkowski @vpynchon You can't memorize preparation. You must still learn everything you can about the other side and the subject matter of the deal. 
 
 
 
 
Russell Thomas
3rddeadline @vpynchon not a lawyer, but: relationship/client management and business development should be on the list. 

 

 

Trial Skills, Deposition Skills and IP Negotiation Skills Programs

Here are my upcoming speaking and teaching engagements in November and January!

I'm baaacccckkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk!!!!!!!!!!


Judicate West Neutral and IP ADR Mediator and Blogger Victoria Pynchon.

Coach/Instructor, National Institute of Trial Advocacy: Building Trial Skills
Location: Loyola Law School Los Angeles
City: Los Angeles, CA
Dates: 1/2/2009 - 1/8/2009
Director: Williams, Gary C.

This is a week-long intensive program for new and/or experienced attorneys who need to learn/brush up on their basic trial skills.  If you can take the time, your entire practice will benefit from the experience.


BrightTALK Intellectual Property Summit here! on November 11, 2008 Webcast Free

Negotiating a Settlement in IP Litigation

   12:00 pm
   Presenting Victoria Pynchon, Judicate West, CPR, Settle It Now, IP ADR Blog

And coming soon!  Deposition Skills Training (NITA techniques) at Solo Practice University!!

 

Faculty @ SPU

Difficult Conversations 101: Blaming Sarah

There appears to be no small amount of blame to spread around for the Republican's loss at the polls, much of it centering on Sarah Palin, as if she hadn't been hand-picked and thrown out to American conservatives as a "Hail Mary" pass.

Because scape-goating gives rise to oodles of litigation every year, let's talk briefly about having difficult conversations in which everyone "takes their part" in the loss experienced, failure suffered or mistake made.  

Time to pull out your hopefully dog-eared and battered copy of Difficult Conversations: How to Discuss What Matters Most by Douglas Stone, Bruce Patton, and Sheila Heen, reviewed by the good folks at BeyondIntractability.com not too many years ago.  As the Conflict Research Consortium Staff reviewers wrote, Difficult Conversations recomments that we:

start conversations from the perspective of a "third story" that describes (or at least acknowledges) the difference between the parties views in neutral terms. The opening should then invite the other party to join in a conversation seeking mutual understanding or joint problem solving.

Listening is a crucially important part of handling difficult conversations well. It helps us to understand the other person, and the feeling of having been heard makes the other more able to listen themselves. The key to being a good listener is to be truly curious and concerned about the other person.

Techniques that can help you show that care and concern include asking open questions, asking for more concrete information, asking questions that explore the three conversations, and giving the other the option of not answering.

Avoid questions that are actually statements. Do not cross-examine the other. Another technique is paraphrasing the other person to clarify and check your own understanding.

Acknowledge the power and importance of the other person's feelings, both expressed and unexpressed.

Each person must recognize that her views and feelings are no less (and no more) legitimate and important than anyone else's, and she is entitled to express herself. Once you have found the courage to speak, start by saying explicitly what is most important to you. Do not use hints or leading questions. 

Share the information, reasoning and experience behind your views. Help the other person to understand you by having them paraphrase, or asking how they see it differently.

Blame statements should be reframed in terms of contributions [of all parties to the trouble at hand]. You can't move the conversation in a more positive direction until the other person feels heard and understood."

Naming the dynamic. When the other party persistently puts the conversation off track, for instance by interrupting or denying emotions, explicitly name that behavior and raise it as an issue for discussion. This makes the other person aware of the behavior, and it brings out more unexpressed thought and feelings.

Problem solving is the final step. First, remember that it takes two to agree. The other party needs to persuade you just as much as you need to persuade her. Gather information and seek missing information. Ask what would persuade the other person.

Tell them what would persuade you. Ask them what they would do in your position. Try to invent new options for dealing with the problem, and consider what principles could guide a fair solution.

When the parties cannot find a mutually acceptable solution, each must decide whether to accept a lesser solution, or to accept the consequences of failing to agree and walking away. When a person does walk away, they should explain why, describing their interests, feelings and choices.

Re-framing the GOP's loss?  How about this?  The Dems and the GOP are natural correctives to one another every four years.  Things change.  Like the economy.  And the culture.  New generations arise to replace the old ones.  We evolve.  We also fail, stumble, falter, lose courage, miss opportunities, and resist change.

We Americans believe in the benefit of adversarial processes to course correct; to shine a light on the problems we might otherwise blind ourselves to; and, to see which ideas survive the harsh illumination of debate.  The transition of power from one party to another is the way we do things.  Instead of casting blame, we might all take a look at our personal and organizational contribution to things as they currently are -- which is none too good for anyone. 

Bottom line?  There's simply no advantage to be achieved by blaming Sarah.

 

 

Negotiating a Conflict-Resolved Workplace

Want a horror story for Halloween?

Remember that Heller Ehrman collapse?  Seems that you don't get COBRA benefits if the health plan your former employer maintained is kaput because it has gone out of business.

Now think, pending surgery, no health insurance, pre-existing condition. 

Why do I lead a post about resolving work-place conflict with bankruptcy and tragedy?  Because no 100-year old AmLaw100 firm fails so spectacularly without having made some conflict resolution mistakes.

Can you eliminate conflict in the law firm?  Hellllloooooooooooooooo???????????  We're lawyers who Anne Reed at Deliberations this morning reminds us have been characterized as . . . well . . . sharks with

skin that is tough and rough -- covered with thousands of tiny hard teeth call denticles that abrade any passerby made of softer stuff. Lawyers are also thick-skinned. Easily identified by their humorlessness and abrasive personalities, they are the bane of many social gatherings.

Ouch!

What to do?  Apologize when your "denticles" abrade passersby, but more importantly, ask yourself the most important Bob Sutton-inspired organizational wellness question noted over at The Non-Billable Hour this morning:

 What Happens When People Make a Mistake?

 

 

The Journey to Empathy Begins with Listening and is Nurtured by Meditation

by Guest Blogger Martin Golder

Empathy is not only a central tool In conflict resolution, but also a way of being.  And yet I remember that when I started in my first mediation course I was unsure of what it was. It even took a while to learn the difference between empathy and sympathy. In my search for a definition I encountered an old joke that I often now use to start a discussion on empathy.

There was a rich woman who wanted to have her portrait painted by a famous young artist.  She called the artist to her mansion and instructed him that she would like her portrait to be painted with empathy.  The young artist arranged for her sittings and commenced the work.  He would not let her see the painting until it was completed as he rejected any artistic intervention.  Finally the day came for the unveiling.  The family gathered round. The artist pulled back the cover.  And there was a gasp from the assembled group.  The portrait was magnificent, however there was a man standing behind the rich woman with his hand over her shoulder and stuck down the front of her dress.  The rich lady gasped, composed herself and said ’Young man, what is the meaning of this?’


The artist replied ‘Ma’am, I must confess that when you asked me to paint your portrait with empathy, I did not know what empathy was.  So I looked it up in the dictionary and the definition said ‘A fellow feeling in one’s bosom’.

Indeed!  A fellow feeling in one’s bosom is a fine definition of empathy if a little ambiguous.

Having come up with a definition I still then had a tremendous amount of difficulty learning how to actually achieve this ‘fellow feeling’. I would find myself at the mediation table with the parties whining at each other over some trivial matter (when compared to life, death and global warming) and I would be sitting there thinking ‘Get a life buddy. Stop whining’.  At the same time I would be saying  “That must have been really difficult for you to go through that experience” 


“Yeah! So right dude” would be the reply as the party felt heard.

It is amazing how the mechanical tools of mediation work even without the feeling.  I called it ‘mechanical empathy’. After each mediation I would write up a self evaluation and each time for several years I would comment to myself on my lack of empathy. After all if I had walked a mile in his shoes, maybe I would be whining just as much.  (Or as the old joke goes, I would at least have his shoes and he would be a mile away).  This was my burden (not a very heavy one, I give you), humour kept overcoming empathy.  It may be a British thing, my heritage I thought.  Crack a joke whenever an emotion looks like taking over.   

My mediation mentor once told me that I had the emotional development of a 2 year old.  When I recounted this to a group of women students they replied that they would have given me 12 years old and that’s about average for a guy!

So how to get from an EQ of a 2 year old to the ability to experience the real empathy that is the hallmark of a successful mediator and indeed a successful human being?

In a word ‘listen’.  That’s really the whole story. Just listen. Shut up and listen. Keep your opinions to yourself and just listen.  Gradually it becomes a habit.  Gradually you even understand what you hear.  Gradually as you really begin to hear, respect grows. This can be difficult at times especially if someone is shouting and using abusive language. However in the act of active listening the talker (or shouter) is calmed.

A few years ago during a mediation I experienced two parties transform from hissing in anger at each other to reconciliation in a moment. The trigger was an apology.  Much has been written on the power of apology and it is indeed one of the most powerful forces for transformational good.  The experience led me to look for other triggers that might cause transformation.  Silence and humour and tears all have power.

This search led me to explore some of the links between mediation and human spirituality. I learned to meditate using the Vipassana tecnique.  The ability of meditation to loosen the ego’s grip became a powerful tool to prepare myself for mediation sessions. The fact that a single letter separates meditation and mediation seemed somehow prophetic.  I learned an ancient learnable skill called Metta Bhavana.  This loosely translates as ‘Loving Kindness’ and is practiced by the conscious projection of good will.

One day as an unsuccessful mediation was winding up and I was preparing to send the parties out into the unresolved world with at least some encouragement about the good work that they had done in the mediation. I lent forward with good intent and focused body language and said

 

‘You know, I really feel for both of you.  This conflict does harm equally and I feel badly that you have been unable to come to a resolution today. I do however believe that both of you made significant efforts to get to a solution and that you each understand better what motivates the other.  And so as you leave please feel easy on yourselves and know that the work that you did here today was good work and may help you reach a solution soon.'



There was a silence. The energy between us all was real and intense. It was like a hug between warring relatives at a family funeral.   Then they sat back down and quickly settled.  I was amazed.

I tried the same kind of focused good will in other mediations and always found that it moved the parties forward. I continued my research into the roots and practice of the process.  The Magi who traveled to be at the birthplace Jesus did so saying “Peace on Earth and good will to all.”  They practiced this ancient skill of Metta Bhavana,  the conscious projection of good will, compassion and loving kindness.  The term ‘Pax Vobiscum’ in the Catholic liturgy is an expression of the practice.

Metta Bhavana is a five-stage skill that can be learned.  The first stage is to think of yourself in a kind and loving way.  This thought can then be extended to a person who  you like. The third stage is to think of a neutral person and the fourth and perhaps most difficult stage is to project loving kindness (peace and good will) to an enemy or difficult person.  The final stage is to expand the projection of good will to all.  There are many courses in the process often associated with Buddhism. There are even do it yourself web sites with exercises to teach Metta Bhavana.


The success I experienced with this technique made me want to share it with other mediators. I sent an abstract for a workshop to a conflict resolution conference and presented the technique to those who were interested.  The workshop was well received.  The same desire to share my experience led me to write this article.  I am beginning to believe that perhaps you need no other tools. If you can enter a space with absolutely zero judgment and project loving kindness the space will shift magically and to the benefit of those in it.  Indeed the word ‘magic’ is derived from the Magi.

The abstract for the course was Magic in Mediation

Role playing and case study of the use and impact of the transformational techniques that can literally move the participants through the looking glass into places that they never thought possible. There are many definitions of the nature of magic but I return to the techniques used by the followers of Zoroaster, the Magi, who were able to turn events to advantage by the conscious use of well intentioned will power. Compassion and Loving Kindness (Metta Bhavana) are the central tools. While these tools are useful to practitioners they are of course also central to a successful life.


This article has grown out of this workshop presented at the Conflict Resolution Network conference ‘Cultivating Peace’ in Winipeg, Canada in June 2006.

Martin Golder is a mediator, arbitrator and architect living in Victoria, British Columbia, Canada

 

Mediating? A Savvy Plaintiff's Attorney Tells You How

by Guest Blogger Brian Herrington


Don’t Agree To Mediate Too Soon In The Litigation

The mediation of litigated cases involving personal or economic injury should mainly be about money. Unless the issues of law and fact have been fully fleshed out, mediation sessions get bogged down in contentions about ultimate facts and conclusions of law that neither side can "win."

Let’s take a drug case in which the drug causes a signature disease that only has 3-4 causal connections.  Until the defendant knows my client’s medical history and definitively understands that the only causal connection present in my client’s case is the drug at issue, the defendant cannot fully appreciate the strengths of the plaintiff's case, leading to an unbridgeable divergence in the two sides' valuation.  On the other hand, if I’ve not yet conducted adequate discovery to learn that the drug didn’t contain the offending agent until after my client quit taking the drug, then I’m going to waste my time – and everyone else’s – by asking for 7 figures.

If the attorneys are making arguments that sound like summary judgment motions during a mediation, both parties are wasting their time. No one should proceed to mediate before they know what they  agree on and what they disagree.  Ideally, the parties should agree upon as many facts and legal issues as possible before sitting down to negotiate settlement. 

Make Sure The Money Person Is There

I will no longer attend a mediation unless the individual authorized to write the settlement check is present.   None of this, “We have to get on the phone and see what corporate says” for me. You do not want to mediate with defense counsel only.  It’s much easier for an adjuster or other money person to hold tight at a number when he/she doesn’t have a plane to catch. In fact, one of the first things I ask the corporate representative at a mediation is, What time is your flight?  This information usually tells me volumes.

Make Sure The Mediator Knows Who to Talk to Before the Mediation Begins

Assuming there’s only one plaintiff and one defendant, there are no less than four parties that the mediator may need to direct his/her attention to: (1) defense counsel (2) the corporate representative of the defendant (3) plaintiff’s counsel and (4) the plaintiff. In any given litigation, one or more of these parties could be the source of impasse. Usually my clients are very well-oriented on where we need to be money-wise heading into mediation. The occasion does arise, however, when I need the mediator to help me help my client understand that his or her expectations of recovery are unrealistic.  On those occasions, I instruct the mediator confidentially that my client needs a little reality testing if the case is going to settle. 

All of us sometimes have unrealistic expectations.  I certainly can, as can  defense counsel or the corporate representatives.  The point is the mediator needs to know who needs to be talked to a little more than the others. I encourage any mediator with whom I work to accept confidential settlement letters. In these letters, I mention which parties I think might be barriers to settlement.

If you have a mediator who only talks to the lawyers, you’re probably in for a long and unsuccessful day. Or, given the situation, it may be the clients who are being hard-headed. In these instances, the mediator needs to talk right past the lawyers and speak directly to the clients. As a plaintiff’s lawyer, I won’t deal with a mediator who won’t talk directly to my client or the corporate representative.

The lawyers' job is to represent their clients and the mediators job is to bring the lawyers together. If the lawyers are in the way, the mediator needs to ignore them for a while and deal directly with the clients.  Ensure that the mediator you’ve agreed to will do this.

Before The Mediation Set A Time Limit For Real Progress

This last point is something that I’ve only started employing in the last few years, and it’s worked wonders. In a courteous and professional tone, I inform defense counsel that if we’ve not made sufficient progress by a certain time or within a certain number of hours – usually 2-3 – then I will leave.  What constitutes “sufficient progress” is case-specific, and you’ll know it when you see it. I give this caveat to defense counsel so that there’s no misunderstanding at the mediation. If, by all reasonable measures, my case is worth 7 figures, I’m not going to spend 6 hours trying to get to 6 figures. I simply will not let that happen to me anymore.

By informing defense counsel ahead of time that I won’t stay more than a couple of hours unless I see real progress, I’ve managed to avoid many of the lowball offers that usually start the defense side of the mediation. Or, if I get a lowball offer, the numbers start increasing once I remind the mediator and defense counsel that I will leave if substantial progress isn’t made.

Of course, this point applies equally to plaintiff’s counsel. I can’t start off at $10 billion dollars like Dr. Evil with a law degree. I make sure that my offers are within reason so that I can be justifiably indignant if defense counsel starts playing games with the offers.

One Size Does Not Fit All

As I said at the beginning, there is no foolproof way for the plaintiff lawyer to approach mediation. There are numerous approaches and many depend on the parties involved. These are some of the broad categorical approaches that I take and they’ve worked for me.  I hope that you find them useful as well.  Happy mediating.

About The Author

Brian Herrington is the founding partner of Herrington Law, PA in Jackson, Mississippi. Licensed in Mississippi and Tennessee, Brian litigates consumer class actions, cases involving defective drugs and medical devices, and personal injury cases all over the country.

You can obtain more information about Brian's practice by going to Herrington Law PA’s main website here. Brian blogs on numerous issues relevant to litigation at Mississippi Consumer Lawyer here.  You can also follow Brian on twitter at twitter.com/brianherrington.

Why Common Sense, Compassion and Listening Twice As Much As You Talk Are The Best Negotiation Strategies In Law and Life

Guest Blogger - Susan Cartier Liebel

First, I'm honored to be guest blogging while Vickie is away campaigning her heart out until November 4. I'm also a little intimidated to be here as I can't speak on negotiation with the authority Vickie can, after all she's a distinguished and honored expert on the topic.

However, I can speak on negotiation as a lawyer and a human being dealing with every day life. So in this post I will speak to both the skill sets which lawyers must employ every day of their lives both professionally and personally and the strange phenomenon which exists when lawyers are 'off' the job but are still known to be, or deliberately make others aware of the fact, they are lawyers. 

A lawyer in many ways can never really step away from their professional reputation unless it remains hidden from those we are negotiating with.  And you know exactly what I'm talking about.  How many times have you negotiated with a vendor or customer service representative and when you feel you are losing ground or the other person is not taking you seriously you pull out your trump card, "Well, I'm a lawyer."  What are you expecting?  Be honest.  You are expecting them to take you seriously now with the unspoken threat of legal action if they don't some how immediately capitulate or offer some type of concession to your demand.  You've implied you have this superior intelligence and set of skills and you are not afraid to use it to threaten their job.  How many times have you subtly threatened the same in a letter for a personal situation simply by using your business letterhead?  Gotcha. 

Well, what happens when the reverse is true?  When someone you are negotiating with uses your status as a lawyer to escalate the situation?  They don't treat you in the manner they would a friend or neighbor because they  assume you will be aggressive and immovable on a matter precisely because you are a lawyer?   They fire the first volley and create a situation where you have to defend yourself first by saying, "I'm not here as a lawyer. Why are you threatening me with legal action?"  You are ultimately responsible for de-escalating a situation simply because they know you are a lawyer.

This very thing happened to me with a neighbor and I had to literally work backwards from the implied threat of a law suit simply because I am a lawyer. And in it are some valuable negotiation skills I want to share with you.

I've lived in my home six years.  Both my neighbors are original owners having been there for more than 35 years.  In between my home and my neighbor to the right are 40 foot pine trees and several 60 foot hickory trees which are quite old.  My neighbor approached my husband and said he was going to take down two of 'his' trees, one of which sits on the edge of my property in an 'island' of trees bordered with decorative brick.  When I heard he wanted to take down one of 'my' trees I went to his home and asked why he wanted to take down one of 'my' trees?  He proceeded to tell me it wasn't my tree.  "Then why is it in 'my' island?"  "Because I told the original owner I had no problem with her using her decorative brick around it for aesthetic purposes.  But now I want to take it down."

Well, while this neighbor is a friendly guy, I don't believe he gives away freely that which is his.  He didn't like the leaves blowing into his yard and thought he could get away with claiming it was his.  I asked him if he would show me the property card because I really wasn't sure this was his tree and I really enjoyed the tree. (Up to this point all was done in a very nice, cordial, friendly way.)  His manner immediately changed, "I'm not showing you anything. I don't care if you don't want that tree coming down.  It's mine and it's COMING down.  And I know you're a lawyer and you can sue me if you want.  It will come down when you're not home.  And if you think that's going to bother you, wait till I take down all those pine trees in the spring."  He's screaming this as he points to the beautiful natural fence between our homes. And he has now also upped the stakes.

So, let's talk about the practical aspects of this.  First, he's a neighbor.  Second, he could very well take the tree(s) down when I'm not home and no matter what happens in any litigation, the tree(s) are gone and irreplaceable.  Third, I had no proof, just a very credible suspicion the tree was not his.  Fourth, he was taking the tree down within a week.  Fifth, he was immediately hostile and assumed because I was a lawyer I would threaten suit and use my magical 'superiority' that lay people fear in order to bully him.  He seemed to have taken all options for discussion off the table simply because I was a lawyer. He attacked first.

It would have been very easy to escalate this.  Here's what happened instead:

Me:  (Jack)...let's slow down here.  What's really going on?  This is not like you.  There's more to this.  Is something else bothering you?
Jack: No, nothing.  This is my tree and I'm taking it down whether you like it or not.
Me:  Jack, let's get away from the tree for a minute.  You're really edgy.  I'm not used to seeing you like this.  Is everything, OK?
Jack: (Pause)....Well, my aunt is in the hospital and it doesn't look good.

(This went back and forth for a while as he slowly revealed his aunt's condition, a woman who had raised him, and it was impacting him deeply.)

Me:  Now it makes sense to me why you're so on edge.
Jack: (He brings back the topic of the tree.) "Step on my porch, Susan and you'll see the top of that tree is dead.  I'm willing to pay to take it down."

All of a sudden, there is a subtle acknowledgment the tree isn't his.  But now he has also pointed to a reason I would want the tree to be taken down.  He would pay for its removal now or I could pay several hundred dollars for it later.  He is trying to find consensus..or reaching across the table.

The end result is I agreed to let him pay to take the tree down.  He did all the prep work around the tree and we both interviewed and agreed to the right tree service. After the tree was removed he told my husband he would not take down the pine trees that separated our properties. (I believe, although he planted those trees, he planted them with the agreement of our home's previous owner to do so on the joint border...a little tidbit I remembered from a previous conversation.)  But this gave him a chance to be gracious and conciliatory.

The end result:  I got what I wanted, someone else to pay for the removal of a tree which apparently was dead on top, no more threat of removal of the pine trees, no need to spend money on a property survey, either. He got what he wanted, the 'dirty' tree removed while we both got something else, preservation of our neighborly friendship and working together as a team on joint matters.  This 'partnership' has since extended into other neighborly issues like shopping for home heating oil as a group to have better negotiating power, etc.

It's very hard to un-ring the bell when someone assumes because you are a lawyer you are incapable of not acting like a lawyer in a situation where both parties need to feel like they are on the same footing.  And given most lay people's perceptions of lawyers and the casual way lawyers use their 'trump' card, is it any wonder.

At the heart of negotiation is listening twice as much as you talk and the ability to step into another person's shoes with genuine compassion.  In our 'negotiation' everyone walked away with more than what they wanted without litigation in spite of the fact one of us was a lawyer. This neighbor got a chance to reclaim his good neighbor status because I took the time to figure out the thorn in the lion's paw.

Susan Cartier Liebel is a national coach/consultant working with newly minted or well-seasoned lawyers who want to create and grow their solo practices.  She authors the popular blog Build A Solo Practice, LLC and is the creator of Solo Practice University - a revolutionary web-based educational and professional networking community for lawyers and law students.
 

Rock Paper Scissors Dispute Resolution

Thanks to Tammy Lenski over at Twitter (follow her!) for passing along Pop Crunch's photo of the best dispute resolution street sign ever posted (with all due deference to NYC's "Don't Even Think About Parking Here."

I can't download it to post it so you must click here for it to make your conflict resolution day.

Image below links to Random Images.

Obama and the Politics of Despair

There's nothing like getting a new Harpers in the mail to upset my idealistic dreams of a new America flourishing under an Obama administration.  Here's the opening November '08 Harpers slap-in-the-face for dreamy liberals like me:

After eight years of catastrophic Republican misrule—in the midst of economic crisis and rising unemployment, in a nation plagued by ruinous energy costs and inflation, bank failures, and staggering public and private corruption—an eloquent, charismatic, intelligent Democratic candidate was locked in a statistical tie with a doddering old hack whose primary argument for his claim to the most powerful office on earth is that he was shot down over Vietnam and tortured for five years. Indeed, this remained the case even after McCain demonstrated beyond all doubt, in his impetuous selection of a ludicrously unsuitable vice- presidential candidate, that he lacked the good judgment that is the primary qualification for the job. If the Democratic Party loses this election, then it should forever concede the presidency.

Ouch!  I read this magazine for the same reason I watch Fox News.  To upset my own comfortable ideologies.  That's the trouble with us liberals -- we're always fretting about being fair, when, according to Harper's Roger Hodge we're just a big bunch of conflict-avoidant pussies.  

Conflict in politics is not a metaphor, and as with any fight, the audience is likely to get involved. That is the essence of politics. A campaign that decides in advance that voters are tired of negative campaigning, that they are sick of partisan attacks and will respond only to positive messages, has stupidly left the field of battle. The people who truly dislike political combat are presumably among the 95 million who do not vote. Senator Barack Obama, a sophisticated and intelligent man with sophisticated and intelligent advisers, promises to change Washington, to eliminate the tone of partisan rancor, to foster a new spirit of brotherhood and cooperation. Poor lamb, he wishes to lie down with lions. But the Kingdom has not come.

The answer? 

Attack!!

Unfortunately, the sovereign voter can do little, on his own, to remedy the situation, especially if he happens not to live in Florida or Ohio. Yes, he can make a campaign contribution, a slightly more effective form of voting, but unless the Obama campaign decides to wage a more creative and destructive war, casting monetary ballots remains an empty gesture. (Of course one can also join the battle personally, perhaps by repeating the rumors about John McCain’s Alz heimer’s meds or the Sarah Palin sex tape.) Ultimately, we return to the problem of political will, to the Democratic Party, to the commitment of its party bosses to prevail, finally, in this election.

We can hope for change, that the Republicans will make some fatal error, or that Obama’s party will fight hard enough to persuade a decisive number of “low information” voters that John McCain is not only a liar but a menace to our children’s future. Recent precedents, however, are not encouraging. The Republican Party lied its way through eight years of criminal misrule while Democrats mostly just cowered in a back room. Now, faced with a clumsy deception about whether Sarah Palin sought an earmark for a small town in Alaska, Obama exclaims, “Come on! I mean, words mean something, you can’t just make stuff up.” Oh, yes, Barack, we can.

In the same issue that suggests we dirty our hands by calling John McCain a liar and the Bush administration's "misrule" criminal, we read that Obama is a detached blank screen upon which voters can project any quality they like (or dislike) because . . . well . . . his mother was lonely and so is he:

Obama wants to believe in the common good as a way of providing a fullness to experience that avoids the slide into nihilism. But sometimes I don’tknow if he knows what belief is and what it would be to hold such a belief. It all seems so distant and opaque. The persistent presence of the mother’s dilemma—the sense of loneliness,doubt, and abandonment—seems palpable and ineliminable. We must believe, but we can’t believe. Perhaps this is the tragedy that some of us see in Obama: a change we can believe in and the crushing realization that nothing will change.

See The American Void by Simon Critchley

This is usually the point at which my own McCain-supporting mother breaks in with "honey, you know, you can think too much."  And after years, decades really, of finding this refrain irritating, I finally agree with her about the thinking part if not about her taste in Presidential candidates.

Like the Obama caricatured in this month's Harpers as an ineffective dreamer as intent on replacing his deceased mother's lack of faith with liberal-Christian-do-gooding as Oliver Stone suggests "W" was intent on finally pleasing Daddy, I simply choose to have faith in the stated values of the Democratic party.  I continue to believe that over time, we can do better as a nation through consensus and problem-solving, collaboration and compromise, than we can by adopting the tactics of the world's strong-arm leaders and disciples of discord. 

The Good News

Assuming that the guy I think Obama is -- highly educated, articulate, and idealistically dedicated to serving the common welfare -- actually exist on the political scene (and I will not give up this faith any more readily that others would renounce their own religions) I believe them to be riding the bow-wave of transformation.  I have staked my professional life on this faith in my fellows' ability to work toward the common good, abandoning the extremely lucrative practice of legal battle in exchange for the far less financially rewarding practice of collaborative negotiated conflict resolution. 

Who are the real cowards here and who the heroes?  People who refuse to negotiate face-to-face "without pre-condition" ("we won't discuss settlement unless they're willing to put $10 million on the table first") and without the protection of several layers of legal counsel?  Or those who are willing to test the rectitude of their "position" by sitting across a table with their opponent to frankly discuss their mutual role in whatever commercial or personal catastrophe flowed from the intersection at which their (mis)fortunes collided? 

The social psychologists tell us that we live on the razor's edge of individual survival (me, me, me, me, me) and the collective good.  It is our great challenge as a species to live that which we cannot refuse to understand -- "we" cannot drill a hole in "their" side of the boat without sinking all of us.

So I will continue to brave reading Harpers (which discourages me) and risk the challenge to my world view of Fox News commentary (which so often enrages me) on the off-chance that my religion -- tolerance; compassion; collective effort; empathy and the like, has more staying power than the religion of hate; discord; and, denial. 

And I will also continue to believe that none of us could ever possibly be right.  

Only that we could potentially be happy.

Ending on a positive gaping void note with Hugh McLeod's greatest to date contribution to humanity:  How to Be CreativeYou can catch him on Twitter here.

 

 

Hope, Safety and Innovation

The first thing we mediators are taught (after digesting the imperative to "be conscious") is that people in conflict need to be in an atmosphere of hope and safety to be able to:  (1)  recognize the point of view of another; (2) be accountable for his/her own "part" in the dispute; and, (3) generate creative solutions to bust past impasse.

This is the reason one of the post categories over at the IP ADR Blog is "Innovate, Don't Litigate," which is the dispute resolution mantra of Sun Microsystems CEO Jonathan Schwartz.

That said,  I am happy to link my readers to The Financial Crisis' Silver Lining over at Harvard Business Publications.

Perhaps the good times are in fact dead. And certainly someone thinking of forming the umpteenth "Web 2.0-widget-to-grab-audience-and-find-advertisers" ought to pause to think whether they really have some kind of defined competitive advantage that can translate into a sustainable business.

But real customers continue to face real problems. And as always, innovators who figure out different ways to solve those problems--and make money doing so--will have opportunities to create new growth businesses. In fact, the creative destruction unleashed by a crisis always opens up opportunities for innovation.

As a simple example, consider a New York based startup called On Deck Capital, Inc. As described in Monday's Wall Street Journal, the company loans money to small businesses. Instead of relying on individual loan officers to pour over episodic financial information and make decisions, the company has an algorithmic approach that uses software to analyze a company's day-to-day activities in a non-obtrusive way to assess credit worthiness. Its loans feature higher interest rates than loans from most banks, but lower than alternative sources.

The company launched in May, and has already distributed $10 million in loans. It has suffered very few defaults. The current credit crisis and hesitancy of many banks to loan to even the best-run small businesses creates substantial opportunity for On Deck to extend its model.

Llssez le bon temps roulez!

What We Think We Know Can Hurt Our Negotiating Position

I watched the debate last night with people who support my candidate.  They all also happened to be mediators, so they understand concepts like confirmation bias --the tendency to search for or interpret new information in a way that confirms one's preconceptions and avoids information and interpretations which contradict prior beliefs. It is a type of cognitive bias and represents an error of inductive inference, or as a form of selection bias toward confirmation of the hypothesis under study or disconfirmation of an alternative hypothesis.

I've been Twittering (shoot me! this is addictive behavior).  But all behavior has it's "up" side.  The "up" side to following my Twitter network's running real-time commentary of the debate was the exposure of my own (and my friends') confirmation bias.  I have both McCain and Obama supporters in my network and it was as if the two groups were watching entirely different debates.  And they were. 

Because nothing is objective.  Let me repeat that.  Nothing is objective.  Everything we hear, see, touch, smell and taste is filtered through our entirely personal experiences, the collective or "received" reality of the society (micro or macro) in which we live, and interpreted based upon those experiences, which are further complicated by universal cognitive biases and particular core beliefs (our "operating principles").

If nothing is objective, there is no truth beyond that which one has faith in. ("faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen.")

Yes, I know, the scientific method.  But you and I don't test our beliefs, opinions, perceptions and conceptions by the scientific method.  We hear, we see, we smell, we taste, we touch and we respond.  We opine.  We believe we are right.

So I said to my friends in the middle of the debate, "we're an example of "confirmation bias" and they took issue with me. And I let it go because I wanted to listen more than to impose my own view of our collective experience.  And I was Twittering, lord help me, with some people who didn't share my bias.

I missed statements made by McCain entirely.  It was if I hadn't even heard them.  I was listening to confirm that which I already believed, which means I screened out what didn't fit my view of McCain or Obama and highlighted those statements that confirmed my existing beliefs.

This is what happens every time you try a case to a jury.  It's why the little "g" god of the market place created jury consultants.  It is also what happens everytime you try to settle litigation.  Litigation raises confirmation bias to holy writ.  Which is why the little "g" god of the market place created mediators.  Why?  Because the client has filtered his opening story through his own subjective experiences, which we, the litigators, devote ourselves to proving by cherry-picking the facts that conform to those experiences and disputing all those that don't.  By the time the parties and their counsel get to me, they're often in different galaxies.  And I need to help them remember, or realize for the first time, that their opponent has woven the disparate facts of "what happened" into an entirely different story, and has done so without "lying" about those events.  Just as importantly, the parties come to understand that a  jury might well "buy" their opponents tale as the "right" one.

Here's the more important point to getting a better deal:   your opponent is often nearly as interested in your acknowledgement that his version of the events might be as accurate as yours as he is in  "winning" the case.  When (or if) the parties clear this hurdle, they can get down to serious horse trading, benefitting both. 

So, forget the pundits.  If you believe your guy "won" last night, it's probably equal parts a measured opinion and a peculiarly subjective experience, one that you do not even know you've tailored to fit your own view of reality.

I like Obama because I believe he acknowledges this from time to time.  Not always.  But often enough to make me feel comfortable with him in a White House.  Am I right?  How could I possibly be?  We won't know anything until one of these men moves from campaigning to governing.

Lord help us all.

 

Blawg Review # 181 Celebrates International Conflict Resolution Day

It's effective, it's efficient and it's client-centered.  Just what we need to weather the financial storm.

 What?  The mediated resolution of litigated cases. 

Nobody blogs it better than Diane Levin at the Mediation Channel, who hosts Blawg Review # 181 in celebration of International Conflict Resolution Day.   BR's anonymous Ed. recently had these kind and grateful  words for Diane:

We'd like to take this opportunity to thank Diane for her many contributions to Blawg Review, having now hosted four outstanding presentations -- #43, #94, #130 and #181. Behind the scenes, in her role as a Blawg Review Sherpa, Diane has made contributions to many other issues of Blawg Review, too. So, speaking for myself and all the other Blawg Review hosts she's helped along the way, we'd like to say thanks a bunch and give you this extra little bit of link love to show our heartfelt appreciation.

Tomorrow I'll start my day by reading, and giving my own readers a head's up on what looks to be one of the best Blawg Reviews of the year by the best ADR blogger ever.

Anyone working up the nerve to host, click here. Lesser mortals can submit their week's best post by taking a look at the submission guidelines here. Next week Blawg Review  will appear at ..

 

Preaching to the Perverted.

(totally unrelated photo; just getting my iPhone photos from Paris in the mix)

But what a Blawg Review Diane has given us.  Thank goodness it's Columbus Day or I'd be short-changing my actual work-work by reading #181 half the day and its links the other half of the day.  And don't expect Diane to limit herself to mediation.  Most of us are also lawyers, after all, so she also covers the best legal posts of the week on the topic of the law, legal practice, life as lawyers -- the "whole catastrophe" as Zorba said. 

Geoff Sharp is spot on in urging you to read Blawg Review #181.  It could be malpractice not to do so!!

Brilliant Diane!  Thanks.


 

 

What Times are These? The Unruly Tyranny of Mobs

Bertolt Brecht wrote, "what times are these/when a poem about trees is almost a crime/because it contains silence/against so many outrages."

The same can be said for a post about negotiation strategy and tactics.

My friend and colleague, mediator and AAA arbitrator Deborah Rothman just returned from a very short vacation to Paris and the view from Europe is one of fear and growing alarm about the manner in which our political process has degenerated into hate-filled cries from the crowds at Republican rallies (see Rage Rising on the McCain Campaign Trail).

A waiter at a small bistro near the Champs-Élysées confided his fear that the  "nuclear code" could fall into the hands of a short-tempered or vindictive occupant of the Oval Office, a concern that I admit had been absent from my own consciousness before that moment.  Other Europeans with whom we spoke were mystified that more Americans did not exercise the right to vote, particularly in an election as important to the future of the world economy as this one is.

I returned from Europe more worried more about unruly mobs fueled by anger and fear than about the "smears" on Obama (against which you can take action here if you're so inclined - Truth Fights Back).

If the 20th Century taught us anything, it is this: we are all capable of genocide, and its lesser form, hate crime.

The Holocaust of European Jews

The Armenian Genocide

Lynching in the United States

Ethiopia's Genocide of the Anuak (21st century)

The Genocide of Native Americans in the United States (17th-19th Century)

The Cambodian Genocide

The Rawandan Genocide

The My Lai Massacre (Viet Nam War)

Bosnia-Herzegovina "Ethnic Cleansing"

The "Arab"/"African" Violence in Darfur

. . . . too many more to catalogue

WE ARE ALL CAPABLE

The Stanley Milgram Experiments (response to authority)

The Stanford Prison Experiment ("guards" abusing "prisoners")

RESOURCES

See The War Against Despair is Up to You New Media at Awaken Your Superhero thanks to Susan Carter Liebel on Twitter here.

(right:  my own blurry iPhone St. Chapelle photo where we heard a string sextet play Bach, Vivaldi and Mozart  this past week - sublime) 

Theodore Roosevelt on Mob Violence, Campaign Speech and the Rule of Law (9/28/1900 NYTimes report of "Governor" Roosevelt's response to mob violence in Roosevelt-Bryan campaign)

Tips on Avoiding Inflammatory Language from beyondintractability.org

Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide here

Genocide Prevention Task Force (U.S. Institute of Peace)

United Nations Action Plan to Prevent Genocide

Genocide Prevention (U.K.)

Hate Crime Prevention Tips

The Nature of Hate (.pdf excerpt here) or buy the book here

Constructive responses to extremism from beyondIntractability.org

Mediating Evil, War and Terrorism:  The Politics of Conflict (by Ken Cloke)

Conflict Revolution by Ken Cloke and my review here

Constructive responses to terrorism from beyondintractability.org

Hate Crimes Research Network

PLEASE ADD YOUR OWN RESOURCES

 

Helping Employees Help You Help Them

Earlier this week I was asked the following question by a concerned General Counsel:  how can we help our employees grapple with on-the-job justice issues without leading them to believe that our proposed solutions are untrustworthy.  

The problem, as eloquently described by a lengthy email posing the question, is one that all employers face, large and small.  For this GC to have thought that mediators might make a difference is particularly heartening on a day when mediator Justin Patten was reporting that mediators are the furthest thing in a UK company's mind when dealing with conflict.  

(above, the work of the brilliant Hugh McLeod)

To understand the depth of the problem posed, I'm providing you with the full email sent to me:   

Victoria:

I just read your blog post of September 15, 2008 regarding Peter Murray's article (which I have not read yet). I was having a discussion today with my Director of Human Resources, and raise a related issue.

Our company spends an inordinate amount of time explaining disability, workers comp and federal employment law to employees who misunderstand what their rights are, or do not give us the right information to help them get the help they need.

Of course, we are the big bad employer, so any information we give them is suspect. I have considered hiring a social worker as a case manager/advocate for these people, but that position would just be interpreted as another tool of the evil employer out to keep them out of work/make them go back to work in violation of their best interests, so it would be a waste.

We would LOVE if there was an independent agency that would assign a case worker, not to work as an attorney for the employees, but as an advocate to help them understand their rights and access the system correctly. I would gladly pay to fund this service.

Then I realized, if the employer, or a group of employers, funded this employee advocacy agency, employees would think the advocates were biased toward the employers and were just in a sham relationship to deprive them of their rights to serve the interest of the employer.

Now, I do not believe this would be the case. I trust in the professionalism and ethics of mediators, but I do believe that uneducated and single users would form that opinion. Professor Murray's opinion reinforces that conclusion, even though at first glance, he would seem to be "educated."

But, is bigger government the answer. My experience with the EEOC is that they want employers to do MORE than is required by law. We have had success with mediators after complaints are filed, but my goal is to get the employees what they need when they need it, not have a mediator help us fix it after time has run out.

What are your thoughts on this?

The Problem as Cognitive Bias

I've highlighted the sections of the GC's email that raise the problem of reactive devaluation -- our tendency to devalue and resist anything our "opponent" offers to us.  Most attorneys were taught reactive devaluation as first year associates -- "if opposing counsel wants it, you don't." 

As the linked article -- Reactive Devaluation in Negotiation and Conflict Resolution -- notes:

One can be led to conclude that any proposal offered by the “other side”—
especially if that other side has long been perceived as an enemy—must be
to our side’s disadvantage, or else it would not have been offered. Such an
inferential process, however, assumes a perfect opposition of interests, or in
other words, a true "zero-Sum" game, when such is rarely the case in real-
world negotiations between parties whose needs, goals, and opportunities
are inevitably complex and varied.

Combatting Reactive Devaluation in the Workforce

Cognitive biases such as reactive devaluation are not random artifacts of an irrelevant evolutionary past.  They are built-in protections against deception by our friends as well as by our adversaries.  There is only one lasting protection against this bias -- to engage in clear communication with your work force on a daily basis concerning the mutual and complementary interests of employer and employee; to express your belief in your interdependence in word and deed, i.e., by engaging in dialogue and activities demonstrating  benevolent intent; and to willingly listen to one another's complaints, understanding that one man's benevolence is another's bondage. 

As recent legal news touching too close to home (the Heller dissolution) bears out, the workplace will not work if the middle or the bottom collapse.  If human resources are your greatest capital asset, attend to the wisdom of Adam Smith Esq. on Heller's recent failure:

"Our assets go down in the elevator every night."

Take that bromide seriously.

You must give people a persuasive reason to come back "home" every Monday morning.they go down the elevator every night and must have a good reason to come "home" the next day. 

Asking Diagnostic Questions and Using Transformative Mediation Methods

I repeatedly tell my clients what I've learned from the academics who teach negotiation strategy and tactics at elite business schools throughout the country -- 93% of all negotiators fail to ask their bargaining partners diagnostic questions the answers to which would dramatically improve the benefits of the bargain to everyone. 

What's a diagnostic question?  One that would reveal our bargaining partners' needs, desires, priorities, preferences and motivations.  I'm no employment expert, but I have participated in the management of law firm personnel as a partner and have been managed by others throughout my professional life.  As a full-time mediator for more than four years, I have also asked hundreds if not thousands of diagnostic questions to help litigation adversaries understand one another's motivations, to reframe those motivations as non-threatening, or, at a minimum, the result of ordinary human fallibility, and to explore the parties' mutual and complementary interests. I also remind my parties and myself as often as possible that you cannot drill a hole in the other guy's side of the boat without making your own side sink to the bottom of the lake as well.

As the transformative mediators who have been most successful in workplace disputes tell us, our job is to assist the parties in moving from fear and powerlessness to accountability and mutual recognition of the interests of the other.

Empowerment, according to [the fathers of the transformative paradigm] Bush and Folger, means enabling the parties to define their own issues and to seek solutions on their own. Recognition means enabling the parties to see and understand the other person's point of view--to understand how they define the problem and why they seek the solution that they do.

(Seeing and understanding, it should be noted, do not constitute agreement with those views.)

Often, empowerment and recognition pave the way for a mutually agreeable settlement, but that is only a secondary effect. The primary goal of transformative medition is to foster the parties' empowerment and recognition, thereby enabling them to approach their current problem, as well as later problems, with a stronger, yet more open view. This approach, according to Bush and Folger, avoids the problem of mediator directiveness which so often occurs in problem-solving mediation, putting responsibility for all outcomes squarely on the disputants.

Rights and Remedies vs. Interests

It's not surprising that employees just don't seem to "get" the legal rights and remedies company HR departments keep trying to explain to them.  They don't make any sense absent legal training.  

People who are not lawyers simply don't understand why there is a legal remedy for one type of injustice but none for another that feels just as unfair.  Let's take our patchwork of Constitutional protections for employees.  As an life-long ACLU member, I'd be the last to denigrate them.  But we have to understand that we've created a "fair" workplace for only some of our citizens, not all of them. 

Women, people over 40, under-represented minorities and the like, can take the square peg of their unfair work treatment and cram it into the round hole of a viable cause of action.  If an employee does not want to cry "gender discrimination" even though she's being treated badly on the job, or if he has no bundle of legal rights to assert, there is no remedy for a termination that feels (yes, feels) wrongful.  Remember, it took us lawyers quite some time for the legal worldview to "click" and we were immersed in it, drilled in it and eager to learn it.  Employees just want someone to listen to their problem and to help them resolve it.  They don't want to know the wage-hour laws, the need to exhaust administrative remedies with the EEOC and the like.  

Employees and employers have people problems with justice issues, not legal problems with "irrelevant" emotional responses that get in the way of resolution. 

Expressed emotion is the key, not the lock. 

It is we -- the lawyers -- who legalize and monetize injustice, shutting our clients down when they try to explain what the problem really is because it's irrelevant to the legal solution.

If you're old enough to remember the lingering moment in United States history when our educational institutions went from white, on the one hand, to multi-hued, on the other, you'll know intimately how you deal with reactive devaluation.  You get to know one another.  Do this and Kaneesha is not "black" or "African American" but a well-known acquaintance or dear friend.  The same is true for employers and employees.  Create activities in which (alleged) oppressor and (purported) oppressed come together to engage in mutually productive (Habitat for Humanity springs to mind) and mutually enjoyable (basketball?  girls nights out?) activities.  At the holiday party, don't relegate the "underlings" to their own table.  Walk your talk.  Destroy the hierarchy everywhere except where it's actually necessary to get work done. 

I can't describe the benefits of interest-based resolutions over rights-based solutions any better than does my mentor and friend, Ken Cloke, in his brilliant new book -- Conflict Revolution.

[r]ights-based processes . . . generate winners and losers, undermine relationships, and result in collateral damage, . . . Since rights rely on rules, change is discouraged, though not prevented, and conflicts are settled rather than prevented or resolved.

This is not easy work. As a mediator, I know how elusive Cloke’s “outcomes” can be

--  outcomes [in which] both sides win and no one loses, when former adversaries en-
gage in meaningful dialogue and reach satisfying agreements, and when power is exercised with and for each other by jointly solving common problems.

I have, I am afraid, given my GC a problem rather than a solution.  More accurately, I've suggested an altered way of looking at the problem without a great deal of detail about crafting a solution.  Not only could people better versed in employee relations write books on this topic, they have.  Therefore, I'm asking my good ADR blogging buddies to please chime in here for you.

Diane LevinGeoff SharpBlaine DonaisOmbuds Blog? John DeGrooteNancy HudginsStephanie West Allen Gini NelsonTammy Lenski?

 

 

 

Mediation Ideologies and Settling Your Commercial Litigation

Geoff Sharp at Mediator blah blah today asks the first academic question with which I was forced to grapple in my LL.M studies at the Straus Institute -- can you cherry pick transformative mediation techniques to settle commercial litigation?  

I realized I had re-entered the academy the day Joe Folger -- author, with Baruch Bush, of The Promise of Mediation -- said only transformative mediation "works" and its principles  must be strictly followed. 

(drawing courtesy of Charles Fincher at LawComix.com)

Why was this an echt academic moment?  Because the course I was taking from Joe -- "Ideologies of Mediation" -- had, before that moment, been suggesting that all ideologies interfere with durable, party-satisfying resolutions.  Now it seemed the problem wasn't with ideology itself but with the wrong ideology.  Hmmm, felt like law school.  Forget Pennoyer v. Neff.  It's all about this Buckeye case with the exploding boiler.

At the time, my litigator husband was skeptical of all mediators and all mediation techniques.  We took a long walk down a Malibu beach after one of Joe's classes while I tormented him with questions about ways in which mediators could help him settle the case he was then working on -- the World Trade Center insurance coverage litigation. 

Frustrated, I interviewed Folger and Bush -- raising Steve's questions -- which I crafted into a Q&A for mediate.com -- Can Transformative Mediation Work in Commercial Litigation?

Later, Ken Cloke (Conflict Revolution) would tell me "you are the technique," opening the door for me to use mySELF to best settlement effect, remembering old lessons while continuing to learn new ones.  See We Tell Ourselves Stories in Order to Live.

If you wonder why I'm such a joint session fanatic, it's due largely to Joe's and Baruch's teaching as well as my own experience mediating community disputes locally -- the only place true transformative mediation is practiced.  Engage the people with the problem and you're more than half way home.  You just have to be capable of getting the lawyers to trust you enough to give up just a tiny bit of control to help the process happen.

As another mentor -- Richard Millen -- taught me, people don't have legal problems, "people have people problems" which are burdened with justice issues. 

Choose your mediator wisesly, collaborate with him/her and you will not only settle the case, but emerge with a client who got what he/she/it hired you for -- to resolve the commercial problem and  the justice issue that called for the retention of a lawyer in the first place.

And if you're in the UK, check out Justin Patten's post on small companies missing the benefits of mediation -- complete with an offer of a free consultation. 

Negotiating the Economy: You Can't Save Your Face and Your Ass at the Same Time

See Marginal Revolution's post today The problem is that both of you are right citing David Brooks for the proposition that the "failure to pass the bailout represents a massive failure of American governance and leadership, most of all at the Congressional level. That's true even if you think, for other reasons, that the bailout was a bad idea. (Can any hero be cited in this debacle?)"

There are no heroes in this crisis -- only leaders and representatives of the people, many of whom are now being seriously burned, most particularly in their retirement accounts.  

If inaction is the answer (which I doubt -- see the Harvard Working Knowledge round-up of solutions from the smartest people in the room, here) our representatives should say so.  If they're afraid of looking bad, we should get rid of the bums.  If they're angry at Nancy Pelosi, they should get over it.  Though Pelosi's speech is an example of the way that being hard on the people rather than on the problem can cause negotiations to break down, surely our elected representatives realize they can't pout their way through this crisis.

We need in Congress what every negotiation requires:  preparation, communication, collaborative problem solving and, in this particular bargaining session -- courage, which Webster's defines as

"the attitude of facing and dealing with anything recognized as dangerous, difficult or painful instead of withdrawing from it; quality of being fearless or brave; valor. The courage of one's convictions or the courage to do what one thinks is right."

Come to think of it, all negotiations require courage.

So get back up on the donkey, Congress; be prepared; be principled; be brave.  We're counting on you.

And for those who aren't afraid to admit that they don't know the difference between a strategy and a tactic, here's a brief tutorial.

Here's more from Harvard (link here to full article)

If ever there was a time for resonant leadership, it's now. We need to rise above panic. Panic kills. Really, it does. If you're caught in a riptide (which we are) and you freak out, flail, fight it, you will die. If you smell smoke in the house and run wildly around gathering things you will die. If you freeze in your bed and hope the smoke is outside, not inside, you'll die.

This is not a time to give in to panic. Of course we are scared. It would be stupid not to acknowledge that the economic world as we know it -- knew it -- has changed fundamentally and forever. Actually it probably changed a while ago. We just ignored it, covered it up. So we are justifiably terrified. Now what?

Let's do something with our feelings, rather than let our emotions do something to us. Fear has its place -- it gets our attention. But we can't let it paralyze us. This is a time to breathe deeply. To think about what is most important -- family, life, health, love, purpose. And for my countrymen and women -- let's think about who we are as Americans. We can move beyond fear. What's beyond fear? Hope. Creativity. Resilience. Compassion. Courage.

Back to my daughter Sarah for a minute. She's at work today, in good spirits and having fun helping to create an awesome TV special about an inspiring American hero. My brother --also at work, creating. That's what he does--he creates new solutions for new problems. And me? I'm at work too. I spent the day with my team, a group of incredible people who dedicate their lives to others.

No, it won't be easy. But yes, we can make it, and we can make a better world too. That is not a noble goal, it is a necessary goal.

A final word. Common wisdom, backed up by research: hope, optimism, good humor and compassion (among other positive emotions and experiences) can literally free us from the deadly psychological traps of panic and anger. It takes tremendous self-management. But we can do it.

Courage quotes to remind all of us who we are:

Winston Churchill:

Courage is going from failure to failure without losing enthusiasm

Theodore Roosevelt:

It is not the critic who counts, not the man who points out how the strong man stumbled, or where the doer of deeds could have done better. The credit belongs to the man who is actually in the arena, whose face is marred by dust and sweat and blood, who strives valiantly, who errs and comes short again and again, who knows the great enthusiasms, the great devotions, and spends himself in a worthy cause, who at best knows achievement and who at the worst if he fails at least fails while daring greatly so that his place shall never be with those cold and timid souls who know neither victory nor defeat.

Theodore H. White:

To go against the dominant thinking of your friends, of most of the people you see every day, is perhaps the most difficult act of heroism you can perform

Soren Kierkegaard:

To dare is to lose one's footing momentarily. To not dare is to lose oneself.

Maya Angelou:

History, despite its wrenching pain, cannot be unlived, but if faced with courage, need not be lived again.

Margaret Chase Smith:

Moral cowardice that keeps us from speaking our minds is as dangerous to this country as irresponsible talk. The right way is not always the popular and easy way. Standing for right when it is unpopular is a true test of moral character.

Aristotle:

Moral excellence comes about as a result of habit. We become just by doing just acts, temperate by doing temperate acts, brave by doing brave act.

Charles DuBois:

The important thing is this: To be able at any moment to sacrifice what we are for what we could become.

 

Clare Booth Luce:

Courage is the ladder on which all the other virtues mount.

Dorothy Thompson:

Only when we are no longer afraid do we begin to live

Eleanor Roosevelt:

You gain strength, courage, and confidence by every experience in which you really stop to look fear in the face. You must do the thing which you think you cannot do.

Negotiating Politics: The Issues: Guantanamo

Because I'm heading for a swing state to campaign after the State Bar Convention and a brief vacation, I am starting a string of posts on talking about politics with your colleagues, friends and families.  There is a way to do this without harming your relationships.  In fact, understanding the stories, needs, desires and interests that drive one anothers' political positions is as fruitful to a personal relationship as an understanding of our negotiation partners' interests is to our business relationships.  

I had one of these conversations over dinner with a good friend recently whose judgment, wisdom, education and skill as a lawyer I respect highly.  And yet she did not seem to have been gathering any information in the past 7+ years about the issues that make my candidate the obvious choice for me -- the occupation of Iraq; our use of waterboarding to gather intelligence; extraordinary rendition; detainee rights at Guantanamo (see Detainees' rights subverted at Guantánamo, their lawyers say; A federal judge asks for statements from two guards accused of threatening a detainee here); education; health care; and, the economics of poverty, gender and race ("there is no racism in America").

We left that lengthy dinner as friends -- maybe even better friends that we commenced it -- even though I violated all of the first rules of productive communication, negotiation and mediation during the course of dinner -- create an atmosphere of hope and safety; be hard on the problem and soft on the people; ask questions about party interests, fears, needs and desires; and, share personal stories that have led to interests that too often mask themselves as hardened positions.

While reading the Guantanamo piece (above) this morning, I was reminded of an experience I don't spend much time thinking about -- my second year, second semester externship with the United States District Court for the Eastern District of California.  

I was the assistant to the District Judge's "Writ Clerk" who handled all petitions for writs of habeas corpus and prisoner's civil rights cases that crossed our Judge's desk.  Most of these petitions were handwritten by prisoners, who had (too much) access to a law library, causing their filings to be adorned with and obfuscated by 19th century legalese.  

"If you see a potential cause of action," the Judge instructed me, "deny the government's motion to dismiss and if you think I should grant a Petition for a Writ, bring it to me right away."

This was Sacramento.  I was suprised that this Republican-appointee was such a "liberal."  He wasn't.  He was simply and fiercely and unequivocably devoted to the rule of law.  

As I read the accusations of the detainees at Guantanamo -- who have only recently been granted the right to file Petitions for Writs of Habeas Corpus -- the pencil-scrawled papers I read day after day spring immediately to mind -- how hard I worked to make sense of them, repeatedly asking myself whether I could suspend my disbelief of the charges made by the prisoners against their guards, and doing what I'd been instructed to do, lean ever so slightly toward the conclusion that those in charge could possibly  be abusing the power that has been conferred upon them. 

Grant the Petition or deny the motion to dismiss, and eventually the truth, or something close to it, will appear.  Deny the Petiition or grant the motion to dismiss from the first and deprive ourselves of that which we have guaranteed to all of us -- the right to be charged with a crime (whether allegedly committed on the "battlefields" of the streets of Bahgdad or in the mountains of Afghanistan or at the liquor store down the street); the right to have the evidence arrayed against us presented to us; the right to legal counsel; the right to be heard; and, the right to have a neutral third-party decide whether we have been justly imprisoned.

The prisoner accusations recited in the Christian Science Monitor article have the ring of truth to me because they are so similar to those I recall being made by the prisoners who had unknowingly delivered their pleas into my young and inexperienced hands back in my Spring Semester of law school in 1979.  These are the experiences that shape us.  

Rules for having political conversations will follow. 

Mediators Give California Budget Crisis Advice

From the Sacramento Bee's Political Editor Amy Chance, Q&A: Mediators brainstorm on how to fix the state budget process

As California's longest budget stalemate in state history ground to a close, six professional mediators met with The Bee's Capitol Bureau last week to offer their thoughts on building a more functional state budget process.

Their advice in a nutshell: Improve lawmakers' communication skills, train them and their aides in mediation techniques, set up a structured negotiation process long before budget deadlines approach, agree on common goals, build trust by reaching incremental agreements – and don't expect perfection.

– Amy Chance, Bee Political Editor

For full Q&A, click here.

 

Blawg Review #178 Celebrates One Web Day

If you believe that law blogging is not only informative and entertaining, but capable of transforming our lives, our society, our culture and our legal system as well, run don't walk over to Peter Black's Freedom to Differ which not only rocks, it twitters, on One Web Day.  Surely this will be the BlawgReview of the year!

. . . .one recurring theme on this blog has always been a recognition of the value in a strong and free internet.  Therefore it is an honour to be able to host Blawg Review on Monday September 22, 2008, which is One Web Day 2008.  One Web Day was founded three years ago by Professor Susan Crawford from the University of Michigan, and she describes it as an "Earth Day for the internet".  The One Web Day website describes the day in the following terms:

The idea behind OneWebDay is to focus attention on a key internet value (this year, online participation in democracy), focus attention on local internet concerns (connectivity, censorship, individual skills), and create a global constituency that cares about protecting and defending the internet.  So, think of OneWebDay as an environmental movement for the Internet ecosystem. It’s a platform for people to educate and activate others about issues that are important for the Internet’s future.

If you'd like to host BlawgReview or submit to it, click here.  All future BlawgReview hosts please note -- THE BAR HAS BEEN RAISED!

Private Means for Public Justice? Professor Murray Responds

After generously commenting on my own comments to his article on the Privitization of Justice (any chance I can get permission to publish it here Professor?), Harvard Law School Professor Peter Murray left a comment which I've decided to bring "upstairs." 

Murray assures me he is no "enemy" of mediation, reminding me that behind every accusation (mine) is a cry for help (mine) which I sometimes think this entire blog-effort consists of.  In Jerry McGuire's words, help me help you.  Professor Murray has graciously offered to do so by joining the (soon to be formed) steering committee of the LegalTED Conference about which you'll all see much more after the election. 

Professor Murray's comment below.

Ms. Pynchon's comments on my article on privatization of civil justice are right on. Of course the situation is nuanced. Mediation is an excellent technique to facilitate settlement of many, perhaps a majority, of the disputes which end up in the civil courts. My point is that having this service provided by private professionals rather than public servants increases the likelihood of economic influences playing a larger role than they would in a purely public institution. And mediated results, while providing some attributes that litigants cannot obtain in public judgments, does not provide others, namely a kind of vindication and creation of public norms to govern others.

I would be delighted to join a Steering Committee to set up a conference on these issues.

Let the conversation continue!

 

Potential for Treble Damages Adds Weight to Settlement Demands for Bad Faith

The following important update on the recovery of bad faith treble damages from the lawyers at  Edwards, Angell, Palmer & Dodge

California Federal Court: Insured Plaintiff Can Seek Treble Punitive Damages For Insurer’s Alleged Bad Faith

The U.S. District Court for the Central District of California recently denied a motion to strike and allowed a plaintiff to pursue treble punitive damages against his insurer for the insurer’s alleged bad faith. Novick v. UNUM Life Insurance Co. of America, C.A. No. 08-02830-DDP-PJW (Aug. 7, 2008).

The insurer issued a long term disability benefits policy to the plaintiff in 1976, providing benefits should the plaintiff become totally disabled due to an accident sustained during the course of his career as a surgeon. In June 1992, the plaintiff filed a disability claim with his insurer after sustaining a spinal injury that allegedly prevented him from performing surgery. The insurer initially paid benefits to the plaintiff, but discontinued making the benefits payments on January 18, 2007. Shortly thereafter, the plaintiff filed suit against its insurer alleging breach of contact and breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

In his complaint, plaintiff seeks punitive damages pursuant to California Civil Code §3294, which allows an award of punitive damages for conduct that constitutes malice, fraud or oppression. The plaintiff also seeks treble punitive damages pursuant to California Civil Code §3345, which provides for an award of treble damages “in actions brought by, on behalf of, or for the benefit of senior citizens or disabled persons . . . to redress unfair and deceptive acts or practices or unfair methods of competition . . . [when] a trier of fact is authorized by statute to impose either a fine, or a civil penalty or other penalty, or any other remedy for the purpose or effect of which is to punish or deter . . . .”

The insurer argued that §3345 does not provide for the trebling of damages for insurance bad faith claims. The court reviewed the legislative intent behind the statute and determined that the legislature did not intend for the statute to be limited to actions that specifically mention unfair business practices. The court noted that, as bad faith claims redress unfair practices, §3345 applies to insurance bad faith claims. Accordingly, as the plaintiff alleges that the insurer acted in bad faith, the court held that the plaintiff is entitled to pursue his request for treble punitive damages.

Full text of opinion here.

John DeGroote's Settlement Perspective is the Great New Kid on the Block

John DeGroote of Settlement Perspectives soon to appear at Mediate.com Featured Blogs.  The missing link between mediators and litigators. 

The client!!

Now we just need a blogging claims adjuster and we can bring peace to the Middle East.

Below are John's impressive credentials.  We meant to meet for a "quick" cup of coffee.  We talked negotiation strategy and tactics for nearly three hours.

As I review websites I often wonder about the experiences of the authors and the biases they bring, so I feel I should disclose mine for those who want to know more. I have been fortunate to work with two “hands on” in-house legal teams, with settlement negotiations handled primarily by employed lawyers rather than their law firms. I am also lucky to have practiced in law firms with true trial lawyers who generated genuine negotiating leverage whether settlement was their objective or not. Through these experiences I have settled cases threatened, pending or mediated in about 20 states - from Montana to Florida and from New Hampshire to California - and have managed the resolution of disputes around the world. Working with and against some very good lawyers and employing some of the truly legendary mediators, I feel fortunate to have seen a real cross-section of styles and approaches. In almost all of these cases I have had the opportunity to work behind closed doors with the people who really decide when cases settle - CEOs, CFOs, General Counsel, COOs, individual plaintiffs, insurers, board members, auditors, and more.

More on Mediation's Corruption of Justice

I note today that yesterday's post was . . . . well . . . a little snippy.  

Now that I've managed to get my hands on a copy of Professor Murray's article on the privitization of justice (which I'll post as soon as someone gives me permission to do so) I have a few more observations that are more nuanced than my first reaction.

First, I note that much of Professor Murray's article focuses on arbitration agreements that are forced down the throats of consumers -- an injustice that is so far removed from one that might arise in a mediated settlement conference that I'd like to address it separately on another day.  

Second, I am not without criticism of court-annexed mediation practices -- those criticisms populate this blog in great number.  Nor am I naive or inexperienced enough to pretend that mediators do not effect party decisions even when they are represented by attorneys who are presumably mediation- and mediator-savvy.     

Nevertheless, re-reading Professor Murray's criticisms of mediation this morning, I am once again stuck by the number of untested assumptions upon which he bases his pretty radical suggestion that mediated settlement agreements be vetted by judicial officers. The major and minor premises of Professor Murray's accusation that mediation corrupts justice include the following:

  • there is only one set of "powerful repeat players" -- insurance companies -- who choose and use the services of mediators;
  • the other set of repeat players -- plaintiffs' personal injury and employment counsel -- are more or less universally poorly equipped to either influence the mediator or to protect their clients from mediator bias;
  • the easily influenced plaintiffs' bar, if not protected from mediator bias, will counsel their clients to voluntarily enter into sub-optimal settlement agreements that favor the interests of insurance carriers over those of their own clients';
  • there is such a thing as an "objectively bad settlement" that a judicial officer would be  equipped to detect and remedy; 
  • money paid to a "neutral" is the only pernicious influence on dispute outcome, as opposed to, say, racial, nationality, gender, and/or any other socio-economic differences between a judicial officer and a litigant or between the jury and a litigant; and,
  • judicial officers are not subject to the influence of the repeat attorney-players who appear before them and socialize with them at Bar Association and other events.

Of all of the assumptions requiring testing before we impose a supervisory judiciary upon mediators, the premise that an objective, measureably "reasonable" settlement of any dispute exists is the one that most requires addressing.  

Because I could write a book on this topic, let me just highlight some of the factors that would make third-party vetting of mediated settlement agreements difficult to impossible. 

  • money is not the only reason people file suit nor the only basis for their decision to settle it;
  • whether the litigation at issue is a $2500 slip and fall action between a local grocery store and its customer; or a billion dollar insurance coverage dispute between an insurance carrier and an oil company, the people and commercial players involved are at least as -- if not more -- concerned with injustices that the law does not address as they are with those that it can address;
  • though mediated settlement agreements are partially based upon the cost of further litigation and trial, on the one hand, and the probability of victory times the potential jury verdict on the other hand, they are also based on party needs, desires and fears that have nothing whatsoever to do with legal causes of action such as:
    • a corporation's fear that it will not be able to overcome jury bias against commercial enterprises, particularly if that enterprise is engaged in providing liability and/or property damage insurance to its customers;
    • the fear of individuals that they will not be able to overcome jury bias against any marker of their marginalization from the dominant culture such as color, gender, nationality, sexuality or religion;
    • the desire that one's opponent acknowledge responsibility for the role he/she/it played in the events giving rise to the dispute and for the actions taken to resolve it, many of which further inflame the parties' experience of injustice; 
    • party desires for revenge; and,
    • party tendencies to "read" and "spin" the dispute in a way that is favorable to him/her/it in all particulars -- misperceptions that are often corrected in the course of joint sessions between the parties who actually experienced the injury-causing event.

Examples of ways in which parties are able to resolve conflict in the context of their highly individual interests rather than the little buckets of rights and remedies into which we pour the facts of their dispute?

  • a physician gives his consent to settle a malpractice action when he realizes that the Plaintiff is not attempting to "hold him up" but genuinely experienced the breast examination he gave her as an assault;
  • the creditor agrees to settle for pennies on the dollar when convinced by evidence proffered during a confidential mediation session that the debtor would be bankrupted by any payment in excess of the offer (evidence not discoverable in litigation because it is not "relevant" to the causes of action alleged);
  • garment manufacturers settle acrimonious copyright infringement litigation after their counsel allow them to have a confidential mediation conversation which cannot be used in court against them during which they learn that they have more in common -- and more ways to advantage one another economically -- than they have to fight about;
  • claims adjuster is brought to tears -- and seeks greater settlement authority -- by a father's frank confession in a confidential mediation conversation of the guilt he carries for the loss of his child in an automobile accident caused by the  high speed blow-out of an allegedly defective tire; and,
  • family members not only settle their lawsuit but reconcile after years of self-imposed exile when they realize the "family" asset they've been fighting over is worth less to them than their love for one another. 

What I'd like Professor Murray and everyone who reads his article to understand is that we all share this justice problem.  The adjudication system is not working well for the people it was designed to serve.  The ADR options we've put in place to smooth out the rough edges of 18th century adversarial theory and practice are themselves insufficient to efficiently and fairly resolve 21st century conflicts.      

That's why I'm calling for a LegalTED Conference.  And if Professor Murray will forgive the snippiness of yesterday's post, I'd like him to be one of the members of  the Steering Committee.

Negotiating Politics: Mediators and Neutrality

Let's be clear about one thing.  Mediators are not human Switzerlands

We have opinions, often strong ones, about issues like the rule of law in America, negotiated resolutions to intractable conflicts, the proper role of force against another sovereign nation and whether torture is a tool Americans ought to be using in the name of national security.  

Because we mediators spend so much time listening to litigants' competing stories of right and wrong, I don't think I'm going out on a limb to say that we "get" the great gray expanses that separate fear from understanding, anger from compassion and "the truth" from one's subjective experience of it.

What motivated this post was a recent challenge to a mediator's "right" to express his political beliefs in a mediation forum.  "You're supposed to be neutral," said the challenger.  "It's wrong and unprofessional to express your political beliefs here."

As the Presidential election nears, I want to clarify my own views on mediation neutrality, particularly my belief that we mediators do and should leave our neutrality when we close the mediation room door. Neither I, nor this blog, is "neutral" about the upcoming election.  I am actively campaigning to elect Barack Obama because I believe he is best suited to withdraw our troops from Iraq, reconcile ourselves with the world community, respond to conflict as a negotiator rather than as a conquerer would, and restore the damage done by the Bush administration to the rule of law in America.  If I cannot say this because I am fearful of offending some of my readers or concerned that some potential clients will choose not to use my services, I would count myself unworthy of the freedoms fought for by those who came before us.    

What it Means to Be an ADR "Neutral"   

Though there is disagreement among scholars about the precise nature of "mediation neutrality," a recent article on the subject at BeyondIntractability.com expresses my own view.  That article quotes negotiation gurus Kevin Gibson, Leigh Thompson, and Max Bazerman on the three distinct types of neutrality that mediators can and do practice.    

    • Neutrality as impartiality, which holds that the mediator should be free of bias and should set aside his or her opinions, feelings, and agendas;

    • Neutrality as equidistance, which focuses on the idea that mediators should try to give equal consideration to each side; and, 

    • Neutrality as a practice in discourse.

These theorists believe, as do I, that it is part of a mediator's job to assist the parties in framing the problems and to lend guidance in expressing their tales of injustice to one another.   The mediator, say these scholars,  

gives each side a chance to talk about their positions and concerns, and then reframes these issues in a more neutral way so that parties are more likely to listen to and understand the other side's viewpoint[, t]hne helps the parties . . . explore settlement options and to move toward a solution that all can agree on.

Neutrality from this viewpoint "means that the mediator who facilitates this discussion should not have an interest in advancing the goals and positions of any party involved." 

Leaving One's Neutrality at the Mediation Room Door 

To help people resolve conflict requires a mediator to develop certain ways of listening; particular ways of communicating; and, specific ways of thinking about the malleability of "objective reality" in our subjectively experienced lives.  The practice of mediation is also revelatory of the raw power of people's affiliative desires -- their persistent urge to reconcile differences and settle accounts.  

When I leave the mediation room, I remain a mediator in spirit -- one who has seen the value of negotiated resolutions over the useof brute force and the power of collaboration over deference to an authoritarian decision-maker. 

I cannot express my preference for  Barack Obama any better than my friend and mentor Ken Cloke did in the electronic pages of mediate.com this spring.  As he concluded,

[c]apable international diplomacy requires open and committed listening, informal problem solving, prejudice reduction, collaborative negotiation, public dialogue, mediation, arbitration, ombudsmen’s offices, conflict resolution initiatives, and a panoply of proactive, adequately-funded resources that can be brought to bear on any problem. Positive examples can be found in every successful mediation and collaborative negotiation. Ideally, peace-making should receive the lion’s share of our national budget, allowing us to train every diplomat, and international representative in the most advanced mediation skills, include mediation in every treaty, and form an international corps of conflict resolvers, capable of building conflict resolution capacity globally, including in the US.

As mediators, we need to recognize that we also are global citizens, and responsible by virtue of our knowledge and experience for helping to save the planet. We need to weigh in on the important issues of the day that directly touch on our expertise, including not just who we negotiate with, but how we negotiate and why. Without it, Obama and the perspective he represents may succumb to those who think patriotism requires war and the slaughter of innocents. The time to speak up is now.

In electing a new President to lead us into a productive future, I believe, as do many of my mediator friends and colleagues, that Barack Obama is the clear choice.  If our political future is important to us, we will not hesitate to publicly lend him our support.

 

An Idea Whose Time Has Come: A Legal TED Conference

A lessee of commercial office space complains that the common areas are not being properly maintained. The local high school has just banned Catcher in the Rye. Again.  A prestigious law firm fires a first year associate because he refuses to remove his new “tongue stud.” These seemingly disparate disputes have one quite obvious but ill understood characteristic in common – they are all examples of unresolved conflicts that have ripened into discrete disputes.

Pretend for a moment that you never went to law school.  I know.  It's hard.  But give it a shot.

Lawyers (those other people who went to law school) are are trained to understand, manage and remedy all disputes, no matter however different they might be, in a single, highly controlled manner.  

To help their clients deal with the problems mentioned here, lawyers will read the lease; research the latest Supreme Court rulings ("Fuck the draft"); and, study the statutes. Once they understand the facts that are relevant to the law, they “think like lawyers.”

How do they do that?  "Think" like lawyers?

First, they subject the facts and the law to as much scrutiny as any idea can bear before it disintegrates into the dust of first principles. They create a chronology of events, highlighting and tailoring the "story" of the conflict that "fits" the available "causes of action" giving rise to "rights" in their client, obligations in their "opponent" and remedies for the harm suffered.  

This "legal" dispute was once about a relationship between people.   Now it is an "actionable" claim in an extremely controlled process in which one of the parties will "win." 

That, of course, rarely happens because the legal system has become too expensive and the law too uncertain for most people to risk what used to be it's goal -- a jury trial.  

Lawyers recognize frivolous or baseless or "defendable" claims by observing just how uncomfortably the “facts” sit inside their opponent's “causes of action.” When called upon to justify their entitlement to get their client's claim before a jury (demurrers, motions for judgment on the pleadings, summary judgment motions, non-suits) the Plaintiff's attorneys can and will simply change the way the story is told.  They make the facts fit the law.  There's nothing wrong with that.  That's their job.  If the facts won't "fit" the law, lawyers apply themselves to the law's creative expansion. 

What attorneys do not learn in law school is how and why conflict develops into a dispute and then predictably evolves, usually getting more acrimonious and difficult to resolve.

My friends who are lawyers (I never went to law school, remember? and neither did you) tell me that they know how to escalate conflict but not how to de-escalate it.  They also tell me that they see a lot of injustice.  Sometimes the injustice arises because the laws themselves are unjust.  Sometimes the tragic and unfair consequences of human interactions just don't have any legal remedy.  And sometimes the legal process itself makes disputes worse -- more protracted, frustrating and expensive -- rather than better.  

In common law countries, like ours, where the law is forged in the fire of conflict, shouldn't attorneys be taught not only how to "win the case" but also how to dampen the flame?  Most litigators I know would respond with a resounding "no!"   

Conflict resolution that is not "handled" as litigation or arbitration is for some other professional to deal with.  Therapists come to mind.  Don't they help the parties deal with that most uncontrollable aspect of any dispute -- something not only lawyers but the law itself exclude from the legal action?

 Feelings.  Not just sad or mad feelings.  But the type of feelings that make teenagers shoot other teenagers on the streets of Los Angeles.  Feelings of loss, tragically unfair outcomes, powerlessness, rage and despair.

The purpose of this post and the new thread that it is meant to begin?  To start something radical.

If you're not aware of what I'm about to tell you, you should be.

Once a year, 1000 people are invited to the TED Conference in Monterey, California, to exchange something of incalculable value: their ideas. TED's mission statement is as simple as it gets:  

TED is devoted to giving millions of knowledge-seekers around the globe direct access to the world's greatest thinkers and teachers.

You can cruise the jaw-dropping results here.

(image links to the Photography site of Lars Kirchhoff)

I was just talking to a friend over coffee the other day about how we're using 18th Century technology (the jury trial) to solve 21st Century problems.  

Here's the idea.  A legal TED Conference. 

If you'll look at what TED accomplishes, you'll know what I don't mean.  I don't mean a conference to trot out any new/old "ADR" ideas -- mediate this, arbitrate that, create new rules and forms for the lawyers to use. 

No.

I mean creating the highest level think tank we can to first envision and then implement a dispute resolution technology that incorporates what we've learned since we first enshrined the jury trial in our Constitution more than 200 years ago.

I have one man in mind -- Larry Lessig.  But surely there are others.  The first step would be to suggest names for the coordinating committee.

Why do I think of TED?  Because what it envisions cannot be accomplished.  It cannot even be envisioned.  It's a fool's errand.  One I'd be willing to spend the rest of my own life working on.

Would anyone care to join me?

Negotiating Cognitive Biases at the OC Bar Ass'n ADR Meeting on September 4

Orange County Bar Association Alternative Dispute Resolution Section Meeting Reminder

Thursday, September 4, 2008
Noon to 1:30 p.m.
Wyndham Hotel
3350 Avenue of the Arts, Costa Mesa

Speaker:

Victoria Pynchon
Attorney at Law, Mediator
Author of the Settle It Now Negotiation Blog
Judicate West
 

Using and Losing Cognitive Biases to Win Your Next Negotiation

  • How common biases prevent us from influencing others, interfere with case analysis, and confound attempts to learn true needs of others
  • Learn how to identify specific biases to negotiate better deals for clients

For more information or to register:  Call FastFax at (949) 440-6700, x4 and request document 2279.   Register ONLINE using the OCBA’s online calendar at OCBar.org
 

Clinton Speaks on 88th Anniversary of Women's Suffrage

(Right, women protesting, 1912.  My own grandmother was 12 years old at the time this photo was taken.  By the time she was old enough to vote in 1921, she could vote)

Why women's voting rights and Hillary Clinton's DNC speech on a negotiation blog?  Several reasons. 

First, of course, is that fact that your blog author is a mid-20th Century woman who participated in the feminist movement in the early 1970's

I'm proud of the work we did at San Diego's Center for Women's Studies and Services (now the Center for Community Solutions). 

We trained women in the skills necessary to pass apprenticeship tests so they could gain entry into the skilled trades.  We opened the way for women to work at one of San Diego's largest employers -- National Steel and Shipbuilding.  We helped all women, including those who'd spent time in prison and battered women's shelters, find employment to help them break a cycle of poverty or move from the lower to middle classes by their own efforts and to provide better lives for their children.  

We were the so-called Second Wave women's movement, seeking and achieving the same education, training, work and respect that were only a white American man's entitlement when I was born in 1952.   

If you want to know what it was like for women when I was ten years old (1962) and my own divorced and single mother was working for $1.29 an hour selling bags and hoisery at a Leeds shoe store in San Diego, watch a single episode of Mad Men.  Follow "Peggy" who is opening professional doors long before there were any ceilings in men's rooms to crack.  Watch how women were treated and how little they thought of themselves.  Think of the way in which we were squandering our human resources by relegating my mother, your grandmother, to just a few honorable but limiting professions -- nurse, secretary, teacher.

(yes, this is the same typewriter I used in the typing pool at Arthur, Dry & Kalish in mid-town Manhattan in 1975; we had one woman attorney in the firm when I joined; she was in her 50's and was still an associate in trusts and estates)

The second reason I'm celebrating women's suffrage and Hillary's candidacy today is because you'll be negotiating with women.  We haven't shattered that glass ceiling but we've nearly done so.  You'll want to understand what motivates us, how we talk with you and how we talk among ourselves.  You'll want to know what feels offensive to us and what is respectful.  Most negotiation texts tell women how to negotiate like men or with men.  So late in the day, it's surprising that I'm unable to find any articles on what men should understand when negotiating with a woman.  

To negotiate our way into a better world in the 21st century, we'll need to understand one another better and learn to drop all of our stereotypes about men or women, black or white, Muslim or Christian.  

So let's all celebrate universal suffrage today.  Self-determination -- which is what mediation is all about -- democracy  liberty  justice.

Below, for your viewing pleasure, 1960.  

 

California Courts Let You Have it Your Way: Arbitrate and Appeal the Award

(while we're walking down memory lane anyway, "Have It Your Way" from 1976) 

When I ask litigators why they don't choose arbitration over litigation before unpredictable judges in a crowded court, their answer invariably is "because I can't appeal the ruling."   We cling to appellate review even though we appeal fewer cases than we try -- which is a very small percentage of our case load as it is. 

Not surprising, however, we litigators, as Max Kennerly recently noted, tend to be risk-averse, not risk-embracing (h/t Blawg Review # 174).  To give up that one last chance for our client to be vindicated and for us to be triumphant is generally just too much for us. 

Now we can have our arbitration cake and and follow it up with appellate ice cream.  Yesterday, the California Supreme Court in Cable Connection, Inc. v. DirecTV  held that arbitrating parties' agreement to seek appellate review of legal errors is enforceable in California State Courts despite its uneforceability in federal court.  As the Supreme Court explained:

On the first question, the United States Supreme Court has held that the Federal Arbitration Act (FAA; 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.) does not permit the parties to expand the scope of review by agreement. (Hall Street Associates, L.L.C. v. Mattel, Inc. (2008) __ U.S. __ [128 S.Ct. 1396, 1404-1405] (Hall Street).)

However, the high court went on to say that federal law does not preclude “more searching review based on authority outside the [federal] statute,” including “state statutory or common law.” (Id. at p. __ [128 S.Ct. at p. 1406].) In Moncharsh v. Heily & Blase (1992) 3 Cal.4th 1 (Moncharsh), this court reviewed the history of the California Arbitration Act (CAA; Code Civ. Proc., § 1280 et seq.).

We adhere to our holding in Moncharsh, recognizing that contractual limitations may  alter the usual scope of review.

The California rule is that the parties may obtain judicial review of the merits by express agreement. There is a statutory as well as a contractual basis for this rule; one of the grounds for review of an arbitration award is that “[t]he arbitrators  exceeded their powers.”  (§§ 1286.2, subd. (a)(4), 1286.6, subd. (b).)

Here, the parties agreed that “[t]he arbitrators shall not have the power to commit errors of law or legal reasoning, and the award may be vacated or corrected on appeal to a court of competent jurisdiction for any such error.” This contract provision is enforceable under state law, and we reverse the contrary ruling of the Court of Appeal.

The Democratic National Convention Kicks Off

In honor of which, I'm excerpting and directing you to mediator Ken Cloke's article Thoughts on Mediation, Barack Obama and Our Political Future.

[T]ere are four fundamental issues underlying this Presidential campaign, though they are somewhat broader in scope than what the candidates and pundits have been discussing:

1. What will the future relationship be between the United States and the rest of the world in addressing global problems, from global warming and environmental devastation to war, hunger, and disease?

2. Will it be possible for us to significantly reduce the worst forms of prejudice, based on race, gender, sexual orientation, and national origin?

3. Will it be possible to shift our economic priorities from maximizing corporate profitability to universal health care, debt relief, and taking care of people?

4. Can we shift the political process away from character assassination, domination of campaign financing by the wealthy, dirty tricks, and the posturing, greed, ambition, and dishonesty that undermine its democratic purposes?

What do these issues have to do with conflict resolution? My view, [elaborated in my new book, Conflict Revolution: Mediating Evil, War, Injustice and Terrorism – How Mediators Can Help Save the Planet (Janis Publications, 2008)], is that these issues reveal an underlying source of chronic conflict that not only impacts each of us as individuals, but is perpetuated by social, economic and political systems that form the invisible backdrop, context, and environment within which all of our conflicts take place.

The Meta-Sources of Chronic Conflict

Over the broad sweep of history, we can identify three over-arching “meta-sources” of chronic conflict. These, in my view, are social inequality, economic inequity, and political autocracy. To these we can add a fourth, which is the environment within which they occur, be it natural selection, organizational systems, or the political institutions that reinforce these chronic meta-sources of conflict and constrict our ability to resolve them.

These meta-sources of chronic conflict, in combination, generate a “culture” of conflict, which consists of the ways we think about, address, and resolve our conflicts. This allows us to combine the four issues outlined above, naturally giving rise to a fifth:

5. Will we be able to transform our culture of conflict from one that is destructive and adversarial to one that is creative and collaborative?

These are obviously questions of enormous importance. Why should we think that mediators could have an impact on how they are decided? As an illustration, consider a key element in the Obama campaign and one of the key questions for many voters – should the US negotiate with its enemies?

To read on, click here.

Don't Like Mediation Confidentiality? Hold a Settlement Conference Instead

 

 

AUGUST 25, 2008 | FORUM

If You Know the Case Law, Litigation Doesn't Have to be Robotic

By Victoria Pynchon 

Here in California, there's no stronger rule of confidentiality than that applied to a mediation. It cannot be impliedly waived like most privileges, including the near-sacred attorney-client privilege. Simmons v. Ghaderi, 2008 DJDAR 11107. You cannot be estopped from relying on it. Eisendrath v. Superior Court, 109 Cal.App.4th 351 (2003). And if you want your mediated settlement agreement enforced, you must strictly comply with the requirements of Evidence Code Section 1123. Fair v. Bakhtiari, 40 Cal.4th 189 (2006).

Insurance policy-holder counsel Kirk Pasich of Dickstein Shapiro has criticized nearly all recent interpretations of mediation confidentiality by the California Supreme Court on the ground that they permit insurance carriers to use mediation proceedings to engage in acts of bad faith.

"Why should a carrier get a license to act in bad faith in mediation," Pasich asked, adding, "Cases settled, and still settle, in mandatory settlement conferences without that same shield. I don't think a process should exist that encourages, rather than discourages, a party from acting in bad faith."

Why, indeed?

If you do not understand the differences between settlement conferences and mediations, you are not alone. My informal surveys indicate that litigators believe there's no difference whatsoever between the two and few mediators are able to distinguish between them despite their training in the field. Nor have California's courts been of any real assistance.

What's in a name? Here, plenty. The application of California's Rules of Evidence to mediations has such significant potential economic consequences that mediator and litigator malpractice actions are surely looming on the horizon.

What type of misbehavior can occur in a mediation? Here are just a few examples: One party can make a misrepresentation of material fact on which the other relies in entering into a settlement agreement; as Pasich notes, an insurance carrier can act in bad faith; one mediating party could tortiously interfere with a third party's contract or prospective economic advantage; or the mediating parties can enter into a collusive settlement agreement, depriving the settling parties' co-defendants from learning facts necessary to challenge the settlement in a "good faith" hearing.

Even if all parties have expressed complete agreement during the mediation, which they then memorialize in a term sheet, absent strict compliance with the requirements of Evidence Code Section 1123, no evidence probative of that agreement will be admissible in a California court.
If the mediating parties are engaged in a settlement conference, none of this potentially bad behavior would be protected.

Given the potentially significant adverse economic consequences that can flow from a mediation, California's courts have clarified the differences between the two procedures, right?

Not so much.

If you have a DJ subscription, continue reading here.


 


Enforcement of Mediated Settlement Agreements in California - Get more Legal Forms

Settlement Unicorn Appears in Malpractice Mediation!

If you've been following the conversation between Settle It Now and Max Kennerly's Philadelphia Litigation and Trial Blog, you'll know that a "settlement unicorn" is composed of "two hostile parties on the verge of a lawsuit [who] get lawyers, almost file suit, and then, through deft representation, settle their differences peacefully and move on." 

I believe in Unicorns and Max doesn't so I've promised to keep my eyes open for appearances of that storied creature.  Previously, I have reported the Unicorn's appearance here (community mediation; potential lawsuit, no lawyers); here (litigation + lawyers who send the parties to community mediation); and, here (litigation + lawyers + clients who seek mediation without lawyers to resolve dispute).  

Today, I have a story of the Unicorn visiting the mediation room in a litigated case -- a case of the type that my (new) friend Max Kennerly suggests will not attract that shy beast because: 

The parties to a lawsuit do not have intertwined interests: they have directly adverse interests. Unless there's some possibility of a future relationship, the defendant doesn't want to resolve the conflict: they want the plaintiff to drop their frivolous claim. In their mind, their best alternative to a negotiated agreement ("BATNA") is for the plaintiff to crawl in a hole and die.

[My Comment:  the "intertwined interests" all parties to litigation have is the litigation itself with its attendant cost, delay, and, uncertainty, not to mention the discomfort "ordinary" people experience when plunged into the foreign environment occupied by attorneys with their strange "causes of action" and "affirmative defenses," their demurrers and JNOV's; their res ipsas and, most importantly, their view that only facts pertaining to a "cause of action" or "affirmative defense" are relevant to the injustice suffered by their clients.] 

[T]he plaintiff usually prefers imposing a conflict on the defendant (who the plaintiff believes cast the first stone) in pursuit of justice, an imposition they will only relieve for at least "full" compensation. . . .

The problem is that most parties don't consider their claims to be assets; the problem isn't that there's emotional baggage around the economic understanding, it's that the parties interpret their dispute as fundamentally non-economic.

[My Comment:  I've said before that all litigation is "fundamentally non-economic" -- it's about justice.  Though Max is one of the few practicing litigators who agrees with me, he does not believe in the existence of my solution -- a settlement conference or mediation conducted in joint session].

Hence a Mediation Unicorn with litigation and attorneys prior to any meaningful discovery.

I'm talking to a plastic surgeon whose artistry not only went unappreciated, but which gave rise to a lawsuit for battery and malpractice. 

The plaintiff is a model and an actor.  The surgery, she claims, left permanent scaring on her nose.  Her opening demand is $500,000.  I am trying to persuade the physician, his attorney, and the claims adjuster, not to walk out.  The plaintiff's deposition has been taken and the doctor's is scheduled for the following week.  No experts have been retained.  

The parties have made the rare effort to settle the case early in the litigation.

This is what the defense thinks about the opening demand in response to their good faith participation in an early mediation:  

%&*#%*#%@& and %&^@(% and *&$)*#! 

I am suggesting to the defense in separate caucus that they allow me to conduct a joint session in which the parties can talk about the surgery, the scarring and their post-surgical communications.  I explain that the Plaintiff is more angry than acquisitive.  She believes that the doctor disrespected her when she complained about the scarring. 

He denied that I had a scar.  He was rude and dismissive.  He disrespected me.  He had no bedside manner.  

She is one of the few personal injury plaintiffs who comes right out and says what so many plantiffs feel.  

I want him to suffer.  My attorney says he has to report any settlement in excess of $30,000 to the Medical Board.  I want to make him do that.  I want him to suffer as I have.  It's not about the money.  It's about accountability.  I want him to be accountable.   

The parties resist a joint session and we spend two hours negotiating in the strato- and nano-spheres.  $10,000.  $490,000.  $12,500.  $475,000. 

"We're getting nowhere," says Plaintiffs counsel.  "Tell them we're leaving." 

"The case will never settle.  This is a waste of time for my doctor and my claims examiner.  Tell them we're leaving. The case will never settle.  It simply won't settle.  The case cannot settle." 

Click Your Heels Three Times and Say "There's No Place Like Home."

Attorneys are fond of saying that all mediators do is "keep them in the room."  They might be right, but the difference is the room I keep them in.  It's a mediation room, not a conference room or a deposition room or a courtroom.  It's a room in which I ask the doctor if the feeling he has is something akin to a fish being hooked, pulled up out of the water and thrown onto the deck of someone's boat, gasping.  He cracks a smile for the first time that morning.

It's a room in which I say there must have been a miscommunication, a misunderstanding.  It's a room in which I say to the defense that the Plaintiff feels angry and disrespected.  It's a room in which I caution the Plaintiff that the physician is from a different culture than her own -- one where a doctor does not express empathy but only certainty in his skill and expertise. 

The claims adjuster asks me if I'd been able to see the Plaintiff's scar from where I was sitting -- across a conference room table.  I admit that I could not.  I acknowledge what is patent in the defense room -- the Plaintiff is blindingly beautiful.  A jury is unlikely to award her much in the way of damages.  I have said as much to the Plaintiff.  But she is angry and wants a pound of flesh.

I have another mediation in the afternoon.  I tell the defense we have fifteen more minutes.  The claims adjuster keeps repeating "the case will not settle, the case will not settle, the case will not settle." I take this to mean that the defense very much wants to settle the case. 

"If someone repeats something over and over again," my mentor Ken Cloke taught me, "that is the key to the resolution."  While that might be so, I haven't yet found a way to use that key to open any door.  But it is not really my case to settle.  It's my job to keep them in the room.

"I Want to See the Scar," says the claims examiner.

I wish I could take credit for the following but I cannot.  The Plaintiff's attorney says "why don't they go to the ladies room where my client can show Ms. Y the scar and together they can look at it."

I hear the click of the Unicorn's hooves in the hallway.  The plaintiff's attorney is male.  I don't believe he knows what he's suggesting.  He wants to send two women into one of the safest and most congenial, soul-bonding rooms in all of God's creation -- the women's room.

know the case will settle.

We are finally in joint session.  The claims examiner says, "I want to tell you that I now see the scar.  I'm sorry I denied it.  We'd like to offer you $X to settle the case."

Did $X settle the case?  No.  But $X + $Y settled the case ten minutes later.

And just around the corner, you could see the shadow of the settlement unicorn rear up on its hind legs in celebration.

Seven Ways to Improve Your Working Relationships

Thanks to Kevin's Remarkable Learning Blog (a fellow Forbes Blog Network member) for his  Seven Steps for Mending Broken Business Relationships

Each of the seven steps can help litigators de-escalate the conflict inherent in litigation before all-important settlement negotiations, whether they are conducted with the assistance of a third party neutral or not. 

One or more of them might also help ease tension in the law firm -- a very tense place these days given the recession, lay-off's, the de-equitization of partners and the shedding of non-productive practice groups or of those that might conflict with the law firm your firm is about to merge with. 

It's a rough time.  Let's all be a little more careful of our social capital there. 

We're going to need it.

Decide. The first step is you must decide that you want to improve the relationship. The precursor to this step is recognition - recognizing that the relationship needs improving - but the heart of this is the decision that this relationship matters enough for you to make the effort required to improve it. Without this decision, nothing else matters.

Forgive or let it go. If you feel the other person has done something to cause the rift or break-down, you must either forgive them or let go of your issues with it. Without this step, the steps that follow may help some, but will be limited in their success.

Take ownership. Recognize your role in the relationship, and take ownership and responsibility for it. Yes, deciding and forgiving are accountability actions; but being clear that regardless of the situation you have played a role in the change to the relationship is critical to your success in repairing any damage. Otherwise you are only blaming the other person - which cripples your chance for improvement.

Make your intention clear. Once you have decided to take actions to improve the relationship, your behaviors will change. Take the time to explain your decision and your intention to improve the relationship. Let the other person know that both the situation and the person matter to you, and you want a better relationship. This cements your commitment and communicates your intention to the other person.

Assume positive intent. While I have long believed this concept in a variety of situations, a colleague recently expressed it this way and it makes the idea completely clear. Assume the other person was - and is - acting in good faith. Will you be wrong sometimes? Perhaps. But by starting from this assumption you will immediately change your perception and therefore your behaviors toward that person.

Listen more. We all know how important listening is and how good it makes us feel when we are truly being listened to. Grant that gift to the other person. Listen intently, carefully and actively. Not only will you understand them (and their perspective) better, but they will trust you more and the relationship will build from their perspective.

Make an effort. Deciding is one thing. Doing is quite another. If you want better relationships, you must make the effort - it will seldom, if ever, happen automatically.

For the full post (well worth reading) click here.

Daily Journal ADR Articles -- Updated Regularly

This page can always be found under Links to the left. 

Pass Court, Go Directly to Mediation

This just in from Sydney,  Australia. 

I imagine the results are as good or better here in the States, particularly in Los Angeles where mediation practice is both broad and deep.

 

Couples, families choosing mediation in battle of wills

DE FACTO couples disputing about property after splitting up, and siblings fighting over their parents' wills, are increasingly using mediation rather than dragging their battles through the court system.

The latest figures show that NSW Supreme Court registrars had done as many mediations in the first half of this year as they had done in total last year as people realised they could sort out their disputes on their own terms, in privacy, rather than in front of a judge, the Attorney-General, John Hatzistergos, said.

Most disputes were resolved without going any further, freeing up courts and judges for other matters, he said. "It is very encouraging that so far this year 59 per cent of the mediation sessions have concluded with the litigants resolving their dispute," Mr Hatzistergos said.

"Mediation ensures cases . . . . continue reading here.

The Trouble with Thottam: Mediation Confidentiality At Risk

UPDATE:  See the analysis of Thottam at May it Please the Court, noting that the "big print giveth and the small print taketh away."

Before further discussing the problems created by the Thottam holding, I'm providing a "brief" of the case about which I ranted and raved earlier here today.  

  • THE FACTS
    • A mediation confidentiality agreement entered into by the parties in Thottam provided that “all matters discussed, agreed to, admitted to, or resulting from ... [the mediation meeting]...
      • "shall be kept confidential and not disclosed to any outside person . . . ;
      • "shall not be used in any current or future litigation between us (except as may be necessary to enforce any agreements resulting from the Meeting), and,
      • "shall be considered privileged and, as a settlement conference, non-admissible under the California Evidence Code in any current or future litigation between us.”  
    • One of the parties contended that a chart drawn up and signed by the parties during the mediation, 
      • was sufficiently certain to be enforced according to its terms; and,
      • was admissble into evidence under section 1123(c) despite its failure to satisfy any of 1123(c)'s requirements.
    • THE RULES:
      • Evidence Code section 1123(c) provides that a "written settlement agreement prepared in the course of, or pursuant to, a mediation, is not made inadmissible, or protected from disclosure . . . if
        • "the agreement is signed by the settling parties and any of the following conditions are satisfied . . .
        • "(c) all parties to the agreement expressly agree in writing . . . to its disclosure."Id. (emphasis added).
    • PROCEEDINGS IN THE TRIAL COURT
      • Without finding that the settlement "chart" constituted a "written settlement agreement" under section 1123, the Thottam trial court required one of the parties to testify about otherwise confidential mediation communications because the Confidentiality Agreement required the disclosure of mediation confidences "necessary to enforce any agreements resulting from the [mediation.]"
      • Apparently before Elizabeth could testify, the civil action to enforce the alleged settlement agreement was consolidated with other proceedings in the Probate Court,
      • at the trial of the consolidated matters, the Probate Judge refused to accept the settlement chart into evidence because it did not comply with the provisions of section 1123(c).
    • THE APPELLATE DECISION
      • the appellate court reversed the Probate Court's decision.
    • THE HOLDINGS
      • Section 1123(c)'s requirement that all parties to a mediated settlement agreement "expressly agree in writing . . . to its disclosure,"
        • may be satisfied by terms contained in a writing other than the alleged settlement agreement itself; and,
        • may be satisfied by terms contained in a writing executed before any alleged settlement agreement has purportedly been entered into.
      • Here, the Confidentiality Agreement satisfied those requirements; and,
      • The skeletal written settlement chart was enforceable because its material terms were, or could be made, certain. 
    • RATIONALE
      • Because the proceeding in which Appellant attempted to introduce the alleged settlement agreement was an action "to enforce what he claims is a settlement agreement reached in mediation," and,
      • the parties carved out of the Confidentiality Agreement any discussions that were "necessary to enforce any agreements resulting from the [mediation]"
      • the Confidentiality Agreement satisfied the requirements of section 1123(c); and,
      • the skeletal Settlement Chart was therefore admissible in evidence under that subsection.

This opinion threatens to blow a hole in sections 1119 and 1123 large enough to obliterate their protections -- protections that have been repeatedly enforced to the letter of the law by the Supreme Court in its fairly recent Fair v. Bahktiari opinion -- holding that parties to a mediated settlement agreement must include in it an express provision that they intend to be bound thereby -- and Simmons v. Ghaderi  in which the Court held that parties cannot impliedly waive confidentiality nor be estopped from asserting it.

Most Confidentiality Agreements I've seen (and used) naturally carve out an exception for the enforcement of a settlement agreement.  If you sign such an agreement after Thottam, you risk the enforcement of a non-1123-compliant "settlement agreement" and risk being required to disclose otherwise confidential mediation communications on the sole ground that one of the parties alleges that the opposition entered into an enforceable settlement agreement during the mediation.    

Were I attempting to resist the disclosure of mediation confidences my adversary claimed should be fair game under Thottam, I'd contend that the Thottam Confidentiality agreement, and hence its carve-out, was unusually broad and that the Court's holding should therefore be read narrowly and limited to its facts.  

As California lawyers know, the Second Appellate District has jurisdiction over matters litigated in the Los Angeles Superior Court.  It is therefore particularly important to take a look at the impact this decision might have upon matters mediated by the neutrals on that Court's pro bono or party pay panels.  All such parties are required to sign a Confidentiality Agreement that protects from disclosure all mediation-related "written" and "oral communication[s] made by any party, attorney, neutral, or other participant in any ADR session" except  "written settlement agreement[s] reached as a result of this ADR proceeding in an action to enforce that settlement."

Under Thottam, a colorable argument could be made that the mandatory Superior Court Agreement's confidentiality "carve-out" should be treated as either:

  • an express agreement by the parties to waive confidentiality for the purpose of enforcing "written settlement agreement[s]" even if they do not satisfy the requirements of section 1123(c); and/or,
  • a part of the alleged settlement agreement so that the two agreements together (confidentiality carve-out + non-compliant settlement agreement) satisfy the requirements of section 1123(c).

What to do?  Don't sign any Confidentiality agreement that could possibly be interpreted in a manner similar to the one subject of Thottam unless you want to risk the disclosure of mediation confidences arising from a writing that does not comply with section 1123(c).    

You can certainly refuse to sign the Superior Court's agreement in light of the Thottam holding.  I don't know as a matter of Court policy whether that limits parties' ability to use the Court's pro bono or party pay mediators. 

I'd have to say that this case puts confidences made in mediation sessions controlled by the Superior Court's Confidentiality Agreement at risk whenever one party is contending that the other entered into an agreement pursuant to a signed term sheet.

New Case on Enforcing Mediated Settlement Agreements Muddies the Waters Again

The new Estate of Thottham case on the enforcement of mediated settlement agreements is troublesome because

  • it appears to contravene the holding of the Supreme Court in Fair v. Bahktiari (full opinion here)
  • it turns upon the interpretation of one ambiguous sentence in the parties' confidentiality agreement which I'm almost certain was not meant to create an exception to (or satisfy the requirements of) Evidence Code section 1123(c)
  • it shows a remarkable persistence in the trial and appellate courts of the desire to enforce term sheets in non-compliance with the Evidence Code, privileging finality over the the parties' reasonable expectations that all the proclamations about confidentiality will be honored.  
  • it creates uncertainty in the law, making it difficult for attorneys to guide their clients before, during and after mediation proceedings.

This is a ripe area for malpractice actions -- binding parties to agreements they later claim were not reached.  The Supreme Court keeps saying -- we mean what we say (Simmons v. Ghaderi) -- no exceptions to the requirements of 1123(c).  Nevertheless, the trial and appellate courts find enforcing skeletal mediation term sheets (this one was a chart) nearly irrisistable.  They just can't seem to get their minds around the idea that the point of mediation -- a non-legal process -- is to create a durable agreement that the parties all want to enforce.

If a mediated agreement were a consumer contract, there'd be a cooling down period during which the "buyers" could re-think a decision made in the heat of the moment with mediators and attorneys leaning on them to settle or else . . . . you know . . . whatever the parade of horribles is.   

Are parties bullied into settlement by mediators and even by their counsel?  Let's look again at the definition of bullying:  the repeated and deliberate abuse of power by one person or group of people over another person or group.

I'm not suggesting that mediators and attorneys know they are abusing the power of their position and authority to "persuade" the parties to accept a settlement that leaves the taste of injustice in their mouths.  We just sometimes forget how much power we possess and how overwhelming our importuning can feel to someone unfamiliar with the legal system.  Think about how helpless you feel trying to communicate with someone who speaks another language.

I've observed mediations in which the mediator -- repeatedly and, it can only be said, deliberately -- abuses his or her authority to gain the consent of parties who are clearly not comfortable with settling their case on the terms proposed and are certainly not satisified with the "deal."

Keep 'em in the room; wear them out; highlight their fears; diminish their hopes and then, when they're at their weakest, put a pen in their hand, ask them to sign and then elevate that signed agreement above all else because what we're after here is efficiency, brother, not justice -- a term too many mediators feel forced to put in quotes.  "Justice."  As if it could possibly be anything other than a cynical joke.

OK.  I misused this post to rant.

I'm going to come back and "brief" this case for you next, highlighting the traps for the unwary and commenting on the form agreement used by the Los Angeles Superior Court ADR panel -- a form that is now mandatory.

HEAD'S UP FOR THE NEXT POST NEW LAW STUDENTS -- THIS IS WHY IT'S IMPORTANT TO LEARN HOW TO DE-CONSTRUCT A LEGAL DECISION AND TEASE OUT THE HOLDING FROM THE RATIONALE, THE RULES AND THE DICTA

This Met News report, accurate as it is, doesn't do justice to the traps and troubles lurking here.

Evidence Code Sec. 1123(c)'s exception to mediation confidentiality--providing that a written settlement agreement prepared in mediation is not made inadmissible or protected from disclosure if signed by parties, and all parties expressly agree in writing to disclosure--applied in appellant's civil action to enforce chart prepared during mediation and signed by all parties which appellant claimed was a settlement agreement because estate beneficiaries, in agreement to mediate dispute over distribution of assets, agreed all matters discussed or agreed to in mediation would be kept confidential and not used in any litigation among them "except as may be necessary to enforce any agreements resulting from" mediation, and because chart--setting forth material terms which were sufficiently certain to provide a basis for determining what obligations to which parties had agreed--was a "settlement agreement."

Estate of Thottam - filed August 13, 2008, Second District, Div. Four Cite as 2008 SOS 4917
 

Demonizing the Opposition

O.K., I can't resist giving you one more cartoon from Fincher's new blog.  He calls this one:  Fundamentally Similar Arguments

Competitive Position-Based Negotiation Tactics from the California Lawyer

(right, more fabulous Fincher)

Thanks to mediator Tom Matychowiak for alerting me to "Managing Expectations in Mediation," by Dan L. Stanford (under "Expert Advice" in this month's California Lawyer).  

Tom noted that while most of the article addresses the management of client and adversary expectations, it concludes with these paragraphs:

Once you know who the mediator will be, always contact him or her and try to meet in advance of the mediation. If that is not possible, have a pre-mediation telephone conference. Focus only on the strengths of your case: If you represent a plaintiff, talk about the clear liability evidence, significant damages, your client's expectations of a big award, problems with the credibility of the defendant, and your willingness to try the case. Set the bar high. If you represent a defendant, focus on the strengths of your defense, including technical defenses, any persuasive evidence, and any credibility issues the plaintiff might have. Set the bar low. From both perspectives, provide the mediator with everything that serves your interests. [emphasis in the original]

At the mediation, continue this effort and work even harder at it. If the other side convinces the mediator that you will accept a lesser result than advertised, your chance of success will plummet (and you may end up facing a very unhappy client). On the other hand, if you convince the mediator that your adversary is willing to give more to settle than is on the table, you may well be on the way to having a successful outcome and a satisfied client.

Comments?

$50 million in insurance limits exhausted before a trial date is even set?

Read about it at theD&O Diary here.

 

BTW Blogger Kevin M. LaCroix, an attorney and a partner in OakBridge Insurance Services, Beachwood, Ohio, writes the most amazingly cogent and exhaustive analyses of insurance coverage issues I've seen anywhere on the internet. 

You might want to add him to your newsreader.

Mediator Meltdown and Dancing in the Streets

There's now a genuine reason for summertime dancing in the streets.  Charles Fincher of Law Comix has started a new blog here!!

 

Today's ADR offering below:

Why hasn’t the American Lawyer syndicated Fincher’s work for a nice little bundle of cash?

Hey!! AmLaw Editor!! Are you seeing these cartoons? Are you hearing the laughter in the hallways breaking the stress of daily practice? Are you understanding how many more pairs of eyes Fincher's work will deliver to you and your advertisers?  

Maybe you need to see this one:

Maybe Fincher just won't let his work appear there?  Or is he holding out for syndication in the New York Times?  The Wall Street Journal?  My small reader pool LOVES these and now they can subscribe via RSS feed over at the LawComix Blog

Thanks Charles!

 

Negotiating Armed Conflict

Thanks to the Daily Kos for citing us to A Possible Mediation/Peace Proposal for Georgian Conflict from Mirror on America.

Here are the first four suggestions, click on the highlighted article for the full discussion.

Efforts Should Focus on the Following:

1. Establishing a ceasefire to allow for the treatment & evacuation of the wounded and to establish a safe humanitarian corridor for civilians to evacuate. Establish access for Red Cross & other NGO’s.

2. Get all military forces to pull back either completely or partially to establish a demilitarized buffer zone. Deweaponize the area. This will reduce the number of clashes.

3. Establish a more permanent ceasefire and begin negotiations on the long-term status of South Ossetia.

4. Make sure rebel groups stand down and are part of negotiations.

If you don't think armed conflict can be negotiated, check out Arbitrating Armed Conflict by Adir Waldman

Joint Sessions and Unicorn Settlements

Max Kennerly over at Litigation and Trial has graciously and profusely responded to our call for comments about the road-blocks to achieving optimal negotiated resolutions to litigated disputes.

Because Max and I are straining toward the same goal every litigant does when the burdens of a lawsuit begin to outweigh its anticipated benefits, I'm going to include my readers in the conversation.

Our Interests are Adverse, Not Mutual or Intertwined

Max suggests that the hypothetical "business school" negotiated resolution doesn't provide litigators with much guidance in resolving litigated disputes because the buyer-seller-mutual-or-intertwined-interest template cannot be comfortably laid over a conflict between parties whose interests are entirely adverse.  As Max explains:  

The parties to a lawsuit do not have intertwined interests: they have directly adverse interests. Unless there's some possibility of a future relationship, the defendant doesn't want to resolve the conflict: they want the plaintiff to drop their frivolous claim. In their mind, their best alternative to a negotiated agreement ("BATNA") is for the plaintiff to crawl in a hole and die.

Same with the plaintiff. Unlike buyers and sellers, who usually don't get much joy out of their 'conflict' as a conflict, the plaintiff usually prefers imposing a conflict on the defendant (who the plaintiff believes cast the first stone) in pursuit of justice, an imposition they will only relieve for at least "full"  compensation. 

The problem is that most parties don't consider their claims to be assets; the problem isn't that there's emotional baggage around the economic understanding, it's that the parties interpret their dispute as fundamentally non-economic. 

Before moving on to adverse/intertwined/mutual interests, I want to emphasize that what the parties "interpret . . . as fundamentally non-economic" is the key to the settlement of litigated disputes -- not a roadblock. 

Nor can the feelings that accompany litigation be called  "emotional baggage" unless we interpret the desire for justice as pathology. 

This hunger for justice is so fundamental to our social relationships that even  primate relatives like  capuchin monkeys will deprive themselves of food if they sense it is being distributed unfairly.  In capuchin monkey land, injustice appears to consist of being required to do five times more work to "earn" the same benefits as another.  

People seek out lawyers rather than therapists to resolve the emotional issues that accompany conflict -- because they believe themselves to be victims of  injustice and lawyers are in the justice business.  Our clients have not simply suffered an injury (tripped over their own feet) but have a wrong (stumbled over a trip wire placed in their path by a malicious or careless actor).  We can explain until we're blue in the face that money is the only remedy the law can provide.  Our clients will continue to seek justice and will not easily settle for money alone.  

"The Unicorn Settlement"

Max asks that I acquaint him with the Unicorn -- the state "where two hostile parties on the verge of a lawsuit get lawyers, almost file suit, and then, through deft representation, settle their differences peacefully and move on" Unicorns. Excluding business disputes where the parties have an existing and potentially mutually beneficial on-going relationship, this type of settlement, says Max, is a myth.  He explains:

I entered the law expecting The Unicorn to be rare but real; by this point, I have been trained by defense lawyers not to bother to check for it. I still usually do, throwing out what I think is a perfectly reasonable offer early on, which is routinely ignored or dismissed by a letter that gratuitously refers to my claims as baseless, frivolous, or made in bad faith.

So that's my biggest question to you: how do you suggest I get defendants, prior to the courthouse steps, to even enter the mindset that there's a valid claim and mediation / settlement should be considered? Reframed in words closer to your post: what can I do to (a) get the joint session to happen and (b) ensure everyone's in the right mindset?

The Conditions in Which Unicorns Flourish

When I started practice -- in 1980 -- I did so in a small community -- Sacramento -- where everyone was a "repeat player" with everyone else.  Perhaps more importantly, you could file a suit in year one and try it to a jury in year two.  Not only defense counsel, but insurance adjusters, knew which plaintiffs' attorneys would try cases and which would not.  They also knew which ones could persuade a jury to bring back a hefty award.    

Though I only handled personal injury litigation for my first two years of practice (after which I changed firms and moved on to commercial litigation) I saw dozens of "unicorns" in my first few months of practice.  As the junior-most attorney in a small P.I. practice, I settled hundreds of cases without ever filing a lawsuit -- on the telephone with insurance adjusters.  (A really, really good reason to leave PI practice, but that's another story). 

I settled these cases in the world of "three times specials" at a time when and in a place where everyone knew one another and used a common metric to evaluate potential liability and damages.  In that environment, Unicorns flourished.

Unicorn Hunting in the 21st Century

Max isn't asking me to shoot ducks in a barrell here.  He's asking me to deliver the holy grail of mediation -- how to convene an early settlement conference in which the parties (and their attorneys) are united in a desire to settle litigation without protracted discovery or pre-trial procedural wrangling.  

I hate to keep leaving my readers on the edge of a satisfactory resolution, but I DO have work to do and will return to this -- and Max's further observations -- soon, really soon.  Stay tuned.  And join the conversation by leaving your own comments here.

Face-to-Face: Emotion in Conflict Resolution

We've been having a blog-versation about joint sessions this past week thanks to attorney Gavin Craig, workplace conflict mediation trainer Guy Harris (see also An Attitude of Curiosity - continued) and Pennsylvania litigator and blogger Max Kennerly.

Kennerly says:

sometimes I don't want to discuss the case. Sometimes either we're at the end of the road or you're not even on our road, and I'm not going to humor you and your insufficient offers and your attempt to use social influence on me. Indeed, many of my best offers come after cancelling settlement conferences before they happen.

Just something to keep in mind. Every trick you know is a trick that can be played on you and/or your client.

While Craig recalls a mediation in which a joint session hardened the parties' positions as follows:

The mediator decided at the last minute that it would be nice to see if we could all meet and agree in a joint session.

In his defense, he had the advantage of reviewing the positions of both parties in their submittals. There was no warning that the mediator was going to try to help the parties come to an agreement in a joint session.

What I remember most was my client getting so incensed by the positions of the other party in the joint session. Unfortunately my client hardened his position – not helpful in mediation – and apparently the other party did the same. I think the theory about eye-to-eye meeting and negotiations is absolutely correct.

The problem is that parties bring so much emotion into a settlement discussion that I think they need to stay separate from the people creating the emotion before they can calmly assess the best course of action.

What interests me most about Craig's comment is this:

I think the theory about eye-to-eye meeting and negotiations is absolutely correct. The problem is that parties bring so much emotion into a settlement discussion that I think they need to stay separate from the people creating the emotion before they can calmly assess the best course of action.

I'm going to be writing about this conversation all week and invite others to please comment.

Right now, I'd like anyone interested in the resolution of conflict close to home (the neighbors; the  PTA President; the woman sitting in the cubicle next to you stripping laquer from her nails with industrial strength polish remover; the entire HR department; your boss, etc.) to read It Took a Villain to Save Our Marriage in the Style section of this Sunday's New York Times.

Here's the "money shot" for anyone who has ever mediated neighborhood disputes in a community mediation center as I do pro bono.

Then while the rest of the block kissed goodnight, I stomped down the street in the dark to Blocker’s house and pounded on his door.

He opened it, shirtless and calm; it unnerved me. I’m sure I looked crazed. I felt my face puff up. “Stop taking our signs!” I said.

There was a shift. It was he who had the advantage now — I was on his porch, and drunk.

But Blocker didn’t say anything mean. He didn’t seem angry, as he should have been, that I had bothered him late at night; he didn’t threaten to call the police. We stood close, inches away. There was an intimacy in our strange hate.

“I didn’t take them,” he said. “Seriously. The city picks them up sometimes. I know where they put them. I could check if you want.”

No, I didn’t want. But I thanked him, and walked home both shaken and comforted, and thinking Anthony would kill me if he knew I had crossed enemy lines like that, alone. I didn’t tell him.

There was one more encounter. Blocker drove by me in his car. He slowed and rolled down his window, and instead of grunting or sneering, he said, “Did you find your signs?”

“No. I didn’t look.”

We exchanged a few more words — about the weather, his dogs — but it was quick. He drove off, and a few weeks later we moved.

A trained and skilled mediator would take advantage of these two fleeting moments of concern on the part of "Blocker" who is the bully in this story with a heart-rending conclusion. 

Read it?

Now assume that these people -- all three of them and maybe a few additional neighbors as well -- belong to a homeowners' association with the power to fine the HOA "outlaw," making the fines a lien against his property.  Now its a legal dispute.

Ask yourself, what do the parties' legal positions have to do with the resolution of the conflict?

Leave your thoughts here -- down in the comments section -- and I'll be back soon to discuss the New York Times conflict resolution hypothetical based not only on my experience mediating the resolution of litigated commercial disputes, but also based on my pro bono community mediation experience and on the studies that earned me an LL.M that's purportedly not worth the paper its printed on (a judgment that could be just as easily applied to my Bachelors Degree in English Literature were it not for its transmogrification into a ticket to practice law).

Bonus Question:  do we really want to dedicate our lives to the satisfactory resolution of conflict -- which is what the law, after all, is all about -- or would we rather, like the author of It Took A Villain, take the pleasure to be had in the state of high dudgeon, self-righteousness, and passionate engagement with someone who is an easy target to blame for our own unhappy life circumstances?

Double Bonus Question for Lawyers Practicing in Los Angeles:  Would you let the Los Angeles Superior Court choose your trial attorney or your marriage and family counselor from a panel of people who have had 28 hours of training in their "professional" field of practice just because the first three hours are free?  

What's Prospect Theory Got To Do With It?

(photo from Wikimedia Commons -- an Example of What Does Make Us Happy -- Mastery, Accomplishment, Pride, Team Effort, and, yes, Winning (though winning is an emotional high that has a short half-life) 

Consider this a place marker to provide a plain English version of the Prospect Theory link I gave you yesterday.  While you're waing, here's a reminder of a fact we ofen cite here.

psychological research [concerning] happiness . . . . finds subjective measures of wellbeing are relatively stable over time, even in the face of large increases in wellbeing (Easterlin, 1974; Frank, 1997)

Joint Sessions and Settlement -- Trick or Treat?

In the actual news (the New York Times) are the results of a new study finding that

most . . . plaintiffs who decided to pass up a settlement offer and went to trial ended up getting less money than if they had taken that offer . . . 

Plaintiffs, however, are not the only ones who made the "wrong" decision -- defendants were mistaken in 24% of the cases.  Defense errors, however, were far more costly. 

getting it wrong cost plaintiffs . . . about $43,000 . . . For defendants, who were less often wrong about going to trial, the cost was . . . . $1.1 million.  

What to do?

It's no answer to say " take the last best settlement offer,"  though one party or the other will 80 to 90 percent of the time and often on the courthouse steps, i.e., at the point of a gun when decision-making is at its most flawed. 

Nor, I must concede, is the answer simply mediation, which is, after all, pretty much a pig in a poke.  Why?  Because mediation practice ranges all the way from

  • a retired judge bullying an "injured, situationally-weakened client with no negotiation skills" (cf. Max Kennerly's recent post at  the Litigation and Trial Blog) or disrespecting a marginalized defendant (cf. Dr. Ghaderi)  
  • to a mediator who knows only how to repeat "trial is expensive and the result uncertain"
  • to a settlement officer who does nothing more than shuttle numbers back and forth between two rooms
  • to a "transformative" mediator who allows the parties free reign to "vent" their "feelings" without helping them get a grip on the very real and serious consequences of the negotiated resolution that has been proposed to them.  

A friend of mine who is a psychoanalyst once told me that patients get better in therapy despite their analysts' "technique."  It's the relationship that's curative, she told me.  A patient in need will find the water of healing in the desert of a therapist's theory.  If the same can be said of mediation -- that it's the relationship that's curative -- the question that naturally arises is whose relationship?  

Why the disputants of course, which is why I recommend joint sessions.  Not stylized adversarial position-based, chest-thumping, shoe-banging joint sessions ("we will bury you") but interest-based, inquisitive, collaborative, reality-testing mediator-and-attorney directed negotiation sessions. 

Before talking about joint sessions, however, let's look at the problem every litigator faces when advising his/her client whether to accept, make, or reject a settlement offer.  

The Problem in Bullet-Points

  • we can't predict the future (darn)
  • we think so much like lawyers that we've fogotten how to talk to juries like normal people (cf. Gerry Spence)
  • too few of us get to try enough cases to be any good at predicting results based on experience
  • we're subject to all the cognitive biases every other human being is, including,
    • self-serving bias -- the tendency to evaluate ambiguous information in a way that "fits" our existing view of the world
    • egocentric bias --  recalling the past in a self-serving manner
    • hind-sight bias -- filtering memory of past events through present knowledge
    • bias blind spot -- the tendency not to compensate for our biases 
    • optimism bias — the systematic tendency to be over-optimistic about the outcome of planned actions
    • overconfidence effect -- when we say we're 99% certain, we're wrong 40% of the time
    •  fundamental attribution error -- the tendency to over-emphasize personality-based explanations for behaviors observed in others while under-emphasizing the role and power of situational influences and reversing this error when the behavior at issue is our own.
    • Just-world phenomenon — the tendency for people to believe that the world is "just" and therefore people "get what they deserve"
  • We get so stuck in our positions that we fail to ask diagnostic questions that have been proven to result in significantly better negotiated outcomes for both parties.
  • We're so averse to leaving money on the table that we walk away from negotiations without having learned that our respective "bottom lines" actually overlap

Joint Sessions

My friend Judge Alexander Williams -- the soon to retire full-time settlement Judge in the downtown Los Angeles Superior Court -- has the following poster hanging in his jury room.

The surface is what the lawyers know.

The depth and breath; the texture and particularity; the details of the dispute and the desire for justice that exists on both sides, is known only to the litigants.  And they haven't (and won't) tell you what they know or want.

Why you should never leave a mediation or settlement conference without letting a skilled mediator facilitate a joint session in which the litigants can explore their joint interests and conflicting goals will be the subject of my next post.

See also Nuts and Boalts (You Had Me at Your Initial Offer) which directs us to Prospect Theory as a good explanation for our settlement errors.

Negotiating Influence: How to Help Your Opponents Change Their Minds

I have alot more to say about this but for the moment am simply linking you to an article at Cognitive daily demonstrating the known fact that you are far more likely to persuade another if you are making eye contact with him.  

And still opposing parties resist sitting in the same room with one another when attempting to settle litigation!

There is a considerable body of research showing that eye contact is a key component of social interaction. Not only are people more aroused when they are looked at directly, but if you consistently look at the person you speak to, you will have much more social influence over that person than you would if you averted your gaze.

For full article, click here.


Confidentiality Means Never Having to Say We're Liable

(image:  Le Silence O Redon)

In today's Daily Journal, reporter Greg Katz writes  that DESPITE RULES, NEUTRALS ARE RARELY BLAMED WHEN THEY MEDIATE AND TELL.

"What happens," asks Katz, "when a mediator is accused of breaking mediation confidentiality, the thing many mediators say is essential to their craft?"

The answer: probably nothing.

As Katz reports, the Simmons v. Ghaderi opinion that made mediation confidentiality iron-clad, arose from a mediation in which the neutral provided a sworn declaration to the Court reciting "details about [his attempt] to persuade Ghaderi to sign her consent," among other things.  

Ron Kelly, an architect of the state's confidentiality statutes, opined that the Declaration filed by the mediator in the Simmons case breached "Evidence Code Section 1121, which forbids mediators, in most instances, from reporting to the courts anything that takes place in their mediations."  Kelly concluded by saying,

If you were going to go after a mediator for malpractice, it seems like an open-and-shut case of violating the law would be a good start, don't you think?

Yes I do.  Yet local attorneys and mediators seem unconcerned.  Lucie Baron of ADR Services told Katz that her panel of neutrals had no policy on the matter because the mediators -- after all -- are attorneys and independent contractors to boot.  They don't, she noted, ask her for legal advice. 

Not a bad call on Baron's part.  But what about the neutrals? 

Their lack of attention to the spectre of "open-and-shut" malpractice litigation is perplexing.  Though the Simmons mediator could colorably claim that the law of confidentiality was unsettled at the time he submitted his declaration -- or that the factual scenario before him permitted the disclosures made -- in a post-Simmons environment, neutrals cannot be so sanguine.  Any disclosure of any communications during a mediation by the neutral would likely be actionable so long as it caused one of the litigants appreciable harm.     

When someone is unhappy with a result -- as too many litigants of mediated settlements are /* -- they search the field for people to blame. 

So far, mediators haven't been among the potential culprits.   

I wouldn't count on that situation lasting much longer.

_____________________

*/  More on this topic soon.

Neutrality, NFL Referees, Federal Judges and Mediators

I'm just back from a Judicate West retreat where we discussed the legal, practical and ethical issues of "neutrality."  So it is with no small amount of interest that I read Concurring Opinions provocative post I Trust NFL Officials More than I Do Federal Judges (h/t Quizlaw).  

Here's what Erik Lillquist has to say about the NFL official/federal judge comparative neutrality quotient:

My motivation for the title of the post is that I think NFL officials are actually better than judges on a number of these scores. For instance, NFL officials do not have the repeat-player problem. Furthermore, NFL officials are graded on all their calls, from every game, ensuring that the same calls are being made in all situations (and these days, they have to contend with the possibility of instant replay review on every call). And unlike federal judges and (to a certain extent) major league umpires, NFL officials are subject to the real possibility of termination for poor performance, something that cannot happen to Article III judges and rarely happens with major league umpires. As this LA Times article notes, between 2004 and 2007, there was actually more new Supreme Court justices than new (full-time, I assume) major league baseball umpires. In the NFL, on the other hand, turnover is more common. Because being a NFL official is so relentlessly competitive, the result is that (I think) NFL officials are more likely to get the call right than your typical judge (or umpire). 

To say neutrality is not precisely defined in mediation theory and practice is a vast understatement.    Consider these definitions of neutrality as reported in a "Knowledge Base Essay" on Neutrality at Beyond Intractability.

According to experienced mediator Robert Benjamin, neutral mediators:

  • will not intervene in the substance of the dispute;
  • are indifferent to clients' welfare;
  • have no relationship with the parties outside of the mediation;
  • will not attempt to alter perceived power balance differences;
  • are disinterested in the outcome; and
  • are unconcerned with the impact of the settlement on unrepresented parties. 

In contrast, Kevin Gibson, Leigh Thompson, and Max Bazerman (1996) identify three distinct conceptions of neutrality.

  • Neutrality as impartiality, which holds that the mediator should be free of bias and should set aside his or her opinions, feelings, and agendas.
  • Neutrality as equidistance, which focuses on the idea that mediators should try to give equal consideration to each side.
  • Neutrality as a practice in discourse. Mediators are supposed to shape problems in ways that give all speakers a chance to tell their story in a way that does not contribute to their own de-legitimization or marginalization.
  • The mediator gives each side a chance to talk about their positions and concerns, and then reframes these issues in a more neutral way so that parties are more likely to listen to and understand the other side's viewpoint. 
  • Then the mediator helps the parties to explore settlement options and to move toward a solution that all can agree on. Neutrality means that the mediator who facilitates this discussion should not have an interest in advancing the goals and positions of any party involved.

Similarly, Rachel Field (2000) points out that the term 'neutrality' encompasses "issues such as

  • a lack of interest in the outcome of the dispute,
  • a lack of bias towards one of the parties,
  • a lack of prior knowledge of the dispute and/or the parties,
  • the absence of the mediator making a judgment about the parties and their dispute, and
  • the idea that the mediator will be fair and even-handed." 

Thoughts from our readers?

It's Never Just About Money: The Wilson Sonsini Settlement

Big or small, litigation is never just about money.  Nor is settlement just about the strength of the parties legal positions or even the relevant facts.  Here, as reported by the Wall Street Journal Law Blog in Is It a Settlement? Wilson Pays Brocade to be Released From Backdating, its also about relationship and cooperation and respect.  Who knew?

So why would the S[pecial Litigation Committee] release [Wilson Sonsini] and Larry Sonsini? The SLC wrote that it weighed the opinion of a legal ethics expert as well as testimony and documents related to Sonsini and the firm’s roles at Brocade. It also listened to Sonsini and his firm’s “contentions that Brocade employees misled WSGR about stock-option grants” and that the firm had negotiated a good settlement with the SEC and helped avoid DOJ action against Brocade. The committee also considered the firm’s longstanding relationship with Brocade and the firm’s “willingness” to help the company resolve any “outstanding questions” about the backdating.

For the entire WSJ Law Blog post, click here.

Below -- Annie Lennox' Money Can't Buy It -- with a little Demi Moore Striptease for our gentlemen readers' mid-week enjoyment (with apologies to the puritanical and those who simply can't abide Demi Moore).

The IP Executive Summary of Blawg Review # 171

There's been some salacious commentary (such as WAC's Like a Vixen) about Blawg Review # 171.  I just want to say to anyone who missed the sexual revolution -- on either side of the generation gap -- we're sorry to have started it all.  We just never really left high school.

We've also heard some complaints that the most recent Blawg Review is just too darn long.  In honor of our sister blog and those attorneys who are still billing 2400 hours/year, we give you the IP Executive Summary of the Virgin Blawg Review #171 below. 

Isaac Newton.  The Straight Dope thinks the virginity of this octogenerian scientist and mathematician is less surprising that the fact that the math gene somehow keeps perpetuating itself.   We consecrate Newton's virginity to this week's best IP and IT posts.  William ("I am virginal") Patry is asking questions about the government's engagement in copyright infringement  but it is  Patry's final blog post that we celebrate as a true virginal moment.  Pause here.  

My late mother, aleha ha-shalom, told me repeatedly that I had a religious obligation to learn every day, and I have honored her memory by doing exactly that. Learning also involves changing how you think about things; it doesn't only mean reinforcing the existing views you already have. In this respect, Second Circuit Judge Pierre Leval once said that the best way to know you have a mind is to change it, and I have tried to live by that wisdom too. There are positions I have taken in the past I no longer hold, and some that I continue to hold. I have tried to be honest with myself: if you are not genuinely honest with yourself, you can't learn, and if you worry about what others think of you, you will be living their version of your life and not yours.

Other IP bloggers have, of course, reflected on Patry's Final Blog Words here and here

Back in the worldly word, Patently O -- which promiscuously shares itself with millions of readers every year -- turns its pen over to David McGowan who discusses why we should not interpret the recent Quanta decision too broadly Lou Michels suggests we be the masters of our own domains, using the the recent San Francisco IT fiasco as a cautionary tale -- don't let a single person have control of all the keys to your kingdom.

 

We've heard tell that reading your iPhone has replaced the cigarette for post-coital bliss, in which case you'll be glad to hear Brett Trout at BlawgIT suggest that you might soon be watching television from that device.  Protection, protection, protection.  In a software license, boilerplate integration and non-reliance terms might not insulate a firm from claims based upon its salesfolks "over"promises.  Elsewhere, at least one IP Blogger wonders whether blog content licensing might be dying for lack of buyers? (people pay for Blog content while I give it away for free?????)

The IP Dispute of the Week, of course, is Hasbro's suit against Rajat and Jayant Agarwalla for their Facebook hit Scrabulous.  Scrabble itself was invented during the Depression by Alfred Mosher Butts, an out-of-work architect.  How did he do it?  As the New York Times explained in its review of Steve Fastis book, Word Freak (Zo. Qi. Doh. Hoo. Qursh) Scrabble's inventor assumed that the game would work best if the game letters  "appear[ed] in the same frequency as in the language itself."  So he

counted letters in The New York Times, The New York Herald Tribune and The Saturday Evening Post to calculate letter frequencies for various word lengths. Playing the game with his wife, Nina, and experimenting as he went along, Butts carefully worked out the size of the playing grid (225 squares, or 15 by 15), the number of tiles (100), point values for the letters, the placement of double- and triple-score squares, the distribution of vowels and consonants, and so on.

In response to the Hasbro lawsuit Ron Coleman at Likelihood of Confusion asks "How Many Points is Infringement?" -- one of those rare legal questions that actually has an answer rather than 20 more questions.     

If Player 1 opens with "fringe" (double word) for 24 points; Player 2 follows by slapping an "i" on the triple word score followed by an "n" for "infringe" and 33 points; and, Player 1 responds with "ment" for 19 points, the combined score for "infringement" is 75 points. Our readers can do the math and moves on "trademark" and copyright." 

On the matter of greater moment --  Will the ax fall on Scrabulous -- Jonathan Zittrain at The Future of the Internet answers his own question in the affirmative based on the name alone, opining that by calling it "rainbows and buttercups” instead of “Scrabulous” there’d be little claim of brand confusion but noting the "residual claim that the Scrabulous game board infringes the copyright held in the Scrabble game board."  More on Scrabulous and its replacement with Word Scraper at the Video Game Law Blog here. (Mr. Thrifty's and my first game of Word Scraper here!) 

Has anyone recently said God bless the best IP aggregator in the universe -- the IP Think Tank's Global Week in Review?  This week IPTT points to the following posts on the Hasbro Scrabble debacle -- (Spicy IP), (Techdirt), (The Trademark Blog), (Out-Law), (Law360).  While we're talking IP aggregation, check out Patent Baristas' regular Friday IP Round-up.  All around aggregators include Anne Reed's (Deliberations) reading list and Kevin O'Keefe's LexMonitor.

Both Geoff Sharp and I picked up 8 impediments to settling patent cases on appeal (a desire for "justice" is not an impediment but a means to settlement).  While we're taking an ADR angle, Virtually Blind's post Second Life Lawsuit Avoided; Law is Cool's Love, Actionable; and,    Slashdot's recommend reading of the week (The Pragmatic CSO) are all well worth a look.  

Slashdot also reminds us that IP prevention is worth a pound of IP litigation with the post WB Took Pains to "Delay" Pirating of the Dark Knight as follows: 

"a new studio tactic [is] not to prevent piracy, but to delay it . . . Warner Bros. executives said [they] prevent[ed] camcorded copies of the reported $180-million [Dark Knight] film from reaching Internet file-sharing sites for about 38 hours. Although that doesn't sound like much progress, it was enough time to keep bootleg DVDs off the streets as the film racked up a record-breaking $158.4 million on opening weekend. .  . The success of an anti-piracy campaign is measured in the number of hours it buys before the digital dam breaks.'"

If you're sufficiently virginal to believe in magic, check out the Law and Magic Law Blog's announcement of the dismissal of a defamation lawsuit against Magic Mag as protected opinion while Ernie the Attorney has at least one more make to make your iPhone magic here.

Meanwhile, the Legal Talk Network gathers together bloggers and co-hosts, J. Craig Williams and Bob Ambrogi to welcome Attorney Kevin A. Thompson from the firm Davis McGrath LLC, and Lauren Gelman, Executive Director of Stanford Law School's Center for Internet and Society to discuss Viacom's suit against Google's YouTube for the violation of its copyrights in a $1 billion lawsuit.

Because I used to type patent applications for Uniroyal (IBM Selectric - 5 carbon copies) I get a sweet whiff of nostalgia from Wiki Patents -- like this one -- Flexible Row Redundancy System 7404113 -- a row redundancy system is provided for replacing faulty wordlines of a memory array having a plurality of banks. The row redundancy system includes a remote fuse bay storing at least one faulty address corresponding to a faulty wordline of the memory array . . . .  Another available data base for the engineering-attorney crowd is the subject of  Securing Innovations post IBM Technical Disclosures' Prior Art Data BaseConcurring Opinions covers IP in the News this weekPeter Zura's 271 Patent Blog considers a patent that was a "Colossal Waste of Time" and  IP Kat curls up with Small and Sole.  

Next week, the Blawg Review will be hosted by the Ohio Employer's Law Blog which we expect will be far more respectful of BR's readers' political, religious and sexual sensitivities than this one was.  Thanks for letting us play.  And a very, very, very good night!

Slow Down -- Trial Lawyer Practicing Tranquility Nearby

ImageChef.com - Custom comment codes for MySpace, Hi5, Friendster and more

Check out Underdog's Blog post Practicing non-anger if you're feeling stressed and cranky.   Because there's a riot of unruly pre-school children residing inside of me, I too center myself as often as possible by remembering that everything is internconnected.  Here's what DUI attorney Jon Katz does to keep himself from boiling over.  

One approach I try to use in staying consistently calm and not angry is in focusing on how everyone ultimately is interconnected. Those who reach such a view from a deeply-held religious perspective -- which I do not, still remaining an agnostic who is into Judaism and Buddhism nonetheless -- might have an easier time sticking to the view than I do.

In any event, the more we see that we are interconnected, the less we will be tempted to cause disharmony to others and the more we will want to help everyone rise as we rise, and not to try to pull them into a ditch even if we find ourselves in one.

Read the remainder of the post here.

I was just telling Mr. Thrifty over the dinner dishes that my life as a litigator got far far better when one of my biggest and most enduring pieces of litigation was assigned to Judge Carolyn Kuhl over at the Complex Court here in Los Angeles.  She set such an even-tempered example that opposing counsel and I aspired to live up to it.  We wanted to please her.  Everything got better after that.  

That led me to think about the way Judges' ill tempers effects their dockets.  The Judge bats the attorneys around the courtroom like cat toys and they begin to behave like caged animals on an electrified grid.  The attorneys behave badly and that irritates the Judge who demeans and belittles them.  The attorneys then demean and belittle each other and everyone is trapped in the vicious cycle. 

Maybe if Judges realized that they have this effect on attorneys, they'd adjust their own attitudes and see the attorney wrangling before them chill out a little.

Thanks for the wise words, Jon.

Negotiating Bankruptcy

My favorite local bankruptcy mediators

Ben Siegel of Buchalter (left)

former bankruptcy judge Herb Katz (right)

Bankruptcy mediation catches on nationwide

A decade ago, there were only a handful of mediation programs in bankruptcy courts.

Long associated with family law disputes, mediation programs were slow to catch on in complex business litigation, including bankruptcy cases.

But that's changing.

More than two-thirds of the 90 bankruptcy courts have mediation available, according to Robert Niemic, senior attorney at the Federal Judicial Center. Even more offer some other form of alternative dispute resolution, such as judicial settlement conferences.

In the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California, more than 3,800 cases have been referred to mediation since 1995. About 64 percent of those cases were resolved through settlements.

To keep costs down, the first day of mediation is free. Parties choose from a list of 200 attorneys and non-attorneys, such as accountants and financial experts, who volunteer as mediators.

Chief Bankruptcy Court Judge Barry Russell, who launched the mediation program in 1995, said that most cases settle in a day, producing major cost savings for both the court and the parties involved.

For full article, click here.

Change Your Definition of Winning?

Change your definition of “winning” to include the business perspective. “Winning for the business” may not mean victory in a trial but preserving management time and protecting the business’s reputation and brand.  From Early Case Assessment from Seagate Services.

Seagate is selling an e-discovery product (reason number one for leaving commercial litigation now -- e-discovery).  But the quote above nails my own attitude toward resolving complex commercial disputes.

Negotiating Revenge

Who negotiates revenge? 

Lawyers, of course. 

In the criminal law, the negotiation ends either in a plea bargain or the Best Alternative to it -- trial.

Most civil lawyers don't think about revenge much.  When settling a case, however, they should understand their clients' desire for vengence if they want to break past the psychological impasse to giving up the ultimate reward in a society based upon the law -- vindication of a party's  position and punishment of the opposition by way of a jury verdict.

Today, the New York Times -- in Calculating Economics of an Eye for an Eye by Patricia Cohen -- brings us a better way to understand the primal need for vengence which, it seems, is based not only on our "human nature" but also on our acculturation and personal experience. 

Even Dr. Melfi wants revenge in a world where the "justice system is %$^#'ed up."

 

The good news for countries clinging to the rule of law (as we are despite the recent assaults upon it) is as follows:

vengeful feelings are stronger in countries with low levels of income and education, a weak rule of law and those who recently experienced a war or are ethnically or linguistically fragmented. Anthropologists tend to believe that vengeful feelings were useful in binding a family or group together in early human society. They were protective devices before states were established and did the job of punishing wrongdoers.

Check out the full article here.  H/T to Marginal Revolution here.

Can You Say What You're Writing to Opposing Counsel Face-to-Face? Would you Want to?

Thanks to David R. Donoghue at the Chicago IP Litigation Blog for picking up my recent Daily Journal article on the Dangers of Email in Litigation and running with it in A Call for Face-to-Face Communication in Litigation.  As David comments:

It is no surprise that increased aggression in a naturally aggressive proceeding has negative consequences. For example, parties that often meet for the first time at a mediation or settlement conference arrive not trusting or respecting each other, making resolution much more difficult. Pynchon suggested a somewhat radical solution to the email problem -- live meetings with opposing counsel. She suggested that you routinely have live meetings with opposing counsel throughout the course of a litigation, including perhaps even doing some meetings over a meal. The face-to-face contact would generate the trust and respect needed to resolve issues that always arise during a litigation. I have always advocated live meetings with co-counsel in a multi-party litigation. Email communications (or even conference calls) tend to get out of hand and the parties tend not to pay enough attention to others' positions. I am going to expand that practice to opposing counsel.

One other thought, that I do not know if Pynchon will agree with. Those who still avoid email and continue using letters as a main communication means are not off the hook. I started practicing when letters, not emails, were how you communicated with opposing counsel. Those letters tended to be far more aggressive than the attorneys were in a live conversation. And I suspect people tended to read extra aggression into the letters they received. I do not know if aggression is stronger in emails than letters, but the same problem exists whether you hit send, hit print or use a pen to write to opposing counsel.

Looking for help with your communication skills?  Though directed at teachers, here is a list of Six Ways to Improve Non-Verbal Communication Skills that will assist lawyers and their clients in resolving conflict face-to-face. 

 

And then the juror applauded . . . .

Thanks to Anne Reed at Deliberations for following California case law on juror misconduct and bias.  I won't steal her thunder -- click here for What is the Sound of One Juror Clapping?

I will, however, provide the appellate court's comment on human fallability -- a recognition we all need to carry into any settlement conference or mediation with us.  Vast conspiracies are the rare one-off.  As Al Gore once said -- we think we can evacuate the planet but not New Orleans?  It's our human capacity for error coupled with our human tendency to search the field for someone to blame that accounts for most unresolved conflict.  Here's the local Met News article on the opinion and the appellate opinion itself (from our own Second District here in Los Angeles): 

"The jury system is fundamentally human, which is both a strength and a weakness. . . . Jurors are not automatons. They are imbued with human frailities as well as virtues. If the system is to function at all, we must tolerate a certain amount of imperfection short of actual bias. To demand theoretical perfection from every juror during the course of a trial is unrealistic."

Missouri Employers Can't Lock Employees in Arbitration Chains

Thanks to ContractsProf Blog for the following: 

In late June, the Missouri Court of Appeals addressed the legal enforceability of a program adopted by Hallmark requiring employees to arbitrate employment disputes. The court held that Hallmark's ADR program did not constitute a contract and that there was no consideration to bind the employees to the promise to arbitrate claims.

The employer's arguments in favor of enforcement in this case were very much like those argued by O'Melveny & Myers here in California with the same result in the Ninth Circuit  --  the employee was not bound by an agreement by continuing to work after all employees were notified that their continued work for the company would constitute consent to being bound by the arbitration provision.

Check out the ContractsProf Blog analysis here.  We particularly like this comment by the Court:

The idea that an employer can create any legal contract it dares to create (based on a condition of at-will employment) cannot be sustained upon reflection. Imagine, for instance, an employer publishing a memo to employees stating that:

Anyone who continues to work for us through next Monday will be conclusively deemed to have agreed, as a condition of remaining in our employ through that date, that you will contribute twenty dollars per month over the next ten years to the National Association of Manufacturers (NAM), whether or not you remain employed here during that time. If you do not agree, you will need to resign your employment immediately, because by continuing to work, you are agreeing.

Yes, I did see the Beatles play the Hollywood Bowl in 1964, with an emphasis on SEE -- couldn't hear a thing!  Just a little nostalgia for my boomer readers.
 

Enforcing Mediated Settlement Agreements Post-Simmons v. Ghaderi

Update:  there's a good discussion of the holding and rationale at the Complex Litigator -- Simmons v. Ghaderi: mediation privilege trumps allegation of oral settlement agreement here.

I'm re-posting this "how to" now that Simmons v. Ghaderi has been decided.  You no longer have even a fighting chance of enforcing a mediated settlement agreement that fails to comply with the Code.  So here's the procedure, as recommended by my and Deborah Rothman's article in the Daily Journal in November 2006 -- Take Steps to Ensure that Mediated Settlement Agreements Can Be Enforced. 

Assuming your client insists on orally memorializing the settlement reached in mediation, you must comply strictly with Evidence Code Sections 1118 and 1124. An oral agreement reached during a mediation can be proven and enforced only if (1) its terms are recited to a court reporter or recorded by a sound device in the presence of all parties and the mediator, (2) the parties expressly agree to those terms on the record, (3) the recording is reduced to writing and signed within 72 hours of its recordation and (4) all parties to the agreement expressly agree in a writing, in the sound recording or in the reported record that the signed written transcript may be disclosed.

Th[e] procedure for enforcing an oral settlement is so technical and cumbersome . . . (counsel and mediators rarely have court reporters standing by or tape recorders in their breast pockets), that we recommend against it.

We instead suggest that the parties document all settlements in writing, even if the writing contains only skeletal deal terms and even if someone has to begin drafting it at 2 a.m. The agreement should provide that the parties intend it to be enforceable or binding and that all parties expressly agree in writing to its disclosure. . . . If an action is pending between the parties, the memorandum of understanding should be made enforceable under Code of Civil Procedure Section 664.6.

See also the Supreme Court's decision in Fair v. Bhaktiari, interpreting the phrase "words to that effect" in section 1123(b) as requiring a written mediated settlement agreement to "directly express the parties’ agreement to be bound by the document they sign."

Almost right will not do.  You must strictly comply with these provisions or your mediated settlement agreement will not be enforceable.

Simmons v. Ghaderi: When the Legislature Said Mediation Was Confidential, It Meant What it Said

Today, the Supreme Court handed down a unanimous ruling in the long-awaited Simmons v. Ghaderi case about which I've commented on many occasions -- both on the importance of the confidentiality laws the Supreme Court held were air-tight today and on the process itself as a common example of a failed mediation proceeding.

Highlights from the opinion:

  • "The Legislature chose to promote mediation by ensuring confidentiality rather than adopt a scheme to ensure good behavior in the mediation and litigation process."
  • [T]he legislative history of the mediation confidentiality statutes as a whole reflects a desire that section 1115 et seq. be strictly followed in the interest of efficiency. By laying down clear rules, the Legislature intended to reduce litigation over the admissibility and disclosure of evidence regarding settlements and communications that occur during mediation. (citation omitted).  Allowing courts to craft judicial exceptions to the statutory rules would run counter to that intent."
  • In Foxgate,  we reasoned we "were bound to respect the Legislature’s policy choice to protect mediation confidentiality rather than create a procedure that encouraged good faith participation in mediation. Thus, we held that evidence of a party’s bad faith during the mediation may not be admitted or considered." 

Here's the appellate decision that was reversed on nearly every ground raised in Justice Aldrich's compellingly well-reasoned dissent.

Here are our previous commentaries:

Take Steps to Ensure Mediation Agreements Can Be Enforced (co-authored by local arbitrator and mediator Deborah Rothman, first published in the Daily Journal)

You Say Waiver, I Say Estoppel, Let's Call the Whole Thing Wrong -- Another Look at Simmons v. Ghaderi  

If I Settle, It Will Mean that I Killed Her -- Anatomy of a Failed Medical Malpractice Mediation, at the National Institute for Advanced Conflict Resolution

Here's a veiw that opposes my own -- Kirk Pasich Replies:  the Mediation Privilege and Bad Faith Carrier Conduct.

Summer Associate Advisory: The Staff Knows More Than You Do

The Wall Street Journal Law Blog (Don't Wear Flip-Flops and Other Advice for Summer Associates) points us to a valuable new site for young associates (and would-be associates) -- The Hiring Partner's Office.   Whether or not this anonymous blog is posted by a hiring partner or a savvy summer associate makes little difference to the quality of the advice provided.  Check out Top Ten Things that Annoy Your Hiring Partner, one of which recognizes what most summer associates don't yet know -- the power in the firm as far as you're concerned, rests with people you might be naive enough to believe are "beneath" you. 

Number three on the list of what not to do this summer is --     

Being rude to support staff. If you say thank you to everyone who helps you, you would be amazed at how the staff will respond. Support staff work hard to help make you and the firm look good to clients and other third parties. DO NOT treat them like doormats. DO treat them with respect and show your appreciation.

Why do we mention this in a negotiation law blog?  Because you need to know who the secret stakeholders are when you are attempting to resolve any conflict or broker any deal.  They are not who they appear to be. 

And, head's up!!  "Your" secretary has been "practicing law" for decades.  S/he knows the judges, the court reporters, the clerks at the courthouse and the pecking order in the law firm.  S/he also knows where the bodies are buried.

Be nice.  Be teachable.  Learn.  Thrive.

Even if They're Just Hoops to Jump Through ADR Clauses are Worth Getting Right

Bob Hunt over at Realty Times has a nice consumer-friendly article entitled Californa Court Holds That Mediation Provision "Means What It Says".  /*

As Hunt writes, 

The standard residential purchase contract in California is produced by the California Association of Realtors® (CAR). It contains two sections that are easy to overlook or to take as “boilerplate”, but that can be very important if things go awry between the parties. One of those sections deals with attorney fees, providing that, in the event of any proceeding between buyer and seller, the prevailing party shall be entitled to attorney fees and costs from the non-prevailing party. The attorney fee section contains an exception, however, and that exception is spelled out in the portion of the contract referring to mediation. There it is said that, if either party initiates an action “without first attempting to resolve the matter through mediation, or refuses to mediate after a request has been made, then that party shall not be entitled to recover attorney fees… .” [my emphasis] /*

When Mr. Thrifty and I purchased our house in '02, we were presented with one of these form contracts.  I'm a lazy form contract signator myself.  Negotiation training or not, I generally assume these contracts are "take it or leave it" and I sign them accordingly.  /**

Not Mr. Thrifty.

"What's the procedure?"  I recall him pressing our real estate agent.    "When is the demand for mediation supposed to be made and how are the parties supposed to conduct it and what happens if the parties can't reach agreement on the mediator to conduct the process?"

He was having none of it. 

"I'm crossing it out," he said, as blue ink flowed over the mediation provision and our agent let out of small gasp of dismay.

By that time, everyone was so "bought in" to the sale, that Mr. Thrifty's effort to strike  the form language prevailed.  No mediation necessary in this household!

Beware of Form Contract Language

As Bob Hunt explains, the Lange Court gave the back of its hand to the contention that it was "too difficult" to make the required demand for mediation.  

“If the [sellers] could be found and served with a lawsuit by mail, they could have been sent a mediation demand by mail[,]” [held the Court]  All that the plaintiff had to do was attempt to mediate before he filed suit; and he didn't. Quoting a related case, the court noted that the mediation provision “means what it says and will be enforced.” 

Though it's not surprising to find bare bones ADR provisions in industry form contracts -- bones so bear that their meaning must be litigated -- defeating the purpose of the summary proceedings provided for -- it is surprising to find attorneys continuing to paste form contract language into their client's negotiated agreements.  This is particularly troublesome when what's at stake -- the attorneys' fees -- makes the difference between bringing litigation or not or settling litigation or not.

If it's worth putting a clause into your contract, it's worth spending the time to imagine what might happen if circumstances triggering that clause arise.  If you're practicing in a firm with both transactional and litigation attorneys, I highly recommend that the wordsmiths run the "standard" ADR, attorney fee, choice of law, and venue provisions by the litigators who have undoubtedly already tested these provisions in the fire of conflict.  You won't be sorry you did.       

_______________________

*/  The case -- Lange v. Schilling -- was originally ordered not not to be published.  Had that Order stood, the case would not create precedent under California law.  As the reader of the linked opinion can see, however, it was subsequently ordered published and can be cited as authority. 

**/  The form contract language at issue reads as follows:

Buyer and Seller agree to mediate any dispute or claim arising between them out of this Agreement, or any resulting transaction, before resorting to arbitration or court action. . . . If, for any dispute or claim to which this paragraph applies, any party commences an action without first attempting to resolve the matter through mediation, or refuses to mediate after a request has been made, then that party shall not be entitled to recover attorney fees, even if they would otherwise be available to that party in any such action.

Humane Society Protects Animal Rights by Purchasing "Puppy Mill"

Sometimes it's better to skip the legal wrangling altogether and move directly to settlement options -- like purchasing puppy mills from negligent owners rather than asking the state to shut them down by way of a lawsuit.  

Not only do you avoid the high transaction costs of engaging the machinery of the legal system, you waste no time when time means continued suffering. 

Here's the New York Times article -- Wisconsin Anti-Pupply Mill Tactic -- reporting that the Wisconsin Humane Society took the fast track to end suffering by

buy[ing] and clos[ing] one of the nation’s largest dog-breeding facilities.

Cory Smith of the Humane Society of the United States says the effort may be the first time a chapter has dealt with the issue of so-called puppy mills by buying one of them. The Wisconsin society said it would find homes for the more than 1,100 dogs at the Puppy Haven Kennel in Markesan. An American Kennel Club spokeswoman, Daisy Okas, says the club suspended and fined the kennel’s owner in 2006 over the facility’s conditions.

Continue reading here.

Are Discovery and Pre-Trial Victories the Only Big Game in the Litigation Hunt?

The quote below (though unduly harsh)  points to a problem we've had in the AmLaw 200 since most cases became too big to try. 

I'm coming back to this, promise. 

Now I'm just linking to John Wade's (as always brilliant) article -- Judicial Decision Making in Australia -- that quotes it.

“Because litigators rarely win or lose cases, they derive job satisfaction by recasting minor discovery disputes as titanic struggles. Younger lawyers, convinced that their future careers may hinge on how tough they seem while conducting discovery, may conclude that it is more important to look and sound ferocious than to act co-operatively, even if all that huffing and puffing does not help (and sometimes harms) their cases. While unpleasant at first, nastiness, like chewing tobacco, becomes a habit… Without guidance as to appropriate conduct from their elders, either at the firm or at the bench, it is easy for young lawyers not only to stay mired in contumacious, morally immature conduct, but to actually enjoy it.”  D Yablon, “Stupid Lawyer Tricks: An Essay on Discovery Abuse” (1996) 96 Columbia Law Rev 1618.

 

Mediator Geoff Sharp Up Close and Personal (with Vickie Pynchon tagging along)

DAILY JOURNAL NEWSWIRE ARTICLE
http://www.dailyjournal.com
© 2008 The Daily Journal Corporation.
All rights reserved.
-------------------------------------------

June 23, 2008

POPULAR ADR BLOGGER GETS SOME FACE TIME IN LOS ANGELES
By Greg Katz
Daily Journal Staff Writer 

SANTA MONICA - Nearly everybody in the Southern California mediation community knows the face of mediator Geoff Sharp but not too many have met him.

That's because the New Zealand-based mediator's scruffy mug sits atop his popular ADR blog, Mediator Blah ... Blah ..., at mediatorblahblah.blogspot.com.

Sitting down for coffee at a beachfront hotel with Los Angeles mediator and fellow ADR blogger Victoria Pynchon, Sharp said his blog is what got him his ticket for this trip to Southern California.

He was in town at the request of the Pepperdine University School of Law, giving a lecture at the Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution's annual summer dispute resolution conference last week.

"For someone like me to get to Pepperdine - why would you ask a farm boy like me?" Sharp said, laughing. "The blog's the only way that I talk to these people."

Sharp's witty and concise blog helps chart the course of the online mediation conversation. There are about 150 ADR blogs worldwide, according to one blogger, and many of them link back to Sharp's.

He blogs a potpourri of ADR links, anecdotes and opinions on a wide range of mediation topics, most of them relevant to both local and international audiences.

In one recent post, he chided some "lazy" neutrals who have given parties the impression that mediation is "a process where you show up at a downtown building but never speak to, or even meet, the room full of people with whom you have your problem and whose cooperation you require to solve it."

In another post, Sharp described a mediation in which a lawyer asked him to calculate the hypotenuse of a right triangle.

Sharp said he initially was worried that he couldn't do it.

"But I am pleased to report dear reader, that I was equal to the task," he wrote.

Sharp also broaches sensitive subjects, writing at length about how difficult it is for mediators to build their practices.

But whether the difficulties of mediation are financial or mathematical, he wouldn't think about going back to litigating.

In the late 1990s, Sharp left his litigation practice at Bell Gully, a large New Zealand law firm, to start mediating.

Sharp is now a member of the advanced mediation panels for both of New Zealand's widely recognized mediation training organizations, LEADR and the Arbitration and Mediation Institute of New Zealand.

He also is consulting with the International Mediation Institute on its proposed mediator qualifications standards. Mediator standards are a frequent subject of his blog posts, as well.

He said he relishes the freedom he gained from leaving a big firm, though mediating often proves lonely.

"If you ask why [mediators] blog, it's because we're so solitary," Sharp said.

Becoming an ADR blogger, he said, was like making friends "on the same block in a new town," even though most other bloggers are in other countries.

Sharp said that blogging about mediations, with their strict confidentiality rules, can be complicated.

At first, he would post about specific events in mediations, such as one lawyer who wore his Bluetooth headset throughout a mediation, even when he "went to the john," Sharp said.

Was it blinking?" Pynchon chimed in.

But now, with a wider audience, Sharp focuses on the more philosophical and legal issues in mediation. When he wants to tell a particular story, he embellishes the events that happened in mediation so no one feels their confidential conduct is being publicized.

"I haven't let the facts get in the way of a good story," says the disclaimer on his blog.

Pynchon, who writes the popular ADR blog Settle It Now, at negotiationlawblog.com, said that even when bloggers are careful, mediator blogs can disturb parties. One party recently came to Pynchon asking whether a post referred to that party's case.

It didn't.

Another post, about the California Supreme Court mediation confidentiality case, Simmons v. Ghaderi, provoked the defendant to call Pynchon personally.

"It's like having a cartoon character come to life," Pynchon said of being contacted by someone she only knew through reading briefs and opinions. Simmons v. Ghaderi, 143 Cal.App.4th 410 49 Cal.Rptr.3d 342 (2006).

But despite the occasional hassle, blogging has become a way of life for the two mediators.
"For me, blogging and dispute resolution rest on the same principles: collaboration and reciprocity," Pynchon said.

Sharp nodded his agreement.

"I don't do this profit," he said with a smile. "I do it for ego."

The Comforts of Litigation

I am writing an appellate brief.  I do this from time to time to keep my hand in the game.  I also do it because . . . . .  well, it's a heckuva lot easier to make money as a lawyer than it is to make money as a mediator.

Just saying.

Not only that.  Litigation is a heckuva lot more comfortable than mediation. 

Why?

  • I'm right

          Alone in my office with Lexis/Nexis, Westlaw, and the cold appellate record I am right about my client's position, its version of the facts, and its read of the law.  I've read the other side's arguments and they're . . . wrong, wrong wrong.  They mis-state the factual record, cite irrelevant case law, construe the contract contrary to its plain meaning and misapply its provisions under their own recitation of the facts.  They elide, evade, fail to answer the hard questions, and mislead the court.    

  • I'm on the side of truth, justice and the American way 

          I'm not only right.  I'm righteously right.  With this brief, I will correct every injustice my client has suffered, justify every humiliation I have suffered at the hands of the trial judge, vindicate myself for all of the times my client has doubted my first [perfectly right and righteous] evaluation of the merits of its case.  For this moment, as I sit at my computer alone, I live in a country and work in a system in which compromise is not necessary; loss need never be suffered; my client can be made "whole."

  • The chaos of community is orderly and predictable 

          There is precedent for this messy business problem.  The courts have laid out the grid.  All I have to do is meet the 3 tests, satisfy the 4 conditions, perch the right facts on each of the 5 prongs, prove the elements of my rectitude.  All of my versions of the facts being true, true, true, there is only one right and predictable outcome possible.  It is the one I have always said was right.  Chaos will be vanquished.  Order restored.  

  • I do not have to suffer loss

          Until the last appeal has been made to the highest court in the land, neither I nor my client need suffer loss.  We do not need to experience injustice; make an effort to make peace with our neighbors; accept the possibility that our memories are spotty; our analysis subject to criticism; our behavior less than laudatory; our reverses irreversible. 

  • As long as I am writing this brief, the world conforms to my vision.

          As long as I am writing, I am not only potentially victorious, I live in a world of my own choosing, that conforms to my sense of the way things ought to be.  The characters in my world are good or evil.  There is no middle ground.  They are telling the truth or they are lying.  They live their lives by right principle or they are scoundrels whose evil deeds will surely be their undoing.  

  • I am innocent again

          As long as this appeal lasts, I am a child again.  It is 1962 and I am in the fifth grade.  The Lone Ranger will always ride to the rescue. I do not yet have to worry about Tonto's place in the social and economic order of the day.  The cattle rustlers will be punished.  The hard working ranchers' goods will be returned.  Honor will be vindicated.  The bandits will be put behind bars or buried in their graves.  

 A fiery horse with the speed of light, a cloud of dust and a hearty "Hi Ho Silver!" The Lone Ranger.  With his faithful Indian companion Tonto, the daring and resourceful masked rider of the plains, led the fight for law and order in the early west. Return with us now to those thrilling days of yesteryear. The Lone Ranger rides again!

Insurers with Potential Coverage Must Personally Attend Mediation Sessions

Head's up insurance carriers and their counsel!

Noting the benefits of appellate mediation and the desirability of participants attending in person, a California appellate court warned insurers in Campagnone v. Enjoyable Pools & Spas that even the potential of coverage requires a representative with full settlement authority to attend court-ordered appellate mediations in person, unless excused in writing by the mediator. Further, the court warned parties and counsel that they may also face sanctions if they fail to notify insurers with potential coverage about appellate mediations. The court noted that California’s strict mediation confidentiality provisions prevent mediators from disclosing whether anyone fails to attend, but that an aggrieved party may do so in seeking sanctions from the court. The court withheld sanctions in this case only because no previous opinion had spelled out these requirements, even though the insurer was only liable for amounts in excess of $3 million and the judgment in the trial court was $2.4 million.

Campagnone v. Enjoyable Pools & Spas, No. C055050 (Cal. App.3d Dist., May 30, 2008)


Thanks to Keith Seat Mediation Newsletter for the case.

And thanks to arbitrator and mediator extraordinaire Deborah Rothman for passing this along to me.  (speaking of gender politics, Deborah graduated with the first class of women to be admitted to Yale University)

What if This Were Our Sole Purpose?

What if the sole purpose of our rise from the apes and of all of our history, knowledge, and technology were to get us far enough away from earth to realize we are responsible for the stewardship of this planet?

Would it make a difference to the way we conduct our relationships with one another?

This picture of the Earth and Moon in a single frame, the first of its kind ever taken by a spacecraft, was recorded September 18, 1977, by NASAs Voyager 1 when it was 11.66 million km (7.25 million miles) from Earth.

The moon is at the top of the picture and beyond the Earth as viewed by Voyager. - In the picture are eastern Asia, the western Pacific Ocean and part of the Arctic. Voyager 1 was directly above Mt. Everest (on the night side of the planet at 25 degrees north latitude) when the picture was taken. - The photo was made from three images taken through color filters, then processed by the Image Processing Lab at Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL). Because the Earth is many times brighter than the Moon, the Moon was artificially brightened by a factor of three relative to the Earth by computer enhancement so that both bodies would show clearly in the prints. - Voyager 1 was launched September 5, 1977 and Voyager 2 on August 20, 1977. JPL is responsible for the Voyager mission.

From about.com

Dispute Resolution by Old White Men: Gender Prejudice Sinks Abriration Award

O.K., the subject line was meant to shock you and to draw criticism for what I will admit is my greatest unresolved prejudicial default -- that white men over 65 who didn't participate in the  American cultural revolution of the late nineteen sixties and early 1970's did not and will never "get it." 

The Court opinion that triggered the headline and the recollections below is here.  The "executive summary" is as follows:  One of three arbitrators who cast the deciding vote on a plastic surgery malpractice case

  • failed to disclose that he'd been censured while on the bench for making "sexually suggestive remarks to and asked sexually explicit questions of female staff members; referred to a staff member using crude and demeaning names and descriptions and an ethnic slur; referred to a fellow jurist’s physical attributes in a demeaning manner; and mailed a sexually suggestive postcard to a staff member addressed to her at the courthouse.” 
  • The majority arbitrators deciding the malpractice case stated that the female claimant was not credible because the "severity of the symptoms to which she testified went beyond what she described to her doctors, adding, “This claimant has had five prior facial surgeries.”
  • Similarly, in summarizing the claimant's expert’s testimony, these arbitrators noted, “One thing probably everyone can agree upon, after five facial surgeries, [claimant] could have done without a sixth one.”

Back to My Own History as Descriptive of --  But No Excuse for -- My Own Biases

We all have biases that we hide from others and some that we successfully hide from ourselves.  

We live, I'm told, in a 200 year present.  That means that my early life affects your life today.  After all, I'm an old white woman, about whom you may well have biases.  If I sit on your arbitration panel, you're going to want to understand those biases.  That's why I'm giving you a bullet-pointed history of what the world was like when I was forming my essential character at 17 years of age in 1969.

  • the "want-ads" in the classified section of every major newspaper in American were categorized by gender -- "help wanted - women" and "help wanted - men"
  • in my senior year in high school, my entire class took "preference aptitude" tests to give us an idea of what our future careers might look like -- the girls were given "pink" tests and the boys "blue" tests -- had I shown an aptitude for, say, math (and no I didn't) I would have been steered into nursing; my male friends into "medicine" as physicians.
  • women were subject of explicit ridicule in magazine and newspaper cartoons -- we were airheads, bimbos, bad drivers, harpies or -- the "new" stereotype -- communist-longhair-folk-singing-America-hating-hippie-riot-inciting-"girls" who were alternately "men hating" or -- an old phrase -- "of easy virtue."

  • it wasn't until the 1970's, when I was in college and already planning a career teaching English (after all, nursing required math-skills) that the idea of a career in the law for women as anything other than a secretary began to seem possible.
  • when I was in high school
  • when I  was practicing law (these all from the early '80s)
    • a partner for whom I worked told me that women weren't permitted at the local "men's only" club because "we don't want our wives there."
    • a Judge required me to identify myself as Mrs. or Miss and when I said I didn't think it necessary to identify myself by my marital status, asked "what are you some kind of [women's] libber?" (yes, I lost the motion)
    • I was advised by the few women attorneys senior to me not to get pregnant until after I made partner
    • secretaries were allowed to refuse to be assigned to a woman attorney
    • the first woman to make partner at my law firm was quite openly referred to as "the first muff partner" by her colleagues 
    • on the other hand, when a client said (of my assignment to its case) that the company did not want to be represented by a "girl," my partner told the client "then you don't want this firm representing you because she's the best associate I have"

I promise to work on my prejudices.  And I advise anyone who is about to appear before any dispute resolver -- be that person male, female, white, black, young or old, GOOGLE THEM FIRST!

Arbitrating? Be Careful Out There

(find Rolling Stones American Flag sticker -- image right - here)

Thanks to the National Arbitration Forum for passing this nugget along from a Texas Appellate Court -- nullifying the American Rule on attorneys fees in arbitration proceedings permitting the arbitrator to award "just and equitable relief."

Arbitration Rules Provided Legal Basis for Attorney Fees Award By Authorizing Arbitrator to Grant Any "Just and Equitable" Relief

Providian Bancorp Services v. Thomas, No. 08-07-00246-CV, 2008 WL 2058524 (Tex. Ct. App. May 15, 2008)  

Where the rules of arbitration authorize the arbitrator to grant any "just and equitable" relief, the arbitrator may award attorney fees without any other contractual or statutory basis for the award, according to the Texas Court of Appeals. In light of the Court's holding, if parties select arbitration rules that permit any "just and equitable" relief, they are effectively opting out of the American Rule, which provides that parties are responsible for their own attorney fees in the absence of any contractual or statutory basis for shifting such fees.

In Providian Bancorp Services v. Thomas, No. 08-07-00246-CV, 2008 WL 2058524 (Tex. Ct. App. May 15, 2008), Thomas sued Providian, her former employer, for discrimination and assault and battery. Providian moved to compel arbitration pursuant to an arbitration agreement between the parties . . . continue reading here . . . .

A Works Progress Administration Act for Mediators?

California mediators, listen up!  Your legislature is working for you (and for the AAA).   

Thanks to the Institue for Conflict Management Blog (h/t to Diane Levin) for hipping us to Senate Bill 1642 requiring public entities to mediate  3rd-party claims relating to a public works contract if the claimant demands that mediation be pursued.  The guts of the proposal below: 

In the event there is any portion of a claim that remains unresolved, the party who submitted the claim, at its discretion, may demand mediation with the parties mutually agreeing to a mediator within 30 days from the date of the demand for mediation. If the parties are not able to mutually agree on a mediator, the parties shall utilize the American Arbitration Association to assist in the selection of a mediator.

(4) If any portion of the claim remains unsettled after mediation, the contractor and the local agency, charter city, or charter county shall submit the dispute to binding arbitration, and shall follow the same procedure for selecting an arbitrator as set forth in paragraph (2) for the selection of a mediator.

(5) Failure by the local agency, charter city, or charter county to respond to a claim within the time periods set forth in this subdivision shall result in the claim deemed being approved in its entirety, and shall be processed for payment within five days from the expiration of the time period in which the local agency, charter city, or charter county is required to act. Failure by the contractor to respond to a claim from the public entity, charter city, or charter county within the time periods prescribed in this subdivision shall result in the claim being denied. The parties may extend the time period for response by mutual agreement.

(6) If either party is required to initiate a civil action in which to enforce the rights provided under this section, the prevailing party shall be entitled to its reasonable attorney fees
and costs.

Indiana Department of Insurance Buys Bad Faith Settlement Claim

Finding ways to deny coverage IS part of the point of adjusting insurance claims.  Adjusters and their lawyers need to be reminded, however, that erring on the side of coverage (meeting the insured's objectively reasonable expectations) should trump coverage denial where the issue is a close one.  

This said by a former defense coverage attorney.  Link and excerpt from the excellent ABA Journal below (disclosure - yes I do advertise there; send me your most burning ADR question and I'll answer it there!)

Below, the potential wages of erring on the wrong side.

$50K Payment Ends Indy Law Firm’s $18M Nightmare 

After worrying for two years about an $18 million jury verdict, partners of Fillenwarth Dennerline Groth & Towe were presumably delighted to ante up $50,000 to the Indiana Department of Insurance in order to win release from the judgment against the law firm.

In return, the Indianapolis-based law firm has transferred to the department its bad-faith claim against its malpractice insurance carrier, Alabama-based ProNational Insurance Co., reports the Indianapolis Business Journal. The carrier refused to settle the case before trial for the Fillenwarth's firm $1 million policy limit, and a Marion County jury then handed down the massive $18 million verdict
  . . . .


$29 Million P.I. Arbitration Award: the Mystery Here: Why Did the Plaintiffs Want to Avoid a Jury Trial?

(RIGHT:  ARBITRATOR PRATT)

See this article from the Fresno Bee -- $29 million awarded in fatal Kings Co. apartment fire --Couple and 3 children died as relatives watched the inferno (excerpts below). 

In one of the largest wrongful death judgments in Kings County history, relatives of a young couple and three children who died in a devastating apartment fire won $29 million Tuesday.

Derik Faubion and his fiancée, Michell Mattison, both 19, perished in the fire at the Northgate Apartments along with their 2-month-old daughter, Hayden Allison Faubion. Two siblings of Mattison -- Lexus May Bisnar, 4, and her brother Ariel Nel Bisnar, 2 -- also died.

Retired Judge Daniel Pratt, acting as an arbitrator in the case, ruled Lemoore Real Estate and Property Management was negligent in maintenance of the 23-unit apartment complex at 226 E. Hazelwood Drive.

A key piece of evidence was a letter from the property management firm to tenants that stated "smoke detectors are not in place in most units." The letter was written six months before the fatal fire, court records show. . . .

Both sides agreed to let Kings County Superior Court Judge Thomas DeSantos assign the case to an arbitrator to avoid a jury trial. DeSantos chose Pratt, a retired judge in Southern California.

Pratt ruled in favor of the plaintiffs after hearing one day of testimony from Lemoore residents, firefighters and investigators. Pratt also viewed photographs of the plaintiffs who cried as they stood helpless outside the burning units. . . . 

"This is one of the saddest cases I have ever seen," said Marderosian, who has been practicing law since 1977. "It not only shocked the city, but wiped out the next generation of two families."

Hat Tip to Lawyers USA.

Federal Trial Court Holds Texas Requires Non-Signatory Heirs to Arbitrate Wrongful Death Claim

In Shanks v. Swift Transportation, the Federal District Court  for the Southern District of Texas held that where plaintiff-heirs in a wrongful death action sought survival and death benefits under a benefits plan requiring the arbitration of decedent's claims, Texas law required that those claims be arbitrated under the employment agreement's requirements despite the fact that none of plaintiffs was a signatory to the arbitration agreement.

Among the principles and holdings in this case were:

  • the Federal Arbitration Act did not apply by its own terms
  • although Texas law does not presume arbitration agreements are valid, if they are valid, doubts regarding their scope are resolved in favor of arbitration. 
  •  under Texas law non-signatories may be bound to arbitration agreements under the doctrines of:
    • incorporation by reference;
    • assumption;
    • agency;
    • alter ego;
    • equitable estoppel; and
    • third-party beneficiary
  • the heirs' survival claim and the claim for death benefits brought pursuant to the
    Plan was required to be arbitrated under the doctrine of direct benefits estoppel.
  • Because Plaintiffs’ wrongful death claims were “factually intertwined” with the survival and death benefits claims, they must be arbitrated alongside the other claims.

I do not know whether Texas law, like California law, requires employers to foot the bill for the arbitration.  If it does not, I wonder whether this decision is the death-knell to the Plaintiffs' wrongful death claims, claims that can usually be pursued only if the attorney advances the costs of the wrongful death action to the Plaintiffs.  (Seethe ABA Journal post Are Lawyers Becoming Luxury Goods?) */

I also wonder whether the Fifth Circuit would conclude that requiring the arbitration of a wrongful death claim contravenes public policy.  I'd certainly make that argument before a federal trial court sitting in California, though I doubt that this ruling would be possible under California law.  

Hat tip to Lawyers USA for bringing us this breaking legal news.

_________________________

*/   As the ABA Journal item notes:

Lawyers increasingly are becoming like luxury goods to many would-be clients, an expensive article that they can't afford or don't want to make a priority.

And that is bad news for the profession as well as for the public, says a recent article in the National (PDF), a magazine published by the Canadian Bar Association

ADR Column The Human Factor Takes Flight at The Complete Lawyer

In the last three issues of The Complete Lawyer (see the LACBA issue here!) Stephanie West Allen, Diane Levin, Gini Nelson and I have been tuning up our conflict resolution violins.  In this issue's The Human Factor column, the four of us once again share our TCL space to talk (ever so briefly) about the ways in which conflict resolution techniques can help lawyers achieve that elusive goal of a blanced work-life.

Gini Nelson calls conflict avoidance (one of my favorite techniques in "real life") "deferred relationship maintenance,"  which nails this way of handling our personal lives on the head.  Read all about it here.

Diane Levin (here) addresses the problems none of us like to talk about -- dysfunctional workplaces, noting that

Our ability to connect with others, gain their trust, influence and motivate them is the social lubricant that makes businesses thrive. In fact, Dan Hull, an attorney I admire for his focus on client service, once wrote, "Treat each co-worker like he or she is your best client." He's right—nurture relationships for a healthier law firm.

Stephanie West Allen (here) our resident brain science afficianado (see Brains on Purpose) notes that

Our brain likes to be fuel efficient; by discerning patterns, it saves energy. It studies the situations at hand, whether they are protracted mediations, playful exchanges with a partner, or steely verbal duels with opposing counsel, to see if they resemble a situation it has seen in the past. We then base our judgments on that unconscious notion of past—but we are not always fully aware of the present. Yesterday's solutions do not always fit today’s problems.

If you read this blog on a regular basis, my contribution to this issue -- Let's Start Talking About What We Genuinely Value -- will sound pretty darn familiar; here's 'the problem" at its source -- click here for at least one solution.

According to the Global Rich List, AmLaw 100 associates are among the top .01% richest people in the world. Mid-level AmLaw partners are in the top .001% and beyond that the GRL stops counting. Though of course we do not.

If a comparison of our salaries with these galactic levels of compensation make us unhappy, it is unlikely that the following knowledge will make us happy—three billion people live on less than $2 and 1.3 billion on less than $1 per day. Why does this knowledge leave us untouched? Because we don’t compare ourselves to the rest of the world. We compare ourselves to the guy sitting in the office next to us.

So how did we—some of the smartest, richest, most creative, energetic and best educated people in the world—get so unhappy about money? I personally blame it on the American Lawyer even though, like drug dealers and the paparazzi, legal journalists wouldn’t be concentrating on profits per partner unless we were all so avid to know them.

Beginning with the next issue of The Complete Lawyer we'll be taking turns writing the column.  If you like what any of us have to say about ADR's value in your work and life, stay tuned!  There will be much, much more!

The rest of the issue is also well worth reading.  The focus is on EXIT STRATEGIES -- a topic not reserved for those contemplating retirement (though our interests are addressed here as well).  This is one profession where people start talking about exit stragies around the second week of the first year of law school.  So check it out!

The Star Spangled Blawg Review Asks About Justice

A tremendous effort accomplished today by Blawg Review # 167 at E-Commerce Law, bringing us at least one post from blogs in all 50 states organized by the date of their entry into the union.  Blogger Jonathan Frieden must have devoted much of any lawyer's cherished 3-day week-end to this effort, for which all legal bloggers should give him a hearty round of applause.

On the ADR front,  Jonathan gives us Oregon, admitted on February 14 (how very Oregonian) 1859 and The National Arbitration Forum Blog entry  Americans Increasingly Denied Access to Justice.  Here's the attention-grabbing lede.  Click on the link for the full post.

The latest California Bar Journal contains an alarming and attention-grabbing piece from the Bar President. In The neglected middle class, Jeff Bleich explained how hard it has become for the hardworking American to get their day in court.

"[O]ur legal system is increasingly serving only the wealthiest interests or the very poorest ones: those who have great resources and those who are lucky enough to get help through legal aid, despite the serious underfunding of that system."

And while we're thinking of the flag and all things  patriotic, here are a few random links on patriotism and justice.

Obama and the Flag (pin) from the Los Angeles Times.

Patriotism, Irony and Liberty from Sinners in the Hands of an Angry Blog.

Truth, Justice and the American Way from the Long View

Patriotism:  Not Just for Lapels at Abundance of Absurdities

Patriotism and Michelle Obama: A 4th of July Reflection from Anne-Marie Slaughter (Huffington Post)

Sunday Times Report: Truth Commissions and Negotiating with the Enemy

(image from Art Throb featuring the work of South African artist William Kentridge)

Just in case you're out on the beach, in the mountains, or spending a lazy July 4th week-end around your best friends' swimming pool, here are the ADR-worthy articles you've likely missed in today's Sunday New York Times.

From the Op-Ed page, Nicholas Kristof recommends an American "Truth Commission" for our treatment of "detainees."  Excerpt and link below:

When a distinguished American military commander accuses the United States of committing war crimes in its handling of detainees, you know that we need a new way forward. 

“There is no longer any doubt as to whether the current administration has committed war crimes,” Antonio Taguba, the retired major general who investigated abuses in Iraq, declares in a powerful new report on American torture from Physicians for Human Rights. “The only question that remains to be answered is whether those who ordered the use of torture will be held to account.”

The first step of accountability isn’t prosecutions. Rather, we need a national Truth Commission to lead a process of soul searching and national cleansing.

That was what South Africa did after apartheid, with its Truth and Reconciliation Commission, and it is what the United States did with the Kerner Commission on race and the 1980s commission that examined the internment of Japanese-Americans during World War II.

Today, we need a similar Truth Commission, with subpoena power, to investigate the abuses in the aftermath of 9/11.

We already know that the United States government has kept Nelson Mandela on a terrorism watch list and that the U.S. military taught interrogation techniques borrowed verbatim from records of Chinese methods used to break American prisoners in the Korean War — even though we knew that these torture techniques produced false confessions.

It’s a national disgrace that more than 100 inmates have died in American custody in Afghanistan, Iraq and Guantánamo. After two Afghan inmates were beaten to death by American soldiers, the American military investigator found that one of the men’s legs had been “pulpified.”

Read the rest of the column here, remembering that we're only as sick as our secrets.  For more on Truth Commissions, click here, here and here.

"We don't negotiate with terrorists or enemy states."  Really?  In Speaking with the Enemy, an NYT multi-media page gives a sampling of how modern American Presidents have made contact with our adversaries.

Here's the good news from the accompanying article, For Some Foes the Chat.  For Some the Cold Shoulder.

[T]he reality is that more times than not, American presidents sweep into office proclaiming black-and-white absolutes about their foes, and end up leaving office having used everything from secret talks and back-channel negotiations to full-fledged summit meetings.

Read the full article here.

While others surf and bar-b-que, I'm using the week-end to post the Summer 2008 issue of the r.kv.r.y. quarterly literary journal.  Here's the proof of the new cover!  A labor of love (and proof of my husband's enduring patience -- thanks honey! for putting up with my 10,000 projects). 

Don't Send that Email; Pass Me the Pliers!

This story occurs in the spring of 2001, in a hotel room in Toronto, at 3 a.m., the morning of a deposition I've been preparing to take of an aging petrochemical engineer.

2001 is a  year I'd dreamed of since elementary school.  But the technological changes predicted in the science fiction of my childhood and adolescence are nothing like the "hi-tech" I'm living with now.  

 There are no one-man jets cruising the skies; no robots running my errands or cooking my dinner; no tele-transportation; and, on the political scene (it's not yet 9/11) no Big Brother

My personal 2001 "future" is mostly about my instantaneous access to information and "real time" communication via the "killer app" -- email -- telegraphic, spontaneous, unnuanced, and about to get me in a great deal of trouble.  (See Vanity Fair's must-read oral history of the internet here.)  

There's an associate back in Los Angeles, you see, the quality of whose work and the strength of whose dedication to the case at hand is in alarming decline.  More troubling, his work is deteriorating at the same time I'm taking old fashioned passenger jets from province to province to take the testimony of as many witnesses still living who know how 500+ toxic waste sites got that way in the first place.    

Did I say it's 3 a.m.?  The associate I'm thinking about failed to get me the outline I need for tomorrow's deposition on time -- or at all.  The "hard copies" that were supposed to be waiting for me when I arrived at the hotel have gone missing.  I'm tired.  I'm hungry.  I'm lonely.  And I'm angry. 

Worst of all, I'm composing an email to my  associate about my considerable disappointment in his recent performance.  There is a moment, a split second, in which my finger hovers over the "send" button while a rational voice in my head says "no."  Then I push "send."

Email Makes Settlement More Difficult  

More and more often when I'm meeting counsel on the morning of a mediation, they're also meeting one another for the first time.  In fact, they often have not even previously spoken to one another unless they've met in Court ("good morning, counsel") or in depositions (eyes averted; objections made).  Increasingly, by far the vast percentage of their communications have taken place via email.  

And that's a problem. 

Conflict Escalation

There's no question that litigation escalates whatever conflict existed when our client first walks in our door.  We don't, after all, make requests.  We issue demands.  We don't seek concessions.  We insist upon them.  We don't make inquiries.  We require responses.  And we're not such great listeners.  Rather, we impatiently tap our feet in Court, waiting for counsel to finish his argument (which we've heard dozens of times before) so we can press our case.

Are these bad things?  Not necessarily.  So long as we understand what we're doing and the likely results our conduct will have, escalation is not necessarily worse than maintaining a steady state or even deescalating conflict.  

The problem for most of us is that we don't know what we're doing and we don't understand the breadth and depth of the likely repercussions.  

In Conflict Escalation: Dispute Exacerbating Elements of E-Mail Communication, author Raymond A. Friedman of the Owen Graduate School of Management at Vanderbilt University quotes conflict specialists Rubin, Pruitt and Kim on the difficulties caused by escalation tactics and strategy.  According to Rubin, et al., escalation is 

"an increase in the intensity of a conflict as a whole.”  Escalation is important . . . because when conflict escalates it “is intensified in ways that are sometimes exceedingly difficult to undo.”  One reason why escalated conflicts are so hard to undo is that when more aggressive tactics are used by one side they are often mirrored by the other side, producing a vicious cycle.

Email, Friedman argues, unnecessarily, and often drastically, escalates conflict in ways none of us fully appreciate.  Unlike conversation -- in person or by telephone -- we are not

physically present with others, can’t see their faces or hear their voices, and can’t give or get immediate responses. The lack of contextual clues . . . impose high “understanding costs” on participants in e-mail interactions, making it harder to successfully ground the interaction. . . . /*  [T]the inability to carefully time actions and reactions . . . makes communication less precise.  

E-mail Not Only Lacks Social Clues, it is "Profoundly A-Social." 

Sitting in my Toronto hotel room at 3 a.m., reviewing online documents for tomorrow's deposition and now "penning" an email to my errant associate, I am, argues Friedman, not simply making communication more difficult, I have become "profoundly asocial" as my associate will also likely be when he reviews my email the following day.  "E-mails," writes Friedman,

are typically received and written while the writer is in isolation, staring at a computer screen – perhaps for hours at a time, so that awareness of the humanness of the counterpart may be diminished.

As evidence, Friedman cites research in which subjects played the "prisoner's dilemma" game against a computer.  Not only did the gamers act asocially in this context, "many continued to act asocially even when told that they were now playing with people (through the computer)."

E-mail, Friedman concludes, "often occurs in a context devoid of awareness of human sensibilities."

The Precise Difficulties Caused by E-Mail Communications?

Use of aggressive tactics. If e-mail communication encourages the use of more aggressive tactics during a dispute, or makes a counterpart’s tactics appear more aggressive, then escalation will be triggered.

Changes in view of other. Escalation is more likely if e-mail causes negative changes in psychological processes (e.g., perceptions and attitudes) towards the other, such as (1) seeing the other as unfair, (2) lessening empathy toward them, (3) increasing deindividuation and anonymity, or (4) or seeing the other as immoral.

Weakened interpersonal bonds. If e-mail weakens social bonds with the other, then escalation is more likely (e.g., due to reduced inhibitions for aggression).

Problems are difficult to resolve. If the communication limitations of e-mail (e.g., asynchrony deficits) make problems more difficult to solve, conflict may be escalated as frustrated disputants move from mild to more aggressive strategies to achieve their goals.

As a result, says Friedman, there are "higher rates of escalation when disputes are managed via e-mail than via face-to-face communication or other relatively rich media . . . such as telephone conversations." /**

Back in Los Angeles the Following Day

You knew this story was not going to have a happy ending.  What a cranky, tired, stressed partner types into her computer at 3 a.m. and what a fully awake associate reads with his morning coffee the following day are, as Friedman stresses, two quite different things.  And though I've rarely had a face-to-face disagreement with a colleague that cannot be mended by further communication, apologies, explanations and the like, this particular communication caused a rift that I was unable to heal.

This experience from several years ago, coupled with my recent mediation experiences, makes me want to advise, exhort, plead, beseech, entreat and pray that you commence every litigation with a telephone call rather than a "demand" letter or email.  And that you continue to communicate with opposing counsel by telephone or, even more radically, in person over a meal, throughout the litigation to make sure channels of communication are as open and clear as possible.

The difficulties saved will not only benefit your personal life (reduce stress, increase fellow-feeling and the like) but will benefit your client as well -- in case efficiencies and better settlements all around.     

 

______________________

*/  "Grounding" is the process 

by which two parties in an interaction achieve a shared sense of understanding about a communication and a shared sense of participation in the conversation. Grounding is important because “speech is evanescent...so Alan must try to speak only when he thinks Barbara is attending to, hearing, and trying to understand what he is saying, and she must guide him by giving evidence that she is doing just this."

** /  There's much more to be learned from this article, but these highlights should tell you whether further reading is in your interest or worth your time.  

The title?  The Firesign Theater here.

Negotiating Medical Liens on Settlement

This just in from the Met News for California practitioners. 

Where minor entered a settlement agreement with a third party tortfeasor by and through a guardian ad litem, and court made an allocation of the medical expenses portion of the settlement in the order approving plaintiff’s compromise, trial court did not err in rejecting plaintiff's later motion to reduce the amount of Medi-Cal lien against settlement proceeds by the same percentage that the settlement bore to the overall value of plaintiff’s case. 

Espericuenta v. Shewry - filed July 1, 2008, Second District, Div. Two Cite as 2008 SOS 3901

Question:  how do you determine the "overall value" of the plaintiff's case in order to reduce the lien by the same percentage that the settlement bears to that value?  Declaration by the Plaintiff's attorney?  Anyone who's actually read this case, do let my readers know! 

 

Negotiating with Alpha Centaurians

(right, our ancestor, built for fighting)

In How to bargain with aliens, Marginal Revolution asks its readers the following questions:

 Let's say you meet up with an alien race and you need to bargain with them by radio or some other method of signaling. You don't have any other information other than your knowledge of human beings. What traits should you think are overrepresented in humans, relative to what a rerun of evolution can be expected to produce in an intelligent being? Would you expect them to be more or less benevolent than humans?  Should it matter if they have demonstrated superior technology? Should such achievement make you think they are more or less cooperative toward "outsiders"?

I suspect that all of these questions are meant to lead to the conclusion that "people" from more advanced civiliations would naturally be more peaceful, less aggressive and more cooperative with one another than we are. 

Why?  Because scientific and technological advancement occurs more quickly and is less prone to error if researchers are collaborating with rather than trying to "scoop" one another..

And the traits that are "overrepresented" in human beings?  Aggression of course.  As reported last year in MSNBC's Technology and Science column:

Even though [our primate forbears the] ustralopiths walked upright on the ground, they retained short legs for 2 million years for the same reason squatness helped out other great apes—for male-male combat. With the advantage in combat, short-legged primates would likely be victorious and gain access to females. That meant passing their genetic traits, like shortness, to offspring.

Could intelligent human beings have evolved without aggression?  Certainly. 

Chimps vs. Bonobos.

Over at theIP ADR Blog, */ we quoted author Nicolas Wade's 2003 comparison between the aggressive, violent, male-dominated, territory defending style of the chimpanzees with the gentler ways of the bonobos as follows:

researchers Male[] and female[] [chimpanzees] do not associate in families but in separate hierarchies. Males make females defer to them, with violence whenever necessary, and every female is subordinate to every male.

A female chimp advertises her fertile period with a visible swelling and is then so pestered by males that she may get to eat only at night. . . .

Though bonobos are almost as aggressive as chimps, they have developed a potent reconciliation technique -- the use of sex on any and all occasions, between all ages and sexes, to abate tension and make nice.

Assuming the common ancestor of people and chimps had social behavior that was essentially chimplike, how much of that behavior has been inherited by people? The unusual behavioral suite of male kin bonding and lethal territorial aggression may look as if it has been inherited with little change. Among the Yanomamo, a South American tribe, the number of males who die from aggression is about 30 percent, the identical rate found among Gombe chimps.

Dr. Wrangham said the consistent pattern of aggression seen at all the chimp sites suggests that male chimps have ''a strong emotional disposition'' to be aroused by the sight of strange males, to form coalitions against enemies, to be sensitive to balances of power and to be attracted to hunting. The same disposition could have been inherited down the human lineage.

Turns out Freud was right.  Aggression is all about sex.  But it's also about tool-making (i.e., weaponry).  So we have evolved to be competitive and collaborative.  Tool making to ease our work-load and to kill our "enemies."  So far, our advances continue to outpace our many attempts to destroy ourselves.

What might have worked for the advancement of other civiliations?  If all possible worlds exist, as physicists claim, other worlds may well have developed life in some way other than evolutionarily.  Maybe by intelligent design!  There's simply no telling.  I would, however, speculate that a species taste for its members blood must be balanced by affiliative instincts and activities or its development would be cut short by species-cide.

The take-away for negotiators who are strangers in a strange land?

Learn how to communicate with the aliens.  Ask them questions concerning their needs, interests and desires.  Tell them about your own.  Put down your weapons and back slowly away.

Anyone who is as fascinated by these questions as I am, read this post from Such is Life about whether or not we'd "see" aliens if they arrived on our shores.  Answer?  Not likely.  

______________________

*/ And, no, the accompanying photo there is not from Judge Kosinzski's stash.

How Can We See Eye to Eye When Perception is 90% Memory?

According to writer and surgeon Atul Gawande's recent article The Itch, the way the pepper tree in my back yard appears from my bedroom window may be as much as ninety percent memory and only ten percent "data."   As Gawande writes: 

Given simply the transmissions along the optic nerve from the light entering the eye one would not be able to reconstruct the three-dimensionality, or the distance, or the detail of the bark -- attributes that we perceive instantly. 

In other words, perception is not merely reception.  "Objective reality" is just the brain's "best guess" about what the eyes observe, the ears hear and the fingers touch.

(image:  Phantom Limb #2 by Lynn Hershman

"The images in our mind," Gawande explains, "are extraordinarily rich."

We can tell if something is liquid or solid, heavy or light, dead or alive. But the information we work from is poor -- a distorted, two-dimensional transmission with entire spots missing. So the mind fills in most of the picture. You can get a sense of this from brain-anatomy studies. If visual sensations were primarily received rather than constructed by the brain, you'd expect that most of the fibres going to the brain's primary visual cortex would come from the retina. Instead, scientists have found that only twenty per cent do; eighty per cent come downward from regions of the brain governing functions like memory. Richard Gregory, a prominent British neuropsychologist, estimates that visual perception is more than ninety per cent memory and less than ten per cent sensory nerve signals.

Gawande doesn't explain how we manage to agree on anything with such impoverished perceptual abilities and richly imagined constructs of "objective reality."   I suspect that our insatiable urge to tell one another stories is the primary way we create the collective memories that allow us to agree upon such simple "facts" as "the apple is red and somewhat round," if not necessarily that "the blue Kia entered the intersection after the traffic light turned red."  

What strikes me about Gawande's article is not so much the pure science described there, but the way in which opposing parties in litigation resemble "phantom limbs" and joint sessions the mirrors used by physicians to treat the pain "felt" in them.       

Recent research demonstrates that amputees' phantom limb pain can be reduced or eliminated by "fooling" the brain into believing that the missing limb is "well."  When researchers asked amputees to put their surviving arm through a hole in the side of a box with a mirror inside and to then move "both" arms, 

[t]he patients had the sense that they had two arms again. Even though they knew it was an illusion, it provided immediate relief. People who for years had been unable to unclench their phantom fist suddenly felt their hand open; phantom arms in painfully contorted positions could relax. With daily use of the mirror box over weeks, patients sensed their phantom limbs actually shrink into their stumps and, in several instances, completely vanish. . . .

. . . here’s what the new theory suggests is going on: when your arm is amputated, nerve transmissions are shut off, and the brain’s best guess often seems to be that the arm is still there, but paralyzed, or clenched, or beginning to cramp up. Things can stay like this for years. The mirror box, however, provides the brain with new visual input—however illusory—suggesting motion in the absent arm. The brain has to incorporate the new information into its sensory map of what’s happening. Therefore, it guesses again, and the pain goes away.     

Litigation separates the parties from one another as radically as an amputation, often under circumstances where the law suit is all they have in common.  Like amputees, the parties cannot massage the missing muscle, scratch the irritating itch, or ease the frustrating pain.           

When physicians give their patients mirrors and instruct them to move their one remaining arm in concert with its physically re-imagined partner, they conduct a silent concert of healing.  With "new" information (hey! there's my other arm and it's not all cramped up!) the brain readjusts and stops sending false signals.  The muscle relaxes.  The itch is scratched.  The pain is relieved.  

Joint sessions can be used as mirrors to make missing disputants appear again./*  The mediator -- who is trained in this art -- creates an environment (the "box") in which the parties are able to adjust the mis-impressions and correct the mis-communications that make the conflict so difficult to resolve. After a brief period of discomfort and incoordination, the disputants begin to tell their stories of injustice in concert, spontaneously harmonizing the points on which there is little disagreement and resolving those parts of the tale where the greatest differences lie. 

Those parts of the story that have grown wildly distorted in the absence of any corrective influence, are shrunk back to their appropriate size.  Freed from the tyranny of their phantom "others,"  the parties begin to work collaboratively to solve the problem that they now understand is mutual.  

Though this is surely metaphor, the process is not just theory.  When parties consent to a joint session orchestrated by the mediator in collaboration with their attorneys, this type of reconciliation happens more often than not.  

Don't, however, confuse this joint session with those in which attorneys  give one another presentations proving their entitlement to victory as if there were a phantom "decider"  -- a missing arbitrator or judge -- somewhere behind a curtain.  These are the type of "joint sessions" that have given joint sessions a bad name because counsel well know their opponents' "positions"and the parties tend to become less rather than more amenable to settlement when their opponents' point of view is once again argued to them -- this time in quarters that are far too close for most lawyers, let alone their clients. 

We'll keep exploring this issue.  For now, more of the Gawande article below.  

A new scientific understanding of perception has emerged in the past few decades, and it has overturned classical, centuries-long beliefs about how our brains work—though it has apparently not penetrated the medical world yet. The old understanding of perception is what neuroscientists call “the naïve view,” and it is the view that most people, in or out of medicine, still have. We’re inclined to think that people normally perceive things in the world directly. We believe that the hardness of a rock, the coldness of an ice cube, the itchiness of a sweater are picked up by our nerve endings, transmitted through the spinal cord like a message through a wire, and decoded by the brain. . . .

[There are] some serious flaws in the direct-perception theory—in the notion that when we see, hear, or feel we are just taking in the sights, sounds, and textures of the world. For one thing, it cannot explain how we experience things that seem physically real but aren’t: sensations of itching that arise from nothing more than itchy thoughts; dreams that can seem indistinguishable from reality; phantom sensations that amputees have in their missing limbs. And, the more we examine the actual nerve transmissions we receive from the world outside, the more inadequate they seem.

Our assumption had been that the sensory data we receive from our eyes, ears, nose, fingers, and so on contain all the information that we need for perception, and that perception must work something like a radio. It’s hard to conceive that a Boston Symphony Orchestra concert is in a radio wave. But it is. So you might think that it’s the same with the signals we receive—that if you hooked up someone’s nerves to a monitor you could watch what the person is experiencing as if it were a television show.

Yet, as scientists set about analyzing the signals, they found them to be radically impoverished  . . .

________________________

*/   I don't know if any of this relates to mirror neurons, but I am certainly led to think about them.  See Stephanie West Allen's post Mirror Neurons, Some Resources here.  Whenever I see the word "mirror" I'm also always moved to think of my friend, the artist and mediator Dorit Cypis.  For more on her work, click here.

Collaborative Negotiation from Gini Nelson and Professor John Lande with Comment from Your California Mediator

Gini Nelson of Engaging Conflicts ran a six-part series recently on "Adding Cooperative Practice to the ADR Toolkit."  Her final part in this series -- linked supra -- is the final entry of Guest Blogger Law Professor John Lande’s posts.  Linked here is his article The Promise and Perils of Collaborative Law -- which is also linked in Gini's blog with her comments here.

Before you run over to Gini's site to read Lande's excellent post or his great article, I'd like to simply bullet-point some observations based upon my four-years of full-time mediation and arbitration practice.

  • when I co-arbitrate with some of the best commercial arbitrators in the business -- these are Ivy League lawyers with many decades of experience representing Fortune 50 Companies in AmLaw 100 Law Firms, the ultimate decision changes many times during the course of deliberations and almost always could go either way.
  • having spent a considerable time in the Los Angeles Complex Court as an experienced commercial litigator "externing" for credit to earn my LL.M in '06, I can tell you that the deliberations in chambers of these highly respected jurists is not much different that those in which I have engaged when sitting on an arbitration panel

The take away?  No matter who is hearing your case, your chances of winning are 50-50.  Flip a coin.  Think this doesn't apply to you?  I have arbitrated cases being handled by the top ten law firms in the country.  I have seen those same type of firms litigate and try cases in the Complex Court.  It's 50-50 friends.

Below -- observations on how you and your mediator can be "happy together."  (And the Turtles from 1967 so that you can have a little musical accompaniment to this post) 

Observations of End-Game Litigation from a Mediator's and Settlement Consultant's Perspective.

Despite years of inquiry and the review of millions of documents, sophisticated parties (Fortune 50) represented by dynamite law firms (AmLaw 50) haven't yet learned the most fundamental information about the following matters -- most of which are more important to the settlement of the case than the cost-detriment-benefit-position-driven-chance-of-victory settlement posture:

  • what are the hidden interests that your opponent must satisfy before accepting a settlement that is below the number he once told his client should never under any circumstances be accepted?
  • what are the hidden constraints upon your opponent's authority that must be removed before he can pay more money than he once told his client should never under any circumstances be paid?
  • why was this litigation initiated in the first instance?
  • who gave the litigation the "green light"?
  • what are the probable consequences to the continued financial security of the person who gave the litigation the "green light" in the first place or who has authorized the defense bills for the last 5, 10, or 15 years?
  • is the person who green-lighted the litigation in the first place still employed by your client?
  • what are the probable consequences to the financial well-being of the corporation who must pay more than it wishes to pay or accept less than it wishes to recover?
  • Who is the most frightened person in the room, i.e., whose hide might be sacrificed if the litigation settles for more/less than predicted, or, often worse, actually goes to trial.

There are so many of these settlement-driving and -inhibiting questions that only my own personal time contraints -- I must start my day's work -- make me stop listing them.  

Let me conclude with this however.  Never underestimate your client's reluctance to settle the case on terms that seem unjust to it.  This is the most important function a mediator can play on the day of settlement -- explaining justice issues to the clients and helping the clients de-demonize their opponent -- which occurs most easily in JOINT SESSION yet which most litigators would rather have their teeth drilled than attend.

O.K. I can't conclude without saying this.  If you have the courage to try a case, you possess the cajones to participate in at least one joint session to help the parties come to terms with the justice issues -- which are often driven by the conclusion, affirmed over and over again in the course of the litigation, that their opponent is an evil, mendacious, grasping, greedy, malicious, duplicious lying liar with his pants on fire.  

This is almost never true.  The parties on both sides almost always possess equal parts of good and bad, just like the rest of us. 

Let your parties re-adjust their perception of "the enemy" in joint session.  I can almost guarantee you that a conversation will ensue in which the parties spontaneously tell each other what interests they really need to satisfy to settle and what constraints they are really working under.  And I don't guarantee a lot of things. 

Why can't I do this for the parties?

Because often neither side will disclose these matters to me because they don't trust that I won't use that information to help settle the case and because the parties won't believe what I say about their opposition in the first place (obviously, they've pulled the wool over my eyes). 

"How do you know he's not lying?"  is a question mediators are asked on a regular basis.  My answer is "I have no idea."  But if you let your client talk to the opposition -- with any constraints, restrictions and control you wish to retain -- which I can orchestrate for you -- your client will be able to elicit the details that give any story a ring of truth (or falsity) while at the same time watching the body language that constitutes between 60 and 80% of all communication.

Would you try a case without 80% of the information you need?  Of course not!  And yet you're content to avoid a joint session when that session could provide you with between 60 and 80% more information than you had when you arrived on the morning of the mediation or settlement conference?

Suspend your disbelief in the mediator ("who-will-do-anything-to-settle-the-case") for just a couple of minutes.  Remember that we're in possession of confidential information we cannot divulge to you.  

Take our lead.  And if you don't trust us to do so, for heaven's sake find a mediator you can trust!

Lawyers Do It: Negotiate Collaboration

Check out When Collaborative Law Makes Sense in the most recent issue of the American Bar Association Journal

Collaboration may be most amenable in areas where there is a need for ongoing relationships, like dissolving marriages that produced children, said Pauline Noe of Cambridge, a past president of the Massachusetts Collaborative Law Council. Noe suggested that discovery is often more fruitful in collaborations than in litigation, since collaboration requires full, prompt, honest and open disclosure of all relevant information, and vigorous good faith negotiation with full participation of all parties in an open forum.

Taking the long view as I'm now prone to do (by virtue of age and the fact that I generally only see litigation's end game) I continue to say that we're all involved in on-going relationships -- not just those people whose disputes are more personal than commercial.

As Joseph Campbell, the great student of world mythology taught us:

Schopenhauer, in his splendid essay called "On an Apparent Intention in the Fate of the Individual," points out that when you reach an advanced age and look back over your lifetime, it can seem to have had a consistent order and plan, as though composed by some novelist. Events that when they occurred had seemed accidental and of little moment turn out to have been indispensable factors in the composition of a consistent plot. So who composed that plot? Schopenhauer suggests that just as your dreams are composed by an aspect of yourself of which your consciousness is unaware, so, too, your whole life is composed by the will within you. And just as people whom you will have met apparently by mere chance became leading agents in the structuring of your life, so, too, will you have served unknowingly as an agent, giving meaning to the lives of others, The whole thing gears together like one big symphony, with everything unconsciously structuring everything else. And Schopenhauer concludes that it is as though our lives were the features of the one great dream of a single dreamer in which all the dream characters dream, too; so that everything links to everything else, moved by the one will to life which is the universal will in nature.

It’s a magnificent idea – an idea that appears in India in the mythic image of the Net of Indra, which is a net of gems, where at every crossing of one thread over another there is a gem reflecting all the other reflective gems. Everything arises in mutual relation to everything else, so you can’t blame anybody for anything. It is even as though there were a single intention behind it all, which always makes some kind of sense, though none of us knows what the sense might be, or has lived the life that he quite intended.

A classic example of combative litigation -- YOU ARE NOT THE BOSS OF ME!



The Right to Trial By Jury and Mediation as Its Alternative

There is no principle I hold more dear than the rule of law.  I've written before about some critics' contention that our own government has turned away from the rule of law here.  Some of those  critics go so far as to accuse our government of waging war on the rule of law -- calling its strategy "lawfare."

I've also written before about critcisms levelled against ADR practices as threats to the principle that all men, women, and institutions will be judged by the same gender-blind, color-blind, nationality-blind, disability-blind (etc.) rules of law

There are those who believe that mediation -- which is practiced without rules, best practices or even a common theoretical basis --  permits mediators -- who are primarily over-40 white men -- to unfairly pressure litigants to settle their lawsuits against their better judgment.  There are further charges that mediation re-injects favortism and prejudice back into a system that spent most of the latter half of the 20th century ridding itself of.  

I take these criticisms very very seriously, repeating throughout any mediation session my opening assertion that my role is to present the parties with choices and to faciliate a settlement if they believe it may be better alternative to continued litigation, not to hustle them away from their right to a jury trial.  

I would be far more successful in being "neutral" about proceeding to a jury trial if there were an easier, less costly, and speedier way to bring a dispute before a jury.  We have, lamentably, permitted our cherished rule of law to become so procedurally encrusted that it sometimes seems like no option at all -- at least not an option available to all but the wealthy or those represented by lawyers willing to accept a contingent fee.

All of this troubles me.  I invite comment at the same time that I provide the thoughts of some of our greatest statesmen and jurists about the right to trial by jury.      

George Washington

"There was not a member of the Constitutional Convention who had the least objection to what is contended for by the advocates for a Bill of Rights and trial by jury." (1788)

John Adams 


"Representative government and trial by jury are the heart and lungs of liberty. Without them we have no other fortification against being ridden like horses, fleeced like sheep, worked like cattle and fed and clothed like swine and hounds." (1774)

Thomas Jefferson 

"I consider trial by jury as the only anchor ever yet imagined by man, by which a government can be held to the principles of its constitution." (1788)

"Trial by jury is part of that bright constellation which has gone before us and guided our steps through an age of revolution and reformation." (1801)

"The wisdom of our sages and the blood of our heroes has been devoted to the attainment of trial by jury. It should be the creed of our political faith." (1801)

James Madison 
"Trial by jury in civil cases is as essential to secure the liberty of the people as any one of the pre-existent rights of nature." (1789)

John Quincy Adams 

"The struggle for American independence was for chartered rights, for English liberties, for trial by jury, habeas corpus and Magna Carta." (1839)

Patrick Henry of Virginia [Patriot who said "Give me liberty or give me death!"]
"Trial by jury is the best appendage of freedom by which our ancestors have secured their lives and property. I hope we shall never be induced to part with that excellent mode of trial." (1788)

Alexander Hamilton 

"The friends and adversaries of the plan of the convention, if they agree in nothing else, concur at least in the value they set upon the trial by jury; the former regard it as a valuable safeguard to liberty; the latter represent it as the very palladium of free government." (1788)

Daniel Webster

"The protection of life and property, habeas corpus, trial by jury, the right of an open trial, these are principles of public liberty existing in the best form in the republican institutions of this country." (1848)

Judge Stephen Reinhardt 

"Our constitutional right to trial by jury does not turn on the political mood of the moment, the outcome of cost/benefit analyses or the results of economic or fiscal calculations. There is no price tag on the continued existence of the civil jury system, or any other constitutionally-provided right." (1986)

David Hume 

"Trial by jury is the best institution calculated for the preservation of liberty and the administration of justice that was ever devised by the wit of man." (1762)

Judge William Bryant [First African-American federal district court judge in D.C]

"If it weren't for lawyers, I'd still be three-fifths of a man." (2004)

Justice William O. Douglas

"The Massachusetts Body of Liberties was a new Magna Carta. It contained many of the seeds of the civil liberties which today distinguish us from the totalitarian systems, including the right to trial by jury." (1954)

Justice Hugo Black

"Our duty to preserve the Seventh Amendment is a matter of high Constitutional importance. The founders of our country thought that trial by civil jury was an essential bulwark of civil liberty and it must be scrupulously safeguarded." (1939, 1943)

Justice Ward Hunt

"Twelve jurors know more of the common affairs of life than does one man, and they can draw wiser and safer conclusions than a single judge." (1873)

Quotations excerpted from In Defense of Trial by Jury: Vols. I and II by the American Jury Trial Foundation (1993) and copied verbatim and in their entirety from the web site of the American Association of Justice (i.e., the American Trial Lawyers Association).

Why You Shouldn't Squeeze the Last Nickel Out of a Deal

The cost of a thing is the amount of life that you must exchange for it -- now or in the long run (Thoreau)

  • if you have an on-going relationship -- even as limited as a note payable -- squeezing the last nickel out of the deal may impair your bargaining partner's ability to perform 
  • what goes up, must come down, i.e., squeezing out the last nickel creates enemies who  none of us can afford when times are good, let alone when times are bad 
  • taking advantage of another's weaknesses tears at the social fabric
  • it makes us all more watchful and less productive
  • it doesn't actually feel good to line your pockets with the misery of others
  • sometimes the downtrodden rise up -- every couple of centuries or so, creating an entirely new order -- the generous man and woman will not be on the wrong side of that revolution
  • global warming -- think about it -- the order will change as will the countries who will be asking for favors
  • you reap what you sow (I'm pretty sure I learned this in Sunday School)
  • social relations do not exist "out there" -- they are co-created by one person's relationship with every other person -- the society you inhabit is the one you create -- if you don't want your neighbor taking your last dime, don't take his
  • collaborative effort results in greater progress than individual activity -- if you decrease trust, you impede advancement in business, the arts and science

Readers!  Can I count on you to give us all more reasons?

Negotiating Conflict Denial and Avoidance with Geoff Sharp and Joe McMahon

I'm tempted to just import Geoff Sharp's entire post on joint session vs. separate caucus mediation or, as Joe McMahon positions the split in current mediation practice in Moving Mediation Back to Its Historic Roots, "dialogue-based" v. "separation-based" practice.

That seems silly when I can simply link you to Geoff's post The Legal Community Has Learned to Accept Low Functioning Mediation.  

I will give you a few excerpts, though, both Geoff's own thoughts and those of McMahon quoted by him (thanks to our mutual friend Stephanie West Allen at Idealawg).

If denial and avoidance are thought to be the most universal responses to conflict, it is important to consider whether separation-based mediation merely plays into and enables such a response to conflict. If so, it is time to evaluate whether mediation and facilitation were really intended to provide support for such denial...

Support for the market model of mediation ("the market knows what it needs and what it needs is the settlement conference") is claimed in the high settlement rates in commercial settlement conferences. However, a high percentage of civil cases always have settled, even long before mediation was in vogue...

McMahon asks of mediators; 'are you fully satisfied with the quality of dialogue among conflicting parties in the mediations in which you participate?'

What a wonderful question! In my case however, only occasionally.

As McMahon says, 'By broadly considering conflict and mediation, it may be possible... to move these processes back toward their historic roots—that being processes based on parties telling their stories in face-to-face dialogue aided by a mediator who can guide them to more effective communications.'

And though it is, as Geoff says, about the "timbre and tone of resolution," it is also about obtaining more satisfactory resolutions -- resolutions that not only satisfy more party needs, interests and desires but which invariably leave less value lying unused on the table when all parties leave the room.  

I'll grill Geoff about this over dinner tomorrow night and get back to you on all of this.

My own previous posts on joint sessions below:

Small Talk and Separate Caucuses.  Excerpt:

Here, then, is the weakness of shuttle negotiation. The parties' attention is fixated on money. A fixation that neuroscientists tell us makes us ungenerous and anti-social -- the worst possible context for a successful settlement.

The next time you're facing a difficult negotiation or mediation, remember the salutary effect of small talk in helping yourself and your opponent focus on the commercial and human situation that has brought you to the table so that you can more easily resolve the business and the people problem at the heart of the litigation.

Negotiating Justice in Community Mediation.  Excerpt:

Whether justice and fairness are, at some level, hard-wired into us (see Brain reacts to fairness as it does to money and chocolate) or culturally controlled, it seems that Rawls' conception of "justice and fairness" based upon reasonableness and enlightened self-interest might flow more or less naturally from a mediated dispute resolution forum where the parties, rather than the mediator, are in control.

Long Live the Death of the Reasonable Man

Emotions in litigation -- and at the negotiation table -- often run extremely high. It is for this reason that so many lawyers want to avoid joint sessions altogether and conduct their entire bargaining session in separate caucus with a "shuttle" mediator.

What I can tell you from three years of full-time mediation practice, however, is this -- when business people -- properly coached -- are finally willing to sit down and speak to one another, to explain their circumstances rather than their legal and factual position -- cases get settled rather quickly. (See Geoff Sharp's In Praise of Joint Sessions here)

Why?

Because they have more in common with one another -- including most particularly the dispute -- than with anyone else.



Negotiating Settlement after Filing a 998 Offer or Demand

If you serve a 998 offer on the Plaintiff, say $5,000, and Plaintiff's judgment is reduced to zero after set-off for settlements, is the Defendant entitled to recover the costs permitted by 998 if the judgment against it is reduced to zero after the court deducts from the jury verdict the amount of pre-trial settlements paid by others?

Well, yes and no.

If the Plaintiff's recovery at trial would have netted it more at the time of the 998 offer than the 998 offer itself, 998 does not shift post-998 fees to the Plaintiff.  If the 998 offer was $5,000, the jury verdict is $10,000, and no settlements had been paid to Plaintiff at the time the 998 was served, Plaintiff's failure to accept the 998 does not shift post-998 costs to it.  If, however, the Plaintiff had already received $10,000 in settlement at the time the $5,000 998 was made and the jury renders a $10,000 verdict that is reduced to zero, 998 will shift the post-998 costs to the Plaintiff.

Are we clear?

Crystal.

If not, Guerrero v. Rodan Termite Control sent down today by the First Appellate District is a must-read.

Interest-Based Negotiations: A Quick List of Preparation Questions

I've linked to Negotiating:  Thinking it Through from the Business Growth Blog before, but haven't quoted the Eight Preparation Questions listed there.  The more I mediate (yes, one's practice does grow) the more I'm reminded that litigators resist interest-based bargaining techniques. 

I get stuck in position-based negotiations as well.  It remains a challenge for me, after 25 years of litigation practice, not to be sucked into the attorneys' arguments about why they are right.  To help all of us in the mediation room . . .

[h]ere is a list of 8 questions you can ask yourself when you suddenly realize that you have to prepare for a negotiation. Use these to generate quick preparation for any negotiation.

1. What are my intended outcomes and interests?

This is about having your goal in mind but also about thinking about the bigger picture at the same time - if you're goal is to get to work on time, speeding to get there might seem like the right choice until the cop pulls you over.

2. What are their possible interests and outcomes?

Look at the negotiaion from their point of view. What do they really want from this?

3. What are some of the options of agreement?

Where are the points of agreement? Focusing on this beforehand will set a tone of reaching agreement rather than a tone of conflict.

4. What is my Plan B?

Once you've thought through the first three questions, what's your fall back position? Having your Plan B in mind gives you a feeling of options so if the deal goes to far against you, you are comfortable with your option B.

5. What is my worst case scenario?

Answering this question sets your "don't cross" line. You've predetermined what you're willing to give up and more than that is a deal breaker… that means you can negotiate confidently, since you know your direction.

6. What are some possible external standards?

External standard are outside measures that can move the negotiation away from personal stakes to measures from an outside authority. Examples might be interest rates, rate of exchange or time frame.

7. What is or are my reserve price / terms / limits?

Knowing what your limits are and then not not going past them results in more useful and enjoyable negotiation.

8. What is my game plan?

Map it out. What do you want and how are you going to get there?


Negotiating Coverage: You Have Insurance for This?

It happened at a settlement conference again just last week. Defense counsel said there was "no insurance" for the defense or indemnity of a professional malpractice claim.

This naturally surprises me.  Some professionals are required to have coverage or disclose its non-existence to their clients.  No such disclosure had been made in this case.

"No insurance policy?"

"She has an insurance policy; there's just no coverage."

"Why did the carrier deny coverage?"

"The carrier said there was no coverage."

"Why?"

"I don't know.  I'm not coverage counsel."

"Is there coverage counsel?"

"No.  I told you there's no coverage.  Let's get back to negotiating the settlement."

After obtaining (via fax) the policy, the demand and the denial, it turned out that there was a good reason for the carrier to deny coverage for the plaintiff's claim.  But the denial letter expressly withheld comment on the existence of coverage for the defendant's principal, who had not failed to make a timely claim for coverage, and who had not yet been sued.

Call me an activist or a "fund raising" mediator if you will, but when there's not enough money to settle a case and the parties continue to wish it could be settled, I start asking questions about sources of available funds.  

And, listen.  Every litigator must be enough of a "coverage lawyer" to evaluate the likelihood that any existing insurance policy might provide defense or indemnity for the law suit you are defending.  

So, if you are a commercial litigator -- or any type of litigator who defends your clients against claims -- you must

  • ask your clients for all of their insurance policies, even those that seem unlikely to provide coverage;
  • carefully review the precise wording of the policy's insuring agreements, paying particular attention to the language concerning the defense of claims and the deadlines for submitting those claims to the carrier;
  • research the case law in the relevant jurisdiction(s) to determine how the courts have interpreted the insuring agreements and other pertinent policy provisions contained in your clients' policies under facts similar to those alleged in the lawsuit you've been asked to defend;
  • except for some narrow additional protections provided to insureds, be aware that there is no such thing as "the law" of coverage under any particular type of policy -- all coverage flows directly from the precise language of the insuring agreement;
  • remember that in most jurisdictions, that language -- if ambiguous -- will be interpreted in favor of the insured's objectively reasonable expectations -- that means the law of coverage always favors your client's claim for coverage; 
  • understand that in most jurisdictions the rule of contra proferendum will require a court to construe any ambiguity in an insurance policy against the insurance carrier, once again meaning that the law of coverage will favor your client's claim for coverage; 
  • never accept the carrier's refusal to provide a defense without asking yourself -- or a coverage specialist -- why in the heck you should accept the carrier's word for it when you were born to contradict everything from "good morning" to "let's have lunch";
  • never conclude your client doesn't have coverage before tendering the claim; the response to the tender will outline the pertinent policy provisions in stark enough detail -- not to mention 12-point type -- and the denial in sufficiently weasley words to activate your B.S. meter;
  • if you finally accept the fact that your client's policy won't cover the defense of the litigation or indemnify your client in the event of a judgment, continue to keep the carrier informed of the litigation's progress in any event, inviting the carrier to attend all mediations and settlement conferences and to respond to all settlement demands;
  •  remember that the law of coverage changes on a daily basis; read those coverage decisions sent down by your local appellate courts and subscribe to Mealey's on coverage remembering that a really good reason for a client to sue a lawyer for malpractice is your failure to give it reasonably informed legal advice about the availability of insurance coverage; and,
  • retain coverage counsel If the cost of the lawsuit is beyond your client's means or will deprive it of capital necessary to meet its business goals for the next few years. 

UPDATE:  See Perry Itkin's post about the perils of entering into a mediated settlement agreement without knowing your policy limits.  Also note that the result in the case cited by Perry would be different in  California if the provisions governing the enforceability of mediated agreements are not met . . . at least so long as the Supreme Court does what we believe it will in Simmons v. Ghadheri.  Excerpt from Florida Mediator below:

In Leff and Physicians Financial Consultants Corporation v. Ecker, M.D., 972 So.2d 965 [Fla. 3rd DCA 2007], the plaintiff went into the mediation conference without a clear picture of what the insurance policy limits were. Notwithstanding this limited knowledge, plaintiff chose to go ahead with the mediation and entered into an agreement at the end of mediation.

The Defendants filed a motion to enforce the mediated settlement agreement [Guess why! Good guess!]. The Plaintiff argued that a “mutual mistake” allowed him to avoid the parties’ mediated settlement agreement.

Not so fast
   . . . .

Continue reading here.  There are two solutions to this problem in any jurisdiction:  (1) know your policy limits; or, (2) make your agreement to settle contingent on verifying them.  

For the seasoned attorneys in the crowd, take a look at Anderson Kill insurance recovery attorney Mark Garbowski's article at the Lexis New Attorney Hub:  Are You Covered While Doing Good?: Make Sure Your Employees Are Insured Even When Doing Pro Bono.

If you have a really really really really big insurance coverage matter, I recommend those seeking insurance coverage to call my own brilliant insurance recovery squad over at Dickstein Shapiro, particularly my beloved husband Stephen N. Goldberg.

Let Lexis-Nexis Help You Build Your Practice Skills

Lexis-Nexis isn't just about legal research anymore.  L-N is posting a broad array of practice development materials for new lawyers at its New Attorney Hub site here.  And you don't have to be an L-N subscriber to benefit.  All of the materials provided are free.

Though there aren't yet a lot of ADR skill development materials at Hub, I'm proud to say that they've included my posts Ten Settlement Conference/Mediation Traps for the Unwary and On the Job Deposition Training with their other Skill Building Materials

You can find Professional Skills, Practice Area Skills and Research and Writing Skills there.

The editors of these materials are combing the internet to provide the most up-to-date materials from some of the oldest hands in the business.  They contacted me, after all, and the one thing I do know myself is that I'm an old --- er, make that experienced -- litigator.

If the Lexis-Nexis people are tracking mentions of their Hub site in the blogosphere, I refer them to my link page here for additional materials -- particularly those included in the blogs listed in the ADR and Intellectual Property sections on that page.

Alex Kozinski: the Prurient and the Personal

Here are a few S.A.T. questions for the legal community:  

  1. how is the relationship between adult sexuality and prurient sexual interest like that between a dispute and litigation?  
  2. Is our interest in Kozinski's sexual interests itself prurient, i.e., are we inordinately interested in Kozinski's presumed "inordinate[] interest in matters of sex." ?  
  3. And what type of interest is inordinate?

"Inordinancy" is not, I think, a matter of time but of focus.  One's sexual interests might be classfied as  prurient if they are stirred by a single act, item or physical characteristic and disregard the humanity of the object of one's desire.  In feminist terms, pornography objectifies people, elevating their parts above the sum of their parts and using them to satisfy our own -- but not their -- desires.          

And how is pornography like litigation, Ms. Pynchon?

I've said this on too many occasions already.  Litigation takes the texture, depth, dimensionality, and moral ambiguity out of disputes for the purpose of achieving what Justice Kozinski himself defines as justicethe application of the law to facts without regard to the outcome in a particular case.  Kozinski wrote concisely and movingly about this business of applying the law to the facts in his Slate Diary, published in 1996 and republished on on the occasion of his public de-pantsing.  

After more than 10 years as a judge of this [Ninth Circuit Court of Appeal] I find that the flow of cases begins to resemble a moving train, with each window revealing a still life of an individual human drama. The sheer volume of cases, and the fact that we rarely see the faces of the participants--just written words on paper and, sometimes, the arguments of lawyers--makes it difficult to remember that there are human beings somewhere looking to us with hope and yearning for a decision in their favor. The law, too, is quite complex. Cases often turn on legal technicalities that bear only a tangential relationship to concepts such as fairness and equity. Justice, we tell ourselves--and I do believe this--is done if the law is applied without regard to the outcome in a particular case.

The artifacts of litigation -- usually called "briefs" and sometimes sprung into life as depositions or trial testimony -- make a fetish of one or more aspects of a complex human drama.  Litigation sucks the people out of the play, requiring both litigants and attorneys to objectify and demonize one another.  By the time the "case" is ready to be "mediated" or "settled," the people with the problem often feel as if they long ago watched the litigation train leave with someone else's story in it -- that the "still-life" Kozinski observes at a glance through the moving window has little to do with the people and a lot to do with process.  

Are we interested in knowing one another?  Would a genuine interest in the man Kozinski be more satisfying, finally, than the briefly titillating party joke we might wish to make of him?  Do we privilege the prurient or the personal?

If you'd like to know the man Kozinski -- and he is well worth knowing -- read about his fear of flying here or the joy of suburban tomato farming hereTake a journey back to Kozsinki's ancestors' Polish village of Dzurov  to share the grim irony that a "scoundrel" grandfather inadvertently saved the Kozinski clan from the fate of their Jewish neighbors, all of whom now lie in a mass grave just outside of town.  Read Kozinski on writer's block and suicide.  

If you do this, you will no longer be capable of reducing Kozinski to a ribald joke or reveling in his public embarassment.  You will recognize the humanity in him, which is the necessary pre-requisite to recognizing and forgiving the fallible humanity in all of us.     

And litigation?  Here's my unsolicited advice:  Let your clients tell their stories to one another in a joint mediation session.  Neither you nor they will thereafter be capable of reducing the "opposition" to a single demonic character trait. 

I will say it again.  Litigation is not about money.  It is about justice. 

The defense balks at paying Plaintiff at the point of a gun.  The Plaintiff resists releasing the defendant from liability until satisfied that a wrong has been righted or never really existed in the first place.  

You can accomplish justice with money.  But you can accomplish it far more easily, and with far greater satisfaction for your clients, if you allow them to once again share the depth and dimensionality of their dispute with one another; harmonizing their mutual stories of injustice and betrayal.

In the meantime, I suggest we let Kozinski -- and ourselves -- off the hook by recognizing that the sum of the parts is greater -- and in the end far more interesting -- than the temporary public revelation of the smallest part of any man.

Other coverage of note:

Thanks to Anne Reed at Deliberations (this week's ABA Journal featured blog) for pointing us to the Volokh Conspiracy on how Kozinski's Web Site got "outed" in the first place.

If you follow the Volokh links, you'll eventually find Larry Lessig's Web for Dummies Explanation on Why We Shouldn't be Chortling over How Naive Kozinski Is and Why We Should Worry about Spreading This Type of Semi-Purloined Material Around. 

Cyberspace is weird and obscure to many people. So let's translate all this a bit: Imagine the Kozinski's have a den in their house. In the den is a bunch of stuff deposited by anyone in the family -- pictures, books, videos, whatever. And imagine the den has a window, with a lock. But imagine finally the lock is badly installed, so anyone with 30 seconds of jiggling could open the window, climb into the den, and see what the judge keeps in his house. Now imagine finally some disgruntled litigant jiggers the lock, climbs into the window, and starts going through the family's stuff. He finds some stuff that he knows the local puritans won't like. He takes it, and then starts shopping it around to newspapers and the like: "Hey look," he says, "look at the sort of stuff the judge keeps in his house." 

Read the rest of Lessig's great analysis here.

    

Kozinski's Ribald Sense of Humor from the WSJ Law Blog

Susan Estrich's 'take" in her post Good Humor, excerpt below:

If everyone who ever viewed or shared pornography were disqualified from judging the line between protected speech and criminal obscenity, we all would be in trouble. The problem facing Judge Kozinski illustrates what's wrong with the prosecution, not with the judge.

Concurring Opinion's post Judges Gone Wild with this observation dug out of a very lengthy post:

Which brings us to the broader point. Judge Kozinski's actions affect the reputation of the judiciary, on which rest foundations of the state, like public respect for the rule of law. To the extent that this public disclosure undermines public confidence in the judiciary or the rule of law, it's a very bad thing. There's a reason for the outrage that's expressed when the public hears about judges' bad behavior. As Stephen Gillers told the LAT, "The phrase 'sober as a judge' resonates with the American public."

The National Law Journal's compilation of Expert Opinion on the matter including legal ethics professor Ronald Rotunda's opinion that the material on Kosinzki's site was "demeaning, infantile, pornographic, [and] offensive," which just makes me want to see what type of internet porn the good Professor prefers.

KTLA video report here (from L.A. Times website)

Regulation of Obscenity Web Page with Pertinent Supreme Court Cases on the Issue 

Naked Brunch's article UN-BANNING BOOKS How the courts of the United States came to extend First Amendment guarantees to include pornography by Jack Hafferkamp

Negotiating Evil: Hear, See, Speak

I do hope you'll pick up Ken Cloke's new book Conflict Revolution.  Keep it on your night stand.  Dip into it when you feel angry, hopeless, and grief-stricken at a local, national, or international act of violence.  

Here's a little good news from Ken's book to cheer myself and my readers up after the last lengthy post on the Robert F. Kennedy assassination.  

It is possible, as has been demonstrated in Northern Ireland, for former combatants to recognize that nothing can be gained through military methods that is worth the cost; that their mutual slaughter has been a gigantic, tragic, absurd, pointless waste; and that they can reach out at any time to each other without glossing over their differences.

It is possible, even for the most battle-hardened opponents, to learn that there are no differences they cannot solve through dialogue, negotiation, and conflict resolution, or are worth the damage created by their assumptions of evil; that they can engage in open, honest, collaborative negotiations over ongoing issues of justice and equality; cooperate in strengthening their political, economic, and social democracies; develop interest-based conflict resolution skills; and elicit heartfelt communications that invite truth and reconciliation. To do so, they need to penetrate beneath the layer of moral rationalization they have erected to solidify and buttress these cycles of internecine conflict.

Remember Détente?  Take a Look at the June 2 NY Times "Backgrounder" on Negotiating with Hostile States.  Campaign rhetoric aside, all U.S. Presidents do it; the only questions being when and who and under what circumstances and how.  Excerpt below:  

Republican President Richard M. Nixon accelerated contacts with Soviet leaders in the early 1970s. Nixon and his national security adviser, Henry Kissinger, introduced a policy of détente that aimed to establish new linkages on issues ranging from arms control to improved trade terms. The goal was to lessen superpower tensions as well as induce positive changes in Soviet international behavior. Kissinger writes in his book Diplomacy that Nixon's advisers "saw no contradiction in treating the communist world as both adversary and collaborator: adversary in fundamental ideology and in the need to prevent communism from upsetting the global equilibrium; collaborator in keeping the ideological conflict from exploding into a nuclear war."

The new contacts bore fruit in the signing of the Strategic Arms Limitation Treaty (SALT I) in 1972 by Nixon and Soviet leader Leonid Brezhnev. But within a year, tensions related to the October 1973 Arab-Israeli War showed superpower competition remained vigorous, at one point prompting a heightened nuclear alert for U.S. forces. In 1974, congressional critics of détente, led by Democratic Sen. Henry M. Jackson, sidelined a U.S.-Soviet trade agreement with the Jackson-Vanik amendment, which linked trade to emigration of Soviet Jews. Writing in Foreign Affairs, historian John Lewis Gaddis called détente a "sophisticated and far-sighted strategy" that Nixon and Kissinger failed to put across to their "own bureaucracies, the Congress, or the public as a whole." Robert S. Litwak, director of international security studies at the Woodrow Wilson Center, writes in his book Rogue States and U.S. Foreign Policy that the détente policy was hampered by the "Soviet leadership's ability to compartmentalize relations and frustrate the Nixon administration's efforts to establish linkages."

Some Cold War analysts say more effective as a counterweight to Soviet ambitions was the Nixon administration's simultaneous diplomacy with China, which led to the formal establishment of a dialogue with the 1972 Shanghai Communique. While not posing the direct threat that the Soviet Union represented, Communist China was viewed as no less odious by critics of the Nixon negotiations due to its intervention on North Korea's side in the Korean War, and because of massive human rights abuses, especially in the 1966-1976 Cultural Revolution. Despite such concerns, Nixon saw value in ending China's isolation. He wrote in an October 1967 Foreign Affairs article: "We simply cannot afford to leave China forever outside the family of nations, there to nurture its fantasies, cherish its hates and threaten its neighbors."

In the years that followed, U.S. administrations held a number of adversarial states at arm's length, diplomatically. These states included Fidel Castro's Cuba, Vietnam, North Korea, Libya, Nicaragua, Syria, and Sudan. In some cases, like Vietnam, diplomatic ties have been fully restored. In others, such as North Korea, dialogue has resumed over the issue of the country's denuclearization. Relations with Iran were severed after the 1979 seizure of the U.S. embassy, and diplomatic contacts have occurred only sporadically since then. High-level contacts with Cuba remained a remote prospect in 2008 as an economic embargo continued over U.S. concern at political repression.

President Ronald Reagan took office signaling a tough posture toward the Soviet Union and an intention to stanch communist support for rebellions in Central America. But Reagan also stepped up negotiations on nuclear arms control and participated in summits with Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev, a practice continued by George H.W. Bush until the Soviet Union's collapse. In the 1990s, the Clinton administration pursued dialogue with Pyongyang and normalized relations with Vietnam, while seeking to contain and isolate Saddam Hussein's regime in Iraq, and Afghanistan's Taliban leadership.

Robert F. Kennedy on the Mindless Menace of Violence Forty Years Later

If you are of a certain age, you will vividly recall where you were forty years ago when you learned that the unthinkable had happend -- another Kennedy brother had been shot.

I was fifteen years old.   The insistent ring of the telephone broke into my sleep in the early morning hours of June 6, 1968.  It was my friend the [now] author and journalist Cathy Scott saying, "Kennedy's been shot."

"No he hasn't," I groggily responded.  "That was years ago."

"No, no," she insisted.  "That was John Kennedy.  This is Bobby.  Bobby's been shot."

Yesterday, the dreadful anniversary of Bobby Kennedy's death, I channel-surfed my way to the movie Bobby, depicting the world I was growing up in and in to.  I had only recently turned my political opinions away from my parents' -- opposing instead of supporting -- the Viet Nam War. 

McCarthy was my guy. 

I thought Bobby was late to the anti-war party

But what did I know?  I was passing notes to my friends in second year French class about boys and assassinations (Martin Luther King, Jr.'s).  Bhuddist monks were setting themselves aflame in public places. Race riots had only recently consumed the nation.  My friends and I were negotiating adolescence during the time when those things that were changing ("the times") continue to consume our nation's attention today -- the conflicting values of the "culture wars." 

The producers, director, writer and other creative forces behind "Bobby" chose to end their movie with the following speech -- On the Mindless Menace of Violence.  Hearing it play out over images of Kennedy's last moments on the floor of the kitchen in the old Los Angeles Ambassador Hotel, it was as if the forty years between the night I groggily rose from my bed to watch another Kennedy brother's last moments and yesterday when I heard these words again as if for the first time had collapsed.  

Bobby speaks here as plainly as he spoke to the nation then.  Are we still not listening?

On the Mindless Menace of Violence
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WmRTAa4-QNc&feature=related

City Club of Cleveland, Cleveland, Ohio
April 5, 1968

This is a time of shame and sorrow. It is not a day for politics. I have saved this one opportunity, my only event of today, to speak briefly to you about the mindless menace of violence in America which again stains our land and every one of our lives.

It is not the concern of any one race. The victims of the violence are black and white, rich and poor, young and old, famous and unknown. They are, most important of all, human beings whom other human beings loved and needed. No one - no matter where he lives or what he does - can be certain who will suffer from some senseless act of bloodshed. And yet it goes on and on and on in this country of ours.

Why? What has violence ever accomplished? What has it ever created? No martyr's cause has ever been stilled by an assassin's bullet.

No wrongs have ever been righted by riots and civil disorders. A sniper is only a coward, not a hero; and an uncontrolled, uncontrollable mob is only the voice of madness, not the voice of reason.

Whenever any American's life is taken by another American unnecessarily - whether it is done in the name of the law or in the defiance of the law, by one man or a gang, in cold blood or in passion, in an attack of violence or in response to violence - whenever we tear at the fabric of the life which another man has painfully and clumsily woven for himself and his children, the whole nation is degraded.

"Among free men," said Abraham Lincoln, "there can be no successful appeal from the ballot to the bullet; and those who take such appeal are sure to lose their cause and pay the costs."

Yet we seemingly tolerate a rising level of violence that ignores our common humanity and our claims to civilization alike. We calmly accept newspaper reports of civilian slaughter in far-off lands. We glorify killing on movie and television screens and call it entertainment. We make it easy for men of all shades of sanity to acquire whatever weapons and ammunition they desire.

Too often we honor swagger and bluster and wielders of force; too often we excuse those who are willing to build their own lives on the shattered dreams of others. Some Americans who preach non-violence abroad fail to practice it here at home. Some who accuse others of inciting riots have by their own conduct invited them.

Some look for scapegoats, others look for conspiracies, but this much is clear: violence breeds violence, repression brings retaliation, and only a cleansing of our whole society can remove this sickness from our soul.

For there is another kind of violence, slower but just as deadly destructive as the shot or the bomb in the night. This is the violence of institutions; indifference and inaction and slow decay. This is the violence that afflicts the poor, that poisons relations between men because their skin has different colors. This is the slow destruction of a child by hunger, and schools without books and homes without heat in the winter.

This is the breaking of a man's spirit by denying him the chance to stand as a father and as a man among other men. And this too afflicts us all.

I have not come here to propose a set of specific remedies nor is there a single set. For a broad and adequate outline we know what must be done. When you teach a man to hate and fear his brother, when you teach that he is a lesser man because of his color or his beliefs or the policies he pursues, when you teach that those who differ from you threaten your freedom or your job or your family, then you also learn to confront others not as fellow citizens but as enemies, to be met not with cooperation but with conquest; to be subjugated and mastered.

We learn, at the last, to look at our brothers as aliens, men with whom we share a city, but not a community; men bound to us in common dwelling, but not in common effort. We learn to share only a common fear, only a common desire to retreat from each other, only a common impulse to meet disagreement with force. For all this, there are no final answers.

Yet we know what we must do. It is to achieve true justice among our fellow citizens. The question is not what programs we should seek to enact. The question is whether we can find in our own midst and in our own hearts that leadership of humane purpose that will recognize the terrible truths of our existence.

We must admit the vanity of our false distinctions among men and learn to find our own advancement in the search for the advancement of others. We must admit in ourselves that our own children's future cannot be built on the misfortunes of others. We must recognize that this short life can neither be ennobled or enriched by hatred or revenge.

Our lives on this planet are too short and the work to be done too great to let this spirit flourish any longer in our land. Of course we cannot vanquish it with a program, nor with a resolution.

But we can perhaps remember, if only for a time, that those who live with us are our brothers, that they share with us the same short moment of life; that they seek, as do we, nothing but the chance to live out their lives in purpose and in happiness, winning what satisfaction and fulfillment they can.

Surely, this bond of common faith, this bond of common goal, can begin to teach us something. Surely, we can learn, at least, to look at those around us as fellow men, and surely we can begin to work a little harder to bind up the wounds among us and to become in our own hearts brothers and countrymen once again.

Kennedy recited these lines by Aeschylus on announcing the death of Martin Luther King, Jr.

"He who learns must suffer. Even in our sleep, pain which cannot forget falls drop by drop upon the heart until, in our own despair, and against our will, comes wisdom by the awful grace of God."

Must read:  NYT Columnist Bob Herbert's Savor the Moment, brief excerpt below:

Racism and sexism have not taken their leave. But the fact that Barack Obama is the presumptive nominee of the Democratic Party, and that the two finalists for that prize were a black man and a white woman, are historical events of the highest importance. We should not allow ourselves to overlook the wonder of this moment.

Blog entries of note on the RFK assassination and, more particularly, on the hope and action  "Bobby" inspired below:

Robert F. Kennedy:  What if He Had Lived, A Golden Age that Never Was by Blake Fleetwood in The Democratic Daily

A note on the Robert F. Kennedy Memorial from UCC Rev. Chuck Currie's Blog

NEW YORK STATE ASSEMBLY RENAMES TRIBOROUGH BRIDGE THE ROBERT F. KENNEDY BRIDGE from the Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. for President Blog.

A personal remembrance and link to another from Comments from Left Field

An RFK-Inspired Thought for the Day from the Law Consulting Blog

A Tiny Ripple of Hope from the Rainbow Law Blog

And this terrific compilation from Wednesday Night

Negotiating Life's End: the Coming Crisis and Likelihood of Litigation

One of the reasons I began this series was to explore the type of professional behavior that tends to trigger professional malpractice litigation -- and how that litigation might be avoided.   

As you may recall, my first post cited a study finding that the top three reasons for filing litigation against a medical provider were:  

so that it would not happen to anyone else . . . 91%

I wanted an explanation . . . 91%

I wanted the doctors to realize what they’d done . . . 90%

In that same study, only 66% of respondents said they'd brought suit because they wanted money.   

Other studies have found that the failure to health care professionals to effectively communicate with patients and their families give rise to more litigation than negligence or bad results in treatment.  As reported in the March/April issue of Patient Safety and Quality Healthcare

ineffective communication with patients and families, rather than quality of care, was the underlying cause of patients' and families' decisions to file suit against their caregivers (Vincent et al., 1994; Hickson et al., 1992). Other researchers found that most patients would be less angry and less likely to sue if physicians honestly and compassionately disclosed medical errors that occurred, admitted responsibility, took steps to reduce the chances of repeat errors in the future, and offered sincere apologies for the suffering that may have resulted because of the bad outcomes (Gallagher et al., 2003). Similarly, research on apologies suggests that individuals receiving a full apology that both expresses sympathy and takes responsibility by the person who wronged them are more likely to accept settlement offers and negotiate towards a resolution rather than going to trial (Robbennolt, 2003). 

See Conflict Management From the Heart:  A Day in the Life of a Medical Ombuds/Mediator by Carole S. Houk, JD, LLM, and Leigh Ana Amerson, BA here.


In Why People Sue Hospitals and Health Care Professionals in Heatlh Industry Online we learn that 40% of respondents answered "yes" to the question whether anything could have been done to prevent litigation after an adverse medical incident.  Those pre-litigation interventions were reported as follows:  

Actions That Might Have Prevented Litigation

% of Respondents

Explanation and apology

39

Correction of Mistake

27

Pay compensation

18

Correct treatment at the time

16

Admission of negligence

15

If listened to

5

Disciplinary action

4

Honesty

4

Investigation by hospital

3

Conflict Associated with End-of-Life Decisions

Someone once told me that a divorce is a hologram of the marriage -- that all of the marital dynamics that have never been resolved -- or even surfaced -- by the divorcing couple -- take shape and form in one way or another in the course of the divorce.  Not surprisingly, the "weapons" of marital dissolution are its most precious assets -- relationship and children -- and its most symbolic -- money. /*

So it is that historic family dynamics (rife with unresolved conflict) will more or less naturally play themselves out around the bed of a loved one who is -- or may  be -- dying.  

How much conflict is there?

One recent study found that conflict associated with decisions about life-sustaining treatment were rife with conflict between medical staff and the families of dying patients.  An abstract of an Conflict associated with decisions to limit life-sustaining treatment in intensive care units reported: 

MAIN RESULTS:  At least 1 health care provider in 78% of the cases described a situation coded as conflict. Conflict occurred between the staff and family members in 48% of the cases, among staff members in 48%, and among family members in 24%. In 63% of the cases, conflict arose over the decision about life-sustaining treatment itself. In 45% of the cases, conflict occurred over other tasks such as communication and pain control. Social issues caused conflict in 19% of the cases.

CONCLUSIONS: Conflict is more prevalent in the setting of intensive care decision making than has previously been demonstrated. While conflict over the treatment decision itself is most common, conflict over other issues, including social issues, is also significant. By identifying conflict and by recognizing that the treatment decision may not be the only conflict present, or even the main one, clinicians may address conflict more constructively.

It's Not About Money But it Will Become About Money if Conflict is Not Treated at the Source

I have much more to say about this but I need to get out to the Valley to see my dad who is -- amazingly (to me at any rate) -- surviving without food or water into Day Nine.

For now, I will simply remind my readers of the following:

Why the Coming Crisis and Likelihood of Litigation?

The parents' of the baby-boom are dying.  Extraordinarily high levels of conflict in health care settings are associated with dying.  Hospitals and health care professionals are not yet up to par in resolving conflict at its source.  In the absence of programs to assist the families of the dying negotiate their way through this traumatic experience, people will seek out attorneys; attorneys will, as the law does, monetize pain, suffering, and injustice. 

The research is in.  The solutions are available.

It's up to us.  

______________________________________

*/   Money is symbolic?  Yes it is.  As my longer article on the many meanings people give to money notes:

It is money’s nearly infinite plasticity that makes exchange of unlike things not only possible, but nearly effortless. Unlike barter, which famously requires a “double coincidence of wants,”  money creates a bridge to the future; permits trade at a distance; allows the exchange of durable objects for perishable goods; and, is capable of reducing nearly every human activity into a quantitative monetary value. 

Although contemporary money seems to have shed all of its qualities except its quantity,  “its oneness or fiveness or fiftyness,” we do not in fact use money as if it were fungible. We experience the value of a dollar earned differently from the way we experience one that is stolen or given to us as a gift and we spend it differently as well. 

See The Cost of a Thing is Your Life here

Negotiating Life's End in Mediation?

Let's for a moment assume that I had not surrendered the control of Dad's final days to his wife, into whose hands he has so indisputably placed them.  

If you've been following this series, you may have concluded that my Dad's immediate family (step-children; my sister) are likely indifferent to, uninterested in or incapable of dealing with the end of Dad's life.  My compassionate default is that these blood- and step-siblings are neither uninterested nor callously indifferent to my father's fate, but simply incapable of responding to this intensely emotional experience for family-historical, social, psychological, emotional or practical reasons.  

Let's assume, however, that surrounding my father's hospital bed is a clamorous family, all expressing different concerns, desires, options, solutions and resolutions to the question whether to insert, or later remove, a feeding tube, remembering Ken Cloke's observation in his new book, Conflict Revolution, that a dispute occurs 

not only between individuals, but in a context, culture, and environment; surrounded by social, economic, and political forces; inside a group or organization; contained by a system and structure; among a diverse community of people; at a particular moment in time and history; on a stage; against a backdrop; in a setting or milieu. 

Do you have the hypothetical in mind?

What's a family to do?

In a comprehensive and award-winning article on this precise issue -- Negotiating Death, ADR and End of Life Decision-MakingGlenn Cohen -- who has accepted an appointment as an Assistant Professor at Harvard Law School, begining in the 2008-2009 academic year -- suggested in a Spring 2004 issue of the Harvard Negotiation Law Review that disputes in the death and dying context are often really "misunderstandings," in the sense that they are not real differences in opinion or belief about the "correct" treatment option.  Cohen quotes one bioethicist who adopts a mediative model as follows:  

[These] conflicts were often fueled by different perceptions of the medical facts, different understandings of the prognosis, different interpretations of patient behavior (generally relating to whether the patient was experiencing pain and suffering) and different personal value hierarchies. As we searched for ways to help patients, family members, and staff understand the clashing cultures and discordant assumptions that animated their arguments, we realized that the substantive parts of our interventions were more than outweighed by the process elements. Searching for the right theoretical model steered us to the frame and the techniques of mediation.

The mediators in my readership will not doubt the efficacy of neutral-intervention in these decisions.  As my own experience demonstrates, however, no one sends a mediator or even the palliative care nurse or social worker to your loved one's hospital room unless someone has "hipped" you to the fact that they are available to you. 

Listen, my first husband was a social worker and it wouldn't have occurred to me to ask for one at the hospital unless my health care executive friend had told me to do so.  Nor would I have known there was a palliative care nurse on staff unless my friend the hospital hospice director hadn't told me her name and how to contact her.

So What, if Anything, Could a Mediator Do to Assist the Family in the Circumstances Outlined in My Hypothetical?

Training Issues

Cohen has systems in mind, not merely interventions, so he begins his proposed five-step model with training (echoing my question to the social worker -- "don't they train these doctors in active listening?")

Much of what we have said before about managing emotions [/*] is relevant here, as is the clarification of "professional emotions" on the part of doctors. Negotiation training for doctors is a must. . . . Already the negotiation field is beginning to tailor training programs to health care professionals by using narratives and cases developed by doctors for doctors. , and discussion of appropriate techniques with simulation, exercises and feedback."  . . . . .

More specifically, [others] identify five types of ADR training and education: marketing efforts (convincing stakeholders to buy-in),awareness education (informing users what ADR is and what role it plays in the organization),conflict management and communication training (generic training not geared towards a particular type of ADR, [r]ather, it is focused on increasing participants' understanding and acceptance of conflict and on improving their communication skills, including active listening and direct communication"), consumer/user training (focusing on what to expect in the ADR proceeding, how to prepare for ADR, how to identify interests, options, etc.),and training of third-party neutrals. 

____________________

*/   But please don't let the family know that is what you are trying to do, i.e., manage, rather than support, their emotional responses to a loved one's final days.

____________________

Bio-ethical Mediators

[A] bioethical mediator [would] help[] to identify all the parties and their interests, and develop a common understanding of the medical facts and options. For instance, consultants might be called in to finely tune a prognosis. 

When coming into [a case], the [bioethical mediation] team asks: Who are the parties to this conflict? What are their interests? Are those interests in conflict and, if so, how might the conflict be resolved or consensus forged? This formulation grew out of the clinical finding that most of the events labeled "bioethical dilemmas" were really "conflicts" that pitted members of the hospital team against each other, or members of the team against some or all of the patient/family constellation. 

The Creation and Use of an ADR-Oriented Ethics Committee

Membership: . . . . What is indispensable is that the panel not be insiders. If having physicians sit on the panel is seen as essential, it may be useful to use physicians who teach at local medical schools or who do not practice at that particular hospital. . . . . .

Initiation: In keeping with the sequencing of low- to high-cost methods of dispute resolution, the process should be initiated at the request of the patient, her family, any member of the health care team, or the bioethical mediator if he or she is unsatisfied with the resolution at Step 2.

Methodology: Here there is a spectrum of formality that will depend on the individual hospital and its resources, ranging from advisory arbitration to mini-trial. In principle, there is no reason why the Committee might not offer multiple options along the spectrum of formality at the election of the parties. Depending on the level of formality chosen, the parties might represent themselves or seek legal representation. 

Opinion: This should be delivered in writing, be well elaborated, and be the kind of opinion that can give the parties information relevant to how a court might decide the dispute.

Bindingness: What is essential is that someone present at the arbitration process has the authority to bind the hospital. If power imbalances favoring the hospital are a concern in the process, one possibility to "retilt" the system might be to make the arbitration "asymmetrically binding," making the hospital abide by the arbitration decision while the opposing parties are not equivalently bound. If there are concerns about this, some kind of safety valve could be provided. For instance, the binding nature of the Ethics Committee decision could be overruled by a majority vote of the Hospital's board of directors.

Cohen's Conclusion?

Having used Terri Schiavo's case as a jumping off point, Cohen suggests that the experience of her care-givers, elevated for a time into a national controversy (see Cloke above) 

highlights what each of us fears about our own deaths: that we will not die with dignity, that our wishes may not be followed, that decisions on our treatment may tear apart our families and bring rancor to the lives of those we love. Terry Schiavo's case also shows that in quelling our fears, the adjudicatory model offers scant succor.

While in theory, advanced directives offer a promising resting point for American jurisprudence's unsatisfying oscillation between full-on adjudication and completely private determination, in practice they have never caught on. The ideas and techniques ADR has
cultivated over the last thirty years offer us, and our families, a chance to do better. ADR can:

  • Help to resolve "misunderstandings" that the adjudicatory model tends to treat as full-blown "disputes;" 
  • Identify intermediate options that satisfy both parties and remove the need for rights-oriented dispute resolution; 
  • Offer a lower-cost form of rights-oriented adjudication when a dispute must be "decided;" 
  • Enable the patient and free him from the debilitating "object" status accorded to him by adjudication; and 
  • Offer emotional settlement lacking in the typical litigation process.

Concerns about cost, due process protection, and institutional resistance to implementing such an approach add complexity, but this article has suggested possible approaches to solve those problems. Moreover, these concerns have to be compared to those attaching to the status quo regime that consists of large amounts of "lumping" it. While the details of an appropriate ADR framework will vary from institution to institution, this article has offered a five-step model for implementing an ADR-informed approach to end of life decision-making, as well as discussing alternative options at every stage. It is only by
combining the work of fields such as medicine, law, and organizational development that we are able to provide a thing of major concern to the aging population of America: the assurance of dying well.

The Coming Crisis in Health Care and End-of-Life Decisions Here

Negotiating Life's End: Part Six

Evil is not initially a grand thing, but begins innocuously with a constriction of empathy and compassion, creating . . . . the “smallest piece of evil.” This is simply the inability to find the other within the self. This smallest piece of evil can expand rapidly, replacing empathy with antipathy, love with hate, trust with suspicion, and confidence with fear. . . . A potential for evil is thus created every time we draw a line that separates self from other inside ourselves.  Kenneth Cloke, Conflict Revolution, Mediating Evil, War, Injustice, and Terrorism

We shall not cease from exploration
And the end of all our exploring
Will be to arrive where we started
And know the place for the first time

T.S. Eliot, The Four Quartets, Little Gidding

(photo:  Dad on our first rafting adventure in the Grand Canyon, 1990)

I re-connected with the father I'd idolized since childhood in 1984 when I moved from Northern California to Los Angeles.  By that time, Dad had taken up professional residence in the law and motion department in the downtown Los Angeles Superior Court.  Between my move to Los Angeles and Dad's retirement in the early 1990's, we met for lunch at least once a week, where we slowly replaced our idealized versions of one another with the flesh of blood reality of us in our all fallibility, complexity and texture.  After Dad retired, lunch morphed into early-morning hikes in the low lying Santa Monica mountain range that separates the San Fernando Valley from the Los Angeles Basin. 

Though I was never welcomed into Dad's second family, we formed a largely collegial adult relationship which eventually came to include extended-family "adventures" planned and underwritten by Dad -- rafting; mountaineering; canoeing; boating; kayaking; and, scuba diving.

This was not the father of my fantasies.  He did not show much interest in my life, my loves, my fears, or my difficulties, although he very much enjoyed hearing about my successes.  He liked money and status -- for its own sake -- and was pleased when I could deliver stories with big round numbers associated with the names of well-known law firms.

I can most easily communicate the chasm that yawned between us by telling you the following story.

I'm Not Interested in People's Personal Lives

Dad and I, along with my step-siblings, were flying home from a rafting trip on the Salmon River in the early '90s.  By that time, I'd begun taking fiction-writing classes through UCLA extension and had once again become a voracious reader of novels and short stories. Dad, whose reading material consisted primarily of World War II chronicles and biographies of great generals, had uncharacteristically failed to pull a book out of his luggage before we boarded the plane. I'd just finished reading my then-writing professor Bernard Cooper's haunting memoir Truth Serum (title story here) which was still in my carry-on. 

I handed Bernard's memoir to Dad, saying "try this" before losing myself in whatever book that had captured my attention.  As the plane touched down at LAX, Dad handed the memoir back to me even though he'd only read the first couple of chapters.

"Keep it," I said.  "You can give it back to me after you've finished it."  But dad pressed it on me nevertheless saying, "You know, I'm not really much interested in people's personal lives."

Not only did I finally and instantaneously "get" the two of us, I suddenly realized it was  O.K. with me.  By that time, I'd come to deeply appreciate the gifts Dad had given me -- in early childhood, genetically and by way of example -- his clamorous appetite for adventure; his soaring ambition; and, his appetite for life at its most dizzying edges.  He was not fearless.  But he conducted his life  as if he were.  

I was finally able to find dad within myself.  My heart expanded correspondingly. 

Morphine

My father has had a Filipino caretaker -- Jungao -- for several years now.  I don't think anyone loves dad more deeply or knows him better.  Jungao was a dentist in the Philippines and is now the likely bearer of the greatest number of dad's treasure of tales -- war stories; farm stories; fruit picking stories; childhood tales; chronicles of wine, women, song and other wild confabulations of memory and desire.   

Last Thursday, Dad was released to home hospice care.  He hasn't been fed or "hydrated" since then.  Seven full days. 

Jungao hovers attentively when I am present, reassuring me that my father knows I am there and  hears what I'm saying.  He interprets the meaning of Dad's eye movements and facial expressions.  The furrowed brow, the way Dad soundlessly opens and closes his mouth; his occasional startled physical movements; and, what might even be translated into a smile.  

I tell my friend Jay at my morning meeting that it feels as if Dad is trying to tell me something but I don't know what it is.  He says, "listen with your heart and you'll probably hear it."

Juanita and Jungao have had words about the morphine.  Juanita believes Jungao disapproves because of his religion, but she hasn't actually asked him why or what his religion might be.  She's merely instructed him to follow her orders.  She tells me Junagao insists Dad talks to him when the morphine begins to wear off.  She thinks Junagao is lying.    

I have surrendered control to Juanita even though the manner in which my father is dying continues to disturb me. 

This is what I know.  When Dad married Juanita, he'd already experienced some of Parkinson's most debilitating effects.  Juanita promised Dad she wouldn't put him into a nursing home.  They had years together to talk about when and how he wanted his life to end.  She knows more than I could possibly understand.  More importantly, when Dad was cogent, he had entrusted Juanita -- not me -- with the obligation, the right and the power to make these end-of-life decisions for him. 

This is his choice playing itself out in his life.  It is not my place to interfere.

Memories

I am sitting by Dad's bedside chattering about my fondest father-daughter memories -- sitting on his lap at five steering his Volkswagen down the sidewalk in front of our house.  The day he taught me to ride my first two-wheeler.  The ill-fated adventures from which we'd return home drenched, "play clothes" torn,  limbs scratched, knees bruised and faces dirty.  

Here's the best one:  When Dad lived with us, he was a milkman in a white milkman's suit, carrying a wire basket filled with milk, eggs, cream, and butter for delivery to suburban San Diego families.  For those of you too young to remember, this is what milkmen looked like.

If my sister and I successfully completed our weekly chores, our parents pasted gold or silver paper stars on our "chore chart." If we had enough of these by week's end, Dad would take us on a "surprise ride." On one particular Saturday when I was six, Dad took us to his dairy; introduced us to the ruminating cows, gave us a ride in his truck and -- BEST OF ALL -- slipped us into milk crates sitting motionless on a circular conveyor belt, flicked the "on" switch and let us ride, ride, ride, ride.

Blue Eyes

Dad has been gazing into my eyes for one full hour and I have run out of things to say.  I have no recollection of Dad ever before making eye contact with me.  I sit still, breathing, and we gaze into each others eyes for two more hours.  

Finally, when it is time to go, I admit that to him I have been struggling.  "I think you want to tell me something," I say, "but I don't know what it is."  His mouth opens and closes and his clear blue eyes shine more brightly than before.  "Can you tell me what it is?" I ask, leaning my head down to his open mouth.  But the only sound is that of his breath.  In, out, in, out, in, out.   

I remember what Jay said about listening with my heart.  Still, I can't hear anything.

Finally, I admit that I am completely at a loss.  I don't think.  I just begin to speak.

"I can't imagine what else there could possibly be for us to tell one another," I say, "except this:   

I love you and I know you love me.  I . . . . . love . . . . . YOU . . . . and . . . . I . . . . KNOW . . . YOU . . . . love . . . ME.   I love you.  And I know you love me.

And then I slip out the door, saying I'll return tomorrow.

Read on here.

Negotiating Life's End: Part Five

(me and Dad in San Diego's Balboa Park a year or so after the divorce)

Conflict Suppression, Denial, Avoidance, Engagement, Resolution, Transformation and Transcendence

If you've been reading this series, you already know my family's conflict resolution technique of choice -- denial.  Conflict denial works best when the parties aren't in contact.  The social psychologists call this "autistic hostility."  

When you're in a state of autistic hostility, writes Morton Deutsch, the E.L. Thorndike Professor and Director Emeritus of the International Center for Cooperation and Conflict Resolution at Teachers College, Columbia University,

[y]ou think you've been hurt by the other, you're angry, you break off communication with the other, you don't talk about it with the other, you ignore the other.

I have autistic hostility towards coffee. I don't know why, but as long as I can remember I have had an aversive reaction to thinking about it. I, as a result, never drink coffee. I avoid any taste of coffee, like coffee ice cream. I may be mistaken about coffee. Maybe I would like it.

Maybe if I experienced it, if I had contact with coffee. If I had communicated, so to speak. If I allowed to coffee to communicate with me, it would change my attitude. That's one thing that happens sometimes in conflict. You maintain your hostility autistically, within yourself, without any necessary reactor.

We Make Stuff Up

If you're a trial attorney, you know all too well that juries, in the absence of information, just make $#%^@ up.  Did you fail to construct a link in your evidentiary causal chain?  If the jury likes your client, your story, your presentation, your place in the social order, your expert or anything else about the product you are selling -- your case -- they'll forge that chain for you.  If not, not.  

When adults are in a state of autistic hostility, they tend to demonize one another -- an extremely common result of litigation.  

When children lose contact with a parent, however,  they tend to idealize the missing caretaker.  With no feedback mechanism against which to test a parent's merits, teenagers tend to retain the idealized images created in childhood, which tends to delay the healthy recognition during early adulthood that one's parents -- though loved and loving -- are simply fallible human beings like everyone else.  

In Dad's Case, Idealization Was a Piece of Cake

I could write Dad's biography, but a skeletal outline will suffice.  

Nebraska farm until age seven or so.  Dustbowl.  The family abandons the farm, fills the Model-T with nine children and all of their worldly possessions, heading for  Portland, Oregon where logging work work beckons

Dad's Dad -- a farmer with arthritis -- can't take the cold and the damp.  The family heads down south, picking fruit in the fertile fields of the Imperial Valley along the way

They land in the "back country" of San Diego -- first Julian and then Ramona

My granddad never works again.  My grandmother raises chickens and takes in laundry. 

 

Dad drops out of high school at 14, works as a Western Union messenger in downtown San Diego, delivering, among other things, whiskey to whore-houses.

(throughout this narrative, the reader must recognize that all great story tellers like my father are notoriously unreliable narrators; the essence is usually true; the details are often the stuff of fantasy)

World War II.  Merchant Marines

Marriage and children.  

Dad earns high school diploma when he is 35 and I am seven.  Two years later, he high-tails it out of town.  Sacramento.  Second wife and family.  

Dad moves to Los Angeles.  Goes to law school (!!!) without spending a single day in a college.  

He passes the Bar at 42 years of age and sets up a solo practice in Beverly Hills ("where the rich people are").  

Dad becomes a Juvenile Court Referee and then a Los Angeles Superior Court Commissioner, sitting as a Judge upon the stipulation of the parties. 

He amasses wealth by buying foreclosures in the San Fernando Valley

Rafts rivers, climbs mountains.

Not much need to make anything up.

Legendary.

Dad.

Part Six Here

Every Conflict Takes Place in a Context, Culture and Environment -- from Conflict Revolution

Let us begin with a few simple, yet profound and far-reaching truths. First, every conflict takes place not only between individuals, but in a context, culture, and environment; surrounded by social, economic, and political forces; inside a group or organization; contained by a system and structure; among a diverse community of people; at a particular moment in time and history; on a stage; against a backdrop; in a setting or milieu.

Second, none of these is conflict-neutral. Each contributes, sometimes in veiled and unspoken yet profound ways, to the nature, intensity, duration, impact, and meaning of our conflicts. And each, depending on circumstances, can play a determining role in the success of the conversations, interventions, and methods used to prevent, resolve, transform, and transcend conflicts.

Third, nearly any social, economic, or political issue can trigger or aggravate interpersonal conflicts. Indeed, social dysfunctions, economic disparities, and political incongruities are nearly always experienced as personal conflicts, leaving the systems that regularly create them in the shadows, unnoticed and unresolved. Moreover, nearly everyone is capable of taking even the most abstract, obtuse differences personally and, as a result, is less able to learn from or transform them.

Fourth, social, economic, and political systems, by reason of their embattled history and internally divided nature, generate chronic global conflicts and with them a culture of conflict avoidance. These give rise to a set of adversarial attitudes and behaviors regarding global problems that limits the ability of individuals, groups, and nations to work collaboratively and democratically, even in small ways, to overcome their differences and solve them.

Fifth, every conflict possesses elements and characteristics that are self-similar on all scales, so that a common set of attitudes, emotions, ideas, and behaviors connects purely internal conflicts with those that occur in relationships, families, communities, organizations, societies, economies, and nation-states. This self-similarity on all scales allows us to identify ways of adapting resolution techniques that have proven effective for resolving disputes on an entirely different level.

Sixth, nearly all conflicts, no matter how petty or personal, possess veiled social, economic, and political features that inform their evolution and eventual outcome. These include social prejudice, economic greed, and the autocratic exercise of political power. When these hidden aspects are identified and analyzed, they become fertile sources of methods and techniques for preventing future conflicts, reaching successful resolutions, transforming social, economic, and political relationships, and transcending chronic conflicts at their source through learning and systemic improvement. As a result, nearly all conflicts can trigger revolutionary changes in individuals, organizations, and institutions.

Even in entirely interpersonal conflicts, people may respond negatively to social or cultural differences, develop biases and stereotypes, interact based on unspoken social assumptions and expectations, or be influenced by status, wealth, and power. They may quarrel over money, compete for scarce resources, or disagree over the way power is being used. They may differ regarding future goals or prior history, critique or defend the status quo, or advance points of view that reflect conflicting roles and responsibilities. Each of these sources of discord conceals a subtle social, economic, or political element that leaves it less open to resolution.

Seventh, except when social, economic, and political issues are explicitly raised, it is rare for these contextual, environmental, or systemic elements to be openly identified, acknowledged, or resolved, either by the parties or their mediators. Instead, they linger in the background, generating distortions and misunderstandings that make matters worse.

Read on here.

Negotiating Life's End: an Expression of Gratitude for My Friends and Readers

(image from Thunderbow Expeditions

Though my posts about my father's illness and imminent death may seem "off topic," as the poem below reminds us, we are all heading toward this particular destination. 

This recognition helps give perspective to all of our negotiations -- with our families, ourselves, our workplace, our churches and mosques and synagogues, our commercial actitivies and our local, state, national and international political affairs. 

This particular life passage -- so close at hand -- is revelatory for the work I do because it touches on the true bottom line of every negotiation with our fellows -- honorable relationship; gratitude for community; the necessity for compassion; the expression of empathy; the willingness to forgive; and, the miracle of reconciliation.  

Before sharing with you the poem written by my good friend Joe Mockus, I want to share two things with you.

First, the lessons my dad taught me rafting rivers from Costa Rica to Idaho -- keep your oar in the water ("for balance") and paddle through your fear.

Second, my gratitude for everyone who has written to express sympathy.  You don't know how much it means to me to have my readers "come to life" in the way that so many of you have. 

Thank you.

That said, here is a poem by one of my oldest and dearest friends -- whose own father is struggling with end-of-life issues himself.  Attorney, poet, rock 'n roll musician, dad, husband and friend Joe Mockus taught me more about how to read -- I mean really read -- than any one of our professors at U.C.San Diego where, for a time, we were both pursuing our undergraduate degrees in literature.  

This is the answer, by the way, to the question -- "what's the use of a liberal arts degree?"

Thank you Joe for writing this; for sending it; and for making this time in my own life not simply bearable, but beautiful as well.       

A Life

The primary activity is avoiding
Obstacles– rotting logs, mostly
Rocks. Rowing backwards
Against the flow. Slowing

The raft while the water
Moves fast. Picking the right
Spot and letting go
When the water turns white. Then

Near the end, finally pushing
Forward in the slack
Toward that beach
Where we all land

Negotiating Life's End: Part Three

(right:  Mom and Dad, late '40s)

Dr. X promptly sent me a social worker who was willing and able to answer all of my questions about my father's present condition; the common courses end-stage Parkinson's takes; and, the options available for his care -- aggressive treatment; tube feeding with hydration; palliative care; and, in-home hospice services.

I left the hospital that evening feeling not just better informed but comforted knowing there were people who were educated, trained, skilled, and talented at helping families make the type of decisions we were struggling to make with integrity and compassion.      

"This Man is Nowhere Near Death's Door"

I was awoken from a light and troubled sleep by a telephone call from my step-mother, who was now just as agitated with a physician as I had been the previous afternoon.  

She spoke with urgency. 

"That doctor you fought with," she said, "he sent a neurologist to your father's room at midnight.  Some woman I'd never met before.  I think I might have insulted her." 

"Good for you," I responded, thinking it progress for Juanita to question authority.    

"It's your doing," she said flatly. 

I was uncharacteristically silent.  I couldn't tell if she was expressing gratitude or blame.  

"It's because you yelled at Dr. X.  He wouldn't have sent that woman unless you'd done that."

I still couldn't tell.  It didn't really matter.  We were both doing the best we knew how. 

I asked for the story of the new neurologist as I slid out of bed to avoid waking my husband.  

Juanita was huffy.  "She examined your dad for an hour and then said his medication was completely wrong.  She prescribed him new medication and I don't know what right she has to do that."

"What did she say about his condition?"

I could hear Juanita take control of the conflicting emotions this doctor's diagnosis must have raised in her.        

"That doctor said, 'this man is nowhere near death's door.'"

The Parent Trap -- Hey, Hey, Hey

My parents' divorce in 1961 coincided with Walt Disney's upbeat movie about marital collapse and child custody -- The Parent Trap.  The brilliant Hayley Mills, squared into twins separated in infancy, divided like community property between the beautiful Maureen O'Hara and dashing Brian Keith upon their divorce, and re-united as teens to heroically reignite "their" parents' romance, was as far from my own experience as possible.  Children aren't capable, really, of processing this particular complex set of emotions:  relief that a violent father and physically fragile mother will no longer be scaring the wits out of their children; and, the aching loss a father leaves behind when he believes that divorce means removing from his life everyone associated with his marriage --  including his children.      

In other words, at nine years old, I didn't know whether to be happy or sad; guilty or justified, in response to my Dad's sudden departure.  But the idea of wilfully re-uniting this mismatched pair -- though perhaps some other child's Disney fantasy -- was not my own. 

Nearly forty years later when my father, in his first semi-psychotic episode, left and later divorced his second wife, his second set of children abandoned him.  

By the time my father lay in his hospital bed last week -- either "on the brink of" or "nowhere near" death -- the person with the absolute legal right to decide his fate was his wife of a mere five years duration.  And the only "child" with any interest in stepping forward to help make that decision was me.  

Next:  No Food, No Hydration

Negotiating Life's End: Part Two

(right:  Dad at 19; everthing about him was big -- not just the hair)

My step-mother's disembodied voice rose up from my answering machine last week with the words we're all afraid to hear: 

"Vickie, your Dad's in the hospital; his condition is not good;  please call me."

The last time I'd seen my dad, about two weeks earlier, he'd been sitting in his favorite chair with his eyes closed.  Part of him, the seeing part, wasn't much interested in being there.  

But dad was a talker; a spellbinding story-teller in the Irish tradition even though he liked to identify more with the Swedes in his lineage.  Vikings you know.  Warfare.  Being a manly man.   

Dad married the second time when I was in elementary school.  His first marriage to my mother having been a  failure of spectacular proportions, he took pains to begin my instruction in the basics of a happy marriage as soon as his second chance at marital bliss presented itself.  

"At the end of the day," he said when I was only 12 or 13, "the man gets to tell his stories first.  You can talk about your own day as much as you want.  But you have to make sure your husband goes first."    

Now, at 85, in the late stages of Parkinson's, Dad wasn't even having a day, let alone telling it, and certainly not telling it first.  

As dad sat immobile in his "easy" chair, you could hear the disease strangle the narrative out of him -- the mild dementia; the increasingly rigid muscles in his throat; the way he forgot the entire point of what he wanted to say by the third or fourth word he managed to slip past his captors.       

But he hadn't been anywhere near dying.

The Feeding Tube

As I drove out of the Los Angeles basin up through Laurel Canyon and down into the San Fernando Valley, Juanita, my father's third wife, was telling me by cell phone that Dad's Parkinson's was preventing him from swallowing.  He couldn't eat or drink.  He was choking.  The hospital was suggesting that a surgical feeding tube be attached and Juanita understandably wanted his children to help make the decision.

Dad, a life-long, semi-agnostic Protestant, was in a Catholic Hospital.  If his condition deteriorated badly -- if he entered a vegetative state -- I was worried about becoming immersed in a Terry Schiavo controversy.  I needed to know whether the hospital would later consent to the removal of a feeding tube.  That was my mission.  To find that out.  I called a friend in the healthcare industry who told me who I should talk to and what I should ask.  I was prepared.  

Your Father's on the Roof 

There's a old joke about friends -- we'll call them Bill and Jean -- who take care of the neighbor's cat while the neighbor -- we'll call him Phil -- is on vacation.  Upon his return, Phil rings his neighbors' doorbell only to have them immediately announce that Phil's cat is dead.  

Phil protests. 

'You're not supposed to come right out and say my cat is dead," says Phil.  "You're supposed to prepare me.  You're supposed to say something like, 'we were feeding the cat but he ran out the front door when we weren't looking.  He climbed up on the roof and couldn't get down.  We called the fire department and they raced over but the fire fighter who climbed up to the roof lost his footing on the way back down.  He managed to save himself but dropped the cat.  We rushed to the vet but there was nothing the vet could do.  We're terribly sorry but your cat had to be put to sleep.'"  

Everyone paused.  Finally, Bill said, "listen, we dropped by your mother's house last night and while we weren't looking she climbed up on the roof . . . . . . "

Dr. X Delivers Bad News

I arrived at my father's hospital room at the same time Dad's primary physician, Dr. X was making his rounds.  I introduced myself as Don Pike's daughter and asked about my Dad's condition.  For reasons I didn't understand, this seemed to irritate Dr. X.  

"What do you want to know?" he asked, eyeing me suspiciously.  "Your step-mother has already decided what will happen."

"And what is that?" I asked, not having yet had the opportunity to speak with my step-mother since our cell-phone conversation fifteen minutes earlier.  Something must have changed in the interim.

"It's quite simple," said the doctor, as if he were speaking to a child.  "Your father can't swallow.  His wife doesn't want the hospital to insert a feeding tube. We'll send him home with morphine to ease the pain.  Without food, he will quickly die of renal failure."

They say anxiety interferes with the functioning of the brain's higher "executive" functions.  So I wan't thinking very clearly.  

"You're going to let him die of starvation?" I asked.  "I mean," I was almost stuttering now, "you're gong to starve him?  Why?  What is his prognosis?"

Though the word "starvation" carried the most emotional wallop for me, it appeared to be my use of the word "prognosis" that disturbed Dr. X.

"Prognosis?" he asked, glaring at me now.  "Prognosis?  He's in the last stages of Parkinson's disease.  That's his PROG-NO-SIS."

My step-mother -- a member of a generation trained to accept whatever doctors say as holy writ  -- tried to intervene -- begging me not to "fight" with the doctor.  "Please, honey," she implored, "it's hard enough as it is; just do to what the doctor is telling you to do."

Throughout this debacle, my father was gurgling as if he were drowning.  Only when his moaning reached a certain pitch would the nurse come in to suction liquid from his throat, encourage him to cough up whatever fluid was in his lungs, and then suction that as well.  Like the dentist does, except you're generally not drowning when you're having a cavity filled.   

I didn't want to make trouble for my long-suffering step-mother, but I'd just heard that everyone had decided to starve my father to death in my absence because he was in the "last stages" of Parkinson's and I didn't know what that meant.

Information Gathering

"I don't know what end-stage Parkinson's means," I finally said, feeling dizzy and wishing I could sit down somewhere.  On my father's bed perhaps where I'd form a physical barrier between him and this angel of death in a white coat sporting his emblem of authority -- the ubiquitous hospital stethoscope.  

"I don't know what 'final stage' Parkinson's looks like," I muttered, feeling chastened but unwilling to simply "let the matter go."  

Perhaps he was emboldened in his anger by the way I was looking at my shoes, temporarily "unmanned" if a woman can use that term. For whatever reason, Dr. X took the opportunity to stride toward my father's bed and rip the sheet away from his frail, bruised and half-naked body, revealing not only a form that appeared to be entirely convulsed in uncontrollable spasms, but also exposing my father's one quiescent appendange -- his soft penis, curled passively just below the edge of his hospital gown.

"This," snarled Dr. X., sweeping his hand from the top of my father's head to the tip of his toes, "is what late-stage Parkinson's looks likeIs this what you wanted to know?"  he asked, as if in the very asking I'd brought this agony upon myself and my exhausted step-mother.  That I'd just made myself complicit in my father's continued suffering.  That this pitiable wreckage of the man who taught me to raft Class Four rapids was somehow my fault.   

Mea culpa, mea culpa, mea maxima culpa

"This is not your decision," Dr. X continued, without having the decency to cover up my father's nakedness.  "You have nothing to do with this and nothing to say about this.  Your step-mother has the Power of Attorney and she has already made the decision."

Then all hell broke loose.  I began to shout and, I must admit, also to cry, as my step-mother lunged out of her chair to push me back against the wall, away from Dr. X and my father.  "I'm his daughter," I remember repeating and "Juanita asked for my help in making this decision." I'd also lashed out at Dr. X, saying something about improving his "bedside manner."  But nothing had any effect until I said two words. 

They were "informed consent."

"I don't think I have enough information to give my informed consent," I finally said.  Though this phrase came automatically, it arose from my legal training.  It is an unquestionable code term for "make one more move and you'd better check your malpractice policy.  Doctor."

And then I recall telling the doctor to leave.  "Get out," I think, is what I said, "just get out!" as I reached over to pull the covers back up over my father's thin and trembling body.  As Dr. X obeyed this command, as he slipped behind the hospital curtain and made his way to the nurse's station where my father's chart resided, I shouted behind him, "and send me the hospital social worker!!"

Next, the social worker, a palliative care nurse and hospice services.  

Negotiating Life's End

(left:  Dad, middle, after the dust bowl in Julian, California)

I am told that my father is dying.  This is not news.  Dad has a progressive disease that ordinarily results in death only after years of suffering. 

I'm telling you this story (which will be the subject of several posts) because it's been suggested to me that I lodge a complaint with the local community hospital dad was checked into last week.  Or that I sue the doctor who will play a large role in this story.  I'm thus reminded of the type of conflict that causes people to go to the considerable trouble of finding and hiring legal counsel.  The experience I am about to relate considerably deepens my empathy for those people.    

Before I tell this story, I caution my readers not to take the easy way out.  These feelings accompany every kind of conflict -- personal and commercial.   

 

Essential Familial Tremor

Most of us on Dad's side of the family have something called Essential Familial Tremor.  That means our hands shake for reasons the medical community doesn't understand. 

Because denial was and remains my family's primary response to ill health , I was not diagnosed with this condition until I graduated from law school even though I began to suffer its effects at age 14.  When your primary family dis-ease is denial, it's more than a little painfully ironic to have a shared medical condition that quite visibly signals fear.  But we survived the American dust bowl.  We do not complain.  And we do not seek medical treatment.  

EFT and Parkinson's

I digress to EFT and denial because the "benign symptom" of EFT -- shaking -- is the same as one of the early symptoms of the disease Dad is dying from.  Parkinson's

For as long as I can remember, Dad's hands shook though my my step-mother (welcome to the family!) vehemently denied it.  "He doesn't shake," she'd snap if we noted dad's inability to get liquid from one container into another without spilling a fair part of it onto the dining table.  

So I can't say when Dad began to show the earliest signs of Parkinson's disease.  I can, however, say when it became undeniable. 

"I Left Your Step-Mother," 

dad is saying into a telephone I've just learned is located on the night-stand next to his bed in a Las Vegas hotel.  "She's sleeping with the gardener," he insists without a trace of skepticism at the fantastic idea that his second wife -- a woman ten years his senior -- has fallen into trampy ways with the "help" at 85 years of age.  "I think my phone is tapped," he continues without interruption.  "I'm going to fly to Sacramento to see my sister Lucille."  

This is the point at which my family is generally willing to first seek medical treatment.  Unmitigated disaster.  

So I sought and was granted (against strenuous opposition, I might somewhat irritably add) a continuance of a trial date that was breathing hot down the back of my neck, boarded a plane for Sacramento and got dad to doctors, psychologists and neurologists. 

Parkinson's is treatable and the dementia abated for a sufficient amount of time to allow dad to pretty cogently divorce his second wife of 35 years and marry the woman who served as his court clerk when he'd been on the bench two decades earlier.

You can't make this stuff up.

This is where we're headingFeeding tube and Reasons patients sue their physicians. Read Part Two Here  /* 

So that it would not happen to anyone else                              

91%

I wanted an explanation

91

I wanted the doctors to realize what they’d done

90

To get an admission of negligence

87

So that the doctor would know how I felt

68

My feelings were ignored

67

I wanted financial compensation

66

Because I was angry

65

So that the doctor did not get away with it

54

So that the doctor would be disciplined

48

Because it was the only way I could cope with my feelings

46

Because of the attitude of the staff afterwards

43

To get back at the doctor involved

23

_______________________

*/  figures represent the percentage of people who agreed with the statement to the left.

Los Angeles Mediator Jerry Lazar Brings Mediation to Reality T.V.

(right:  mediate this??)

Reporter Greg Katz reports in today's Daily Journal, that Two L.A. Mediators Are Shopping a TV Pilot That Would Showcase Their Art -- one of whom is Settle It Now's friend local mediator and magician Jerry Lazar of the Fight Nicely Blog.  Excerpt below.     

Jerry Lazar and Richard Klinger recently have been shopping around a pilot for "The Peacemaker," a show that would spotlight mediation.

"Its time has really come," Klinger said.

The idea for the show took shape after a speech Lazar made to the Southern California Mediation Association.

Lazar, a former host and producer for the E! television network, went on his usual rant: "The American public has a glut of judge shows. Why aren't there any mediation shows?"

After the speech, Klinger, executive producer of the "Jane Fonda's Workout" video series, approached Lazar and asked whether he had ever tried to put together a mediation television show himself.

They shot the pilot in December.

It opens with a host in suit-and-tie describing the mediation process and explaining that mediation offers a way out of conflict "without the expense and heartache of litigation."

The host then introduces the case of Javier and Elena, a young couple ending their "green card marriage," who are at odds over the jewelry and car Javier had given Elena as gifts.

In a conference room, the two hurl insults at each other, much to the chagrin of the mediator between them, who reminds them that "a bad settlement is better than a good judgment any day."

It doesn't ease Elena's mind.

"He makes me out to be nothing but a whore and liar," she says indignantly.

As the mediation goes on, it emerges that Javier is still living with his mother and that Elena has been cheating on him.

The situation is based on a case Klinger once mediated. Though the disputants in the pilot are actors, if the show makes it to the air, it will feature real-life disputants who will have to waive confidentiality, the producers said. . . . .

More Great Resources from the Bar Association Formerly Known as Stodgy

Before giving you today's list of ABA Journal resources that landed in my in-box this morning, I want to announce my appearance on the Journal's dot com front page in its "Ask the Experts" feature

If you have a question -- any question -- relating to negotiation strategy and tactics, conflict resolution, mediation advocacy, persuading the opposition that he doesn't fully understand just how $%#*^ his case is, the social psychology of conflict, or the settlement of that pesky piece of litigation that is turning moldy on the upper right hand corner of your desk, just write it into the email box here and your answer will be quickly forthcoming.

Self-promo out of the way, here's the latest on ABAJournal.com resources:

ABAJournal.com has created four new features designed for busy lawyers.

Blawg Search: We've partnered with Justia.com, the leading legal information portal, to create a search engine covering all of the 1,800-plus blogs in our directory -- including yours. It's like Google for lawyers, pinpointing in an instant the most sophisticated and up-to-date commentary by legal professionals on any topic. Use the search box at the top of any of our pages (including our homepage: www.abajournal.com), and on the search results page click on the "Blawg Results" tab. Plus you can subscribe to an RSS feed of any search to follow the results in your feed reader.

News Widget: Now you can add continuously updated ABA Journal headlines to your blog or to personalized pages like iGoogle or Netvibes with our news widget. We're posting 25 to 50 fresh stories every business day, so you're sure to deliver the latest breaking legal news to your readers. Visit our widget page to grab the free code: www.abajournal.com/widgets

Twitter Feed: Are you using Twitter, the most popular microblogging platform? Then you can integrate our headlines into your personal Twitter page. Dozens of lawyers already have. Visit our page and click "Follow": www.twitter.com/abajournal

Facebook Page: If you're a member of Facebook, one of the most popular social networking sites, you can become a fan of the ABA Journal. Our Facebook page features our latest headlines, recent covers, and special announcements. Visit our page and click "Become a Fan": http://www.facebook.com/pages/ABA-Journal/13563247155

And to celebrate winning the Webby People's Voice Award in the Law category, we're letting our readers pick which of three acceptance speeches we'll give at the June 10 ceremony. Each is just five words long -- the maximum length the Webby Awards will allow. To cast your vote, visit: http://www.abajournal.com/news/webbyspeechvote/

We hope you find that these features, and more that will be coming in the months ahead, make ABAJournal.com even more useful and informative. We love getting feedback from our readers. If you have suggestions, drop us a line: www.abajournal.com/contact

Contentious Litigation? Get a War Crimes Negotiator to Settle the Case

Is your litigation particularly contentious? 

Take a page from theBarbie- Bratz litigation which the AmLaw Daily reports was partially settled with the assistance of Pierre-Richard Prosper, a former ambassador-at-large for war crimes issues in the Bush administration. 

(Photo from the San Diego Union Tribune article Doll Wars)

The AmLaw Daily reports that Prosper was "brought into the case by federal district court Judge Stephen Larson to oversee settlement negotiations among all three parties because (according to Prosper) the "judge and the parties thought [his] international experience mediating and negotiating armed conflicts would translate here."  See Barbie and Bratz Head to Trial here (emphasis mine).  


Congress Negotiates the Foreclosure Crisis

UPDATE:  IF YOU FOLLOW THIS LINK TO FORBES.COM COVERAGE OF THE FORECLOSURE CRISIS AND CLICK ON THE HIGHLIGHTED WORD "FORECLOSURE" YOU'LL FIND A WEALTH OF MATERIAL, INCLUDING VIDEOS, ON THE SUBJECT. 

See, for instance, this great post on "bailing out" homeowners at the Calculated Risk Blog here (found by clicking on the Lingo bubble on the Forbes.com site above.

In this morning's Los Angeles Times,  staff writer Maura Reynolds explains how -- and why -- the Senate has reached a deal on foreclosure legislation.  "Key senators" writes Ms. Reynolds,

announced Monday a bipartisan agreement on the broad elements of a plan to avoid foreclosures and speed the refinancing of mortgages for roughly 500,000 troubled homeowners without taxpayers footing the bill.

Political deal making showcases high-level bargaining skills at the intersection of interest- value- and rights-based negotiation paradigms.  No one files lawsuits against their Senators (well, no sane person).  But in the midst of an economic crisis, political representatives might just as well be defendants.  As Reynolds explains, the forclosure legislation "deal" reached in the U.S. Senate reflects the election-year pressure that lawmakers feel to find common ground on one of the most pressing issues facing the country.

The "Conflict"

Some theorists define conflict as a "crisis in human interaction" which the parties need help to overcome for the purpose of restoring constructive interaction.

Transformative mediation theorists and our little "d" democracy assumes that people have the capacity to solve their own conflicts over scarce resources, rights, interests and values.  (See MEDIATION STYLES AND TECHNIQUES prepared by the American Bar Association, Public Contract Law Section; Dispute Resolution Section; Center for Continuing Legal Education; and Interagency ADR Working Group; Contracts and Procurement Section at the Arnold & Porter Paul Porter Conference Center).

The Stakeholders

A stakeholder in a conflict is anyone who might be positively or negatively impacted by the crisis and its potential resolution.  In this case, the L.A. Times identifies the entire economy as a  "stakeholder." As Ms. Reynolds explains, the "housing collapse"

has inflicted pain on thousands of families, dealt the economy a major blow and ignited a fierce controversy over what -- if anything -- the government should do about it.

The stakeholders to whom elected representatives must answer are, of course, those who elect them -- voters and taxpayers -- as well as those corporate and individual contributors who fill their election coffers.  When selling a public good, however, it is best to acknowledge your allegiance to "the people."  As one Senator explained:

My primary consideration during negotiations on this package has been to protect the American taxpayer, and I believe we've made significant progress toward that goal.

National Resolution to Public Problems Must Reflect the Voters' Interests and Values

Unlike a lawsuit, where the parties are fighting over existing (or hoped for) rights and obligations, in economic, social or political crises the "fight" is not about "rights" but interests and values.  The right to declare bankruptcy aside, no one has a legal right to be "bailed out" of a financial crisis.  Nevertheless, a bail out may be necessary if elected officials are to serve the "interests" of their constituents according to those voters' "values."  

Values

As Reynolds explains, the lead Republican on the Senate Banking Committee, Sen. Richard C. Shelby, suggested that consensus among law makers could not be achieved if the proposed solution to the foreclosure crisis were seen as a "bail out" of "speculators" or of "borrowers and lenders who made bad decisions out of carelessness or greed." These are the "value" concerns that are part and parcel of any potential resolution of a community-wide conflict.      

Because we perceive money to be a scarce resource, we presume that its delivery to Interest Group A will deprive Interest Group B of funds necessary to serve Group B's needs or desires.  This is a  "zero sum" view of economics.  For individuals and many businesses, however, this is often not only perceived reality, but the actual fact of the matter.  

If mom and dad bail Billy out of jail for drunk driving, they may not have sufficient resources to pay his brother's room and board at Ivy League U.  Not wishing to "reward" bad behavior (a "value" metric) may be only part of the calculus, however.  If the family is capable of satisfying both brothers' interests, they may or may not decide to be guided by their "values."  They could act out of helpless parental love or simply compassion.  If the parents do not have sufficient resources to satisfy both brothers' needs at the same time, their decision about who to benefit will almost always reflect family values (little "F" little "V").     

How national problems should be solved within federal budgetary constraints is not so different from the family drama hypothesized above. 

Interests

The foreclosure crisis is not only about American values such as independence, thriftiness, caution, and hard work.  It is also about stakeholder interests.  As Reynolds reports:

Some Republicans have supported other versions of the legislation, citing the severity of the housing crisis and the escalating number of foreclosures in some regions of the country, including parts of California. They argued that the foreclosure crisis would damage entire communities and pull the economy toward recession. 

If larger societal interests -- like the economy itself /** -- are at risk, a "bail out" plan that "rewards" even the careless and greedy may be palatable to voters, particularly when, as Reynolds reports, "at the luxury end, home prices are falling."  In other words -- if this crisis is not addressed by our elected representatives (who are also stakeholders in this crisis) not only voters, but contributors to political campaigns might retaliate against them.   

Positively "Framing" the Proposed Legislative Solution to Meet Both Interests and Values    

In acknowledging the need for action, Senator Shelby positively "frames" the crisis as one affecting "struggling homeowners" who "should" be assisted so long as "American tax payers" don't have to foot the bill.  Others appeal to market and voter fears that the foreclosure crisis might "pull the economy toward recession" (if it has not already arrived there).  In all events, a majority of stakeholders in any democracy must feel satisfied that legislation addresses both their needs and their fears.   

The Proposed "Deal"

The proposed Senate "deal" to aid borrowers, lenders, and "the economy" is described by the  Times as follows:

The Senate plan announced by Shelby and Banking Committee Chairman Sen. Christopher J. Dodd (D-Conn.) is similar to the House-passed bill in that the centerpiece of each is an expansion of government mortgage insurance. Under both proposals, a borrower facing foreclosure could refinance into a government-guaranteed mortgage under certain conditions, including that the home is the owner's primary residence and that the holder of the existing mortgage accepts 85% of the home's current appraised value as payment in full.

The House bill calls for using about $1.7 billion from the federal budget to set up the program, which would be administered by the Federal Housing Administration.

Under the Senate deal, the start-up funds would come instead from an affordable-housing fund capitalized by mortgage giants Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which were created by the government but are owned by public stockholders.

This plan satisfies American "self-help" values by requiring borrowers to refinance.  It attempts to exclude "speculators" from the benefit created by requiring recipients of the government-guaranteed mortgages to affirm that the home is their primary residence.  And it "punishes" imprudent lenders by requiring them to accept 85% of the home's current appraised value as payment in full.  Finally, whereas the House would spend $1.7 billion in federal funds, the Senate hopes to tap the resources of Fannie Mae and Freddie-Mac, government created but privately owned lenders.   

Selling the Deal

Whatever deal is crafted to address a national financial crisis or to settle a piece of commercial litigation, it must be sold to all stakeholders.  Here's a classic "win-win" pitch based on interests and values.    

"This legislation is good news for both the markets and homeowners," [Senator] Dodd said. "The bill addresses the root of our current economic problems -- the foreclosure crisis -- by creating a voluntary initiative at no estimated cost to taxpayers, which will help Americans keep their homes."   Dodd told reporters the measure would speed the correction of housing prices to return stability to the market as soon as possible and prevent further damage to the broader economy.  "Obviously, we want to keep as many people as possible in their homes. But the second goal, as important as the first, is to get to the floor" of the housing correction, Dodd said in a conference call. "Until we get to the floor, none of this is going to get better."   "We have a lot of confidence that this is what the market is waiting for," Dodd said.

Deconstructing consensus-building in the political arena should help anyone who is making an effort to settle commercial litigation -- or simply a family dispute over the deployment of family resources.  

We thank Times staff writer Maura Reynolds for the depth and breadth of her reporting on this issue.   

For an analysis of the future of the Senate proposal, check out the Housing Chronicles Blog post Will President Bush Sign the Housing bill? here.  Housing Chronicles is a fellow Forbes Business and Financial Network blogger.

**/  For another look at what we mean when we use the term "economy" see this month's Harpers' article by Jonathan Rowe, Our Phony Economy

Negotiating Justice in Community Mediation

Negotiated Resolutions in Community Mediation

Nearly every condominium complex harbors an outlaw -- the man, woman, couple or family who refuse to follow the rules.  The young couple who blasts the woofers off their stereo system at 3 a.m.  The elderly woman who doesn't clean up after her dog.  The raucous family that plays "Marco Polo" in the community pool after midnight.  

Offended and outraged, other homeowners make demands on their volunteer board who contact the (often unresponsive) management company.  The HOA board does its best.  It issues warnings to procure compliance.  To no avail.  Eventually, someone reads the CC&R's.  They learn that the Board has enforceable legal duties and the homeoweners actionable legal rights. 

Many of these disputes make their way to the Los Angeles County Bar Association's Dispute Resolution Center in West Hollywood.  And some of them make their way to me. 

Welcome to community mediation -- the non-zero sum, value-based, rights-seeking, joint session transformative dispute resolution process.  We're well trained and we're free.

But can we deliver justice?

 

Attorneys, the Law, Mediation and Justice 

Maybe it was just my G-g-g-generation, but I went to law school primarily because I was interested in the delivery of justice.  Although my primary involvement in the 20th Century 's civil rights movements was as a Vista volunteer at an activist women's center in San Diego in the early 1970's, I wasn't simply pursuing my own narrow self-interests when I applied to law school.   

As early as I can recall -- long before I'd conclude that 1950's and '60s women were oppressed -- I'd already developed a deep longing for the reconstruction of adult relationships along the lines of fairness.  This must be a typical childhood longing premised upon our predicament of being physically small and powerless.  An "unjust" world that rewards only power would not ensure our survival while a world in which everyone is valued and treated fairly would.     

Couple a child's sense of justice with televised images of "the law" aiming fire-hoses at peacefully demonstrating "Negroes" and you get a life-long commitment not simply to the "rule of law" but to the necessity for that "rule" to be premised upon justice.   

Are Negotiated and Mediated Resolutions Trumping Justice?   

These are just a few of the reasons it troubles me so when scholars suggest that mediated and negotiated resolutions to litigated disputes are unjust.  See yesterday's post here and the article that prompted it, Justice Trumps Peace (etc.) here.  If mediation is truly what its critics contend it to be -- a full-frontal assault upon the rights gained by marginalized citizens during the Civil Rights era -- I'm in serious moral trouble here. 

Consider this contention in Justice Trumps Peace

“ADR rhetoric” reinforce[s] a conservative challenge to “the law and reform discourse of the 1960s, a discourse concerned with justice and root causes, and with debates over right and wrong.” “The rights theme, consistent throughout earlier debates over legal resources,” was conspicuous by its absence in “the policy discussion on alternative dispute resolution.” . . . . 

Laura Nader . . . not[ed] that ADR’s “process of communication” ethos took necessary rough, ideological edges off claims, and fostered what she called “coercive harmony.” Nader argued that ADR was permeated with “conformist ideology,” which was employed to “suppress the realities of class, gender, and racial antagonism” endemic to American society, and as such, it comprised an “unreal law movement.” Nader contended that ADR’s emphasis on conciliation meant that critical considerations of “blame or rights” were “avoided and replaced by the rhetoric of compromise and relationship.” She concluded that “cultural notions of justice are factored out.” 

This tendency to screen-out unpleasant, divisive, but nonetheless vital social concerns supports Fiss’s characterization of ADR as a “sociologically impoverished universe,” in which critical issues of class, race and gender are subsumed to construct “a world composed exclusively of individuals.”

Can Justice be Negotiated?

Cheyney Ryan, a philosophy professor at the University of Oregon, contributed a short piece to the must-have Negotiator's Fieldbook entitled Rawls on Negotiating JusticeJohn Rawls, Ryan explains, is the seminal philosopher of justice in the 20th century.  "From the start," writes Ryan,

Rawls asked us to think of justice as  a matter of agreement.  He suggested that we think of the principles guiding a just society as the ones that individuals would agree to -- with the crucial proviso that they do not know where they themselves would end up in society, on the top or the bottom.  They would thus act from behind a "veil of ignorance . . . Given this constraint, no individual could tailor the principles of justice to his or her special talents or circumstances, which is why Rawls called this approach "justice as fairness."  Rawls suggested that the principles that would be agreed to would be ones that were deeply committed ot basic human rights and had a strong presumption in favor of economic equality.  Inequalities would only be tolerated if they most greatly benefited the least well off.

According to Ryan, Rawls concluded in his later writings that the reciprocity inherent in bargained-for resolutions and negotiation's search for mutual advantage were insufficient to ensure justice.  Rawls therefore shifted the basis of his theory from the search for rational resolutions to the implementation of reasonable ones.  "The question to ask of principles of justice," posited Rawls, was,

what were the most reasonable ones for people to agree to given the nature of our society and the nature of who we are?  Justice, thus reconceived, lost the harsh individualism that Rawls' earlier theory seemed to possess.  The stress on reasonableness meant that people taking others into account was an essential part of what justice was all about.  His theory also moved away from his earlier hyper-abstraction, insofar as we talk of what is "reasonable" invariably refers not to some hypotheitcal persons with hypotheical aims but to real people -- in this case, us, here and now.

Negotiating Justice in Community Mediation 

Condominium owners John and Betty Jones (not their real names) were being driven to distraction by their neighbors who arrived home at 2 a.m. only to commence what felt like a Pekinese rodeo in their upstairs apartment.  The indominable Kathryn Turk who convenes mediations for LACBA's Dispute Resolution Services in West Hollywood managed to procure the attendance of an HOA Board member with full authority to "settle" the case.  Unfortunately, the "outlaw" homeowner refused to attend.

John Jones had practically memorized the CC&R's governing the Board's duties and the homeowner's rights.  His wife repeatedly broke into tears as she described sleepless nights spent on the living room couch where the upstairs neighbor's early morning antics were the least disturbing.  The volunteer Board member was sympathetic but at a loss for solutions.  She'd contacted "management" and sent warnings to the miscreants, all to no avail. 

Only punitive measures would do at this point, said Jones. The CC&R's called for sanctions to be imposed on rule-breakers but lacked a means of implementation and enforcement.  The HOA representative indicated that she not only had the Board's authority to settle the matter, but to impose any necessary and reasonable rules to flesh out the CC&R's inadequate policies.

"We want monetary sanctions imposed," Jones was saying, "sanctions that can be made liens against the property just as HOA dues can be." 

"What about notice?"  I asked.  "And  a hearing?  There's nothing in the rules about the procedure for imposing sanctions."

"24 hours!" shouted John.  "If they don't comply, a $500 sanction to be made a lien against their property.  And another $500 for every day they continue to violate the noise restrictions contained in the CCR's."

Not knowing about Rawls' veil-of-ignorance-just-rule-making principle, I nevertheless wondered aloud whether Mr. and Mrs. Jones understood that the bylaws they were suggesting could be used by their scofflaw neighbors as easily as they could be pursued by the Jones.  

"Oh."

Silence.

"What set of rules do you think would be fair?" I asked.

Two hours later, we had achieved what my Con Law professor would have called "procedural due process" -- a set of rules that would likely pass Constitutional muster that came from the parties -- not from the mediator.

Whether justice and fairness are, at some level, hard-wired into us (see Brain reacts to fairness as it does to money and chocolate) or culturally controlled, it seems that Rawls' conception of "justice and fairness" based upon reasonableness and enlightened self-interest might flow more or less naturally from a mediated dispute resolution forum where the parties, rather than the mediator, are in control.

Can We Negotiate Justice?

Thanks to Geoff Sharp over at mediator blah blah for citing us to Justice Trumps Peace: the Enduring Relevance of Owen Fiss’s Against Settlement by Don Ellinghausen, Jr.  Geoff Sharp's excellent post on the issues raised (again) is here and Ellinghusen's exhaustive treatment of mediation's limitations and overblown claims here.

Agree with Fiss, Ellinghausen, Laura Nader and Carrie Menkel-Meadow or not, there shouldn't be a mediator practicing who is unaware of these serious criticisms of the mediation process.  If we're not aware of them, we can't avoid the potential for "muscle" mediation to prevent even the aspirational goal of delivering justice without regard to gender, color, power, social status, wealth and all the rest of the social markers the law has been so careful to avoid paying obeisance to.

Check it out.

Gay Marriage in California: Is it Good for Business?

UPDATE:  Here's the California Supreme Court Opinion thanks to the American Constitutional Society Blog with Yale Law School Professor William N. Eskridge, Jr.'s short commentary

The June issue of Harpers has a good article on the issue from a religious point of view in Turning Away from Jesus:  Gay Rights and the War for the Episcopal Church by Garret Keizer, but it's not online yet.

There is a good 1996 article on the issue in Harpers here, however.

I must say there's something about the public debate that has always confused me.  Because we live in a secular society, all "marriages" performed by the state are "civil unions."  Only the churches are capable of blessing or sanctifying those unions.  

But I'm not interested in jumping into the gay marriage debate other than to say I'm happy for my gay friends who would like to marry their domestic partners, lovers, help-meets; and, life companions.  

What I'd like to do is to re-post an interview I conducted with one of my best friends who happens to be a gay rocket scientist and who is comfortably settled with his beloved companion -- also one of my husband's and my closest friends.  Tony talks here about why diversity and tolerance in the workplace is not only good for the people in it, but good for the business that supports and empowers them.

Here's New York Times reporter Adam Liptak's coverage of the California Supreme Court opinion here.

That's all.  Anyone debating the gay marriage thing can go back to it now.

 

I also cannot resist saying this in response to those who worry that the California Supreme Court's ruling is contrary to the will of the majority.  That's the whole point of the U.S. Constitution's Bill of Rights and the similar right-affirming Articles of the California Constitution -- they provide protections for the minority against the "tyranny of the majority."

Negotiation Deal Breakers

My readers will recognize many of the tips included in this article published last week in the Los Angeles Daily Journal -- Bullying, Rigidity Are Surefire Negotiation Deal Breakers.  Read it by clicking on the link above or below -- to enlarge page on the document embedded below, click on right-hand arrow and scroll down to


Bullying, Rigidity Are Surefire Negotiation Deal Breakers - Get more documents

"B" is for Bully Update: Mom Indicted for MySpace Bullying Leading to Teen's Suicide

I've blogged several times about bullying, both here and over at the IP ADR Blog.  We learned from Forbes.com today that federal prosecutors are seeking an indictment against the mom we wrote about here for her alleged role in an online hoax that caused a 13-year old girl to commit suicide.  Here's the link with an excerpt below:  Indictment sought in MySpace cyberbullying case.

LOS ANGELES - Federal prosecutors are seeking an indictment against a Missouri mother for her alleged role in an online hoax played on a 13-year-old girl who committed suicide.

Two law enforcement officials, who spoke on the condition of anonymity because it was going to be announced shortly Thursday, told The Associated Press they are seeking four charges against Lori Drew, whose daughter was feuding with the victim.

Drew allegedly helped create a false MySpace account to contact Megan Meier who thought she was talking with a 16-year-old boy named "Josh Evans." Megan hanged herself in October 2006.

Drew has denied creating the account or sending messages to Megan.

See also Wired's warning that the basis for the indictment is shaky at best.  Below:

[T]he U.S. Attorney's Office in Los Angeles [is] charging Drew with "unauthorized access" to MySpace's computers, for allegedly violating the site's terms of service.

MySpace's user agreement requires registrants, among other things, to provide factual information about themselves and to refrain from soliciting personal information from minors or using information obtained from MySpace services to harass or harm other people. By allegedly violating that click-to-agree contract, Drew committed the same crime as any hacker. .  . .

In a statement, MySpace says it supports the prosecution. "MySpace does not tolerate cyberbullying and is cooperating fully with the U.S. attorney in this matter," a company spokeswoman said. The company declined to say what the precedent would mean for otherwise innocent users who, for example, misstate their age or ZIP code when setting up their MySpace profiles.

"Theoretically, it applies to any use of a service in violation of the terms of service," says EFF's Granick, who says the impact of the Drew prosecution could be far-reaching. . . .

Matwyshyn says the Drew case is an especially creative use of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, given that the aggrieved party in this case is not really MySpace, the putative victim, but Meier.

The case is being prosecuted only because there is so much pressure to see justice done in the Meier tragedy, but existing law doesn't provide an immediate solution, she says.

Matwyshyn says she understands the impulse, but is concerned that if successfully prosecuted the case could set a bad precedent for turning breach-of-contract civil cases into criminal ones.

"Terms of use have been progressively getting more Draconian and restrictive," she notes. "So as these provisions get drafted and users agree to them, we may find ourselves in a situation where a company that drafts one may try to leverage this kind of case law to take a breach-of-contract action and turn it into a computer-intrusion [case]."

Granick agrees. "The real problem is that something tragic happened, but the harm that occurred doesn't have anything to do with the way they've charged the offense," she says. . . 

"When asked if this is the kind of case Granick would want to litigate, she said, "If [Drew] calls me I'd be very interested in talking with her about this case. I think there is such an extreme reading here, and I do think it's dangerously flawed for other cases. I think it's scary and it's wrong and something should be done about it."

As the saying goes, hard facts make bad laws.  Why not a civil suit for intentional infliction of emotional distress?  Or a prosecution for the crime of impersonation to cause injury or commit fraud?

Our Sister IP ADR Blog Selected as "Top Blog" for LexisNexis Copyright Law Center

 

Many of our regular readers know that I have gathered together some of the best IP arbitrators and mediators over at the IP ADR Practice Group and the IP ADR Blog.  We keep one another up to date on the law of patent, copyright and trademark infringement and share our knowledge with one another about the various industries we have each served.  This makes our little group one of the best resources available for attorneys who need an arbitrator or mediator with specialty legal knowledge or special industry expertise.  

I'm now proud to announce that the LexisNexis Copyright Law Center has included the IP ADR Blog on its very short list of "Top Copyright Blogs" along with our friends over at  IPKat.

If the resolution of IP disputes is important to any of our industry or legal readers, we heartily recommend IP ADR, the IP ADR Blog and now, the LexisNexis Copyright Law Center

Here's how LexisNexis let us know about our addition there:  

We take pride in associating with the best talent in the legal world, so we are thrilled to include you as part of this dynamic new platform that features commentary from experts and gives visitors to the site the ability to interact with the content and one another. Also featured on the site is real-time copyright news, blogs from internal teams at LexisNexis and outside contributors, and news about attorneys, firms, and corporations, plus delivery options, including RSS feeds, podcasts and email alerts.

The selection of your blog was made by the Copyright Team responsible for the Matthew Bender Copyright publications as one of those most often visited, referred to and relied upon. . . .

Thanks LexisNexis!  We'll be nosing around the Copyright Law Center ourselves in the coming weeks.  





Negotiating Gender with USDC Settlement Officers and Nina Miereding

I just finished taking a two-day advanced mediation training offered gratis to settlement officers for the federal district court in the Central District of California.  The cross-cultural mediation training portion of the seminar was conducted by the dynamite, brilliant and entertaining mediator and trainer, Nina Meierding

There's much to say about this training (and much to thank the District Court, Dawn Osborne-Adams and the Straus Institute for).  

For now, I want to visit some of the issues Nina raised about misunderstandings between men and women.  Because my note taking skills suffer when I'm as engaged by a speaker as I was by Nina, I searched for material on the web that echoed her talking points.  I found this article --Gender Issues: Communication Differences in Interpersonal Relationships by Cynthia Burggraf Torppa, Ph.D., by googling two terms Nina used to explain the ways in which men and women tend to apologize differently -- "rapport" talk and "report" talk.  

Here are a few interesting observations from Professor Burggraf on gender differences, the knowledge of which may well help us negotiate better agreements across gender lines.

Women are typically the experts in "rapport talk" which refers to the types of communication that build, maintain, and strengthen relationships. Rapport talk reflects skills of talking, nurturing, emotional expression, empathy, and support.

Men are typically the experts in task accomplishment and addressing questions about facts. They are experts in "report talk," which refers to the types of communication that analyzes issues and solves problems. Report talk reflects skills of being competitive, lacking sentimentality, analyzing, and focusing aggressively on task accomplishment.

These differences can create specific, and commonly experienced, misunderstandings. Here are three examples:

Misunderstanding #1

He: I'm really tired. I have so much work to do—I don't know how I'm going to get it done!
She Me, too. There just aren't enough hours in the day!
He: There you go again! You never think my contributions to this marriage are good enough!

In this conversation, she is trying to communicate something like "We're partners and share similar experiences." Her intended "between the lines" message is: "I understand what you're going through; you're not alone." The "between the lines" message he hears emphasizes competition for status: "What are you complaining about? You aren't any better than I am!" or "Your contributions to our marriage aren't any more significant than mine!"

Misunderstanding #2

She: I'm really tired. I have so much work to do—I don't know how I'm going to get it done!
He Why don't you take a day off and rest, if you're so tired?
She: (sarcastically) Thanks a lot! You think my contribution to this household is so trivial that I can do nothing and the difference won't even be noticed?

Here, he is trying to communicate something like "Oh, you need advice and analysis? I'll focus on the details and facts, and offer a solution." His intended "between the lines" message is: "I will help you solve your problem because I think I know something that might help." The "between the lines" message she hears him saying: "I don't want to understand your feelings; I'm different from you and I know what you should do." 

Misunderstanding #3

She: I'm really tired. I have so much work to do—I don't know how I'm going to get it done!
He That's ridiculous! Nothing bad is going to happen, so just trust that I'll get there safely! If something bad does happen, I'm sure you'll hear about it!

In this final example, she is trying to communicate something like, "We're connected and I care about you and your safety." Her intended "between the lines" message is: "You are loved and important to me." The "between the lines" message he hears her saying is: "You had better check in with me! I want to know where you are, who you are with, and what you are doing at all times."

The misunderstandings in these examples probably result from differences in the ways that women and men show affection. It is more common for women to show affection through talking, but it is more common for men to show affection by doing things—either doing things together or doing separate things within the same physical space. Sometimes not talking—not having to talk—is a sign of trust and intimacy for men.

What does all this mean to us?

Understanding differences is the key to working them out. When we misunderstand one another, we often think that the other's motives are not reasonable, are mean spirited, or worse! But by knowing that women and men sometimes see—and hear!—things through different filters, we can begin to share with one other the distortions we experience, and thereby find our way to clarity.

So, the next time you feel surprised, disappointed, or angry with someone's response to something you have said, ask yourself if he or she may have "misheard" you. Is the other responding to your problems with a solution, when you wanted to receive sympathy? Is the other responding to your message of affection with a message of status? If so, you will be able to help the other to understand the source of your miscommunication, and avoid the hurt feelings and conflicts that sometimes follow.

Negotiating Blogratitude: Best Post of the Week Anywhere in Business and Money-Related Blog Articles

Thanks again to IP attorney R. David Donoghue of the Chicago IP Litigation Blog for including my post on Trust and Compromise in the May Carnival of Trust

Now I have even more reason to be grateful.  

The Political Calculations Blog's weekly On the Moneyed Midways compilation of business and money related blog carnivals choose my post How Can I Convince My Client to Lose More than Predicted and Still Maintain My Own Credibility? as the Best Post of the Week Anywhere!

Makes a girl feel all appreciated guys! 

Thanks!!! 

And nice to find the Best of the Best aggregated for readers on a weekly basis at Political Calculations which we'll be adding to our blog roll post haste!

Negotiating Competitive Arousal: When the Cost of "Winning" is Too High

Take a look at this summary of the article When Winning Is Everything by Deepak Malhotra, Gillian Ku, and J. Keith Murnighan, now available online here as well as in the May '08 Harvard Business Review.

Malhotra and colleagues suggest that an adrenaline-fueled emotional state [which they] call  competitive arousal, often leads to bad decisions.

Negotiating litigators may want to note that all of the conditions giving rise to "competitive arousal" are the day-to-day conditions in which litigation is conducted, i.e., intense rivalry, especially in the form of one-on-one competitions; time pressure . . . ; and being in the spotlight—that is, working in the presence of an audience.

Sound familiar?  Take a look at the consequences and the potential solutions below. 

Individually, these factors can seriously impair managerial decision making; together, their consequences can be dire, as evidenced by many high-profile business disasters. It's not possible to avoid destructive competitions and bidding wars completely.

But managers can help prevent competitive arousal by anticipating potentially harmful competitive dynamics and then restructuring the deal-making process. They can also stop irrational competitive behavior from escalating by addressing the causes of competitive arousal.

When rivalry is intense, for instance, managers can

  • limit the roles of those who feel it most
  • reduce time pressure by extending or eliminating arbitrary deadlines
  • deflect the spotlight by spreading the responsibility for critical competitive decisions among team members.

Decision makers will be most successful when they focus on winning contests in which they have a real advantage—and take a step back from those in which winning exacts too high a cost.

Negotiating Irrationality

Recently, I excerpted the expressed concerns of in-house counsel about ineffective mediators.   Among the complaints was some mediators' refusal to see or acknowledge the other side's "irrationality" As Where's the Magic from the U.K. online Mediator Magazine noted:

It can be frustrating where they [the mediator] can see the irrationality of the other party, how their claims and positions are unsubstantiated, and choose to ignore it,' says Frank Aghovia, legal adviser at Exel Plc. He continues, 'It's like saying, "I know he's talking out of his backside, but can you give him what he wants anyway." He concludes that 'steadfast neutrality is irritating and wastes time.'

Reality-Testing

Helping litigants and their attorneys reassess their case is one of the mediator's greatest challenges.  The mediator intervenes only after the parties' dispute has reached stalemate.  Each party to a stalemate has negative attitudes about his adversary that are maintained and prolonged by three psychological mechanisms: selective perception, self-fulfilling prophecy, and autistic hostility.

Selective perception:  people tend to select those perceptions that tend to confirm their existing attitudes, and ignore or discount information that would disconfirm their existing attitudes.

Self-fulfilling prophecies:  people with negative attitudes about their adversary engage in conduct that provokes the adversary's "expected" response, which confirms the party's original expectation, and a vicious cycle ensues.

Autistic hostility:  Parties in litigation have stopped talking with one another about their dispute, communicating only through their attorneys.  The social scientists would say that such people are "stuck in autistic hostility, that is, their hostility is perpetuated by their refusal to communicate."

(for a full discussion of these and other conflict dynamics see CR Info's Book Summary of Social Conflict: Escalation, Stalemate and Settlement by Dean G. Pruitt and Jeffrey Z. Rubin). 

When the parties are in this frame of mind -- particularly after years of highly contentious litigation -- they genuinely believe that the other side is either completely irrational or downright evil.

So how does the mediator reality test in this climate of anger and distrust while continuing to maintain his ability to work effectively with both parties.  

Peter Robinson, co-director of the prestigious Straus Institute of Conflict Resolution in Malibu, California, tackles this problem by way of a hypothetical.  He assumes that one side believes his adversary came here from another planet via UFO.  What should a mediator -- who needs to retain the trust and confidence of both sides -- do?  

Robinson answers his own rhetorical question in this fashion:

When talking to the UFO-guy, I am totally with him.  Listening, asking questions, trying to understand whether his delusion actually has some hidden meaning that might suggest a way to resolve the dispute without asking the other party to "buy in" to the UFO story.

After giving Mr. UFO an opportunity to have his say and to experience -- perhaps for the first time ever -- another human being's willingness to temporarily suspend his disbelief -- I begin to gently "reality test."  To do so, I do not have to doubt Mr. UFO's story.  I can suggest, however, that not everyone is as understanding as I am. 

"Have you told this story to many people?" I might ask.  "And what has their response been?"  Do you have any reason to believe that a judge or jury might be more likely to believe this narrative of events more than, say, your mother, sister, cousin, wife, best friend, etc. were?

Robinson's suggested action between the rock of understanding and the hard place of consensual reality is shrewd and effective.  It neatly avoids the problem recently raised by my friend and colleague Jeff Kichaven who has likened piling rationales atop one another for the purpose of changing another's mind to raising your voice for the purpose of communicating with a deaf man.   

Harvard Business School professors Deepak Malhotra and Max H. Bazerman address the irrationality problem in another fashion in their tremendously useful book Negotiation Genius. 

"Whenever our students or clients tell us about their 'irrational' or 'crazy' counterparts," they write, "we work with them to carefully consider whether the other side is truly irrational.  Almost always, the answer is no."

Malhotra and Bazerman list the mistakes that lead us to call our negotiating partners "nuts," "delusional" or "evil" as follows:

Mistake No. 1:  They are Not Delusional, They are Uninformed. 

If you can educate or inform your bargaining partner, say Malhotra and Bazerman

about their true interests, the consequences of their actions, the strength of your BATNA, and so on - there is a strong likelihood they will make better decisions . . . [I]f someone says "no" to an offer that you know is in her best interest, do not assume she is irrational.  Instead, work to ensure that she understands why the offer is in her best interest.  She may simply have misunderstood or ignored a crucial piece of information.

Mistake No. 2:  They are Not Irrational; They Have Hidden Constraints

In negotiation, a wide variety of possible constraints exist.  The other side may be constrained by advice from her lawyers, by the fear of setting a dangerous precedent, by promises she has made to other parties [this is a particularly common constraint in IP infringement actions] by time pressure and so on.  [D]iscover these constraints . . . and . . help other parties overcome them . . . rather than dismissing others as irrational.

Mistake No. 3:  They are Not Irrational; They Have Hidden Interests

[P]eople will sometimes reject your offer because they think it is unfair, because they don't like you [or are tired of feeling as if you don't like them] or for other reasons that have nothing to do with the obvious merits of your proposal.  These people are not irrational; they are simply fulfilling needs and interests that you may not fully appreciate.  .  .  [I]nvestigate:  "What might be motivating her to act this way?  What are all of her interests?"

But What if They Really Are Irrational

If your counterpart truly is irrational -- in other words, he is determined to work against what is in his best interest -- then your options will be fewer.  You can try to push through an agreement despite his irrationality, you can try to "go around him" by negotiating with someone else with authority who seems more willing to listen to reasons . . . or you may decide to pursue your BATNA because his irrationality has eliminated all hope of creating value.

I have a friend who is, literally,  a rocket scientist.  He says that there are no problems which cannot be solved -- only problems that we don't yet understand.  This is as true in negotiation as it is in rocket science.  In both cases, the wisest course is to assume you know nothing and begin asking the type of questions that would help learn something.

 

Searching for the Bright Mediation Bulb: Criticisms from Across the Pond

Thanks to Geoff Sharp at mediator blah blah for directing us to this great U.K. Mediation resource, The Mediator Magazine which is great to poke around in a little when you're home for mother's day and mom's gone off to bed.  Here, for instance, are some well taken criticisms of mediation practice by in-house counsel from the article Where's the Magic?

Top of the list of issues which invite scorn is perceived weakness on the part of the mediator. Giving palpable nonsense and well documented fact equal air-time in the interests of appearing open-minded has backfired for a number of mediators. 'It can be frustrating where they [the mediator] can see the irrationality of the other party, how their claims and positions are unsubstantiated, and choose to ignore it,' says Frank Aghovia, legal adviser at Exel Plc. He continues, 'It's like saying, "I know he's talking out of his backside, but can you give him what he wants anyway." He concludes that 'steadfast neutrality is irritating and wastes time.'

One public sector lawyer, though generally more favourably disposed towards mediation, shares a sense of frustration with the purely facilitative model: 'If a mediator is too passive,' he says, 'there isn't going to be any realignment of expectations, there isn't going to be the refocusing of the parties on the strengths and weaknesses of their own and the other party's case. It's simply not going to happen. You're not going to facilitate the movement.'

Naturally it is all a question of degree, but frustration with a style perceived to be 'slow', 'wet', 'namby-pamby', or worse, 'like therapy' is real, and stands in the way of mediation increasing its meagre market share.

It is also evident that some mediators have failed to manage the process with sufficient vigour, fuelling comments like 'I've been at quite a few [mediations] and question what the mediator actually does.' No doubt they've had to spend all their time working with the other side, but if so, this needs to be communicated.

This lack of robustness which for many is synonymous with mediation has bred the widespread belief that mediation only works when both sides want to mediate. And where that's the case, without prejudice discussions will do the job. Until mediation's image hardens to the point where people realise that great mediators can deal with the shirty, dismissive and gratuitously rude types, mediation will remain in the shadows. . . .

These criticisms are real and require attention.  I'm uncertain of the state of "professional" mediation in the U.K., but here in California, its all over the board.  For the mediation advocate and his client, finding the right mediator for the right case at the right time is not only more art than science, it's often more guesswork than art. 

I'll be dealing with the issues raised by this U.K. article in the coming weeks.  For the full article, click on the link above.

Negotiating Power: NYC Tenants Organize Resistance to Private Equity Bullies

Today's New York Times (Questions of Rent Tactics by Private Equity) reports that investment firms have been purchasing New York City rental properties for the avowed purpose of "turning over 20 percent to 30 percent of the units, five times the typical vacancy rate," to upgrade the rentals up and out of rent regulation, generating tens of millions of dollars of income for the investors.    

Tenants are complaining that the investment firms' tactics to "turn over" those units (i.e., evict low-income residents from their homes) are not only ruthless, but fraudulent as well.  See the full article here.

So what's the little guy to do when BigBusiness decides to set aside ethics to maximize profit?  What individuals have always done when their survival is threatened.  Organize.  According to John Medina, author of Brain Rules, there's more than one way to be the fittest survivor and collaboration has always been our species' strategy.  

"Suppose you are not the biggest person on the block," Medina writes,

but you have thousands of years to become one.  What do you do?  If you are an animal, the most straightforward approach is becoming physically bigger, like the alpha male in a dog pack, with selection favoring muscle and bone.  But there is another way to double your biomass.  It's not by creating a body, but by creating an ally.  If you could establish cooperative agreements with some of your neighbors, you could double your power even if you did not personally double your strength. 

Trying to fight off a woolly mammoth?  Alone, and the fight might look like Bambi vs. Godzilla.  Two or three of you, however, coordinating your behaviors and establishing the concept of 'teamwork,' and you present a formidable challenge:  You can figure out how to compel the mammoth to tumble over a cliff.  There is ample evidence that his is exactly what we did

Locating and deploying likely allies is not only good sense when the individual has no bargaining power -- like NYC's low-income tenants -- it's also an extremely savvy move for business negotiators.  As Lax and Sebenius explain in their ground-breaking book 3-D Negotiation

[w]here one-dimensional negotiators mainly focus on actions at the table, [the] third dimension, “setup,” extends to actions away from the table that shape and re-shape the situation to advantage. In deal after deal we’ve seen the same result: once the parties and issues are fixed, and once the negotiating table has otherwise been set, much of the game has already been played.

Therefore, before even showing up at the conference room, 3-D Negotiators take the initiative. They act away from the table to set up the most promising possible situation, ready for tactical interplay. This means ensuring that the right parties have been approached, in the right sequence, to deal with the right issues, that engage the right set of interests, at the right table or tables, at the right time, under the right expectations, and facing the right consequences of walking away if there is no deal.

If the setup at the table isn’t promising, this calls for moves to re-set it more favorably. As we’ll show you, a superior setup plus the right tactics can yield remarkable results that would be unattainable by purely tactical means, however skillful.

See the 3-D Negotiation strategy summarized in the online introduction here.

You don't need to grow larger, richer, stronger or even smarter to gain a bargaining advantage.  If you find the right allies, before you know it, you'll be roasting that woolly mammoth over charcoal briquettes in your own backyard.   

Negotiating Anger: Why are They Shouting at Me????

Brilliant piece on de-escalating conflict over at Tammy Lenski's Conflict Zen this morning.  Teaser and link below:  

The friendly bailiff unlocked the small courtroom. After telling me to make myself at home, he pointed to a small red button on the wall. “If you need me, just press that button and I’ll be in here faster than you can blink and eye. It’s an emergency button.”

“Ok, thanks,” I replied, and began to unpack my briefcase.

“I mean it,” he said. “Just press the button. Maybe you should set up your chair so you’re near it.”

I gave him a long look. “You seem to want me to know about that button. Is there something else you want to tell me?”

Continue reading here.

Negotiating Diversity: What's ADR Got to Do with It?

I'm asked this morning by an ADR colleague whether we can criticize diversity without sounding like racists.  The question itself is problematic because it not only assumes a racial divide, it places "us" on the "white" side of it. 

The question arose from a recent press release by local mediator Elizabeth Moreno -- Is Mediation Losing Its Effectiveness:  Lack of Diverse Mediators.  The release describes an ADR diversity initiative being pursued by Shell Oil.  Shell, noted Moreno, is  

 introducing supplier diversity to the ADR profession [by] extend[ing] business opportunities to certified minority and women ADR neutrals. These efforts, coined as "second tier," allow Shell to influence prime or majority ADR firms, with whom they do business, to also contract with minority and women owned ADR firms within the business community.

In the upcoming months Shell will be targeting  . . . ADR services to participate in second tier efforts. Shell astutely recognizes that by embracing the concept of inclusion, the company will rise to a higher level, reflecting its belief that it "will benefit from diversity through better relationships with customers, suppliers, partners, employees, government and other stakeholders, with positive impact on the bottom line."

I'm assuming that my questioner does not agree with the "affirmative action" aspect of this program.  Having debated the affirmative action issue since I began law school at U.C. Davis where the Supreme Court Bakke decision originated, I know well how divisive this issue can be.  But it is an important issue -- an issue critical to a nation not only "conceived in liberty" but "dedicated to the proposition that all men (sic) are created equal."

So Let's Take a Look at ADR and Diversity

I'll ask the academics over at the ADR Prof Blog to correct me if I'm wrong.  

I understand the academic criticism of mediation to be this:  in the immediate post-civil rights era while greater legal protections have been afforded to women and under-represented minorities, the "people" have been channeled into a system -- mediation -- that lacks the prejudice-flattening constraints of the rule of law.  More disturbing, say critics, is the fact that this "lawless" system is largely presided over by -- excuse me if this offends anyone -- OLD WHITE MEN.

I've learned more about racial bias talking to my liberal (white) "unprejudiced" friends this election season than I have since I participated in the "second wave" women's movement in the early nineteen seventies (remember consciousness raising?)  I do not judge them, nor myself, for our necessarily limited view which just happens to be that of the dominant culture.

I know we still have a serious racial divide because when I talk to my educated and liberal African American friends they say things that shock me. Things like -- the U.S. may have started the AIDS epidemic to rid the world of Africans. OK. I get it.  There's something about their experience of America that is so radically different from mine that I think their point of view is, frankly, just a little nuts.  This is what I do know -- I will never truly be able to see the world from their point of view.

That said, I do think we can criticize people for taking advantage of "diversity" issues to forward an agenda -- or their own personal advancement -- other than forwarding diversity itself. We can criticize those who would deepen the divide to profit from it.

I think Obama is modeling the correct response to racial divide, which is one of the reasons his candidacy impresses me so.  There haven't been many public figures willing to talk about the elephant in America's living room -- racism.  Nor has anyone on the national stage in my memory ever said "your dreams do not have to come at the expense of mine."

If I could write a sentence in a circle at this point, instead of linearly as the language requires me to do, I would do so.  Here is what I understood Obama's response to the question of the racial divide in America to be.

Acknowledge it Heal it Move on Heal it Move on Acknowledge it Move On Heal it Acknowledge it

There are no periods in this sentence because this activity needs to be constant and on-going.  Because we will always be stuck in our own point of view.  Because in-group and out-group prejudice will always be with us. And because the more visible markers there are for "otherness" in others, the more prey we are to the error of dividing the world into "us" and 'them."  

The answer?  Diversity.  Vigilance.  Education. 

Toward that end, here are some ADR Diversity resources

Commonality to Balance Diversity

Mediation:  the Great Equalizer?  A Critical Theory Analysis

Toward a More Perfect Union in an Age of Diversity: A Guide to Building Stronger Communities
through Public Dialogue

Center for Dispute Resolution, whose mission is to "to promote and provide education and comprehensive approaches to dispute resolution that constructively serve the needs of our culturally diverse society."   

ACCESS ADR:  A 2004 Diversity Initiative Launched With The Support Of The JAMS Foundation And The ABA

Striving for DIVERSITY in ADR & Why it Matters: An Interview with the Hon. Timothy K. Lewis, the Chairman of the AAA's Diversity Committee [who] speaks candidly about his interest in diversity in the decision making professions, and why allowing minorities and women an opportunity to participate is so vitally important.

The Diversity Task force of the International Institute for Conflict Prevention and Resolution ("CPR") whose mission it is to "adopt businessdriven initiatives to increase the ethnic, gender, and social diversity of mediators, arbitrators, and those involved in alternative dispute resolution, both within CPR institute and on a national scale."

Compilation of mediate dot com articles on diversity in mediation 

THE GREGORY SOBEL DIVERSITY IN MEDIATION SCHOLARSHIP APPLICATION

Slouching Towards Inclusion by Carol Miller Lieber & Jamala Rogers

Diversity Resistance

The Media Diversity Institute

The Puppet Negotiation (rated PG for offensive language)

The Biggest Lie in the Business: It's Only About Money

A friend and former legal partner was fond of saying that the biggest lie in the business was I don't take it personally. After four years of full-time mediation, I have another "Big Lie" to add – it’s only about money.

The social scientists who sutdy these things say that the way in which we respond to adversity "often reflects the fact that [our] prestige or status has been threatened more than the fact that [our] purchasing power has been diminished." Miller, Disrespect and the Experience of Injustice, Annual Review of Psychology (2002). In other words, the corporate C.E.O., like any other kid on the block, will retaliate when he feels he has been disrespected.

Conversely, research shows that business people are reluctant to recommend legal action if they believe that they and their company have been treated respectfully. Although this is particularly true of fiduciary and special relationships such as lawyer-client and business partnerships of all kinds, it also applies to arm's length business transactions.

Every commercial interaction, we are told, "represents a social exchange and every form of social behavior represents a resource." Id. People's satisfaction with the outcome of a commercial transaction therefore "depends highly, and often primarily, on their perception of the fairness of those outcomes." Id.

When we, as litigators and counsellors, actively listen to what our clients and our adversaries are saying about the rights and responsibilities of all participants in an ethical business community, we stand the best chance of engendering mutual trust and respect among the parties. In that atmosphere, the probability of becoming embroiled in litigation decreases precipitously. When the parties believe that their concerns are being heard and respected, losses that might otherwise become lawsuits, are far more likely to be addressed as the understandable consequence of the inevitable mistakes and miscommunications that attend all human enterprises.

As much as we'd like to believe that we don't take it personally or that it's only about money, the good news for all of us is that we do and it's not.

Google, Viacom and YouTube: What's Holding Up a Settlement

Today the Silicon Alley Insider in its post Google, Viacom: We Won't Settle YouTube Fight Out Of Court asked the same question about Google and Viacom that we've been asking about J.K. Rawling and a middle school teacher -- Whuzzup with the whole settlement thing?

As Alley reports, David Eun, VP in charge of Google content partnerships told Dow Jones Newswires ``we're going all the way to the Supreme Court.  We're very clear about it.''

In the law biz we call this "posturing," and that "all the way to the Supreme Court" comment we call laughable posturing.  Alley says:

Call us dreamers, but we still think both sides could kiss and make up before this gets to the Supremes. After all, the two sides were negotiating for months before going hostile. And Sumner Redstone's other media company -- CBS -- seems quite happy with YouTube. So while both sides can argue that there are important principles at play here, we're pretty sure they can get resolved with an appropriately sized check. 

Of course it might well not be the size of a check but some other set of commercial exchanges, concessions, or synergies that will eventually settle the thing.  

These are business people for goodness sakes.  And never was a business person born who wants to establish Supreme Court precedent.  Talk about giving away your power and control.  

We welcome comments from more knowledgeable readers!

New Negotiation Resources: Preparation, Preparation; Preparation

I'll add these to my blog roll when I'm not rushing out the door.  For now, check out Jonathan Farrington's Blog post on Negotiation - Dealing with the Early Phases, a resource I have to thank the Business Growth Blog for, cited at the end of more excellent advice on Negotiating:  Thinking it through

Here's a teaser to get you to the Business Growth post:

Remember that classic scene in "Erin Brokovich" where the high powered, electric utility law team shows up in force to negotiate with the small town law firm? Ed Masry sees them coming in and gets all his staff to file into the board room so they have more "lawyers" on their side of the table… and overpowers the power brokers.

Would you like to have a system that helps you think on your feet like that?

Here is a list of 8 questions you can ask yourself when you suddenly realize that you have to prepare for a negotiation. Use these to generate quick preparation for any negotiation
.

For the list of 8, click here!

Thanks guys!  Great advice in both posts with more good negotiation resources at the end of the Business Growth Blog post.

Mediator Learns that a Jury Verdict is a Settlement by Other Means

Thanks to Geoff Sharp at mediator blah blah for alerting us to this truly excellent post over at The Consensus Building InstituteMediator as Juror:  A Day in Middlesex County Superior Court.  After recounting the facts of the case, CBI's Managing Director Patrick Field comments as follows:

[T]he case reminded me why mediators have such an important, but difficult, job in supporting justice, civil society and social capital. Many parties simply cannot find a way out of escalating conflict and assume that justice can only be served in the courts. This case was a perfect example of several time-tested conflict lessons.

Emotions get the better of us. Here were two well-educated, well-off individuals who let their anger, hurt, offense, and desire for revenge get the best of them.

Communicating is the hardest thing to do. A second phone call, an attempt to be conciliatory, or a short email asking to set a different tone didn’t happen. Somehow, the simplest thing to do—talk—became the hardest.

Sunk costs sink us further. Clearly, the plaintiff was trying to recover his sunk costs, but had passed the point of no return. From an economic standpoint, he had failed to get out when it made dollars and sense (pun intended) and was embarrassingly digging himself deeper and deeper.

Taking responsibility is harder than fighting over it. The facts, as we came to understand them, suggested that this dispute could and should have been resolved months earlier—to everyone’s benefit. Yet the parties chose to point fingers and relinquish their responsibility for resolving the dispute efficiently, fairly, and expeditiously.

Justice is sought but not necessarily served. The parties, both angry, both determined that they were right, decided to take their case all the way to jury. Each was going to get a verdict in his favor one way or another! But the reality was that several partial settlements were offered, winnowing the total amount down, and the judge retained the right to rule on legal fees. We, the jury, were left with a seemingly trivial case, wishing we could punish them both for being so foolhardy.

Serving on a jury reaffirmed to me that justice doesn’t simply emanate Solomon-style from on high. Here’s what I learned.

Justice is not divined; it is negotiated. As our jury deliberated, I realized that this was in fact a negotiation, constrained as it might be by our charge and the evidence. Was the contract valid? Did the defendant actually breach the contract? If so, how much were the damages really worth? When parties hand over their dispute to a jury, they are not avoiding a serious negotiation, they are simply leaving it in the hands of strangers.

Justice is blind. As jurors, we couldn’t ask questions. We couldn’t get at the parties’ deeper motivations, feelings, and emotions (like a mediator might). We did issue a verdict, but we did so blindly, due to our exceedingly limited information and understanding.

Juries deliver verdicts, not necessarily justice. I feel our verdict was fair and reasonable, given what we knew. My fellow jurors (all twelve) took the case seriously, considered the evidence, and did their best to arrive at logical conclusions.

However, we probably didn’t deliver much on the larger front of justice. We couldn’t help the parties find a resolution that left them better off in terms of lower costs, less bitterness, and greater self-respect. We couldn’t censure the lawyers for not doing a better job of restraining their clients’ emotions. We couldn’t issue an admonition against abusing the courts with cases that should be settled by reasonable people elsewhere. We couldn’t aid society by helping its citizens take responsibility for their actions, emotions, and disputes.

So, mediators, next time you sit with parties who are rearing to go to court, I encourage you to keep in mind that court is really settlement, formal as it may be, by other means. And to the future parties of such a suit, it would be well to remember that there is no certainty—and in fact much reason to doubt—that a judge and jury will issue a better verdict or clearer justice than you might arrive at by your own making.

Advice from Forbes.com: How to Negotiate Like a Pro

Because I'm in this Forbes Business and Financial Blog Network, I figured I should finally take a look around to see what useful advice Forbes.com might have for my readers.  And sure enough, a Forbes.com search turned up How to Negotiate Like a Pro from the Entrepreneurs column by Lisa LaMotta.  Below an excerpt and the link here.

Life is one negotiation after another, though too few of us are equipped for battle. Formidable dealmakers like Warren Buffett, Bill Clinton and sports agent Scott Boras tend to be born, not made.

Yet talk to negotiating pros from the worlds of government, finance and media and they'll admit there is at least some science to this art. Winning every point is rarely an option, of course, but if you keep a few principles in mind, you can tilt things in your favor--whether you're signing a peace treaty or just angling for a raise.

If you remember one thing about negotiating, it should be this: It's not the maneuvering once you're in the trenches, but rather the preparation before sitting down at the table that counts.

That means taking the time to define what you want, what you are willing to accept and at what point you will walk away. It also means doing enough research to know what the other side wants--and how far they are willing to go to get it.

Want to know more?  Click here!

 

Employment Arbitration a "Moral" Hazard?

See Lawyers USA News Brief Employees may be at disadvantage in arbitration  by Correy E. Stephenson here.  Excerpt below.

State courts are reversing arbitration awards for employees at a "statistically significant" rate compared to reversing employer-friendly awards, according to a new study.

Professor Michael LeRoy of the University of Illinois College of Law, a professor of labor and employment, recently released his findings after analyzing arbitration awards from an appellate perspective.

The study, published as a paper, "Do Courts Create Moral Hazard? When Judges Nullify Employer Liability in Arbitrations: An Empirical Analysis," looked at 443 state and federal court rulings on arbitration awards from 1975 to 2007.

While federal courts upheld 85.7 percent of employer wins and 85 percent of awards for employees, LeRoy found markedly different results in the state court system.

There, lower level appellate courts affirmed employer awards 87.2 percent and employee wins 77.6 percent of the time, while the upper appellate courts were even more divergent, with 86.7 percent of employer awards affirmed and only 56.4 percent of employee victories upheld.

These findings suggest a "snowballing futility for employees," LeRoy writes, because the options after being reversed on appeal are limited. Either the employee must start over at the beginning of arbitration, "or worse, be stuck with a useless award and no other recourse."

LeRoy terms this trend a "moral hazard" which is "created by risk sharing contracts or public policies that discourage individuals from avoiding costly behaviors."

Continue reading here.

Chicago IP Litigation Blog Hosts a Carnival of Trust

R. David Donoghue over at the Chicago IP Litigation Blog is hosting a new "Carnival" of Blogs that is new to me -- The Carnival of Trust.  

As David explains:

The Carnival of Trust is a monthly, traveling review of ten of the last month's best posts related to various aspects of trust in the business world. It is much like the weekly Blawg Reviews that I post links to and have hosted, but those generally contain far more than ten links. My job this month was to pick those ten posts for you and provide an introduction to each post that makes you want to click through and read more.

I'm ridiculously pleased to be included in the category of Trust in Leadership and Management along with Charles H. Green's Trust MattersGeorge Ambler's Practice of Leadership;  and Stephen Albainy-Jenei's Patent Baristas  (if they gave awards for blog template design, PB would win in my book every day of the week).  In this crowd I feel like Zelig!

Here's David's generous mention of the Settle it Now Negotiation Blog and my recent post on convincing your clients to give up more than you (their attorney) predicted while still maintaining your credibility.

On the subject of trust-based leadership, Victoria Pynchon at the Settle It Now, Negotiation Blog has an excellent guide for maintaining your client's trust during a difficult negotiation: How Can I Convince My Client to Lose More than Predicted and Still Maintain My Own Credibility? The answer is complex and multi-faceted, but it boils down to the fact that you have to get the stakeholders and decision makers face-to-face, get their buy in on resolution as a goal (in addition to winning), explore all avenues of resolution, and you have to let them explore all aspects of the dispute, even those that do not matter. The last point is a difficult one for lawyers. As a lawyer you generally want to remain focused on the settlement inputs -- money, confidentiality provisions, sale of existing product if something about the product is being changed, etc. -- but from a trust perspective it is important that the stakeholders resolve not just those issues that go into a final agreement, but any problems or concerns they have related to the dispute or the parties to the dispute.

And let me just add here -- though I'll sound like a broken record to my regular readers -- that business people seek out lawyers because they believe themselves to be victims of injustice. (see my short-short video on this topic here)

Though I, as a mediator, am always seeking business solutions to legal problems, the client's injustice problem must be addressed to maintain your credibility (and retain your client's trust.).  Every great mediator I know will address this issue with your client unbidden.  If you're using less than great mediators --  raise the issue yourself -- all competent mediators should be prepared to address the issues foremost on your client's mind right including -- Will I lose?  How much more is this going to cost me? and Am I Being Extorted or Low-Balled?

Thanks for the mention, David!  I truly am greatly honored.  But more than that, you've helped me reach greater numbers of business people with a message that I carry somewhat like an old-fashioned missionary -- go beyond positions; find the parties' interests; create value; claim as much of that value as possible; craft business solutions to a legal problems; and, frankly address your client's injustice issues.  They'll be yours for life.

I'm Ready for My Close-Up Mr. DeMille!!

My Judicate West Video Profile here and, of course, Gloria Swanson in Sunset Blvd. below

My favorite lines:

Joe Gillis: You're Norma Desmond. You used to be in silent pictures. You used to be big.
Norma Desmond: I am big. It's the pictures that got small. 

Norma Desmond: We didn't need dialogue. We had faces!

 

Negotiating Protest: A "Mediation" the Community Doesn't Want?

Here's a local community protest being "handled" -- in part -- as a community-wide  "mediation," "facilitation,"  or "public dialog."

We have an attempted engagement here over the apparently unwanted "gift" of a new Home Depot in the Sunland-Tujunga community.  It appears that the community would like to see an Environmental Impact Assessment conducted and an EIR filed before the Depot moves in (if ever).

The City Attorney stepped in to help -- recruiting community mediators and facilitators to conduct a community dialog.  It's my understanding that Home Depot representatives were not present at this dialog (please correct me if I'm wrong about this).  For that reason alone -- a missing critical stakeholder -- a suspicious or hostile community response is unsurprising. 

Let me say, however, that we/** are new at this -- making an effort to engage an entire community in a facilitated conversation about the issues giving rise to a protest.  We're bound to make the type of errors highlighted by community members below.  So let's not call this a failure but an opportunity to learn.  

Here, for instance, is a recent blog entry calling the "community meeting" a facilitation rather than a mediation -- correctly noting that mediators have no allegiance to one side or the other and no agenda.  See the Zuma Times -- LA Daily Blog coverage with one or more YouTube videos here.

For background, here's a late April '08 Los Angeles Daily News article on the issue -- excerpt below.  

SUNLAND - Amid a contentious battle over a proposed Home Depot, city officials tried to cool tempers Saturday by hosting a community dialog aimed at finding a middle ground between warring factions.

About 200 community residents attended, although organizers had been expecting up to 1,000.

Although a few supporters, including Home Depot employees, noted the project would likely bring more jobs to the community, most in the crowd were against it.

Asked for opinions, most listed complaints such as traffic and an increase in day laborers. Some even used the term "community assassination." . . . .

Some residents sat and listened patiently as mediators engaged them in dialog in an effort to understand their concerns and to work toward constructive solutions.

Billed as "the Sunland/Tujunga dialog," the meeting at Mount Gleason Middle School was set up by the Los Angeles City Attorney's Office as part of an agreement with The Home Depot Inc., which suspended a $10 million lawsuit against the city while it seeks a building permit.

The company is seeking to build a store on the old Kmart lot on Foothill Boulevard . . . 

Attorney Barbara Goldfarb, a volunteer facilitator with the dispute-resolution team that conducted the meeting, made sure everyone knew that she and her staff had no connection to the home-improvement company.

"I do not have a Home Depot credit card," she said before people split up into 27 groups. "I do not own Home Depot stock."

Goldfarb said the dispute-resolution program is funded by grants and funds from the city and county.

"Certain times (these types of efforts) don't work. Other times, they work out wonderfully," Goldfarb said.

"There's always an answer to conflict if people will talk."

And here's a mis-step "we" won't make next time as reported by the Sunland-Tujunga Alliance blog.  

Lots of folks have comments and questions about the evaluation form we were asked to fill out at the end of the small groups. I have some of my own, too. I was shocked and horrified at some of those questions. I thought the questions showed a slanted, pre-conceived idea of what someone thought our issues should or would be, not what our concerns really are. I spoke with Barbara Goldfarb, the lead facilitator, about it. Yep, the evaluation form was written by the RAND Corporation, just as the pre-questions were. Ms. Goldfarb agreed with me that some of those questions were way off the mark, too complex to be answered by just checking a box, or unrelated to our actual concerns.

I just want to add that I am so proud of us, all of us who showed up yesterday. We were well prepared, and participated with a mature and honest approach. Also, to those who wrote intelligent, well thought out answers to the questions, I applaud you. There were a lot of people who let us know that they were unable to attend the “dialog” due to other commitments, but those of us who were there, carried the message loud and clear! No Home Depot in Sunland-Tujunga! Home Depot must follow the rules! We want our EIR!

I invite comment from participants in the community. For their information, I am not affiliated with the City of Los Angeles in any way.  I serve as a volunteer mediator for the Los Angeles County Bar Association Community Mediation program in West Hollywood, on the Los Angeles Superior Court's pro bono mediation panel (for litigated cases) and as a Settlement Officer for the local federal trial court (also for litigated cases).  Otherwise, my work is entirely in the private sector. 

___________________

/**  When I say "we" I'm referring to mediators in general who are part of a theory and practice of facilitated dialog as well as many other strands of the mediation movement including consensus-building, prejudice-reduction, settlement conferences, mediations of litigated cases, community mediation, restorative justice and the like.  I personally have had nothing to do with the community "dialog" or facilitation or "mediation" arising from the dispute over the development of a Home Depot in Sunland-Tujunga.

Rights and Interests Mind-Map (Top-of-the-Head-Speed-Map)

I really need to do one of these for a real case soon.

Thinking Like a Mediator with TCL's The Human Factor

In the new issue of The Complete Lawyer, my fellow Human Factor columnists and I talk about what new tricks we had to learn and old skills we had to re-invent when we took the journey from legal to mediation practice.  I give you my section of the column below, encouraging you to link to the Human Factor here to read what my my good friends and colleagues Gini Nelson, Stephanie West Allen and Diane Levin have to say.

My first day of mediation training progressed in somewhat the same fashion as my first few weeks in Civil Procedure. I remember struggling with the theoretical bases of jurisdiction in Pennoyer v. Neff one day only to be told the following week that Pennoyer was no longer the law. “Why,” I remember thinking, “did we even bother with Pennoyer when this Buckeye case about an exploding boiler now seems to be the law? Or would it be replaced next week as well?”

Law school, which taught me to “think like a lawyer,” was the precise opposite of my new mediation studies. Now, it seemed, I was being trained to stop “thinking like a lawyer.” Still, mediation, like the law, was full of conflicting ideologies from which it appeared I was required to choose.

It was easy for me to be evaluative: I had 25 years of legal practice in my backpack. I learned Dr. Cialdini’s “Principles of Ethical Influence”—Reciprocation, Scarcity (the rule of the rare), Authority, Commitment, Empathy, and, Consensus. These power principles helped the mediator to “make the other side see reason” when called upon to do so.

But the evaluative style was not the only prescribed route to mediation mastery. There were many who favored facilitation. The facilitative mediator first creates an atmosphere of hope and safety before helping the parties locate areas of agreement and mutual benefit. Here, the mediator is a follower or helper on the path to resolution, like the protective figures who appear early in a hero’s journey to enlightenment.

You can’t immerse yourself in mediation for long before you hear the clamor of the transformative crowd. Facilitative mediators, say the transformative folks, too often present themselves as wizards who intrude upon the parties’ conflict with their own agenda—usually “resolution be damned, let’s settle this darn thing!” The transformative mediator lets the session wheel out of control if that is where it is eager to go. Conflict is not seen as a state to be avoided or suppressed. Like a loving mother following the course of her child’s flu, the transformative mediator provides the parties with encouragement, opportunities to rest, lots of fluids and a metaphoric place to lay their heads as the conflict runs its natural course.

When I first brought this tangle of methodologies to the few master mediators I know, they all made short work of it with the scalpel of experience. “You are the technique,” they instructed. “Just stay in the process. Don’t guess. Ask questions. Listen. Don’t give up before the miracle of mediation happens.”

Now, four years into a full-time ADR practice, I am still struggling to embrace the entire dispute—the business or people problem that found its way to an attorney because of the justice issues with which it was burdened. I often feel that I’m walking a razor’s edge. I will never stop “thinking like a lawyer.” Nor will I stop pursuing this new way of thinking—one that looks for the opportunity to finesse the legal impasse by using the problem itself as an opportunity to broker a deal.

Why mediation? For me, it’s simply a broader canvass on which to paint a new picture. How mediation? In baby steps, one after the other, in just the same way I learned to be a litigator and trial attorney. How can the Human Factor help with your own life and legal practice? Stick around. Miracles are common here. We think you’ll enjoy the ride.

 

Resolve All Those Pesky Disputes with Forthright

This just in from Christina Doucet of the National Arbitration Forum

Forthright Launches as Stand-Alone Company

New Company to Leverage Expertise and Leadership in Workflow System Based Transaction Processing and Resolution Solutions

MINNEAPOLIS, May 1, 2008—Forthright, a global provider of transaction processing and resolution solutions, today announced its formal entrance into the marketplace as an independent company. Spun off from the National Arbitration Forum in late 2007, Forthright is the nation’s premier provider of transaction processing and claims administration services in the dispute resolution market. The company serves businesses of varying sizes and structures who work across a variety of business-to-business and business-to-consumer audiences.

“In addition to our traditional areas of strength in dispute resolution program administration and design, we will explore new offerings and new markets within the broader transaction solution industry,” said Forthright Chief Executive Officer Michael Kelly.

Forthright offers clients a range of products and services, including:

  • Transaction Processing: Forthright’s proven rules-based workflow technology platform offers clients the capability to process high volumes of transactions cost-effectively, efficiently and with exceptionally low error rates; 
  • Resolution System Design: Forthright’s experts work with clients to design new systems, or optimize existing systems, to lower costs and enhance speed-to-resolution programs; 
  • Program Administration: Forthright works with clients to administer existing programs and programs they design. Forthright’s proven capability in this space stems from its 22 years as the administrator of arbitration and mediation claims for the highest volume dispute resolution provider in the U.S., the National Arbitration Forum.

“As an independent company, we can best leverage our expertise not only to serve dispute resolution clients but also as an innovator in new areas of claims management and back-office business process outsourcing. Forthright solutions help clients with accuracy and speed, lower costs, greater transparency, and - most importantly - measurable results,” said Kelly.

Forthright’s executive team has decades of experience in both transaction processing and legal services, enhancing the company’s knowledgeable perspective and ability to deliver significant results on behalf of clients. CEO Michael Kelly brings a vision for applying Forthright’s unique capabilities derived from his industry experience, legal background and business acumen.

“Whether companies are building a ground-up system or are refining a legacy process, Forthright can collaborate to construct a solid solution that efficiently handles large volumes of transactions,” concluded Kelly.

About Forthright

Forthright is a global provider of transaction processing and resolution solutions. Clients of Forthright take advantage of our proven platform, innovative transaction processing expertise and exceptional service. Whether companies are building a ground-up system or refining a legacy process, we collaborate to construct a solid solution that efficiently handles large volumes of transactions. Our state of the art workflow solutions deliver improved accuracy, faster speed to resolution, reduced cost, greater transparency and – most importantly – measurable results. www.forthrightsolutions.com 

Getting the Parties to the Bargaining Table, Part II: Using Outside Settlement Counsel

In this part of the new series on getting the parties to the bargaining table, I interview former in-house Chrysler counsel and former Hogan & Hartson partner, Lew Goldfarb, who now has his own full-time outside settlement counsel firm.  

For Lew's full bio and contact information, click here.

 

  • what's the difference between outside settlement counsel and a mediator?

Settlement counsel is an advocate for one side, in my case, that's usually the defense.  While the mediator is a neutral who tries to facilitate a compromise, settlement counsel attempts to achieve better outcomes for his clients for two reasons:  (a) I have a complete understanding of the full range of my clients' interests, many of which are often not communicated to litigation counsel; and, (b) it is easier for me to learn the true motivations (if not the bottom line) of plaintiffs' counsel than it is for litigation counsel to do so.

In class actions, which are my specialty, I strive to craft a solution that responds to plaintiffs' counsel's needs while imposing minimal costs on my client. There are numerous, creative ways to settle class actions that accomplish both objectives effectively.

  • I sometimes find that the parties for whom I mediate have not confided in the litigation team all of the corporate interests that are propelling the client toward settlement. I found this to be true in litigation practice and as a mediator. Do you encounter this as outside settlement counsel and, if so, how do you serve the client's interests without stepping on the toes of litigation counsel and vice verse.

There's always a bit of a communication gap between litigation counsel and the client.  When clients hire me as settlement counsel it's in their interest to provide me with complete information in order to get them the best possible outcome, so they rarely withhold any important information fro me. In a recent case, I was not only invited to speak at several client board meetings, I was also asked to spend several days in the field on sales trucks to observe the client's franchisees that were the subject of the lawsuit.  As a mediator, I usually only see the information that the litigation counsel provides as part of his client's submission, which is probably much more selective.

  • Now that I've been mediating full time for four years, I find I'm much more prone to ask the parties interest-based questions than I was as a litigator. When I say "interest based," I mean corporate realities such as chain of command; upcoming mergers or acquisitions; a new management team; quarter- or year-end financial planning; divisional loss history; and, the like.  If you find that to be true as outside settlement counsel, what do you think accounts for corporate counsel keeping their litigation team largely in the dark about issues that might have a substantial impact on the ultimate resolution of the matter?

Since I have always approached litigation with a view toward early resolution, either as in house counsel, outside litigator or mediator, I would usually make the same inquiries regarding the client interests that you do as a mediator. My only explanation as to why corporate counsel may withhold such information from their litigators may be that they are not seeking a negotiated outcome. In that case, they may believe that their litigators will be more effective and focused without being encumbered with "interest-based" information.

  • My peers in the mediation world are fond of saying that litigators have to "churn" cases before settling them. I find that a shockingly cynical attitude.  I often found that clients were more settlement averse than their litigation counsel.  What is your experience in that regard?

I have to admit that I am more on the side of the cynics. I've had this longstanding belief that the legal profession imposes enormous economic costs on society without a commensurate benefit to the public, all in the name of providing access to the legal process. (See Goldfarb v. Virginia State Bar, 423 U.S.886 [1975]) I believe that litigators tell themselves that they were hired to litigate not settle the case. I think it's less a matter of "churning" than it is the litigators' belief believe that "early" resolution means winning a dispositive motion, even if it takes a year or more to get an outcome. (See my article "Litigate it or End it" which discusses this issue.)

While there are always legitimate corporate reasons for not settling a case, litigators are reluctant to discuss early settlement with their clients for two reasons: (1) loss of fees; and, (2) fear of showing any lack of resolve to win the case. My experience is not that clients are settlement averse, rather that litigation counsel convince their clients to hold off on settlement for one more dispositive motion.

  • How did you come to champion the use of settlement counsel? 

I honed my skills as settlement counsel while serving for 16 years in house at Chrysler. When I arrived at Chrysler in 1985, the company was engaged in costly litigation with GM over a GM/Toyota joint manufacturing venture in Calif. The General Counsel asked me to look for alternatives to the litigation, which is when I found an article by Roger Fisher of Harvard promoting the use of separate settlement counsel. Chrysler did so and settled the case within a few months. I was then placed in the role of overseeing all class action litigation and serving as settlement counsel as well. Most in house counsel are not sufficiently immersed in the litigation, however, to serve as settlement counsel or simply do not have the time.

  • As a former litigation partner in an AmLaw 100 law firm, do you wish you'd had inside settlement attorneys working side by side the litigation team? 

Because of my experience as in house counsel settling cases, I was always the partner urging my fellow litigators to evaluate settlement possibilities. For all the reasons set forth in my answers above, most large law firms do not embrace the idea of institutionalizing an in-firm settlement section. One exception was Wilmer Cutler in DC which did set up an ADR group within the firm with the idea that clients would make use of it. I don't know whether it still exists. I still think it is a great idea, although not as effective as the hiring of a completely separate firm or individual to explore settlement.

  • Doesn't it take outside settlement counsel an unnecessarily long time to "get up to speed" on a major piece of litigation -- thereby making it less cost effective than simply hiring a mediator to help the litigators settle their own cases?

Not at all.  When I take on an assignment as settlement counsel I provide the client with a budget that includes a separate breakdown for "up to speed" time. While I need to understand the merits of the client's defense I do not need to read all the briefs since I generally am not called on to argue the merits of the case. Most importantly, I must fully understand what the client's interests are and what it is willing to offer up in settlement. For better or worse, what I offer is a very low cost, low risk means of exploring and settling complex litigation. 

Thanks Lew!  I can think of a couple of complex anti-trust, securities and IP cases I could have used your services for.  I hope this interview gets the word out to attorneys feeling pressured to settle a difficult case but unable to get the other side to the bargaining table.

When the Judge Says "This Looks Bad on the Surface" Listen Up!

. . . because the jury is about to transform your $1.7 million commercial dispute into $352.7 million verdict . . .  read all about it in this 2001 story, After $1.7 million landed in the wrong account, CoreStates insisted it could seize the money. It was A VERY COSTLY MOVE.

I give you only the article's conclusion, daring you to click on it without reading it to the end.

The overarching question of why the bank didn’t settle remains a puzzle.[The Bank's counsel] thought he gave the bank solid advice. All the lawyers who joined in the bank’s defense hold to that position: Legally, they contend, the bank was within its rights in seizing the $1.7 million.

But the case ran away from them. It got bigger and bigger and worse and worse. And there was no stopping it. One defense lawyer observed, “It went to hell in a handbasket.”

Maurice Mitts says his client is willing to call it quits for the $56 million. But First Union still isn’t willing to pay a big number. Mitts isn’t surprised.

“ ‘We know the law, we are the law, and too bad for you,’ ” Mitts said. “That’s been their attitude all along.”

Thanks to the Philadelphia law firm of Mitts Milavec, LLC for fighting the good fight and posting this dynamite legal tale.

Negotiating Happiness with Mind Maps: See Links by Clicking On "Continue Reading"

Increase Your Bargaining Power with Writs of Attachment and Execution

If you aren't using writs of attachment in contract cases where the amount due is certain, you aren't using the most powerful means of increasing your bargaining power in litigation.

Attend LACBA's Brown Bag Lunch with Judge James Chalfant at the Stanley Mosk Courthouse 111 N. Hill Street, Los Angeles on May 15, 2008.  Program Description:

Writs and Receivers: Practice tips for those who are rarely there. Judge James Chalfant will host a brown bag lunch highlighting tips and tricks for those who may not have much experience in this area. There is no cost to attend, but participation is limited to the first 12 attorneys who register. The program will be held in the judge's chambers at Stanley Mosk Courthouse, Dept 85. Please note, there is no CLE credit for this program.

Click here to register online.

Getting the Parties to the Bargaining Table, Part I

Is negotiation a political issue?

You bet.

Qureshi: Pakistan Won't Negotiate With Terrorists

(RTTNews) - Pakistan's Foreign Minister Shah Mehmood Qureshi said Monday that his government would not negotiate with "terrorists" even as it seeks open dialogue with some militant groups.

Jimmy Carter and Hamas

WASHINGTON TIMES EDITORIAL
April 16, 2008

Jimmy Carter's decision to meet with the terrorist organization Hamas is turning the former president into something of a political pariah.

New York Times "On the Issues" Foreign Policy Terrorism and Iraq

John Edwards

 On North Korea: "We should negotiate with the North Koreans. We should be tough. We should require that they stop their nuclear development program. We should have the absolute ability to verify that that has occurred."

On the Middle East: Has said that he believes "a two-state solution is ultimately the answer" but would not negotiate with Yasir Arafat. (before Arafat's death, obviously) Would send an envoy to the region.

Glenn Greenwald in Salon
Wednesday Feb. 27, 2008 
Majority of Israelis want to negotiate with Hamas

Sixty-four percent of Israelis say the government must hold direct talks with the Hamas government in Gaza toward a cease-fire and the release of captive soldier Gilad Shalit. Less than one-third (28 percent) still opposes such talks.

I could go on but you get the point.  The first decision any negotiator must make is whether he's willing to negotiate with the "opposition."  And the second is on what terms.

That decision -- and the many ways in which you can bring your opponent to the bargaining table any time you wish -- with the expectation that your negotiations will either successfully resolve your dispute or drastically limit the amount of time you spend litigating it before settlement will be the subject of this week's posts. 

Along the way, we'll talk about the many ways in which the masters of international diplomacy manage to take advantage of favorable negotiation conditions and to finesse unfavorable political climates for the purpose of getting warring parties to meet in an attempt to reach accord.. 

Stay tuned!

Negotiating from a Position of Weakness

I was cruising around the blogosphere this morning looking for links to the prime directive of all negotiations -- know your BATNA -- when I ran across this great 2007 post by Penelope Trunk of the Brazen Careerist -- How to Negotiate When You Have Nothing to Leverage.  

Penelope suggests the weakest strategy available -- exchange power for sympathy.  "If one person has a great BATNA," writes Penelope, "and the other has a terrible one, it’s not really negotiations; it’s trying to get a little something extra. It’s asking for a favor. If you approach negotiations from this perspective then you are much more likely to get a little bit of what you want."

Two of the savviest negotiators around Deepak Malhotra and Max Bazerman in their tremendously practical book Negotiation Genius have devoted an entire chapter to Penelope's problem called, not surprisingly, Negotiating from a Position of Weakness.  Their recommended strategies include the following:

  • Don't Reveal that You Are Weak

[H]aving a weak BATNA is not terribly problematic if the other side does not know that your BATNA is weak. If you have a weak BATNA, don't advertise it! 

  • Overcome Your Weakness by Leveraging Their Weakness

[W]hen both parties have a weak BATNA, it means that the [Zone of Potential Agreement] is large.  In other words, a lot of value is created when the two sides reach an agreement.  Who claims more of this value? . . . [T]he one who fares better is the one who makes the other side's weakness more salient throughout the negotiation. 

  • Identify and Leverage Your Distinct Value Proposition

[V]ery often, you do bring something to the table that distinguishes you from your competitors.  This is your distinct value proposition (DVP), and it need not be a lower price.  You may have a better product,, a higher-quality service, a good reputation, a strong brand, or a host of other assets that your [bargaining partner] values and that you can provide more effectively or cheaply than your competitors.  

  • If Your Position is Very Weak, Consider Relinquishing What Little Power You Do Have (This was Penelope's strategy in the Yahoo negotiation subject of her post). 

[I]f you can't out muscle the other side in a negotiation, you may want to stop flexing our muscles and, instead, simply ask them to help you.  When negotiators try to leverage their power, others reciprocate.  This pattern can be disastrous when you are the weaker party.  But when you make it clear that you have no intention of fighting or negotiating aggressively, others also may soften their stance.

  • Strategize on the Basis of Your Entire Negotiation Portfolio

[A]udit the implicit assumptions you make when formulating your negotiation strategy.  You may perceive yourself as being "weak" if you only measure strength as the ability to push hard in any given negotiation without losing the deal.  But you may discover that you are actually quite "strong" once you begin to think about your ability to withstand losing some deals because you are maximizing the value of your entire negotiation portfolio.

  • Increase Your Strength by Building Coalitions with Other Weak Parties

In the realm of international relations, a vivid example of the power of coalitions surfaced during the 2003 World Trade Organization negotiations in Cancun, Mexico.  Disgruntled by the continued lack of attention paid to the issues of concern to developing nations . . . twenty-one "weak" countries banded together to create the Group of 21.  This group is now in a much stronger position to negotiate for the interests of its members than any member nation would have been on its own.

  • Leverage the Power of Your Extreme Weakness-They May Need You to Survive

[I]t is often useful to tell the negotiation "bully" that an overly strong show of force can be counterproductive:  "If you push me too hard, you'll destroy me -- and lose a value-creating partner."

  • Understand -- and Attack -- the Source of Their Power

A number of Planned Parenthood clinics around the country have adopted a particularly creative strategy for fighting back [against protesters], usually referred to as the "Pledge-a-Picket" Program.  Here's how it works:  The clinic asks its supporters to pledge donations to the clinic on a per protester basis.  The more protesters that show up to picket the clinic, the more money the clinic raises in donations! . . . The Planned Parenthood of Central Texas in Waco has even posted a sign outside its clinic that read:  "Even Our Protesters Support Planned Parenthood."

Once the Planned Parenthood clinics understood that the source of their opponents' power was the ability to draw large numbers of protesters outside the clinic, they were able to think of a novel way of diminishing the benefits of doing so.

Malhotra and Bazerman conclude their chapter on Negotiating from a Position of Weakness by noting that

while being in a position of weakness is sometimes unavoidable, you will negotiate most effectively when you leverage the fundamentals -- systematic preparation and careful strategy formulation.

 

Your Potential BATNA: The Great American Jury Trial

Thanks to Stephanie West Allen at idealawg (channeled to me this morning via the Forbes Business and Financial Blog Network) for the Famous Trials Website from Socrates to Moussaoui (and yes of course O.J.'s there). 

(above, theDeath of Socrates by Jacques-Louis David)

Here's Stephanie's announcement:

Professor Douglas O. Linder of University of Missouri - Kansas City School of Law has created a Web site Famous Trials which presents one intriguing story after another. From Professor Linder's faculty page:

The Famous Trials website, the Web's largest and most visited collection of original essays, images, and primary documents pertaining to great trials, has been an ongoing project of Professor Linder's since 1996. Professor Linder has contributed book chapters, participated in video projects, and presented public speeches on the subject of historic trials.

BATNA for the uninitiated simply means a Better (or the Best) Alternative to a Negotiated Resolution, which is what trial is when your opponent can't negotiate a settlement within the range of reason.

Check it out!

Mediation as Leadership in the Eye of the Storm

This morning's guest blog -- Eye of the Storm Leadership:  Mediation as Leadership and Leadership as Mediation -- is by Peter Adler, PhD, President of The Keystone Center and author of Eye-of-the-Storm leadership: 150 Ideas, Stories, Quotes, and Exercises on the Art and Politics of Managing Human Conflicts. 

Not long ago, Bob Benjamin and I offered a session at the ABA meeting in Seattle called “Beyond Orthodoxy: The Adaptive Mediator in a Perpetually Changing Marketplace of Clients, Needs, and Ideas.” The session, surprisingly packed to the gills, focused on new and alternative frameworks for mediation. 

We began with three assumptions.

First, we posited that mediators have become much too self-absorbed with rules, laws, titles, professional issues, and organizational matters.

Second, we noted that there is insufficient attention being paid to ongoing core negotiation issues and intervention dilemmas, as well as to the tensions surrounding competition, cooperation, and the deep human needs that attend conflict resolution.

Third, we stressed that it is time to take mediation to the next level in our popular and political cultures.

At the end of the session, one very thoughtful gentleman came up to me and said: “I like what you guys are saying but I really need to make a living. Much as I want to move our work to the next level, I have to focus on professionalization issues.”

But are the two incompatible? Not at all! 

Certainly mediators need to be concerned about fees, markets, specialties, certifications, associations, and affiliations. But there is a more important challenge, one that, if we meet it capably, will help advance our professional goals and simultaneously take our work to its zenith.

Quite simply, we must make our core mediation values part and parcel of the way leaders in the public and private sectors lead.  The creation of a widespread cultural mediation “pull” would necessarily both overtake and serve as the engine of our much narrower efforts at “pushing” settlement, resolution, and agreement in legal markets.

Mediators like to talk about “the field” or “the profession.”  But let's remember that our work is, at core, a passion. It is a shared calling that links us to millions of people worldwide who do not have the word "mediator" engraved on their business cards.

Most of people with whom we are so aligned have never been formally trained and don’t know what we are talking about when we slip into technical mediator-babble. Nonetheless they share the same passionate impulses and intellectual creativity as we do when they talk about the power of beneficial negotiation processes, the inclusion of diverse voices in our communities, and the ability of ordinary people to forge wise, effective, and tractable solutions to seemingly intractable problems.

In my work at The Keystone Center, I see these people all the time. Many of them are at the table grappling with the energy, environment, and public health cases and consensus building projects we work on. They come to assert their positions on reformulating food products, realigning the I-70 highway, or stabilizing greenhouse gas emissions and are stunned by their own progress. They open lines of genuinely new communication, form improbable alliances, and craft smart deals.

Tough as nails as negotiators, they also see the enormous value of collaborative problem solving. These same people are in positions to change our political and popular cultures. They hold influential positions in their companies, government agencies, and NGOs. They sit on library boards, church councils, and education commissions. They volunteer time to the PTA and sit on the boards of the local United Way. Some of them occupy elected or appointed to public offices. Others coach basketball teams, lead Rotary Clubs, or run neighborhood farmers' markets.  . 

We need to connect with these people, learn from them, pass our knowledge and experience to them, and help foster a new generation who can make the obvious links between the mediation skills we have learned and the native leadership work they are doing.

If we do that well, our political culture will flourish in new ways and business will boom.

______________________________

Peter S. Adler, Ph.D. is President of The Keystone Center, which applies consensus-building and cutting-edge scientific information to energy, environmental, and health-related policy problems. The Keystone Center also offers extensive training and professional education programs to educators and business leaders and runs the Keystone Science School in the Rocky Mountains.

Adler's specialty is multi-party negotiation and problem solving. He has worked extensively on water management and resource planning problems and mediates, writes, trains, and teaches in diverse areas of conflict management. He has worked on cases ranging from the siting of a 25-megawatt geothermal energy production facility to the resolution of construction and product liability claims involving a multi-million dollar stadium. He has extensive experience in land planning issues, water problems, marine and coastal affairs, and strategic resource management.

Adler has written extensively in the field of mediation and conflict resolution. He is the co-author of Managing Scientific & Technical Information in Environmental Cases (1999); Building Trust: 20 Things You Can Do to Help Environmental Stakeholder Groups Talk More Effectively About Science, Culture, Professional Knowledge, and Community Wisdom (National Policy Consensus Center, 2002); the author of Beyond Paradise and Oxtail Soup (Ox Bow Press, 1993 and 2000) and numerous other articles and monographs
.

How Can I Convince My Client to Lose More than Predicted and Still Maintain My Own Credibility?

The provocative comment we're following is Jay Welsh's remark that to settle most cases the Plaintiff has to accept a lot less than he wanted to recover and the defendant has to pay a lot more than he ever imagined paying.  And the response we're replying to is Canadian lawyer Michael Webster's:

When the issues have been crystallized into legal ones so well, you are in a lose/lose situation. The manager's dilemma then becomes counsel's dilemma: how do I manage to convince my client to lose more than I ever predicted and still maintain my own credibility.

The reason litigators settle law suits is because the outcome of litigation is uncertain and its pursuit expensive.  But that just states the problem.  How do you "tell" a client in the midst of expensive litigation that he's going to have to pay way more or accept way less than his attorney predicted (with appropriate disclaimers) long, long ago?

First, let me provide a checklist for success in commercial mediation:

  1. Bring the real deal-makers to the mediation or settlement conference for it is they -- not their attorneys -- who will  make the decision to pay way more or to accept way less than they had previously imagined.   
  2. Bring the parties back into the conflict as participants in its resolution again.  Businesses have commercial problems that have business solutions.  Litigation is often just the stick to force the continuation of commercial negotiations that broke down in so spectacular a way that the parties stopped talking to one another, hired lawyers, and began to fight over legal issues the parties neither care about nor understand.  The parties have now experienced how surreal their negotiation becomes when it's conducted in the courts.  They're probably ready to deal again.  Let them.  
  3. Permit the parties to discuss all aspects of the conflict whether they are relevant to the legal issues or not.  The reason one party initiated litigation against the other party is not because he wanted to create precedent.  And if precedent is what a party wants, money might but often cannot settle the matter.  
  4. Bring the experts along and let them talk to one another about the ways in which the matter might be resolved or even why their expert opinions are diametrically opposed.  
  5. Address the parties' justice issues.  People seek out lawyers for one reason and one reason only.  Because they believe themselves to be the victims of an injustice.  And if its the defendant you represent, the injustice visited upon it is the litigation itself.  I spend a significant amount of time during a mediation discussing justice issues with the parties. 
    1. they're being extorted
    2. they're being low-balled
    3. they were defrauded
    4. their trust and confidence was betrayed
    5. their competitor's market tactics have been unfair and violative of any number of state or federal laws
    6. their intellectual property was stolen
    7. etc., etc., etc.
  6. Let the mediator talk with the parties about what the justice system can do, what it should do, what it most likely cannot or will not do.  Most parties will not be happy with their attorneys if their justice issues are not addressed at the time of settlement.  And its my job to make clients happy with their attorneys.
  7. Let the mediator help the parties understand that their case has -- with no one's fault -- gotten worse rather than better over time and why.   
  8. When all else fails, blame the "system." 

Why Parties Pay More or Accept Less than They Want To

Jay Welsh is right.  If the parties have hired a mediator to settle complex commercial or mass tort litigation, they have done so because they need to pay more and accept less than they are prepared to do.  Otherwise, they'd settle without the assistance of a mediator.

This does not mean that the mediator bangs heads or twists arms.  There are hundreds of reasons why parties do not continue to trial and thousands of good excuses for corporate counsel to stop the bleeding.  They include:

  1. the witnesses on the other side performed better in pre-trial testimony than expected
  2. the Judge made pre-trial rulings that cut the heart out of your case
  3. the Supreme Court (state or federal) just over-turned a hundred years of precedent making one party's legal case far worse and the other's far better than expected
  4. it's the economy, stupid
  5. the client realizes during the course of the mediation that there's more than one way to organize the facts and apply the law -- something lawyers are trained to do and even sophisticated clients find hard to swallow.  Having had an "aha" experience during the mediation, the client realizes there's more (or less) at risk than he's been thinking and the offer/demand now on the table looks pretty darn good after all
  6. the other side becomes un-demonized during the course of the mediation, making it easier to part with money for the purpose of resolving the one thing both sides have in common -- a difficult, uncertain, expensive, dangerous lawsuit.
  7. one side simply out-negotiates the other (it happens) 
  8. one or both sides lose heart for the battle when they see that the delta between the their bottom lines is not as great as they expected it to be
  9. the parties manage to "expand the pie" (more about this later) such that the plaintiff does not have to accept that much less nor the defendant pay all that much more than each anticipated (it happens)
  10. one party genuinely develops an understanding of and empathy for the other side's position and changes a hard line attitude against settlement as a result (it happens)

 

There Are No Non-Relational Zero-Sum "Pure Money" Negotiations: Part I

Canadian Lawyer Michael Webster asks about Jay Welsh's comment (see videos) that "in a mediation the plaintiff has to settle for far less than they thought and the the defendant has to pay far more than they ever thought." 

"So," asks Webster, "this would be the lose/lose theory of mediation?"

I know when Michael's being sarcastic but decided to respond seriously by noting that Jay himself  used the phrase "lose-lose." 

I went on to say that the most valuable service I can often perform is to "break through confirmation and other biases/ ** that have interfered with case analysis and caused impasse."

Michael's reply was important:  

When the issues have been crystallized into legal ones so well, you are in a lose/lose situation. The manager's dilemma then becomes counsel's dilemma: how do I manage to convince my client to lose more than I ever predicted and still maintain my own credibility.

Though I'm a little tempted to be flip ("this is why they pay me the big bucks") Michael's question nails one of the most difficult issue attorneys must deal with in settlement negotiations.  It is certainly one of the most delicate tasks a mediator is called upon to perform.

First Let's Re-Visit Interest-Based vs. Distributive Settlement Negotiations, Asking Ourselves Whether There's Really Such a Thing as a "Pure" Money Case

My husband, with 35-years of complex commercial litigation practice under his belt is my attorney-mediator-communication weather-vane.  So I asked him over pancakes this morning, "Honey, do you think there's any such thing as a 'pure' money case?"

Two months ago, he would have said "yes," and given me that "you've changed too much" look.  I don't know why he said "no" this morning.  But here was the gist of his response.

"Every case involves someone's interests, whether it's the GC or a company executive, or even a 'little guy' down the management chain who made a decision that impacted the course of the dispute four or five years ago.  So of course there are innumerable non-monetary concerns that impact why the case is settled and when and for how much.  Then again, maybe I've just been living with you for too long."

So let me first say that there is no such thing as a non-interest based negotiation.  There are only negotiations in which we ignore the fact that party interests are at play.  

This is one of those nature/nurture mind/body duality questions.  Yes, it's "just" about money.  And yes, the money represents party interests.  It's nature and nurture, mind and body, budgetary constraints and party goals and relationships.

Here's another thing.  Although the disputing parties may never again be in relationship with one another, the people on each side of the conflict-fence are not only in daily contact, their well-being, livelihoods, self-respect, reputation, promotions, demotions, and salaries depend upon their on-going relationships with one another, which are all in play in every negotiation of every commercial dispute.

And one more thing.  Conflict cannot arise in the absence of a relationship.  Even though the disputing parties may never again be in relationship, they're sure the heck in relationship now.   And the relationship of the disputing parties from the moment conflict arises to the minute it settles has everything to do with its resolution.

There is no "zero-sum" game outside the realm of the virtual or the hypothetical.  There is no "rational" man.  People -- messy, conflicted, emotion- and interest-driven people -- are the necessary pre-requisite to conflict.  How we deal with apparent lose-lose conflicts, "manage" party expectations and deliver bad news in a way our clients can hear it in the next post.  Immediately hereafter.  

_______________________

**/   "Confirmation bias" refers to our "unwitting selectivity in the acquisition and use of evidence" in ways that are "partial to existing beliefs, expectations, or a hypothesis in hand."  See Confirmation Bias: A Ubiquitous Phenomenon in Many Guises by Raymond S. Nickerson of Tufts University.

L.A. County Bar Association's Peer Mediation Program

This is a great video that I highly recommend to everyone interested in ending violence in our public schools -- particularly Los Angeles attorneys.  I "judge" (the DRS folks like to call it "coaching") local peer mediation "competitions" (the DRS folks don't like the word "competition)with students as young as ten and as old at 17.  And they are dynamite mediators.  If you want to get involved in some truly pro bono community service work, there's no better place to start than with LACBA's peer mediation program.

And, as always, the "kids" have a lot to teach us "adults" about collaborative vs. positional bargaining.

I am also a LACBA DRS volunteer for its community mediation programs, doing my work at the West Hollywood Community Mediation Center on Melrose under the tremendous direction of one of the world's greatest mediation conveners, Kathryn Turk.  See Part I of my interview with Kathryn below.

 

Finally, if you don't mind making last minute plans, come on down to the Fifteenth Annual DRS Awards Dinner this coming Tuesday, April 29, 2008, with the reception beginning at 6:00 p.m. and Dinner 7:00 p.m. at the Omni Los Angeles Hotel

                                        HONOREES

Stanton “Larry” Stein
Hon. Joyce L. Kennard

Keynote Speaker: Ambassador Peter W. Galbraith

Get your tickets here!

Mediating and Arbitrating International and Complex Commercial Disputes

We continue today with our multi-part series of interviews with JAMS GC Jay Welsh in which he and  Michael McIlwrath, Senior Counsel, Litigation for GE Infrastructure - Oil & Gas, talk about mediating and arbitrating international and complex commercial disputes.  They also discuss the mediation of class actions, particularly those arising from mass torts.  

.  

 

One of the Most Experienced Guys in the Business Reveals What Makes a Great Mediator

Part III of the CPR Jay Welsh interview with Michael McIlwrath, Senior Counsel, Litigation for GE Infrastructure - Oil & Gas.

Answer:  there's not a single style

Mediator Jerry Kurland Nominated to the Jerrold S. Oliver Award of Excellence

You haven't really experienced unvarnished brilliance in a mediator until you've spent some time co-mediating a construction case with Jerry Kurland of JAMS.  When I say "co-mediate" I'm talking 70% Jerry, 29% former Oliver Award winner Judge Victoria Chaney and 1% Vickie Pynchon. 

I have co-mediated at least a hundred cases with various highly respected mediators and bench officers in Los Angeles over the past four years and I have to say that Jerry Kurland is the most supple, savvy, even-tempered, big-picture mediator I have ever had the pleasure to work with.  And the hardest working. 

I know Jerry is booked months in advance, but if I had a sophisticated construction case with dozens of moving parts,  I'd book Jerry at the same time I filed my initial pleadings.

CONGRATULATIONS JERRY.  News item about his nomination below.

ANAHEIM, CALIF. (April 17, 2008) — JAMS Neutral Gerald A. "Jerry" Kurland, Esq. has been nominated for the prestigious 2008 West Coast Casualty Jerrold S. Oliver Award of Excellence. The award will be presented at the 15th Annual West Coast Casualty Construction Defect Seminar at the Disneyland Hotel in Anaheim, California on May 8th.

Named after the late Judge Jerrold S. Oliver, a JAMS mediator and arbitrator, and a "founding father" in using ADR to resolve construction claims, this award recognizes an individual who is outstanding or has contributed to the betterment of the construction community with the same spirit of commitment, loyalty and trust as that displayed by Judge Oliver. The award is affectionately known as the "Ollie Award." The organization puts out a call for nominees from 1,900 members of the construction community.

"We congratulate Jerry for being one of four finalists for this terrific award," said Chris Poole, JAMS President and CEO. "As one of our most respected neutrals in the field of construction, Jerry is known for his experience, talent, and great personal skills. He is certainly deserving of the nomination, and we wish him the best of luck in being selected as the award recipient."

Continue reading here.

Negotiating Disaster with Pawprints of Katrina

I talk a lot in this blog about community; about the need for all of us to understand that when you drill a hole in the other guy's side of the boat, you sink too.  There's something about disaster on a grand scale that brings the best out in us -- creates heroes.  And maybe, if you're inclined to ask why "bad things happen to good people" the answer is that we need to be reminded of our common humanity; common fragility; and, our common obligation to serve as stewards of the planet and all life on it.

So it is with more than a small amount of pleasure that I announce the book launch for my good friend Cathy Scott's memoir of the heroic pet rescues that took place in the wake of Katrina.

Cathy was one of the "kids" in my neighborhood fom the time I was five years old until we all left the old neighborhood for our adult lives.  She was also a member of the first writers' group I was ever part of -- Sisters of the Pen -- a neighborhood "club" we started when I was in the sixth grade and Cathy just entering high school.

Only Cathy has truly fulfilled the dreams of that small group of children and teenagers.  This is her sixth or seventh book and the one that I just know is going to sell a million or more copies for her.

Nostalgia aside, here is the information on the book launch!  (for the r.kv.r.y. literary journal's special issue on natural disasters, click here).  

A book launch event will be held on Saturday, July 26, marking the national release of author Cathy Scott's  book, PAWPRINTS OF KATRINA: Pets Saved and Lessons Learned (to be released this summer by John Wiley & Sons).

The event will be held from 1:45 p.m. - 5 p.m. at Best Friends Animal Sanctuary's Welcome Center (5001 Angel Canyon Road, Kanab, Utah 84741, a 3-1/2-hour drive from Las Vegas). Refreshments will be served.

Attending and signing books will be actress and animal activist Ali MacGraw, who wrote the book's foreword, and photographer Clay Myers, who has more than 70 compelling photos in the book. Also signing will be police K-9 handler Cliff Deutsch, who is featured on the cover rescuing a dog.

On display at the Welcome Center patio deck during the event will be Ark, a full-sized replica of a flat-bottomed boat used to save animals from floodwaters. It was created by Cyrus Mejia, in-house artist and a co-founder of Best Friends . The 4-by-10-foot boat is covered in a unique collage of animal admissions forms (with rescued pets' pictures), photos from volunteers, satellite images of Katrina, maps of New Orleans and strips from pet product bags used during the rescue effort.


Volunteers from Katrina will be at the event, and many Best Friends staffers who worked in the region will be attending too, so it will very much be a reunion. While book signings are scheduled for other parts of the country (including New Orleans on the third anniversary of Katrina), this is the kick-off event and a great opportunity to visit the sanctuary.

To find out where to stay in Kanab, go to:
http://www.bestfriends.org/atthesanctuary/angelcanyon/visitorfaq.cfm.

A new Holiday Inn Express has opened in Kanab (435-644-3100), so if the sanctuary cabins and cottages or other hotels are full, the new one will probably have openings. Summer is a busy time in the area, because of nearby Zion, Bryce and the Grand Canyon, and booking early is highly recommended.

If you'd like to take a free tour of the sanctuary, which sits on 33,000 acres in Angel Canyon with about 1,800 animals on any given day, you'll need to book a reservation by calling 435-644-2001, ext. 4537. Or, for more info, go to:
http://www.bestfriends.org/atthesanctuary/angelcanyon/visitorfaq.cfm

To learn more about Pawprints of Katrina, go to:
http://www.wiley.com/WileyCDA/WileyTitle/productCd-0470228512.html



The Best Time to Settle International Disputes? Keep Your Eye on Currency Exchange Rates

It is a truism that litigation tends to get worse rather than better over time.  This is as true in the law as it is in physics -- things fall apart.  Your client's clean and righteous narrative tarnishes over time; grows more complex and filled with contradictions.  It's a little like a political campaign.  Barack's ground-breaking race relations speech and Hillary's single tear aside, Clinton and Obama tend to look worse, not better, over time. We all do.

Whether the value of your legal "case" is up today or down tomorrow turns not only upon the most recent documents produced, pre-trial motion won or witness deposed, it also turns on those things that fall apart over time -- including currency exchange rates.   

The micro-economics of settlement timing include corporate events such as quarterly and year-end financial reporting requirements; potential mergers and acquisitions; and, how much financial bleeding your client's divisional president can take this year before worrying about demotion.  

In international disputes, currency exchange rates loom large in the macro-economics of settlement timing.  My own last really "big" case before I left practice was potentially worth a quarter billion dollars in "hard" damages -- the total projected clean-up costs for 500 toxic waste sites in every Canadian province. 

The Canadian dollar was not only weak at the time, it was weakening.  Though the question of whose currency would control was contested, my client was confident that Canadian dollars would eventually govern since clean-up costs by the American plaintiff would be paid in Canadian dollars.  I remember a time when the Canadian dollar was tumbling in value so rapidly that every time I saw opposing counsel in court I'd remind him of the day's exchange rate with a warning that "your case isn't getting any better over time." 

Settlement timing in that case was motion-driven, however, and the matter did not settle until after the entry of a pre-trial judgment in my client's favor pending appeal.

Though I was (and would continue to be) driven by pre-trial losses and victories, savvy settlement counsel would be keeping an eye on macro-economics -- which would, in any international litigation, require someone to be tracking currency exchange rates.

What is "Special" about Wage and Hour Class Action Mediation by Jay McCauley

I promised you a series of posts on mediating complex and sophisticated commercial mediation. 

Here's what I'm really most interested in doing -- starting a high level conversation among commercial litigators and commercial mediators about the best way in which we can help one another help your clients to achieve the best resolution possible to their commercial dispute and the legal problem/solution associated with it. 

I'm always looking for the smartest guy or gal in the room because. I'm just a geek who really enjoys spending time with people who are savvy, astute, original well-read, and, well-spoken.  These people tend to see things more clearly than I do and that clarity of vision often results in a way of approaching problems that generates better results in a shorter amount of time than is the norm.

One of the smartest guys in any room is AAA arbitrator and Judicate West mediator, Jay McCauley.  O.K., he's Harvard Law and I'm just a state university girl.  But pedigree doesn't matter to me.  Brilliance and creativity does.  Jay and I have recently spent a lot of time talking about the way we feel that we're sometimes talking past our attorney clients and they us.  So we have plans to write some really interesting articles that we hope will help both mediators and attorneys achieve better results more consistently when they decide to settle, rather than to try, a case.

Jay's written a lot already.  And because I'm now getting around 11,000 hits/month (!!yay!!) I've decided to simply pull up his existing articles on mediating particular commercial disputes before launching our jointly written posts.  If any of those 11,000 monthly "hits" come from commercial litigators, we'd LOVE to hear back from you on this series.  

That said, here's Jay's article on Wage and Hour Class Action Mediation.     

There is no such thing as a "cookie cutter" mediation. Nonetheless, most mediations have, among other things, the following general characteristics: 

  •  At least four participants whose interests are not naturally aligned - Plaintiff, Plaintiff's counsel, Defendant and Defendant's counsel. 
  • Little or no genuine concern that a settlement will foster future claims. 
  • Some prospect of integrative, or "value adding," resolutions. 
  • A rich body of applicable case law to serve as the empirical basis for risk-based claims valuation analysis. 
  • A virtually unrestricted free market where almost any resolution agreeable to the parties can be turned into a contract fully enforceable by the courts.

Wage & hour class action mediation, by contrast, has none of these characteristics.

  • Mediating with Only Three Participants

All fictions aside, there are three, not four, interested participants in a wage & hour mediation. They are the defendant, its counsel, and the counsel for the class. Plaintiffs themselves (including the named representatives) are literally absent from the negotiation altogether, and are typically absent physically from the mediation sessions.

Any imbalance resulting from the absence of plaintiffs themselves is, in theory, "corrected" by an institutional device unique to class actions: the fairness hearing, in which a court imposes outside boundaries on the settlement for the protection of the plaintiffs.

Nonetheless, the absence of the plaintiffs themselves is significant. The court is not, in any sense, a substitute negotiator for the plaintiffs. It simply either approves or rejects the settlement agreement, in accordance with reasonably well-established standards, after the settlement has been negotiated by plaintiffs' counsel and the defense team.

The actual negotiators have a common interest in avoiding agreements so extreme that they will be either rejected by the court, or undermined by excessive "opt-outs" from the plaintiffs themselves. But subject to these outside limits, the three players at the negotiating table have an interest in maximizing two things: the portion of the settlement funds that goes to plaintiffs' counsel as approved fees; and the portion of the settlement funds available to be returned or otherwise used by the defendants.

The upshot is this: Plaintiff's counsel seek, and usually get, one third of the settlement funds as fees; amounts unclaimed by class members revert to the defendant to the extent the court permits ; and the stated settlement amounts include the resulting social security and FICA charges the company will have to bear as a consequence of the settlement - an amount that turns out to be 13.85% of the total paid to the class members. These terms are easily arrived at because those at the negotiating table can "give" each other these benefits, without cost to themselves.

The absence of the plaintiff also eliminates one of the most common challenges a mediator has to face in "ordinary" litigation - the challenge of plaintiffs resisting economically advantageous proposals because of a desire to use the courts to obtain perceived benefits that go beyond economics: retribution for perceived wrongs; public vindication; and principled refuge in the Rule of Law.

This not to say that the issues addressed in wage & hour class action mediations are entirely economic. But the non-economic issues characteristically arise from the defense side, and tend to break down into two categories. The first category is the common "principled" resistance to a fairly rigid statutory scheme that typically strikes defendants as entirely inconsistent with the statutory purpose and with common sense. Specifically, those rationally thought to be managers cannot be treated as exempt in California if the time they spend in identified categories of non-exempt functions (e.g. sales) happens to take up more than half their time. The "player-manager" may be thought of as a manager, but there will be exposure if he is paid like a manager, and that fact is a hard-to-swallow surprise for many companies. 

  • The Defendant's Need to Deter Future Claims

    Then there is the second form of defendant resistance to otherwise attractive settlement opportunities. This one is born of a genuine dilemma: the company concludes it cannot "turn managers into foremen" without losing the critical work incentives or esprit-de-corps or "company culture" that it concludes comes with classifying class members as exempt; but to "buy off" the class action claim through settlement without also turning class members into non-exempt workers for the future would be to inspire, by that act, endless waves, every three or four years, of new wage and hour claims.

These claims would come from new employees who are not collaterally estopped or otherwise bound by the class action judgment supporting the settlement. It would also come from its current employees, class members, who have a basis to argue their release can only apply to past "wrongs," but cannot release the continuing "wrongs" that take place after the release is entered into. Such companies are sorely tested take their chances at trial to escape the dilemma. The prominence of that question is an unusual hallmark of wage & hour mediations. And much of the focus of mediations I have handled has involved finding creative solutions to this very dilemma.

  • The Absence of Integrative Bargaining Opportunities

    While there is a need to find creative techniques to subdue extraordinary needs for deterrence that wage & hour defendants will often have, there is a curious absence of opportunity to employ another form of creativity - that of finding integrative (rather than purely distributive) resolutions to the dispute. With one obvious exception , the "Jack Sprat" non-monetary exchanges that are the special joy of mediators - where parties give what's cheap to get what's dear, and thereby optimize the likelihood, as well as the quality, of the resolution - are not to be found in this arena.

    The reason is not that negotiators in this specialty are not creative, but simply that the inherent nature of class actions virtually eliminates any prospect that the form of any exchange will be anything other than money. Specifically, one stricture of class actions is that similarly situated class members be treated uniformly, and the only uniform needs the members will have is the presumptively universal need for money. As a result, the nature of class action bargaining is heavily distributive, not integrative. 
  • The Absence of a Rich Body of Case Law to Support Risk-Based Claims Valuation Analysis

    It is a bit of an irony that a field which is so tilted toward distributive bargaining is also one in which mediators are essentially deprived of a major tool used to facilitate such bargaining - a substantial body of actual outcomes at trial in analogous cases to provide a realistic assessment of the actual risk of trial, and therefore the reasonable settlement value of a release. Because the large volume of wage & hour class actions is historically new, and because so few that do exist go to trial, little such evidence of likely outcomes in fact exists.

    What girds the negotiation in the absence of that evidence? It is four things. First, the statutory scheme in this area is fairly administrable, and results are arguably more predictable for this reason even in the absence of extensive actual results.

    Second, there is an extensive and ever increasing body of evidence of actual class certification decisions, and the factors relevant to class certification decisions in wage & hour actions are more closely related to the ultimate issues at trial than they are in other actions (compare, for example, securities fraud class actions, where the class certification issues have almost nothing to do with the significant issues at trial).

    Third, some narrowing of the range of potential settlement is achieved by the fact that extreme low ball offers typically are not made, even preliminarily, because both sides know (or can be reminded) that there is a certain threshold that will not survive a fairness hearing, nor sustain the plaintiff's counsels basic need to preserve reputation in the context of a settlement record that (unlike the settlement of individual claims) is always public.

    Finally, and perhaps most importantly, parties tend to be guided by a kind of "market price" for these claims - settlements tend to fall within a fairly well defined band established by publicly available information of what other cases have settled for relative to the total potential exposure in the case.

    What is notable is that, given the fairly strict and administrable standards of liability set forth in the statutes, the market price of the claims is probably materially below the amounts that a standard risk-based discounted claims valuation analysis would yield. This probably makes sense in light of the various incentives of the participants. Defendants need attractive offers (relative to exposure) to overcome both non-economic resistance factors as well as the lack of extensive palpable evidence of trial results. Defense counsel, paid hourly, have, if anything, an economic advantage to honor the client's resistance, as well as reputational and self-fulfillment benefits to keeping at least some quota of cases to try.

Plaintiffs' counsel, particularly specialists in demand, reach a certain threshold where the economically optimal course is to declare the offered amount to be enough and free up their time to fry another fish. And that threshold, in turn, need be no greater than a respectable outcome as compared only to the settlement market price itself. The Court, for its part, is institutionally loath to second-guess the norm, and institutionally dependant on most large cases settling in any event. Finally plaintiffs, themselves, are, for all practical purposes, absent from the process. They can opt out, and thereby preserve the right to bring claims on an individual basis, but the value of individual claims is rarely enough to warrant the transaction costs.

  • Role of the Mediator

    It helps immensely for the mediator to have substantive familiarity with the rhythms and restrictions of class actions generally, and specific familiarity with the rights and duties of employers regarding wage and hour matters. That is the environment in which the mediator is applying his or her skills. But the mediator's primary contributions come from the use of more general "process skills" to anticipate, analyze and avert impasse in the negotiation process. Those skills are not unique to wage & hour mediations.

    Some taste of the actual process of analyzing and averting impasse may be provided by an actual example of an email I sent to defendant's counsel to overcome an impasse in a wage & hour class action I was mediating. The text - attached as "Attachment 1" - has been left in its raw form, with one exception: all names appearing in the original have been made generic so as to fully protect confidentiality. The case settled shortly after the email was sent.

John (Jay) McCauley is a mediator who also serves as an arbitrator on the Complex Commercial Panel of the American Arbitration Association and an Adjunct Professor at the Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution at Pepperdine University School of Law.  He is also a hearing officer for the ADR firm Judicate West.  

Website: www.mediate.com/mccauley.

E-mail: mailto:info@mccauleylaw.com

Phone number: (800) 848-5591.

Negotiate with Your Head, Not Your Heart

Thanks to Anne Reed over at Deliberations for forwarding this April 22 Psychology NewsWire, It Pays to Know Your Opponent: Success in Negotiations Improved by Perspective-Taking, But Limited by Empathy.

It Pays refers to recent work done by Kellogg School of Management Professor Adam Galinsky, who has demonstrated (with colleagues William Maddux -- (INSEAD -- Debra Gilin -- St. Mary's U. --  and Judith White -- Dartmouth) that success in negotiations depends on focusing on the head and not the heart. In other words, it is better to take the perspective of negotiation opponents rather than to empathize with them. (You may remember Galinsky as the academic responsible for demonstrating that the person who makes the first offer will (nearly) always get the larger share of the delta between the two parties' "bottom lines."  See Making the First Offer here)

Now Galinksy and friends inform us that we are far more likely to reach a negotiated resolution to a conflict if we use our heads rather than our hearts.  As It Pays reports:  

Perspective-taking, according to the study published in the April 2008 issue of Psychological Science, a publication of the Association for Psychological Science, involves understanding and anticipating an opponent's interests, thoughts, and likely behaviors, whereas empathy focuses mostly on sympathy and compassion for another.

"Perspective takers are able to step outside the constraints of their own immediate, biased frames of reference," wrote the authors. "Empathy, however, leads individuals to violate norms of equity and equality and to provide preferential treatments."

The researchers performed a total of three studies designed to assess the relationship between successful negotiations and perspective-taking and empathy tendencies. In two of the studies, the participants negotiated the sale of a gas station where a deal based solely on price was impossible: the seller's asking price was higher than the buyer's limit. However, both parties' underlying interests were compatible, and so creative deals were possible. In the first study, those participants who scored highly on the perspective-taking portion of a personality inventory were more likely to successfully reach a deal. In contrast, higher scores on empathy led dyads to be less successful at reaching a creative deal.
 

Why Enlightened Self-Interest Trumps Sympathy

Just when you were about to stereotype "negotiated resolutions" as commie-pinko limp-wristed new age aquarian left-of-liberal kum-by-ya marshmellow toaster solutions to the problems of (excuse me fellas) real men -- along comes new research once again demonstrating that negotiation requires hard heads rather than soft hearts. 

Why?

Because our competitive natures ("I need my stuff to survive") will almost always trump our collaborative inclinations ("we need each other to survive").  If this weren't so, the world wouldn't be divided into its current "pie pieces" -- the first, second and third worlds for instance.  

More particularly, because distributive non-interest based bargaining is all about getting "our share" of a fixed pie while interest-based or integrative negotiations require the parties to:  (1) learn about and attempt to satisfy their bargaining partners' often non-apparent needs and desires; and, (2) to collaborate in an effort to find ways to satisfy those needs and desires in novel and creative ways, reaching an integrative agreement becomes much more likely than reaching a purely distributive one. 

Why?

Because the integrative deal will -- by its very nature -- serve more of both parties' interests than would its distributive counter-part.  

Perspective-Taking, Sympathy and Foreclosure

I don't know my neighbors well.  They have a small family with very young children and keep pretty much to themselves.  I understand from the local grapevine, however, that they're selling their house because one of them lost their job and they can't make the mortgage payments.   

If we lived in another country or if the neighborhood belonged to certain religious sects that make it their business to take care of their own, we might all come together to help the neighbors save their house.  But we don't.

We have and express a lot of sympathy when we discuss our neighbors' plight.  "Must be hard for the kids," we say, "and the parents have worked so hard to improve the property.  It would be a shame if they lost their equity."

Our sympathy, however, does not lead us to trump our self-interest (which includes simply "keeping to ourselves") in favor of the interests of the neighbors.

If, however, we learned that the neighbors were about to sell the house to a local fraternity, you can put easy money on the neighborhood mobilizing into action to find a solution.  And once the neighborhood starts looking for an affordable solution to a neighborhood problem, the chances that the interests of the distressed family and their (temporarily) better-off neighbors will intersect and that new resources will be brought to the table ("hey, George, I know a lawyer who specializes in these things" or a banker or a politician or a journalist for the L.A. Times) increase exponentially. 

Heck, instead of hiring lawyers to stop the sale to the fraternity, we might put together an emergency neighborhood loan-fund.   Or simply help find the unemployed neighbor a new job.  There are a lot of resources in my neighborhood.  And many good-hearted people.  But I'm afraid modern American folk-ways just don't allow for a neighborhood solution to one of its member's problems.  Until, that is, our own self-interests are threatened.

So it might seem counter-intuitive to say that mentally putting ourselves into another's shoes to ascertain their interests needs and desires (perspective-taking) is more likely to create a "deal" between people than simple sympathy. 

But we didn't survive as a species because we're particularly loving.  We survived as a species because its in our best interest -- our only interest -- to cooperate with one another. 

Or, quite simply, we die.

Which reminds me that it's Earth Day.  Make a contribution to the planet and our collective and individual survival as a species today by clicking on the image below!

Outside Settlement Counsel in Class Actions

As I promised last week, we'll be providing our readers with a series of posts about the use of settlement counsel in sophisticated and complex commercial litigation.

While searching the internet for pertinent articles, I came upon an interview with a New York attorney, Lew Goldfarb, whose entire practice is devoted to settling cases for clients already represented in litigation by other law firms.  Mr. Goldfarb's credentials are impressive, his observations shrewd and his opinions about the use of settlement counsel closely match those of our colleague Jay McCauley whose article we published earlier today here.

Here's the link to Mr. Goldfarb's firm and another to the interview (from Metropolitan Corporate Counsel) with a tantalizing excerpt below:

Typically, I am retained by the defense side as part of a dual-track approach. The litigation continues on one track, while I advise the plaintiffs' lawyers that I have been retained by the defense to take a look at the possibility of settlement. At the outset, I make it clear that I have been given only a 30 day window to attempt settlement and that my involvement should not be construed as a lack of resolve to litigate the case.

Following this initial dialog, I review the strengths and weaknesses of defendant's position. Class action litigation often produces a contentious dynamic that polarizes positions based more on emotion than factual disagreements. One of my most important tasks is to identify the true elements of disagreement. When I have a good understanding of these factors, I make recommendations to my client and obtain parameters for my discussions with plaintiffs' counsel.

I then meet with the plaintiffs' counsel, preferably one who is not involved in the litigation, to focus on ways to settle the case. Plaintiffs' lawyers are usually receptive to this approach, because they are looking for ways to get relief for their clients and to get their legal fees without the costs and risks of further litigation.

In some cases I am first approached by plaintiffs' counsel who are interested in settling a case and who know me from years of litigating class actions. I will then take this overture to the corporate defendant who will decide whether to retain me to attempt a settlement. I have resolved a number of cases in this manner.

I have also found success in ending class actions by combining the resolution of a government investigation with additional relief to class members. Very often class actions follow on the heels of a government investigation. In negotiating a settlement with a government agency, it is often possible to synchronize the remedies that the government wants with those that plaintiffs' counsel is seeking and put them all into one package. This serves not only to end the government's involvement, but also to satisfy the claims of the plaintiffs, and provide a compelling argument for ending the class action. I would then go back to the plaintiffs' lawyers, demonstrate how their clients' claims have been fully satisfied, and offer them appropriate attorneys' fees.

In some cases plaintiffs' counsel demand greater relief for the class, in part, to justify higher attorneys' fees. If agreement is not reached, the client can attempt to persuade the court that the relief to the class is adequate. If the court agrees, the lawsuit becomes a catalyst case where the only issue is whether the plaintiffs' lawyers are entitled to attorneys' fees for achieving results for the class. The defendant often is in a much stronger position arguing this issue rather than the merits of the case.

Continue reading here.

What it Takes to Be a Great Mediation Advocate from Day on Torts

Thanks to Geoff Sharp for leading me to John Day's terrific series of posts on What it Takes to Be a Great Trial Lawyer particularly Part 11, The Courage to Tell the Client the Truth, excerpt below.

As information is learned in a given case, great trial lawyers also tell their client the truth. They give an opinion about whether to make, accept or reject a settlement proposal, or indicate that the proposal is so within the range of reason to make it a toss-up. They give these honest opinions whether the client likes the advice or not, and explain the basis for the opinion.

A great trial lawyer will not hesitate to tell a client that the client is making a mistake by not taking a recommendation of the lawyer, but then will follow the client's wishes so long as the course of action is legal and ethical.

In other words, great trial lawyers understand that client is the boss, and unless the client is demanding illegal or unethical action or the relationship between lawyer and client has become so impaired that the lawyer cannot adequately represent the client, the lawyer yields to the client's wishes.

The Role of Specialized Settlement Counsel by Jay McCauley

From AAA arbitrator and Judicate West mediator Jay McCauley's website:  The Role of Specialized Settlement Counsel

At bottom, virtually all litigation is a tool of negotiation. The numbers say it all: Ninety-five percent of all filed lawsuits in fact settle before trial, and upwards of ninety-nine percent perhaps should. Nonetheless, the specialized and challenging task of negotiation is normally left to the “trial lawyer” – a person whose training and orientation are focused on trial preparation, and whose efforts at negotiation are almost always secondary and often ineffectual.

The problem is not that trial lawyers don’t settle lawsuits; they almost always do. But when the mission of settlement is left to the trial lawyer, opportunities for early and optimal settlements are lost.

The solution for clients is not simply to engage trial lawyers who are sensitive to the task of negotiation and skilled in that art. Regardless of such lawyers’ negotiating skills, the reality is their task cannot be optimally accomplished while they are otherwise burdened with the "role” of being the trial lawyer.

The reason for this is basic: negotiation, by its nature, is driven by an inescapable tension – the tension between cooperation and competition. To display enough cooperation to promote early settlement, a trial lawyer almost inevitably must risk the client’s competitive position in the bargain. When a trial lawyer extends a proposed resolution to the adversary, the adversary will focus not only on the advantages of the proposal, but also on the firmness of the trial lawyers’ resolve. When a proposal is attractive enough to be tempting in itself, the fact that it is offered at all undermines the trial lawyer’s apparent resolve to fight, thereby tempting the adversary to do the wrong thing: defer or avoid serious settlement discussion.

Trial lawyers know this. And a vicious cycle therefore develops – to protect against the risk of appearing to lack resolve, they naturally tend to make their opening bids extreme. As a consequence, their adversary is characteristically left with nothing but two bad options: either to respond in kind (with an equally extreme and polarizing counter-offer) or not respond at all. Further negotiation is thereby sidetracked, while each party spends more time and treasure on “trial preparation” – i.e., extensive and expensive discovery exercises – to show further resolve and thereby bring the other side to its (apparently missing) senses.

Repeated experience tells us this vicious cycle is rampant in litigation. And an extensive body of literature from the fields of game theory and cognitive psychology tells us why: litigants are playing out the consequences of reactive devaluation – the dynamic wherein an otherwise attractive proposal becomes unattractive by virtue of its being presented by the adversary. See Lee Ross, “Reactive Devaluation in Negotiation and Conflict Resolution,” in Barriers to the Negotiated Resolution of Conflict (Kenneth Arrow et al, eds., 1995).

What, then, is the solution? Police departments bargaining for a confession from the suspect really do separate the “good cop” role from the “bad cop” role. Clients exposed to major lawsuits would do well to separate the roles as well – by engaging a specialized settlement counsel in addition to the needed trial lawyer, and commissioning the settlement counsel to bring his or her skills to bear on a single critical objective: early and optimal resolution of the dispute.

Who are settlement counsel? They are, by background, experienced trial lawyers capable quickly to become intimately familiar with the subject matter of the dispute at hand. They are also more than this: specialists in the methodology of risk-based claims valuation analysis and in the science and art of interest-based negotiation. Ideally, they are also experienced in the techniques of mediation advocacy, and familiar enough with the mediators in their community to advise and represent the client in achieving mediated resolutions in cases that warrant that treatment.

But they are not the trial lawyers for the case. By design, their mission is a short one. If they do not achieve a settlement quickly, they pass the baton to the trial lawyer, along with the full benefit of their early analysis. Their role is revealed to the adversary from the outset. It is because they are nothing more and nothing less than settlement counsel that they can afford to use some needed cooperative techniques to foster early resolution. No lack of resolve is conveyed by that effort. They can demand and measure a response in kind from the adversary, and exact a unique penalty if that response is not forthcoming: their own departure. The adversary knows from the outset that if, through recalcitrance, the mission of early settlement is not achieved, a new lawyer will appear – one who is single-mindedly focused on an entirely different mission: victory at trial.

The Case for Settlement Counsel: Negotiation is Not a Competitive Sport

(right, the must-read Google Story

If the point of litigation is winning what is the point of settlement negotiations?  Winning, right? 

Wrong.  The point of settlement negotiations is to create durable agreements that sufficiently serve the parties' interests so that they will either stop bothering one another -- for which the LawGod created iron-clad releases -- or flourish in their mutual business venture.

I mention The Google Story in this post because it contains a small narrative about a  business deal that killed its host.  

In Google years, this story arises at the beginning of time -- the year 2000.  Back then, Google was renting space by the square foot in the air-conditioned warehouses that store online company "servers." Google's stripped-down, high-powered hardware was so small (took up so few square feet) and so powerful (used so much electricity) that its lessor's electric bills drove the warehouse out of business.  The narrative doesn't suggest that Google intentionally negotiated this deal to "get the better of" its bargaining partner.  Nevertheless, a truly competitive negotiator, on hearing this story, would likely experience a little adrenalin rush -- the agreement being quite literally a "killer deal."  

I tell this story because I want to begin a series of posts about competitive and collaborative negotiation in the context of "bet the company" commercial litigation.  At the same time, I want to suggest the need for specially designated 'settlement' counsel to work alongside of (but not with) the litigation team.  The Google story will have relevance to those issues as we proceed.

If I can free up a little of the time of my friend and colleague, AAA arbitrator and Judicate West mediator Jay McCauley to help me out, you'll be hearing from him on these topics during the next several weeks as well.

For now, I'm leaving you with this 2004 article, Negotiation is not a competitive sport by Steven P. Cohen, President of The Negotiation Skills Company in Pride's Crossing, Massachusetts, together with his concluding remark.  

Competitive negotiation yields winners and losers and reduces the likelihood that losing parties will be fully committed to the resulting agreement. If the agreement falls apart, the negotiation must be deemed a failure. If parties are compelled to fulfill their part of the agreement but end up with a bad taste in their mouths, they will approach future negotiations with the winner with reluctance, paranoia, and distrust. The long-term consequences of competitive negotiation are unfavorable, yielding reduced enthusiasm and commitment as well as damaged relationships. Negotiation is about how the parties are going to bring about added value from having worked together. It is not a competitive sport.

See also Hard Bargaining:  What's Machiavelli Got to Do with It at the IP ADR Blog here.

Al Qaeda: Understanding the Bean-Counter Next Door

(pictured:  papyrus scroll)

It was with more than a little relief that I read today's L.A. Times article on Al Queda's internal organizational memoranda -- Penalty for Crossing an Al Qaeda Boss?  A Nasty Memo.

They are, after all, not so different from us as people, however far their ideologies radically depart from our own.  And if they are not so different from us, we might be able to negotiate -- or at least have a conversation with --them -- rather than, say, torture their members to obtain the information we seek.   

Why?  Because conversation reveals interests which can then be served, traded, haggled over, bargained for and, for the peace-niks among us, actually understood. (See Negotiating with Terrorists here).

As the Times article reports this morning, Mohammed Atef, who died in the raid on Osama bin Laden's Afghan refuge in 2001, wrote many memos to the militants under his command, including one that accused a member of "misappropriating cash, a car, sick leave, research papers and an air conditioner during 'an austerity situation' for the network [and] demanded a detailed letter of explanation."  As Atef wrote: 

I obtained 75,000 rupees for you and your family's trip to Egypt. I learned that you did not submit the voucher to the accountant, and that you made reservations for 40,000 rupees and kept the remainder claiming you have a right to do so. . . . Also with respect to the air-conditioning unit, . . . furniture used by brothers in Al Qaeda is not considered private property. . . . I would like to remind you and myself of the punishment for any violation.

The Times reports that a study of the captured documents issued by the Combating Terrorism Center at West Point paints a

picture of internal strife that . . . highlights not only Al Qaeda's past failures but also -- and more importantly -- . . . offers insight into its present weaknesses[.] Al Qaeda today is beset by challenges that surfaced in leadership disputes at the beginning of the organization's history.

The documents reveal Al Qaeda as having an "egalitarian veneer" that   

coexisted with the bureaucratic mentality of the chiefs, mostly Egyptians with experience in the military and highly structured extremist groups.

"They may have imposed the blindingly obdurate nature of Egyptian bureaucracy," said a senior British anti-terrorism official who asked to remain anonymous for security reasons. "You see that in the retirement packages they offered, the lists of members in Iraq, the insecure attitude about their membership, the rifts among leaders and factions."

For the full Times article click here.




When you lift the rock of legal practice off your back . . .

. . . you tend to escape gravity in a fury of creative activity.

Like this!  The Spring issue of the r.kv.r.y. quarterly literary journal, which has just been published and is quickly approaching it's fourth anniversary.  (see also r.kv.r.y.'s blog here!)

If you, like me, chose law as the default profession of the liberal arts major (Literature here, natch) check out our latest issue, which is full of great stuff -- more than a little of which has been written by lawyers.

Don't get me wrong -- I LOVED legal practice and am even more passionate about mediating the resolution of the type of case I litigated for 25 years -- complex commercial litigation.  

NEGOTIATING the resolution of these cases is really just the final part of my legal career -- a turn in the road that I'm more than pleased to have followed, particularly as our national recession deepens. 

Why?  Because negotiated resolutions don't depend upon court calendars, cranky and often unpredicatable Judges (my friends on the Bench excluded) or someone else's idea (12 people good and true; three arbitrators; one Judge, etc.) of what the most beneficial and fair solution to a business problem might be.

It's all of a piece, you see, because story -- as in those written by r.kv.r.y.'s contributors -- is more important to the mediated settlement of a dispute than a litigated resolution.  In mediation, we dress the "legal case" back up in all of its compelling though often messy particulars; we put the flesh and blood people back into the business problems that led them to lawyers in the first instance, permitting them do with their mutual conflict what they do best -- create a commercial solution to a business problem.  

Story. Self-determination.  Justice.

California Continues to Resist Preemptive Effect of Federal Arbitration Act

Just a quick note on a recent appellate case here holding that where the parties have agreed to conduct their arbitration in accordance with California law, the Federal Arbitration Act does not preempt state law on arbitrability.  

The case is Best Interiors, Inc. v. Millie and Severson, Inc., here.  This is a construction case.  As soon as I read it, I'll get back to you on whether there's anything of value to be said about drafting, enforcing or resisting the enforcement of arbitration clauses in construction contracts.   

Ten Success Secrets from Top (Non-Starving) Mediators

I'll soon be teaching a short session on career development over at the Straus Institute with one of the hottest mediators in town --  the busily brilliant Lisa Klerman, formerly of Morrison & Foerster and for the past few years the head of the USC Law School's Mediation Clinic.

I have my own short list of practice development principles in How to Start a Mediation Practice.  These broad guidelines have taken me farther in the first four years of my mediation career than I should reasonably have expected though, of course, I remain impatient to simply be booked three months in advance right now! ("instant gratification takes too long").   Here they are:

  1. be conscious, i.e., be alert to conflict escalation, the parties' needs and fears, and your own true goals and genuine strengths.
  2. be teachable
  3. be of service
  4. always say "yes" to a mediation request
  5. be the exception to any rule that would guarantee your failure

I'd be remiss if I didn't mention mediator and educator Tammy Lenski's meticulously crafted guide book to the perils and opportunities of mediation practice -- Making Mediation Your Day Job here, which I'll be putting on the bibliography list for Jack's class.  (Diane Levin's and my reviews of this book can be found here)

 

 

 

 

Meanwhile, Lisa Klerman has passed along to Jack McCrory, guru to LL.M Dispute Resolution students over at Straus, the following article on business development for the final LL.M seminar before the students graduate from that program.  It is well worth re-printing here.

Yes, There Is Money in Mediation! Ten Success Secrets from Top (Non-Starving) Mediators.

It isn't exactly easy to make big bucks as a mediator, but industry standout
Jeffrey Krivis says it is possible. In his new book, he has teamed up with
some of his successful colleagues to share a few lucrative tricks of the trade.

Doctor. Teacher. Firefighter. Professional athlete. And mediator? Actually, yes. While few second-graders are naming this career on What-I-Want-to-Be-When-I-Grow-Up Day, mediation is becoming a hot career choice. Since the early 1990s many people, lawyers in particular, have jumped on the mediation bandwagon. No wonder. Its high success rate and lower costs (compared to those of a court case) have led to a boom in mediators. And surprise! Some of them are making serious money.

"Mediation is a career of extremes," says mediator Jeffrey Krivis, co-author (along with Naomi Lucks) of the new book How to Make Money as a Mediator (And Create Value for Everyone): 30 Top Mediators Share Secrets to Building a Successful Practice. /1

"This is a field in which it's possible to become wildly successful-think Tiger Woods, Martina Navratilova, Lance Armstrong-but only a relative few make it to that top tier. "There are many mediators who struggle," he adds. "And because they consider their career a calling, they accept the struggle. They'll tell you they can't imagine doing anything else. But the truth is, you can fulfill your calling and build up a healthy bank account."

Krivis and Lucks have written a book for mediators-and aspiring mediators-who want to do just that. It's an invaluable resource filled with practical, proven, and down-to-earth information on how you can develop a satisfying and lucrative career as a mediator, no matter what your area of interest. The book provides advice from 30 top mediators, who give a behind-the-scenes look at how they achieved success in this highly competitive profession.

Here are 10 great tips from How to Make Money as a Mediator that can put any new (or struggling) mediator on the path to success:

1. Inspire trust. You must ensure that your clients and potential clients-whether they are lawyers, helping professionals, families, or community leaders-feel they can trust you to be fair. They must believe you can help them grapple with the life-changing issues that arise in mediated negotiations. All top-tier mediators will tell you that inspiring trust is paramount.

2. Cultivate champions. A passion for mediating and terrific natural skills can take you only so far. You need to cultivate champions-influential people who believe in you as a mediator and who are happy to help you get your name out there to larger groups. "I have had several champions who paved the way for me, introducing me to important potential clients and polishing my reputation," says Krivis. "If you have even one such champion, you can consider yourself fortunate indeed. But note: they will not always come into your life by chance. You need to cultivate these relationships."

3. Practice authenticity. Authenticity is the bedrock on which trust is built. For a mediator, authenticity means being strong enough to work with ambiguity day in and day out, and to face the internal conflicts it sometimes engenders. You can't always know where things are going or how you are going to get there, but you must lead from an honest heart. This will give you the ability to walk the fine line between deception and honesty and to make the parties feel that you always have their best interests at heart.

4. Create value. Great mediators are always working to provide direction and encouragement, giving clients new tools for solving problems, guiding them around potential land mines, and helping them discover new opportunities. Krivis calls this creating value. In fact, he says, creating value might well be the foundation for getting clients and settling cases. When marketing your services, you can create value by finding out from the parties what their pain threshold is, what's causing them the most concern, and what has to happen in order for them to select you as the person who can help them solve their problem. Once you have this information, you can innovate regarding how to solve their problem.

5. Embrace rejection. Mediation is an isolated world. For every case you get, there are 10 you didn't. To be really successful, you have to expect rejection and embrace it. You must hold the view that when you've been rejected, it means that someone who believes in you has tried to sell you. He or she will keep putting your name out there, and eventually you'll achieve critical mass. "I hear the statement, 'Oh, your name comes up all the time' from people who have never used me," says Krivis. "Don't let rejection get to you. You may be on every lawyer's list of three top mediators, but you've got to remember that there are two other mediators up there with you. You just can't take the decision personally. It may be based on timing or scheduling, or the would-be clients just plain prefer another mediator over you that day."

6. Practice the Three Ps: Patience, Perseverance, and Persistence. Every single mediator who made it to the top did so because he or she understood the importance of the Three Ps. It can take three to five years to build a successful mediation practice, so relax, dig in your heels, and prepare to be there for the long haul. Believe in your abilities, believe that you can and will build a successful career, back up that assurance with real skills and real successes, and then stay the course.

7. Learn to deal with emotional overload. Sometimes, especially after a particularly rough or draining session, you just have to put the day out of your mind and move on.

8. Make yourself a standout. Here's the brutal reality: there are far more mediators than there are mediation opportunities. Think hard about who you are and what makes you unique, and how you can help your clients and potential clients recognize that uniqueness. Find creative, compelling ways to help yourself stand out from the pack whether it's through teaching courses, writing, or attending CLE programs. Put your name and face in front of your clients with enough frequency that you become familiar-a known quantity they respect. Whatever you do, be discriminating in the marketing choices you make for your practice. Interestingly, says Krivis, standing out doesn't mean tooting your own horn. "You're not out there to tell people how great you are, but to find out what's going on in their practice and how you can help. When they remember your name and face, that's the subliminal message they should receive on their radar screen."

9. Market yourself as a professional. What does it take to establish yourself, to be the name that repeatedly shows up on the ledgers of people who are looking for mediators? You must think of yourself as a professional mediator, believe in yourself, and live the part every day. You must develop a reputation for mediating well and staying with a case until it closes. But beyond these fundamentals, you must understand how to market yourself as a mediator: what it takes to get the power players on your side and what you need to do to be seen as-and become-part of their inner circle. Don't inadvertently market yourself as a fringe player.

10. Stay fresh to survive. Yes, everyone gets tired at some point. But you'll survive in this business by making an effort to stay fresh in your approach and your outlook toward your practice. Do all you can to maintain your compassion for the parties you serve. If, despite your best efforts, you find yourself getting stale or robotic in your approach, take corrective measures fast. You can get your blood pumping again by collaborating on ideas with other mediators or taking "educational vacations" to exercise your mind by learning about faraway places and far-out ideas. 

______________________

1/ See local mediator Charles Parselle's review of Krivis' book here.
 

Negotiating Law Firm Happiness: Partnership Compensation

I've got a little series on law firm happiness going on over at the tremendous workplace law resource Connecticut Employment Law BlogDan Schwartz, the dynamite Blog Meister behind Connecticut Employment Law had to take a blog break  while actually TRYING A CASE (yes, people still DO).  While working, he filled his excellent blog with guest posts, including my three-part series ending with partnership compensation today.  

Call me an idealist, but some of the suggestions made in my current post over at the Connecticult Employment Law blog are taken from Lauren Stiller Rikleen's exhaustive analysis of the modern law firm's ills and potential remedies in Ending the Gauntlet, my review of which will appear in this section of the Complete Lawyer's next issue so keep a look out for it!

 

Live Blogging from Straus Conference Negotiating, Mediating and Managing Conflict: Evolution in a Global Society

9:00 a.m. sesstion:  Culture, Tradition and Language in Cross-Border Negotiations and International Conflict presented by Professor John Barkai, University of Hawaii; Andrew Aglionby, Baker & McKenzie; and, Michael Zacharia, Former Exec. VP of Bus. Development General Counsel, DFS group., Ltd., Hong Kong.

Here in Los Angeles, mediators deal with cross-cultural negotiation issues every day of the week.  Today, the Straus Institute in Malibu is hosting a conference to equip us to deal with the issues that arise in those negotiations.

ASIAN CULTURES

  • relationship essential
    • business cards:  give with both hands; take with both hands; read or you will be considered disrespectful -- you are not interested in who this person is
  • comfortable with uncertainty
  • principal to principal negotiations:  negotiators need to be of equal status
  • high context culture, i.e., the context is as important or more important than what is said
  • lack of transparency
  • 50 ways to say "no"  -- ambivalent answers
    • perhaps
    • I'm not sure
    • I'll think about it
    • We'll see
    • there are many difficulties
  • 36 Chinese Negotiation Strategies, i.e.,
    • Deceive the sky to cross the ocean.
      • Moving about in the darkness and shadows, occupying isolated places, or hiding behind screens will only attract suspicious attention. 
    • Create something from nothing.
      • You use the same feint twice. Having reacted to the first and often the second feint as well, the enemy will be hesitant to react to a third feint. Therefore the third feint is the actual attack catching your enemy with his guard down. 
    • Startle the snake by hitting the grass around it.
      • When preparing for battle, do not alert your enemy to your intentions or give away your strategy prematurely. 
    • Remove the firewood under the cooking pot.
      • When faced with an enemy too powerful to engage directly you must first weaken him by undermining his foundation and attacking his source of power. 
    • Replace the beams with rotten timbers.
      • Disrupt the enemy's formations, interfere with their methods of operations, change the rules in which they are used to following, go contrary to their standard training. 
    • The honey trap.
      • Send your enemy beautiful women to cause discord within his camp. This strategy can work on three levels. First, the ruler becomes so enamoured with the beauty that he neglects his duties and allows his vigilance to wane.
  • constantly question your assumptions:  am I really understanding what this person is saying or their body language is communicating
  • exercise patience, persistence and humility
  • show respect
  • Americans have different cultural backgrounds even when they "look" American because  cultural background is not always apparent from physical appearance, accent, gesture and the like
  • suing Asians
    • very difficult thereafter to settle
    • very public -- impacts "face"
    • NEGOTIATE FIRST
  • people will always find ways of working together 

IN CULTURES WHERE COURTS ARE CORRUPT (AND THE SPEAKER IS NOT SPEAKING TO ANY PARTICULAR CULTURE, BUT THERE ARE MANY WHERE COURTS ARE CORRUPT) YOU DON'T RELY UPON CONTRACTS, YOU RELY UPON RELATIONSHIPS 

11:15 Session:  The Global Evolution of Business Mediation with John Hinchey of King & Spaulding; Paul Grossman of Paul Hastings; Jay Welsh, General Counsel, JAMS; Madame Wang Hongson, Secretary General, Beijing Arbitration Comission; and, Professor Hal Abramson of Touro School of Law (Long Island).

Paul Grossman on What Objectives are And What He Wants from Mediators

  • early evaluation of objective
  • who should the mediator be?
    • subperb mediator will settle almost everything
    • arbitration:  retired judges:  preferences
    • mediations:  prefers professional non-judge mediators
      • judges judge
      • are used to being obeyed
      • professional mediators are good at persuading
    • he prefers to use mediation organizations to convene the mediation after telling the mediation organization who he wants to use
    • best way to get the mediator you want is to call the mediator's organizations
  • prefers confidential and extensive legal briefs
    • facts and law
    • but also pressure points on the other party
  • he brings settlement agreement, lap top and printer
  • believes in using a mediation book
    • contains deposition excerpts, cases, exhibits
    • everything he'll use in his opening statement
    • gives it to everyone in the joint session
    • aids the mediator in persuading the other side (or reducing party expectations)
  • believes in joint sessions where both parties get to address the mediator
    • like mediators who will "speed talk" the presentation back
    • likes mediators who take notes
    • builds confidence that the mediator "got it."
  • tone:  mediation statement is to the mediator but truly it's a presentation to the party on the other side
  • mediators he uses use psychological techniques to persuade the other side
    • I'm dealing with an impressive opponent
    • I need your help
    • build confidence
  • He like mediators who charge flat fee for a really long day
    • he pays an enormous fee for a long day
    • so that the parties will see it through without worrying about hourly rates
    • once the other side is invested in the process, they tend to settle
  • How does mediator get party to settle
    • persuading the other side
    • interim mediator's proposal or bracketing
      • he thinks the mediator should say if the parties aren't willing to negotiate in that bracket, the mediation is over
      • requires great skill of the mediator -- guts 
  • most of his mediations settle with a mediator's proposal
    • a good mediator develops an unerring sense of where he can get two "yeses."
  • if settlement is truly impossible, good mediators go for partial settlements
  • sometimes agree on a binding med-arb with a retired judge
    • baseball arbitration and mediators' proposals (described here)
    • work within bracket

John Hinchey of King and Spaulding

  • was present at the famous Pound Conference on Judicial Reform where the idea of the multi-door courthouse was hatched
  • he's involved in construction litigation and construction contracts are "dispute generating machines"
  • PREVENTIVE DISPUTES RESOLUTION IN RELATIONSHIP CONTRACT
    • contract carefully, anticipating what might go wrong -- the contract itself is an "early dispute resolution mechanism"
    • partnering:  hot-tubbing:  align objectives
    • allocating risk in a thoughtful, fair and appropriate way -- don't load all of the risk on any one party
  • RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES DURING TERM OF THE CONTRACT
    • the contract requires the parties to negotiate before they mediate, arbitrate or litigate
    • designate who will negotiate -- project manager or executives for instance
    • mediation or conciliation:  required by contract 
    • some people see mediation as water-carrying & others say conciliation involves an more active role of the mediator -- reality-testing
    • AAA says mediator works to bring the parties together
      • help the parties engage and communicate so they understand real interests and real positions of the other side
      • when parties are invested in a dispute, business people need help
      • mediator is a reality-tester
      • once you start representing a client, you look for everything to strengthen client's position
      • thought important to understand the other side -- often need help to take the other side's arguments seriously
  • DISPOSITIVE:  SOMEONE HAS TO DECIDE DISPUTES

JAY WELSH OF JAMS:  HISTORY

  • in 1990s, venture capital company invested in JAMS wanting it to be the next FED EX
  • led to growth of JAMS
  • Straus, together with JAMS, taught claims adjusters about the potential for mediation
  • JAMS did the convening
    • the defense was instrumental in starting the business
    • JAMS would convene -- call Plaintiff's attorneys at the end of the month when they needed to pay their bills to suggest mediation
  • the mediation of cases is static but training is growing worldwide
    • EU promoting a universal dispute resolution method that won't have cross-border jurisdiction fights
    • many EU companies are vying for this training business
  • NOW 22 offices -- new office in New York City to do international dispute resolution
  • industry has to grow faster and larger than it has:  10% per year
  • got here because courts clogged & people dissatisfied
    • true in other parts of the world
  • built cadre of trained mediators
    • when began, used Judges
    • lawyers came in in mid-90's
    • the Judges in Europe aren't held in the same esteem in Europe as they were in the States
  • mediation had to be sold and marketed
    • that will have to be done in Europe and the Far East
    • awareness training
    • taught in the law schools
    • in 1990, maybe 4 lawschools in the country with ADR courses
    • now nearly every American law school has mediation courses
    • managing partners in worldwide law firms has dramatically changed
    • nearly all managing partners had ADR courses available to them

Madame Wang Hongson of Beijing Arbitration Commission

    • interest-based mediation of any type of dispute brought to them
    • values
      • party autonomy:  mediators chosen from inside or outside the BAC panel
        • facilitate settlement
      •   more freedom in payment options and less costly than arbitration
      • confidentiality
      • voluntary:  parties may terminate process at any time
    • independent procdure: no relationship to arbitration
    • the parties may make mediation agreement an arbitration award if they wish
    • the BAC conducts a training program

KEYNOTE SPEAKER:  MARY WALKER, GENERAL COUNSEL, U.S. AIR FORCE on Effective Conflict Management and the Commitment to an Ethical Culture. (see also here)

  • 60,000 contracts in 2007 between air force and its contractors
  • contracts include an ADR pledge
  • new way of approaching business partners and employees
    • shared values
    • fostering relationships
  • suspension and debarment for contractor wrongful conduct
  • she asked the various divisions that worked under her supervision to collaborate
  • connection between dispute resolution and ethical culture
    • Sarbanes Oxley Act
      • hasn't addressed root causes of malfeasance
      • doesn't provide sufficient guidelines to corporate world
    • Reliance on legal framework insufficient to change an unethical culture
    • foster genuine ethical conduct
      • necessary to trust
      • trust necessary to collaboration
    • market value of trust
  • air force pioneered conflict management system
  • conflict management system should empower employees to resolve dispute at the lowest level
  • "ethics"
    • service before self
    • excellence
  • values-based training helps air force to negotiate in gray areas and make ethical decisions where there are no rules
  • dispute resolution initiatives
    • commitment to dispute resolution in all contracts -- buy in or opt out
    • pursuing written commitments to
    • cross-cultural training
    • inter-space negotiations
    • expedited review of employment discrimination complaints
      • goes to root causes
    • embrace and teach negotiation skills at every level of air force
      • inter-space models
      • 2005:  Air Force Negotiation Center for Excellence
        • not a lawyers program
        • not at JAG school
        • not just a problem for lawyers
        • training for acquisition work force
        • special focus on cross-cultural negotiations
          • any communication where parties don't have common frame of reference or common cultural understanding
          • this includes other American cultures
      • new civil service system for defense department
        • employees must negotiate performance objectives and salaries
        • provided interpersonal skills training
        • equip managers, supervisors and employees to manage change
        • 30,000 air force supervisors trained in interspace negotiation and communication skills
    • employment discrimination complaints
      • mediation:  2006:  EEO complaints resolved in 59 days with voluntary dispute resolution compared to 2 years
      • resolved 73% of the cases
      • stepped beyond allegations of the complaint to the root cause (which is often not discrimination but something else that is disturbing to the relationship)
      • improves morale
      • resolution can affect entire work group
    • dispute resolution for contractors
      • contracting officers should offer dispute resolution in every contract dispute with limited exceptions
    • contractors accused of misconduct or sub-standard performance
    • want to know that the contractor has a commitment to an ethical culture
      • need to trust contractor to tell the truth when asked
      • examples later
  • "war" story
    • pursue disputes central to individual's core beliefs
    • policies regarding religious expression
      • free exercise vs. non-establishment
      • forced to resolve in light of day (publicity)
  • arose at AF Academy
    • senior leadership examined scope of dispute
    • executive staff served as mediators
    • town hall meetings
    • members of congress
    • small focus groups
    • attorneys involved to interpret the constitution but lawyers were not at heart of this process
    • one page policy on religious expression
    • rooted in cultural ethic -- respect for the dignity of each person
    • sought wide range of views:  religious and legal scholars; public; officials; individuals

(above:  Kathleen Bryan, CPR President and CEO)

EARLY AND EFFECTIVE CONFLICT MANAGEMENT FOR ORGANIZATIONS with Phillip Armstrong, litigation attorney for Georgia Pacific; Kathleen Bryan, President and CEO, International Institute for Conflict Prevention & Resolution; Stephen Gates, Former Senior Vice Pesident and Group General Counsel ConocoPhillips; Deborah Masucci, V.P. AIG and Chargle Morgan, Managing Director of FTI Consulting

  • corporation isn't one mind:  must recognize everyone asks same question -- how will the resolution of this case going to affect my career; my relationship with the CEO or General Counsel or shareholders
  • CPR certified experts in electronic discovery to assist with arbitration or mediation
  • one thing that's pushing counsel is electronic discovery
    • see federal rules
    • have to get together with other party to discuss information about electronic systems and how to get at them and exchange that information with one another
  • what about discovery's effect on early mediation?  Kathleen Bryan addresses "how much information is enough?"

Consensus Building Tips from Work Life Bridge

Thanks to WorkLifeBridge for including us on its resource page.  We're happpy to reciprocate and pleased to find another good source of information on collaboration, dispute resolution, and making life and work better for everyone.  

In their post Creepy Crawly Consensus, the authors of WorkLifeBridge direct their readers to some good consensus building resources.  See below for their recommendations and click here for the full post. 

Here are some resources and ideas to help you get the most out of your consensus decision-making process:

Ah ha!  Now I see that the prolific negotiation-guru, ADR queen, and mediation czar Diane Levin is a part of this dynamic group.  Diane -- one of the few people who make me feel as if I'm sitting around watching soap operas and eating bon bons all day.  Do you NEVER sleep my friend?

Mediation Advocacy: the Self-Serving Bias

(top: we assimilate and organize data in our own favor:  click here for full size chart)

Despite our own beliefs that we've adequately analyzed the weaknesses in our own cases, we have all been told at one time or another that we are "buying our own bull%#@^."

Is there a remedy?

First the Social Science Research

According to Bargaining Impediments and Settlement Behavior, studies of self-serving bias on estimates of probable damage awards provide strong evidence that:

  • we assimilate information based on our existing biases (remember the OJ verdict);
  • even when told we're doing so, we continue to organize information in such a way that it supports our existing opinions;
  • the receipt of additional information, without more, will simply "confirm" existing biases; and,
  • to make a difference in the parties' views of the merits of their case, mediation practices must include techniques for de-biasing the parties.

The Research

Research subjects were given the identical "case" materials and randomly assigned roles as "Plaintiff" or "Defendant." The subjects were put into bargaining pairs and asked to: (1) estimate a "fair" award by a Court to the Plaintiff; and, (2) to attempt to settle the dispute.

The experimental results and their implications were reported as follows:

  • Plaintiffs' predictions of the [probable award] were, on average, $14,527 higher than defendants'.
  • Mean plaintiffs' fair settlement values were $17,709 higher than defendants'.
  • Not surprisingly, the settling parties' assessments of what a fair settlement would be and what a judge would likely award were closer together than were those who did not settle.
  • Among the 59 pairs who settled, the mean difference between the plaintiffs' and defendants' predictions of the judge's award was $9,050.
  • For the 21 pairs who did not settle, the average difference was $29,917.
  • The strong correlation between the magnitude of the bias in a bargaining pair and non- settlement supports the conclusion that the self-serving bias often prevents parties from settling disputes at the most advantageous time and for optimal mutual benefit.
  • Even when asked to tell the "other side's" story in an essay before predicting possible awards or when told about the existence of the bias, the subjects continued to evaluate the case according to their own material interests.
  • Only in one experimental setting where subjects were both informed of the bias and made to write an essay substantiating the other side's case was the effect of the bias mitigated.
  • That subjects were unable to rid themselves of the bias when informed of its existence demonstrates that it is not a deliberate strategy.

Other findings of the experiments point to biased assimilation of information as the likely psychological mechanism underlying the self-serving bias.

When subjects were presented with eight arguments favoring the side they had been assigned (plaintiff or defendant) and eight arguments favoring the other side and were asked to rate the importance of the arguments as perceived by a neutral third party, there was a strong tendency to view the arguments supporting one's own position as more convincing than those supporting the other side, suggesting that the bias operates by distorting one's interpretation of evidence.

This study suggests that litigants may not be seeking to maximize their own payoff, but are rather trying to obtain what they deem to be fair.  

Conclusions from the Experimental Data 

The application of the self-serving bias to bargaining behavior led the authors of the study to tentatively conclude that 

  • exchanges of information are not in themselves necessarily conducive to settlement, i.e., obtaining more discovery before the dispute is "ripe" for settlement may be neither cost-efficient nor an effective settlement strategy;
  • the importance of information exchanges to the settlement of a dispute can only be analyzed in terms of how that information may effect preexisting biases, which suggests that attorneys pay greater attention to their opposition's case theories when analyzing information obtained during discovery; and,
  • to act as an effective counter to the self-serving bias of both "sides," mediation practices should be, at least in part, directed at de-biasing parties rather than simply facilitating information exchange.

Settlement of the Month: W.R. Grace Tentatively Settles Asbestos Claims

UPDATE:  FOR THE LAW.COM AMERICAN LAWYER ARTICLE ON THE NEGOTIATION OF THIS SETTLEMENT, FAMILIAR FACES CENTRAL TO SETTLEMENT (ETC.) CLICK HERE; EXCERPT BELOW:

When you're negotiating a multibillion-dollar settlement, it helps if you've already made similar deals with the lawyers on the other side of the table.

The veteran dealmakers who put together W.R. Grace & Co.'s settlement of asbestos claims, which was announced Tuesday, "know each other well and know the process well," says David Bernick, the Kirkland & Ellis partner who led the talks for Grace. The lawyers representing asbestos plaintiffs in the negotiations were Perry Weitz of Weitz & Luxenberg, Joseph Rice of Motley Rice, Steve Baron of Baron and Budd, and John Cooney of Cooney & Conway.

"These are the same folks I've done business with for many years," adds Bernick. "That makes it much, much easier."

For remainder of article, click here.

The Baltimore Business Journal announced today the W.R. Grace & Co. tentative $2B settlement on asbestos claims here. 

W.R. Grace & Co. Inc. has reached a proposed settlement of all current and future asbestos-related personal injury claims against the company -- a huge step toward Grace's goal of emerging from bankruptcy reorganization.

Columbia-based chemicals giant Grace (NYSE: GRA) filed Chapter 11 bankruptcy in 2001, facing huge liabilities related to asbestos. The company said Monday that it has reached the tentative settlement with a committee of asbestos personal injury claimants, a representative handling future claims and a committee of Grace stockholders.

The complex settlement would total more than $2 billion and would include:

    • $250 million in cash;
    • Deferred payments of $110 million per year for five years beginning in 2019, and $100 million per year for 10 years beginning in 2024. The deferred payments would be backed by just over half of Grace's common stock;
    • Warrants to buy 10 million shares of Grace common stock at an exercise price of $17 per share. The warrants would expire a year after Grace's reorganization plan takes effect. Grace shares were trading at $26.78 late Monday morning, up 8 percent;
    • Rights to proceeds of Grace's asbestos-related insurance coverage;
    • The value of cash and stock under settlements of litigation with Sealed Air Corp. and Fresenius Medical Care Holdings.

For the complete article, click here.

The Zero Sum Game: Allstate's McKinsey Documents

HERE IS THE LINK TO THE ALLSTATE MCKINSEY DOCUMENTS; YOU MUST AGREE TO VIEW THE DOCUMENTS FOR NEWS OR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES:  CLICK "ACCEPT" AND YOU WILL BE DIRECTED TO A PAGE CONTAINING ALL OF THE DOCUMENTS MENTIONED HERE

See also Tort Burger's Post on the Zero Sum Game Aspect of this Controversy here.

I have had a lot of traffic to this post and comments here and elsewhere on the internet about it and the Slabbed post it excerpts.

Because I never meant to "take sides" on a matter I know next to nothing about, I'm now including along with the Slabbed excerpt originally posted, an excerpt of a recent article from Bloomberg.com - Allstate Releases McKinsey Records (etc.) below.        

This post was originally meant to highlight Allstate's (or its consultant's) unfortunate use of the term "Zero Sum Game," when discussing claims handling procedures.  My original comment was that "those who continue to play it often get their  . . . uh . . . soft parts caught in a wringer."

The Slabbed post highlights the damage done to an admitted "Zero Sum Game Player" who is engaged in a human-harm-cost-benefit analysis.  The Pinto punitive damages award came readily to mind because the case was decided while I was in law school learning about negligence.      

For my non-attorney readers, I need to stress that it's not wrong to engage in a cost-benefit analysis for the compensation of injury under a negligence system.  In fact, this is what the law itself (and injured Plaintiff's attorneys) do, i.e., "calculate" the risk of harm + the potential severity of the injury against the cost of avoiding that harm.

People react badly when they see that type of calculation being applied to human injury or the loss of human life because those losses are considered to be "incommensurable," i.e., no amount of money can recompense someone for, say, the loss of a child. For an excerpt from my own article discussing the concept of incommensurability -- The Cost of a Thing is Your Life, click here.

I'm hoping my non-attorney readers will understand that these formal monetary calculations are routinely made by businesses and governments when making decisions about how much risk to human life is worth taking when they engage in potentially dangerous activities for the purpose of creating a significant benefit for many. 

That said, I give you again this excerpt from Slabbed's post on the McKinsey Allstate document furor -- The Herald Tribune Takes the Allstate Challenge --

In a previous post that received a notice in the Silicon Investor BB I spoke of insurers and their lawyers using the court system as instruments of institutionalized bad faith. Indeed Allstate has taken much criticism for ignoring lawful subpoenas over these documents as well as substantial fines as noted by Ms St John. This brings me to the beginning of the main story.

For more than a decade, Allstate Insurance Co. kept a secret from its auto policyholders — a national strategy to force customers to accept reduced cash payouts or face years in court.

Thousands of pages of Allstate documents reviewed by the Herald-Tribune detail how the nation’s second-largest insurer systematically cut payments to customers as a way to boost profits.

The documents describe a two-pronged strategy.

First, the company evaluates claims with a computer program designed to reduce payouts by as much as 20 percent of what the company once paid for the same injuries.

Second, Allstate pushes policyholders to accept quick settlements without the help of lawyers. Policyholders who try to fight for more money face Allstate attorneys coached to refuse to negotiate and to drag out litigation.

The approach often forces car accident victims to take what Allstate offers right away or spend years in court while their bills go unpaid — a strategy Allstate spelled out in guidelines for claims adjusters that “forces the claimant and attorney to think about the obstacles they must overcome …”

Indeed it appears we have a road map of how tort reform is being used against us. Limits on damages only make it easier for these large insurers to get away with outrageous behavior. The story continues:

It was a “Zero Sum Economic Game. Allstate gains … others must lose,” declared a consultant’s PowerPoint slide from a 1994 presentation to executives.

During the next five years of Allstate’s claims overhaul, the same consultant, New York-based McKinsey & Co., chose confrontational words to describe the new system. In PowerPoint presentations and discussion papers drawn up for Allstate executives, McKinsey used “boxing gloves” to characterize how Allstate should treat policyholders who balk at settlements. For customers who hired lawyers, McKinsey urged, “align alligators,” adding these instructions: “sit and wait.”

The documents also show:

Allstate removed much of the discretion of local claims agents to set payouts, requiring them to base their recommendations on a computer program called Colossus. Under that program, average payouts for bodily injuries dropped more than 20 percent in the first few years, internal documents show, a big step toward reaching McKinsey’s goal of “establishing a new fair market value” of such injuries.

Allstate recognized that when an injured driver hired a lawyer, the insurer lost money. In repeated presentations to Allstate executives, McKinsey coached tougher and increased legal action. By 1996, Allstate had doubled its legal force, hiring 225 more lawyers. “The bottom line is that Allstate is trying more cases than ever before,” a corporate newsletter said . . .

For full post from Slabbed click here.

Bloomberg.com's article, Allstate Releases McKinsey Records (etc.) Update No. 2 is here.

Excerpt from Bloomberg.com article below:

Allstate Corp., the second-biggest U.S. home and auto insurer, released 150,000 pages of documents sought by opposition lawyers and company critics related to McKinsey & Co.'s review of claims-handling practices.

McKinsey suggested strategies for the company to become more profitable by paying less in claims, according to videotaped evidence presented in Fayette Circuit Court in Lexington, Kentucky, in a civil case involving a 1997 car accident. Lawyers for policyholders said Allstate's previous refusal to release the documents showed the company wasn't treating its customers fairly. The insurer has said the documents include trade secrets.

``Public criticisms by people with a vested interest in creating an inaccurate picture of the company's claim practices have been based unfairly on only snippets from the documents taken out of context,'' the Northbrook, Illinois-based insurer said in a statement today. ``Because of the need to address misunderstandings resulting from the growing misplaced focus by our critics on very small pieces of the whole, we have decided to make the documents public.''

One slide the consultant prepared for Allstate was entitled ``Good Hands or Boxing Gloves,'' and recommended the insurer put on ``boxing gloves'' to deter about 10 percent of claims deemed to be exaggerated, padded, or fraudulent, according to portions of the report shown to the Kentucky jury. For more than 50 years, Allstate has advertised its employees as the ``Good Hands People,'' telling customers they will be well cared for in times of need.

Rising Claims

The strategy proposed by McKinsey would ``send a message to the attorneys of our proactive defense stance'' in cases dealing with minor impact soft tissue injuries, the consultant said in the document. Lawyers would have to ``think about the obstacles they must overcome to recover significant settlement or the benefits of a smaller, walk-away settlement.''

Allstate implemented the plan in the 1990s because studies showed more people were submitting claims even though accident rates were declining and cars were safer, Allstate lawyer Floyd Bienstock told the Kentucky jury. The McKinsey report found Allstate was overpaying bodily injury claims by 16 percent, Bienstock said.

``It was never a plan to intimidate people,'' he said.

To continue reading, click here.

Post from Washington D.C.; Lincoln on Right, Wrong, War, Peace and Yes, It's Sunday, God

I read this on the wall of the Lincoln Memorial yesterday, after standing on the steps and imagining Dr. Martin Luther King Junior's "I Have a Dream Speech" (video and text here) forty years after his assassination and said to my husband -- "don't you long for leadership like this again?"

See what Lincoln has to say about "God being on our side" and the end of negotiations in this short but stirring speech.  

At this second appearing to take the oath of the presidential office, there is less occasion for an extended address than there was at the first. Then a statement, somewhat in detail, of a course to be pursued, seemed fitting and proper. Now, at the expiration of four years, during which public declarations have been constantly called forth on every point and phase of the great contest which still absorbs the attention, and engrosses the energies of the nation, little that is new could be presented. The progress of our arms, upon which all else chiefly depends, is as well known to the public as to myself; and it is, I trust, reasonably satisfactory and encouraging to all. With high hope for the future, no prediction in regard to it is ventured.

On the occasion corresponding to this four years ago, all thoughts were anxiously directed to an impending civil war. All dreaded it--all sought to avert it. While the inaugeral [sic] address was being delivered from this place, devoted altogether to saving the Union without war, insurgent agents were in the city seeking to destroy it without war--seeking to dissole [sic] the Union, and divide effects, by negotiation. Both parties deprecated war; but one of them would make war rather than let the nation survive; and the other would accept war rather than let it perish. And the war came.

One eighth of the whole population were colored slaves, not distributed generally over the Union, but localized in the Southern part of it. These slaves constituted a peculiar and powerful interest. All knew that this interest was, somehow, the cause of the war. To strengthen, perpetuate, and extend this interest was the object for which the insurgents would rend the Union, even by war; while the government claimed no right to do more than to restrict the territorial enlargement of it. Neither party expected for the war, the magnitude, or the duration, which it has already attained. Neither anticipated that the cause of the conflict might cease with, or even before, the conflict itself should cease. Each looked for an easier triumph, and a result less fundamental and astounding. Both read the same Bible, and pray to the same God; and each invokes His aid against the other. It may seem strange that any men should dare to ask a just God's assistance in wringing their bread from the sweat of other men's faces; but let us judge not that we be not judged. The prayers of both could not be answered; that of neither has been answered fully. The Almighty has his own purposes. "Woe unto the world because of offences! for it must needs be that offences come; but woe to that man by whom the offence cometh!" If we shall suppose that American Slavery is one of those offences which, in the providence of God, must needs come, but which, having continued through His appointed time, He now wills to remove, and that He gives to both North and South, this terrible war, as the woe due to those by whom the offence came, shall we discern therein any departure from those divine attributes which the believers in a Living God always ascribe to Him? Fondly do we hope--fervently do we pray--that this mighty scourge of war may speedily pass away. Yet, if God wills that it continue, until all the wealth piled by the bond-man's two hundred and fifty years of unrequited toil shall be sunk, and until every drop of blood drawn with the lash, shall be paid by another drawn with the sword, as was said three thousand years ago, so still it must be said "the judgments of the Lord, are true and righteous altogether"

With malice toward none; with charity for all; with firmness in the right, as God gives us to see the right, let us strive on to finish the work we are in; to bind up the nation's wounds; to care for him who shall have borne the battle, and for his widow, and his orphan--to do all which may achieve and cherish a just and lasting peace, among ourselves, and with all nations.

Original Faith on the Spiritual Benefits of Forgiveness

Though I don't often avert to religion or spirituality, my own values are firmly grounded in mid-century mainstream Protestantism -- most prominent of which are compassion, tolerance, apology, forgiveness, reconciliation and the very real and ever present potential for the redemption of the human spirit.

Resentment, bitterness, anger, vindictiveness and the desire for retribution are all emotions that interfere with the expression of the forgiving side of our spirits. 

More than one friend has likened the holding of resentments against others to "drinking poison and expecting the other guy to die."  Because I have personally reaped the soul-soothing benefits of the challenging practice of apology and forgiveness, my posts on apology -- though calculated to ease business negotiations -- are as grounded in reconciliation's spiritual as well as its material value.

For those interested in following the spiritual vein of this practice, see the Original Faith Blog's series on Forgiveness -- this excerpt from Paul Martin's Spirit of Clarification post. 

To forgive is to let go of a form of anger – specifically, resentment. Even more specifically, the resentment we feel toward someone who has wronged us is a deep and long-lasting blame. Blame is based on judgment: he or she shouldn’t have done that because they should have known better; or because it was unjust; or because, in the same situation, I wouldn’t have done that…

In most cases where we struggle with the issue of how to forgive someone, the primary motive is our own peace of mind, not how to help the person who has wronged us. This is because the odds are that we, as the wronged party, remain disturbed over the incident long after the person who wronged us has moved on.

Forgiveness is related to love. To understand just how, we’d need to know just what we mean by love – a big topic. But to briefly mention one angle on this, we can easily see that forgiveness is related to self love when we realize that to forgive someone else is to promote our own mental health and spiritual peace.

I found Mr. Martin's blog when he stopped by to comment on our post concerning the male/female forgiveness quotient -- a comment well worth reading here.

Mediation Advocacy: Priming Mediator and the Opposition with a Collaborative Brand

Can you marry a blog?  If so, we're ready to propose to Deliberations, which is packed with more good advocacy tips than we can incorporate into our negotiation blog advice.  

Today, Deliberation's Anne Reed brings us the following useful information in The Brand Name Brain.  

When we're exposed to a famous logo for even a microsecond, [researchers have] concluded [that] we act out the qualities we've learned to associate with that picture. . .

[R]esearchers [asked] subjects [to] watch[] a screen explaining what they were supposed to do -- but also on the screen, too fast for them to notice, corporate logos flashed momentarily. When subjects turned to the assigned task, which logo they'd seen made a difference:

Subjects who saw the Apple logo, symbol of creativity, thought of more possible unusual uses for a brick than did subjects who saw the IBM logo, symbol of corporate sameness.
Subjects who saw the Disney logo, which we associate with earnestly pure things like Mickey Mouse and Snow White, confessed to more bad behavior (like calling in sick) than did subjects who saw the E! network logo, which we associate with celebrity gossip, honest or not.

What it means in real trials

Can lawyers use this? I say yes, but maybe not in the way you think.

There are trial lawyers out there who can use priming to underscore ideas and themes in trial, while still keeping track of where their cross-examination outlines are and whether the client understands what's going on and who's doing the jury instruction argument and whether they brought enough matching socks. . . . 

For the rest, here's a message from priming research we can all use. Jurors make decisions without knowing why.

And here's what in means to mediation advocates

Attorneys' initial contacts with the mediator are more important than many realize. As are mediation briefs.  But not to persuade the mediator of the rectitude of your position.  To "prime" the mediator to be more part of your negotiation team than your adversary's.  Of course we're neutral.  But, like research subjects and jurors, we make decisions (and form alliances) without knowing why.

What are your mediator's interests?  To settle the case, of course.  But to do so in a way that makes all parties and all attorneys satisfied with the result and with the mediator's services.  So what subliminal messages do you want to send to the mediator before negotiations begin?

  • I'm reasonable, as is my negotiation strategy
  • I understand that there are weaknesses in my case, which I'll admit to you, Ms. Mediator, for the purpose of attempting to resolve this lawsuit
  • I'm collaborative
  • I'm bringing my client, who is prepared to re-engage in the conflict, understanding that defensiveness and self-righteousness are not attitudes calculated to achieve peace in the Middle East nor to settle commercial litigation.
  • I'm having trouble with my client (for a pre-mediation telephone conference only) and would like you to help me coach him/her/it on any of the following:
    • the merits of the case
    • the dangers of proceeding to trial
    • the unredeemably evil nature of the opposition
    • the art of haggling
    • the genuine interests -- needs, desires, fears, etc. -- underlying the client's negotiation position
  • I understand a little bit about my adversary's
    • style
    • motivations
    • position and would like to help you work with him/her/it effectively.
  • I'll be prepared to make the negotiation moves necessary to settle the matter without fruitless bargaining in the nano- or strato-spheres.
  • I recognize that a handshake, a conciliatory manner and the expression of genuine empathy by my client for the party on the other side can dramatically effect negotiations and have alerted my client to the benefits of setting aside rancor, suspicion and judgment for at least a few hours on the day of the mediation.
  • if anyone is going to take the larger share of any distributive bargaining delta, it ought to be me.

Guilt-Based Apologies as Used in 12-Step Programs

Once again, from my article Shame by Any Other Name (etc.) here:

Understanding the differences between guilt and shame make even ordinary attempts to apologize and mend relationships damaged by careless, selfish or unkind acts, easier to understand and manage.

Use as an example the revelation that a spouse has had an affair. The anger, even rage, of the betrayed partner in this scenario is both understandable and familiar to all of us. A typical shame-suffused unfaithful spouse would more readily respond with shame-based confessions of powerlessness and helplessness than a guilt-ridden partner ("I couldn't help myself; I'm bad through and through; I wouldn't have done it if I were able to stop myself, but I was helpless against my desire") or aggression ("if you weren't so involved with your work, if you weren't so cold and distant, if you satisfied my needs more often, I wouldn't have had to seek solace in the arms of another").

Not only are these shame-based confessions unlikely to lead to a change in the unfaithful spouse's behavior, they are almost certain to further anger the betrayed spouse who likely wishes, at a minimum, an acknowledgement of wrong-doing, accountability, sincere apology and a promise not to offend again.

A typical guilt-based confession would have an entirely different focus. The guilty party, knowing himself to be the "locus of control," is far more apt to hold himself accountable for wrongdoing once it has been discovered. Guilty expressions of remorse would include "I'm sorry; I know I could have behaved better but I chose to ignore my better judgment" or "I have felt you to be distant and cold and I do feel my needs are not being met, but I understand that is no excuse for this bad behavior."

An individual who feels in control of his actions is more likely to feel accountable for them, and therefore, more likely to accept responsibility for them, apologizing and atempting to make amends.

As I go on to note in recommending to restorative justice practitioners some of the practices of 12-step programs, the widely misunderstood custom of "making amends" has much to recommend it for "restoring" criminal offenders to their communities.

As the Big Book [of Alcoholics Anonymous] explains:  

[We must] launch ... out on a course of vigorous action, the first step of which is a personal housecleaning, which many of us had never attempted. Though our decision [to stop drinking] was a vital and crucial step, it could have little permanent effect unless at once followed by a strenuous effort to face, and to be rid of, the things in ourselves which had been blocking us. Our liquor was but a symptom . . . . Putting out of our minds the wrongs others hand done, we resolutely looked for our own mistakes. Where had we been selfish, dishonest, self-seeking and frightened? Though a situation had not been entirely our fault, we tried to disregard the other person involved entirely. Where were we to blame? The inventory was ours, not the other man's. When we saw our faults we listed them. We placed them before us in black and white.  

The moral accounting created by the recovering alcoholic "working" Step Four is not simply a record of "bad deeds" committed. It is a means to put one's actions in perspective and to enable the alcoholic to create a new moral order from the ashes of his life. By way of Step Four, the AA member can mitigate his harsh self-condemnation while nevertheless taking responsibility for his misdeeds.

Indeed, in making amends, the Big Book advises [12-step] members to be "sensible, tactful, considerate and humble without being servile or scraping."  Only after putting his faults down in "black and white," admitting his wrongs honestly and becoming willing to set matters straight, does the [recovering individual] begin to learn "tolerance, patience and good will toward all men." 

The [12-step] member does not acknowledge these "sins" alone nor store his "inventory" in a bottom drawer, continuing to hide his shame. Rather, Step Five makes quite explicit the need to admit these wrongs to another human being. This step is the first opportunity to be freed from one's shameful secrets and any continued resistance to group participation. 

By reading their inventory to sponsors who have "been there," members recognize they are fallible rather than evil. They come to understand that they can set right many, if not all, of the things they put wrong. 

This set of suggestions pertains to the soul-searching necessary to locate "one's own part in" conflicts, particularly those concerning harm caused by one person to another.  The actual making of amends -- successful apologies -- is another of the 12 steps in all manner of recovery programs.

[After] a [recovering] member [of a 12-step community] brings his . . . list [of persons he has harmed] to his sponsor . . . [they discuss and] agree upon the details of restitution. 

For those victims who are dead or untraceable, amends must be indirect. So-called living amends are required under these circumstances. Members vow to be generous where once they had been selfish, faithful where treacherous, honest where deceitful. They agree to practice "restraint of pen and tongue" lest they lash out too quickly or too harshly at those they love. 

For other wrongs, making amends is direct and simple, if not easy. Money is paid back, even if it takes years. If a crime was committed, after much contemplation and discussion with sponsors, friends and family, some members consider confession to the authorities and may serve jail or prison time as a result. 

Members do not stop there. Recognizing that God will not relieve them of human fallibility, a commitment is made in Step Ten to continue to take personal inventory and when wrong to promptly admit it. Members keep their own side of the street clean and try not to take a broom to anyone else's. They do not "take another person's inventory." 

Finally, members agree to "be of service" to others. "Being of service" is not only repeatedly stressed in [12-step communities] it is recognized as one of the most effective avenues to achieving lasting [recovery].  Many opportunities exist for members to serve others - from making the coffee or setting up chairs at a meeting, to becoming a sponsor one's self, assisting even newer members in working the steps.

Through these twelve steps, [12-step groups] achieve[] the moral education and esteem building necessary for a productive norm-abiding life in a community of mutual trust and respect.

For references used in this article, click here.

 

Apology: Shame, Guilt, Rupture and Repair

A friend of mine once told me that "the most successful learning dyad in the history of the world" is the mother-infant/child relationship.  Contemporary psychologists who have studied that relationship have discovered that toddlers whose caretakers help them "repair" the loving relationship that existed before the moment shame is elicited, learn guilt and apology instead of chronic shame and denial or withdrawal.  

The explanation below (from my article Shame by Any Other Name) is largely drawn from the work of two scholars --  ALLAN N. SCHORE, particularly his book AFFECT REGULATION AND THE ORIGIN OF THE SELF: THE NEUROBIOLOGY OF EMOTIONAL DEVELOPMENT (1994) and D.L. NATHANSON, particularly his book SHAME AND PRIDE: AFFECT, SEX AND THE BIRTH OF THE SELF (1992).

Distinguishing Guilt from Shame 

By age two, children develop the ability to empathize with the feelings of another and by age three to evaluate their own conduct against objective behavioral standards. As soon as we are able to experience shame and guilt, we instinctively attempt to regulate our emotional state by engaging in spontaneous acts of confession and reparation. . . . .

Shame . . . "acts as a powerful modulator of interpersonal relatedness and . . . ruptures the dynamic attachment bond between individuals."   When an individual has broken this bond, he wishes to recapture the relationship as it existed before it turned problematic.

Toddlers shamed by their mothers, for instance, naturally initiate appeals to repair the momentary break in the emotional bond resulting from the shame-inducing behavior. This process is called self-righting. It is natural and universal. The shamed toddler reflexively looks up at and reaches toward his mother. Even a preverbal child will spontaneously express this need to be held in an attempt to reaffirm both self and the ruptured relationship, to feel restored and secure.

A healthy and responsive mother accepts and assuages the child's painful feelings of shame, enabling the toddler to return to a normal emotional state, one in which love and trust are ascendant. If the caregiver is "sensitive, responsive, and emotionally approachable," especially if she uses soothing sounds, gaze and touch, mother and child are "psychobiologically reattuned," the "interpersonal bridge" is rebuilt, the "attachment bond" is reconnected, and the experience of shame is regulated to a tolerable emotional state.

This series of events between child and care-giver has been termed the "positive socialization of shame." It permits the infant to "develop an internal representation of himself as effective, of his interactions as reparable, and of his caregiver as reliable." . . . Importantly, when shame goes unacknowledged, "it is almost impossible to mend the bond." The natural resulting inclination to hide one's misdeeds "creates further shame, which creates a further sense of isolation."

Thus, while shame in the absence of a consistently repaired interpersonal bridge creates pathology, repair teaches emotional self-regulation, creates "secure attachments" and leads to the development of empathy and conscience.

Tomorrow, How to Make the Apology that is Most Likely to Result in Reconciliation 

Mediator Ethics: Conflicts of Interest

1.  Steadfast adherence to a strict moral or ethical code. 2. The state of being unimpaired; soundness. 3. The quality or condition of being whole or undivided; completeness. ETYMOLOGY: Middle English integrite, from Old French, from Latin integrits, soundness, from integer, whole, complete.

 American Heritage Dictionary, 4th Ed. 2000

I attended a seminar recently in which a retired Judge-mediator said the following from the podium  -- "I don't tell a new client that I've mediated for his opposition before."

"Hmmmmmmm," I was thinking, "how's he going to justify that?" 

The answer, unfortunately, was by way of his own self-interest. 

"If I disclosed all of my former relationships with attorneys," the Judge said, "I'd never get any new business."   

I know this mediator; he's in heavy rotation and is a talkative guy.  So I'm assuming he's said this before and no one has corrected him, which means he's not the only one out there who's a little fuzzy on mediation ethics. 

This comment made me decide to address mediation ethics a little more systematically than I have before -- beginning with conflicts of interest and using the Association for Conflict Resolution's Model Standards of Conduct for Mediators as my starting point. 

STANDARD III. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.

I invite comment from my blogging buddies -- Diane Levin, Gini Nelson, Stephanie West AllenGeoff Sharp and Christopher Annunziata if they have an extra moment in their day.  Take a look, by the way, at Michael Moffitt's post on Geoff Sharp's post on Mediators Who Party with Clients here.

A. A mediator shall avoid a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest during and after a mediation. A conflict of interest can arise from involvement by a mediator with the subject matter of the dispute or from any relationship between a mediator and any mediation participant, whether past or present, personal or professional, that reasonably raises a question of a mediator’s impartiality.

B. A mediator shall make a reasonable inquiry to determine whether there are any facts that a reasonable individual would consider likely to create a potential or actual conflict of interest for a mediator. A mediator’s actions necessary to accomplish a reasonable inquiry into potential conflicts of interest may vary based on practice context.

C. A mediator shall disclose, as soon as practicable, all actual and potential conflicts of interest that are reasonably known to the mediator and could reasonably be seen as raising a question about the mediator’s impartiality. After disclosure, if all parties agree, the mediator may proceed with the mediation.

D. If a mediator learns any fact after accepting a mediation that raises a question with respect to that mediator’s service creating a potential or actual conflict of interest, the mediator shall disclose it as quickly as practicable. After disclosure, if all parties agree, the mediator may proceed with the mediation.

E. If a mediator’s conflict of interest might reasonably be viewed as undermining the integrity of the mediation, a mediator shall withdraw from or decline to proceed with the mediation regardless of the expressed desire or agreement of the parties to the contrary.

F. Subsequent to a mediation, a mediator shall not establish another relationship with any of the participants in any matter that would raise questions about the integrity of the mediation. When a mediator develops personal or professional relationships with parties, other individuals or organizations following a mediation in which they were involved, the mediator should consider factors such as time elapsed following the mediation, the nature of the relationships established, and services offered when determining whether the relationships might create a perceived or actual conflict of interest.

Apology: the Guilt Ridden vs. the Shame Infused

(thanks to Beyond Intractability for the graphic)

We talk a lot about apology as a means of descalating conflict for the purpose of engaging in successfully mediated settlement conferences and non-mediated commercial negotiations alike. 

You can bargain with someone who is enraged at (or even merely irritable with) you, but your negotiation will be derailed over and over again as feelings interfere with business judgment. 

Although you can't have one without the other (judgment without emotion) some emotions are conducive to successful negotiations and some are corrosive. 

APOLOGY:  I'm writing a book and my blog-job is interfering with my deadline.  So I'm stealing my own material, for which I aplogize to myself and to any reader who has already read my published article on Restorative Justice -- Shame by Any Other Name Lessons for Restorative Justice from the Principles, Traditions and Practices of Alcoholics Anonymous (2005) 5 Pepp. Disp. Resol. L.J. 299 (2005). 

If you're interested in what shame and guilt have to do with moral development as a preclude to recognizing the difference between guilt-ridden and shame-infused apologies, read on.  (and yes Janis, I'm working on it!)

A SHORT PRIMER ON SHAME, GUILT AND MORAL EDUCATION

A. The Origins and Effects of Shame.

The word shame is derived from the Indo-European skem which means "to hide." Shame makes us want to hide - from ourselves, our God and our peers - making shame an existentially isolating state of mind. Feeling shame makes a person "dejection-based, passive, or helpless," causing the "ashamed person [to focus] more on devaluing or condemning his entire self" than upon his behavior. He sees himself "as fundamentally flawed, feels self-conscious about the visibility of his actions, fears scorn, and thus avoids or hides from others."

The shamed individual wants "to undo aspects of the self" whereas the guilt-ridden one wishes to undo aspects of his behavior. It is therefore not surprising that guilt tends to motivate restitution, confession, and apology, whereas shame tends to result in avoidance or anger.

The psycho-biology of the constellation of emotions we call "shame" is innate. It produces a sudden loss of muscle tone in the neck and upper body; increases skin temperature on the face, frequently resulting in a blush and causes a brief period of incoordination and apparent disorganization. No matter what behavior is in progress when shame affect is triggered, it will be made momentarily impossible. Shame interrupts, halts, takes over, inconveniences, trips up, makes incompetent anything that had previously been interesting or enjoyable. 

A state of cognitive shame follows this initial cluster of feelings. After the painful jolt of shame, we begin to search our "life scripts" for some way to integrate the shameful experience with our prior experiences, to make sense of the pain and disorientation caused by the sudden upset of a positive emotional state.

Because our earliest experiences of helplessness relate to our size, strength and intelligence, only anger and its explosive cousin, rage, allow us to prove to ourselves and others that we are powerful instead of weak, competent rather than stupid, large rather than small. Thus do many shame-suffused individuals respond to chronic shame in an attack mode, particularly those who feel "endangered" by the depths to which their self-esteem has been reduced. Such individuals experience shame as a threat to their physical well-being and lack the ability to trust and rely upon others.

Shame thus serves as a barrier to one's capacity to achieve empathy and develop conscience.

Distinguishing guilt from shame tomorrow.

Changing the Other Guy's Mind

Because I'm busy finishing a brief to change someone's mind and Greg May at the California Blog of Appeal is also engaged in making a living instead of answering my idle questions (what? they don't pay us to do this?) he sends along this link at Raymond Ward's blog the (new) legal writer which links to a site we'll all be wanting to visit 

ChangingMinds.org is a web site covering “all aspects of how we change what others think, believe, feel and do.” Go there and wander around a bit; you’ll probably learn something you didn’t know. (Hat tip: Visual Thesaurus.)

50 Ways to Leave Your Dating Service Arbitration Agreement

You just slip out the back, Jack
Make a new plan, Stan
You don’t need to be coy, Roy
Just get yourself free
Hop on the bus, Gus
You don’t need to discuss much
Just drop off the key, Lee
And get yourself free 
  

Where matchmaking service moved to compel arbitration of clients’ action alleging that  "consulting agreements" were fraudulently induced, and agreements were [within a] class of contracts regulated by state law expressly rendering nonconforming contracts void and unenforceable, agreements’ failure to expressly set forth language required under dating service statutes--Civil Code Sec. 1694, et seq.--rendered [them] and [the] arbitration provisions [contained in them] unenforceable. Duffens v. Valenti - filed March 27, 2008, Fourth District, Div. One Cite as 2008 SOS 1811

How to Get Your Opponent to the Bargaining Table

Lawyers ask me this question more often than any other.  This week's Blawg Review Host -- TechnoLawyer -- reminded me that I once wrote a very short article on the topic -- contained in the TechnoLawyer Problem Solution Guide available again at the Blawg Review No. 152 here.

Using Your Case Management Order or ADR Panel to Convene Your Mediation

There are many reasons you may not wish to initiate mediation. Many lawyers justifiably do not wish to appear overly desirous of settlement. Others are discouraged because their opponents

  • long ago indicated their client would not consider paying/accepting anything less/or more than $X, which is a non-starter;
  • say they won’t consider settlement until after some key event; or,
  • insist their client will “pay millions for defense but not a penny in tribute.”

The best way to encourage settlement discussions without any loss of face is to agree upon a mediator (or mediation services provider such as Southern California’s Judicate West) at the commencement of the case, authorizing the neutral to suggest mediation at any time without prompting by the parties. This is the general practice in most multi-party construction defect cases and there's no good reason to limit the benefits of this practice to complex litigators.

This strategy permits one party to suggest mediation to the neutral who can then initiate a negotiation session without divulging who, if anyone, sought the mediator’s assistance.
Any mediator worth her salt will be trained in and skilled at convening mediations without party pressure.

Some, but not all, mediation service providers also possess these skills. Judicate West’s case managers, for instance, are all skilled professionals with a minimum of five-year’s experience convening mediations for the parties.

At the commencement of your action, ascertain whether a neutral or ADR service provider in your locale specializes in the art of convening. A service provider like Judicate West will often know more about your opposition than you do, particularly in large legal markets like Southern California where you may well not “do business” with your opponent on more than one occasion.

Part II of Negotiating Law Firm Happiness in Connecticut Employment Law Blog

I've been guest blogging (along with many others) over at the Connecticut Employment Law Blog recently.  Yesterday, Daniel Schwartz posted Part II of my article on using conflict resolution techniques and negotiation skills to increase the peace among your partners, whether there be only two of you or more than 1,000.

Part III is coming soon so keep an eye out for it.

And best of luck with the jury Daniel!

 

 

Conflict Revolution, Mediating Evil, War, Injustice and Terrorism or How Mediators Can Save the Planet

Yes you CAN pre order this book now!!  Right here.

  Not ready for the revolution?   Read this review by clicking on the upper right hand corner and hitting "view full screen" at the bottom of the menu.


Book Review of Conflict Revolution; Mediating Evil, War, Injustice and Terrorism: How Mediators Can Help Save the Planet by Kenneth Cloke reviewed by Victoria Pynchon - Get more free documents

The FAA Constrains Your Ability to Contract Your Own Arbitration Solution: Supreme Court Decides Hall v. Mattel

Here's the opinion.  Comment later.

Would You Like a Helping of Tolerance and Empathy with that Easter Dinner?

Red and yellow black and white they are precious in his sight Jesus loves the little children of the world.  Lyrics C. Her­bert Wool­ston (1856-1927); Music: George F. Root (1820-1895) (MI­DI, score). Root orig­in­al­ly wrote this tune for the Amer­i­can civ­il war song Tramp, Tramp, Tramp.

Verily I say unto you, Whosoever shall not receive the kingdom of God as a little child shall in no wise enter therein.  Luke 8:17 

Easter is one of those holidays that resists secularization unless you have children, grandchildren, hard boiled eggs and a rainbow of pastel dyes. 

People don't casually say "Happy Easter" to one another, particularly in an urban American city and especially if half your family is Jewish.

Still, Easter reminds me that I used to be a practicing Protestant and that my values derive substantially from the liberal Christian teachings I was dipped into as a child -- first in Sunday School and then in church.

What did I learn?  Tolerance.  Compassion.  Empathy. Forgiveness.  Reconciliation. And perhaps most important of all, the genuine potential for every ordinary human spirit to experience a radical transformation -- so radical that one might say the individual had been reborn as a spiritual being. 

Listen, this is not light weight stuff. 

I like to write, but I'm no philosopher.  Nor am I writer with a huge brain, steadily empathic heart, encyclopedic knowledge, original thought or the courage to dream paradigm shifting dreams.  I do know that writer, however.  His name is Ken Cloke and I am steadily making my way through all 500 and something pages of his new book.  

These are the times to put our own individual highly personal spiritual or religious faith and a great deal of our material resources behind the transformation of human understanding necessary to save the species.  (as James Lovelock , author of Gaia instructed us, we have no need to worry about the persistence of the planet itself.  We are not necessary to its survival; we are merely its "spokesmodels.")  

As my personal Easter offering, I give you yet another excerpt from Ken's soon-to-be-released book Conflict Revolution - Mediating Evil, War, Injustice and Terrorism or How Mediators Can Help Save the Planet.

How Prejudice Works, and How to Oppose It

Prejudice is complex and operates on many levels. It can be found not only in insults and judgments, caricatures and stereotypes, but refusals to listen and communicate, stories of demonization and victimization, inability to experience empathy with others, and infinitesimal denials of humanity. It is reflected in personal selfishness and hostile relationships, bullying and aggressive behaviors, and ego compensations based on poor self-esteem. It is expressed through contempt, disregard, and domination, as well as through low status, inequitable pay, and autocratic power.


Prejudice commonly operates by stereotyping. People form stereotypes, in my experience, in eight easy steps:


1. Pick a characteristic
2. Blow it out of proportion
3. Collapse the person into the characteristic
4. Ignore individual differences and variations
5. Disregard subtleties and complexities
6. Overlook commonalities
7. Match it to your own worst fears
8. Make it cruel

If these steps routinely produce prejudice, it is possible to undo them, for example, by making people more complex than their stereotype permits, or distinguishing unique individuals within a group, or recognizing commonalities between people. It helps, in doing so, to acknowledge that everyone is equal, unique, and interesting; that everyone forms prejudices; that everyone can learn to overcome them through awareness, empathy, and communication; and that everyone can become more skillful in communicating across stereotypes and lines of separation created by fear.


It is common for people, when accused of prejudice, to respond defensively, but to confront other people’s prejudices aggressively, leveling accusations and instilling shame. These responses may initially succeed in suppressing the expression of prejudicial attitudes and undermining social permission and the cultures of discrimination that allow it to continue. But to root out the deep-seated biases that keep prejudice alive, it is necessary to dismantle it at a deeper level, in people’s hearts and minds.

Our principal goals in responding to prejudice are therefore not to castigate, blame, or point fingers at those who exhibit prejudicial attitudes, as shaming and blaming merely triggers defensiveness and counterattack. Instead, they are to defuse prejudice by assisting those in its grip (including ourselves) to:

  1. develop a knowledgeable, confident self-identity, and appreciate who they are without needing to feel superior to others 
  2. experience comfortable, empathetic interactions with diverse people and ideas 
  3. be curious and unafraid of learning about differences and commonalities 
  4. feel comfortable collaboratively solving problems and negotiating differences 
  5. be aware of biases, stereotypes, and discrimination when they occur 
  6. stand up for themselves and others in the face of prejudice, without becoming biased in turn 
  7. experience diverse affectionate relationships that grow stronger as a result of differences

John Adams and Ken Cloke's new Book Conflict Revolution

(image from Fixing Australia, the Blog)

My husband and I were watching part II of the John Adams series on HBO last night -- the part where Benjamin Franklin gives Adams (Paul Giamatti) some OJT on international diplomacy, beginning with -- and I paraphrase -- "you can't get a man to do what you want him to do by publicly humiliating him." 

Later, Abigail Adams (Laura Linney) gives essentially the same advice in a womanly way. 

"A man likes to make his own decisions," she says as she sends John off to the Continental Congress to seek men and arms (and help from the French) in  Massachusetts' recent violent confrontations with the British Army. 

Abigail takes a breath to make sure her head-strong husband can hear her. 

"Men," she concludes, "do not like to have their decisions made for them."  

Still, it wasn't until we reached the movie's scenes dramatizing the delegates' after-hours meetings in the local public house that my husband finally turned to me and said "they're mediating in separate caucus."   

The Unity Necessary for Political Change Requires Mutual Self-Interest and Common Ground

The unity necessary to make the agonizingly difficult 1776 decision for independence, revolution and war was not achieved by persuasive argumentation, but by the alignment of each state's self-interest with the self-interest of each other state.  This was Franklin's brilliance as international ambassador and as one of the founders of our unprecedented and improbable political enterprise - the united states.  

All of which takes me to Ken Cloke's new book Conflict Revolution -- Mediating Evil, War, Injustice, and Terrorism -- which I've been reading in draft but that you'll soon be reading in print --  pre-order now -- courtesy of Janis Publications

I want to tell you all about Ken's revolutionary shift from rights and power on the one hand to mutually beneficial interests on the other, but I've got work to do.  For now, I'll leave you with a snippet from his last chapter which should whet your appetite for more.

Political theorist John Schaar wrote:

“The future is not some place we are going, but one we are creating. The paths are not to be found, but made. And the activity of making them changes both the maker and their destination.”

Ultimately, we are the social, economic, political, and environmental impediments we are seeking to overcome. All the problems and conflicts we want others to resolve are already present within us. The systems, paradigms, cultures, and environments we regard as dysfunctional exist not just around and between, but within each of us. They are us, even if we have devoted our lives to changing them, and must be transformed both within and without.

Systemic, paradigmatic, transformational, revolutionary changes therefore require personal as well as social revolutions. These revolutions do not happen merely by participating in recycling efforts to reduce environmental pollution. At their deepest level, they require us to actually experience ourselves as no different from the plants and animals we are destroying and, more problematically, from the people who are doing the destroying. Only by accepting personal responsibility for global problems on this scale can we discover where they begin inside us, and identify the practical steps we can take to stop them at their source.

Consequently, we not only need to transform the dominating and coercive nature of social, economic, political, and environmental power, and dismantle them at their systemic source by expanding the use of interest-based alternatives and increasing the ability of civil society to solve problems collaboratively. We also need to refuse to participate in them personally, even when they are dedicated to achieving “good” ends. This is no easy matter, both because a great deal is at stake and because domination and coercion are not just large-scale events, but small, barely noticeable everyday behaviors whose origin lies in all of us.

Changing the Other Guy's Mind: Appellate Advocacy

See Greg May on prepration for appellate oral argument  today:

Appellate judges may have a draft opinion prepared, and may rarely change their minds due to oral argument, but — according to at least one justice I’ve spoken to — sometimes they are actually looking for the appellate advocate to give them a reason to change their mind.

So, hey Greg!!  My readers, who are looking to change their opponent's case evaluation, would like to know your techniques for:  (1)ascertaining what the appellate panel most likely wants to know; and, (2) addressing their concerns in a way that would allow the Justices to reach a decision other than the one they are leaning toward!

Can't Compel Arbitration if You Deny the Contract's Existence

Check out California appellate attorney Greg May's post today -- A Dilemma for Some Defendants Who Seek to Arbitrate here.  Excerpt below.  

It’s a long-held rule in California that a defendant sued on a contract may recover attorney fees pursuant to a provision in the contract even if the defendant prevails on a theory that he was not a party to the contract or that the contract is nonexistent, inapplicable, invalid or unenforceable. The rule exists in order to further the purpose of Civil Code section 1717, which is to make unilateral fee provisions reciprocal. . . . . 

Consider now whether a similar rule should apply to arbitration provisions. . . . . Should a defendant be able to compel arbitration pursuant to a contractual arbitration provision in a contract alleged by plaintiff even if the defendant denies the existence of that contract?

The court of appeal says “no” in Brodke v. Alphatec Spine Inc., case no G038591 (4th Dist. Mar. 20, 2008). .......................

For the full post, click here.

Yet Another Arbitration Clause Bites the Dust

When we bought our house 6 years ago, Mr. Thrifty struck all ADR provisions from the sales contract.  He's come to respect ADR much more in the last few years.  Still, I believe he'd choose access to the justice system over its alternatives.

Though Mr. Thrifty -- a litigator -- was bold enough to alter a form contract, few other home buyers would be.  

Now it appears that the California courts will protect home buyers from arbitration agreements buried in the voluminous documents all home buyers sign when they purchase a house.  See Bruni v. Dideon, just decided by the Fourth Appellate District of California.  Summary below courtesy of the Metropolitan News-Enterprise

Where homebuyers alleged that arbitration clause was contained in preprinted and "voluminous" documents, there was no negotiation, they understood the documents were being presented to them on a "take it or leave it" basis, they [were] generally . . not familiar with real estate documents or with "legalese," were not told to read to read warranty--which contained arbitration provisions . . . .  and were not given enough time to read the warranty or any of the other documents [prior to signing, the] issue as to whether homebuyers knowingly agreed to arbitrate was subject to judicial determination regardless of provision requiring that issues regarding enforceability of arbitration clause be submitted to arbitration.

Where . . . plaintiffs had to accept arbitration provisions if they wanted to buy a house, [the]provisions were part of a preprinted form contract, any attempt to negotiate . . . . the terms of the warranty would have been fruitless, the provisions took up one page of a 30-page booklet that was buried in [a] "voluminous" stack of purchase and sale documents, and plaintiffs were never asked to read the arbitration provisions before signing, those provisions were adhesive and unconscionable, and trial court correctly exercised its discretion by refusing to enforce them.

Prostitutes, Strippers and Forgiveness

Sex scandals.  Terrible?  Shocking?  Repugnant? 

How about forgiveable? 

As someone who has made the resolution of conflict a full-time job, I can tell you that forgiveness -- explicit or implicit -- is a critical factor in every successful settlement. 

But I tempted you to this post with sex scandals and do not wish to disappoint.

Today we're not talking about Spitzer (NY Times asks about likely continued vitality of his law license here) but a Florida  appellate judge (below from the St. Petersburg Times courtesy of How Appealing). 

A New York City stripper . . . . Christy Yamanaka says she had sex with 2nd District Court of Appeal Judge Thomas E. Stringer Sr. three times during their 15-year friendship.
She paid him rent in a home he once owned in Hawaii, and now lives in a New York City apartment leased under his name. She says the married father of five owes her hundreds of thousands of dollars that he helped hide from creditors. 
  

Looking for Forgiveness?  Try Women.  Then Remind the Men of their Trespasses.

Given these stark reminders of our universal need to forgive one another our human fallibility, it's a good week for Anne Reed over at Deliberations to be talking about forgiveness, healing and reconciliation. 

In her timely March 11 post Asking for Forgiveness, Anne introduces her readers to an article in the Journal of Personality and Social Psychology entitled "Not so Innocent: Does Seeing One's Own Capability for Wrongdoing Predict Forgiveness?"   Anne quotes the press release (since the article requires putting change in the vending machine) as follows:

Forgiveness can be a powerful means to healing, but it does not come naturally for both sexes. Men have a harder time forgiving than women do, according to Case Western Reserve University psychologist Julie Juola Exline. But that can change if men develop empathy toward an offender by seeing they may also be capable of similar actions. Then the gender gap closes, and men become less vengeful.

In seven forgiveness-related studies Exline conducted between 1998 through 2005 with more than 1,400 college students, gender differences between men and women consistently emerged. When asked to recall offenses they had committed personally, men became less vengeful toward people who had offended them. . . . .

The researchers found that people of both genders are more forgiving when they see themselves as capable of committing a similar action to the offender's; it tends to make the offense seem smaller. Seeing capability also increases empathic understanding of the offense and causes people to feel more similar to the offenders. Each of these factors, in turn, predicts more forgiving attitudes. "Offenses are easier to forgive to the extent that they seem small and understandable and when we see ourselves as similar or close to the offender," [Exline] said.

This study tends to answer the question -- why does she stand there with him at the press conference?

More importantly, it serves as a reminder that we need only consult our own experience to forgive that of others.  How many of us, after all, in evaluating the times we did not get caught . . . . shoplifting, being unfaithful, driving in an intoxicated state, lying on our taxes, being casually cruel to people we love . . . can only sigh and say "there but for the grace of god . . . . "

Los Angeles Superior Court Judges Alexander Williams, III and Helen Bendix Talk About Settlement Conferences, Mediation Strategy and Tactics, and the Administration of Justice

The prestigious Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution has a new web site -- HERE!!! -- and a few videos that the beginning mediation or settlement advocate shouldn't miss.

Here's Judge Williams, who sits in the downtown Los Angeles Superior Court as a full-time settlement judge.  In the first part of his video, Judge Williams talks about the differences between settlement and mediation as well as a few of his favorite topics -- CHOICE, RESPECT, JUDICIAL ECONOMY ACCESS TO JUSTICE and EFFICIENT CASE MANAGEMENT. 

In part 3 of the video, Judge Williams discusses basic mediation concepts such as interest-based and distributive bargaining; impasse-breakers; trust-building; shuttle negotiation diplomacy; mediators' proposals and the like. 

If I missed Judge Williams saying "you have to hang the meat low enough for the dog to smell it," I'll apologize to him for inattention the next time I see him.  If he didn't say it, I'll be looking for the next part of the video, where gems like that may be found. 

If you wonder "why the orange?" -- listen to part 3.

Judge Helen Bendix, the Chair of the Los Angeles Superior Court ADR Committee, talks about the contribution of the Court's ADR program to the administration of Justice.  That program has not only settled thousands of cases, but has served as the training ground for thousands of mediators in assisting litigants in negotiating the resolution of their lawsuits. 

Co-Directors of the Straus Institute, Tom Stipanowich and Peter Robinson address mediation issues for the first part of this video.  If you want to go directly to Judge Bendix's discussion, move the slide bar to the middle of part 1.  

We're Ready for Our Close-Ups, Mr. DeMille: Med-Arb Ethics Video

Along the Borderline Straus Institute Instructional Video (time 16:05)

Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) processes address a variety of client needs. In different situations, different approaches best meet the needs of particular clients. As ADR practitioners skilled at delivering a variety of processes, the question of when it is appropriate to mix approaches arises.

O.K., we're not actors but we play them in this video on ethics issue.

Jeff Kichaven

Eric van Ginkel

Me, myself and I

Video brain-boxed by Tom Stipanowich above actualized by producer-mediator Greg Stone of Teahouse Media.

Smart Bloggers Who go to Trial Expand the Pie

What's the secret of a happy law-life? 

Being right? 

No!

Delegating responsibilities

That's what Connecticut employment lawyer and blogger, Daniel Schwartz, has done while he's trying one of those employment cases that resist negotiatied resolution. 

Not only is the delegation of Dan's blogging responsibilities smart, it's pie-expanding

Though Dan's readers are likely missing his voice with their daily coffee and eggs, he's turned their loss into other bloggers' gain by asking several of his colleagues to "guest blog" while he's gone.

Yesterday, for instance, Dan kicked off guest blogger week with the Evil HR Lady's commentary on Walmart and Blogging here.  As Dan explained . . . .

I should tell you that I do know [Evil's] first name; but she has told me that she'd hunt me down if I revealed her identity. So instead, I've asked her to provide a short blurb to introduce her; here was her candid response:

Evil HR Lady works for a Fortune 500 Company making sure that as many people as possible get fired. Hence, the Evil part of her name. She blogs and takes questions here.

Nothing like an HR person with a sense of humor, right? Well, she also has a very entertaining blog that is part Ask Amy, and part Jack and Suzy Welch. . . . 

Today, Dan graciously allowed me to introduce a few mediation principles into his blog with The Division of Chores and Partnership Compensation, Part I. 

Even though I do hate the term 'win-win' as far too redolent of marshmellows roasting over a camp fire ("say, pass the Hershey's chocolate, would you?") Dan is exemplifying the essence of integrative, interest-based "win-win" problem solving for his readers. 

While he rides off on his white stead to win win win win win his client's case at trial!

Thanks for the opportunity to meet your readers, Dan.  And go get 'em!

Conflict Map

You Have Coverage for That? Finding Your Bottom Line

How important is insurance coverage to your clients' decision to bring or defend or negotiate the resolution of a commercial dispute?  It's usually the difference between having options and being entirely out of luck.

And when that decision concerns catastrophic losses?  Unless you are an insurance coverage specialist, you make coverage decisions at your peril.

Where do you go?  To Dickstein Shapiro of course! 

Daily Journal article announcing that Steve Goldberg (yes, Mr. Thrifty himself!) has left Heller Ehrman and joined Dickstein Shapiro below.

LOS ANGELES - Longtime Heller Ehrman attorney Stephen N. Goldberg has left the firm for Dickstein Shapiro in Los Angeles, the latest in a string of departures from San Francisco-based Heller Ehrman. . . . . Goldberg  . . . . had been with Heller since 1973 and was a partner in its Los Angeles office.  . . . .

Goldberg, who practices insurance recovery and complex commercial litigation, was part of Heller Los Angeles managing partner Nancy Cohen's successful insurance practice, an area of focus for the firm, according to firmwide managing partner Robert Hubbell. . . . .

Goldberg has handled insurance coverage in areas such as product liability claims, asbestos liability, environmental damage, first-party property and business interruption losses, director and officer liability and insurer bad-faith claims. His clients have included Texaco, Johns-Manville Corp., Atlantic Richfield Corp., Millennium Hotels and GMAC Commercial Mortgage Corp., according to Heller's Web site.

Goldberg's practice is well-suited to fit with Dickstein Shapiro's strong insurance coverage practice. Dickstein opened its Los Angeles office in 2005, when it acquired insurance recovery firm Pasich & Kornfeld. Linda D. Kornfeld is now managing partner of Dickstein Shapiro's Los Angeles office, and Kirk A. Pasich serves on the firm's executive committee.

Let's Just Go Ahead and Assume that, Torture or Not, Waterboarding is A-O.K. The Very Bottom Line? "Torture is Essentially Useless"

I don't make this stuff up.  Read Pray and Tell from the American Prospect Online Edition by Jason Vest, excerpt below and full article here.  

ON MAY 13, 2004, AS THE WORLD MEDIA WERE IN full serum over Abu Ghraib, an FBI agent who had spent time interviewing terrorism suspects at the U.S. detention facility at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, fired off a gloomy e-mail to a colleague. Venting about what had happened in Iraq and expressing his fears that, despite the scandal's coverage, nothing would change, much of the agent's angst had to do with post-September 11 notions that treating terrorism suspects as human beings was neither necessary nor useful.

"From what CNN reports, [General Janis] Karpinski at Abu Ghraib said that [General Geoffrey] Miller came to the prison several months ago and told her they wanted to 'gitmoize' Abu Ghraib," he wrote. "If this refers to [intelligence] gathering as I suspect, it suggests that he has continued to support interrogation strategies we not only advised against, but questioned in terms of effectiveness ... we were surprised to read an article in Stars and Stripes, in which [General] Miller is quoted as saying that he believes in the rapport-building approach. This is not what he was saying at [Guantanamo Bay] when I was there."

One among tens of thousands of official documents pried out of government hands under the Freedom of Information Act (thanks to the American Civil Liberties Union), this one, like so many others, never found its way into anyone's story. But from a review of thousands of documents--e-mails, still-unreported communiqu6s, and other pieces of paper--certain themes have become increasingly apparent. Among the most consistent: FBI agents issued repeated objections to the use of torture against foreign terrorism suspects. And from this theme emerges a conclusion that future presidential administrations, and all American citizens, would do well to remember: For the purpose of prying actionable information from suspects, torture is essentially useless.

Negotiation Coaching from Down Under

Take a look at Geoff Sharp's Mediator Blah Blah post today about mediation coaching.  Here are five different ways in which a mediator can coach a party to achieve more from the negotiation than he might otherwise be able to achieve without assistance:

1. Talk[] to [the] parties about who is the best person in the group to make the offer to the other side and . . . . [which of their negotiating partners] they might want to look at when they do...

2. [P]resent[] a worst-case settlement offer first then contrast[] that with their present, and more favourable, offer.

3. [Make] their suggestion as if] they were planning . . . . 

4. Point[] out the hot buttons for the other side and assist[] a party to make symbolic offers that will have a favourable psychological impact . . . . 

5. Suggest[] and then assist[] one party to restate all the interests that have been identified in the mediation so far (with the other party's first) - then present a proposal and identify how it meets those interests [in a manner that is] mutually beneficial for all.

Thanks for the tips Geoff!

Peace in the Law Firm? The Snark Says: Fess Up

(right:  Calvin Coolidge, Zelig and Herbert Hoover)

Soon, the Complete Lawyer's Human Factor Columnists (first appearance, Vol. IV, Issue 2 /*) are going to be addressing the ways in which you can use conflict resolution techniques to create, or restore, peace in your law firm.  

Though my contribution to that particular column is slicing the law firm's money pie with an eye toward the collective good rather than the individual's advantage, I can't pass up the opportunity to note the importance of accountability -- one of mediation's core values -- covered by The Snark in -- Oops!  An Associate Did it Again (excerpt below).

FESS UP

This is the hardest plan to implement because you fear finally being discovered for being imperfect and possibly over-rated. Will you be fired? Will it go down in your "file" only to rear its head in four years when you are denied admission into the partnership and the only reason they can give is, "Back in your second year, you missed that 1 p.m. meeting with our best client, MegaCorp."

But I think in the end it is better to fess up. Just don't do it in a way that makes things even worse: no crying, sniveling or begging for mercy. And no need to shave your head or hold a press conference.

You just need to explain yourself while displaying the appropriate level of remorse blended with confidence that says, "Yes, I screwed up that once, but it was an uncommon lapse that will be rectified. I will work even harder and bill a few extra hours to make up for lost faith in my value."

Provided your mistake didn't actually cause lost revenue or client relationships, you likely will be forgiven. But don't let it happen again. You get paid way too much money to make mistakes.

BigLaw or Small, You are Not a "Cog"

I know the Snark's column is meant to be witty, sarcastic, ironic, snide, and all of that, but the demeaning reference to BigLaw associates as "Cogs" is unfortunately reflective of some young lawyers' felt reality.  (Remember Jonathan Swift's Modest Proposal -- eat the poor?  It's not a joke)

Here is my advice to every first year associate at every law firm in the country -- be it a Two-Person Enterprise or a Ginormous BigLaw Endeavor: 

NOT ONLY ARE YOU NOT A COG, YOU DO NOT WORK FOR THE LAW FIRM

You WORK for the client.  If your "boss"  or your firm is not helping you do that to the highest level of your own abilities, then he/she is simply the guy/gal you need to circumvent so that you can give your client the best legal advice and services available.

THE BUCK STOPS WITH YOU.

You are a lawyer, with a lawyer's professional responsibilities and the right to be respected for the highly educated, skilled and semi-trained professional you are. 

Don't let anyone fool you.  You are not only important, you have power.  And with power comes accountability.  

Be a mensch.  Be a star. 

Welcome to the profession.

_______________________

/*  The columnists are Gini Nelson of Engaging Conflicts, Stephanie West Allen of Idealawg and Brains on Purpose, and the mother of all mediation-bloggers, Diane Levin of the Mediation Channel.  Oh yes, and me, Zelig.

"Coerced to Settle By Attorneys"

Sometimes reading my statistics page is the best way I have of taking the pulse of my readers and diagnosing the current actual rather than the aspirational state of settlement and mediation practice.

Listen.  Only the squeakiest client or party wheel will tell you that he is feeling coerced into settling the litigation that has become a millstone around your neck.

I'm talking to attorneys here -- but settlement officers, judges and mediators should pay attention as well.  Whether you're representing the CEO of a Fortune 500 Company or the 60-year old man who slipped on the iconic darkened bananna peel in the produce section of the local Ralphs, at some point during settlement negotiations your clients are going to suspect one or more of the following:

  1. you're tired of his case and want to get rid of him
  2. you're in cahoots with opposing counsel, with whom, frankly, you have a far more enduring if not affectionate relationship than with your client
  3. you and your old buddy the mediator or settlement judge/officer have joined forces to to compel him to give up his legal rights in exchange for less money than you, his attorney, told him he was likely to recover two years ago
  4. despite his protests, you, the mediator and opposing counsel keep saying the fact most important to his case  is "irrelevant" to his chances of recovery
  5. when you talk to opposing counsel or the mediator about the case, he doesn't even recognize what you're talking about -- this is not the same case he brought to you to try two years ago
  6. he feels extorted and no one is paying any attention to that
  7. he feels like he's being sold down the river and no one is paying any attention to that
  8. he paid his you and your law firm tens of thousands, hundreds of thousands, millions or tens of millions of dollars in attorneys fees and he thinks he could have settled the case for the sum that's being offered/demanded now before he paid you to litigate this case to the settlement conference.
  9. he's really really irritated now -- angry even -- though he doesn't get angry; he gets even, and he'll have no trouble spending another few million on attorneys fees so show that lying, cheating so and so in the other caucus room a thing or two
  10. he's a successful business man and he's never been treated with so little respect before.

Now let me tell you something else.  If these thoughts are some of those which race through your clients' minds during settlement conferences, your mediator should be sufficiently alert to the changing temperatures in the room to address them. 

Why?

Because the mediator's job is not to settle the case.

What??????????????????????????

The mediator's job is to:

  1. assist you in helping your client understand the options available to him
  2. assist you in delivering bad news to your client in a way your client can hear it
  3. assist you in negotiating as good a settlement as possible for your client without making your client feel as if he has no other options
  4. assist you in resolving for your client the justice issues that your client originally brought to you to resolve
  5. assist you in helping your client recognize and set aside the emotional experience of the settlement conference for the purpose of doing a sober cost-benefit analysis
  6. assist you in helping your client recognize that legal cases change over time; sometimes getting better and sometimes getting worse, usually both in the discovery process -- this is not the case your client originally brought to you -- untarnished by the harsh adversarial systems but puts "facts" to a more exacting test than any other process in business, political or social life
  7. assist you in helping your client recognize his own fallibility, potential for error, and accountability for his part of the harm for which he is seeking recompense
  8. assist you in helping your client recognize that the other side -- evil, destructive and hateful as it may well be -- also has a few items of "truth" and "justice" on its side of the balance sheet
  9. assist you in helping your client make an informed decision without pressure from anyone whether he wishes to accept less than he wants to or would like to take his chances at trial
  10. assist you in walking away from the mediation or settlement conference with your client clapping you on the back and saying, "great work, John.  If I'm ever in need of a litigator again, rest assured it's to you I will come.  I'll tell my friends on the block or on the Board of Directors that you're the man.

How do we accomplish these ten aspirational goals together -- attorney and mediator and client?  Stay tuned.

The Jerry McGuire video above is for our clients -- with whom we do not share just how hard we are working and what a toll it takes upon us because that's what they've paid us to do -- and paid us handsomely I might add.

Arbitrator Not Liable for Assault During Recess

Why do you think they call it recess?

When tempers flare to the boiling point, arbitrators who fail to prevent recess assaults are immune from suit according to the New Jersey appellate court, as detailed in this Law.com article, Arbitrator is Not Liable for Attorneys Alleged Assault here.  Excerpt below:

When fists fly at an arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator isn't liable for not averting the altercation, a New Jersey appeals court says in an interpretation of the model Arbitration Act.

The judges, in Malik v. Ruttenberg, A-6615-06, reversed a trial court's refusal to dismiss a suit charging an arbitrator knew of a lawyer's dangerous propensities yet did not remove him from the case, and an assault allegedly ensued when a recess was called.

The appeals court found that decisions relating to control of the arbitral forum are within the immunity accorded by the N.J. Arbitration Act, adopted from the model act devised by the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws.

Eric Tuchman, the general counsel for the American Arbitration Association -- a defendant in the case -- says the ruling is the first in the nation to interpret the act's immunity provision.

The act has been adopted in 13 states, including New Jersey, and is under consideration in four others.

"Opinions like this really permit arbitrators and sponsoring organizations to preside over and administer cases in a way that is free and impartial," Tuchman says.

For remainder of article, click here.

Mediation Advocacy: The Story of Mediation

Compare the hilarious Bob Newhart routine above (from Mad TV) with any episode whatsoever of HBO's new series about psychoanalysis The Treatment.  

In legal/mediation terms, Bob Newhart's "treatment" -- "just stop it!" -- is akin to the mediator's refrain -- "move past it," "get over it" or simply "move on." 

Gabriel Byrne's methodology in The Treatment, on the other hand, is more akin to the process of complex commercial litigation.  The litigator, like the analyst, doesn't focus so much on the "patient's" described experience as he does upon his own interpretation of that experience.  We litigators -- like the chair-bound analyst -- too often ignore our client's actual, multi-dimensional, ambiguous and self-contradictory experience in favor of the form of their "problem"  -- the size and shape it must take to fit the "remedy" we are capable of providing.             

In either case, the patient/client too often feels like he is being treated like a child -- a child whose possession of a problem seems to give the designated authority figure the right to tell him what to do -- "just stop it" -- or to re-interpret, shape, edit or "spin" his very personal story into a "form of action" the law will recognize.  

Take a look at how unhappy Gabriel Byrne's patients are.  They're not unhappy just because of the problems they had when they first stepped through the therapist's door.  They're agonizingly unhappy because "the doctor" infantalizes and objectifies them; tells them they don't know what they're really thinking; suggests that they don't know what's best for them; and, then "hides the ball" while he lets them drift around without mooring.   

The Mediation Story 

The "mediation story" excerpted below -- like last week's litigation story -- is not the client's story but the lawyer's or the mediator's preferred narrative.  Here, we tell our clients to "get over it.  Fix the future.  Don't obsess about the past.  Just stop it!"

But some clients are not going to want to "get past it." Some want to, need to, maybe even should "right the wrong."  Others want to, need to, maybe even should put the past behind them and problem-solve the future.

What do we do? 

We listen with as little judgment and as few pre-determined "solutions" as possible.  Then, we outline for our clients what we can do to help them solve their problem with our particular skill-set.  Then we tell them about the myriad other solutions available to them.  Preferably, we have a referral list in our desk drawer so we can provide them with the names of people whose skills and solutions best suit what they want.  

What we shouldn't be doing is selling our process. 

With that wind-up, here's more from CLIENT COUNSELING, MEDIATION, AND ALTERNATIVE NARRATIVES OF DISPUTE RESOLUTION -- on the "mediation story."  How all and any of this can be incorporated into your practice in the next post on this topic.    

[The mediation] narrative profoundly differs from that of litigation. The engine that drives litigation's morality tale is that conflict resolution is a contest between parties, one of whom necessarily represents good and the other necessarily represents bad. As a result, litigation seeks to designate who has committed moral transgressions by breaching legal norms (or, from the perspective of the defendant, who wrongfully accuses others of having done so).

The Story of Mediation subverts these norms by transforming this familiar morality tale into a story of collaboration. This subversion begins through how mediation conceives of conflict itself. Implicit in the Story of Litigation is that conflict represents a breach of the norms of conduct, thereby ripping the social fabric in some way large or small. In contrast, in mediation,
conflict is a norm of conduct, a necessary byproduct of humans having distinct experiences and personalities and needs. Conflict is thus not necessarily a disruption of the moral order, and, indeed, can sometimes be productive. . . . . .

[T]he meta-narrative of mediation seeks to map the [parties'] "strivings" and "vanquishings" onto a collaborative struggle to resolve conflict. This narrative casts all participants as players in a process - collaboration - that is focused on reaching the common goal of successfully resolving or transforming a dispute. This story has moral entailments because collaboration is accepted as a social and moral good. Unlike litigation, however, this story does not generate a binary moral universe that divides the good from the bad, but, rather, a universe that values collaborative striving to achieve common ground and resolution.

This story places mediators in a role that is very different from the role played by decision-makers in litigation. Rather than being heroes of moral vindication to whom wronged parties appeal for justice, mediators promote and model collaborative striving to overcome conflict. This plays out in many accepted techniques in mediation. Mediators, for example, often seek "commitment" from participants to the process of mediation, although mediators are careful not to extend this commitment to a commitment to agree. 

This commitment to process is a proxy for a commitment to collaborate to seek to resolve conflict, thus incrementally moving participants away from contested litigation and towards collaborative problem solving. Similarly, mediators often "reframe" participants' statements in order to emphasize "common ground." This is also an effort to move parties away from a morally charged contest and into collaboration. Finally, mediators encourage and model collaboration through a positive message of optimism and progress towards resolution, even when (or, perhaps, especially when) impasse appears likely. 

Moreover, mediation approaches the narrative movement from Efforts to Restoration of Steady State in a very different way than litigation. . . . . The very language through which litigants seek redress of grievances - to "be made whole," "to pay your debt society" (with its implication that payment of the debt would return the ledger to balance), even the word "remedy" - implies Restoration.

In contrast, mediation tends to reject Restoration as a state to which the parties (and society as whole) should or even can return. Rather, mediation seeks Transformation on the part of all disputants so that conflict is resolved. It does so by embracing the notion that perceptions of the world (including perceptions of the actions of others) are unstable, thus enabling parties to appreciate alternative perspectives as a way to promote resolution of conflict. Mediation, therefore, does embody a plot that adheres to the narrative movement described by the Austere Definition, albeit in ways that are utterly alien to the morality tale of the story of litigation. The story of mediation can be characterized as follows:

  • Steady State: Whatever Each Party Views as Pre-Conflict
  • Trouble: Whatever Each Party Views as Constituting Conflict
  • Efforts: Collaborative Striving To Overcome Conflict as Modeled and Promoted by Mediator
  • Transformation of Steady State: A New Relationship Among Parties
  • Coda: Moving On

ABA Dispute Resolution Conference in Seattle in April!

The ABA Section of Dispute Resolution Presents The 10th Annual Spring Conference Pacific Currents: Sound Perspectives on ADR

April 3-5, 2008

Pacific Currents: Sound Perspectives on ADR is the premiere conference in the world for dispute resolution professionals and lawyers engaged in dispute resolution processes. This conference offers some of the best ADR CLE in the country presented by diverse and experienced faculty. With over 90 CLE programs planned, you can fulfill all of your CLE requirements over the course of a few short days.

This year’s conference also offers many dynamic and engaging plenaries.

The opening plenary entitled Hot Topics in Arbitration: The Fair Arbitration Act, Hall Street, and More will discuss the most recent developments in arbitration law, including cases pending in the Supreme Court, as well as potential arbitration-related legislation.

Linda Babcock will present the Friday morning plenary: Women Don't Ask: Negotiation and the Gender Divide. Ms. Babcock will speak about the four-phase collaborative problem-solving approach to negotiation and how lawyers and mediators can use this approach to manage the reactions and emotions that may arise on both sides of a dispute.

ABA President William Neukom will deliver a keynote speech and Tom Stipanowich, Academic Director Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution and Professor of Law, Pepperdine University, will present at the Friday Luncheon.

Saturday offers The Language Conflict: How Aggression and Violence Inform the Way We Speak presented by Kenneth Cloke and Joan Goldsmith of the Center of Dispute Resolution. This skills-building plenary will examine strategies on how to turn hostile denunciations and debates into appreciative disagreements and dialogues. Don’t miss out! Register today to attend these exciting plenaries.

I'll be presenting a seminar on Intellectual Property Mediation with the Hon. John Wagner (Fed. Magistrate, Ret.) and Christine Byrd of Irell & Manella.   

To review the conference brochure click here.

Book your hotel today! The negotiated conference room rate ends soon. Contact the Sheraton Seattle Hotel & Towers at 1-800-325-3535 or register online and reference the ABA Section of Dispute Resolution 10th Annual Conference to receive the discounted conference rate of $189.

This discounted rate is available until March 4th or until the block has been filled.

Contract Negotiations: "a Sophisticated Ballet Often Ending in Mid-Pirouette"

Negotiations of the type I mediate on a regular basis are rarely the subject of appellate opinions -- at least not the part of negotiations we call the "dance." 

Having stumbled across this opinion while searching for something else, I couldn't resist the pulll of posting it here -- both for my readers' enjoyment and, frankly, using the blog as my own personal filing cabinet for some of my favorite appellate opinions (yes, I am a geek!). 

The prose below is from Judge Barbara Johnson's dissent in a transactional legal malpractice case that made its way up to and then back down from the California Supreme Court. 

Enjoy!

From Viner v. Sweet (2004) 117 Cal.App.4th 1218, 1251-1252.

Contract negotiations are fluid events. Offers and counteroffers, and counter-counter offers, and counter-counter-counteroffers, etc., typically flow back and forth across the table. It is a sophisticated ballet often ending in mid-pirouette or even mid-leap-when the contract is finally signed. But if one side of the negotiations stops the dance too soon, only because their lawyer promises them they have the very terms they told him they wanted despite the fact they don't, that side should not be foreclosed from suing their lawyer for his malpractice. It is one thing if the lawyer only misjudges when the deal is at the optimum for his clients. It is entirely different when the lawyer misrepresents the terms of the deal-as the evidence indicates happened here-and thus leads his clients to sign a bad contract. 


Under this third scenario, whether the plaintiff would or would not have been better off with “no deal” than the deal they got is simply irrelevant. Also irrelevant is whether they could have obtained the exact deal they wanted and thought they had. The real question is whether they could have gained a better deal than they ended up with, had the negotiations continued. In most instances under this third scenario, it will not prove to be quite as good a deal as they thought they had. That is, to gain some favorable contract language important to them, they may well have to give somewhat on other contract terms. But almost certainly it will be a “better net deal” than the one they mistakenly signed.


If juries are capable of deciding Lightstone would or would not have accepted terms more favorable to the Viners, they certainly can be entrusted with the determination whether Lightstone would have accepted those terms if the Viners had offered new terms on other issues, which terms were more favorable to him. Cross-examination often would prove especially revealing-as someone in Lightstone's position was exposed to a succession of questions about what changes in the Viners' position on certain contract terms might have caused him to alter his position on other terms.

For instance, had the Viners offered to reduce the price of purchasing their stock by $250,000, would Lightstone have been willing to modify the ambiguous language in 1.10 that arguably prevented them from pursuing movie and television deals with Dove authors and readers? How about if they cut the price by $500,000? How much did Dove's earnings increase because of the existence of that language in 1.10? Furthermore, beyond cross-examination of this nature, other testimony and circumstances also could point in the same direction. If the negotiations had not stopped in mid-stream because Sweet erroneously told the Viners they had already “won,” further negotiations would have been possible and would have led to a more favorable contract (perhaps to both sides) than the one they signed.

The Peace Symbol Turns Fifty

Thanks to Dominique Foucart at Réseau Médiation for directing us to the web site of the 50th Anniversary of the Peace Symbol here -- which we picked up in Dominique's weekly column -- this week in the anglophone blogosphère.  

Take a look.  Not only will you find a world of peace symbol images, but also other Peace Sign memorabilia.  Yes, I'm nostalgic and yes, it's not as easy as flashing the "peace sign" at the on-lookers from a 1969 Viet Nam War protest rally, but it is what we all want and it is possible. 

Why do I continue to believe in peace despite having lived a sufficient number of years to become weary and cynical?

Because it was only a few hundred years ago that our very British ancestors (well, my very British ancestors) were beheading traitors and putting their heads on spikes on the London Bridge.

You've got to admit, things have gotten better over time!

The peace symbol used here was contributed to the Peace Symbol Anniversary site by Kirsten Joost of Toronto Canada.  Thanks Kirsten!

Check Out This Terrific Power Point Presentation on Commercial Mediation Ethics

(right, me and Geoff -- not the most flattering photo of either of us but proof that we blogging mediators do in fact get together in "real time" and geographical space from time to time)

Thanks to Geoff Sharp for posting Dwight Golann's and Ellen Waldman's Power Point on Commercial Mediation Ethics, courtesy of Professor Michael Moffit at the ADR Prof Blog here.

Here's Geoff's post with commentary and here's the Power Point.

Mediation Advocacy: The Litigation Narrative

In the middle of the journey of our life I came to myself within a dark wood where the straight way was lost. Dante Alighieri

When the journey turns from litigation to mediation, it's helpful to remember that we litigators are classic Hollywood hyphenates -- the writers-directors-actors of our client's story  -- and that our client has generally moved more and more into the background as the "executive" producer, i.e., the money guy with the power of the final cut. 

Since we've been building our narratives of right and wrong, good and evil, black and white for a pretty long time before mediation rolls around, it's good for us -- as authors of our clients' morality tales -- to step back for a moment and observe the inevitable structure of the litigation "story" we've been so busy writing.   

To help us do that, I'm going to walk myself and my readers through a fascinating article with an incredibly boring title -- CLIENT COUNSELING, MEDIATION, AND ALTERNATIVE NARRATIVES OF DISPUTE RESOLUTION, from the Clinical Law Review (10 Clinical L. Rev. 833 Spring 2004) by Law Professor Robert Rubinson

For full article, click on the link above.  The excerpt below concerns the standard litigation narrative that we make our living writing.  

Let's start as [legal] narrative itself starts, with the Steady State and the Trouble that upsets the Steady State: The world is in order. People are acting towards each other as they should, or at least no one is straying too far from the norm. And then . . . something happens. One party claims that another party did something to generate disorder, to make the world out of joint. In other words, Trouble disrupts the Steady State.

In a breach of contract case, the parties enter into a contract (Steady State) and then one party breaches the contract (Trouble). In a tort case, plaintiff is walking on the sidewalk (Steady State) and then slips and falls (Trouble), or plaintiff is having a beer (Steady State) and then defendant slugs plaintiff (Trouble). In a criminal case, a bank is doing what banks ordinarily do (Steady State) and then is held up by a defendant armed with a gun (Trouble).

The defendant claims either that: 1) nothing happened, and an attempt to demonstrate otherwise is itself an example of disorder and thus of Trouble, and/or 2) something did happen to generate disorder, but it was the other party that did it.

So who is right and who is wrong,  . . . . who is the real source of Trouble? The assumption that one party is right and one party is wrong is not open to question; litigation is based on a shared norm among all participants (litigants, judge, jury) that only one of the litigants is right about "what happened." Since there is only one true source of Trouble, parties expend Efforts to demonstrate to the finder of fact that their story is the "right" one. 

These Efforts are subsumed within the procedures of litigation itself. Parties are successful in their Efforts to the extent the judge (or jury) decides that the origins of Trouble are as a party claims. Thus, the end result of successful Efforts is that a judge or jury Restores the Steady State by granting relief to the party whose version of Trouble is the right one.

To recapitulate, parties first come to litigation with divergent versions of Trouble. The court's job is to finish the story the "right" way so that a party's story makes sense. A bare bones representation of this narrative scheme would be as follows:

Joe's Story Steady State [already happened]: Dave and I were talking.

  • Trouble [already happened]: Dave punched me.
  • Efforts [is happening]: I am showing and will show that Dave owes me money for my injuries.
  • Restoration of Steady State [should happen]: Dave pays me money.
  • Coda [should happen]: Justice is done.


Dave's Story Steady State [already happened]: Joe and I were talking.

  • Trouble [already happened]: Joe swung his arm to punch me. As a reflex, I hit him.
  • Efforts [is happening]: I am showing and will show that this case must be dismissed.
  • Restoration of Steady State [should happen]: This case is dismissed.
  • Coda [should happen]: Justice is done.

Once the litigation is concluded, the "true" plot of the story can now be told completely and definitively. Either Joe's right, or Dave's right, or some combination thereof is right. Such a story - its fuzziness and indeterminacy stripped away - is familiar to every first-year law student . . . . 

Even this brief tour highlights an important dimension of litigation. The engine that drives litigation is a kind of anxiety about story completion. "Facts" need to be "found." The goal of an advocate is to persuade the decision-maker that the advocate's story is the right one, and if the advocate's story is the right one, then the "ending" - that is, the Restoration or Transformation of the Steady State - flows from it. In this sense, the Efforts are a contest about who caused the Trouble, and "finding" who did determines what the proper Restoration should be.

The Mediation Narrative from Professor Rubinson's article tomorrow.

Mediation Advocacy: How to Help Your Client Help You Help Him

Help me... help you. Help me, help you.  Jerry Mcguire

Two short-short stories.  Both to acquaint you with who I was as a litigator and how I can help you as a mediator.

A Born Moralist

I was on the telephone with my client talking about a Rand Corp. statistical study that was originally prepared as answers to contention interrogatories (!!) but eventually became the centerpiece of Plaintiff's proof that my client had engaged in a massive conspiracy to drive the Plaintiff out of business.  Claimed damages soaking wet:  $250 million.

I was talking about how wrong the opposition was on so many levels -- evidentiarily, practically, legally and, yes, morally.

My client said, "I've finally figured out what you are."

"Yes?"

"You, Vickie, are a born moralist."

And I took that to be a compliment. 

Anything You Can Get Away With

Toward the end of my career all my cases seemed to hover around the quarter-billion dollar mark.  This one was an environmental coverage suit for a major petroleum company's potential liablities for 500 + toxic waste sites in every Canadian province.  This is one of the few cases in which the insurance carrier can wear a "white hat."  My client -- Lloyds of London.

This stuff is complicated.  It involves coverage across a couple of decades and up the ladder of excess policies to the billion dollar mark.  We use "coverage charts" -- often color coded -- to understand the policy profile at a glance.

At every oral argument in the trial court -- up to the winning summary judgment motion -- I arrived with a clutch of color-coded coverage charts that  supported my client's position.  On every occasion, plaintiff's counsel complained about the charts.  But he never brought competing charts with him.  The Judge -- one of the best on the Superior Court bench -- really wanted to understand the issues and get it right.  So she spent each oral argument listening to both parties while scrutinizing my coverage charts.

I genuninely believe that this is why I won.

What Does This Have to Do with Mediation Advocacy? 

Two things.

First, if you believe in the very depths of your soul that your client is right -- as I always did -- your mediation advocacy will improve if you begin to understand the principles of mediation advocacy.  It's banal, already, to say that these principles are non-adversarial.  Yet few litigators are able to shift from a litigation to a mediation model in circumstances in which making the shift would dramatically improve their mediation outcome.     

Second, hellloooooooooooooooo!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!  BRING VISUAL AIDS. 

Most attorneys are likely to settle this case at the mediation if they've brought the right stakeholders, properly prepared their strategic and tactical moves, and counseled their clients appropriately.  Yet they take their summary judgment briefs or demurrers or complaints, change the title to "Confidential Mediation Brief," make a few editorial changes -- primarily by removing references to the Judge granting their motion or providing them with relief -- send these briefs to the mediator, arrive with one (or more) bottom lines and, too often, a "prove you can settle this case" attitude toward the mediator.

This is not an indictment of the litigation bar nor even a complaint from a mediator.  This is the beginning of a series of posts about helping me help you help your client help you win the mediation.

Stay tuned.  Really.  Your mediation practice is about to go thermo-nuclear.  Take it from the "born moralist" who did whatever was (ethically) necessary to win.  Usually with pretty darn good results.

Diane Levin and Jim Melamed on Presidential Negotiation Styles

There is no golden age, nor any "right" candidate (I'm still hoping for a Clinton-Obama ticket and no I don't care whose name is above the title; I'm for marrying vision with experience instead of wasting everyone's considerable contributions on a Democratic firing squad -- a CIRCLE). 

Still, it's good to hear mediators talking about the Presidential race, particularly  Diane Levin and Jim Melamed, the latter who published Obama's Message - Mediation's Political Triumph -- at mediate.com and the former who warns us all against One Trick Ponies here.  

Melamed's citation of Obama's "mediative" debating points below:  

  • “ . . . it is important for the United States to not just to talk to its friends but also to talk to its enemies. In fact, that's where diplomacy makes the biggest difference.”
  • “I recall what John F. Kennedy once said, that we should never negotiate out of fear, but we should never fear to negotiate. And this moment, this opportunity when Fidel Castro has finally stepped down, I think is one that we should try to take advantage of.”
  • “But I do think it is important, precisely because the Bush administration has done so much damage to American foreign relations, that the president take a more active role in diplomacy than might have been true 20 or 30 years ago. I think that it's important for us, in undoing the damage that has been done over the last seven years, for the president to be willing to take that extra step.”
  • “We are a nation of laws and we are a nation of immigrants, and we can reconcile those two things.”
  • “And the Bush administration is not real good at listening. That's not what they do well. (Laughter.) And so I will reverse that policy.”
  • “. . . And what they see is that if we don't bring the country together, stop the endless bickering, actually focus on solutions and reduce the special interests that have dominated Washington, then we will not get anything done. And the reason that this campaign has done so well -- (applause) -- the reason that this campaign has done so well is because people understand that it is not just a matter of putting forward policy positions.
  • Senator Clinton and I share a lot of policy positions. But if we can't inspire the American people to get involved in their government, and if we can't inspire them to go beyond the racial divisions and the religious divisions and the regional divisions, that have plagued our politics for so long, then we will continue to see the kind of gridlock and non-performance in Washington that is resulting in families suffering in very real ways.”
  • “And I've said that I'm going to do things differently. I think we have to open up the process, everybody has to have a seat the table, and most importantly, the American people have to be involved and educated about how this change is going to be brought about.”

Cross-Cultural Negotiation Insights from the Kellogg School of Management

When you mediate disputes in a major urban center like Los Angeles, you do a lot of cross-cultural negotiation as a matter of course.  I've relied in the past upon the Kellogg School of Management's Leigh Thompson and am happy to report that one of her fellow professors, Jeanne Brett has devoted an entire book to the intricacies of negotiating across cultural lines. 

Excerpt below from the Wall Street Journal's LiveMint article on Professor Brett's book The Negotiation Dance below.  I link to Professor Brett's book Negotiating Globally because I haven't been able to find a link to the cited tome mentioned here.

For full article, click here.  And there's an entire page of Kellogg Negotiation Books here!

In The Negotiation Dance: Time, Culture, and Behavioral Sequences in Negotiation, Kellogg School of Management professor Jeanne Brett (with Wendi Adair, assistant professor at the University of Waterloo) presents the intricate patterns of international negotiation, providing insights designed to encourage sure-footedness.

“Negotiating cross-culturally presents many challenges,” says Brett, the DeWitt W Buchanan Jr professor of dispute resolution, “but one of the most important is how people communicate information about their preferences and priorities”.

Brett notes that negotiators from low-context cultures—those that tend to take spoken words at face value, as in the US—typically gain information about the other’s preferences by asking and answering questions. In contrast, negotiators from high-context cultures—those in which people infer additional meaning that may be implied but not directly stated—frequently keep mental tallies of offers throughout the process. This type of behaviour is common in China, India and Japan, among other places.

“It’s important for negotiators from low-context cultures to learn to read information from the offer patterns of the other side, so as not to be at a disadvantage when a negotiator is reluctant to share information directly,” notes the professor, who has authored more than 50 articles and four books, including Negotiating Globally, which won the International Association for Conflict Management’s Outstanding Book Award in 2002.

The Negotiation Dance, published in Organization Science in 2005, presents a model that Brett teaches her students to facilitate tracking offers, infer preferences and priorities and record a visual picture of the progress of the negotiation.

Off-Shoring Dispute Resolution to India?

The Hindu News Update Service reports on the emergence of online dispute resolution in India here. 

Let me just say this.  There cannot be too many people practicing mediation. 

There can only be too few.

Excerpt below.

Online Dispute Resolution involving mediation and arbitration with the help of technology, was emerging as a branch of dispute resolution, Chief Justice of Kerala, H L Dattu said on Saturday.

In India, this method is in its infancy stage and is gaining prominence day by day, he said after inaugurating the National Conference on 'court annexed mediation and role of institutional arbitration' here.

With the enactment of Information Technology Act, 2000, e-commerce and e-governance have been given a formal and legal recognition. Even the traditional arbitration law of India has been reformulated and 'Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996' was enacted, he said.

For remainder of article, click here.

And the Gutsy Arbitrator Award of the Decade Goes to . . . .

. . . the Honorable Sam Cianchetti, Los Angeles Superior Court Judge (ret.) for his decision awarding $8.4 million in punitive damages, for a total $9 million award, against Health Net In the Arbitration between Patsy Bates and Health Net, et al

Los Angeles Times article here and the opinion itself here.

UPDATE:  For coverage of this case within the industry see The National Underwriter post here.

Negotiation, Mediation, Legal Careers, and the Rule of Law

For more hilarious law cartoons by the fabulous Charles Fincher, click here.

Yesterday, I had the distinct pleasure of speaking to, and then participating in a mock mediation with, Lisa Klerman's USC Law School Mediation Clinic students.

Among these bright, energetic, earnest law students are some who would like to make mediation a career before a period of sufferance in the rights and remedies business.  It always saddens me to be reminded that we "law elders" do not routinely make it clear to our young apprentices that the business and society of the law is as broad, exciting and varied as their own imaginations can make it.  In other words, I encourage young people to do with their law degree whatever the heck they like, including mediating disputes.  They need only understand that they are choosing an entrepreneurial rather than an institutional path.  They are breaking new ground.

What does this have to do with negotiation?  Our ability to negotiate our first post-law school employment opportunities or to end a hostage crisis is embedded in, supported by, and impossible without, a society governed by the rule of law.   

Because I don't have a lot of time to explore this topic this morning, I'm cannibalizing my own work to ground both myself and my readers in the topic "culture and the law."   We'll be returning often to this theme many times over the next several months.  

This item is from YouTube and the Law:  What it is or What it Will Be

Culture and consumers precede the law. They rarely, if ever, conform themselves to the needs, interests and desires of business. Culture and consumers govern business. Business does not govern them.

The law follows culture. As we noted over at the IP ADR Blog in
Disputing Humor: Comedy, Folkways and the Internet, "the law" is not just a set of rules, but a life condition "in which [people] are carriers of rights and duties, privileges and immunities."

No formal structure supporting the system of law need be visible. . . Law can be found any place and any time that a group gathers together to pursue an objective. The rules, open or covert, by which they govern themselves, and the methods and techniques by which these rules are enforced is the law of the group. Judged by this broad standard, most law-making is too ephemeral to be even noticed. /*

In other words, we govern ourselves more or less naturally, until a conflict within the group arises. When that happens, the group is "forced to decide between conflicting claims [and the] law arises in an overt and relatively conspicuous fashion. The challenge forces decision, and decisions make law." Id.

*/ See, Weyrauch and Bell, Autonomous Lawmaking: The Case of the "Gypsies" (1993) 103 Yale L.J. 323 (1993) quoting Thomas A. Cowan & Donald A. Strickland, The Legal Structure of a Confined Microsociety (University of California, Berkeley Working Paper No. 34, 1965). The Weyrauch book on Gypsy Law can be found here
.

Riegel v. Medtronic: An Opportunity for Industry and the Government to Do the Right Thing

What does the decision in Riegel v. Medtronic have to do with dispute resolution?  A lot if we collectively pause to commit ourselves to using this calamity/victory as an opportunity to benefit both industry and the public at the same time.  

Is that possible?  I'm a mediator for goodness sakes.  If I didn't believe that to be possible, I'd serve the world better by getting a real estate license.  

Re:  what follows:  I rarely see anyone representing a narrow set of industry interests respond to a victory of any magnitude with the humility and vision expressed by Mark Herrmann in his post from Drug and Device Law -- Much is Given, Much is Expected, excerpted below. 

The medical device industry, or at least the most innovative part of it, received major relief from product liability litigation yesterday in Riegel v. Medtronic (now online at 2008 WL 440744). As long as our clients with PMA-approved devices comply with federal law, they’re not going to be subject to much in the way of product liability. Not only that, as we pointed out only two weeks ago, so-called “parallel” (or “violation”) claims have their own conceptual problems, given the exclusive grant of enforcement authority to the FDA.

That’s not what we’re talking about right now, though. We’re stone, cold sober.

We won. What does that mean? At bottom, it means that, just as Riegel gives some of our clients the opportunity for a more litigation-free existence, that increased freedom carries with it a correspondingly increased responsibility.

Plaintiffs lawyers like to say (at least when they’re not piously denying the “regulatory effect” of tort law in briefs opposing preemption) that product liability litigation serves as an incentive to make safer products.

We defense lawyers retort that product liability litigation is horribly ineffective (given the influence of so many non-merits issues), inefficient (plaintiffs’ lawyers take 33% or more of most recoveries, and that’s not even counting defense costs), and downright counterproductive (deterring innovation, and punishing manufacturers for doing the right thing when they discover problems) compared to governmental regulation as a means of ensuring product safety.

Well, now we’re going to find out who’s really right.

In other words, the PMA medical device field is going to determine in practice whether a high regulation, low litigation environment is as effective a method of ensuring the safety of the public as we think it is – or if it’s as lousy a way of ensuring safe medical devices as the other side claims.

So, to the medical device industry – to the regulators at the FDA – and to our colleagues who practice FDCA regulatory law…. Don’t let us down, please.

Upcoming International Dispute Resolution Conferences

These items come unsolicited in my email box.  I'm not recommending, but simply sharing, them with you.

The Australasian Forum for International Arbitration (AFIA) will hold its 13th Symposium in Hong Kong, on Saturday, 8 March 2008.  Attendance is free of charge. Please see the attachment for the invitation letter as well as the registration form.  You may also visit AFIA’s website - www.afia.net.au for more information.

Juris Conferences LLLC presents RESOLVING BUSINESS DISPUTES IN TODAY’S CHINA on Friday, 18 April 2008 at the Sheraton Hotel in Stockholm, Sweden.  The Singapore International Arbitration Centre is a supporting organisation for this event.

Proud Supporter of the Rule of Law in America

I know I've steered pretty wide of negotiation recently.  But I worry about the preservation of the Rule of Law against the forces of benevolent conflict management on the one hand (see yesterday's post on harmony vs. justice here) and the stated enemies of the Rule of Law on the other (see Lawfare:  Peace without Justice is Tyranny here)

You can't negotiate with in a dictatorship.  Nor can you negotiate if you lack access to institutions of power such as Courts of Law.

I'm no academic, but I'd like to draw your attention to a recent Balkinization post on this topic -- A New Generation of Critical Legal Studies, particularly the following excerpt:  

If one takes the . . . coldly realistic view that powerful interests generally get their way (in the end), then the fact that law serves powerful interests is merely one manifestation of the ordinary course of things.

The key question is not whether law serves power (of course it does), but rather, are there any effective ways to temper or limit power? Other than the presence of competing sources of power serving to limit one another’s ambitions, our most effective social invention for constraining power is law. This is the side of law that “shapes, channels and restrains power,” . . . 

This effect is achieved by the relative autonomy of law . . . To obtain credibility with the populace, the law must regularly live up to (or appear to live up to) its claims to be just and to apply to the powerful and weak alike, and this is how law comes to restrain power, even as it also serves power. Moreover, over generations, owing to the effect of legal ideals, people (including government officials) come to genuinely believe in the law, and this belief has a constraining effect on actions.

The process by which law works is almost magical: belief in and commitment to law and to legal ideals creates a reality in which law matters.

In situations where people are pervasively cynical about the law, this magical effect does not work. Law and legal interpretation, then, are manipulated (exploiting the indeterminacy of law) without restraint to do whatever one wants with a legal imprimatur; like, for example, coming up with a twisted legal interpretation of “torture” that purports to exclude waterboarding 

. . . . . [I]f you don’t believe in the rule of law, or if you believe that supporting the rule of law tightens the chains that secure an unjust social order, then it’s hard to come to the defense of the rule of law in times like this. 

                                                  *                 *               * .  

This does not mean that one should not expose the ways in which rhetoric about the neutrality of the law conceals a particular bent and bias. . . .  

                                                   *               *               *. 

The rule of law is an essential political ideal. When confronted with bad things accomplished in the name of the law, the best response is not to undermine law as a fraud. The best response is to demonstrate that these offensive applications betray the ideals about right and justice that law espouses and claims to represent.

This is a time honored (agonizingly slow) way of advancing the state of the law. And it’s the best we have.

The elided material has to do with leftism -- which survives here primarily in academic institutions -- and Critical Legal Studies -- neither of which is of much interest to me.  If either topic is of interest to you, follow the link above to read the full Balkinization post.

How to Make Your Opponent Do What You Want Him to Do: Public Dialogue

"Even if your intention is to bring people together, you have to let them decide whether they want to be together."  Ken Cloke

You already know the answer to the question posed in this series of posts but I'll say it anyway. 

You can't possibly know what you want your opponent to do until you have the opportunity to sit down together to determine what would benefit the two of you the most.  

With that in mind, I give you three questions and one process suggested by Ken Cloke at the MBB Conference in a break-out section this past weekend.

FIRST QUESTION: What life experiences have  led you to feel so passionately about this issue?

    • telling life stories induces empathy
    • the story-teller reveals the person behind the spokesperson
    • the story reveals the secret meanings underlying the public positions as well as the motivations directing and informing behavior that might otherwise appear evil or irrational

SECOND QUESTION: Is there anything about the position you've taken that you're not 100% certain of and that you'd be open and willing to have a conversation about?

THIRD QUESTION:  Is there anything you have in common with your conversational partner or anything that you both believe in?

PROCESS: 

    • send each side out of the room to list all of the things their side did in their last exchange that undermined communication and partnership.
    • when they return, ask whether they are willing to commit to not doing that again 

Paternalism, Self-Determination and the Rule of Law

I return from the Mediators Beyond Borders Founding Congress in Colorado with much to think, and write, about.

Let me begin today by telling you a story drawn from my community mediation practice. 

The Parties vs. The Lawyers

Crystal and Keith /* are the unmarried parents of a seven year old girl, Taniyah.  They have sought the services of the West Hollywood community mediation center because they want to discuss the resolution of their custody dispute outside the presence of their attorneys.  

After introductions, Keith and Crystal push a proposed settlement agreement across the conference table.  They are shy with one another but united in their desire to reach agreement without any pressure from "The Attorneys."  

Two hours later, we are at item no. 23 -- "neither Parent nor either set of grandparents shall physically strike The Child at any time."   

"Is this a provision you agree with?" I ask.  "It means you can never slap Taniyah's hand," I add.  "Is that something you want to agree to?"

"We don't have a choice," says Crystal.  Keith nods in assent.   

I let the word "choice" hang in the air for a moment as I begin to understand why these two bright, well-educated and articulate young parents have so reluctantly given their meek and mutual approval to every previous item they said they came to the mediation center to discuss.    

The Shadow Conflict 

I put the "proposed" agreement aside.   

"Why don't you have a choice?" 

"Because Taniyah's attorney put this into the agreement," says Keith as Crystal nods in agreement, repeating Keith's remark "we don't have any choice." 

Taniyah has an attorney, I learn,  because Keith's mother -- one of Taniyah's primary caretakers -- left Taniyah at home with her nine-year old cousin, Arabelle to run an errand.  Arabelle, a curious child, led Taniyah on an expedition to her grandparents' bedroom where the two found a stash of light porn -- Playboy and the like.  That,  I'm told, is the only reason Taniyah has an attorney.   

It quickly becomes apparent that Crystal and Keith simply assume that Taniyah's attorney is a decision-maker.  I'm still considering how to approach this problem when Keith asks the question that leads to the resolution of the "shadow" dispute between the parents and Taniyah's attorney.

"How do we get our power back?"   

Justice, Mediation and the Rule of Law

I tell this lengthy story as preface to another from this weekend's Mediators Beyond Borders Founding Congress.  Yesterday, someone suggested from the podium that we should include mediation and arbitration agreements in our own contracts with our own clients.

I raised my hand. 

"Why," I asked, "do you want to restrict our clients' access to the justice system?" once again demonstrating a fractious lack of diplomacy that makes some people wonder how I could possibly be an effective mediator. /**

It wasn't a well-placed question but it is of a type I often find myself more or less compelled to shoe-horn into any conversation that assumes mediation is best for other people. 

Here's what I wish I could have said in a more diplomatic way at some more appropriate time -- taken from Conflict Resolution, Enforcement of Social Link and Substantive Justice

I invite comment!!!

A number of scholars have pointed out the danger lying in an ideology of harmony related to ADR where agreement is seen as the panacea in every conflict.

They have argued that mediation was essentially supported by [the] middle upper class and social scientists whereas people . . . involved in conflicts[, including the] working class were expecting law and rights to protect them.

Emphasizing free choice, individualism, autonomy and advantage, and assuming instrumental rather than normative and religious orientations of social action, the concept [of mediation as an ideal form of dispute resolution] seems to describe the culture of professional elites rather than of residents of these urban/ethnic neighborhoods.

As Abel has stated, "there is considerable evidence that people want authority rather than informality. They want the leverage of state power to obtain the redress they believe is theirs by right, not a compromise that purports to restore a social peace that never existed."

According to those scholars, ADR could serve as a means of control and domination in keeping and reinforcing power relations. For instance, Milner Ball has defined ADR as "another form of the deregulation movement, one that permits private actors with powerful economic interests to pursue self-interest free of community norms. "

They argue that in traditional societies . . . mediation is used [when] there is no danger of retaliation from the weaker party. The[] . . . focus on relationships [diminishes the parties' focus on] justice[;] individual satisfaction has become the main purpose of conflict resolution.

Although they are conscious of the paradoxes of Law which can either "symbolize justice or conceal repression, reduce exploitation or facilitate it, prohibit the abuse of power or disguise abuse in procedural forms, promote equality, or sustain inequality, they argue that "Without legal power, the imbalance between aggrieved individuals and corporations or government agencies cannot be redressed".

_______________________

*  I have changed the parents' names and merged two separate mediations in the interest of  confidentiality.

**  The answer to this question is as follows:  I am not mediating when I am engaged in discussion with friends and colleagues.  Just as I do not observe the rules nor use the language of the courtroom at a dinner party, I do not observe the niceties of mediation in public discourse.  It would be better if I did.  I know that.  I'm working on it and will post some insights about constructive public conversations on difficult and divisive topics in my next post. 

The Paradox of Power: Trying to Get Your Opponent to Do What You Want: Another Interlude

Minor wisdom from today's break-out session at the Mediators Beyond Borders Founding Congress.

You give others power over you by attempting to get them to do what you want them to do.  Ask any parent in a supermarket with a two-year old.  The only power the 2-year old has is not to do what you want him to do.

-- Ken Cloke

See our blog here!

See our website here!

See our Peace and Reconciliation Project Application here!

Join Mediators Beyond Borders here!

Money and Power: How to Make Your Opponent Do What You Want Him to Do: An Interlude

Report on Day Two of the Mediators Beyond Borders Conference later this evening.  Now, because Jens Thang from the Negotiation Guru dropped by to comment on Ken Cloke's list of ways we resist change, I'm linking to a recent N.G. article on power.  Go to Negotiation Guru here to read about each of the eight power principles identified by Jens below

  1. Power of Reward 
  2. Power of Punishment 
  3. Power of Competition 
  4. Power of Consistency 
  5. Power of Expertise 
  6. Power of Legitimacy 
  7. Power of Situation 
  8. Power of Information

 , , , , to achieve the highest level power is to have the power and not use it.

How to Make Your Opponent Do What You Want Him to Do: Part I

I'm blogging from the Stanley Hotel -- hence the Stanley Steamer -- in the Rocky Mountains -- hence the snow.  

Stephen King wrote the Shining here, not in my room, but right down the hall.  The book was Inspired by the Stanley.  Hence the picture of Jack.

What's most exciting, however, is that I'm attending the Founding Congress of Mediators Beyond Borders; seeing old friends and meeting for the first time people I've long known at a distance; and getting to know an incredibly diverse and fascinating group of people dedicated to bringning conflict resolution techniques to international conflict.

More of that later.

Before getting to the "money shot" about changing the other guy's mind, I want to share with you Ken Cloke's 12 Ways Systems Resist Change from his lecture yesterday:  Mediators as Global Citizens:  How Mediators Can Change the Planet.

I start with resistance because you can't even begin to think about change until you understand why it is you're not getting past opposition's door.  You might most readily notice in the following list the ways in which your workplace (or your government!) supports its dysfunction.  

You'll also recognize your opponent's opposition to you and perhaps even yours to him.

  1. Marginalization:  Making ideas, people, perspectives, or insights that could threaten the system appear unimportant, irrelevant, irrational, or impossible to achieve.
  2. Negative Framing:  Using language that frames new ideas and critics negatively so that nothing that threatens the system can be thought or communicated successfully.
  3. Exaggeration:  Stereotyping or exaggerating one part of an idea in order to discredit the other parts and the whole.
  4. Personalization.  Reducing ideas to individual people, then discrediting or lionizing them.
  5. Sentimentalization:  Using sentimental occasions, ideas, emotions and language to enforce conformity and silence criticism.
  6. Seduction.  Describing the potential of the existing system in ways that unrealistically promise to fulfill people's deepest dreams and desires and blame the failure to achieve them on others.
  7. Alignment:  Communicating that in order to exist, succeed, be happy or achieve influence, it is necessary to conform to the system regardless of its faults.
  8. Legitimization.  Considering only existing practices as legitimate an all others as illegitimate.
  9. Simplification.  Reducing disparate, complex, subtle, multi-faceted ideas to uniform, simplistic, superficial,  emotionally charged beliefs.
  10. False Polarization:  Limiting people's ability to choose by falsely characterizing issues as good or evil, right or wrong, either/or.
  11. Selective Repression.  Selecting individual critics as examples, bullying them for disagreeing or failing to conform and ostracizing them.
  12. Double Binds:  Creating double standards that require people to live divided lives, or make it difficult for them to act with integrity.

Change strategies tomorrow.

Trial Mediation and Justice -- the Judge Who Urges Settlement

Thanks to Tulane Law School Professor Alan Childress over at the Legal Profession Blog for alerting us to this item No Bias on Encouraging Settlement about a Rhode Island Supreme Court ruling that a Judge needn't recuse himself for bias if he encourages the parties to settle. 

As Georgetown Adjunct and Legal Profession Blogger Michael Frisch reports,

the plaintiff [in that case] argued that the judge's encouragement of settlement talks demonstrated bias; the court strongly disagreed. It is entirely appropriate for a judge to suggest that parties resolve their claims through mediation. . . "No less renowned a figure than Abraham Lincoln recognized the desirability of settlement when possible...it borders on the offensive for a party to claim that a justice should be recused for adhering to this policy [of encouraging settlement]."

As "amusing" as this might first be to lawyers, I don't want to let it pass us by without pausing a moment to consider the possible communication gap between Judges and lawyers -- on the one hand -- and people seeking justice -- our clients -- on the other.

People Seek the Services of Lawyers to Solve a Justice Problem

Having recently earned my LL.M and taught a semester of ADR theory and practice to law students, I can report back from the law school trenches that cynicism about justice is not limited to old dogs like me.  By their second year in law school, most aspiring attorneys have narrowed their view of justice/injustice to those wrongs the law will remedy.  See Writing on a Piece of Rice in a World of Injustice.  More troubling, they've narrowed to a vanishing point their former hopes, if any, to be part of a system that delivers justice.

When I ask defense attorneys in settlement conferences why they think their opponent filed the lawsuit against their client they answer with a single voice:  MONEY! 

"But why do you think they hired a lawyer," I persist. 

"Money," they respond again, as if I'd suddenly lost all reason.

"But why did Mr. X even think of seeking resolution in Court . . . under the law . . . why did he turn to the justice system?"

"For justice?"

Losses the Law Will Redress

People suffer losses every day of the week.  They lose their luggage in Madrid.  They don't get a raise or a year-end bonus.  They slice off the tip of their finger while chopping onions for Sunday dinner.  If they are lawyers of my generation, they got a 610, instead of a 700 on their LSAT -- thereby losing any hope of attending an Ivy League law school.  

The cynical persist.  "People have been known to sue for those losses too," they say.  

True, but they are among the very very very few.  Most people who undertake the considerable effort to find an attorney willing to take their case do so because they believe they have been treated unfairly.  They believe themselves to be victims of an injustice.  

And attorneys, not clients, are the first ones who monetize injustice for their clients.  Still, years after that injustice has been monetized, right before trial when most mediations and settlement conferences take place, the clients continue to long for justice. 

A Monetary Solution to a Justice Problem

So we should pause before we give in to the temptation to make light of the client who must have urged his lawyer to recuse the Judge for even suggesting that he not immediately be given access to justice -- a jury trial.  A client who likely feared he'd be strong-armed into accepting injustice in a Court suggested mediation.    

Our clients are speaking and we are not listening.  We are in danger of processing monetary claims rather than helping our clients come to terms with the justice issues they brought to us to resolve. 

As a mediator, I can tell you that most clients need to have monetary resolutions framed as "fair" or "just" results.  And if that is impossible, they need -- at a minimum -- to have the injustice they are suffering acknowledged by the mediator.  

As to those Judges who "encourage" mediation, I suggest that the directive be framed as an attempt to achieve, through settlement, that which it may not be possible to achieve in Court.  I would, in all events, assure the people seeking justice who appear before me, that I will be there, ready and able to try their case -- happy to serve their justice needs -- if the mediation I suggest they pursue fails to deliver the fair result they are seeking.

Welcome to the Blawgosphere Civil Negotiations and Mediation

Nancy Hudgins, a California lawyer-mediator, has a new blog -- Civil Negotiation and Mediation.  She describes her mission this way:

I chose th[e name Civil Negotiation and Mediation] three reasons.
I will be discussing negotiation strategies in civil litigation.
I will be making a pitch for putting the “civil” back into civil litigation.
I will be reflecting on how civility is a hallmark of mediation and should be an aspiration of litigation.
I hope to make accessible the research from social science, psychology, and neuroscience on negotiation and mediation.
Along the way, we’ll have some fun.
I hope you’ll join in the conversation.

Good goals, Nancy!  We're excited to watch your venture bloom!

For those who don't know Nancy or her experience, here's a short bio taken from her new blawg.

Nancy Hudgins, a California lawyer-mediator, has specialized in civil litigation for 29 years.has specialized in civil litigation for 29 years. She has represented both plaintiffs and defendants, chiefly in personal injury, medical malpractice, elder abuse and product liability lawsuits, but also in a wide variety of complex litigation, including civil rights, fraud and class actions. She has settled and mediated thousands of cases. In addition to civil litigation mediation, she also co-mediates divorces with John Duda, a marriage and family therapist. Visit her website at www.hudginslaw.com/mediation.

Writing on a Piece of Rice in a World of Injustice

I often find myself explaining lawyers to their clients and clients to their attorneys.  Here are some typical client complaints I hear about their litigator attorneys:

  • he tells me to forget about the most important losses I've suffered
  • she keeps editing my story 
  • I don't understand why I can't . . . i.e., recover my attorneys' fees or cross-complain, etc. 
  • he wouldn't let me tell the mediator everything I wanted to
  • she didn't let me talk to the other side

And here are the typical litigator complaints I hear about clients:

  • his expectations of success or recovery are commpletely unrealistic
  • if I tell her the weaknesses of her case, she says I've become the enemy
  • I've explained the limitations of the case to him, but he just doesn't seem to understand

Translating the Law into Justice -- An Explanation for Clients

The chart above and photos below are simple ways to explain to clients the gap between the law and justice.  Sample explanation --

The dispute you're having exists in the world of injustice.  

Picture the earth.

Now picture a grain of rice somewhere on the earth.

The grain of rice represents the injustices the law will remedy. 

The earth represents the injustices the law will not. 

Square Pegs in Round Holes -- An Explanation of the "Legal Story" for Clients  

 

It feels like your attorney is "editing" or shaping or "spinning" your story of injustice because she is.  The yellow square represents the facts necessary to obtain relief in court (damages, an injunction, etc.).  It also represents the facts necessary to defeat your opponent's claim for relief.

The entire dispute -- everything that happened inside the green circle -- is generally what you, the client, want to resolve. 

 IT OFTEN INCLUDES FACTS THAT WOULD BE HARMFUL TO YOUR CASE. 

That's why your attorney doesn't let you talk in the presence of the "other side" and asks you not to discuss the dispute with your opponent anymore.  Because you might reveal something in the green area that's bad for proving your case in the yellow area.  

THE MEDIATION ZONE -- AN EXPLANATION FOR ATTORNEYS AND THEIR CLIENTS

Mediators work in the green area.  Clients almost always want to resolve all of the issues raised by the dispute, not simply the "legal" ones.  Perhaps more importantly, there are many opportunities for resolution in the green mediation zone that no one has yet seriously explored because the green zone is not the focus of the legal action.  Only the yellow legal zone is.

Mediation restores the dispute to the people who have it.  They are the only ones who know and understand that dispute in all its detail, texture, dimension and meaning.  Party interests -- their hopes, fears, desires, needs, etc. -- exist in both zones.  The good news of mediation is that the party interests outside the legal zone can often be traded for concessions that are in or out of it. 

When you have only one currency to negotiate with -- dollars -- you often reach impasse.  Why?  Because it seems so unfair to both parties that they should give in, compromise, split the baby in half, etc. just because the cost and aggravation of getting to trial is so high.

When you have more than one currency to negotiate with, however, like dollars and "face" or dollars and unexplored business opportunities or dollars and apology, or dollars and an explanation for the dispute's events that has the ring of truth, you can trump legal impasse with party interests.  

Writing on a Grain of Rice

Vendors who line beach boardwalks or the sidewalks of tourist towns often include the guy who will write your name on a grain of rice.  HERE!!!

Sometimes I feel as if my entire career as a litigator was written on a grain of rice -- that's how small the legal zone sometimes looks from here.  It's O.K., though.  Litigation isn't just a job or even just a career.  It's a calling, this business of rights and remedies, of following a rule of law instead of a strong arm or the snake-oil's charm. 

As the poet Lao Tzu wrote, 

whether a man dispassionately
Sees to the core of life
Or passionately
Sees the surface,
The core and the surface
Are essentially the same,
Words make them seem different
Only to express appearance.
If name be needed, wonder names them both:
From wonder into wonder
Existence opens. 
 

Want to Understand Your Jury Pool? Watch Campaign News

Trial attorneys, negotiators, mediators and settlement judges all share the same essential concern -- how to reach and persuade our audience.    

Trial lawyers have a product to sell -- their client's narrative -- which is always just one version of the "truth."  Negotiators are also selling -- a business proposition their bargaining partner will find attractive.  Settlement judges who have not been trained as mediators are generally selling fear -- the uncertainty!  the expense!  the delay! 

And mediators?  What's on display at our hot dog stand?  The needs and desires of the parties, certainly.  Many arrive at the mediation without having given any thought to their own true wishes at all.  We tend to go a little deeper than the negotiators, who are selling the future rather than also attempting to repair the past.  We try not to be fear mongers like some of the worst settlement head-bangers we remember from our own legal practice.  And, unlike trial lawyers, we straddle the "truth," attempting to harmonize the parties' narratives rather than selling one version as superior to the other. 

So what are we mediators really selling?  Reconciliation. Accountability. Understanding. Consensus.

And this Bears Upon Political Campaigns and Jury Trials in What Way?  

I don't subscribe to many blogs, diverting the few dozen that capture my interest to my news reader.  I do subscribe to Anne Read's Deliberations, however, because she really "gets" people's pre-dispositions -- the ones I need to understand for the purpose of helping my clients to comprehend -- appreciate even -- the other guy's point of view.     

Today, for instance, Anne reminds us that we are in the midst of a Great National Jury Seminar.  All we have to do is click on the campaign news. As usual, Anne is looking past the easy answers -- race, gender -- in favor of exploring the deeper reasons we might vote for someone of our own nationality or hair color -- shared stories.  Here, for example,

What do race and gender really mean? Most studies of jurors conclude that juror demographics don't directly affect verdicts -- with the important exception that jurors lean toward parties of their own ethnicity. (That's from Devine et al, Jury Decision Making: 45 Years of Empirical Research on Deliberating Groups, 7 Psychology, Law, & Public Policy 622 (2000)). But at the same time, we know that people of different races and genders often have shared experiences. Since experiences in turn shape attitudes, race and gender matter in ways that go beyond loyalty, but are difficult to define.

Trial lawyers have long wanted to understand this better -- and these days, so does every news organization in America. One fascinating piece of this is how individual one's group identity can be, as Newsweek explains in an article that's well worth reading in full:

Which candidate a voter identifies with is one of the most important gut-level heuristics, since it is tantamount to deciding that someone is enough like you to "understand the concerns of people like you," as pollsters put it. "If you feel a candidate is like you racially or by gender, you're more likely to believe that that candidate will support what you support," says [Harvard political scientist Pippa] Norris. But with a white woman and a black man vying for the Democratic nomination, where does that leave black women? Whom they most identify with depends on which aspect of their own identity dominates their self-image. . . . . 

Read on here (my emphasis)

We're in the People Business

So are we all just Willy Lomans, carrying our self-esteem, our hopes and dreams, our successes and failures in our sample cases -- to display -- or not -- when a customer calls?  I think we are.  And the mistake we make, when we make one, is to direct our customers' attention only to the glittering lures -- the "sales" talk -- the promises of a brighter future, a better marriage, a faster car.

If we take a deep breath from time to time and listen to ourselves instead of pontificating and persuading, we'll be reminded that we're all seeking the same thing.  Community.  Belonging.  Understanding.  Even shared sacrifice.  Every negotiation, every mediation, every trial represents a human relationship in crisis.  If we really get that, we can start working together again, in the same general direction, even when our ideas about how to accomplish that differ.  

An Unpaid Political Stream of Consciousness

Listen.  No one will gasp in surprise when I say I'm a lifelong Democrat.  Nor will my readers likely be surprised to hear me articulate my fondest election year desire -- that Hillary and Barack -- sooner rather than later -- will find a way to join experience with vision for the purpose of leading this country out of the long season of division that, let's be frank, began in the sixties and has never healed.  That they will together lead this country back to what it's truly best at -- uniting a diverse, fractious, irritable, needy, greedy, fearful, hopeful people into a single nation with a higher purpose than our own individual and narrow interests.  The United States.

If both candidates could put their campaigns -- their money; their volunteers; their momentum -- together for the purpose of healing discord and revealing a new national consensus -- we would not simply feel great about our country again, we'd actually be great again.  

Attorney Not Held to Higher Standard When Negotiating with Known Felon

Take a look at Law.com's article Settlement Agreement in Spotlight as Legal Malpractice Case Against Duane Morris Begins

The legal malpractice action subject of that article is notable for what must be a ruling of first impression -- that an attorney may not be held to a higher standard of care in negotiating a settlement agreement "simply" because he knows his client's negotiating partner is a convicted felon -- at least not unless an expert testifies that a higher degree of caution should be exercised.  

For the full report, click on the link above. 

There's a New Mediator on the Blog Block Talking "True" and "False" Mediations

Let's welcome New York attorney-mediator Christian S. Herzeca of Mediation Meditations to the blogging block and thank him for joining the conversation about what "true" mediation really is. 

Who is to say that a mediator is truly practicing true or false mediation?

I attended a conference regarding mediation in personal injury cases, where insurance company defendants were discussing the relative merits of mediation versus showing willingness to go to trial. I was appalled to hear a panel member, a sitting judge, describe what he referred to as the mediation that he practices in his cases. He described his mediation by invoking the law of the jungle, predators and predation, excoriating "weak" plaintiffs and coercing them to settle by telling them in chambers that the strong defendant would devour them at trial. He seemed impressed by his analogy. I remember talking to another panel member, a retired judge, after the conference, shaking our heads as we agreed that if this can pass for mediation, then there is no useful meaning to the practice. 

Click here for the remainder of the post.

WELCOME CHRISTIAN!!   And thanks for adding us to your blog roll . . . in just a minute now you'll be added to ours too.

Follow the Money: Coverage 101 and 2007 Fifty State Analysis of Coverage for Environmental Damage Liability

I was a commercial, antitrust, IP and securities litigator long before I devoted nearly a decade of my practice to environmental coverage litigation.  In the process, I learned enough about Comprehensive General Liability ("CGL") coverage to make me worry about how well I'd served my commercial clients in regard to the insurance coverage potentially available to them.  

If you are a commercial litigator -- or any type of litigator who defends your clients against claims for damages or for injunctive or other equitable relief -- you must

  1. ask your clients for all of their insurance policies, even those that seem unlikely to provide coverage; 
  2. carefully review the precise wording of the insuring agreements and research the case law in the relevant jurisdiction to determine how the courts have interpreted those insuring agreements under facts similar to those your client's case presents;
  3. except for some narrow additional protections provided to insureds, be aware that there is no such thing as "the law" of coverage under any particular type of policy -- all coverage flows directly from the precise language of the insuring agreement
    1. in most jurisdictions, that language -- if ambiguous -- is interpreted in favor of the insured's objectively reasonable expectations; and, 
    2. in most jurisdictions the rule of contra proferendum will require a court to construe any ambiguity in an insurance policy against the insurance carrier
  4. carefully review the exclusions contained in those policies and research the relevant state's case law (as well as federal cases applying state laws) interpreting those exclusions; 
  5. before concluding that there is no coverage, read available treatises as well as recent law review articles that may well suggest creative ways of distinguishing adverse authority or extending existing principles to bring your client's claims within the terms of the policy or outside of pertinent exclusions;
  6. if you have any doubt whatsoever about the existence of coverage, tender the claim to your client's carrier and let the carrier do the analysis;
  7. if the carrier denies coverage, read the reasons for denial critically and respond with any reasonable interpretation of the policy that will support a claim of coverage;
  8. if the carrier continues to deny coverage, keep the carrier informed of the progress of the litigation and invite the carrier to respond to all settlement demands and to attend all mediations and settlement conferences.

If the cost of the lawsuit is beyond your client's means or will deprive it of capital necessary to meet its business goals for the next few years, retain coverage counsel for a second opinion. 

Have I mentioned that my beloved husband is one of the best coverage attorneys in the country -- having litigated the World Trade Center coverage action on behalf of Larry Silverstein's lender GMAC?  And that I formed my opinion about his brilliance while I was representing the London Market Insurance Carriers and he was representing the policy holder?  Even if your case does not justify hiring someone like my husband to give you a second opinion, there are lots of good coverage attorneys out there who can so that you can complete your coverage "due diligence" for your client.

At last, to the 2007 Fifty State Environment Coverage Analysis

I ran across this great resource while doing a little online research.  It's a comprehensive review of the law pertaining to the interpretation and application of insurance policies to potential or actual environmental liabilities entitled Environmental Insurance Litigation 2007   --  A State by State Case Law Survey by Michael F. Aylward, Esq. of Morrison Mahoney LLP.

If your clients have been hit with demands to clean up toxic waste, this is an invaluable resource.  A specialist in the field, however, should be consulted to maximize the chances that coverage will be provided.

Have I mentioned that I'm on the Insurance Coverage Mediation Panel of Neutrals with the  International Institute of Conflict Prevention and Resolution ("CPR")?  And since I'm a former defense coverage attorney currently married to policy holder counsel, you're unlikely to find many other mediators who are both extremely knowledgeable about the law of coverage and deeply neutral!

EVALUATIVE, FACILITATIVE, TRANSFORMATIVE, DIRECTIVE, OH MY!

 

Because a reader recently suggested that "facilitative" mediators "tell the parties what to do," I decided it was time to revisit our terminology.   

Mediators!  Litigators!  Please feel free to weigh in!

FIRST, LET'S JUST GO AHEAD AND ADMIT UP FRONT THAT NEGOTIATION IS A COMPETITIVE SPORT -- the goal of which is to take the largest part of the delta between the two parties' real bottom lines.

EVALUATIVE MEDIATION

Evaluative mediators provide the parties with an evaluation of the strength and weaknesses of their legal positions, usually in separate caucus. If asked, the evaluative mediator will give his/her opinion about what verdict a jury would likely deliver.  Though I've co-mediated with sitting Judges quite a lot (the paradigm of evaluative settlement officers or mediators) I rarely see them tell the parties what to do -- see DIRECTIVE MEDIATION below.

Evaluative mediators often end a session with a mediator's proposal, i.e., the mediator chooses a number he/she believes would be acceptable to all parties (not necessarily what he/she believes the case is "worth") and tells the parties. If both parties accept, the deal is done. If either rejects, neither will know if the other party accepted.

I rarely make a mediator's proposal -- preferring to help the parties move toward resolution so long as no one is walking out.  They really do feel better making their own decisions.  That's why they've come to mediation and not arbitration.  So long as I believe the parties' differing "bottom lines" might overlap, I encourage continued discussion even when the parties are feeling exhausted and cranky. Persistence and optimism about resolution in equal measure. Sometimes the process just needs a cheerleader.

FACILIATIVE MEDIATION OR FACILITATED NEGOTIATION

Faciliatative mediators assist the parties, again often in separate caucus, to decide how the bargaining session will proceed, i.e., how high a first offer or demand should be; which party might benefit the most from making the initial offer; how many concessions the parties should consider making during the course of the negotiation; and, what reasoning might spur their opponent to make another concession.  Once again, I rarely see the mediator, settlement officer or Judge tell the parties what to do. But see DIRECTIVE MEDIATION.

TRANSFORMATIVE MEDIATION

Transformative mediators strive to empower the parties to express their true needs and desires; to shift from self-concern to understanding of the other and to move from entitlement and blame to accountability.  Transformative mediators do not direct the process of the mediation, which is always held in joint session.

Transformative mediators encourage the parties to set their own ground rules; state what their own desires and interests are; and, express themselves as fully as they wish, even if that includes persisting through angry outbursts, tears, recriminations, and the like.  

In its pure form, the mediator acts something like a therapist. Uh, huh, uh huh, anything else? Have you said everything to Jim or Julie that you want to say? Uh, huh, uh huh? Jim/Julie, what do you want to say back to Julie/Jim about that?  The purpose of transformational mediation is to resolve the conflict completely to the parties' mutual satisfaction even if that does not settle the actual dispute. See Bush and Folger, The Promise of Mediation.

DIRECTIVE MEDIATION -- Once again, I've never see Judge or mediator tell the parties to do anything other than to bring all the stakeholders and their insurance carrier representatives. I have, however, seen and done the following:  

I need $X from you to settle the case -- $Y is not going to do it. Please talk to you client/carrier and bring me back that number if you want to settle the case today.

This directive usually occurs very late in the proceeding and most often in a multi-party mediation in which a dozen or more defendants are contributing to the settlement. I also call this type of mediation FUND RAISING MEDIATION. I've never seen anyone do this better than Judge Victoria Chaney in the Complex Court in Central Civil West, Los Angeles.

My own "directive" suggestions to the parties generally concern the need for at least one party to step up to the line of impasse. If I believe the parties are bargaining in the nano-and stratospheres and are not getting within a hundred yards of where they'd really settle the case, I'll generally tell them so -- i.e.,

someone needs to step up to the line of impasse for this case to settle. If you don't do it, you'll likely lose your opportunity to resolve the matter today.

That's about as "directive" as I get, although I have been known to say I need $5,000 or $500,000 or $1 million more NOW. Or, I need you to drop your demand by $10K or $500K or $50 million NOW.

You can only do this if you have established a strong relationship of trust and confidence with both sides. Each side needs to know that you are not simply carrying the other side's bluff to them with your extra weight behind it. So directive and evaluative techniques -- I don't know their bottom line but I believe we're getting pretty close to it -- go hand-in-glove.  

INTEREST-BASED OR INTEGRATIVE MEDIATION

Ideologies aside, here's the real reason to probe party interests -- i.e., their genuine desires, expectations, fears, business needs, financial situation, lines of authority, reserves, reporting relationships, etc. -- it's the only way you can offer, with any credibility, your opinion about the "temperature" in the "other room" and the likelihood that party A might settle the case somewhere in the range of $X and party B somewhere in the range of $Y.

But as I tell my litigants -- "You only truly know what their bottom line is by negotiating in its direction."   I am often as shocked as the other side when the case settles for a number that one side said they would not accept. "As long as they are not walking out," I say, "they are willing to continue moving in your direction. Let's see where that takes us, shall we?"

DESPERATION MEDIATION:  ANYTHING THAT WORKS!!! 

  • get the Plaintiff to concretize his monetary expectations, i.e., what he might do with the money to take the Court-as-Gambling-Casino element out of the process;
  • ask the Plaintiff to imagine the offered sum sitting on the table before him -- to see it as a stack of cash or a thing or services or an improved quality of life he might purchase with it -- this makes the money real and more difficult to literally "leave on the table;"
  • assist the defendant to:
    • subtract "sunk costs" from his/her/its calculations when considering the "body blow"  that paying money to their opponent will be;
    • brain-storm about business interests that could be satisfied by using the litigation as an opportunity to make a business deal;
    • come to grips with the loss that settling the litigation will inevitably entail, dealing directly and honestly about the issues of unfairness and injustice that must often be accepted to justify paying even a reasonable sum.
  • don't let the parties leave until they've had principal-to-principal discussions -- the parties are often able to resolve a matter that their lawyers cannot because their lawyers are acting on instruction (I don't have the authority to settle for that) whereas the principals have more flexibility on often arbitrary "bottom lines" -- this also helps humanize the opponent who has been thoroughly demonized by the process of adversarial litigation (see autistic hostility)
  • LISTEN, ELICIT, EMPATHIZE, REFRAME, HARMONIZE, and  APPEAL TO MUTUALLY SHARED HIGHER PRINCIPLES

Questions?

Impeaching Witnesses in Depositions to Improve Your Bargaining Power

(click on photo at right to purchase text)

How do you achieve the best result for your client in a settlement conference or a mediation? 

By having done as much good work to support your own case and destroy your opponent's before you discuss settlement

And no, you do not need to be an $#%^@ to do so. 

Some litigators excuse themselves from cross-examining opposition witnesses at deposition because they "want to save it for trial."

O.K.

But your chances of going to trial are, at best, ten percent.  Don't you want to destroy or seriously depress your opponent's  expectations of recovery for the ninety percent chance of achieving a dynamite settlement for your clients?  One you can trace back, in writing, to your killer deposition skills?

As I've mentioned before, I've been teaching deposition skills for the National Institute of Trial Advocacy in Southern California for more than a dozen years, as well as NITA's Beginning Trial Skills Program for half a dozen years.  Here's what I learned. 

Most young attorneys -- and I mean from first through fifth years -- have not developed the skills necessary to use the most effective case-destroying device available to them --  impeaching a witness using his inconsistent statements contained in depositions, sworn documents and correspondence.

How do you use prior deposition testimony when you're taking the witness' deposition for the first time?  That's what real-time reporting is for.  You can use the morning's testimony in the afternoon or, if the deposition goes beyond a single day, you can use yesterday's testimony today and today's tomorrow.

This isn't rocket science.  You just have to master a few easy questions while at the same time overcoming any natural reluctance you have to confront the witness when he's sitting across a conference table from you.  

And yes, that does require at least a small amount of courage.  Fear of this confrontation is, I believe, at the true heart of most litigators' many rationalizations for not impeaching witnesses at the time of their deposition.  Or, at least, it was my rationalization in the early years of my practice when I was fearful of those confrontations.

As to the following advice, I likely pulled it from my NITA materials too long ago to remember, having just stumbled across it while looking for something else.  It, and a lot of other terrific advice, can be found in the book pictured above.  So all credit for the advice below goes to NITA whether it's verbatim or not.

Cross Examination Impeachment of A Witness

One of the most effective ways of impeaching a witness at trial is through the use of depositions and inconsistent statements. Unfortunately, many trial attorneys do not know how to properly impeach using depositions and inconsistent statements. 

Depositions

When a witness makes a statement in trial that is inconsistent with his or her earlier deposition testimony, you should first highlight the question that was answered differently later on.  Make sure that the trial testimony being impeached is a direct inconsistent statement with the deposition given before trial. You should then ask the following questions:

  • Do you remember having had your deposition taken on (state the date)? 
  • Do you remember that a court reporter was present at your deposition? 
  • Do you remember having been sworn in to tell the truth? 
  • Did you tell the truth on that date? 
  • (If applicable) Do you remember having your attorney present at your deposition?

After you have set the foundation for the impeachment, you ask the witness the following question:

"Do you remember having been asked the following question and your giving the following answer."

At this point, you should read the question previously asked and the answer given by the witness in the deposition.

Done.  DON'T ASK FURTHER QUESTIONS.  You have impeached the witness.  Asking further questions simply allows him/her to squirm out of it.

Use of Inconsistent Statements in Documents

A similar method may be used to impeach a person using an inconsistent statement in a document such as an affidavit, sworn statement or letter.

You should first highlight the inconsistent trial testimony that will be impeached. Next, identify and authenticate the document that will show the inconsistent statement given by that same witness. In order to establish the foundation necessary to impeach an individual with the use of an inconsistent statement, the witness should be asked the following questions:

  • Do you remember having given a statement to (person) regarding how the accident occurred? 
  • Did you give that statement freely?
  • Who was present when you gave your statement? 
  • When was the statement given?

The witness should then be shown the exhibit and asked the following question:

I show you what has been marked as Plaintiff's Exhibit "A" for identification. Is this a copy of your sworn statement?

Finally, read the relevant portion of the statement that directly contradicts the deposition testimony of the witness.

Impeachment through the use of depositions or documented inconsistent statements should be accomplished in an organized fashion and should be performed smoothly and directly. The relevant pages and sections of the deposition should be marked and highlighted beforehand so as not to fumble through pages or lose control of the witness.

There is nothing more impressive than to see an attorney properly impeach a witness through the use of inconsistent statements in documents or in a deposition. It is a very simple procedure to learn and, once mastered, will prove to be an effective means of cross-examining even the most "dangerous" witness you face.

Aren't you feeling all trial lawyerish now?  You can take on anybody.  Go get 'em tiger!!

Our Man in Iraq on the State of the Union

The Negotiation Law Blog's dear good friend, Mark Robbins, pauses in his work to make sure we didn't miss the President's reference -- in his State of the Union address -- to the work Mark is doing in Al-Hillah, Iraq.

And they saw our troops, along with Provincial Reconstruction Teams that include Foreign Service officers and other skilled public servants, coming in to ensure that improved security was followed by improvements in daily life. Our military and civilians in Iraq are performing with courage and distinction, and they have the gratitude of our whole nation.

MARK A. ROBBINS
Rule of Law Advisor
Babil PRT, Al-Hillah, Iraq 

File this post in 101-Things-to-Do-with-Your-Law-Degree and Restoring-the-Rule-of-Law-Everywhere!

Thanks, Mark.   God Speed!

Should You Raise the Spectre of "CSI" Juror Bias at a Mediation?

Listen, if corporate entities believed they couldn't overcome juror bias, they would never try a case.  How to accomplish that feat is the difficult task of every great trial attorney who represents a corporate defendant.  

Despite the research cited below, I do not suggest that plaintiffs' attorneys, as a matter of mediation strategy, suggest to corporate defendants that they will lose at trial because of juror bias.  Why?  Because it more or less enrages people, including corporate representatives, to be told that they must pay more money than they believe a case is worth because the system is unjust.     

Remember, fairness in the distribution of resources is more important to people than the absolute amount of resources distributed

The report on juror bias -- particularly so-called CSI juror bias -- below.  

The good news is that the bad news comes from one of the best jury consulting firms in town -- Jury Impact.  What's so good about that?  Jury Impact doesn't simply report bias, its people understand bias and are prepared to combat it.  Without consultants like Jury Impact's Chris St. Hilaire, however, a corporation's best alternative to trial may well be a reasonable settlement that serves its commercial rather than its justice interests.  

The Jury Impact report below:

In a question we’ve asked in several surveys, approximately 62% of prospective jurors say they would ignore the law in order to hold a corporation financially responsible, if they thought the individual was sympathetic.

While this is a general bias, among . . . “CSI jurors”  [those who watch crime/medical drama TV shows] it’s consistently worse. Approximately 72% of the “CSI ju­rors” said they would ignore the law and hold a corpora­tion responsible.

Why is this? A Hollywood producer recently gave us a pretty succinct and convincing explanation: “Look at the plotlines in these shows. Is the corporation ever the good guy? The jurors are using confirmation bias to build the storyline they want to believe…the one they’re familiar with.”

We Add Legal Frontier to Our Blog Roll

If you haven't checked out our blog roll page lately, you might want to take a look here.  These are the blogs we actually read both here and over at the IP ADR BLOG.

We just this morning added the new "Legal Frontier" blog, whose author describes himself and his blog as follows:

My name is Andrew Mitton and am the author of Legal Frontier. This blog is about the future of the legal profession. What are the trends? What are the predictions? What new technology is changing the profession? And more.

So here is a little bit about me:

Went to law school and learned how to think like a lawyer.

Clerked for a judge, worked for a law firm, worked for some large corporations.

Reviewed, negotiated, and drafted many contracts.

Arbitrated, litigated, and settled many cases.

I’ve since learned that it’s better to think like a human than to think like a lawyer.

He also said nice things about us here, which we appreciate a lot.  Thanks Andrew!

The ethic of reciprocity at work.

DIY Dispute Resolution: Accountability, Apology, Forgiveness and Reconciliation

When I was mediating the resolution of litigation on my local court-annexed ADR panel, I used to help attorneys, their insurance adjusters and physician clients resolve medical malpractice cases.  

Some of my most profound human interactions occurred in these mediations.  One surgeon said to me, with burning passion in his gaze, "you do not understand.  The operating room is my church."  

Another told me he could not consent to the settlement of a lawsuit because the sum the carrier was offering "would mean that I killed my patient."

Though I do not mediate malpractice cases anymore, I have been given a taste of the trauma that physicians experience when they are sued for malpractice.

What Does This Have to Do with Do It Yourself Dispute Resolution? 

Research on the reasons patients sue their doctors suggest that malpractice litigation could be avoided if:  (1)  the patient understood the reason for an unexpectably bad result; and, (2) the physician were able to express to the patient responsibility for the outcome. See e.g. this Lancet study reporting that patients expressed the following reasons for suing their physicians:

[1] concern with standards of care--both patients and relatives wanted to prevent similar incidents in the future;

[2] the need for an explanation--to know how the injury happened and why; compensation--for actual losses, pain and suffering or to provide care in the future for an injured person; 

[3] accountability--a belief that the staff or organisation should have to account for their actions; [and]

[4] [p]atients taking legal action wanted greater honesty, an appreciation of the severity of the trauma they had suffered, and assurances that lessons had been learnt from their experiences. 

Which Brings Us to Transplant Surgeon Pauline Chen's Book Final Exam

Chen tells us that surgeons, who expect themselves and their colleagues to be infallible, have ritualized their response to error in Morbidity and Mortality -- M&M -- conferences.  She cites sociologist Charles Bosk as first recognizing that M&M conferences

were a special ritual '"for witnessing [errors], resolving the confusion they create, and incorporating them into the group's history and the individuals biography."  And this ritual function [is] so important that even 'those accustomed to letting others cool their heels" cleared all other obligations in order to attend M and M.

                                     *                       *                      *

M and M, our professional ritual centered on death, attempts to heal the rents in our professional fabric caused by patient deaths.  There are few other opportunities for surgeons to discuss death.  We may mention it in passing, but we steadfastly reserve discussion for the conference, which will give us, as a group, ritual absolution.  M and M requires a public accounting of loss and, in so doing, reconstructs the death into an event that affirms a core value of our professional identity:  the need to be infallible in a highly variable world.  In this way, M and M is like death rituals in other cultures; it seeks to transform death's loss into an affirmative experience.  

According to Chen, this ritual of accountability also helps physicians deny their human fallibility, which may prevent them from taking the responsibility assumed in an M and M conference out into their patients' lives.  Chen continues:

By defining death only as the result of errors, we erase the face of our patients and insert our own fiercely optimistic version of immortality.  While admirable in some respects, this paradigm also denies our essential humanness.  When we refuse to accept our own fallibility, we deny ourselves grief.  In the end, then, M and M may prevent us from reaching what we so desperately want to achieve:  the very best care for our patients.

Fallibility,  Accountability and Apology

I have never been responsible for saving, or potentially losing, a human life.  I have only been responsible for other people's money.  And yet Pauline Chen's observations on fallibility strike a deep chord in me as a professional.  If we make a mistake, people get hurt.  And it is harder to accept responsibility for the mistakes that cause others harm than it is to accept just about any other disappointment in one's performance.  It goes not simply to our "core values" as professionals, but to the very center of our professional and individual identity.  

Some of us -- all of us under certain conditions -- will do almost anything to avoid admitting fault. 

Which Takes Us to Brian Cox's Book Faith-Based Reconciliation

First let me say that I experience the same cognitive dissonance reading this book as I experienced taking Professor Cox's Faith-Based International Diplomacy class at Pepperdine Law School.  The necessary wisdom contained here, however, makes me simply translate 'faith' and god (yes, I am, at best, an agnostic) into humanism and other people.

That said, here is Canon Cox's step-by-step prescription for accountability, forgiveness and reconciliation:

  • Acknowledgment of moral culpability:  "I was wrong to have said or done . . . "  This demonstrates moral character.
  • Acknowledgment of the offense or wrongdoing as specifically as possible:  "This is what I did . . . "  The more specific you are in your apology, the more likely that you will receive a positive response.
  • Acknowledgment of awareness of the impact of your behavior:  "This is how I understand that it affected you . . . "  This demonstrates empathy or compassion.
  • Expression of sorrow or regret at having caused offense:  "I feel sadness that I did this to you . . . "  This demonstrates caring.
  • Acknowledgment that there is no adequate or true justification for your behavior:  "There is no excuse for my actions that caused you pain . . ."  This demonstrates sincere . . . sorrow for your actions.
  • Explanation of what you will do to make restitution and/or alter your behavior in the future.
  • Acknowledgment that you are prepared to accept the consequences of your actions.  Avoiding consequences creates the impression that you are attempting to avoid responsibility for your actions and that your apology is insincere.
  • Plea for forgiveness:  "Will you forgive me?"  This is the signal that you have done all you can and that the response has now been shifted to the other person.

Are there potential legal consequences to so open an acknowledgment of error and the adverse consequences it has caused.  Yes there are and we will address them in the next post.

Let me say this, however.  I firmly believe (and I believe the research will support me in this) that apology is far more likely to avoid litigation than it is to trigger it.  In any event, living an authentic, robust life in community requires this.  It is a small act of courage.  Imagine what you would do if your life were at stake and so much more courage were required of you.  Exercise the small acts of bravery now so that you will be prepared to face the much larger ones that may be required of you some day.

Another Consumer Arbitration Agreement Bites the Dust

This one is Lowden v. T-Mobile USA decided today by the Ninth Circuit.

We conclude that the Washington State Supreme Court’s decision in Scott v. Cingular Wireless, 161 P.3d 1000 (Wash. 2007), establishes that T-Mobile’s arbitration provision is substantively unconscionable and unenforceable under Washington state law, and that there is no federal preemption in light of our decision in Shroyer v. New Cingular Wireless Servs., Inc., 498 F.3d 976 (9th Cir. 2007).

Need a Bankruptcy Mediator? Try Judicate West Hearing Officer and Buchalter Attorney Benjamin S. Seigel

Because I've had several people land on my Negotiation Blog looking for a bankruptcy mediator, I thought it would be a public service to introduce my readers to Buchalter bankruptcy attorney and Judicate West mediator, Benjamin Seigel.

Mr. Seigel has published several articles on the practical aspects of mediation of business disputes and has served as a mediator for the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California since 1995. He is the founder and current President of the American Mediation Association, Inc.

Seigel frequently lectures to accounting firms, financial institutions and other organizations on debtor/creditor topics, including the financial and psychological benefits of resolving disputes through mediation.

Mr. Seigel is the founding President and Director of the California Bankruptcy Forum. He is also a Director and former President of the Los Angeles Bankruptcy Forum and past Chair of the Bankruptcy Section of the Beverly Hills Bar Association. Mr. Seigel is a member of the Financial Lawyers Conference and the American Bankruptcy Institute. He served on the Debtor/Creditor Relations and Bankruptcy Committee of the California State Bar . He was the principal drafter of assignment for benefit of creditors legislation enacted in California in 1992 and 1999.

Mr. Seigel is a member of the Executive Board of the California Fashion Association. He serves on the Board of Directors of the Apparel Industries Group of City of Hope and is Chairman Emeritus of the Israel Cancer Research Fund.

Mr. Seigel received his B.S. in Chemical Engineering in 1958 from the University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri. He earned his J.D. cum laude in 1974 from the University of West Los Angeles School of Law.

Do It Yourself: The Most Effective, Personally Satisfying and Least Costly ADR

I'm in the middle of reading two books, both of which should be on every mediator's night table -- Final Exam, A Surgeon's Reflections on Mortality by Pauline W. Chen and Faith-Based Reconciliation:  A Moral Vision that Transforms People and Society by Canon Brian Cox.

Why should a commercial mediator read these books?  For the same reason your business clients should -- they address the most important technology for making business effective and efficient -- do it yourself dispute resolution.

Maximizing Profit by Negotiating Peace

As my dear friend attorney-mediator Richard Millen says, "people don't have legal problems; only lawyers have legal problems; people have people problems."

I've adopted Richard's mantra for commercial litigation -- businesses don't have legal problems; businesses have business problems and most of those business problems are people problems. 

Organizing teams of people into efficient working groups -- whether it be your Board of Directors; your research scientists; your associate attorneys; your sales staff; or, your physicians -- is the greatest challenge of every business -- making inventing the cure for cancer look like child's play. 

We are a fractious, competitive, grudge-bearing, insecure, angry, difficult bunch.  And yet everything we have ever accomplished by way of creating civilization and insuring our own survival as a species has resulted from our ability to communicate with one another for the purpose of engaging in a team effort. 

As the author of The Brain Rules, John Medina has written of the course of evolutionary human events,

Suppose you are not the biggest person on the block, but you have thousands of years to become one.  What do you do?  If you are an animal, the most straightforward approach is becoming physically bigger, like the alpha male in a dog pack, with selection favoring muscle and bone.  But there is another way to double your biomass.  It's not be creating a body but by creating an ally.  If you could establish cooperative agreements with some of your neighbors, you could double your power even if you did not personally double your strength.  You could dominate the world.  Trying to fight off a woolly mammoth?  Alone, and the fight might look like Bambi vs. Godzilla.  Two or three of you however, coordinating your  behaviors and establishing the concept of teamwork, and you present a formidable challenge:  You can figure out how to compel the mammoth to tumble over a cliff.  There is ample evidence that this is exactly what we did.

Did I say I'm also in the middle of reading The Brain Rules and you should be too?

So, here's the thing.  I'm starting a new category on the negotiation blog -- Do It Yourself Dispute Resolution.  The next several posts are going to talk about what we need to understand to do that, jettisoning our attorneys for most of the business and people problems that end up in court so that we can reserve the attorneys to plan a better, more profitable future instead of fighting over the unprofitable past.

And the litigators?  There will always be matters of principle; new law; new problems; and, new conflicts to resolve that require the process of an adversarial proceeding.  I'm just looking to notch up your legal work a bit -- make it more interesting, satisfying and people-problem free.

Ready?  Let's roll!

What Every Mediator Wishes Every Lawyer Knew About Negotiation

(image:  Avi dancing by Tamar Factor)

Because I cannot say it any better than this, I am simply excerpting the Conflict Research Consortium's article on Principled Negotiation

 You don't have to be an expert in this -- your mediator is. 

 To the degree you "get" this, you will form a far better negotiation team with your mediator to obtain the best deal possible for your client in any settlement or commercial negotiation. 

Promise!  

Principled negotiation is the name given to the interest-based approach to negotiation set out in the best-known conflict resolution book, Getting to Yes, first published in 1981 by Roger Fisher and William Ury.

The book advocates four fundamental principles of negotiation: 1) separate the people from the problem; 2) focus on interests, not positions; 3) invent options for mutual gain; and 4) insist on objective criteria.

Separating the people from the problem means separating relationship issues (or "people problems") from substantive issues, and dealing with them independently. People problems, Fisher, Ury and Patton observe, tend to involve problems of perception, emotion, and communication. 

Perceptions are important because they define the problem and the solution. While there is an "objective reality," that reality is interpreted differently by different people in different situations. When different parties have different understandings of their dispute effective negotiation may be very difficult to achieve. (This is what we have been calling framing problems.) Fisher, Ury and Patton suggest seven basic strategies for handling problems of perception. [go to linked article for further explanation] 

People problems also often involve difficult emotions — fear, anger, distrust and anxiety for example. These emotions get intertwined with the substantive issues in the dispute and make both harder to deal with. Fisher, Ury and Patton suggest five tactics for disentangling and defusing emotional problems in the negotiation process. [Click on the link for further explanation] 

Fisher, Ury and Patton consider communication problems to be "people problems" as well. They list three types of communication problems.

  • First, disputants may not be talking to each other. While their comments are formally addressed to the opponent, they are actually addressing some outside audience. They are grandstanding, or playing to the crowd.
  • A second communication problem arises when parties are not listening to each other. Rather than listening attentively to the opponent, parties may instead be planning their own response, or listening to their own constituency.
  • Finally, even when parties are both listening and talking to each other, misunderstandings and misinterpretations may occur. Fisher, Ury and Patton suggest techniques for minimizing communication problems. [Click on the link for a description of these techniques.]

Negotiating about interests means negotiating about things that people really want and need, not what they say that want or need. Often, these are not the same. People tend to take extreme positions that are designed to counter their opponents’ positions. If asked why they are taking that position, it often turns out that the underlying reasons--their true interests and needs--are actually compatible, not mutually exclusive.

By focusing on interests, disputing parties can more easily fulfill the third principle--invent options for mutual gain. This means negotiators should look for new solutions to the problem that will allow both sides to win, not just fight over the original positions which assume that for one side to win, the other side must lose.

The fourth rule is to insist on objective criteria for decisions. While not always available, if some outside, objective criteria for fairness can be found, this can greatly simplify the negotiation process. If union and management are struggling over a contract, they can look to see what other similar companies have agreed to use as an outside objective criteria. If people are negotiating over the price of a car or a house, they can look at what similar houses or cars have sold for. This gives both sides more guidance as to what is "fair," and makes it hard to oppose offers in this range.

We will continue with this series:  What Mediators Wish Lawyers Knew in subsequent posts and encourage our lawyer-readers to please let us know what they wish mediators knew.

The ABA Approves the Oxymoron of Collaborative Litigation

The ABA Ethics Committee has given the green light to collaborative law agreements -- considered unethical in Colorado -- so long as the clients give their informed consent.  See Putting a Kinder Face on Litigation.  Excerpt below:  

“When a client has given informed consent to a representation limited to col­laborative negotiation toward settlement, the lawyer’s agreement to withdraw if the collaboration fails is not an agreement that impairs her ability to represent the client, but rather is consistent with the client’s limited goals for the representation.”

The oxymoron?  Litigation is definitionally a "contentious tactic" pursued for the purpose of making someone else behave in a way they do not wish to behave == to pay money they do not want to pay; to accept less money than they are demanding for the injuries they claim to have suffered; to refrain from trespassing on your land or demonstrating on the street in front of your house or performing on a contract they contend does not require them to obey.

Why is litigation a "contentious" tactic?  Because its entire purpose is to overcome the will of another.  It is not an invitation to dinner to discuss the dispute in an attempt to find common ground.  Does litigation  sometimes lead to collaboration?  Most certainly, as do other contentious tactics such as persuasive argumentation, ingratiation, and violence -- all of which can serve to bring the parties to the bargaining table.

I am all in favor of collaborative processes for the resolution of disputes.  It's what I do for a living for heaven's sake.  But I am also an advocate for the preservation of meaning in the English language.  Collaborative litigation is a contradiction in terms.  And if you want your client's informed consent to anything, it would be best to remember that the "litigation" part of collaboration remains the iron fist inside the velvet glove.

Writers Guild Ready to Negotiate in Wake of Directors' New Deal

The Writers' Guild Responds with Predictable Petulance -- Analysis Later


Now that the DGA has reached a tentative agreement with the AMPTP, the terms of the deal will be carefully analyzed and evaluated by the WGA, the WGA's Negotiating Committee, the WGAW Board of Directors, and the WGAE Council. We will work with the full membership of both Guilds to discuss our strategies for our own negotiations and contract goals and how they may be affected by such a deal.

For over a month, we have been urging the conglomerates to return to the table and bargain in good faith. They have chosen to negotiate with the DGA instead. Now that those negotiations are completed, the AMPTP must return to the process of bargaining with the WGA. We hope that the DGA's tentative agreement will be a step forward in our effort to negotiate an agreement that is in the best interests of all writers.

Directors' Guild Announces Tentative Deal with Producers

ImageChef.com - Custom comment codes for MySpace, Hi5, Friendster and more

Director's guild press release below.  Analysis will follow.

LOS ANGELES - The Directors Guild of America (DGA) announced today that it has concluded a tentative agreement on the terms of a new 3-year collective bargaining agreement with the Alliance of Motion Picture and Television Producers (AMPTP).

Highlights of the new agreement include:

    • Increases both wages and residual bases for each year of the contract.
    • Establishes DGA jurisdiction over programs produced for distribution on the Internet.
    • Establishes new residuals formula for paid Internet downloads (electronic sell-through) that essentially doubles the rate currently paid by employers.
    • Establishes residual rates for ad-supported streaming and use of clips on the Internet.

“Two words describe this agreement - groundbreaking and substantial,” said Gil Cates, chair of the DGA's Negotiations Committee, in announcing the terms of the new agreement.

“The gains in this contract for directors and their teams are extraordinary – and there are no rollbacks of any kind.”

Formal negotiations between the DGA’s 50-member Negotiations Committee and the AMPTP began Saturday, January 12, and were concluded today. Talks were led by Cates and DGA National Executive Director Jay D. Roth. They were preceded by months of informal discussions and nearly two years of preparation and research by Guild staff and consultants.

“This was a very difficult negotiation that required real give and take on both sides,” said DGA president Michael Apted. “Nonetheless, we managed to produce an agreement that enshrines the two fundamental principles we regard as absolutely crucial to any employment and compensation agreement in this digital age:

First, jurisdiction is essential. Without secure jurisdiction over new-media production—both derivative and original—compensation formulas are meaningless.

Second, the Internet is not free. We must receive fair compensation for the use and reuse of our work on the Internet, whether it was originally created for other media platforms or expressly for online distribution.”

The agreement includes the following gains in New Media:

  • Jurisdiction: The new agreement ensures that programming produced for the Internet (both original and derivative) will be directed by DGA members and their teams. The only exceptions are low-budget original shows on which production costs are less than $15,000 per minute, $300,000 per program, or $500,000 per series—whichever is lowest.
  • Electronic Sell-Through: EST is the paid download of features and TV programming. The agreement more than doubles the EST residual for television and increases the feature film residual by 80% over the rate currently paid by the employers.

    Specifically, the EST residual rates will be

    • 70% for television downloads and
    • 65% for film downloads, above a certain number of units downloaded. Below that, residuals will be based on formula employers currently pay.

Payments for EST will be based on distributor’s gross, which is the amount received by the entity responsible for distributing the film or television program on the Internet. Having distributor’s gross as the residuals basis was a key point in our negotiations.

The companies are now contractually obligated to give us unfettered access to their deals and data. This access is new and unprecedented and creates a transparency that has never existed before. Additionally, if the exhibitor or retailer is part of the producer’s corporate family, we have improved provisions for challenging any suspect transactions.

Ad-Supported Streaming: After an initial 17-day window for free promotional streaming of Internet programs, companies must pay 3% of the residual base (approximately $600 for network prime time 1-hour drama) for 26 weeks of streaming. They can continue to stream for an additional 26-week period by paying an additional 3% -- or a total of $1,200 for one year’s worth of streaming. (During a program's first season, the 17-day window is expanded to 24 days to help build audience.)


Sunset Provision: Allows both sides to revisit new media when agreement expires.

 
“Our fundamental goal in these negotiations was to protect our interests in the present while laying the groundwork for a future whose outlines are not yet clear,” said Cates. “We knew that gaining jurisdiction over new-media production and winning fair compensation for the reuse of our work on the Internet were the key issues for setting a framework for the future, but we also had to secure real gains for our members in today’s world.”

The new tentative agreement includes the following:

    • Annual wage increases of 3% for primetime dramatic shows and daytime serials and 3.5% for all other covered programming.
    • Outsized increase in director’s compensation on high-budget basic cable for series in the second and subsequent seasons.
    • Annual residual increases of 3% for primetime shows and 3.5% for all other covered programming.
    • Specific advances that pertain to members of the director’s team. 


Details of the new agreement will be submitted to the Guild's National Board for approval at its regularly scheduled meeting on Saturday, January 26, 2008. The DGA’s current contracts expire on June 30, 2008

Battleships, Litigation and Separate Caucus Mediation

When people used to ask me what it was like to practice law, I compared litigation to the childhood game of battleships ** -- a game I recall playing with great avidity.

So what does battleships have to do with yesterday's mediation? 

Until you are negotiating in the zone of possible agreement, you have no way of knowing how close you've come to resolution.

At some point, someone has to have the nerve to step up to the top or bottom of that zone.  When you finally enter the realm of reasonable possibility (not necessarily a "reasonable" settlement) you'll get a "sounding" back from the other room.  Once that happens, as in battleships, you'll have a pretty good idea of the direction in which you'll need to move to achieve agreement in the "game" of distributive bargaining.

I make every effort not to let the parties conclude a mediation session until I am absolutely convinced that their "bottom lines" do not overlap as shown in the beyondintractability.org chart above.

Remember, however, that I never want to know either party's bottom line because:  (1)  it will effect their negotiation strategy, i.e., potentially box them in; and, (2) it will effect me and I don't want to sub-consciously drive the negotiation deep into anyone's actual flotilla. (reasons one and two here) 

Is THIS All You Do All Day, Ms. Pynchon?  

That would be so boring! 

Facilitating a distributive bargaining session to resolve litigation is not actually a game of ping-pong or battleships.  Remember, nothing is ever only about moneyLawyers translate injustice into money for their clients because it is all we generally have to work with to make a bad situation right again.  Mediators translate money back into justice, fairness, or, in some cases, stark, raw, unjust reality -- take it or leave it.

I do not drive the process as a mediator.  I nurse it.  And because the process is hard on people, it did not surprise me yesterday to hear one of the attorneys tell me that he "didn't want to be sexist" but thought he might just start retaining women mediators because lately they'd been the only ones who'd been getting the job done for him.  

Patience.  Persistence.  And just a little bit of tenderness for everyone involved.  It's a tough business and all the parties and their counsel can use a kinder touch -- male or female.   

_____________

**  If you've forgotten how to play and are on an endless and tedious conference call, I recommend either this mindless computer version of the game or "stumble upon," the latter akin to gazing out the window at some pretty surprisingly interesting terrain.

 

JOB ANNOUNCEMENT: SENIOR MEDIATOR/FACILITATOR IN SAN FRANCISCO

ImageChef.com - Custom comment codes for MySpace, Hi5, Friendster and more

Kearns & West, a mediation and communications firm specializing in water, energy, natural resources and environmental mediation, collaboration and public involvement, seeks

  • A seasoned mediator/facilitator or public involvement expert to join the firm’s San Francisco office, or 
  • A mediation/collaboration/public involvement firm or 2-5 person group that is interested in joining K&W, and/or 
  • A seasoned mediator/facilitator or public involvement expert or small firm interested in joining the firm in other locations. (We currently have offices in San Francisco, Washington DC, Portland, Denver, Sacramento, and have interest in Southern California and other locations in the east as well).

For more details, click here.

JOB ANNOUNCEMENT: DIRECTOR OF TRANSFORMATIVE MEDIATION CLINIC ON LONG ISLAND

ImageChef.com - Custom comment codes for MySpace, Hi5, Friendster and more

This job announcement just in from Hofstra University School of Law --

January 15, 2008
From Robert A. Baruch Bush, Professor, Hofstra University School of Law

Transformative Mediation Colleagues:

I'm writing to inform you of a great opportunity to work as the director of a Transformative Mediation Clinic at Hofstra Law School, in New York, where I teach. This is a new and important step, for Hofstra and for our work on transformative mediation, since I am unaware of any school that runs a mediation clinic using the transformative model. This will be a first -- at Hofstra, and in the law school world.

The clinic will be focused on an important conflict arena in which the transformative model will offer real value to clients -- parent-child conflicts in so-called "PINS" cases, which would otherwise be handled by the family courts. A solid source for the clinic's cases will probably be well established by the time the new Director is hired, through a county-wide social services agency that handles PINS cases referred from family court.

The position of Director for this clinic has just been posted in various academic job sites, but I am eager to share the info with you, and I strongly hope that some of you will be interested in applying. The most important qualifications for the position are experience with: transformative mediation practice, PINS cases or other family conflicts, classroom teaching/training, and mediator supervision. I should note that there is also a requirement that the Director be a lawyer -- a condition for any clinical faculty member at Hofstra Law. The exact language of the official ad for this position is pasted below. Note that this will be a regular faculty position, with full benefits.

I sincerely hope some of you will apply for this position, which offers a unique opportunity for practicing and teaching tranformative mediation, in a clinical academic context with supportive colleagues -- including yours truly. If you personally are not able to pursue the position, PLEASE FORWARD THIS EMAIL TO OTHERS who might be interested. I will be very appreciative if you can spread the word of this opportunity far and wide!

If you have any questions about this, don't hesitate to get in touch with me by reply email. And please note the deadline for applications is January 28. I hope to see some of your names in the pool of candidates.

All the best, and here's the official posting:

"Clinical Professor of Law:
Hofstra University School of Law is seeking a Clinical Professor of Law to direct a Transformative Mediation Clinic Concentrating on PINS cases or another subject matter. Applicants must be licensed to practice in New York or be eligible for admission on motion to the New York Bar. Salary commensurate with qualifications and experience. Send resume by January 28, 2008 to:

Professor Roy Simon
c/o Sharron Papaccio
Hofstra University School of Law
121 Hofstra University
Hempstead, NY 11549
roy.simon@hofstra.edu

Hofstra University is an equal opportunity employer, committed to fostering diversity in its faculty, administrative staff and student body, and encourages applications from the entire spectrum of a diverse community."

Send any inquiries to Professor Bush (Robert.A.Bush@hofstra.edu)
or to Professor Simon, as requested above
.

Geoff Sharp Returns with a Mediation Puzzler for the New Year

Welcome back from vacation Geoff!  We do miss your voice.

Readers -- here's Geoff's slightly edited vacation story coupled with a mediation puzzler

there we were - just after Christmas - on a main highway at the bottom of the South Island of New Zealand and crossing a one-way road/rail bridge. .  .  a one-way bridge on the main trunk road and the train goes over the top!

As we pulled up to the bridge I saw a number of cars in line . . . . 

I got out to investigate wishing I was a doctor. The cry rarely goes out for a mediator at roadside emergencies, although we probably see about as much blood on the floor as they do.

I eventually got to the head of the line of rubber-neckers half way over the bridge, only to observe two beefy looking high context campers facing each other off, both red from the sun and the conflict - one with his belly protruding under his dirty white singlet, the other in a terry towling hat known to be extinct since the seventies.

They were at a stand off. They had entered the bridge at the same time from opposite ends and neither was willing to select reverse gear. As onlookers enjoyed the sport, it was clear they were growing restless in the heat of the day.

What was to be done?

A couple of people were making half-hearted interventions to make both men see sense, but they were ineffectual.

I diagnosed the situation...nothing, nada, a blank - hey! I was on holiday.

Then, as I stood there, on that old creaking wooden bridge, I had my new year's eureka moment.

FACE!

That was the problem. Both men had got themselves into a corner, neither knew a way to put themselves and their overloaded old cars into reverse without backing down.

I was a doctor after all!  But how to address this prickly barrier to resolution in the hot midday sun so far from a whiteboard?

So I hesitated - well they were big, fat and angry - and I was only one of those after my Christmas day.

Then I did what any reader of this blog would do... I acted in a decisive and professionally appropriate way.

And that's my question to you, my dear reader: What did I do to get the traffic moving?

More Commentary on the Licensing of Mediators

The word "license" is obviously a red flag in the mediation community -- so red that no one has yet picked up my thread of "best practices and standards." 

Frankly, I worry a little more about best practices and standards than licensing.  But I'm going to digest the opinions of others before further comment.

The comments below are by Canadian mediator Colm Brannigan, who also passes along this article -- Lawyers as Dispute Resolution Professionals -- published by the Law Society of British Columbia.

I will start by asking why do we have an almost knee-jerk reaction to criticism of “let’s make a rule or regulation”? If anything speaks to the co-option of ADR by the legal community this is it!

In Ontario, regulation of mediators is not on the horizon unless the power of this article is far beyond what I expect. We have just gone through a decade plus process of how to regulate independent paralegals. The end result is regulation by our Law Society. I suspect many mediators (including lawyer-mediators (I hate these hyphenated descriptions)) would not like mediation to be so regulated. In fact the law society has specifically exempted mediation from their description of “providing legal services” as long as you are not actually providing such services!

Several of our ADR organizations have “certification” procedures, insurance requirements etc. I have really mixed feelings about the certification/regulation debate even though I sit on a certification skills evaluation committee.

In practice as a lawyer before becoming a mediator, I have met “name” mediators who would easily qualify under any certification/regulation regime and yet are terrible mediators, if that’s indeed what they practice. On the other hand, there are those without formal academic qualifications who are wonderful.

How do we “protect the public” (and is it our “job” to do so?) without raising the entry level to such a height that we will become exclusive and elitist? Should there be different criteria for different types of practice? In effect we have this through court and other rosters.

Surely support by “professional” groups of their members combined with training/education of practitioners and the public is a more acceptable option? Through greater education, we can help the public ask the right questions – insurance, training, experience. Why go beyond this?

ADR is a movement as well as a profession. The more we certify/regulate, the more we become a profession, and get further away from being “Alternative”!

What are we trying to achieve? Protection of the public is noble, but “always” aligns with professional self-interest!

I open to being convinced otherwise!

I attach an interesting paper form the law Society of British Columbia!

One comment on the article is the obvious confusion between “mediation” and “custody assessment.” 

Resolving Moral Conflicts

As you can imagine, I have a lot to say about the resolution of conflict -- and the negotiation of solutions -- where moral beliefs are implicated and non-negotiable.  Because I don't have time, I'm leaving you with the end of an excellent, must-read Sunday New York Times Magazine article by scholar Steven Pinker -- author of How the Mind Works -- entitled The Moral Instinct.

But in any conflict in which a meeting of the minds is not completely hopeless, a recognition that the other guy is acting from moral rather than venal reasons can be a first patch of common ground. One side can acknowledge the other’s concern for community or stability or fairness or dignity, even while arguing that some other value should trump it in that instance. With affirmative action, for example, the opponents can be seen as arguing from a sense of fairness, not racism, and the defenders can be seen as acting from a concern with community, not bureaucratic power. Liberals can ratify conservatives’ concern with families while noting that gay marriage is perfectly consistent with that concern.

The science of the moral sense also alerts us to ways in which our psychological makeup can get in the way of our arriving at the most defensible moral conclusions. The moral sense, we are learning, is as vulnerable to illusions as the other senses. It is apt to confuse morality per se with purity, status and conformity. It tends to reframe practical problems as moral crusades and thus see their solution in punitive aggression. It imposes taboos that make certain ideas indiscussible. And it has the nasty habit of always putting the self on the side of the angels.  .  .  . 

There are many [] issues for which we are too quick to hit the moralization button and look for villains rather than bug fixes. What should we do when a hospital patient is killed by a nurse who administers the wrong drug in a patient’s intravenous line? Should we make it easier to sue the hospital for damages? Or should we redesign the IV fittings so that it’s physically impossible to connect the wrong bottle to the line?

. . . . . . Our habit of moralizing problems, merging them with intuitions of purity and contamination, and resting content when we feel the right feelings, can get in the way of doing the right thing.

It's About Fairness, Dummy!

(right:  is the key to settlement really money?)

This is the dialogue I often have when attorneys (and some mediators!) suggest to me that the settlement of litigation is "only" about money.

V[ickie]:   "Why do people seek out your services?"

A[ttorney]:  "Because [i.e.,] they've been ripped off or injured or sued; someone used their intellectual property without permission, interfered with their business; lied to them about the scope of the software license; refused to pay their covered claims . . . . etc. etc. etc."

V:  "But why did they seek you out?  Why do people hire lawyers?  Why do people turn to the justice system?  

A:  "Because they want justice?"

V:  "Yes!  they are looking for fairness; not money."

Still, the skeptics fix me with a suspicious eye and say, "well let's just see about that."

Listen, all too often the people who monetize justice -- who translate what is unfair into a monetary sum -- are the very people who seek me out to help them depress their clients' unrealistic monetary expectations.  Part of my business is to re-translate money back into fairness.

So it is always with pleasure that I point my readers to that which confirms my existing world-view (a cognitive bias that I will not resist this morning).

Take a look at yesterday's L.A. Times article, "Why People Believe Weird Things about Money" by Michael Shermer, author of The Mind of the Market:  Compassionate Apes, Competitive Humans, and Lessons from Evolutionary Economics. 

The executive summary?  It's not about money -- it's about fairness.  Excerpt below:

Consider one more experimental example to prove the point: the ultimatum game. You are given $100 to split between yourself and your game partner. Whatever division of the money you propose, if your partner accepts it, you each get to keep your share. If, however, your partner rejects it, neither of you gets any money.

How much should you offer? Why not suggest a $90-$10 split? If your game partner is a rational, self-interested money-maximizer -- the very embodiment of Homo economicus -- he isn't going to turn down a free 10 bucks, is he? He is. Research shows that proposals that offer much less than a $70-$30 split are usually rejected.

Why? Because they aren't fair. Says who? Says the moral emotion of "reciprocal altruism," which evolved over the Paleolithic eons to demand fairness on the part of our potential exchange partners. "I'll scratch your back if you'll scratch mine" only works if I know you will respond with something approaching parity. The moral sense of fairness is hard-wired into our brains and is an emotion shared by most people and primates tested for it, including people from non-Western cultures and those living close to how our Paleolithic ancestors lived.

When it comes to money, as in most other aspects of life, reason and rationality are trumped by emotions and feelings.

The Time Has Come for Licensing and Best Practices

I've long been saying it will take a tragedy following services provided by unqualified mediators before the States will move in to set standards and require licensing.  Here's the first breath that will stir the leaves of change in Sacramento.

Unqualified mediators prey on broken families by Linda Diebelof the Toronto Star.
 
When Miriam and Andrew Grenville's 20-year marriage ended in 2006, they agreed on one thing – protecting their children from collateral damage was their utmost priority.

A Toronto-area family's problems with the mediator they'd hired to work on their daughter's messy divorce reached a nadir when her 6-year-old son came home with a bizarre story.

During a supervised visit with his father in a restaurant, the mediator told the waitress she was the little boy's "mommy."

"He was very distressed, very, because he didn't know what was going on," said a female family member, asking to remain anonymous because their case is still before the courts.

The family was aghast but initially didn't complain. They were afraid to fire the mediator, whom they paid more than $15,000, because they feared a negative report in family court.

"Everybody told us, `Don't make the mediator mad'," she said.

When they finally did try to file a complaint they found they had nowhere to turn: mediators aren't regulated in Ontario.

Instead, anybody can hang a shingle and plunge into a highly sensitive area of working with divorcing couples and their children at a time when most are financially and emotionally vulnerable.

For the remainder of the article, click here.

Listen, this is an access to justice issue, not simply a problem that the legal profession -- particularly those legal professionals who are mediators -- can ignore. 

"I don't do family law" or "I don't work with the kind of mid- to low-income people who can be taken advantage of in this manner," is no excuse.

This is an issue that we must now all join together in an attempt to vigorously address, retaining flexibility and creativity in the profession while at the same time preventing the practice of mediation by the unscrupulous.

I ask my readers to please weigh in on this issue.  I do not have the time to spearhead this effort but will offer my services as a team member to immediately begin addressing the ways in which we can impose standards and retain independence.

Fellow bloggers? 

Geoff?  (welcome back!)  Diane?  StephanieGini?  Colm (pre-blogger)?  LesMikeJohn? EricPhyllis? Jan?  CarriePaulaKristinaJoshDinaChristopherJohnTammy? ColinLeo? the Indisputably bloggers?

For responses from other bloggers that are not included in the comments below, see the following:

Chris Annunziata's Thoughtful Opposition to Licensing here -- primarily arguing that licensure would not prevent abuse; and, would bring the weight of inefficient and intrusive state bureaucracies into the process.  (But don't trust my summary; click on the link to get it direct from the horse's mouth)

Conflict in Our Own Backyard: Should Someone Accept Clooney & Hanks Offer to Mediate the Writers Strike

Finally an excuse to post a photo of the world's sexiest man on my blog!

The excuse?

Professor Carrie Menkel-Meadow's Concurring Opinion Post Can Actors Do Everything? letting us know that George Clooney and Tom Hanks have offered to mediate the writers strike as follows:

George Clooney, Tom Hanks and other actors have offered to step in and "mediate" the writer's strike. They say they will just tell the two sides "you have to live with this (particular terms) and get over it." Some bloggers suggest only "starpower" will make the producers bargain in good faith.

I hope these well intended actors know what they are doing when they offer to mediate. It sounds like they don’t. Mediators don’t tell the parties what to do (”you need to live with that and get over it”). They facilitate negotiations between the parties so they can (together) come to an agreement and “live with it.”

For the remainder of Professor Menkel-Meadow's post, click here.

Of course anyone can mediate.  Each one of us do it on a daily basis in some form.  Parents do it between children; children do it with their peers; employees do it on behalf of their employers or colleagues; and, I'm certain, actors and directors do it with an incredible array of difficult personalities both on and off-set every day.

Co-Mediation:  An Idea Whose Time Has Come

I have a friend and colleague, fellow Judicate West panelist and AAA arbitrator Jay McCauley who co-mediates medical malpractice and other health care litigation with a physician mediator, Marc Lebed through their organization Medical Dispute Professionals.

They are harnessing the power of a subject-matter-specialist/mediator team to help doctors and patients resolve their disputes.

A similar process could well be the answer to the writers' strike.  Substantial research has found that the most powerful persuasive force is the opinion of an individual who genuinely "feels your pain" or is inside your "decision cycle" (h/t to Colin Powell).   

If Clooney and Hanks teamed up with a great mediator, it wouldn't surprise me if their addition to the mediation team might well make the difference between continued impasse and agreement.

It couldn't possibly hurt, could it? 

Live and Free Vioxx Settlement Forum Conference

Thanks to Drug & Device Law for pointing us to the CSPAN video of a recent forum on the VIOXX settlement here.

This American Enterprise Institute forum will not be beneficial to plaintiffs who are searching for advice on whether to accept the settlement themselves. I refer those people back to their attorneys. 

Here's a link to a Yahoo discussion group for Plaintiffs making the decision whether to accept the offer.

For reporters who are following this story at depth, the video includes a sophisticated presentation by Jones Day attorney Mark Herrmann about settlement strategy from Merck's point of view; a provocative presentation by Professor George M. Cohen -- who calls the settlement proposal an illegal antitrust conspiracy -- and a scholarly presentation by Professor Nagareda on the public policy issues raised by the settlement of mass tort claims.  

For attorneys who have been retained to provide their clients with a second opinion, Professor Cohen's presentation will be a useful addition to their own research and independent conclusions.  Attorney Andy Birchfield -- the only forum speaker with first hand knowledge of the negotiations leading to the settlement proposal -- may be of the greatest interest as he walks counsel for Plaintiffs through the structure, purpose and effect of the proposed settlement program.  

Speakers in this forum include:

The incredibly well-spoken Mark Herrmann of Jones Day and the Drug & Device Law Blog. 

Mark modestly fails to mention in his Blog post concerning this video that he is one of the speakers on this panel. 

Herrmann discusses the following questions:

  1. did Merck's settlement strategy make sense; and,
  2. will this settlement buy Merck peace.

 

 

George M. Cohen, University of Virginia Law School Professor who discusses ethical issues pertaining to the "settlement program proposal."  

Professor Cohen not only concludes that attorneys recommending this proposal to their clients are violating professional ethics, but asserts that it constitutes an illegal antitrust "conspiracy" as well. 

 

 

 

Vanderbilt Law School Professor Richard Nagareda, author of the book Mass Torts in a World of Settlement

Professor Nagareda discusses the settlement from a dispute resolution public policy standpoint. 

As a contract between Merck on the one hand and the "lawyers who have a large market share" on the other, Professor Nagareda suggests that the settlement proposal is more an artifact of the law flowing from the Supreme Court's AmChem opinion than of any legal "connivance" among the Plaintiffs' attorneys or between them and Merck.

This settlement proposal, he says, is a valuable and creative peace-making transaction for mass claims.   

Andrew Birchfield, an attorney at Beasley Allen and co-lead counsel on the Plaintiffs’ Steering Committee for the federal Vioxx litigation addresses the negotiations themselves and the structure of the settlement.

Andy says that in approaching settlement Merck required global peace -- that there couldn't be a "second round" because Merck had seen how disastrous open-ended liabilities could be for a corporation.

The plaintiffs' attorneys, says Birchfield, negotiated a settlement agreement designed to serve the best interests of each individual client no matter how strong or weak each of their cases might be.

Attorney Ted Frank of the American Enterprise Institute who once represented Merck in the Vioxx litgation. 

Frank talks about the law and economics of the settlement proposal, focusing on the weakest link of Plaintiffs' cases -- causation.

 

See also the Blog of the Legal Times coverage of this forum here.

Los Angeles Grand Jury Pursuing Cyber-Bully Suicide Case

We've covered cyber-bullying here before as well as organizational bullying at the IP ADR Blog here. 

As regular readers know, the new issue of the Complete Lawyer is dedicated to bullying by and of lawyers with my own confessional of a little workplace bullying here.

Today, L.A. Times Staff Writers Scott Glover and P.J. Huffstutter report that an L.A. Grand Jury has issued subpoenas in the cyber-bullying case that led to the suicide of a 13-year old girl.  As that article explains:  

A federal grand jury in Los Angeles has begun issuing subpoenas in the case of a Missouri teenager who hanged herself after being rejected by the person she thought was a 16-year-old boy she met on MySpace, sources told The Times.

The case set off a national furor when it was revealed that the "boyfriend" was really a neighbor who was the mother of one of the girl's former friends.

Local and federal authorities in Missouri . . . said they were unable to find a statute under which to pursue a criminal case.

Prosecutors in the U.S. attorney's office in Los Angeles, however, are exploring the possibility of charging Drew with defrauding the MySpace social networking website by allegedly creating the false account, according to the sources, who insisted on anonymity because they are not authorized to speak publicly about the case.

The sources said prosecutors are looking at federal wire fraud and cyber fraud statutes as they consider the case. Prosecutors believe they have jurisdiction because MySpace is headquartered in Beverly Hills, the sources said.

Click here for the remainder of the article.

The Conditions that Give Rise to Bullying

Among other things, bullying is a "contentious tactic" deployed to get someone else to do something you want them to do.  (see Conflict Map here

As a mediator, I can tell you that lawyers on both sides of litigation -- and their clients -- often report being "bullied" by the other side.  This is not surprising.  We're trained to use power to get what we want, not to seek and obtain cooperation.    

In this shocking case of cyber-bullying, the motive was not behaivor change but revenge.  The mother who posed as the cyber-boyfriend who first woo'ed and then brutally rejected the 13-year old suicide victim -- was allegedly "punishing" her own daughter's former friend for terminating that friendship.

So what is it about the internet that makes it such a fertile ground for bullying?  

The social scientists say that bullying -- the deliberate and repeated abuse of power – is most likely to occur in relatively stable social groups with a clear hierarchy and low supervision.

Why?

Because hierarchy – a system that ranks people one above the other -- makes low-status individuals visible and easy to get at. It also makes them less likely to receive protection by their peers.

Though the internet itself is not necessarily hierarchical -- those so often targeted on it are usually deeply enmeshed in hierarchical sub-cultures such as schools.  More importantly, social networking sites make low-status individuals such as children and teenagers visible and easy to get at.  Finally, the inteernet, due to its anonymity, makes those low-status individuals less likely to receive protection by their peers. 

Resources for Identifying and Combatting Bullying

For a good online resource for ways to combat "virtual" bullying, see Cyberbullying here.  See also the Anti-Bullying Alliance here ; Helping Kids Deal with Bullies here; the American Psychological Association Bullying Sheet; and, the Workplace Bullying Institute.

Best Law Blog News of the New Year: Professor Menkel-Meadow to Guest Blog at Concurring Opinions

(pictured, Professor Carrie Menkel-Meadow)

Let's face it.  There is not a lot of seriously thoughtful, informed and scholarly discussion of mediation going on. 

But now there's some really really good news.  One of the most sophisticated scholars in the discipline -- Professor Carrie Menkel-Meadow -- will be a Concurring Opinions Guest Blogger during the month of January.

I'm hoping Professor Menkel-Meadow will contract the Blog Bug and start her own -- thus raising to credibly scholarly heights the blog-versation concerning the social and economic justice issues raised by all ADR practices.

Welcome welcome welcome to the bloggerhood!!

 

 

What it Takes to Settle a Case is What it Takes to Be a Great Trial Lawyer

Getting Your Ducks in a Row

Check out Day on Torts for What it Takes to be a Great Trial Lawyer.

Why are these abilities the same as those required to settle a case on the most favorable terms? 

Because trial is the Best Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement. 

If you don't have your trial ducks in a row and can't convince the other side that you're prepared to try the case -- and try it to a highly favorable judgment in your client's favor -- you've got -- sorry to use the term -- squat for bargaining power.

"Show me the salesman," said a savvy and seasoned defendant recently, "and I'll tell you what I'm willing to pay him for his case."

And while we're talking sales -- why is it that no one ever brings demonstrative exhibits to a mediation?

Hand me a visual diagram of the parties and the facts (including the facts that are bad for you).  The chart or diagram should "connect the dots" in the way that is best for your client. 

During the mediation, repeatedly refer me to that diagram.  

When I was litigating insurance coverage cases with hundreds of millions of dollars at stake, I arrived at every oral argument with a color-coded coverage chart representing my client's position on the issue at hand -- like whether the policy holder was required to horizontally exhaust coverage before any of the excess carrier limits would be exposed.

For reasons I never understood, opposing counsel chronically complained about this last-minute demonstrative exhibit motion practice of mine but never brought competing charts into the courtroom. 

Because the Judge -- one of the best on the L.A. Bench -- needed the coverage chart to make sense of the oral arguments, she always denied Plaintiff's request  to disregard them.  More importantly, she spent nearly the entire course of both parties' presentations checking my coverage chart to understand their position -- which position the chart contradicted.    

This is not rocket science.

I genuinely believe that I won a series of successive motions, culminating in a successful summary judgment motion, against a formidable adversary because of those darn color-coded charts.

Though I'm deeply committed to maximizing the value to be obtained in any settlement for both parties, like that Judge, I am subject to persuasion, fallible human being that I am. 

Take advantage of me.  It's your job!

See e.g., Visual Persuasion in the Law and this series of books by Frank D. Rothschild on Power Point for Lawyers and others. 

The Lawyers Speak: What Counsel Look for in a Mediator

Take a look at the answers Colm Brannigan has gotten on LinkedIn to his New Year's question:  What Qualities Do Counsel Look for in a Mediator here.

This is a topic about which there should be an on-going conversation between lawyers and mediators.  We have the identical goal -- to maximize the value available to all parties to settle intractable litigation.  Collaborating on the best ways to reach that goal is in all of our best interests.  Let's keep the conversation going and thanks to Colm for beginning the new year in this fashion.

Excerpt from one of the fine answers to this question -- by Sheppard Mullin attorney Jim Burgess below and link to Colm's website here.

First, a good mediator will be tenacious in pursuit of a final settlement. Such tenacity entails thorough preparation, spending sufficient time during mediation (even going over if necessary) and scheduling follow up if the case does not settle during the mediation session. I had a mediation once that started in the morning, lasted all night and ended (successfully) the next morning.

Second, a good mediator must be intelligent and able to learn. Technical knowledge may be needed in certain cases, but it is not essential in most cases. I assume that whatever knowledge the mediator needs I can provide. So, another quality is that I need a mediator who is intelligent and able to adapt to new information.

Third, a good mediator must have significant experience with the litigation and settlement process. Such real world experience enables the mediator to read people in terms of what is driving the litigation. But, there is no substitute for understanding that the settlement process is a little like the grieving process (denial, anger, bargaining, depression and acceptance). The process must play out for both sides and a good mediator will steward the parties through that process. There is nothing worse than having a mediator try to short circuit the process by jumping to a discussion of money. I have found that former judges often have the experience needed to be successful mediators.

Fourth, the mediator must be honest. I do not appreciate having the mediator regurgitate the other side's position if it is patently ridiculous. By the time I get to mediation, I will understand the strengths and weaknesses in my case. But, I need to trust the mediator. My clients will not trust a mediator who does not give an honest or intelligent evaluation. Also, a mediator must be careful not to give an evaluation either too soon or which is overly negative. By the time the mediator actually expresses an opinion (if at all), the mediator should fully understand the mood of the room and how that opinion will be received. The only point of giving an evaluation is to facilitate settlement.

Finally, the main advantage of mediation is that it allows the attorney to preserve his or her integrity and relationship with his client while the client makes a decision to settle. A good mediator will not embarass either counsel, will not undermine the attorney-client relationship and will work with counsel to get a final result (since that is the whole point of participating in mediation in the first place). Joint meetings and opening statements are rarely productive and often make settlement more difficult.

Thanks for taking the time to share these insights with Colm and the rest of the LinkedIn legal community Jim!

Money and Morals: Ethical Underwriting and Insurance Claims Practices

This blog follows insurance coverage issues from time to time because insurance reimburses us for losses; litigation presumes loss; and, the negotiated resolution of litigation requires the parties to understand the benefits and limitations of everyone's insurance policies.

We also talk a lot about ethics here because people and businesses embroiled in litigation are -- contrary to popular belief -- seeking a just or equitable or fair or ethical resolution.  

 

I cannot say this enough -- IT IS NEVER ONLY ABOUT MONEY.

Nevertheless, I was surprised this morning to see the National Underwriter Blog ask and attempt to answer the following question:  Is the Concurrent Causation Clause Ethical?

I also have to tell you that I never once, not on a single occasion, in 25 years of legal practice, a decade of which was spent concentrating on insurance coverage issues, did I ever hear anyone ask whether any underwriting or claims practice was ethical!

Before weighing in, I'm going to just let this question percolate in my consciousness for awhile.  If you go to the linked article, you'll see some thoughtful answers.  Aside from a little predictable judge-bashing, the readers who paused to answer this question -- both from an underwriting and a claims perspective -- did so with a depth of understanding of the issues involved and the history of the clause at issue -- the one that is at the heart of the hurricane damage claims.

If you're reading this from the land of hurricanes, you might want to check out this resource that was serendipitously emailed to me this morning:  25 Tips to Secure Your Home During Hurricane Season. 

Fellow Southern Californians can also find tips to protect your house against wildfires there.

Be Nice; Then Follow the Money

If I were allowed to give only two pieces of gratuitous advice to every lawyer and business person in 2008, they would have to be as follows:

1.  if you think an insurance policy * will not  indemnify you or your client against a particular loss or provide a defense to a legal action, you haven't thought deeply enough unless you have, at a minimum:

    • researched the law pertaining to the pertinent policy language in the jurisdiction in which the loss occurred or suit was brought;
    • painstakingly compared the law in that jurisdiction to the precise language contained in the insurance policy;
    • researched the most recent case law in that jurisdiction pertaining to burdens of proof on potentially applicable exclusions and exceptions thereto
    • distinguished apparently negative case law that is actually dictum;
    • creatively considered all of the ways in which you might bring the loss or potential liability within the terms of the policy, focusing on the fact that nearly every jurisdiction will require the court to interpret the policy broadly in favor of the "insured's objectively reasonable expectations of coverage" and will -- unless you have the bargaining power of Exxon -- construe all ambiguities against the carrier;  
    • investigated and determined whether you or your client are named as "additional insureds" by the policy of another; and,
    • consulted with a policy holder insurance recovery specialist -- I understand that this attorney  -- Stephen N. Goldberg of Heller Ehrman -- who represented GMAC in the World Trade Center coverage action is one of the best in the country.   

2.  treat others as you would expect to be treated yourself (this is the conflict avoidance part)

OBJECT LESSON OF THE DAY

In yesterday's Kingman Daily Miner (Northern Arizona) we read City settles e-mail suit for $40K

Two points worth noting for the health of any small city's fisc.

First, as Kingman resident and Plaintiff Travin Pennington is reported to have said, "communication and accountability, could have prevented a bill for [] attorneys' fees that exceeded $40,000 following a seven-month battle with the city for e-mail records."

The Back Story?

In June, Pennington filed public records requests for thousands of pages of e-mail from then-City Manager Paul Beecher and two other employees. He said Beecher took him into the city hall parking lot, and instead of asking how to resolve the issue, Beecher allegedly made some comments that pushed Pennington to "the tipping point."

"I said, 'this guy's out of control. I'm going to take this guy to task,'" Pennington told the Miner. And he did. After the city failed to disclose more than 8,000 pages of e-mail whose contents the city claimed were personal, Pennington filed a lawsuit in the Mohave County Superior Court.

The Conflict Avoidance Point?  Be civil; be responsible; be accountable; and if you fail, be willing to course correct.

But when civility, responsibility and accountability haven't worked, check your insurance coverage. 

The Kingman story continues:

The city's insurance policy will cover much of the costs of the lawsuit, including the city's own attorneys' fees, which topped $32,000, according to City Attorney Carl Cooper.

Good work on the City's part in tracking down the necessary insurance coverage!

Resolution:  Cutting the baby in half.

Pennington's attorneys offered $48,337.65 - 75 percent of the $64,448.50 in the plaintiff's total fees. The city came back with a $32,225 offer, and the two parties settled in the middle, at $40,281.30.

We mediators do try to generate solutions other than the one arising from the descriptive (not prescriptive) rule that any zero-sum negotiation will resolve half way between the first two reasonable offers.

The good news:  you don't need a mediator to achieve this result.  Even your fifth grader is capable of adding two numbers and dividing them by two.
_________________________

Types of insurance include Automobile; Aviation; Boiler; Builder's risk; Business; Casualty; Credit; Mortgage; Crime; Crop; Workers'compensation; Directors and Officers Liability; Disability; Errors and Omissions; Expatriate; Fraternal; Financial loss; Fire; Hazard; Health; Kidnap and Ransom; Homeowners; Renters; Environmental Liability; Professional Liability; Locked Funds; Marine; Nuclear Incident; Pet; Political risk; Pollution; Prize Indemnity; Property; Protected Self-Insurance; Purchase Insurance; Stop-loss; Surety Bond; Terrorism; Title; Travel; Volcano; and, Workers' Compensation. 

Thanks to Wikipedia for this ridiculously comprehensive list (see lay explanations there; always consult an attorney -- and if you are one -- always consult a coverage specialist).

From the "Where Do You Get Your Ideas" Files

If you're a writer -- you know -- of fiction -- and you somewhat compulsively track your blog statistics because, well, you don't smoke cigarettes anymore, your blogging day doesn't start any better than this.

Search google.com (sue step mother for wrongful death) 

The mind reels with the possibilities.  But I have paperwork to do.  

The video, for those with procrastination in mind, takes about as long to watch as stepping outside to smoke a cigarette would.  And "stop smoking" was one of your New Year's resolutions, right?

My Favorite ADR Blog Gets a Spiffy New Home

Nobody will be offended if I say that Diane Levin is my favorite ADR Blogger of them all

Why?

Because she's everyone's favorite ADR blogger.  And not just because she writes the best; has the most eclectically "on message" posts; is the most responsible member of the ADR Blog Possee (yes, she's the ADR Blog Neighborhood Watch Captain); always finds the most apt images to illustrate any point she's making; and, is a mediator's mediator.  No, it's genuinely because she's just so darn nice!!

So it is with great pleasure (and a surprising lack of envy!) that I direct you to Diane's terrific new blog site -- The Mediation Channel -- that looks ridiculously easy to navigate and slick without being, you know, all shark-skin suit-ish.

No Jerks Allowed: The Complete Lawyer Vol. 4, No. 1 Goes Live

ImageChef.com - Custom comment codes for MySpace, Hi5, Friendster and more

Now . . . . now . . . . now . . . . now?

Yes, indeed, folks, NOW is the time to take the wrapper off the Complete Lawyer Vol. 4, No. 1:  No Jerks Allowed!

Listen, this is one classy legal journal.  Glossy but deep.  I'm ridiculously honored to have a place in this issue -- though who could reject the only "I was a jerk" . . . ahem . . . a jerk-in-recovery . . . confessional?

Kudos to Don Hucheson and his great staff for putting this issue together.  I'm in the middle of putting up the winter issue of the r.kv.r.y. literary journal and I know, deep down in the marrow of my tired old bones, just how time-consuming a project getting an on-line journal up and running can be!

Focus on the Behavior, Not the Person

To avoid re-typing, but not re-peating, myself, I urge each one of us to take a look inside when we talk about bullying behavior, quoting the following comment I first made on Bob Sutton's fine blog below:

As the single "confessional" of bad workplace behavior to appear in the Complete Lawyer issue on workplace bullies, I note the following:

As the Stanford Prison and Stanley Milgram's "Authority" experiments long ago proved, we are all capable of -- and in certain circumstances inclined to -- bullying behavior.

When we demonize others (i.e., tag them s "jerks," "bullies," "A-holes," and "sociopaths") we exempt ourselves from potential wrongdoing, create a class of evil "others" and unwittingly further enable people and their organizations to deny bad behavior by decent people.

If, instead of ridicule and demonization, we can "out" the bully in each of us, those who are ashamed of themselves instead of guilt-ridden about their behavior, will be better able to admit their wrongdoing, make amends, move toward reconciliation with their fellows and re-join the rest of the fallible human beings amongst us.

I suppose you could say that I am an jerk in recovery. As such, I make it a part of my daily "program" to "take my part" in any rancorous dispute, promptly apologize and make amends for any harm I have caused without seeking (but nevertheless hoping for) forgiveness.

I make every effort to practice "restraint of tongue and pen" but forgive myself my human fallibility when I fail and move forward.

For more on the profound differences between guilt and shame, take a look at my article on restorative justice, "
Shame by Any Other Name." 

 

Mediating Past Impasse: Humility and Diagnostic Questions

It is the last Friday before the New Year and the Mediation is entering Hour Five.  I am cajoling, wheedling, blandishing, coaxing.  Mr. Lee's attorney is doing a little begging himself.  But we are unconvincing.    

Mr. Lee wants to settle the case.  Every smoke signal he has sent up during the day indicates that he has sufficient resources -- and more importantly -- the committed desire, to settle this troublesome lawsuit for a figure that is very close to that which the Plaintiffs have signaled they would be willing to accept.

And yet . . . . . . Mr. Lee is back-sliding.  We importune and he gives us less authority than we had an hour ago.  

We are failing to persuade.  And we are out of arguments.  The settlement proposal now on the table makes economic sense. It's good for business.  Trial is approaching.  The chances are less than even.  Everyone is taking a loss.  If it's wrong or unfair, it's no worse than a random car wreck.  One of life's bad accidents, best left in the past.  Trial is worse than uncertain, it portends a bad -- and avoidable -- result.    

Still.  The money is coming off the table.  I am missing something.

"I'm missing something," I say. 

Mr. Lee looks at me with interest for the first time in hours.

"What are you missing?" he asks.

"I don't know.  I only know you want to settle the case and that I'm not helping you do that right now.  Can you tell me what I can do differently or better?"

Mr. Lee returns to an old theme -- a horse I'd assumed we'd beaten to death several hours ago -- the reason his co-defendant should be contributing more than it has resolutely refused to do. 

Finally it occurs to me that Mr. Lee does not believe I am negotiating hard enough for him.

"Do you think I'm not negotiating hard enough with your co-defendant?"

He lights up.  "Yes."

"O.K.  If you give me a counter, I'll work harder to get more money from Mr. Co-Defendant," I say, realizing that I haven't been pressing Co-Defendant as hard as I could be.  

My mediator friends are cringing.  "Don't press!!" I hear them saying, "explore."  

Back to Plaintiffs' caucus.  "We're at impasse because Mr. Lee insists his his Co-Defendant knew the facts that all the documents show it didn't." 

Plaintiff lights up.  "That's true," he says, offering a detailed and credible account that contradicts the written record but dovetails with Mr. Lee's account.  

Hour Six.  Case settled with another small, but significant contribution by Co-Defendant.

New Year's Resolution:  Ask more diagnostic questions.  Citation?  Leigh Thompson's Mind and Heart of the Negotiator, page 77:

"[L]eft to their own devices, negotiators fail to ask diagnostic questions.  For example, only about 7 percent of negotiators seek information about the other party's preferences during negotiation, when it would be dramatically helpful to know such information."

What were Mr. Lee's "preferences" here?  That I press his co-defendant to put more money of its own on the table.  Did Mr. Lee need more money?  No.  But his preference that I exert a greater effort on his behalf was so strong that my failure to do so caused him to retaliate -- against me -- by giving me less authority in hour five than he'd given me in hour four.  I genuinely believed I'd done the best I could do.  I was wrong.  By how much?  Not much.  The point is, there was more value to be gained and I had given up.  

New Year's Resolution:  Proceed with Humility.  Citation?  Sri Chinmoy, i.e., the Oneness of the Eastern Heart and the Western Mind.

The moment we use the term 'help', a kind of egocentric idea enters into us. If we help someone, that means we are in a superior position. When we help, we feel that we are one step ahead or one step higher than the ones that we are helping. But if we serve someone, then we offer our capacity with humility, on the strength of our loving concern and oneness. So let us use the proper term, 'service'.

Make the DMZ an International Peace Park? More Hope for the New Year

(Tony Karp's photo:  DMZ 1964 from the Techno-Impressionist Journal

Hear All About the Greening of the Korean DMZ with Doug Noll and Hal Healy at 11:00 a.m. (PST) on New Year's Eve Day . 

I've been working a little over the holidays.  You know, the work I got my ticket punched for in 1980; and, for all the complaining you hear from lawyers, the work that is by far the easiest (read:  most certain) way to make a living of them all:  practicing law.

Don't worry, legal practice will never again be my day job.  Still, I'd been seriously thinking . . . . what have I been thinking for the past three years????  I LOVE this legal research treasure hunt and the war-game strategizing that goes along with it.  And it pays by the hour, not just the time I spend "on stage."

To answer that question this morning, a power greater than me -- things as they are *-- delivered this into my mailbox.

The Korean De-Militarized Zone splits North and South Korea by a band of land that has been untouched by humankind for 53 years. During that time, nature has restored the DMZ to a pristine state of wilderness and has seen the resurgence of many endangered plant and animal species. What would happen if the DMZ were transformed from a symbol of war and strife to one of peace, sustainability, and ecological preservation? More importantly, what if preservation of the DMZ as a national park becomes part of the common ground that can resolve the many differences between the two Koreas? Hall Healy, vice-president of the DMZ Forum, has dedicated himself to making the Korean DMZ a symbol of hope, peace, and environmental beauty. Join us in a conversation about an amazing unsung project that could finally bring peace to the Korean Peninsula. 

_____________________

My dad, never one of my major spiritual guides, taught me this when I was in middle school:  "Things as they are giveth and things as they are taketh away, blessed be things as they are."  Thanks Dad! 

Transforming the World, One Conflict at a Time: Mediators Beyond Borders Founding Congress

Founding Congress – February 15?18, 2008, St. Malo Retreat Center, Stanley Hotel Estes Park, Colorado (download .pdf flyer above and circulate among your friends and colleagues)

Resolve to Make a Difference in 2008 at the Mediators Beyond Borders Founding Congress

with Kenneth Cloke, JD, LLM, Ph.D., President of Mediators Beyond Borders

Daniel Bowling, Esq. Co?Author “Bringing Peace into the Room”

Erica Ariel Fox, JD Harvard Program on Negotiation Insight Initiative

Special Guest Stars: John Paul Lederach, Ph.D. & Herman Weaver, Ph.D. “Peacebuilding: Songs from the Road”

For MBB Members and Professionals Working in Dispute Resolution: Lawyers, Judges, Peace?builders, Mediators, Arbitrators & Psychotherapists, & Systems Designers, Educators and Students.

Topics for Discussion:

? Why Mediators Beyond Borders?
? Strategies to Help Save the Planet
? Current & Planned Projects
? How to Form Project Teams
? Potential Partners & Funders
? MBB Chapters & e?Support
? Learning What Skills are Needed
? Training, e?Library & Conflictpedia
? Indigenous/Environmental Disputes
? Culture, Prejudice & Bias Reduction
? Role of VORP & Restorative Justice
? Bias Awareness
? Truth & Reconciliation Processes

ALL INCLUSIVE! $695.00, double/ $895.00 single
*Price includes lodging, all meals, supplies, retreat and MBB Congress.
www.disputepro.com 1-888-273-1403
For more information, contact Dispute Resolution Professionals, Inc., Conference Facilitator: Nan Waller Burnett, MA at disputepro@aol.com

Experience, Strength and Hope as My (Semi-Secular) Holiday Arrives

(In the face of global violence and inhumanity, it is easy to think: We are so few, so imperfect, and so poorly prepared, while the problems we face are so vast, multifaceted and ingrained - how could we possibly make a difference? The real question however is: How can we stand by and not try to help, no matter how imperfect our efforts may be? ~ Leonard Marlowe)

This semi-secular Christmas post will address a few  matters we're not supposed to discuss in "polite" conversation -- like politics.  Having the freedom to discuss what is truly important to me is one of the reasons I blog; one of the reasons I went to law school; and, one of the reasons I find mediation more suited to my personality and politics than legal practice. 

In case no one's noticed, this blog is dedicated to the non-violent, collaborative resolution of disputes.  To some, this makes me and my blog naive.  Others see an old lefty who, in late middle-age, has accomodated herself to liberal democratic political causes.    

Though I have acted politically in the past (the anti-Viet Nam War and Women's movements) and donate to the expected list of  politcally liberal (the ACLU; Amnesty International; Environment California; the Human Rights Campaign) and charitable organizations (the Downtown Women's Center; the Union Rescue Mission; friend Laurel Kaufer's Mississippi Mediation Project; Mediators Beyond Borders) my politics are more personal than intellectual.  In other words, I make a very bad political debater because I quickly run out of "data" to support my political "positions."

How I Got Here

I think I made an unconscious decision early on (perhaps the first time I suggested -- at 5 or 6 years old  -- that my family send a CARE package to hungry children) that my default position was going to be compassion.  Even if that meant I would sometimes be "ripped off."  I thought compassion was worth the price -- though my parents -- who would have been required to pay for a 5-year old's passions did not agree.

Since that time, I have added other default positions that constellate around compassion, including non-violent dispute resolution; cross-cultural understanding (tolerance); international cooperation; civil rights; universal medical care; stewardship of our physical environment; and, a genuine attempt to meet the first of the U.N.'s Millennium Deveopment Goals --to reduce by half the proportion of people living on less than a dollar a day and reduce by half the proportion of people who suffer from hunger.  

What I Hope for All of Us

We live in a cynical age, which is not the age in which I came of age.  I came of age in an era of hope.  I'd like to think we are capable, as a nation, of entering that age again -- one tempered by hard experience, yet willing to risk a renewed commitment to the principles of peace and justice.  

As an election year approaches with (too early) primaries, my Christmas wish is that we recall a time when the future seemed so full of potential that we were willing to wish for harmony, abundance and justice for everyone.  When was that time?  I was just a child, and yet the nation -- half paranoid; half full of optimism -- elected to our highest office a man willing to lead the nation toward goals I simply assumed to be "American."

Here, is an excerpt (see full addresss here) from that man's Innaguaral Address to the nation.  John Kennedy's speech of  January 20, 1961.  

[L]et us begin anew--remembering on both sides that civility is not a sign of weakness, and sincerity is always subject to proof. Let us never negotiate out of fear. But let us never fear to negotiate.

Let both sides explore what problems unite us instead of belaboring those problems which divide us. .  .  .

Let both sides seek to invoke the wonders of science instead of its terrors. Together let us explore the stars, conquer the deserts, eradicate disease, tap the ocean depths and encourage the arts and commerce.

Let both sides unite to heed in all corners of the earth the command of Isaiah--to "undo the heavy burdens . . . (and) let the oppressed go free."

And if a beach-head of cooperation may push back the jungle of suspicion, let both sides join in creating a new endeavor, not a new balance of power, but a new world of law, where the strong are just and the weak secure and the peace preserved.

All this will not be finished in the first one hundred days. Nor will it be finished in the first one thousand days, nor in the life of this Administration, nor even perhaps in our lifetime on this planet. But let us begin.

In your hands, my fellow citizens, more than mine, will rest the final success or failure of our course. Since this country was founded, each generation of Americans has been summoned to give testimony to its national loyalty. The graves of young Americans who answered the call to service surround the globe.

Now the trumpet summons us again-not as a call to bear arms, though arms we need--not as a call to battle, though embattled we are--but a call to bear the burden of a long twilight struggle, year in and year out, "rejoicing in hope, patient in tribulation"--a struggle against the common enemies of man: tyranny, poverty, disease and war itself.

Can we forge against these enemies a grand and global alliance, North and South, East and West, that can assure a more fruitful life for all mankind? Will you join in that historic effort?

In the long history of the world, only a few generations have been granted the role of defending freedom in its hour of maximum danger. I do not shrink from this responsibility--I welcome it. I do not believe that any of us would exchange places with any other people or any other generation. The energy, the faith, the devotion which we bring to this endeavor will light our country and all who serve it--and the glow from that fire can truly light the world.

And so, my fellow Americans: ask not what your country can do for you--ask what you can do for your country.

My fellow citizens of the world: ask not what America will do for you, but what together we can do for the freedom of man.

Finally, whether you are citizens of America or citizens of the world, ask of us here the same high standards of strength and sacrifice which we ask of you. With a good conscience our only sure reward, with history the final judge of our deeds, let us go forth to lead the land we love, asking
 His blessing and His help, but knowing that here on earth God's work must truly be our own.

Follow the Money: 10 Most Significant Coverage Cases of 2007

(right $5700 by Andrew Magill)

Thanks to David Rossmiller for posting Maniloff's Top 10 coverage cases of 2007 -- the .pdf of Mealey's Insurance-Palooza - 7th Annual Look At The Year’s Ten Most Significant Coverage Decisions there and here.

There's nothing more important to the settlement of litigation than knowing where the money to settle it can be found.

Some Vioxx Attorneys Seek Judicial Relief from Ethical Conundrum

Claiming that the $4.85 billion Vioxx Settlement improperly "allows [defendant] Merck to dictate the advice a lawyer will offer" to clients, some Vioxx plaintiffs' attorneys have asked the federal judge overseeing the deal to "keep some of their clients outside the settlement while still allowing other clients to accept it."

Under the global settlement agreement reached by lead counsel in New Orleans last month, "if the lawyers want any of their clients to receive money from the settlement, they must recommend the deal to all their clients." 

Those attorneys resisting the requirement are saying not only that the provision "would prevent them from offering the best independent judgment for each client" but that "[a]greeing to the provision might open them to future lawsuits from disgruntled clients."

All quotations above are from Alex Berenson's New York Times article, Some Lawyers Seek Changes in Vioxx Settlement. 

Previous commentary on the ethics of this provision by legal bloggers, including our own thoughts here, can be found at the Legal Ethics Forum here, the Wall Street Journal Law Blog here, FindLaw here; the Mass Tort Litigation Blog here;  Drug and Device Law here (but please don't call them for comment); Texas Lawyer here; and, Pharmalot here.

Have you ever seen such high level free legal advice in your lifetime?  And it's not even redundant.  So, no, Concurring Opinions, I don't think we've saturated the legal blogosphere.  I think everyone is just taking a deep breath to sort through the talent and find their niche.

In the meantime, have we stopped being troubled by the advertisement of pharmaceuticals direct to consumer (image above) as if they were laundry soap? 

The Complete Lawyer to Out Workplace Bullies

ImageChef.com - Custom comment codes for MySpace, Hi5, Friendster and more

UPDATE:  THAT WAS ME SHAKING THE PACKAGES UNDER THE CHRISTMAS TREE WHEN I DIRECTED MY READERS TO THE JANUARY '08 ISSUE OF THE COMPLETE LAWYER ON WORKPLACE BULLYING.

Assuming everyone is far more patient than I am (instant gratification takes too long) your patience will be amply rewarded if you don't open links to the incomplete Complete Lawyer of 2008 until the first week of January.

Apologies to Don Hutcheson and crew who put out the best looking online legal journal on the block!

The upcoming issue of the Complete Lawyer (Vol. IV, Issue 1) will be outting the bullies among us . . . . but, please don't open until after Christmas.  

My article Why Lawyers Are Unhappy… And Make Others Unhappy, Too is a personal confessional of workplace misbehavior. In fact, it's just about as personal as you can get without committing professional suicide.  But hey!  Somebody had to fess up and when you're  the jerk in the workplace, it's you who is usually the last to know.  As my regular readers know, however, there is a happy ending to this one.

I feature my own article first here only because I can.  The other authors addressing the issue of workplace bullying should be front and center because they are luminaries in their fields.  Take a look at:  

The No Asshole Rule by Robert Sutton, Professor of Management Science and Engineering at Stanford University

 

 

 

How to Spot and Deal with Jerks by Julie Fleming Brown, author of the renowned Life at the Bar blog

 

 

 

Create a Blueprint for a Bullying Free Workplace by Gary Namie, North America's foremost authority on Workplace Bullying

 

 

 

Defining and Legislating Bullying by Garry Mathiason, vice chair of Littler Mendelson, and, according to the National Law Journal, one of the 100 most influential attorneys in the nation

 

 

 

Yes, There are Ways to Reform Workplace Jerks by Employment Practices Specialist Allison West

 

 

 

In this crowd, I feel like Zelig!

 

Negotiating Peace: a Transformative Model

While I was studying for my LL.M at the Straus Institute (Pepperdine School of Law) I took a class in "Faith Based" (or Second Track) International Diplomacy from an extraordinary man named Brian Cox.

Because I am, at best, a material-spiritualist -- one who lets the material world lead them to spiritual apprehensions -- I'm afraid I was a thorn in Professor Cox's side.    

Despite the fact that religious faith is at the core of Cox's approach to international conflict resolution, the substance of his course was not at all difficult to reconcile with my own approach to conflict resolution.  In fact, I'd go so far as to say that I would not be the person I am today; nor have the same ability to cross religious and cultural divides, had I not been exposed to Cox's theory and practice.

So it is with great pleasure that I pass along the press release for the upcoming publication of Cox's new book,   Faith-Based Reconciliation -- A Moral Vision That Transforms People and Societies.

Press release below:   

Santa Barbara, CA – November 28, 2007 – As the bridge of hostility between East and West is broken, societies slowly emerge from an oppressive system and savor their first taste of genuine freedom. However, the absence of any compelling moral vision for these societies is preventing them from defining a stable way of life. Author Brian Cox proposes Faith-Based Reconciliation to build bridges across religions for people to realize that shared spiritual values can point the way forward to a more harmonious future.

Written by an experienced practitioner in the field of faith-based diplomacy who has worked in some of the world’s most troubled regions, Faith-Based Reconciliation begins with the premise that moral vision plays a key role in shaping individuals and communities. Its primary message is that the Abrahamic moral vision shared by Jews, Christians and Muslims, which is embodied as faith-based reconciliation, is a fresh approach to intractable identity-based conflict, an alternative to religious extremism, and an ancient paradigm needed for the twenty-first century.

This book focuses on eight core values that comprise a moral vision of faith-based reconciliation: pluralism, inclusion, peacemaking, social justice, forgiveness, healing wounds, sovereignty, and atonement. Each of these represents a principle. However, each forms the foundation for policy and program development that will heal and sustain societies. These eight core values are designed to be kept in dynamic tension with each other. They assume the centrality of relationships whether between two individuals or two nations. They assume a dynamic integration of transcendent faith with politics without imposing a particular sectarian or institutional perspective.

The Abrahamic tradition, moral vision, and mission began as a promise to one person. God promised Abraham that he would be a blessing to all nations and that it would take on the form of tikkun olam—to heal, to repair, and to transform the world. Abraham had the courage to take that first step on a long journey. The baton of faith-based reconciliation has been passed by people of faith from one generation to another.

This book is a must read for today’s policymakers and for political, religious and social leaders who wish to find an effective and innovative approach to ending conflict, whether in the national or international level.

About the Author

Canon Brian Cox is an ordained Episcopal Priest and a trained professional mediator who serves both as a pastor and as a senior official of a Washington, DC-based non-governmental organization devoted to faith-based diplomacy. He has been a pioneer and practitioner in integrating faith and politics in the international context. Over the course of his work in Africa, Asia, Europe, Latin America and the Middle East , he has developed the strategic paradigm of faith-based reconciliation as a fresh approach to identity-based conflict, as an alternative to religious extremism and as a moral vision for societies.

Insurance Resolutions: Keep the Settlement Monies, Avoid the Release and Sue for Fraud

(right:  '94 quake damage)

Though I've participated (as co-mediator) in the settlement of some of these Northridge Earthquake cases, I'm going to let the insurance bloggers address the wisdom of this decision -- just sent down by the California Court of Appeal in Village Northridge Homeowners Association v. State Farm Fire and Casualty Co.

As the Court itself acknowledged, under its holding,   

a plaintiff could settle a disputed insurance claim, keep the money paid, and then sue for fraud (rather than on the released claim) if it was fraudulently induced to settle the claim by a misrepresentation of policy limits.

We must say we're surprised by this holding and imagine the insurance carriers are as well.  The "parade of horribles" raised by State Farm, however, was dismissed as exaggerated by the appellate court, stating that the

consequences of applying this principle are not dire. Indeed, to avoid them, the insurer need only avoid misrepresenting policy limits when it settles claims. We seriously doubt insureds who settle their claims can be expected thereafter to assert groundless claims of misrepresentation of policy limits on a routine basis.

Is this a case of bad facts making bad law?  Or am I missing something? 

I'd love to hear from Declarations and Exclusions blogger George Wallace on this one!  George?

Settlement Offer as to Claim No. 1 Admissible to Prove or Disprove Claim No. 2

Another reminder of the narrow scope of Evidence Code section 1152's protections has just come come down from California's Second District Court of Appeal in Zhou v. Unisource Worldwide, Inc. here

Before discussing the Zhou holding, we remind our readers that in California, at any rate, the differences in protections between mediated settlement communications (absolute protection from disclosure) and non-mediated settlement communications (limited protection) make it imperative that counsel clearly specify, in writing,  whether the settlement conference they are about to attend is a  "mediated" conference -- and hence protected by Evidence Code section 1119 -- or a "non-mediated" conference -- and hence protected only by Evidence Code section 1152.

Federal Practitioners should see the footnote below and read Irvine, California IP attorney Sheila Swaroop's excellent ABTL Newsletter article The Surprising Uses of Prior Settlement Negotiations under FRE 408 here.

Though I'm aware of no case law on the topic, I'll go so far as to say that an attorney's failure to make this distinction will likely be found to fall below the applicable standard of care in the event the client suffers harm as a result.  

The Zhou Holding

Briefly, Plaintiff, who was injured in two separate automobile accidents, sent the insurance carrier an offer to compromise -- which was just barely brought within section 1152's protections -- for Accident No. 2.  During the trial of Accident No. 1, the defense proferred into evidence the settlement offer made for Accident No. 2 to prove the invalidity of the claim arising from Accident No. 1. 

In holding that the trial court erroneously excluded that correspondence from evidence, the Court of Appeal explained:

[I]n this case Zhou’s letters to State Farm regarding his purported injuries
from the March 1, 2004 accident were not offered to disprove the merits of the claim under negotiation, but rather “to show the invalidity of a different claim.” *

The entire case is well worth reading as a refresher if you're about to send a settlement demand, attend an MSC or pursue mediation.

_____________________

*   The Court also cites federal law to the same effect -- Broadcort Capital Corp. v. Summa Medical Corp. (10th Cir. 1992) 972 F.2d 1183, 1194 [federal rule barring admission of evidence relating to settlement discussions does not preclude evidence of settlement of different dispute; “the evidence was not admitted to prove the validity or amount of the ‘claim under negotiation’”]; Towerridge, Inc. v. T.A.O., Inc. (10th Cir. 1997) 111 F.3d 758, 770 [“[r]ule 408 does not require the
exclusion of evidence regarding the settlement of a claim different from the one litigated”].)

"Trying" Your Case to the Insurance Adjuster in Mediation

(photo courtesy of xetark)

Thanks to Geoff Sharp at Mediator Blah Blah for hipping us to How to Build a Mediation Presentation That Will Make an Insurance Adjuster’s Sphincter Tighten by Bob Gerchen, jury consultant and author.  Excerpt below.

CONSIDER YOUR AUDIENCE 

In a mediation. . . [w]e're not playing to jurors. We’re playing to the person who holds the purse strings. The insurance adjuster. Does an insurance adjuster care that your young client was Phi Beta Kappa? Not likely. Is an insurance adjuster emotionally affected because your client’s legs were burned off him while he sat half in and half out of the SUV that had just rolled over on him? Doubtful.

Insurance adjusters have seen the worst of the worst. They see horrific injuries every day. They see “perfect” plaintiffs every day. It doesn’t move them. What do insurance adjusters care about?

Insurance adjusters care about one thing more than anything in the world, even more than money.

Risk.

When an insurance adjuster is listening to and watching a mediation presentation by a plaintiff, she is asking herself, “What is my downside here? What is my risk level?” And she is constantly weighing the risks of going to trial versus the costs of settling with money that the insurance company would prefer to hold on to for a little longer.

YOUR OBJECTIVE: COMMUNICATE THE RISK

When you start putting together your mediation presentation, instead of asking, “What’s great about my case?” ask yourself, “If I were the adjuster, what about this case would freak me out?”

THE ELEMENTS OF THE SPHINCTER-TIGHTENING PRESENTATION

Their Witnesses and Documents

The first answer is bad defense witnesses. . . . As much as possible, tell the story using defense witnesses. Pull out the parts of depositions that show blazing incompetence, indifference or best yet, bad motive. As much as possible, include documents generated by the defense to bolster your case.

Adjusters don’t typically see witness testimony before trial. If they’ve got some awful witnesses, make the adjuster painfully aware of it. Start and end with their horrible witnesses. 

                                               *                        *                         *
 

WHAT ABOUT MY PLAINTIFF?

[T]he plaintiff should be a coda, just a quick notice to the defense that they won’t be able to score big on “your guy.”

The big dollars don’t lie in the beauty of your plaintiff’s life and the tragedy of his loss. The big dollars lie in the adjuster’s uneasiness about the risk. And if you can get the adjuster’s sphincter to tighten, her hands may well loosen.

Disputing Settlement: Clash Over Distribution of $7.8 Billion in Enron Settlement Funds

If the generation of $7.8 billion in settlement monies for Enron's fleeced investors doesn't give you a deep sense of year-end justice being done, you haven't seen the documentary chronicling the rise and fall of one of the most arrogant corporate economic criminals in American history -- ENRON -- The Smartest Guys in the Room.   (see the trailer here)

These monies were not, however, torn from the entrails of ENRON's corpse nor taken from the pockets of its principals. These funds, as Forbes.com reports in Judge Mulls $7.8B Enron Settlement Plan, "come mostly from such financial institutions as Bank of America, JPMorgan Chase & Co., Citigroup and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce," companies that lawsuits allege "worked with Enron [and] participated in the accounting fraud that led to the bankruptcy of the once-mighty energy company."

The Settlement Plan? 

According to the AP article carried by Forbes.com,

Most of the money will be distributed to investors and shareholders who lost money on securities directly issued by Enron or its predecessor companies. A small portion will go to those who got securities from Enron-related entities.

In general, the plan is calculating shares of the settlement fund based on a formula that factors in such things as when a security was bought or sold, the purchase price paid and the type of stock that was bought.

To be eligible for the settlement, investors and shareholders needed to have bought Enron or Enron-related securities between Sept. 9, 1997 and Dec. 2, 2001. 

The Dispute?

With this much money at stake and so much damage done to investors, you can imagine that there is not simply one dispute but many.  

Robert Finkel, for instance, an attorney representing investors who have already won between $60 and $80 million from financial firms in securities suits was quoted as saying

It's our money. . . There should be no commingling of money."

And Stephen Neuwirth, representing another group of investors, has objected that the plan prevents shareholders who received their Enron stock as gifts from filing claims.  

For a copy of the plan and other explanatory materials for Enron Shareholder Class members, click here.

Friend AAA Arbitrator Deborah Rothman to Speak at Arbitrating the Mega Case on 8 February 2008

Our good friend the arbitrator and mediator Deborah Rothman (of the AAA and Judicate West) will be speaking with other distinguished arbitrators and attorneys at an all day ABA DRS seminar Arbitrating the Mega-CASE -- Surviving and Succeeding in the Mega-Arbitration on February 8 of next year (just around the corner!) 

 

Deborah will be speaking on Prehearing Issues – Early Management, described by the brochure as follows: 

Mega-arbitrations involve extensive discovery, probably from multiple parties as well as non-parties to the arbitration, and may involve out-of-jurisdiction issues and E-discovery. This type of case will also involve significant pre-hearing motion practice. This session examines the management of the mega-arbitration after the case has been successfully initiated, through pre-hearing procedures, up to the first hearing day.

While studying for my LL.M. I spent some time "externing" with Deborah and observed both her case management sessions and her arbitration hearings.  All I can say is that I wish I had known her when I was in practice and had been able to talk some of my clients into arbitrating their disputes before an arbitrator like her.

This looks like a "can't miss" arbitration seminar -- click on the link above for the full schedule. 

Settlement of the Week: $57.5M in Sprint Nextel Shareholder Class Action

Forbes.com channels AP's report on the recent settlement of the Sprint Nextel securities class action in Judge OKs $57.5M Sprint Stock Settlement

This hefty settlement follows recent predictions  that settlement values of securities class actions will decline. 

In its October post Will Settlement Values Decline?, for instance, we learn from the Risk and Governance Blog that at least one analyst (NERA): 

predict[ed] that settlement values may start trending downward after reaching a record high this year. The median settlement during the first six months of this year was $9 million, up from $7 million in both 2006 and 2005, according to NERA.

The NERA researchers base this prediction on recent declines in the median investor loss, which historically has been a “strong predictor” of settlement values. For cases that settled in 2007, the median loss was $381 million, less than the $407 million median loss for cases that were resolved in 2006. This trend is also apparent if one looks at new lawsuit filings. The median investor loss for cases filed in 2007 was $240 million, down from $265 million in 2006 and $340 million in 2005.

These trends are early hints that recent filings might not lead to continued increasing average settlement values in the future, although it is still too early to know which of the recently filed cases will result in settlement as opposed to dismissal,” the NERA researchers explain
.

Meanwhile, Forbes reports that that the Court in the Sprint Nextel settlement set aside 27.5 percent, or $15.8 million, for plaintiffs' legal fees, as well as an additional $2.2 million for plaintiff expenses.

For the full Forbes article, click here.


Settle It Now Joins the Forbes.com Business and Finance Network

(Notting Hill Gate by Paolo Margari)

What is that advertisement at the top of Victoria Pynchon's Negotiation Law Blog?

It's the first of several ads to be delivered on this site by Forbes.com.

Why is she junking up her blog with advertising; does she need the $$$ that badly?  . 

It's true that I will earn some income (a few dollars a month?  a couple of hundred?  I have no idea). 

But I'm not in it for the ad revenue.  

Why then?

Believe it or not, this blog is not merely a marketing device.  It is also an attempt to spread the good news of collaborative problem solving and interest-based negotiation to whomever those skills might help in their business and personal lives.  

Learning interest-based negotiation and mediation skills radically changed the quality of my life, my work and my personal relationships.  I don't just want to share that, I'll go all the way to say I have a mission to share that. 

O.K., But What Does This Have to Do With Advertising from Forbes.com

I'm joining the Forbes.com Business and Financial Network to bring the Settle It Now Negotiation Blog to as many people as might find it useful, most particularly business people and attorneys.

Forbes.com's homepage has -- drum roll please -- 20 million visitors a month. 

I have 5,000-6,000 visitors a month. 

I'd like to have more.

I'm truly hoping that the Forbes.com network will provide a greater array of information and advice to my existing five to six thousand monthly visitors and that the addition of my blog to the network will get the central message of this blog to more people.

What is your blog's central message anyway?

Here it is.  

A community thrives on collaboration and reciprocity.  All communities -- local and global -- thrive on collaboration and reciprocity.  And individuals living in collaborative and reciprocal communities are happier and healthier than those who don't.

The rest is implementation.  And practice.

So, let's see how this Forbes.com community can further that goal. 

Hop on board!  The train is getting ready to leave the station. 

But don't worry about being left behind.  We're a local so you can jump on any time you're ready!! 

Rounding Up Power and Persuasion

(Power by Michael Nagel)

Thanks to Personal Injury Law Roundup No. 39 for mentioning our piece on the persuasive power of the WGA Strike Video.

Although I mediated many cases as a litigator and trial lawyer, it wasn't until I began serving as a mediator that I realized how much trial attorneys and mediators have in common.  

Yes, yes, I know -- trial lawyers are trained assassins and mediators are neutral facilitators of negotiated resolutions.  And yet we both use the power of persuasion to assist us in "selling" our wares to our respective audiences -- trial lawyers to juries and mediators to the disputants and their counsel.

I'm a regular reader of trial blogs for this reason and hope that trial attorneys and mediators will continue having a dialogue about those matters that are of common interest to them.

Nice roundup guys and thanks again for including me! 

We Don't Need No Stinkin' ADR Providers?

It wasn't actually John Huston's Treasure of the Sierra Madre, but Mel Brook's Blazing Saddles -- where he parodies the scene above -- in which the bandits famously said "we don't need no stinkin' badges." 

Are we just as confused about the role played by mediation providers?

This is what you hear from litigators:

I don't hire a mediation provider, I hire a mediator.

This is what you hear from mediators:

People don't hire me because I'm on the JAMS or ADR Services or Judicate West panels.  People hire me because they know me.

And yet, we are on ADR provider panels and they do provide us with business just as we provide them with our "book." 

I'm not going to deconstruct the misconceptions here, only to provide you with an excerpt from the address given by Elizabeth Birch transcribed here -- Meditation Providers No Longer Add Value -- courtesy of Geoff Sharp and The Political News You Need to Know

 

It provides just a few of the reasons you might want to call my ADR provider, and that of my colleagues Jay McCauley, Michael Young, and John Wagner, at Judicate West, the next time you want to schedule a mediation or arbitration. 

 

 

Administration

Now, here is the nub of the problem. Many of you feel that you don’t need your mediations administered … “I can do that myself. Why should I let a Mediation Provider take some of the mediation money, if I can do it myself?”

Continue Reading

The Angriest Lawyers on the Block: a Rorschach Test

From the Simple Justice Blog -- a Rorschah test.

And while we're on the topic of funny lawyer ads, see the ABA Journal's article Funny Lawyer Ads are No Joke in New York by Martha Neil, teh Journal's online legal affairs writer here.

More Settlements in the Priest Sex Abuse Cases

(image:  St. John the Baptist by Br Lawrence Lew O.P.)

Ann McGlynn of the Quad City Times reports on the most recent priest sex abuse settlement Complex matrix to help determine diocese payouts here

You'll note that in both of today's settlements, there are non-monetary "justice" terms by which the defendants agree to provide direct means of emotional satisfaction to the injured parties.  

In the priest sex abuse case, the diocese has not only agreed to provide counseling to survivors (non-monetary restitution) but also to "giv[e] survivors a chance to address the parish in which their case of abuse occurred"  (an act of atonement and restorative justice).  That old standby revenge (retributive justice) has also been included in the diocese's settlement -- each parish agreeing to publish the names of all known abusers.    

The University of Colorado settlement includes what a friend of mine calls a "living amends."  As I understand a "living amends," the reptentent party not only makes restitution to the best of his/her ability, but also agrees to take (or refrain from taking) some activities in the future for the purpose of enacting the apology

In the Colorado case, the University "agreed to hire an adviser to monitor compliance with federal laws governing equal treatment of women and add a position in the university's Office of Victim Assistance."  That's a "living amends," atonement and restorative justice.

Below, as promised, an excerpt from the Quad Cities report of the priest sex abuse settlement. 

The diocese and its insurance company, Travelers, reached a settlement last week with the committee representing the 156 sex abuse claimants in the diocese bankruptcy. It totals

$37 million.

The settlement includes non-monetary agreements, including the diocese agreeing to provide counseling for all victims, giving survivors a chance to address the parish in which their case of abuse occurred and publishing the names of all known abusers.

And while some Catholic organizations may pay toward the settlement, it also releases all from liability.

Davenport joined four other dioceses — in Tucson, San Diego, Spokane and Portland, Ore. — in filing for bankruptcy. It filed in October 2006 after Michl Uhde of Davenport won a $1.5 million jury verdict for abuse he suffered at the hands of the now-dead Monsignor Thomas Feeney. The diocese was set to go to trial on a second case shortly after it filed for bankruptcy protection.

It has already paid more than $10 million in settlements to 45 victims

Settlement of the Month: University of Colorado to Pay $2.85 Million for Sexual Assault

(right:  CU football stadium by Kit Seeborg)

The Philadelphia Inqurier picks up P. Solomon Banda's AP report University Reaches Sex Assault Settlement here.  Excerpt below.  

DENVER - The University of Colorado has agreed to pay two women $2.85 million to settle a lawsuit alleging they were sexually assaulted by football players and recruits, school officials said yesterday.

The allegations had sparked a football recruiting scandal at the school, prompted broad university reforms, and led to a shake-up of its top leaders.

University spokesman Ken McConnellogue said the school also agreed to hire an adviser to monitor compliance with federal laws governing equal treatment of women and add a position in the university's Office of Victim Assistance.

The agreement came two months after an appellate court revived the lawsuit.

Hank Brown, the university president, said agreeing to the settlement was "a difficult decision, painful in some ways, but it's my sense that it was in the interest of the university."

The Power of the WGA's Strike Video: Why We Fight

(image links to Amazon.com)

We've talked before (here) about Columbia University Professor Charles Tilly's work on reason giving "Why?" (also see Malcolm Gladwell's article on Tilly's work here)

Reading Tilly is one of those events that forever changes the way we look at the world -- in this case -- why we too often seem to be talking past one another.   

The reason Tilly's book is so important to negotiators should be obvious.  As negotiators, we need to persuade, cajole, influence, seduce, tempt, hustle and sell not only the principled basis for our bargaining position, but also why our interests, needs and desires should make a difference to our negotiation partner.

So it is with the Writers' Guild, still on strike one full month after they exchanged keyboards for picket signs and paychecks for craft services at the front gates of Warners, CBS, Paramount and the like.

Recently, we posted the WGA's YouTube ad for the strike, "Why We Fight:  the Writers' Strike" on both our Negotiation and IP ADR Blogs. 

At 3 minutes and 50 seconds, this video is a textbook example of powerfully persuasive techniques that negotiators, litigators and trial attorneys can all use to "win" the negotiation, the oral argument, or the jury verdict.    

TAKE A LOOK AT THE VIDEO NOW

Why We Fight:  Wrapping it Up in the Flag

The video's title "Why We Fight" is taken from a series of seven documentary films made for the U.S. government by the revered director Frank Capra (It's a Wonderful Life, Mr. Smith Goes to Washington).  Capra's documentaries -- all entitled Why We Fight -- were instrumental in gaining and maintaining the support of a wary American public for our participation in the Second Wold War.  The last "good war." 

Before the viewer presses "play" on this video, its producers have already managed to wrap their short documentary up in the American flag -- carried by Capra -- a Hollywood figure more associated with can-do, hard-working, honest American "manhood" than anyone to walk off a Hollywood movie set since Ronald Reagan first strolled into public life.  

Back to Tilly and the Documentary's "Reason Giving"    

Although the Writers Guild of America is apparently still winning the PR war with the Alliance of Motion Picture and Television Producers, opinion can swifty shift as related businesses begin to feel the ill-effects of an entire industry at stand-still.  This little video should stand them in good stead for quite some time and Tilly can tell us why.

Continue Reading

Indisputably's Michael Moffit on Mediator Ethics

Michael Moffitt, Associate Professor at the University of Oregon School of Law and Indisputably.org blogger recently posted his thoughts about the difference between the Mediation Ethics we are taught and the Mediation Ethics we Need here

The full post is well worth reading.  Most applicable to my own practial ethics needs, however, is the following post excerpt.

None of the existing or proposed ethical codes, he writes,  

address the relatively common and always difficult situations in which more than one ethical principle is implicated, and in which no course of action perfectly protects all of the mediation principles involved.

One party appears to have an imperfect understanding of some aspect of a deal, the other party is credibly indicating an intention to withdraw from the mediation, the conversation up to this point suggests that the issues appearing in the legal complaint are only one component of what’s going on and what each party cares about, the case is proceeding under brutal external time constraints, the media are making regular requests for updates, and the mediator isn’t sure what the best next steps might be.

That’s not just an ethical question, but there are ethical questions embedded in there. And nothing in most articulations of mediation ethical standards even acknowledges, much less guides, the balancing I must do.

Amen, brother and thanks for joining the conversation about ethics.

The Writers Explain the Strike in Three Minutes and Fifty Seconds

Thanks to the National Law Journal's Los Angeles Legal Pad for posting this short video "Why We Strike."

A post explaining the reason the reasons given here feel pretty darn persuasive next.

And, by the way, we're really happy to see theL.A. Legal Pad becoming much more substantive a legal news source than it originally was. 

We're pretty certain we have Jason Siegel to thank for this improvement in content and thank him we do!

We're looking forward to watching it grow!

Avoiding Evil and Promoting Good: the Bully in the Workplace

As social psychologist Phillip G. Zimbardo proved in his Stanford University "student prison" experiment in the 1970's and Stanley Milgram proved in his "susceptibility to authority" experiments in the 1960's, we are not only all capable of bullying behavior, we are all capable of torture.

Zimbardo's students who were randomly divided into "guards" and "prisoners" eerily anticipated the horror of Abu Ghraib decades before the American military was pantsed by its own people and a few digital cameras. 

If you don't recall Zimbardo's study, shortly after being assigned their roles as "guards" or "prisoners" the "guards" began tormenting the "prisoners," the "prisoners" began to have mental break-downs, and Zimbardo, by his own accounting, become "a Prison Superintendent [who] began to talk, walk and act like a rigid institutional authority figure more concerned about the security of 'my prison' than the needs of the young men entrusted to my care as a psychological researcher."

In Zimbardo's article -- The Psychology of Power and Evil:  All Power to the Person?  To the Situation?  To the System? here, he describes those situations in which we are all prone to become bullies and those workplace practices that can prevent us from "going rogue."   

(above, a short documentary with original footage from the prison experiment)

Zimbardo's prescriptions for creating a culture of good rather than evil after the jump. 

Continue Reading

Mediator Diane Levin on the Mysterious Math of Adding and Dividing by Two

Friend Diane Levin of the Online Guide to Mediation writes:

I think the question you raise here, requires a cognitive psychologist to answer. Having said that, I've seen this phenomenon [of the negotiation ending half way between the first two offers] myself. I suspect it's because the notion of "splitting the difference" or "meet me halfway" is so deeply ingrained in us.

Perhaps on some level this result "feels fair" to parties -- not surprising when 
even envious monkeys can spot a bum deal.


When the "Fair" Result Doesn't Result

However, I don't think it's fair to assume that this applies in all cases. I don't believe it holds true in mediations between an attorney and his/her client on one side and an unrepresented party on the other, when you're more likely to get out-of-the-ballpark initial demands from the unrepresented party (the "it's what my third cousin who's going to law school said I could get" phenomenon), or when either or both parties are unprepared to negotiate and have no objective criteria on which to base their dollar demands. Then the end result is wildly different from what you've described. And those are the cases that can break your heart.

For example, consider a not-so-untypical employment discrimination case between an unrepresented complainant and an employer with their lawyers. The complainant's first demand is $900,000 -- about $896,000 shy of what would have been a reasonable starting demand. The counteroffer is $500. The complainant's next move is to $50,000. The counteroffer is $750. In the next exchange of numbers, the complainant moves to $35,000, followed by a counteroffer of $900, which astonishingly settles the case.

Mathematical formulae are all very well, but they don't take into account all the variables that can come into play at the table. I've long stopped trying to predict what clients will do -- I just strap on my seatbelt and get ready for the ride.

I'm curious to hear what the experts on human behavior have to say on this. And I'm very much looking forward to the next installment in this series, Vickie.

THANKS DIANE!!  You can see Diane's thoughts on all things mediation at the Online Guide to Mediation.

 

Money mediation redux

Still riffing off of Geoff Sharp's Money Mediation #1 (where's two big guy?)

I keep telling friends that the following formula is descriptive, not prescriptive, and yet, I don't think I really know what I'm talking about.  

The formula?  In a pure distributive bargain, the case will settle half-way in between the first two reasonable offers.

The belief?  I believe the key phrase here is "reasonable," which is not surprising since the entire practice of the law seems to be precariously balanced atop that single word.

The observation?  For the past three and one-half years of mediation practice I have performed this math equation (I know it's only arithmetic) at the moment I believe the first two reasonable offers have been put on the table.  Often I'll go back to earlier offers -- ones I considered unreasonable.  I generally find that the arithmetic works there too.  Add the offer and the counter.  Divide by two.

I do sometimes say "you seem to be heading toward $X" when the parties are claiming impasse and I'm not buying it.  They seem surprised that I somehow know what they're thinking.

(twilight zone music here)

The Question.   What's the deal with this little formula, taught to me as holy writ by the Mediating the Litigated case people. 

Is it some sort of golden mean or cognitive bias (aha! woke you up Michael Webster in Canada!) 

If any of the following people were to give an answer to this question, I'd be deliriously happy, which just goes to show you just how much I'm procrastinating writing chapter three:

Diane Levin

Geoff Sharp (the "coalface" perspective)

Anyone at Indisputably.

Richard Rueben (who in any event owes me a phone call) at U. of Mo. (my social psych guru)

WantYour Case Decided by a Really Cranky Arbitrator? Litigate Your Case in an Arizona Superior Court

(photo:  Inside H Block 4 by Still Burning)

Want an angry tax attorney serving as the arbitrator on your personal injury case?  Then head on down to Arizona where the Ninth Circuit has just held that he can be forced  by State law to serve as your neutral for $75 per day -- all without violating the U.S. Constitution.

The indentured tax attorney?  Mark V. Scheehle, to whom you might throw a little tax planning work out of collegial fellow feeling.

The facts below.  Link to Scheehle v. Justices of the Supreme Court here.

Arizona law requires that each superior court, by rule of court, provide for the arbitration of cases in which the amount in controversy does not exceed $65,000. Ariz. Rev. Stat. § 12- 133. At the time this action was filed, the Local Rules of Practice for the Superior Court of Maricopa County required that all attorneys who reside in the county and have been active members of the Arizona Bar for five years serve as arbitrators.

Attorneys who served as arbitrators under the Appointment System were paid a flat fee of $75 for each day in which they actually conducted an arbitration hearing.  

Scheehle has been a member of the Arizona Bar since 1981, and a certified tax specialist since 1988. In September 1996, Scheehle was appointed as the arbitrator in a motor vehicle personal injury action. He served as an arbitrator and submitted a report to the Maricopa Superior Court in December 1997.

In July 1997, Scheehle was appointed as the arbitrator in a second motor vehicle personal injury suit and accepted the appointment. In October 1997, while still serving as the arbitrator in the second action, Scheehle was appointed as the arbitrator in a third personal injury action.

Scheehle decided to challenge the authority of the Arizona courts to require that he serve as an arbitrator. He returned the file to the Presiding Arbitration Judge of the Maricopa County Superior Court with a letter declining to serve as an arbitrator. He also expressed his unwillingness to serve as an arbitrator in any subsequent case, and his belief that the Appointment System was unconstitutional and violated Arizona law.

The judge responded by holding a telephone conference at which Scheehle placed his objections on the record. The judge further encouraged Scheehle to apply for relief for good cause shown from the particular assignment, but Scheehle declined, choosing to challenge the Appointment System as a whole.

Scheehle was allowed to file a brief in support of his position. In January 1998, the Presiding Arbitration Judge entered an order rejecting Scheehle’s arguments and imposing a $900 sanction on Scheehle for refusing the arbitrator appointment.

What Do Restraunteurs and Mediators Have in Common Aside from Hunger?

Service!!

Thanks to Joe Provenza of Can I Have That With!!  for dropping by yesterday's post and leaving a comment and for hipping us to the Mental Blocks that prevent every negotiator and negotiation advocate from distinguishing the conflict resolution forest from the money trees.  Joe comments upon and quotes Steve Pavlina's post “2 Mental Blocks to Making Money” with the good news that we should be thinking about people, not money.

(photo Adam and Eve on a Raft by Duane Romanell)

“…By focusing on trying to get money, you’re missing the point. The point is to provide value to others. This means serving people in a way they aren’t already being served, in a manner that aligns with your unique creative self-expression. Share what only you can share. Express what only you can express in the way that only you can express it…

…Try to look past your own needs and recognize there’s a pretty interesting world around you. Through your actions you can have an impact on it, for better or worse. Think about how you can provide something that people want or need in a way they aren’t already being served, something that will make a positive difference. Then act on it.”

"Focus entirely on the customer," echoes Provenza "and then act upon it."

 A bias for action is tantamount. Too often we spend our energy preparing to act, yet take no action. We have the resources all about us, however we do not use them.

Focus on the customer and acting upon that focus is the only way to break through Mental Blocks!

money money money money money money money money money money money money money

Take a look at Geoff Sharp's post on the so-called pure money case and then please please please send me your stories on meaning-making about money in the course of mediated or non-mediated negotiations.

 (see our previous posts on the subjective experience of money here and here)

What do I mean by "meaning making"?

Let me give you an example of the type of story I'm looking for. 

I was mediating a personal injury case and we'd reached impasse.  The Plaintiff was having trouble understanding how the amounts of money being discussed could possibly adequately compensate her for her injury -- a self-report of daily 3-hour headaches.      

After much discussion I sat down with my calculator and "translated" the final offer of settlement into an hourly wage for two years worth of headaches "if suffering were your full-time job." 

The resulting "hourly income" was pretty substantial when viewed as an hourly payment for pain.  This way of presenting defendant's offer broke the impasse.  

Why? 

Before we translated the total settlement offer (minus costs and fees) into a compensation scheme familiar to the Plaintiff -- an hourly wage -- she  had no metric against which to value that offer.  The money wasn't real until she understood it in terms of earnings.  

I've heard many other stories like this but my appetite for them is insatiable.  Whenever a mediator or lawyer tells me a story like this, I am always inspired and heartened.  Their telling also helps me become better at facilitating "pure money" negotiations. I'm hoping they will also be useful to my readers.

Thanks to the Wise Law blog for picking up on the beginning of what I hope will be an expanding conversation among mediators and litigators about "pure money" negotiations.

Outcome Satisfaction in Negotiation -- Good News for Year-End

(photo:  The Choices by Robert La Londe-Berg)

All things being equal -- or, more to the point -- most things being impossible to equalize -- your clients' satisfaction with the settlement you negotiate is going to depend upon something other than the absolute number attained. 

In fact, the social scientists who study these things have told us that people tend to be more satisfied with the outcome of negotiations in which the following occur:

  1. the other side makes numerous concessions (even if they are small or inconsequential);
  2. the outcome achieved is as good or better than similar outcomes obtained by colleagues or competitors (i.e., a 10% raise in salary tends to be viewed favorably if one's co-workers receive 7% raises and unfavorably if one's co-workers receive 12% raises);
  3. the negotiator does better than he hoped to (without regard to whether the expected outcome is "good" or "bad" based upon objective factors);  
  4. the negotiator feels that the process by which the outcome was reached was "fair and reasonable"; and,
  5. the negotiator does not believe that his will was overridden by a stronger negotiator on the other side.

For the academically minded, see e.g. Disconnecting Outcomes and Evaluations: the Role of Negotiator Focus here and Voice, Control and Belonging:  the Double-Edged Sword of Procedural Fairness here.

Now, from the "Pride and Preferences" post at The Proper Study of Mankind (hat tip to TEDBlog's post How Toddlers (and Monkeys) Make Choices) we learn that the social scientists down the lane have once again proven that which our own experience has already told us -- that we routinely justify the choices we make by discounting, devaluing or demonizing the unchosen option and telling ourselves that we had always favored the chosen one.    

What's new about this relatively commonplace insight is that it is at work not only in sophisticated bargainers, but also in human toddlers and our primate friends the capuchin monkeys.  

How do we apply this "choice preference" insight to client satisfaction with settlement outcomes? 

It's not hard to do. 

Whatever a client's reservations about the course a negotiation session takes, by the end of the day they've made dozens of small decisions among (potentially) equally attractive or unattractive choices.  Add to the negotiation mix the fact that we tend to value choices that were made only after great difficulty and the "satisfaction outcome" is nearly guaranteed.

Even without coaching by you or assurances given by the mediator, your client should be pretty satisfied with any negotiation outcome by the end of the day.  If not, only a little negotiation post-mortem back-patting should be necessary to focus your client on the difficulty of your mutual  achievement and on your joint superior wisdom in settling at the time and for the number you both did.  

We're not suggesting being disingenuous here.  Most cases can profitably settle in a fairly wide range.  So long as you've done a thorough cost-risk analysis with your client and have a firm bottom line you've agreed not to alter, most settlements of risky and unpredictable litigation are the smartest decision you and your client can make at any stage of the proceedings.

Year-end's coming and with it the time to close the book on many cases that are becoming more problematic with time.

Clear these troublesome pieces of litigation away and both you and your client will have much to celebrate in 2008.

Tips for Negotiating Conversation at the Thanksgiving Table

I kicked off the Thanksgiving  holiday season last evening by having an argument with my friend and neighbor the rocket scientist about extraordinary rendition and the effect of immigrant workers on the economy

I knew I'd lost all sense of perspective around midnight as I continued searching for and emailing Tony articles that proved me right, while Mr. Thrifty snored softly beside me, intermittently awakening to say "I thought you said you were going to go to sleep?"

Embarrassing, but true.

Tomorrow, tens of millions of people will be sitting down to Thanksgiving dinner with friends and family they haven't discussed politics, sex or religion with for at least one full year.     

For those of you who find you just can't help yourself, I provide the following resources. 

First, I give you Ben Stein's Top Ten Tips for Having a Business Conversation -- appropriately entitled "How Not to Ruin Your Life." They will serve you at the Thanksgiving table every bit as well as they will save you from self-destruction at your next firm retreat.  

If you simply cannot avoid a political conversation this Thanksgiving, do yourself a favor by taking a brief look at the Public Conversations Projects' Eleven Ideas for Making a Hard Conversation Work before the relatives arrive. 

Finally, as much for myself as my for readers, I give you my own personal top six tips for Thanksgiving Day conversation.    

1.  Before diving in to a spirited dialogue about the use of fetuses for stem cell research with your second helping of mashed potatoes, ask yourself whether you are emotionally ready to resist the strong pull to hit your conversational partner over the head with a turkey leg.  If not, open your mouth only to say something kind or grateful or to shove another helping of stuffing into it.  

2.    If you just can't help yourself from responding to Aunt Gertrude's (somewhat drunken) assertion that "torture is too good for the terrorists at Guantanamo," any of the following will do.

Can I pour you another drink?

Uuh huh, uh huh, uh huh

go on

tell me more

how do you feel about that?

I couldn't have said it better myself; do let me call you a taxi.

3.  For the academically minded,

I have a couple of dozen articles on that issue.  If you'll give me your email address, I'll pass them along to you.

4.  For the cousin from Alabama, 

I'd love to get Rush Limbaugh's point of view on that -- please do drop See I Told You So  by the house before you leave for Montgomery tomorrow.

5.  Avoid stereotyping people from Montgomery, Alabama.

6.  As the Public Conversations Project advises,

Thinking before speaking is a good idea.

Have a great Thanksgiving and remember --Ben Franklin thought the National Bird should be a turkey

Think twice. 

Then think again and offer Aunt Gertrude another piece of pumpkin pie.

(Other law blog thanksgiving posts here (New York Personal Injury Lawyer); Thanksgiving for New DMCA Exceptions from InfoLaw, Thanksgiving for Law Reviews? from PrawfsBlawg; a Holiday Brain Book Guide from the Neuroethics & Law Blog;  the WSJ Law Blog's advice for NYC Thanksgiving tourists; and, Future Law's Ten Reasons to Be Thankful there were No Lawyers on the Mayflower.)

Gini Nelson Interviews Harvard Negotiation Project Director Dan Shapiro

What kind of consultant has the opportunity to, in one year, consult with everybody from Microsoft and Starbucks to her Majesty Queen Raniya to hostage negotiators with the FBI to working with NYPD’s hostage negotiation team, to working with lawyers and medical doctors?  

Only one that I know of -- Associate Director of the Harvard Negotiation Project, Harvard Law School Professor and author of the must-read negotiation text Beyond Reason: Using Emotions as You Negotiate --  Daniel Shapiro.  

 

Read his interview with conflict resolution specialist Gini Nelson of Engaging Conflicts here

and

visit Gini Nelson's blog here!

More Educated Tea Leaf Reading on Hall & Associates by Professor Sarah Cole at Indisputably.org

In her recent post Supreme Court Orders Additional Briefing in Hall Street, Moritz Law School Professor Professor Sarah Cole at Indisputably Dot Org worries that the Supreme Court might punt the issue squarely placed before it in Hall & Associates -- whether parties to an arbitration agreement may expand judicial review of arbitration awards -- and decide the issue on a narrow common law ground, thus creating more, rather than less, uncertainty for parties wishing to design the best conflict resolution vehicle for their particular dispute. 

(sorry for the run-on sentence grammarians)

The heart of Professor Cole's concerns is quoted below.  The questions from the Supreme Court giving rise to those concerns may be found in the linked post above.

(our earlier posts on the case -- which we referred to as the "Mattel" -- are here and here)

It may be that the[ Court is] considering whether substantive judicial review provisions contained in an agreement among parties transforms what the parties think is arbitration into a procedure governed by common law (contract law) rather than the FAA.

If that is the case, then the question becomes whether parties can ask courts to review their contracts on grounds that courts normally don’t use to review contracts. Then, the district court judge would have to look at whether he or she had authority to grant the parties’ request — in past cases, courts have used their inherent authority to grant or deny such non-traditional requests.

But, because courts’ inherent authority is discretionary, courts might reject the parties’ requests. That level of uncertainty might doom these kinds of agreements.

Collaboration and Persuasion, Not Railroading, the By Word of the Vioxx Judges

(photo of Rofecoxib from the Molecular Expressions Website)

Let me just say I'm prejudiced on this topic before we begin yet another discussion of the Vioxx settlement -- this one focusing on the stellar and collaborative case management skills of the jurists responsible for managing these cases through litigation, trial and settlement.

Having litigated complex commercial litigation in both State and Federal Courts, primarily in Los Angeles but also in other cities and states as well -- I don't believe there is any Court anywhere with a better group of Judges than those who preside over the Los Angeles Superior Court's Complex Case program in Central Civil West.

I was a true-believer of the benefits of the Complex Court on the first day my nine-figure environmental insurance coverage dispute was reassigned from a downtown courtroom to the Hon. Carolyn B. Kuhl, presently the Presiding Judge of "Complex."  

My respect for the Complex Court only grew when I became Judge Victoria Chaney's superannuated law extern while pursuing my LL.M degree in Conflict Resolution at the Straus Institute. 

So it is no surprise that Judge Chaney was one of those Judges who were highly instrumental in pressing the parties to resolve one of the most sophisticated mass tort cases ever -- and not by "twisting arms" or "banging heads," but by the art of case management, collaboration and principled persuasion.    

Kudos are also owed to Susan Todd, staff writer for the Star-Ledger, who wrote the following account of the settlement negotiations from the Judges' perspective.  Ms. Todd's article, Behind the scenes of the Vioxx settlement can be read in full here.  Below is an excerpt from yesterday's paper.

By December 2006, there had been enough [Vioxx jury] trials for both sides to recognize the strengths and weaknesses of their arguments, [New Jersey Superior Court Judge Carol] Higbee said.

Both sides had spent a lot of money, but the litigation was still progressing too slowly.

That month, [U.S. District Judge Eldon] Fallon, Higbee and [Ass't Supervising Complex Court Judge Victoria] Chaney met in New Orleans. Over dinner, they prepared for a meeting the next morning with attorneys from both sides. It was time, the judges had decided, for the lawyers to discuss a resolution.

The judges urged the lawyers to begin talking. They asked for monthly meetings and regular progress reports. They emphasized, among other things, the need to move the cases along.

"We were simply not going to be able to continue this slow progress," Higbee said. "It would go on forever."

Six months later, in June, the judges notified the team of plaintiff attorneys they intended to meet with Merck's legal team, Higbee said. The pace of the litigation weighed on the judges.

"Trying the cases one at a time was no longer going to be an option," Higbee said. "We never thought we would try all the cases, but there was a chance we would try another 500 cases."

The judges told Merck's lawyers they would have to start spreading the cases out among more judges, which would diminish the chance of getting a settlement. "The chance of a fair resolution was much more likely," Higbee said, "while there was a control of the litigation by the three judges."

The Judges' Management Strategy Plus the Three-Year Statute of Limitations, Pushed the Negotiations Along

Kent Jarrell, an outside spokesman for Merck's legal team, said the possibility of the lawsuits being spread out among additional judges was "a factor" that pushed the negotiations along. But Jarrell said the three-year statute of limitations, which arrived at the end of September, also was a big factor.

The statute of limitations on filing new cases gave Merck a clear definition of the litigation's magnitude, and that would prove to be a key factor in Merck's ability to formulate a settlement.

The settlement negotiations, which grew more serious during the summer months and into the fall, culminated in the early morning hours of Nov. 9.

"Both sides had a similar goal -- to settle as much of the litigation as possible and to pay people with the strongest cases, the most serious injuries, the most money," the judge said.

Higbee believes the settlement will ultimately succeed. "I'm anticipating they will get more than 85 percent of the cases," she said.

Gini Nelson on Mediator Ethics: First, Do No Harm; Then, Do Good?

Gini Nelson is the founder and author of the Engaging Conflicts Blog.  Gini  received her law degree from George Washington University Law School in 1983 after teaching Social Problems at the University of Kansas while completing her MA in sociology.

Gini's practice  includes mediation and settlement facilitation.

Gini, who posted her response to my request for comments on mediation ethics on her own blog here, did so before I noticed and after I make a few edits here.  Any flaws in this version must therefore be laid at my door. 

Gini's pure unmolested thinking can be found here.  Gini's slightly edited thoughts (for style only) are in italics below.

As a starting point, I echo the physicians' ancient ethical code as First, do no harm.

When we look at short lists of ethical obligations, this bedrock principle appears to undergird all of them -- most of which emphasize client determination and transparency. This list should be short and it should be clear.

The obligation to do no harm, however, must be distinguished from the aspirational goal of "doing good."  

I am concerned about the blurring of lines between the two.

Is it our ethical duty, for instance, to advance the field of mediation, as much as we might aspire to do so?

Let's Take Pro Bono Services as an Example of an Aspirational Goal

I, for one, oppose mandatory "pro bono" services, whether the professionals being hauled into servitude are mediators, lawyers, physicians, accountants or interior decorators (as much as the world would benefit were it as aesthetically pleasing as, say, every shop window in Paris).

At least in New Mexico, however, we are not ethically required to provide pro bono services.  We are only asked to aspire to provide them.

This professional aspirational goal leaves it up to the individual attorney to consider what she can afford in terms of time, money and energy when considering whether to provide her services for free.  Despite the clarity with which this principle is expressed in New Mexico's Code of Professional Responsibility, I've sat in meetings with a combination of practicing attorneys, practicing mediators, state bar staff, court staff, and a judge where everyone was in complete accord on a mediator's ethical obligation to provide pro bono services.

Why the Problem?

When the people responsible for establishing and implementing court-annexed mediation programs misunderstand an aspiration as an ethical obligation, they feel free to incorporate mandatory pro bono mediation services in those programs.  In New Mexico, most state and city, government and judicial ADR programs require their mediators to provide their services free of charge. 

I understand the budgetary constraints these programs work with.  At the same time, I believe a confusion of the professional aspiration to "do good" with the ethical obligation to "do no harm" provides principled justification for program designers to expect mediators to work for free.

This, of course, harms the solo practitioner who can seldom afford to provide the same scale of pro bono services that larger or richer offices can handle.  Perhpas more importantly, it constitutes a continuing harm on the entire mediation field by demeaning the value of its practitioners' services.

This confusion also perhaps helps fuel some of the intolerance of other forms of practice that Diane writes about here.

Our Friend and Colleague Jan Frankel Schau Responds on Mediator Ethics

In response to our call to mediators to discuss the issue of mediator ethics, ADR Services and AAA neutral Jan Frankel Schau responds as follows:

First of all, bravo for raising such an interesting question. I am still mulling over the last one you raised about whether mediation seeks to do justice or only settle cases...

Here's my addition:

A mediation should, above all, protect and safegbuard the mediation process by allowing each participant to be fully heard and by facilitiating the full and fair opportunity to explore all possible options for resolution of the conflict presented.

I would also add the following:

A mediator should not

  • impose upon a disputant any settlement or resolution which is against his/her will or best interest.
  • knowingly encourage a settlement which is in itself illegal or immoral.
  • condone or knowingly permit the perpetuation of a fraud.

A mediator must assure that all settling parties are afforded a full opportunity to consider the implications of all settlement offers and demands and to reject any settlement offer which is not acceptable, after such a full and fair opportunity and consideration.

A mediator should at all times protect the free will of the disputants in both the process and the ultimate outcome of a conflict's resolution by providing careful and thoughtful explanation of the offer and demand as well as all implications and consequences of accepting or rejecting the negotiated terms.

Happy Thanksgiving!

Diane Levin on Mediator Ethics

Diane Levin of the Award-Winning Online Guide to Mediation and the World Directory of ADR Blogs and principal of Partnering Solutions responds to our request for comment on the Rules of Ethics governing the work of mediators as follows:  

The JAMS standards that you link to are similar but not identical to the standards of conduct promulgated by numerous other organizations and professional associations for mediators. As a practitioner in Massachusetts, I adhere to a combination of several standards that apply to my work.

Sources of Ethical Standards for Mediators

First, there are the Model Standards of Conduct for Mediators approved and adopted by the American Arbitration Association, the American Bar Association, and the Association for Conflict Resolution in 2005. 

In brief, they include self-determination by parties; impartiality of the neutral; avoidance of conflicts of interest; competence of the neutral; confidentiality; responsibility for the quality of the process; truthfulness in advertising and solicitation; accuracy of information regarding fees and other charges; and, the advancement of mediation practice.

Responsibility to Improve the Profession

That last duty I'd like to underscore, since it's one that I increasingly see mediators ignore or, worse, spurn. It calls upon mediators to advance the practice of mediation by, among other things, fostering diversity, mentoring new mediators, and -- here's the important one:

A mediator should demonstrate respect for differing points of view within the field, seek to learn from other mediators and work together with other mediators to improve the profession and better serve people in conflict.

(Emphasis mine.)

To me that means not only respecting the various models of mediation practice that abound, but to resist the temptation to label some mediators as superior or inferior to other mediators on the basis of practice area or profession of origin. We've got to stop putting each other down, folks.

Uniform Rules of Dispute Resolution

I also mediate within the Massachusetts courts which require neutrals to observe the Uniform Rules on Dispute Resolution.  Rule 9 of the Uniform Rules spells out a mediator's ethical duties which include impartiality; freedom from conflicts of interest; informed consent; disclosure of fees; confidentiality; truthfulness in advertising and solicitation; responsibility to non-participating third parties (children in a divorce case, for example, or the public and public safety in a dispute involving a public construction project); and, requirements for withdrawal.

Some points to note about these rules.

Rule 9(c), Informed Consent, prohibits mediators from providing legal advice and coercing the parties to settle.

I think this is critical, since the prohibition on providing legal advice underscores that the mediator's role is to facilitate negotiation and decision-making, not to serve as advocate. I also agree with its prohibition on coercion, which strips the parties of the power and the right to make their own decisions free from pressure by the mediator or the agenda of the court -- both of which may have an interest in obtaining the settlement of as many cases as possible.

This places the needs of the parties front and center, not as mere afterthought.

In addition, I'm a member of the Massachusetts Council for Family Mediation, which has its own rules of conduct for its members, which resemble but are not identical to the rules discussed above.

These rules require mediators to clarify for parties the difference between mediation and other processes such as litigation, arbitration, negotiation through lawyers, and therapy; and that they encourage parties to seek professional advice such as legal, financial, therapeutic, or marriage counseling.

A substantial number of my family mediation clients are not represented by counsel. Because it's easy for unrepresented parties to be confused about the mediator's role, I take great care to emphasize that my role is to mediate -- and that I will not be their lawyer, will not and cannot represent them, and will not provide legal advice -- and take care to explain the difference between a mediator and a lawyer. I would do this even if the Massachusetts Rules of Professional Conduct, Rule 2.4, "Lawyer Serving as Third Party Neutral", didn't require me to do it.

All of these various bodies of ethical rules and duties guide my conduct at the mediation table, Vickie.

But there's another ethical duty that I honor.

I don't think you'll find it formally recorded in our professional canon, but it's this: connect with other mediators.

I am fortunate to have a network of trusted friends and colleagues (and of course bloggers) in the mediation profession to whom I turn when an ethical dilemma confronts me. We need each other.

It's one reason why ABA Section on Dispute Resolution's Model Standards of Conduct Standard IX, Advancement of Mediation Practice, resonates so strongly with me. Not only do we benefit as individuals, but we benefit collectively when we work together to improve our practice.

Vioxx, Justice and Hypothetical John Doe

(above:  National Geographic's Odds of Dying chart from inkycircus)

I'm a student of the social psychology of conflict.  Of in-groups and out-groups.  Of choosing sides and aligning interests.  Of polarization and cognitive biases. 

But I just never get it when a newspaper reporter -- even someone living as rarefied a journalist's life as New York Times reporter Joe Nocera -- sheds crocodile tears for BigPharma.

Call me crazy.  Call me neutral.  But the recently settled Vioxx cases never struck me as low-merit, extortionate rip-offs nor as slam dunk victories for injured consumers or their survivors.

Why?  For all the reasons Joe notes -- it's extremely difficult to prove that one assault on a person's physical well-being (the use of a potentially life-endangering drug) is a more likely explanation for stroke, heart attack or death than the thousands of other reasons we all eventually die -- obesity, smoking, genetic pre-disposition, exposure to toxic chemicals in the workplace, stress and the like.     

John Doe's Alleged Vioxx-Related Heart Attack

In negotiating the settlement of litigation, I find it best when people actually engaged in the dispute are in the room because it tends to focus the parties on the intricacies, texture, dimensionality and simple messiness of real life.

With that in mind, I'll use a hypothetical to put a little flesh and blood into the debate.  More precisely, I'm going to use a hypothetical John Doe who had a heart attack about ten months after he started taking Vioxx.    

What Merck Did and Failed to Do

As Nocera acknowledges in his article Forget Fair, It's Litigation as Usual,  Merck did not behave with the high level of caution the consuming public would expect of a drug manufacturer creating and marketing a product we ingest to help make us better.  I mean, no one was taking Vioxx as a recreational drug, right?  Here's what Nocera says about Merck's marketing of Vioxx.

[Merck] caught a serious case of blockbuster fever in the 1990s. In its effort to crank out drugs with $1 billion or more in annual sales — the definition of a blockbuster drug — it over-reached. . . . 

Merck spent hundreds of millions of dollars marketing Vioxx, largely through direct-to-consumer advertising, portraying it as some kind of miracle pain reliever. So instead of having a few hundred thousand users in the short time it was on the market, it had 20 million. Its annual sales grew to $2.5 billion a year.

Even before the drug was approved by the Food and Drug Administration, there were rumblings in the scientific community that Vioxx might increase the risk of heart attacks or strokes. It’s not quite right to say that Merck completely ignored those potential problems — but the company certainly tried to avert its eyes.

. . . At Merck . . . “there was a kind of studied ignorance” of the possibility that Vioxx could increase the chances of a heart attack — even after one study, called Vigor, suggested that the drug could quadruple the heart attack risk. Only in 2004, when another study confirmed the increased risk, did Merck finally react — by taking the drug off the market.

(emphasis mine).

So Merck was making billions of dollars on a drug that probably should not have been marketed to the general public.  Merck ignored the medical research -- some of which showed the drug could quadruple the risk of heart attack -- until yet another study confirmed the increased risk.

Nevertheless, Nocera worries about a judicial system railroading Merck into creating a fund for people who are able to demonstrate that the drug likely caused stroke, heart attack or death.   

John Doe's Bereaved Family Seeks to Recover for Their Devastating Loss  

As Nocera notes, you can never really be certain what caused your cancer or heart attack.  No one will ever know for sure why your brother had a stroke at 35 when everyone else in your family lived into their nineties. We all have medical histories that make us vulnerable to one or more life-threatening conditions that will eventually kill us off.  As the National Geographic recently noted in the chart reproduced above, our odds of death from any and all causes are 100%.

We'd die if we lived in a bubble.

Continue Reading

The Ethical Standards that Guide Mediator Conduct

At the close of yesterday's seminar on mediation ethics for lawyers, I was asked what ethical standards guided my own practice.  Other than "neutrality" and maintaining confidences, I'm sorry to say that the question caught me short.

As promised to teleseminar participants, I provide JAMS suggested Mediator Ethics below together with a link to the JAMS article explaining each ethical standard here.

GUIDELINES

I. A MEDIATOR SHOULD ENSURE THAT ALL PARTIES ARE INFORMED ABOUT THE MEDIATOR'S ROLE AND NATURE OF THE MEDIATION PROCESS, AND THAT ALL PARTIES UNDERSTAND THE TERMS OF SETTLEMENT. 

II. A MEDIATOR SHOULD PROTECT THE VOLUNTARY PARTICIPATION OF EACH PARTY. 

III. A MEDIATOR SHOULD BE COMPETENT TO MEDIATE THE PARTICULAR MATTER. 

IV. A MEDIATOR SHOULD MAINTAIN THE CONFIDENTIALITY OF THE PROCESS. 

V. A MEDIATOR SHOULD CONDUCT THE PROCESS IMPARTIALLY. 

VI. A MEDIATOR SHOULD REFRAIN FROM PROVIDING LEGAL ADVICE.

VII. A MEDIATOR SHOULD WITHDRAW UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.

VIII. A MEDIATOR SHOULD AVOID MARKETING THAT IS MISLEADING AND SHOULD NOT GUARANTEE RESULTS.

[(c) copyright JAMS 2003.  For more info from JAMS, visit www.jamsadr.com or call 1.800.352.5267]

I ask my mediation blog buddies Geoff Sharp, Diane Levin, Paula Lowhon, Phyllis Pollack, Jan SchauGini Nelson, all of the generous academics at Indisputably, and Chris Annunziata for additions to the list or comments about it.

Three Can Keep a Secret if Two of Them are Dead: Confidentiality and Ethics in Mediated Negotiations

(photo Money! by David Beyer)

"Three can keep a secret if two of them are dead."  Benjamin Franklin

Do you know whether your settlement conference can be considered a mediation?

Do you know whether mediation confidentiality rules will prevent you from enforcing terms of an agreement that have not been included in the deal points hastily scrawled at mediation's end?

Do you know what type of confidentiality protections govern settlement negotiations that are not "mediated"?

Do you know you could be prevented from proving you were fraudulently induced to enter into an agreement if it was negotiated during a mediation?  

If your answer to ANY of these questions is "no," you should take a look at the Power Point Presentation on Mediation Confidentiality that I recently gave as an MCLE teleseminar. 

I've included in this presentation the speakers' notes so that you'll be able to obtain almost as much benefit from the Power Point as did the "live" participants.  

POWER POINT PRESENTATION WITH SPEAKER'S NOTES

I mention several great resources in the presentation including

I also have an entire page of resources, together with a form mediated settlement agreement here.


 

Vioxx Settlement: Ethical Dilemma or Common Attorney-Client Conflict?

(image links to ABC News article on New York's own recent lawsuit against Merck)

In his provocative Los Angeles Times article Vioxx deal may cause pain, staff writer Daniel Costello asks whether the contingent settlement agreement we've written about here, here and here raises an ethical dilemma for Plaintiffs' attorneys.

(and for a well-informed and thorough analysis of the settlement, see the Mass Tort Litigation Blog article on the issue here)

As Costello reports: 

The highly unusual agreement not only requires 85% of plaintiffs to agree before it can be finalized but also might unduly force some claimants to settle or risk losing their lawyer.

That's because the deal includes highly unusual restrictions on plaintiffs' lawyers. The settlement requires them to recommend the deal to all of their clients or none. In addition, lawyers must stop representing any clients who turn it down as long as they don't violate ethics rules.

The agreement was hammered out by Merck and a committee of top trial lawyers who represent Vioxx claimants. Lawyers for both sides said it was a good deal because it provided immediate and fair compensation instead of lengthy trials with uncertain outcomes. Merck requested the all-or-nothing conditions because it feared lawyers would settle weaker cases and cherry-pick stronger ones for trial and possible higher payouts.

Stephen Gillers, a professor of ethics at NYU School of Law, wins the compelling legal metaphor of the year award for suggesting that

Clients are not inventory that lawyers can just shed when they become inconvenient. It's forbidden.

Local trial attorney Tom Girardi, however, who took at least one 'bellwether' Vioxx case to a jury verdict before Assistant Supervising Complex Court Judge Victoria Chaney in Los Angeles earlier this year, notes that it is 

always the clients' decision to accept a settlement or not, and lawyers aren't going to do anything that's unethical [and that] those considering [whether to accept the offer] should know these are not easy cases to try in court.

So is a Mass Tort Injustice on the Horizon?  Not Likely. 

The law -- and the contract between attorney and client -- gives both the right to withdraw from the attorney-client relationship for any or no reason.  Generally, however, the relationship continues unless the same type of "irreconcilable differences" that permit husband and wife to divorce, arise between counsel and client.    

One of the most common reasons for the dissolution of the attorney-client relationship is a disagreement over settlement.  The attorney is not, of course, the client's indentured servant and the client is neither chattel nor "inventory."   

If the attorney believes the client has been offered a settlement that is a better alternative to further litigation and trial, he would dishonor his ethical obligation if he didn't say so.  If the client disagrees and their difference of opinion cannot be resolved, they separate.  

The only ethical requirements on the part of the attorney in this circumstance are:  (1)  not to abandon the client or separate at a time when it would cause harm, i.e., bowing out on the eve of trial; and, (2) not putting the attorney's own interests above those of the client.

This is where that pesky contingency fee comes in. 

Any attorney who has a one-third to fifty percent financial interest in a settlement reached or judgment entered in his client's case will often appear to have a financial interest that conflicts with his client's.  This apparent conflict, however, is actually more of a guard against unnecessary litigation than the defense lawyers' practice of charging their clients an hourly fee. 

A contingency attorney lives or dies by his ability to assess the risk of victory or loss and maximize the value of the threat of further litigation and trial to the defendant.  

When the contingency fee intersects with mass tort practice, however, common daily  practice is writ so large that the tension between attorney and client that accompanies all personal injury litigation can be made to look like injustice -- clients as inventory and attorneys as self-serving monsters.

Let's Talk About the Risks in the Real World

Tom Girardi, after trying a brilliant case to the jury in Judge Chaney's courtroom, lost to Merck.  In closing, Merck's attorney argued to the jury that Tom's client was "all in" based upon his testimony about the number of Vioxx tablets he'd taken. 

Clients, however, just like any other fallible human beings, "forget" or dissemble.  Whatever the Plaintiff's "true" recollection, the pharmacy records proved otherwise.  He had not only not taken the number of Vioxx tablets prescribed -- his recollection of how many he took was not even close.  

Can the Vioxx attorneys predict victory?  No.  Can Merck?  Nope.  Did both sides take their best shot at trying a couple of dozen cases at enormous expense.  I think so.

Is there an ethical problem here?  Not likely. These are some of the best personal injury trial attorneys in the country.  And they don't get that reputation by settling their clients' claims for less than they're worth.  

Practice Tip: Strategic Use of Offers for Judgment

(right:  Belushi as Brando as Vito Corleone)

Even if you don't practice in New Jersey, take a look at Make an Offer Your Adversary Can't Refuse from an August issue of the New Jersey Law Journal written by Gibbons Law Firm attorneys Paul F. Cullum III and Jason R. Tuvel

Here in California, we call an "offer for judgment" a "998." 

"Have you served a 998?" is a question I often ask the parties during mediation when we appear to be reaching impasse.  The usual answer is "we haven't done enough discovery" or "we've been waiting for the mediation [to fail] before serving it."  

As Cullum and Tuvel correctly note, it's a mistake not to use this hammer as early in the litigation as possible.  I'll add to their excellent advice that it's very good to serve the offer prior to mediation -- not after

It's ammunition I can add to the "parade of horribles" for the other side.

Apparently, there's a new decision in New Jersey called Palmer that clarifies the previously open question whether you could serve multiple offers of judgment during the course of the litigation.  I must admit that I don't know the answer to the question here in California (readers?) but provide you with the Practice Tip of the Week from Cullum and Tuvel.

Nice article guys. Thanks for adding to the collective wisdom.  

The Palmer decision provides tremendous guidance to both attorneys and litigants with respect to case management and strategy. For example, if an attorney has not had the opportunity to complete discovery, but has analyzed the case enough to make an informative estimate on damages, an attorney can advise his client to file and serve an offer of judgment as soon as possible to get an early trigger date for fee-shifting purposes under the Rule.

Thereafter, once discovery has concluded or been more thoroughly explored, a subsequent offer(s) can be made that is more likely to invoke a settlement.

In the alternative, a subsequent offer may have only slightly modified a prior offer, and therefore the offeror will stand a good chance of collecting fees on the earlier offer which will cover more of the offeror’s expenses because it has never exinguished in lieu of the Palmer decision.

Good strategy that should be applied for tactical advantage in any jurisdiction that permits it.

And a hearty congratulations to the Gibbons Law Firm for joining the AmLaw 200 for the first time in June of this year!

This Should Send an Icy Chill Down Your Spine: Los Angeles to "Map" Muslims

Click on image for a brush-up on American profiling history.  

I've pretty much successfully resisted saying anything overtly political on this blog.  Until today.

As Bertolt Brecht once publicly asked:

What times are these when a poem about trees is almost a crime because it includes silence against so many outrages.

The same could be said for "staying on point" in this negotiation blog -- there are some things it simply cannot contain silence against.

The NLJ Legal Pad reported the following today:

The LAPD is developing a plan to map the Muslims living in Los Angeles. Police officials argue that this will improve relations with Muslims and integrate "moderate" Muslims into mainstream society and somehow locate communities they deem susceptible to "extremism."

Muslim rights groups and the ACLU's LA office say this is unlawful, amounts to religious profiling, cannot be effectively done and unfairly demonizes a religion with more than a billion adherents as more prone to violent acts than others.

My motive is not to make a negotiator's point about this issue but to express naked outrage. 

Just in case Los Angeles City Officials and the LAPD don't recall the "innocuous" yellow jewish star and its inevitable end-point, I provide this photograph, which links to an article on "marking" entire religious communities in Nazi Germany.

I'm not a political blog and have no political credentials other than being a citizen in a democracy.

To keep my compact with my readers to provide the "negotiation angle" on every story, here goes:

The LAPD claims (apparently with a straight face) that its interest is to

improve relations with Muslims

As every negotiator knows, before trying to 'sell' someone what we believe they want, its best to ask some diagnostic questions to ascertain their genuine interests.

Apparently, the LAPD didn't consult with the "Muslim Community" before taking this step to improve its relations with the Muslim Community.

I doubt that such community speaks with a single voice any more than the "Jewish" or the "Christian" communities do.  But there are local Muslim leaders who could have been drawn into a dialogue to determine how many -- if any -- believe that the LAPD's possession of a map of their whereabouts is going to make them feel really terrifically safe and protected and happy, like the first class citizens they are -- since America -- a democracy -- doesn't have any citizens who aren't first class. 

That's the thing about America.  And democracy. 

Of course, just asking the question whether the people to be scrutinized believe the scrutiny will make them feel better about their relationship with the scrutinizers tends to make the scrutinizers' "explanation" laughable. 

If it weren't so chillingly ominous.

In negotiations, we call people whose interests are at stake -- stakeholders.  Just in case the LAPD and the City of Los Angeles don't know who might represent the stakeholders here, we provide the following list, found by way of an internet search that took about five minutes of my time.

Islamic Shura Council of Southern California

Muslim Public Affairs Council

Islamic Society of Orange County

Council on Islamic American Relations

Council on Pakistan American Affairs

As an Irish Protestant girl, you wouldn't think I'd care so much about the Muslim community. 

Don't underestimate me.  Or the millions of others like me -- be they Catholic or Jewish or nothing at all by way of religious persuasion.  The millions of us who simply will not let this happen.  

Not here.  Now now.  Not ever. 

Knowing and Using Your Cognitive Biases to Negotiate a Better Deal

 Here's the power point for the first session of today's "Settle to Win" Seminar and the notes I used to give the talk

Because these materials are the basis for a speech and not the speech itself, they may be a bit confusing.  I'm providing them for those who attended the seminar.  If you didn't, please understand that not everything discussed appears in these materials.  

The entire day of speakers (a pretty high powered group) will soon be available in audio from the Pincus CLE company here.

Today's ABA Law School Negotiation Competition

. . . with the usual groveling thanks to charles fincher of lawcomix for the generous giving of permission to use his brilliant and hilarious cartoons . . . . 

. . . to be fair, the final round contestants were all ridiculously well-prepared, articulate, bright, thorough and just generally the kind of young people you'd hoped would one day be in charge of the world . . .

. . . it's just that the ABA rules apparently require them to be very very very very very NICE . . . .  

More Thoughts from a Labor Negotiator on the Hollywood Writers' Strike

(right:  Julia Louis-Dreyfus on the picket line)

When we first wrote about the writers' strike and the active picketing just down the street here at Paramount on Santa Monica and CBS on Beverly Boulevard, we asked our friend Jim Stott for comment.

Because Jim's excellent comment was buried in small type in our "comments" section, I give it its due here by bringing it up into a post of its own.  

(for "live" WGA Strike Blogging from the Los Angeles Times, click here)

After noting that his own comments are not "in any way intended to minimize, diminish or otherwise criticize the hard efforts of the writers, producers or federal mediator's efforts to reach agreement in this ongoing dispute," Jim opines as follows:

Often, both parties become "blinded by the sparks" associated with their lack of progress at the bargaining table. In those situations, a psychological phenomenon occurs wherein parties start start to blame the 'other side' through personal attacks; one against the other. As this practice grows, the underlying issues that really need to be discussed are subsumed by the superficial and surface diatribes.

Obviously - to the outsider - settlement can only be reached when the parties focus on the substantive and underlying issues as a mutual and common problem. Often, both sides fail to realize that a problem for one contingent group is ultimately a problem for all contingents. If force, i.e., a work stoppage or lock-out is used as a means for getting the 'other side' to soften their positions, the latent residual feeling caused by such an action is often long-lasting and will materially damage the ongoing relationship between all stakeholders involved.

In practice and theory, writers need work provided by the producers, just as producers need the work-product of the writers. In negotiations, it is this symbiotic internal relationship that is most important. Long after the work stoppage has been resolved, the latent and labile underlying emotional distrust and dissatisfaction will continue; often for years.

The federal mediator assigned to this particular case is exceptionally well qualified. He is a colleague and friend. I have no doubt that his professional services provided in this situation were of the highest quality.

Rarely however, even with the presence of a mediator, negotiations break down and reach impasse. Intractable parties are often the stock-in-trade for federal mediators. It not at all unusual to hear the warring factions self-diagnose their positions as being "miles apart." On rare occasions though, parties are so far apart that their tangential distances and differences, when measured in cost and dollars can be significant.

It would appear that producers and writers are faced with unanticipated outcomes associated with the expotential growth of the broadband internet capacity and online streaming video and audio. On the one hand, producers may see this as a marketing and distribution opportunity, by which they will increase audience participation and marketshare. While at the same time however, writers may see this exploding media as one in which their recognition, compensation and earning potential has been and will be diluted and otherwise diminished.

These complex negotiations are never easy and are often rocky. The challenge to all the stakeholders is to continue the conversation and continue to make progress, albeit ever-so-slowly. Even if their conversations are not face-to-face, but done through an intermediary; they are critically important.

As long as all dialogue has stopped, there virtually is no chance the impasse will self-resolve; thus the stand off will continue indefinitely. This is precisely what happened in the Caterpillar work stoppage which lasted over five years. All communication stopped. Distrust on both sides grew expotentially. Replacement workers were hired. All the while, the union pickets were outside the plant, locked out, while the plant production continued to grow.

While this is an extreme case in labor management relationships, it is my hope that productive conversations, clandestine and off the record or not, continue. This is the only way in which this dispute will resolve without inflicting extensive and long-lasting damage to all stakeholders.


Currently, Jim Stott is a Principal and Senior Consultant with Stott & Associates of Gig Harbor, Washington. Until recently, he was Assistant Director at the Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution, Pepperdine University School of Law.

Prior to joining Straus, Jim spent nearly six years as a Commissioner with the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service (FMCS) in Los Angeles and Washington, D.C., where he provided collective bargaining mediation and negotiation consultation services to federal agencies, private and public sector employers, and labor unions.

Jim was also instrumental in the design and development of joint labor/management committee problem solving protocols used by Los Angeles Dodgers, Southwest Airlines, Toyota, Kaiser Permanente, Boeing and Walt Disney Studios.

In his professional and academic career, Jim mediated more then 1,500 disputes. The majority of these conflicts were associated with employment, labor/management or collective bargaining issues. Jim has also provided pro-active and pre-emptive conflict management design systems. In his teaching and coaching capacity, he has taught mediation protocols and processes to over 1,500 students in academic settings, court programs, international labor unions as well as management/employer groups including CUE.

Jim holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Business and Management from University of Redlands, as well as a Masters Degree in Dispute Resolution from Pepperdine University School of Law.

THANKS FOR THE GOOD THOUGHTS JIM!! 

WE MISS YOU DOWN HERE IN SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA!!



Contingent Settlement of the Year: Merck Agrees to Pay $4.85 Billon to Settle Vioxx Suits

(photo:  Vioxx back in the day . . . . )

We were just talking the other day at the IP ADR Blog about the power of contingent agreements to settle lawsuits in connection with the recent Verizon/Vonage settlement here.

Now its the turn of another BIG "V" LAWSUIT -- Merck's Vioxx litigation -- to benefit itself with the largest drug settlement ever but only in the event 85% of all 26,600 litigants agree to drop their cases.

Here's an except and link to the MSNBC article on the settlement:  

TRENTON, N.J. - Merck & Co. said Friday it will pay $4.85 billion to end thousands of lawsuits over its painkiller Vioxx in what is believed to be the largest drug settlement ever.

The deal becomes binding only if 85 percent of all plaintiffs in about 26,600 lawsuits agree to drop their cases. It was finalized in the early morning hours after attorneys for Merck and the plaintiffs met with three of the four judges overseeing nearly all Vioxx claims.

Merck faced personal injury lawsuits representing 47,000 plaintiffs, and about 265 potential class action cases, filed by people or family members who claimed the drug proved fatal or injured its users. The agreement covers cases filed in both federal and state courts
.

See the Wall Street Journal Law Blog's coverage More on Vioxx:  Mass Torts in a World of Settlement here and check out Merck Vioxx by the Numbers for the trial "box scores," cost of litigation and the like that make this settlement a "win" for Vioxx.

According to Merck's press release here, a fund will be created and Plaintiffs injured as a result of taking the drug will be entitled to recompense under the following contingencies:

To qualify, claimants will have to pass three gates:

  • an injury gate requiring objective, medical proof of MI or ischemic stroke (as defined in the agreement),
  • a duration gate based on documented receipt of at least 30 VIOXX pills, and
  • a proximity gate requiring receipt of pills in sufficient number and proximity to the event to support a presumption of ingestion of VIOXX within 14 days before the claimed injury. 

Individual cases will be examined by administrators of the resolution process to determine qualification based on objective, documented facts provided by claimants, including records sufficient for a scientific evaluation of independent risk factors.

Neither stroke claims that are hemorrhagic in nature nor transient ischemic attacks will qualify.

Law firms on the federal and state Plaintiffs' Steering Committees and firms that have tried cases in the coordinated proceedings must recommend enrollment in the program to 100 percent of their clients who allege either MI or ischemic stroke. 

The parties agree to seek court orders from the four coordination judges requiring plaintiffs' attorneys to promptly register all of their VIOXX claims, whether filed or tolled, and to identify the alleged injury - in order to establish the universe of all existing claims in the United States.

Participation conditions: payment obligations under the agreement will be triggered only if, by March 1, 2008 (subject to extension by Merck), the following number of plaintiffs enroll in the settlement process

  • 85 percent or more of all currently pending and tolled MI claims,
  • 85 percent or more of all currently pending and tolled ischemic stroke claims
  • 85 percent or more of all eligible claims involving a death; and
  • 85 percent or more of all eligible claims alleging more than 12 months of use.

My question:  how much of the nearly $5 billion settlement fund does Merck actually project will be paid to Plaintiffs able to jump through all three hoops and what happens to sums remaining in the fund if they are not all expended to compensate Plaintiffs?

Readers?

Some Great Thinking on the Mattel Case by My Personal Brain Trust

This post follows up yesterday's about questions asked by the Supreme Court Justices during oral argument in the Hall v. Mattel case.  For a more thorough analysis than I was capable of providing,  I put out a call to my arbitration law posse and was greatly rewarded by the following comments.

Eric van Ginkel writes from Amsterdam:

Courts and scholars have traditionally ignored the distinction between vacatur (as to which section 10 limits the grounds, and there should not be any additional, non-statutory grounds) and appeal, about which the FAA is silent (other than perhaps section 9 which conditions the confirmation of an award on whether the parties have agreed that judgment on the award can be entered, arguably leaving that until later if they have agreed on an appeal to a court or a panel of appeal Arbitrators).

Sadly, the petitioners have also ignored this distinction, so the chances are that the Supremes will come out against appeal. As I have pointed out in the past, the clearest example of appeal next to vacatur as two distinct remedies can be found in the English Arbitration Act of 1996

AAA arbitrator Jay McCauley, who teaches Arbitration Law at Pepperdine School of Law writes:

This case tests the limits of the power of contracting parties to curtail the power of their arbitrator. Section 10 of the Federal Arbitration Act (i.e., the provision stating the grounds for vacatur) already provides that an award may be vacated if the arbitrator exceeds his or her powers. The question before the Supreme Court is whether parties may contractually define those powers by specifying that the arbitrator exceeds them if he or she fails to base his or her decision on the law.

There appear to be five lines of argument supporting the proposition that such contracts should not be enforced:

1. Congress intended the grounds for vacatur to be limited to those expressly set forth in Section 10, and none of those permits vacatur based on the content of the award.

2. Part of the ethos of arbitration is that it shall be quick and efficient (not slow and accurate), regardless of what the contracting parties desire.

3. Contracting parties should not be able to dictate to courts what courts should do.

4. Allowing vacatur on the basis of the content of the award will put too big a burden on trial courts handling vacatur motions, who are not used to the reviewing function.

5. Judicial review is often not in the parties' interests. We need to prohibit review to save the parties from their own bad judgment.

I think each of these arguments is faulty. 

As to Argument 1: Congress expressly said Courts may vacate when the arbitrator exceeds his power.  It never prohibited the contracting parties from defining what those powers are. There is no reason to consider the four Section 10 grounds for vacatur as exclusive. As long ago as 1953, the Supreme Court itself added a content based non-statutory basis for vacatur ("manifest disregard of the law") without an excuse as great as we have here, i.e., that the parties asked for it.

The agreement at issue in Mattel calls for a deeper level of review than manifest disregard of the law. Nevertheless, the Supreme Court would be hard pressed to say that such a review would contravene Congressional intent.  The Court long ago broke that supposed barrier. In any event, what Congress said it intended was to put arbitration agreements "on the same footing" as all other agreements.  That should mean "carry out what the parties contracted for" so long as their contract is neither illegal nor contrary to public policy.

As to Argument 2: There is no ethos to Arbitration other than the ethos of parties' freedom to customize their own adjudication process in any way they see fit. There are many in the ADR community who think about, and advocate for, arbitration as if it were an institution that must conform to a Platonic ideal.  The largest arbitration provider in the world, the American Arbitration Association, filed an amicus brief in the Mattel case, arguing that the customized arbitration the parties contracted for in this case should not be permitted because, inter alia, it runs afoul of the ethos of arbitration (i.e., quick, efficient and un-litigation-like). I have no idea why AAA, a neutral provider, would put its oar in this water at all. Nor can I fathom why they did so to pull against the direction of contractual freedom.

As to Argument 3: It is the Courts that should not be able to dictate what they do or do not do. It is Congress that has that power.  And Congress already used that power to dictate to Courts what they should do in this instance: that is, "enforce the parties' agreement as written."

As to Argument 4: The best of the arguments against permitting the parties to include judicial review in their private dispute resolution process is the long recognized common law limitation on contractual freedom: impossibility or impracticability. The kind of judicial review called for here, however, is not onerous or novel. District courts have been conducting content based reviews of administrative decisions as a significant part of their ordinary duties since the 1930s. 

As to Argument 5: I am the first to admit that judicial review of an arbitration award is usually, maybe even almost always, a bad idea. But those who oppose enforcement of contracts calling for judicial review are saying something more: that it is always a bad idea, and that it is such a bad idea that parties themselves should not be able to decide for themselves just how bad an idea it is for them.

It turns out that this case is the very worst scenario for judicial paternalism. Not only were the parties sophisticated players engaged in a commercial dispute, they entered into the agreement after the dispute arose (i.e., it was a true "submission agreement"), so they had reason to know precisely what they were getting into.

Something extra to watch: Just as the U.S. Supreme Court is now reviewing the Mattel case, the California Supreme Court is reviewing the Crowell case.  The Crowell arbitration arose under the California Arbitration Act and raises the identical issue as that raised by Mattel.

But here is the real irony in California: One of the reasons trial courts are already experienced with vacating arbitration awards for legal error is that they have already been told to do so by the California Supreme Court in employment cases (Armendariz). They must do so even though the California vacatur statute (CCP section 1286.2) like the federal vacatur statute (FAA section 10), does not include legal error as a ground for vacatur.  

Under Armendariz, California courts are not permitted to enforce an arbitration agreement if it does not provide a mechanism for judicial review.  If California now prohibits private contracts requiring judicial review of commercial arbitration awards, it will be imposing two directly contrary limitations on contractual freedom: Parties may neither limit the power of commercial arbitrators (by requiring judicial review) nor expand the power of employment arbitrators (by failing to provide for judicial review).

Imposing both limitations would not be a contradiction -- they arise in different contexts. But such a decision would starkly elevate the policy of protecting employees over the policy in favor of the freedom to contract. That is, the California court would be saying that employee protection is a good enough reason to override all of the arguments against thejudicial review of arbitration awards, but freedom of contract is not.

Finally, AAA arbitrator Les J. Weinstein writes:

While some might argue that judicial review would add transparency to the arbitration process by opening up the private proceeding to public judicial review would fuel the notion of a tailored private system for the rich and powerful using public resources.

Suppose the parties contract for judicial review under seal; is that OK?

If we like contract so much, why not let the parties "rent" an appellate panel?  Maybe the Supreme Court will review arbitrations as well?

If we go down this road, we would need new rules as well as Congressional authority. 

Who will pay for this potential new burden on the appellate system?

I doubt that mere contract alone will cut it under the current law but I predicted a Gore victory and a Supreme Court abstention so what do I know?

There you have it.  Three lawyers.  Three very good opinions.  Don't you LOVE the law?

Reading Tea Leaves: U.S. Justices Speak on Judicial Review of Arbitration Awards

(photo:  Reading the tea leaves by Joel Carranza)

In Judiciary's Role in Arbitration Weighed, AP reports on the tea leaves that lawyers and business people will be reading for the next several months as we await the Supreme Court's ruling on this issue --  may the parties to an arbitration agreement contract for  judicial review of any resulting arbitration award.  

While asking my arbitration expert posse Jay McCauley, Les WeinsteinEric van Ginkel and Jack McCrory to please weigh in here, I'll provide you with my semi-tutored two cents.

Because the central policy issue supporting arbitration under the Federal Arbitration Act is to allow contracting parties to control their own destiny, I'd wager the Supremes will permit them to do what they want to do here, i.e., allow federal courts to review any arbitration award the parties want them to.

Here are the tea leaves: 

  • Chief Justice John Roberts suggested expanded judicial review is appropriate, noting the two sides negotiated an agreement with court review as an option. But Roberts also questioned whether federal law allows the expanded review the agreement between Mattel and the property owner calls for.
  • Justices Anthony Kennedy and John Paul Stevens pointed to court review as a tool that can be used in business disputes to encourage the use of arbitration. 
  • Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg suggested the property owner is seeking more latitude than the law allows for judicial review of arbitration cases.
  • Justice David Souter told the lawyer representing Hall Street Associates that "you want to get rid of" the section of the arbitration law that specifies limited circumstances under which courts can step in and overrule an arbitrator's decision. 

    The case is Hall Street v. Mattel, 06-989

For a thorough analysis of the issues raised, see  Hall Street:  Contract vs. Statute at Ross' Arbitration blog.

By the way, I get alerted to articles like this on a daily basis here -- Laywers U.S.A.  It's been my best and easiest source for breaking legal news for quite some time now and it appears in my in-box on a daily basis.  For curmedugeons like Mr. Thrifty who say they don't have time to read ANYTHING online, it takes about 60 seconds to scan the news items.  Then one second to delete if there's nothing there of interest to you.  I highly recommend it and give a long belated "thanks" here to the people at Lawyers U.S.A.


Supremes to Decide Whether Arbitrating Parties Can Agree to Judicial Review

(photo by Steve Rhodes)

Geek heaven!!  My two obscure specialties -- environmental insurance coverage and arbitration law -- have converged in a case to be decided by the U.S. Supreme Court this term.  To confirm my total nerd credentials, I give you the news not from the New York or L.A. times, but from Yahoo! News, excerpted with link below:

High Court Weighs Role of Judiciary in Arbitration Case Involving Toymaker Mattel


WASHINGTON (AP) -- The outcome of an environmental cleanup dispute now before the Supreme Court could determine the future of arbitration as an alternative to lawsuits.
Tens of thousands of disagreements in the business world are resolved through arbitration each year, a process often regarded by the business community as a cost-saving, time-saving substitute for going to court. 

The risk in arbitration is that the losing side cannot appeal to the judiciary except in limited circumstances. That's the subject of Supreme Court arguments on Wednesday.

The Supreme Court will consider whether the parties in arbitration can agree to take their cases to court for review of arbitration awards.

here's the link to the remainder of the article.

Despite Writers' Last Minute Concession for Federal Mediator, Well-Funded Strike Enters Day Two

(Jay Leno who says "no writers, no show" -- photo from Yahoo Entertainment)

This very local news on the Writers' Guild strike is just in from the U.K. -- Writers Block Hollywood as Strike Takes TV Shows Off the Air (excerpt below, and kudos for yet another unknown artist of the terse and witty headline). 

On Sunday, a federal mediator made a last big push to avert the strike. The Writers Guild made one big eleventh-hour concession, dropping its insistence on a doubling of royalties from DVD sales but that was not matched by anything substantial enough from the producers to clinch a deal.

After three months of contract negotiations, which never entirely looked like producing an agreement, both sides are extraordinarily well prepared. The writers have commandeered 300 strike captains on both coasts who will direct pickets and other protests, and have amassed a strike fund of about $12.5m (£7m)which they will farm out in the form of loans to the neediest writers and their families.

In the meantime, you can see Jay Leno and Julia-Louise Dreyfus on the picket line (see TV Squad here on Leno handing out Krispy Kremes to strikers) down the street here in front of the famous Paramount Studio Gate if you click on the L.A. Legal Pad's coverage of the strike which links to a Channel 2 newscast featuring those well-known comedians.

We'd love to hear from any of our readers who have experience negotiating labor disputes. 

 Jim Stott in Gig Harbor, Washington?  We mean you Big Guy! 

Welcome HealthCare Neutral ADR Blog!

(right, new blogger and health care mediator Richard J. Webb)

I was just in the hospital with a friend the other day, standing next to her bed while the "physician in charge of Motion Picture Blue Cross" was copping an attitude in response to her request to see the x-ray of her comminuted multiple ankle fracture.

"Why are you insulted?" she was asking when I entered the room.

My friend was trying to understand why the hospital wanted her moved to a skilled nursing facility before it moved her (and her morphine drip) back to the hospital for surgery. .  

Her physician had already told us that he wouldn't advise moving her but that "Motion Picture Blue Cross" was insisting that her hospital stay be terminated.  Immediately.  I'd been unable to convince him that his patient was seeking medical, not coverage advice.  He looked 15 (o.k., I grow old) and sounded cowed by the carrier.

"My husband sues insurance carriers and I represent them so we've got the carrier angle covered," I'd told him.  "So please just give us your medical advice."

So I'd just been saying that hospitals "desperately need conflict resolution training!"

And voila!!  The HealthCare Neutral ADR Blog appears in the blogging universe care of LexBlog  and fellow Straus Institute trained mediator Richard J. Webb, a New Jersey health care neutral

Here's what Richard says of his blog.  

With this post, I start my first blog and what I think is the only blog site devoted to the topic of alternative dispute resolution in the healthcare industry. As stated above on the masthead, I intend to blog at the intersection of ADR and healthcare law.

Welcome to the neighborhood Richard!  If Diane Levin's welcome wagon hasn't yet appeared at your front door, you're in for a delightful surprise very soon from the award-winning Online Guide to Mediation.  Diane's the O.G. of the mediation 'hood.  

Also bringing a list of local eateries, schools, dry cleaning shops and political functionaries will be my ADR blog-posse Geoff Sharp of Mediator Blah BlahTammy Lenski of Mediator Tech; Paula Lawhon of San Francisco Mediation Blog; Stephanie West Allen of Brains on Purpose (conflict resolution and neuroscience); Dina Lynch of ADR PracticeBuilder; Gini Nelson of Engaging Conflicts; Kristina Haymes of Mediation Marketing Tips; Christopher Annunziata of the CKA Mediation Blog; and everyone on Mediate.com's "Featured Blogs" page.

We're all looking forward to getting to know you and to learn much much more about health care ADR.  And if  you're ever in town, I know a nice little hospital that could use your help!

Why I Don't Want to Know Your Bottom Line: Reason Two

A couple of days ago I said I don't want to know your bottom line because I cannot guarantee it will not effect my own neutrality

Listen, here's the toughest part of being a mediator -- making a conscious effort not to pursue the weakest party for the purpose of settling the litigation. 

You tell me your bottom line and you throw temptation in my path, temptation that I'd rather avoid.  Keep your counsel on this one with any mediator. 

We're neutral.  We're not saints.

That's Rule No. One.

What's Rule No. Two?

The second reason for not telling your mediator your bottom line is to avoid letting any number influence you and your own client.  

The single best predictor of the outcome of a negotiation is how much money you believe the other side has to settle the case.  (skip the statistics in this article on the effect on negotiation outcomes of the first five minutes of a negotiation session and go directly to the Conclusion section on page 13)

Depending upon the size of your case or the passion of your commitment to a particular client, you've already spent a few sleep-interrupted nights trying to figure out just what in the heck the other side is thinking.

The other side has also spent a few daytime hours sending you overt or covert smoke signals for the purpose of influencing your estimate of their ability to settle the case anywhere near a dollar figure you'd be willing to settle it for.

Because of our "blind spot" to biases you may well have already formed an impression of what the other side will pay that influences you without your knowing it.  You concretize (get stuck in) that blind spot if you commit to any number before the day of the negotiation.    

Though you should know your BATNA (basics here) to avoid accepting a bad deal in the heat of the moment, I'd recommend you have at least two or three reasonable numbers with principled reasons for deploying them.  Then you can rock and roll to the music that gets played on the day of the settlement negotiation -- a session that often brings surprises that benefit you, i.e., a negotiating partner more eager to settle than you'd anticipated for instance.  

If you bring a single hard and fast bottom line number with you to the day of the negotiation, you may well narrow your window of opportunities based upon the other side's intentional or unintentional signals concerning their willingness to pay something between $X and $Y.  

It's not rocket science, but it is an art.

Girardi Troubled by 25-Year Old Confidentiality Agreement in Priest Molestation Case

(left, Los Angeles trial lawyer Thomas Girardi)

The subject of private judging and maintaining confidentiality in settlement agreements was in the news again today, this time in the Los Angeles Times article "Prying into Judicial Secrecy."

The article announces a significant new study by UCLA Law School and the Rand Corporation on the effect of private judging and confidential settlement agreements on the civil justice system.

But what really caught my attention was Tom Girardi's reported comment that he was "troubled" by a confidentiality agreement he signed 25 years ago on behalf of a boy who alleged he was molested by a Catholic priest.  As the Times reported:

Girardi said he had doubts about [his] client's claims at the time [but that] when the massive pedophilia scandal in the Catholic Church came to public light, [he] said he learned that the priest had molested 17 kids. 

"My confidentiality agreement probably had negative consequences" for all of these kids, Girardi acknowledged.

Both of these candid statements are both necessary and courageous.  They demonstrate that even the best of us sometimes doubt our own clients' claims and that we might sometimes inadvertently harm others while doing the job we're ethically obliged to do -- "zealously representing" our clients.  

The last time I saw Tom was during the Vioxx trial Judge Chaney's courtroom.  I'd brought my dad down to court -- now 83 and failing physically and mentally.  At the break, Girardi stopped by to shake Dad's hand and say a few generous things about his tenure as Commissioner in the downtown Superior Court.  I'll never forget this kindness, particularly the memory of the tears that coursed down Dad's face to have someone of Girardi's reputation call him "Your Honor" again.  

Thanks Tom.

Bueno de Mesquita's Negotiation Science: If Only Lawyers Could Do the Math

(right:  Bueno de Mesquita's "Logic of Political Survival")

Because I am always looking for the most efficient and effective means of resolving disputes, I am often drawn to what's new in social science.  Political science too often goes under my radar, as does mathematics -- the number one reason people go to law school -- because they can't do math.

The book at right was brought to my attention by this highlighted text in Good Magazine: 

In the foreboding world view of rational choice, everyone is a raging dirtbag.

What made me decide to introduce my readers to the father of "rational choice" theory, Bruce Bueno de Mesquita, however, was the application of his theory to international political problems such as the reduction of conflict between Israel and Palestine (quoted below).   

I'll have to admit that his claim to "produce a settlement [in litigation] that is 40 percent better than what the attorneys think is the best that can be achieved” -- also caught my attention.  Of such smaller conflicts is my attention consumed by.

So, I give you a little Bueno de Mesquita from Good Magazine's article The New Nostradamus

In my view, it is a mistake to look for [peacemaking] strategies that build mutual trust [between the Israelis and the Palestinians] because it ain’t going to happen. Neither side has any reason to trust the other, for good reason. . . . 

Land for peace is an inherently flawed concept because it has a fundamental commitment problem. If I give you land on your promise of peace in the future, after you have the land, as the Israelis well know, it is very costly to take it back if you renege. You have an incentive to say, ‘You made a good step, it’s a gesture in the right direction, but I thought you were giving me more than this. I can’t give you peace just for this, it’s not enough.’

Conversely, if we have peace for land—you disarm, put down your weapons, and get rid of the threats to me and I will then give you the land—the reverse is true: I have no commitment to follow through. Once you’ve laid down your weapons, you have no threat. 

The "rational" solution?

 In a peaceful world, what do the Palestinians anticipate will be their main source of economic viability? Tourism. This is what their own documents say. And, of course, the Israelis make a lot of money from tourism, and that revenue is very easy to track. As a starting point requiring no trust, no mutual cooperation, I would suggest that all tourist revenue be [divided by] a fixed formula based on the current population of the region, which is roughly 40 percent Palestinian, 60 percent Israeli. The money would go automatically to each side. Now, when there is violence, tourists don’t come. So the tourist revenue is automatically responsive to the level of violence on either side for both sides. You have an accounting firm that both sides agree to, you let the U.N. do it, whatever. It’s completely self-enforcing, it requires no cooperation except the initial agreement by the Israelis that they are going to turn this part of the revenue over, on a fixed formula based on population, to some international agency, and that’s that.

It actually gets much more controversial and interesting than this -- the "kicker" to the headline in Good Magazine reads:

Can a fringe branch of mathematics forecast the future? A special adviser to the CIA, Fortune 500 companies, and the U.S. Department of Defense certainly thinks so

If that intrigues you, you'll want to read the entire article here.

Why I Don't Want to Know Your Bottom Line: Reason No. One

(photo by Robert Levy whose work is available at istockphoto.com here)

"Please don't tell me your bottom line," I say to attorneys who are new to my mediation practice. 

It's rare to be asked "why."   Recently, however, an attorney told me that one of my ADR colleagues always commences mediations by expressly asking for her bottom line.  

"It's just like trial," I said, "or taking depositions, both of which I teach for the National Institute of Trial Advocacy

It drives the new lawyer students a little crazy to get conflicting advice from the seasoned litigators and trial lawyers who critique their work.  But really, it's their first lesson in rubber-hitting-the-road legal practice.  At the end of the day, whatever works best for them is the correct way of doing it." 

That said, I went on to explain why I don't want to know the parties' bottom lines. 

"Because it will influence me whether I think it will or not." 

As Diane Levin notes in her recent post think you're neutral? Bias hard to detect in ourselves, because neutrality is the foundation of our practice, it behooves us to recognize our biases. 

More importantly, it's best for us to remember that we won't be able to identify those biases that are most deeply ingrained in us.  

Here are two of Diane's links to greater coverage of this topic:   

From The Situationist: "I'm Objective, You're Biased", which looks at "bias blind spots"--the extent to which many of us readily spot bias in others while remaining blind to our own.

And from ScientificAmerican.com,"
Not-so-deliberate: The decisive power of what you don't know you know", which looks at the ways in which "even seemingly rational, straightforward, conscious decisions about arbitrary matters can easily be biased by inputs coming in below our radar of awareness."

Thanks for the links and the summaries Diane!

Ethics Credits and 20% Discount on Winning Settlement Techniques

(above, the incomparable Charles Fincher at LawComix.com)

November 13, 2007 Winning Settlement Techniques Seminar

9-4:30 at the Wilshire Grand Downtown Los Angeles

Head's up!!  If you read this blog, you are officially a "friend or colleague of the speakers" and are entitled to a 20% discount on our day-long Winning Settlement Techniques Seminar with Judges Chaney and Williams; former Federal Magistrate John Leo Wagner, Patent Arbitrator and Mediator Les Weinstein, Arbitrator and Law School Professor Jay McCauley and, last but not least, your faithful blogger, Victoria Pynchon.

Your blog-reader coupon code is S3SETL.  Enter in the coupon code when you register on-line and receive 20% off the registration price.

Register here now.

Settlement Techniques that Give You the Winning Edge  

Novice and seasoned litigators will learn to maximize the value of their litigation positions by learning winning settlement techniques from a panel of seasoned ADR experts.

Experienced mediators and Judges teach the latest settlement techniques, such as distributive (splitting the settlement “pie”) and integrative or interest-based (expanding the settlement “pie”) bargaining. Topics also include the dynamics of conflict resolution, settlement best practices, negotiating techniques, settling complex and patent litigation cases, and international disputes. Don’t miss this chance to hear from those who truly know -- how you can best maximize your client’s settlement opportunities and outcomes.

What You Will Learn if You Attend This Seminar

• The ten social psychological insights that will minimize your own self- defeating negotiation behavior and maximize your opponents’ bargaining weaknesses

• The ten basic rules of “distributive” or “fixed sum” bargaining that will give you the “edge” in all future settlement negotiations

• The ten ways to “expand the fixed sum pie” by exploring and exploiting the client interests underlying your own and your opponents’ legal positions

• The ten ways to get your case settled to your clients’ best advantage at Mandatory Settlement Conferences for both routine and “bet the company” cases

• The Top Ten Errors Made by Parties When Attempting to Settle Disputes that their Contracts Require Them to Arbitrate

• The Ten Rules of Cross-cultural negotiation in International Arbitration

• The Ten Laws Critical to the Enforcement of Mediated Settlement Agreements

• The Ten Mediation/Settlement Conference Traps for the Unwary

Instructors

Hon. Victoria Chaney--Assistant Supervising Judge, Complex Litigation, Los Angeles Superior Court

Hon. John Leo Wagner--ADR Neutral/Hearing Officer, Judicate West

Hon. Alexander Williams, III – Judge, Los Angeles Superior Court, presiding over the full-time Settlement Court

Les J. Weinstein--AAA Arbitrator and Mediator, Patent and Antitrust Attorney

Jay McCauley--Hearing Officer, Dispute Resolution Provider, Judicate West

Victoria Pynchon--Complex Commercial Mediator, Settle it Now 


November 13, 2007 - Los Angeles

Check-in: 8:30 - 9:00 a.m.

Seminar: 9:00 a.m. - 4:30 p.m. (Lunch on your own)

Wilshire Grand Hotel

930 Wilshire Blvd.

Los Angeles , CA



Pincus Communications certifies that this seminar has been approved for 6.0 MCLE credits and ethics credits will be given.

Foreign exchanges -- mediator blah blah comes to the states for dinner

This is Geoff Sharp's (Mediator blah blah) lovely family, wife and Judge Susan Sharp, and children Hector, Jack and Kate.  My husband Steve is in the fore and our good friend and neighbor Tony, who appears here on Geoff's Mediation Video Blog, is far right.  I understand Tony taught the children the siren song of TiVo which we're hoping the pleasure of the dinner mitigates (and yes of course your parents can afford it, kids! and no it won't interfere with your homework a bit)

Geoff and I are hiding in the back after being publically shamed by both spouses and neighbor Tony (the young people were remakrably indulgent) for our blogging habits.

Geoff and I nevertheless planned joint blogging endeavors which we'll unveil soon!

Have a great trip back to New Zealand Sharp family. 

How to "Lose" the Negotiation

What is the negotiator's true desire? 

S/he doesn't want to leave $$$ or value on the table?

PERIOD.

This great ABA article, How to Make a Losing Argument can be translated, almost point by point, into How to Lose the Negotiation (i.e., how to leave too much value on the table).  

The points?  It's worth your time to read the ABA article in full, but for the hassled and harried, here's the executive summary:

Argue with the [mediator]

Bury [the heart of the dispute] in clutter

Misstate the facts

Base your argument on obscure technicalities.

[Remembering that in negotiations, most legal positions constitute "obscure technicalities." Why?  Because only lawyers have legal problems -- people and business people have people and business problems.  Some of those problems -- about 10% -- fall within the purview of the law.  The rest of them and the remainder of the potential solutions have nothing whatsoever to do with the law. What do they have to do with?  Ask the parties.  They're the only ones who know.  Never think you already know what they are.]

Push a good point too far.

Of course I have more to say about all of these, but I've gotta run pick up burgers and buns to host N.Z. mediator Geoff Sharp and family to a true L.A. late October bar-b-q this evening.

FAVORITE BUMPER STICKER SIGHTING THIS WEEK:  You don't have to believe everything you think.

Michael Webster's Resolution to the Shubik Dollar Auction Game

(photo:  Bill IV by cmiper)

We've had a lively discussion going about making agressive first offers, for which we are indebted to our regular readers Michael (da Game Man) Webster and mediators Chris Annunziata and Geoff (Coalface???) Sharp.  

Michael provided a link to his solution to the "Shubik" Dollar Auction Game that most of us have played in mediation seminars.  Because the game itself demonstrates just how irrational bargaining can be, and Michael's solution demonstrates how everyone can "win" when cooler heads prevail, I am quoting part of his post here and commending to my readers' attention the full post here.

Shubik reported [of the Dollar Auction Game described in Michael's post]:

"Experience with the game has shown that it is possible to 'sell' a dollar bill for considerably more than a dollar. A total of payments between three and five dollars is not uncommon." Possibly W. C. Fields said it best: "If at first you don't succeed, try, try again. Then quit. No use being a damn fool about it."

Without at all diminishing my respect for W.C. Fields, I venture to suggest that there is a more reasonable way to play this game as opposed to quiting. What is it? 

First, lets update the game to the 21st century and restrict it to two players. Replace the $1 with $20 and each bid must be a multiple of $1. Each person must bid at least once, or they can agree not to play at all. What should they do? Suppose first bidder bids $1, and second bidder pays $2, what is the first bidder's reasonable response? Right now, as a collective they are paying $3 to get $20, or netting $17. He should demand that the second bidder pay his $9.50 not to bid! Alternatively, second bidder can offer first bidder $9.50 not to bid again.

Then the second bidder will the $20, paying $2 to the auctioneer, $9.50 to first bidder and so he nets $8.50. First bidder gets $9.50, pays $1 to auctioneer and nets $8.50, jointly getting $17.00. As I see it, $8.50 is better than nothing, giving lie to the claim that you cannot get something for nothing.

This is why I usually defer to Michael's greater wisdom.  He can do the math.

Loss Aversion and the World Series: It's Not Popcorn, Peanuts and Crackerjacks Anymore

(right, Fenway Park Scoreboard by Alex)

Listen to this NPR podcast about the sale and scalping of World Series tickets if you want to experience the loss aversion bias while standing in line to buy tickets for the great American passtime.

The quote to listen for?  Hometown purchasers who say "someone offered us $500 each for our places in line; no way" or "not on your life."  Something along those lines.  Click on the audio for the exact quote.

Online and broker ticket prices currently range from "$25 per seat for Game 4 at Coors Field, home of the Rockies, to $20,589 for a potential Game 7 at Fenway Park."  

 

Here's the point.  These guys would not likely pay $500 per ticket to go to the game, but will not give up the right to buy a ticket for $500

Losses loom larger than corresponding gains.  Loss aversion. 

  

 

Aggressive First Offers and the Nash Equilibrium

Recently, in response to my Power Point Presentation on Cognitive Biases (the one labeled Social Psychology Insights) I mentioned that aggressive first offers "anchor" the bargaining range in favor of the first offeror.

Our correspondent and resident blog expert on cognitive biases, Michael Webster of the BizOpNews Due Diligence Blog, responded as follows:

Hmm, anchoring to support aggressive opening bids? Doubtful, despite the academic literature -which in my opinion has little contact with real negotiation.

And nothing about coordination versus nash equilibrium reasoning? Big oversight, in my opinion.

Because I respect (and generally defer to) Michael's opinion, but because I disagree with him this time, I include here my response and open the discussion to our readers.  To help our readers, I'd like to ask Michael, if he has the time, to provide us with his thoughts about the coordination v. nash equilibrium reasoning that is absent from my Power Point Presentation (an absence I'd like to rectify before giving this presentation on the 13th of November)

Response to Michael:

 For once in my blogging-career, Michael, I'm going to differ with you but ask for help on the coordination v. Nash equilibrium reasoning. 

It's difficult to "observe" the effects of anchoring and framing outside of a controlled environment. You need to have a kind of duplicate bridge experience where the bargaining partners are all negotiating the same deal to determine the effects of framing and anchoring. Research shows we'll all deny that we've been effected.

I have, however, participated in these types of role plays with "teams" of seasoned attorney negotiators.

In fact, it was the first of these experiences, on my first day of mediation training through the Straus Institute here in Malibu (at Pepperdine where the fires were yesterday -- terrible) that I experienced the power of anchoring first hand.

All twenty attorney teams negotiated a buy-sell contract for about 45-minutes. When we returned to the classroom, we all put our negotiated deals on the blackboard together with the first offer made.

I'd been taught as a young attorney NEVER to make the first offer -- folk practice where I come from, i.e., California.  In the role play, without exception, the negotiator who made the first offer in the hypothetical bargaining session got the best deal -- often by many magnitudes.

THIS is the moment when I decided I wanted to return to school to learn more about this and everything else having to do with negotiation -- rules of persuasion, the effect of cognitive biases, etc.

Since that time, what I've read in the academic literature on controlled negotiation studies, not only on students but on judges and attorneys and business people, has concluded that he who makes the first offer sets the bargaining range and gets the best deal.

As to Personal Bargaining Experience.

Since I've been mediating full time, I've helped lawyers negotiate hundreds of deals. Still, it's difficult for me to say whether the first offer had a substantial anchoring effect because I don't know how the negotiation would have turned out had the other side made the first offer or if the first offer had not been more or less aggressive.

More importantly, a REAL negotiation to settle a REAL dispute is so multi-determined that I can't imagine being able to opine on which of the many factors was determinative (assuming one factor could ever be determinative) of the final deal.  

Every deal in my business results from a combination of the vitality of the parties' legal and factual positions; their financial and personal or business interests; the personalities of the attorneys and the disputants; the willingness of the disputants to share information that will increase the number of options available; the negotiation and "people" skills of the mediator; and, numerous other factors that I often am never advised of, i.e., at the end of one difficult negotiation session, I learned for the first time that two of the three parties had been negotiating the sale of one of their businesses while I was negotiating the settlement of an unfair competition lawsuit.

We weren't even negotiating the same matter!

Insights?

Insights from Social Psychology to Help You "Win" Your Next Negotiation

My fellow panelists (Superior Court Judges Chaney and Williams; former Federal Magistrate John Leo Wagner; Patent Infringement and Competition Arbitrator and Mediator Les J. Weinstein; and, Complex Commercial Arbitrator and Mediator Jay McCauley) have all been working hard in preparation for our November 13, 2007 Winning Settlement Strategies Seminar (.pdf flyer here and complete program description here).

I'm posting my power point presentation on the Social Pysch Insights that Can Help You "Win" Your Next Negotiation for the benefit of anyone who is interested in attending the seminar and for those who cannot.  

Remember, this is just one of six presentations by an extremely talented and experienced group of Judges, former Judge[s] and attorney-mediators and arbitrators.

Stay tuned for more great ideas and fresh perspectives to help you get the best settlement you've ever achieved.  Really! 

Reframing and Reality Testing

(Photo by Dean Ayres)

 

Another good reason to hire a mediator:

People will interpret the same information in radically different ways to support their own views of the world. When deciding our view on a contentious point, we conveniently forget what jars with our own theory and remember everything that fits.

From PsyBlogHow and Why We Lie to Ourselves:  Cognitive Dissonance.

More Conflict Resolution Resources on the Internet

There are two entry ways to the Museum of Tolerance here in Los Angeles.  One of the doors is labeled “prejudice” and the other “unprejudiced.” How chagrined is the museum-goer who attempts to walk through the “unprejudiced” door.  It is firmly locked.  We are all guilty. 

If you cannot visit the spectacular Museum of Tolerance, you can visit the Tolerance.org web site to find all of the resources you're ever likely to need to deepen your understanding of the prejudices we all carry with us about those who are not from the same race, religion, nation, political party, or socio-economic class as are we.

To give you a very small taste of what tolerance.org has to offer, I provide twenty of the 101 "Tools for Tolerance" on the site.  There are hundreds of other resources.  Feel free to browse them and provide them to others who share your concern that a lack of tolerance for other peoples and cultures will be the undoing of us all.

101 Tools for Tolerance

Here are twenty aimed at helping ourselves to be more tolerant.

  1. Attend a play, listen to music or go to a dance performance by artists whose race or ethnicity is different from your own. 
  2. Volunteer at a local social services organization. 
  3. Attend services at a variety of churches, synagogues, mosques and temples to learn about different faiths. 
  4. Visit a local senior citizens center and collect oral histories. Donate large-print reading materials and books on tape. Offer to help with a craft project. 
  5. Shop at ethnic grocery stores and specialty markets. Get to know the owners. Ask about their family histories. 
  6. Participate in a diversity program. 
  7. Ask a person of another cultural heritage to teach you how to perform a traditional dance or cook a traditional meal. 
  8. Learn sign language. 
  9. Take a conversation course in another language that is spoken in your community. 
  10. Teach an adult to read. 
  11. Speak up when you hear slurs. Let people know that bias speech is always unacceptable. 
  12. Imagine what your life might be like if you were a person of another race, gender or sexual orientation. How might "today" have been different? 
  13. Take the How Tolerant are You? A Test of Hidden Bias. Enlist some friends to take this "hidden bias" test with you and discuss the results. 
  14. Take a Civil Rights history vacation. Tour key sites and museums. 
  15. Research your family history. Share information about your heritage in talks with others. 
  16.  List all the stereotypes you can — positive and negative — about a particular group. Are these stereotypes reflected in your actions? 
  17. Think about how you appear to others. List personality traits that are compatible with tolerance (e.g., compassion, curiosity, openness). List those that seem incompatible with tolerance (e.g., jealousy, bossiness, perfectionism). 
  18. Create a "diversity profile" of your friends, co-workers and acquaintances. Set the goal of expanding it by next year. 
  19. Sign the Declaration of Tolerance and return it to: the National Campaign for Tolerance
    400 Washington Avenue Montgomery, AL 36104 
  20. Read a book or watch a movie about another culture.


Conflict Resolution Resource of the Week

Because I'm participating in a CyberWeek Webinar today on Conflict Resolution web resources, I took a closer look than usual at one of my favorite ADR web sites Beyond Intractability.org 

What can you find here?

How about an interactive step-by-step guide on how to stop fighting in your personal relationships.

There are also checklists to help you resolve the day-to-day conflicts that sap our energy -- such as those in the workplace and to help you understand and contribute to the resolution of international conflicts that lead to war and terrorism.

At the  you can learn about and participate in an initiative that identifies and proposes action to resolve the twenty greatest conflict challenges of the 21st Century.  While you're there, be sure to see the PowerPoint slideshow designed to demonstrate how we might build interest in a Frontiers documentary or popular book. 

 

You can also learn how to talk about politics across the red/blue divide, deviating from the old saw that you shouldn't talk politics or religion in polite society.

 

You can also: 

Spend just a little time on this site and you'll never again laugh at Miss America hopefuls who say their fondest dream is world peace.

Read, think, do.  

And Just in Case You Need Reminding . . . .

this is what happens when you piss off a jury . . . .

A jury awarded $6 million Thursday to a couple who accused a substitute teacher at a day care center of striking their toddler son, causing marks on the boy's buttocks and legs.

For the full article, click here. 

Bottom, Gene Hackman in Runaway Jury.

ODR CyberWeek 2007: Taking Peacemaking Public

TIME:  Friday, October 19, 4 PM Eastern (20 GMT)

CALL IN NUMBER:  The Highspeed audio bridge conference room number is 5650382 and is available by phone at **New Access Numbers (10/16/07) 1-605-475-8590 and by Skype at +990008275650382. The audio conference is required for participation.

THE PANEL:  Gini Nelson, Vickie Pynchon, Colm Brannigan and Diane Levin.

THE DISCUSSION:  Conflict resolution specialists Nelson, Pynchon, Brannigan and Levin will join in conversation with three non-conflict specialists who reach the public directly and effectively:

QUESTIONS TO BE CONSIDERED:  Some of questions to be considered: "Why aren't people beating down the doors of peacemakers, whether mediators, facilitators or negotiators? and, "How can the internet engage people online in ways that facilitate and promote peacemaking?"

Ten Settlement Conference/Mediation Traps for the Unwary

1. Leaving stakeholders at home

Who's a "Stakeholder"? 

Anyone who can green- or red-light the final agreement.

Why Can't They Simply Be Available By Telephone?

For the same reason you don't want your jury to "call in."  A settlement negotiation is part process, part presentation, part drama, and, part human interaction. 

Those who don't participate will never understand the principled reasons for the settlement achieved by day's end.  I cannot tell you how distressed many (particularly young) attorneys are when the "partner in charge" or client questions their wisdom (or sanity!) for recommending a settlement that no one but those in the room could possibly understand in all of its texture and dimensionality.

Leave stakeholders home at your risk.  Not only might you blow a significant chunk of change on the mediator's fee, you risk losing a day's worth of time for yourself and your client "representative."  Perhaps more importantly, this particular settlement opportunity may never present itself again. 

2. Leaving too soon

"Americans" (and I use the term loosely for anyone, citizen or not, who buys retail) become uncomfortable after two or three bargaining "moves," i.e., offer, counter-offer, counter-counter, "I'm outta here."

Unfortunately, lawyers have readily at hand the legal version of a weapon of mass destruction -- the threat of which is usually phrased as "see you in court, buster."

Until the mediator or settlement judge tells you that she/he is convinced the parties' aren't already secretly in agreement, i.e., willing to accept a settlement within the other's "bottom line," you risk losing the best deal you're likely going to get by leaving the negotiation too early.

3. Failing to take clues from the mediator/settlement conference judge

Just as you will always know more about your bargaining position and the business interests underlying it than the mediator does, the mediator will always know more about your opponent's bargaining position and ability to settle the lawsuit than you do.

Remember, the mediator is honor bound not to disclose information that is highly beneficial to your bargaining position.  Unless you've hired a disreputable or simply unreliable mediator (and you know who they are after you've hired them once) don't ignore the mediator's suggestions that a little patience with the process might result in a big reward for your client.  

4. Failing to strategically use joint and separate caucuses

To everything there is a season . . . . 

Rigidly adhering to any negotiation or settlement conference format reduces your ability to strategically use whispered confidences in the hallway; candid conversations between counsel without their clients; meetings between the mediator and a difficult client without his/her/ attorney; discussions between the mediator and one or more of the attorneys without their clients; and, meetings between the disputants without anyone else's presence.

There are dozens of different permutations and combinations of attorney-client-mediator dyads, triads and the like. 

Think about it.  Each different relationship draws out of us someone slightly different.  We're more or less comfortable, deferential, authoritative, subject to persuasion or persuasive depending upon our "audience."  

During the course of the mediation, the mediator learns about these dynamics and is able to use them toward what should be the mediator's goal -- to serve as many of the parties' interests as possible in an agreed upon settlement by day's end. 

Not only should you listen to the mediator about these dynamics, you should hip the mediator to those you likely understand better than she/he ever will.

The mediator is your team mate.  Don't miss the opportunity to call as many game "plays" during the day as possible.

5. Letting the Judge or Mediator Act the Bully

It's always easier to get what you want by talking about the reasons you desire or need it than by bullying the other side into accepting what you want

A judge or mediator who is bullying you or your client to settle simply hasn't gotten the knack of asking questions and creating opportunities.  He/she is still too used to wielding power.  If it's important enough to spend your day mediating, it's important enough to tell the Judge or mediator that you or your client are feeling bullied and would prefer to explain your interests and positions than to be pressured to accept a deal you're not comfortable with.

If the Judge/mediator is unable to shift from power to collaboration, try to get as much out of the negotiation as possible and find yourself a new mediator for the next settlement conference.  

6. Believing that any competent judge or mediator can help you achieve the best settlement.

Face it, you wouldn't hire a personal injury lawyer to try your complex insurance coverage action.  Nor would you hire a Skadden Arps attorney to handle a motion to increase your spousal or child support.

Mediators are not all-purpose "peace-makers" or negotiators.  As Colin Powell has said, the most important factor in an international diplomatic negotiation is to "be inside the other guy's decision cycle."

What does that mean?  In a personal injury case, it means understanding the claims adjusters' levels of authority and pressures to bring back to the office a settlement that is in line with similar cases -- better than those of his or her colleagues if at all possible.  In a commercial case, it often means satisfying not only General Counsel, but the CEO or CFO or even the shareholders.  

It's not so much the law the mediator needs to know, as it is the culture  in which the law is being applied.  

Listen.  I've been retained for the sole reason that I'm a woman.  I'm not wild about this because I bring 25+ years of high-level commercial corporate legal experience to a mediation and am much much more valuable as a commercial mediator than I am as any random woman with a little skill in law or mediation.  But it's ok because I am a woman and there are times when that's important to the settlement of the matter.  There are some things that you just need a woman for.  And some you need a man or an African-American or a Korean or an expert on the construction of toilet seats for.  You should be thinking about all of these variables.

Most of all, you should choose a mediator or settlement judge who you believe is most "inside the other guy's decision cycle."  Would Colin Powell steer you wrong?  Well . . . . about something other than the War in Iraq?   

7. Sidelining Your Client on the Day of Mediation

If you've been practicing for more than, say, five years, you know that your client never tells you everything that is important to its case.  If you had the luxury of trying cases to a jury early in your career like I did, you learn this most quickly at trial.  Usually when you receive a copy of a subpoena of someone you've never heard of.

"Harold," I said as a first year associate second-chairing the third trial day, "who is Jean McCarthy at the Sutter Mill Nursing Home?" 

Harold, the Plaintiff, who was retired because of his injuries, hadn't worked at all for the last five years and had already given moving testimony to the jury about how difficult his life had been.

"Uh," Harold responded, "she's my . . . .  uh . . . boss."

"What??????????!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!????????????????"

"Well, I've been doing odd jobs for the Nursing Home for the last several years."

Don't miss the opportunity to let the mediator have a little chat with your client and learn both the good and the bad of your case -- some of which you may well not yet (or ever) be privy to. 

8. Failing to use the Mediator to Help You Bring Reality to Your Client.

This differs from Trap No. 7 but has some of the same causes.  When your client explains his/her case to you, he/she presents it in the very best light.  Your side of the case rarely gets better over time.  Your client, however, has not had the same opportunity to see the "dark side" of the case as you have during discovery.  Your clients often feel as if you're betraying them if you point out the differences between your view of the case on Day 1 and your view of the case on Day 632.  Let the mediator help you out with that. 

9. Failing to Maximize the Mediator's Strategic Skills

The mediator is your partner.  And you are his/hers.  Take the time to learn and maximize your unique skill-sets and knowledge to the highest advantage.

10. Negotiating in the Nano- and strato- spheres.

Spending a significant amount of time negotiating numbers that are far out of the range of potential agreement is not only a waste of everyone's valuable time, it strains the parties' patience and often results in impasse even when the parties' "zones of potential agreement" overlap.

One of the parties has to have the courage to step up to the line of potential impasse at some point in the mediation.  The person who does so first will always gain the bargaining advantage as a result.

Settlement Techniques that Give You the Winning Edge

 

 

Deal Yourself a Winning Hand

November 13

Los Angeles

 

 (photo:  Four Aces by Ian Grainger)

Novice and seasoned litigators will learn to maximize the value of their litigation positions by learning winning settlement techniques from a panel of seasoned ADR experts.

Experienced mediators and Judges teach the latest settlement techniques, such as distributive (splitting the settlement “pie”) and integrative or interest-based (expanding the settlement “pie”) bargaining.

Topics also include the dynamics of conflict resolution, settlement best practices, negotiating techniques, settling complex and patent litigation cases, and international disputes. Don’t miss this chance to hear from those who truly know -- how you can best maximize your client’s settlement opportunities and outcomes.

Speakers:  Los Angeles Superior Court Judges Alexander Williams, III (full-time settlement Judge) and Victoria Chaney (Assistant Supervising Judge of the Complex Court); former Federal Magistrate John Leo Wagner (also at Judicate West), AAA Arbitrator, Mediator and Registered Patent Attorney Les J. Weinstein, and Straus Institute Professors and Judicate West Neutrals Jay McCauley and Victoria Pynchon.

For more of what you'll learn, click here.

Flyer and Order Form Here


Fees Individual: $349 per person
Group: $324 per person for 2 or more from the same company pre-registering at the same time.
Government employee/Non-Profit* Rate: $299
Students: $199 (current students only)

More Statistics on the Differences between Arbitration and Litigation Procedures, Cost, Duration and Outcome

(photo:  Amanda Graham's Outlier)

I have Christina Doucet at the National Arbitration Forum to thank for summarizing some of the most recent statistical literature available on differences between procedure, cost, duration, outcome and party satisfaction of litigated and arbitrated consumer and employee disputes.

Time and Cost Differences Between Arbitration and Litigation

  • Employment claims take 650 to 720 days to be resolved in court, according to the National Center for State Courts. 
  • The median time to resolve an employee dispute by arbitration is 104 days 
  • the median cost of resolving employment disputes by arbitration is $870.

Sources: Consumer and Employment Arbitration in California: A Review of Website Data Posted Pursuant to Section 1281.96 of the Code of Civil Procedure California Dispute Resolution Institute, August 2004 http://www.mediate.com/cdri/cdri_print_Aug_6.pdf   and Examining the Work of State Courts, (1999-2000) National Center for State Courts http://www.ncsconline.org/D_Research/csp/1999-2000_Files/1999-2000_Tort-Contract_Section.pdf

Outcome Differences Between Arbitration and Litigation:  Arbitration & litigation final awards are essentially the same as court judgments

  • median monetary awards for successful claimants are greater in arbitration than in court—$100,000 in arbitration compared with $95,554 in court.

Continue Reading

More on Perceived Biases Among Employment Arbitrators

Yesterday, I promised to provide a little "pro" arbitration wisdom in response to my speaking partner's "con" since that's our ALFA Seminar topic here in beautiful Half Moon Bay.

And yet it's 4 a.m. before I realize I can't sleep because I've been mediating too long to seriously launch one side of any debate.  Everything and everyone has become so much more three-dimensional, multi-layered, and textured as a result of three full-time years of ADR practice.

So let me share the first of my non-scripted thoughts on the matter.   

I'm Unwilling to Prejudge the Court's, the Arbitrator's or the Jury's Biases.  

If you read yesterday's post, you'll recall that several of the anti-arbitration arguments were based upon the presumption that the arbitrator will more likely than not be biased in favor of the plaintiff because:  

  1. Arbitrators have a vested interest in their case load persisting, whereas the courts are interested in purging their dockets, thus making early termination in court more likely than in arbitration.
  2. Arbitrators' [presumed] self-interest in maintaining and expanding their own ADR practices encourages a "split the baby" mentality and reluctance to terminate the case short of a full hearing.
  3. The "repeat" player bias will favor the Plaintiffs' bar who the arbitrator will see far more often than counsel for any particular employer.

Having spent  25+ years with attorneys, judges, mediators and arbitrators, I simply can't assume bias.  A few bad apples aside, the men and women of the legal profession are among the most ethically-minded of any professional or business people I have known -- by many, many, many degrees of magnitude. 

Continue Reading

Fortune 500 GC Says Litigate, Don't Arbitrate, Employment Disputes

(photo:  Employees Only by Michelle Thompson

While most of the arbitration news of the week is about the unfair advantage given to corporate "repeat players" in the arbitration of disputes, Senior Legal counsel for DHL counsels employers to abandon arbitration's ship and swim back into litigation's pacific waters.  

Though I'm the "pro" arbitration speaker with DHL in-house counsel Joshua Frank at this week's ALFA Labor & Employment Practice Group Seminar in Half Moon Bay, I don't have strong feelings one way or the other (preferring, as you can imagine, the negotiated, to the adjudicated, resolution).

Mr. Frank's reasons for suggesting that the Courts are a better forum for employers and arbitration better for employees?

    Continue Reading

Long Live the Death of the Reasonable Man

(left:  the "reasonable man?")

According to Saturday's New York Times Talking Business column Can We Turn Off Our Emotions When Investing?, few of us could make the boast ascribed to Los Angeles lawyer Charles T. Munger when asked the secret to being a great investor.

"I'm rational," he said. 

Lawyers, Economists and "Reasonable Men"

Both law and economics have long assumed a hypothetically objectively "reasonable man" or investor.

I can still recall the precise moment during my first year of law school when all of my core courses came together under the rubric "reasonable."  The potential tortfeasor was liable to his victim only if he failed to behave "reasonably" -- a standard also imposed upon the plaintiff lest she be found contributorily or comparatively negligent.  In actions for the breach of an agreement, the contracting parties were required to demonstrate that their performance expectations were objectively reasonable.   Even the ancient law of property rights required that covenants and restrictions not unreasonably burden the use or transferability of real estate. 

The dry rules of civil procedure were also governed by standards of reasonableness.  They assumed the giving of reasonable notice when civil actions were filed and required that pleadings contain reasonably detailed allegations of wrongdoing.  Finally, every generation of television watching Americans knows that an accused could be convicted of a crime only if his guilt were proven "beyond a reasonable doubt." 

We lawyers were thus trained to be reasonable, rational people, unaffected by passion and prejudice, unemotional.  

That's a good thing right? 

Not if we believe we're acting reasonably and rationally when we're not.  

Continue Reading

Lawyers and Coaches and Patriots, Oh My!

See internet attorney Eric J. Sinrod's exhaustive legal analysis of the "rights, obligations and remedies" highlighted by the recent New England Patriot Video Spying Scandal here.

As Eric notes, I, at least have been "living on a desert island" since I was blissfully unaware of "the recent controversy involving the New England Patriots after a team official was caught videotaping opposing team defensive signals." 

Though Mr. Thrifty and I both routinely toss out the sports page, what interests us is the strictly legal question addressed by Eric, i.e., whether the fine levied on the Patriots is "just" or "correct" as a matter of law.  (leave it to the Wall Street Journal Law Blog to nail the most important question -- whether the fine is tax deductible, but I digress).  

The penalties?

The National Football League fined Coach Bill Belichick $500,000 while the Patriots were ordered to pay $250,000. The league also ruled that the Patriots must forfeit a first-round draft choice next year if the team reaches the playoffs (which is highly likely) or second- and third-round selections if it fails to make the playoffs.

This is where attorneys and the rest of the thinking world part company.  Ask any fifth-grader whether "peeking" at your opponent's game hand is cheating or not.  

So What Does the Law Have to Do with Justice or "Fairness?"  Not, unfortunately enough.  This is also where many attorneys lose touch with their clients, particularly their commercial clients who are operating largely based upon social rules and conventions rather than upon legalisms.

I have alot more to say about this, but not enough time to say it.  I'm therefore leaving you a couple of links about thedifferences between law and justice and the reasons why we all too often talk past one another, particularly when attorneys and their clients lose touch.  See Why -- an Anatomy of Explanations here.  

More later.

Organizations in Need of an Effective and Efficient ADR Program

(right, the bright and beautiful Miss South Carolina, now at the Wharton School of Business; photo links to the NYT article on the Pageant's broken promises)

Before there's Miss America, there's Miss California, South Carolina, Oklahoma and the remainder of the fifty states.

The problem? 

The local "Miss" pageants -- the stepping stones up the ladder to Miss America -- pretty much all offer scholarships as prize money to winners, many of whom may well not be able to begin or complete their university studies without it.

Apparently, some of the Miss America pageants' lower reaches (franchises) are not honoring their promises to provide these scholarships to the beautiful, dynamic and talented young women who become Miss New Orleans or Los Angeles.  

According to this morning's New York Times article on the issue, at least one young woman was required to file her demand for the promised scholarship money from the Miss Five Boroughs Scholarship Pageant in small claims court.  

The REAL ADR Option

As any attorney (and lots of others know) winning a small claims judgment is often a phyrric victory.  No one tells the regular people who line the walls of the daily small claims calendar-call that it will probably be difficult (if not impossible) to collect their judgment.

If your dispute is sexy however -- and how could Miss Louisiana or Miss Carnegie, PA not be -- the real ADR is the court of public opinion.

After winning her case by default in small claims court in Manhattan against the Miss Five Boroughs franchise, the scholarship winner

took her story to a local television station. She was paid within two days of the broadcast of her account, she said. The organizer of the now-disbanded pageant did not return calls for comment.

“Basically, if I hadn’t gone after them, I wouldn’t have gotten my money,” [winner] Ms. Songhai said. “There is no real checks and balances to make sure the contestants get their money.” She said that competing in Miss Five Boroughs was fun, but added, “They are disorganized and they are bad with money management.”

Scholarship?  How About a Few Used Ball Gowns?

The Times article again:  

Saidah Story won a $1,000 scholarship as Miss Inland Empire 2003 in California, but her mother, Renee Wickman, said the pageant director informed her that there would be no scholarship.

“Instead of the scholarship, she was like, ‘You can take these gowns,’ ” Ms. Wickman said.

The pageant folded after that year. Bob Arnhym, president of the Miss California Pageant, said the Miss Inland Empire director moved to Canada because her mother had fallen ill, but had notified the state she had given Ms. Story “the full value of the scholarship.”

Despite contractual agreements, the state organizations say they have only limited enforcement of local scholarships. .  . 

In theory, state pageants could take local pageants to court, but “that legal battle is prohibitive financially,” Mr. Brown said. “It’s not worth doing that for a scholarship which is $1,000.”

Whenever we hear "too little money to litigate," it pricks up our ADR ears.  Our solution is always a modest one.  If these are franchises of the far better funded Miss America Pageant, how about requiring those franchises to maintain blocked accounts in which to hold the scholarship money to which only the National organization has access?  

Alternatively, the Miss America organization could maintain its own fund -- much like the funds against which insureds can make claims when their carriers go bust -- so that contest winners are guaranteed the small scholarships that they work their hearts out for. 

If disputes develop, mediation clauses followed by inexpensive arbitration procedures, could quickly and efficiently resolve these dispute and allow young women the fruits of their considerable labor.

Lies and the Lying Liars Who Tell Them: Mediated Negotiations

(photo by Angie Schwendemann's daughter Christina)

We were just talking yesterday about deception in negotiations. 

But how about deception by the mediator? 

Take this 2000 mediate.com article by JAMS neutral and former U.S. Magistrate John W. CooleyDefining the Ethical Limits of Acceptable Deception in Mediation for a spin.

This article proceeds from the premise that consensual deception is the essence of caucused mediation.

This statement should not come as a shock to the reader when it is considered in the context of the nature and purpose of caucusing. Actually, it is quite rare that caucused mediation, a type of informational game, occurs without the use of deception by the parties, by their lawyers, and/or by the mediator in some form. This is so for several reasons.

First, a basic groundrule of the information system operating in any mediated case in which there is caucusing is that confidential information conveyed to the mediator by any party cannot be disclosed by the mediator to anyone (with narrowly limited exceptions).

This means that:

  1. each party in mediation rarely, if ever, knows whether another party has disclosed confidential information to the mediator; and 
  2. if confidential information has been disclosed, the nondisclosing party never knows the specific content of that confidential information and whether and/or to what extent that confidential information has colored or otherwise affected communications coming to the nondisclosing party from the mediator.

In this respect, each party in a mediation is an actual or potential victim of constant deception regarding confidential information -- granted, agreed deception -- but nonetheless deception. This is the central paradox of the caucused mediation process. The parties, and indeed even the mediator, agree to be deceived as a condition of participating in it in order to find a solution that the parties will find "valid" for their purposes.

click here for the remainder of this fascinating article.

I Love You, the Check is in the Mail, and I'm Telling You the Truth: Negotiating with Liars

(right, the incomparable Bansky!)

I'm reminded this morning of the MITSloan Management Review's article, Mastering the Art of Negotiating with Liars because today's NYT "What's Offline" column tantalizingly titled "Analyzing Failure Beforehand" mentions it and because it's frustratingly unavailable unless you shell out $6.50 for the privilege.

Were I standing at a newsstand, I wouldn't hesitate for a moment shelling out the $20+ bucks for the entire issue (particularly to get a look at the article on team-building).  But the hassle of buying the article online is just too much.  

That said, I am linking you to the article's home here so that anyone with the patience to put $6.50 on their credit card for the privilege of reading the thing can do so.  The summary suggests that the author's advice to avoid being deceived in negotiations includes suggestions to:

  • establish[] negotiating ground rules before the discussions begin,
  • ask[] the same question in different ways,
  • ask[] questions to which you already know the answer,
  • includ[e] written claims in the final agreement, and,
  • us[e] contingent agreements or . . . an escrow agent or a performance bond.

Let me say that the last suggestion (contingent agreements, escrow agents or performance bonds) is one of the best ways to protect yourself in your dealings with unproven and potentially untrustworthy bargaining partners. 

Should Lie Detection Consume Your Negotiation Session?

The other suggestions from MITSloan -- calculated to help you determine whether or not you're being deceived -- are less helpful.  Other than suggesting that written claims might protect you from deceit (you haven't litigated enough breach of contract cases) the lie-detection suggestions are what any good negotiator should have learned a long time before the negotiation actually takes place.

Because I spent my legal career, and am now spending my mediation career, negotiating the resolution of hotly contested litigation (is there any other kind?), the only people I have facilitated negotiations for or have negotiated with, already firmly believe their negotiating partners are . . . . . SATAN . . .. and that lying is the least of their character disorders.

In my business, trust building is more important than lie-detection.  So long as you have done your homework and provide protections in the negotiated agreement for any contingencies that could possibly depend upon the truth of your adversary's statements, making too great an effort to confirm your existing belief that your bargaining partner is a lying liar (as Al Franken might say) will be counter-productive to the exchange of information necessary for a value-creating interest-based bargaining session. 

Really.

If It's Mattel . . . We're Sorry!! and a Final Note on the U.C. Irvine Mess

From MSNBC today:

BEIJING - U.S.-based toy giant Mattel Inc. issued an extraordinary apology to China on Friday over the recall of Chinese-made toys, taking the blame for design flaws and saying it had recalled more lead-tainted toys than justified.

And from the WSJ Law Blog we learn how to spell mensch (from the L.A. Times):

You can say what you want about [U.C. Irvine Chancellor] Drake, but the guy sure can admit when he’s made a mistake:

  • “This is certainly something that I bungled, and I regret it completely and totally
  • “I have learned a painful lesson. . . . I have to mend bridges damaged by my actions and work to build bridges to the future
  • “I’m not reluctant to say I made a mistake,” Drake added. “Forgive me if I didn’t say that. I certainly did make a mistake. Once you’ve made a mistake and find yourself in the wrong place, the thing to do is to try to correct that and get yourself back on the right path, and I did my best to do that.”

Bravo Chancellor Drake!

For students and academic readers, the most searching and insightful article I know on the use of apology in negotiating the settlement of a dispute is Lee Taft's "Apology subverted: The commodification of apology,"  in the Yale Law Journal 109 (March 2000) 1135-1141 (summary here).

See also Apology Bibliography here.

Middle East Envoy and Chief Clinton Peace Advisor Gives 12-Steps for Effective Negotiations

The negotiator's equivalent of "don't make a federal case out of it" is "what do you think you're doing, brokering a negotiated peace in the Middle East?"

Well (thanks -- again! -- to Geoff Sharp) we bring you negotiation tips from a guy who has brokered Middle East peace treaties -- Dennis Ross (Diplomacy: Talking Sense)  former Middle East envoy and chief peace negotiator for both the Clinton and Bush senior administrations.

(Ross' new book:  Statecraft and How to Restore America's Standing in the World, right)

Here, Ross gives us a twelve step list for effective negotiations (please go to the article itself for the detail; it's well worth the read):

  1. Know what you want, know what you can live with.
  2. Know everything there is to know about the decision maker(s) on the other side. 
  3. Build a relationship of trust with the key decision maker. 
  4. Keep in mind the other side's need for an explanation.
  5. To gain the hardest concessions, prove you understand what is important to the other side. 
  6. Tough Love is also required. 
  7. Employ the good-cop, bad-cop approach carefully. 
  8. Understand the value and limitations of deadlines. 
  9. Take only calculated risks. 
  10. Never lie, never bluff 
  11. Don't paper over differences. 
  12. Summarize agreements at the end of every meeting.

On YouTube, Litigation Can Kill You: What Does Mediation Have to Do with It?

(right:  Carmela Soprano Files for Divorce)

I spent a great deal of time yesterday editing a video (my abysmal webcam and video editing skills live at Geoff Sharp's Mediation vBlog this morning do not beging to do justice to the intelligence and insight of Milan Slama, a community and business mediator who is the subject of the interview).

In the process, I "grazed" around YouTube (see my YouTube page here) to see what kinds of mediation and litigation videos people have uploaded. 

I'm sorry to report that most of them are in these varieties:  

  • the "mediate because you really don't have access to justice" variety  here and here -- delay; expense;  "out of control nightmare";
  • the angry "mediation (or litigation) doesn't work" genre -- here and here
  • the crazed litigant gunman here and here (the "adversarial process -- or even a patent application -- can kill you" narrative)' 
  • the "only lawyer you can afford is drunk" variety and, finally, to lighten the mood,
  • the "we're Italian; we don't believe in divorce" Tony Soprano-style here.  

At Geoff Sharp's MediationvBlog however, you'll see some pretty high level discussions about both the benefits and the challenges of both mediation and litigation for attorneys, mediators, judges and, lest we forget, clients. 

There are a few words on negotiation tactics and strategy there as well.

Check it out.

 

  

Aribitration Rises in Los Angeles Because of Mediation

 

Left, international commercial arbitrator, Eric Van Ginkel.

Right, AAA patent / commercial arbitrator, Les Weinstein.

 

 

 

The Los Angeles Legal Pad has been talking to our friend Michael Powell over at the AAA about the sixteen percent increase in the arbitrations in the greater Los Angeles area last year.

When asked "why the jump," Powell explained:  

The only thing we can put our fingers on is the increase in mediation.  We think all the attention put on ADR in California has made a difference in companies that are drafting contracts and including arbitration clauses.

The increase, Powell was reported as saying, was especially prevalent in the entertainment and health care industries.  

Remembering 9/11 Reminds Us that Justice is Not Just About Money

(image, right, from the Plaintiffs' Counsel's 9/ll Families United to Bankrupt Terrorism web page) 

We were just talking yesterday about our courts' obligation to provide that which the entire civil justice system hasn't been providing for [almost] my entire legal career:  a swift adversarial process to resolve disputes and make public the way in which we, as a society, adjust the civil rights and duties of our citizens.

The justice system's inability to deliver on that essential obligation is once again highlighted by the upcoming 9/11 victim trials discussed in today's New York Times article, "Settlements Do Not Deter 9/11 Plaintiffs Seeking Trial."  As the Times reports, relatives of some victims who were killed in the planes hijacked on 9/11 say

they would continue fighting in court to address their questions about how Islamic terrorists bypassed airport security, commandeered four jets and killed thousands of people.

It's Not Just About Money

This is consistent with my experience as a mediator.  It becomes too easy for all of us to believe that those who seek recompense for civil harms are "just in it for the money."  (See the link to my post on incommensurability here and the subjective experience of money here).

When settling cases like this, impasse often occurs when the monetary terms are sufficient but no one has yet explained, for instance, why their mother died in the nursing home for no apparent reason.  People want answers. 

One of th[e] relatives, Mike Low, whose 28-year-old daughter, Sara, was a flight attendant on American Airlines Flight 11, the first plane to strike the World Trade Center . . . 

“The frustrating thing is not having a trial date,” he said yesterday. “The wheels of justice turn excruciatingly slow. It doesn’t change my mind any. My desire and goal is to try to find some answers. I want to know why Abdulaziz Alomari and Mohamed Atta were allowed to walk on planes in Portland, Me., with prohibited weapons. I want somebody to tell me why that happened.”

And Then There's that Thing Called "Apology"

Recently, I received a call from a fellow mediator in the midst of a settlement conference asking whether he could guarantee that if the defendant apologized during the mediation, his apology could not, under any circumstances, ever be used against him in a criminal trial. 

I'd written several articles on mediation confidentiality so he was just getting a second opinion before going out on a limb.

"Guarantee?"  I asked.

"Guarantee," he replied.  "The plaintiff is satisfied with the monetary terms of the settlement but insists she'll go to trial unless he apologizes."

"I certainly wouldn't guarantee it," I replied, "but would you like me to help you brainstorm some work-arounds?"

This mediator, one of the great ones at my ADR firm Judicate West, didn't need the brainstorming help.  He did what we mediators often do.  He "channelled" the apology from the defendant to the plaintiff in the defendant's absence.  And it worked.

When Apology Isn't Enough:  Public Accountability

There are times when a private apology isn't enough.  Sometimes people need to see civil wrongdoers made publicly accountable in a court of law.  The Times article again.

Several of the families have said in interviews that their motives were not just economic. They have said that they wanted accountability from those they considered responsible for the attacks — including the two airlines; the airport security companies; Boeing, which manufactured the aircraft; and the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, which owned the World Trade Center.

Carl Tobias, a law professor at the University of Richmond, said . . . [he thinks]  the dynamics here may be different from what I would call more garden variety kind of tort litigation,” he said. “It doesn’t seem this is entirely driven by money, though it may be for some people. People want to tell their stories and want to find out as much as they can in court.”

There Are No "Garden Variety" Kinds of Tort Litigation

Professor Tobias' opinion is right, as far as it goes, but it is not, unfortunately, "right on the money."

Every mediator who helps people settle injury cases (or commercial cases for that matter) knows that there is no garden variety case.  Not to the parties.  No dispute is is ever "entirely driven by money," except, perhaps, ones brought by a sociopaths or vexatious litigants or driven by  unscrupulous lawyers who, as someone once said, "ride their clients like mules for the money."  And even then something other than money, some pathology,  is driving those people's mad obsession with things monetary.

Counsel for the Plaintiffs, [Donald] Migliori, summed up by saying that:

he expected that some families, especially those who had relatives who died in the planes that struck the twin towers, would insist on a trial.

The terms of the settlements were sealed. But Mr. Migliori said the families felt vindicated. He said they “had reached a point where they were satisfied that the mix of their motivations — from compensation to accountability, to answers — was satisfied.”

The first trial, brought by the relatives of Dr. Paul Ambrose, a passenger on American Flight 77, which crashed into the Pentagon is scheduled to go to trial at the beginning of November.

Two Interviews, Two Great (Blush) Mediators

This month brings us interviews with two mediators -- Geoff Sharp -- who talks about his mediation practice and yours truly, who talks about, what else, business and practice development while wearing my literary writer and editor's hat.  

Gini Nelson has included in this month's Engaging Conflicts newsletter an interview with one of my mediation mentors, New Zealand's Geoff Sharp who writes the brilliantly witty and incredibly honest ADR blog Mediator blah blah.  

To whet the appetites of my mediator readers, here's a snippet of Geoff's advice about being a mediation chameleon.

Gini: Do you have a “conflict resolution hero,” and if so, who and why?

Geoff: Yes I do. It is the chameleon.   I have always thought that mediators are natural chameleons. Good mediators can’t have egos, or at least they can’t bring them into the room, and they must to some extent mould themselves on the day to the environment they find  . . . To me that is all to do with being self aware, reflective and having very good antennae to know what and how one should present. If not the chameleon it is a little pig out at our bit of dirt just north of Wellington here in New Zealand. This little black kune pig lives with about five horses in a field. I think it thinks it’s a horse. It regularly intervenes when there is a problem between horses. It is a bit like George Orwell’s Animal Farm!

To read the rest of Gini's interview with Geoff, click here.

The second interview is with "completion catalyst" Lisa Gates of the Intrinsic Life Design blog.  Lisa and I stumbled across one another on the List of Magical Women Bloggers.  She's a career coach for writers who describes her work in this way:

I am the crazy glue on the soles of your sneakers that keeps you committed to your book, your project, your Big Idea. I'm the kick in the pants you wish you had nine months ago when you birthed that Big Idea in the first place. I'm equal parts left-brain, right-brain and I have three words for all you lurking, burning, idea-crazed writers, entrepreneurs and dreamers: Someday is now.

Because I'm the editor of a literary journal and a writer when I'm not mediating or blogging, and because Lisa liked my journal (thanks Lisa!) she interviewed me about pursuing ones writing dreams, which the journal surely is for me.

Because mediators are also pursuing a dream, I provide a little bit of the interview with Lisa here.  If this excerpt interests you at all, you can find the entire interview on Lisa's blog here.

Lisa:  How do you market or carve out your niche in the literary journal landscape?

Vickie:  You just start networking. I was innocent. I downloaded Yahoo's free internet-design program, taught myself to use it and am continuing to use it to this day. I think the website costs me about $20/month and the ad in Poets & Writers costs $60 every other month. I just do it.

That's what I've learned since '04 about everything in life. You just start the thing. You take a single step in the direction of a dream and another the next day, and the one after that. Things begin to grow. People start to hear about you or tell their friends or post something on a blog like you're doing. You become a kind of attractor. I'm not new age so you'll have to understand that what I'm about to say is truly metaphoric and not a concrete belief.

I think the power of intention coupled with action creates a kind of force that becomes bigger than you are, and everything you've ever done aligns with that intention and becomes part of the engine of the dream.

I think both Geoff and I would say, whatever your dream, go for it!

9/11 Hijack Victims' Families Settle in the Wake of Ruling that Would Allow Cockpit Recording to Go to the Jury

(right, Plaintiffs' attorney Don Migliori)

I'm going to make a modest proposal in response to the "eve of trial" settlement of fourteen 9/11 lawsuits in the wake of a critical ruling from the United States District Court. 

That ruling? 

 A "cockpit recording that captured the sounds of passengers trying to retake control of United Airlines Flight 93 before it crashed into a field in Pennsylvania," would be permitted to go to the jury.  See today's NYT article More 9/11 Lawsuits are Settled.

It's no surprise to hear Donald Migliori, a lawyer for the plaintiffs, say that

Judge Alvin K. Hellerstein’s ruling on the recording last week had moved settlement talks forward. He said it became clear that jurors would hear evidence that passengers were aware the plane had been hijacked and had reacted heroically.

Here's the proposal. 

The courts should be deciding these issues early in the case.  How much discovery had to be done (???any???) and how many motions filed before this Court was willing to go out on a limb and say, "gee, evidence that passengers on the doomed flights knew their plane was being hijacked is relevant (or not!) or too inflammatory (or not!) to the just resolution of the claims brought by families of the passengers?"  

Here in California, we have established a Complex Court system in which wide latitude has been given to the Judges to raise just these kinds of issues early in the litigation unconstrained by procedural rules that might prevent sound case management. 

As California Appellate Court Justice Ruvolo recently emphasized  

The judiciary needs to engage now in a vigorous debate to determine whether the current approach to civil justice is efficacious . . . We must . . . consider possible reforms needed to ensure prompt, and fair, trial dates, and cost-efficient pretrial and trial procedures for cases where ADR has been unsuccessful or is inappropriate."

My own clients have, most unfortunately, been victims of a Judge's inability to effectively manage his/her caseload and unwillingness to make any ruling before its time, which, for some jurists, means when they absolutely have to in motions in limine filed immediately before trial or in evidentiary rulings during trial.

Only some of these in limine and evidentiary rulings require the context of the actual trial to make sense and permit a reasoned ruling.  The cockpit tape, however, seems a good example of a decision that, if made early in the litigation, could have led to the swift resolution of these cases rather than a last minute settlement before trial a full six years after the event giving rise to suit.

To those judges engaging in the often daunting and time-consuming activity of actively managing their case loads with too few resources to do so, we praise you.  Those who are not know who they are.  

WARNING WAR STORY AHEAD

Once, long ago, when our client was the defendant in two identical lawsuits in two federal courts in different states, we filed motions in both courts to consolidate them in our local court.  Frankly, we wouldn't have minded that greatly had they been consolidated in the foreign venue, as long as we could move forward with the litigation.  

We were not happy, however, to wait two years for a ruling.

Because you never want to ruffle a court's feathers when your motion is pending, we spent a fair amount of time and mental energy deciding what might be the best course to pry a ruling out of the court.  Finally, my colleague suggested we file a "Motion to Rule."  Because the motion did not, we believed, exist, my colleague called it THE THING.  

We filed it, deferentially, in both courts and still didn't get a ruling.  Eventually, the case settled.  Today, we might have asked our opponents to mediate or even arbitrate so that we could at least have the opportunity to a business dispute that was costly to both parties.

So, my modest proposal.  Case management.  Early rulings on motions that, if resolved, could assist the parties to do early that which they are now likely only to do late -- negotiate a resolution.

Settlement of the Week: Consumer Securities Advocate Lerach to Plead Guilty Under Brokered Deal

(photo:  Lerach in action from SF Gate article on HP lawsuit)

We learn from today's New York Times that "securities lawyer William S. Lerach is expected to plead guilty today to a criminal conspiracy charge in connection with a[n alleged] class-action scheme involving his former firm, now known as Milberg Weiss . . . " 

I've heard Mr. Lerach speak on several occasions.  His  passionate defense of the rights of small investors has, it's true, earned him a great fortune.  I have never doubted, however, his integrity or the depth of his commitment to bring corporate wrongdoers to justice.  I'm certain that I am not alone in wishing him well.

I note that his plea agreement protects those who worked with and for him and does not require him to cooperate in the government's efforts to pursue others who have also worked for the benefit of the "little guy."  

As the Times reports:

Mr. Lerach, who has long been under investigation by federal authorities, is expected to enter his plea in United States District Court in Los Angeles. Under the plea deal, he faces one to two years in prison, and will also pay a significant fine . . . 

Mr. Lerach’s plea comes amid a seven-year investigation into whether he and other senior lawyers at Milberg Weiss conspired to pay kickbacks to individuals who agreed to serve as named plaintiffs in class-action lawsuits.

One person with knowledge of the plea deal said that Mr. Lerach would plead guilty to being aware of one such incident. . . . . 

For years, Mr. Lerach and his former firm aggressively filed class-action lawsuits, particularly in the securities area. Being the first to organize and file suits also put them in position to get a sizable share of any legal fees produced by the cases.

Mr. Lerach, who did not return a telephone call to his office, long championed the class-action system as an equalizer for small investors and other plaintiffs seeking redress of corporate wrongdoing. . . . .

Under the plea agreement, Mr. Lerach is not required to cooperate with the government in any further inquiries into the matter . . . The agreement terms, they said, also call for the law firm from which Mr. Lerach recently resigned, Coughlin Stoia Geller Rudman & Robbins, to face no liability or risk. . . . .

For the remainder of the article, click here.

 

Robert Creo and Doug Noll Fix Conflict on Talk Radio

 

O.K., I never listen to Talk Radio because it's all about conflict and I get enough conflict in my day job.

Here's a relief, some talk radio exists to FIX YOUR CONFLICTS.

Upcoming Doug Noll and Robert Creo, both masters in the field, talk about making felicitous that which is already necessary -- dealing with conflict.  

CHECK IT OUT HERE 

Getting Your Class Action Waiver Past the California Supreme Court Remains Challenging

(for our Canadian readers, our featured treatise is Litigating Conspiracy:  An Analysis of Competition Class Actions , Stephen G.A. Pitel, Ed.)

An excellent concise summary of Gentry v. Superior Court, where the California Supreme Court Questions Enforceability of Class Action Waiver on Public Policy Grounds is once again provided by the National Arbitration Forum, excerpt below.

By a 4-3 majority, the California Supreme Court reversed an order compelling arbitration and remanded the case to the trial court with instructions to use a multi-factor test in determining the enforceability of a class action waiver. The ultimate question for the trial court is whether class-wide proceedings would be “a significantly more effective practical means of vindicating the [statutory] rights” of the employees who belong to the putative class. Parties who prefer the simplicity of one-on-one arbitration should not be overly concerned by the majority holding because this decision has no application outside of the employment context.

For full text of NAF's summary, click here.

This pdf of the opinion comes to you courtesy of Jeffer Mangels Class Action Defense Blog with Jeffer's excellent case analysis from a defense perspective here.  

Another good and thorough analysis appears here.  Gentry v. Superior Court - California ruling on class action waiver in arbitration agreement.

 

The Virtual World of Restorative Justice Lives at RJ City

(above chart by Ron Claassen at the Fresno Pacific Center for Peacemaking & Conflict Studies)

If yesterday's post sparked an interest in Restorative Justice, you might mosey on over to RJ City to "help build the future of justice."   

Yes, everything in my conflict resolution and thinking arises from the Straus Institute where I took Dan Van Ness' class on Restorative Justice and was first introduced to the concept of "RJ City," which I'm thrilled to see so fully commenced below:

What is the RJ City Project?

RJ City is a research and design project created to explore what seems to be a gap between the claims that restorative justice offers an alternative approach to conflict, crime and justice on one hand, and the rather limited use of restorative programmes in most countries on the other.

The project takes what is currently known about restorative justice and in a disciplined way tests the boundaries of that knowledge. This will force discussion of issues not ordinarily addressed, such as whether it can respond effectively to high volumes of cases, the social chaos and disintegration in parts of society, and the high value given to individual rights in the Western world.

Is this negotiation, you ask, or some la-la kum-by-ya new age nonsense? 

No, this is the future in which litigation will be the alternative form of dispute resolution and negotiation the dominant, first-choice, go-to norm.  It's also the future's future in which crime will be addressed through institutions designed to encourage accountability, reparations, amends, forgiveness and reconciliation.

If you're settling litigation, you're already involved in a conflict arising from a "civil" crime against you or your property.  To reach an accommodation with the perpetrator of that civil wrong, it helps to learn the practices and principles of restorative justice. 

Conflict Avoidance: Social Obligations, Larry David and Shame

How deeply do you renosonate with the feelings described by New York Times writer Bob Morris in yesterday's "Age of Dissonance" column, How to Avoid, Well, You

THE invitation was too good to refuse — an August weekend at the august home of a friend on a little New England island.

Yet, from the moment I pulled up to the ferry dock, there was dread in my soul. Two years ago, I had offended an entire family of friends likely to be there. Would one of them be on the boat, where avoidance is impossible?

Checking a reservations list, I was relieved to find myself in the clear. But later, getting an ice cream on the island’s small village green felt like being in highly exclusive enemy terrain, and I walked with head down and turned in fear from each passing station wagon.

In the church thrift store where space is tight (and the clothes irresistible) I hid behind racks with my heart pounding as each shopper entered. 

Why, he asks, are we afraid of the meeting (or confrontation) with the guy whose call we didn't return or manuscript we didn't read?  Whose invitation we didn't accept, whose feelings we offended, or who stole our client?

HELP FOR THE CONFLICT AVOIDANT

It was my friend and colleague Ken Cloke who taught me there were five means of dealing with conflict (suppression, avoidance, resolution, transformation and transcendence) and University of Missouri Law Professor and friend Richard Reuben who taught me that there is no such thing as "bad" conflict. 

It was through my communnity mediation experience, however, that I finally learned it was better to address than to avoid conflict.  I have also learned that people will, given the right conditions, spontaneously reconcile.  Those conditions?  Having hope that reconciliation can be achieved without fear of sustaining psychological or physical harm, opening and maintaining channels of communication, and the assistance of a third party who is willing to patiently and lovingly sit with those in conflict like a parent with children recovering from a fever or bad dreams.   

Listen, I have seen an elderly mother reconciled to a child who sued her and then served her with an eviction notice after two years of estrangement.  I have seen (in a documentary film on restorative justice) a woman whose brother raped her at knife point, collapse sobbing into his embrace at a prison where he'd already been incarcerated for this crime for years.  I have seen a man who refused to speak to his gay neighbors for five years stand up at the end of a community mediation and say, "may I hug the two of you?" 

These events are not the rare occasion or the exception to the rule.  Nor are they the result of anyone's brilliant mediation or conflict resolution skills.

They are the norm, the product of the process rather than the result of the technique. 

A mediator can probably prevent these spontaneous acts of reconciliation, but s/he does not create them.  At best, s/he presides over them, serves as their sponsor or appreciative audience, and counts herself privileged to have participated in them from the sidelines.

WHY WE AVOID CONFLICT

Mr. Morris asks us what it is that drives us to cower behind clothing racks to avoid seeing someone whose telephone call we "forgot" to return.  What indeed, when when we live among people who have reconciled with brothers who raped them or assailants who killed members of their family?

The answer to the question is shame, the most powerful constellation of emotions we are capable of experiencing. The lengths to which we will go to avoid these feelings was hilariously depicted just last night on Curb Your Enthusiasm, an episode you're just going to have to see. 

Your punishment for not getting your shame-education from pop television references is to read an excerpt from an academic article (written by someone very close to me) on the origins of shame and its role in restorative justice.

The word shame is derived from the Indo-European skem which means "to hide." Shame makes us want to hide - from ourselves, our God and our peers - making shame an existentially isolating state of mind. Feeling shame makes a person "dejection-based, passive, or helpless," causing the "ashamed person [to focus] more on devaluing or condemning his entire self" than upon his behavior. He sees himself "as fundamentally flawed, feels self-conscious about the visibility of his actions, fears scorn, and thus avoids or hides from others." 

The shamed individual wants "to undo aspects of the self" whereas the guilt-ridden one wishes to undo aspects of his behavior. It is therefore not surprising that guilt tends to motivate restitution, confession, and apology, whereas shame tends to result in avoidance or anger.

The psycho-biology of the constellation of emotions we call "shame" is innate.  It produces a sudden loss of muscle tone in the neck and upper body; increases skin temperature on the face, frequently resulting in a blush and causes a brief period of incoordination and apparent disorganization. No matter what behavior is in progress when shame affect is triggered, it will be made momentarily impossible. Shame interrupts, halts, takes over, inconveniences, trips up, makes incompetent anything that had previously been interesting or enjoyable. 

A state of cognitive shame follows this initial cluster of feelings. After the painful jolt of shame, we begin to search our "life scripts" for some way to integrate the shameful experience with our prior experiences, to make sense of the pain and disorientation caused by the sudden upset of a positive emotional state. 

There you have it.  Though it may seem more outrageous than comic for wildly successful adults to feign compliance with a social obligation by showing up a day late for a party pretending to have gotten the date wrong (the Larry David episode) it is no more or less absurd than the ordinary daily ways we all have of avoiding someone who might make us feel ashamed.

Tomorrow we will discuss ways to positively engage yourself with those who you may have inadvertenly offended.

Settlement of theWeek: $198 Million Clergy Abuse Settlement

Photo (AP) San Diego's Bishop Robert Brom who testified in the Diocese's federal Bankruptcy proceedings.

NPR reports on the most recent clergy abuse settlement here.  Excerpt below: 

The Roman Catholic Diocese of San Diego said Friday it has agreed to pay $198.1 million to settle 144 claims of sexual abuse by clergy, the second-largest payment by a diocese. The agreement caps more than four years of negotiations in state and federal courts.

I'd be interested to know why NPR pegs 1950 as the year from which to count the total monies paid for sexual abuse by Roman Catholic priests.  In any event, it notes that that that time sexual abuse judgments or settlements have "cost the U.S. church "at least $2.3 billion." 

Conflict Resolution by Rutan Modan: Queen of the Scottish Fairies

(illustration, left, links to Ms. Modan's web site)

It's worth subscribing to New York Times Select just to be reminded that Rutan Modan is out there doing this great genre-breaking illustrated blog that, being about family, is always about conflict resolution.

Today, in Queen of the Scottish Fairies, Modan grapples with the politics of gender-identity, principles of self-expression, and the way in which we attempt to control the behavior of those we most love in an effort to protect our own self-image.    

It's a story as old as time with a solution that is as good as can be imagined in a fallible world full of fallible people, reflecting e.e. cummings' shrewd observation that 

[t]o be nobody-but-yourself---in a world which is doing its best, night and day, to make you everybody else--- means to fight hardest battle which any human being can fight; and never stop fighting." 

e.e. cummings 

 

 

Our Readers Write: Jury Trials - an Art or a Game of Chance

How many trial attorneys talk publicly about adverse jury verdicts.  Not many.  

Of course, in my field -- commercial litigation - not many of us can call ourselves trial attorneys with a straight face.  We're litigators, which means we want and try to win before trial and reconsider our settlement posture if the light at the end of the tunnel is the train of trial.    

We'd like to be Perry Mason (or, depending upon your generation, Denny Crane or the deliciously evil class action attorney Patty Hughes played by Glenn Close in Damages). 

But we're not.  We take depositions, scan and code hundreds of thousands to millions of documents, fight the discovery wars, make motions on the pleadings and pin our hopes on the silver bullet summary judgment motion.

So here's a short lesson and some good advice -- Jury Trials, An Art or a Game of Chance - from the men and women who actually try cases at the Florida law firm of Levin Popantanio Thomas Mitchell Echsner & Proctor.  

Read the entire article, but here are the bare bones that form the basis of today's good settlement advice.  In this first injury trial, the paralyzed plaintiff won

an $8 million . . . verdict, [which] was reversed on appeal . . . 

The [second trial resulted in] a defense verdict [which was also] reversed on appeal . . . 

The [last] trial resulted in a $31 million plaintiff’s verdict.

Who tried this case three times?  Trial attorneys who have, since the firm's founding in 1955, won

more than seventy-five jury verdicts in the amount of $1 million or more, including twelve jury verdicts in excess of $10 million, and two in excess of $450 million. Additionally, the law firm’s total settlements have exceeded one billion dollars. 

With this and all their other substantial trial experience under their belts, these trial attorneys conclude: 

[A] trial attorney should always inform his/her client that a prediction on the outcome of a jury trial is simply an educated guess, and that the client needs to be prepared for widely divergent results. There is always an element of jury uncertainty. Any time a client agrees to have his/her case tried before a jury, the client needs to understand that in some ways it is simply a game of chance.

Id. (emphasis added).  Couldn't say it better myself (and yes, I did try cases to juries when I was a plaintiffs' injury lawyer in the early '80s, as well as some, but far fewer commercial trials scattered throughout the remainder of my legal career). 

Thanks for candor guys.  Much appreciated.

 

Happy First Birthday to the National Arbitration Forum's Law and Policy Update

The National Arbitration Forum's excellent and timely Law and Policy Update celebrates its first birthday today, and what a year it has been for changes in the arbitration landscape.  If not for NAF, I would never have been able to keep up.  

You know, we used to have to pay for stuff like this, back in the old days when publishing required paper and stamps and mail people with heavy bags on their shoulders stumping down the street on a hot summer's day. 

Now organizations like NAF make your life easier gratis.  How great is that????

Subscribe today!

 

Settlement of the Century: Silverstein, Wachtell and a Cast of Thousands Negotiate the End of the World Trade Center Litigation

(right:  key players with a model of Freedom Tower)

Settle in for a long and satisfying read in this stellar article that chronicles six years of litigation, mediation, negotiation and valuation in the World Trade Center case.  Here's just the first paragraph and a link to the full article.

Silverstein's Army by Ben Hallman of The American Lawyer

Wachtell dedicated more lawyers to helping Larry Silverstein rebuild at Ground Zero than to any other project in its history.

Rebuilding was the developer's dream-and his right, according to his lawyers from Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz. But after the towers fell, New York city and state authorities seemed to have done everything possible to elbow him out of the way, even as Silverstein ponied up $100 million a year to rent a hole in the ground. Now, at almost midnight, he was huddled in a conference room in the Park Avenue offices of the Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, the quasi-governmental agency that had leased the Twin Towers to Silverstein in July 2001. Executives from his development company and his financial backers were there with him, as were Wachtell partners Martin Lipton and Robin Panovka. Silverstein ordered two cups of coffee. He was ready to stay up all night. "Let's get this thing done," he told the group.

to read the rest of the story, click here.

The Most Sophisticated Settlement Judges and Mediators Teach You to Win Your Next Negotiation

(image from Should I Join a Law School Study Group?)

Listen Up!!  This may sound foolish but I had the best study group in my law school (all of us graduated in the top 10%).  Why?  Because I naturally gravitate toward the smartest people in the room and then boldly ask them to join my study group or be a member of my law firm or speak on a panel or write an article with me.

Gee, legal practice is actually just one life-long study group when you think about it, no?

In any event, I loved my study partners and people I practiced with (o.k., there were a few exceptions) and continue to seek out the best and the brightest from whom I can learn and work at the same time.  

That is the very very long introduction to our upcoming Pincus Communications SeminarSettlement Techniques that Give You the Winning Edge.

Who Will You Be Learning From?

How about two of the best and most sophisticated settlement and trial judges in the entire Los Angeles Superior Court system:  full time settlement Judge Alexander Williams, III and Complex Court Assistant Supervising Judge Victoria Chaney?

But that's not all.  Joining us will also be former Federal Magistrate and Judicate West mediator, the Hon. John Leo Wagner (Ret.); former Paul Hastings partner, AAA arbitrator and Judicate West mediator, Jay McCauley; and, Les J. Weinstein, registered patent attorney and antitrust guru (an AAA arbitrator and complex commmercial and IP mediator).

These are the people at whose feet I sit to improve my game and my skill set is pretty darn good if I do keep saying so myself.  

What You Will Learn if You Attend This Seminar

  • The ten social psychological insights that will minimize your own self-defeating negotiation behavior and maximize your opponents’ bargaining weaknesses 
  • The ten basic rules of “distributive” or “fixed sum” bargaining that will give you the “edge” in all future settlement negotiations 
  • The ten ways to “expand the fixed sum pie” by exploring and exploiting the client interests underlying your own and your opponents’ legal positions 
  • The ten ways to get your case settled to your clients’ best advantage at Mandatory Settlement Conferences for both routine and “bet the company” cases 
  • The Top Ten Errors Made by Parties When Attempting to Settle Disputes that their Contracts Require Them to Arbitrate 
  • The Ten Rules of Cross-cultural negotiation in International Arbitration 
  • The Ten Laws Critical to the Enforcement of Mediated Settlement Agreements 
  • The Ten Mediation/Settlement Conference Traps for the Unwary

THE ACTUAL "GOODS"

9:00 – 10:00 a.m. The social-psychological dynamics of conflict resolution taught by attorney-mediator and high-profile ADR blogger, Victoria Pynchon, J.D. LL.M (conflict resolution). Victoria is an Adjunct Professor at the Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution and a neutral with the Southern California ADR firm, Judicate West and the International Institute for Conflict Prevention and Resolution.

10:00 – 11:00 a.m. Settling Disputes in the Arbitral Forum by AAA commercial arbitrator and former Paul Hastings Janofsky & Walker litigator, Jay McCauley. Mr. McCauley is an Adjunct Professor of Arbitration Law at the Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution and a neutral with the American Arbitration Association and the Southern California ADR firm, Judicate West.

11:00 – 11:15 a.m. BREAK

11:15 – 12:15 p.m. Mediating the settlement of intellectual property and technology related litigation with cautionary tales from the antitrust trenches taught by patent infringement and competition law litigator, arbitrator and mediator, Les Weinstein, of Sheldon Mak Rose & Anderson. Mr. Weinstein is an arbitrator with the American Arbitration Association.

12:15 – 1:15 p.m. Lunch on your own

1:15 – 2:15 p.m. Mandatory Settlement Conferences (MSC) “best practices” taught by Judge Alexander Williams, III, Los Angeles Superior Court Settlement Department and Adjunct Professor of Clinical Practice at the Straus Institute for Dispute Resolution

2:15 – 3:15 p.m. The Machiavellian Negotiator taught by former Federal Magistrate John Leo Wagner, who was formerly head of Irell & Manella LLP’s ADR Practice Group. Judge Wagner is a neutral with Judicate West..

3:15 – 3:30 p.m. BREAK

3:30 – 4:30 p.m. Settling Sophisticated, Multi-party Commercial Litigation in the Complex Court, taught by Judge Victoria Chaney, Complex Court Assistant Supervising Judge

POINT-COUNTERPOINT: ADR PROS AND CONS

It's not too late to join us and ALFA International for its Labor & Employment Practice Group Seminar entitled "Employer of the Year" or "the Office":  Which One Are You? at the Half Moon Bay Ritz-Carlton on October 3-5, 2007.

HOW COULD YOU RESIST? (photo:  Half Moon Bay Ritz-Carlton at right)

I'll be speaking with Joshua Frank, Senior Legal Counsel to DHL (moderated by James M. Peterson of San Diego's Higgs, Fletcher & Mack, LLP) on the Pro's and Con's of Employment Arbitration

You'll have to get up early for this one -- it's scheduled from 8:45-10:00 a.m. on October 3 -- but we promise you a lively debate and fresh perspectives on an issue that might make corporate and litigation counsel want to rip those arbitration clauses out of their and their clients' employment agreements.  Then again, you might just decide to rewrite those ADR Clauses altogether so that you get the best possible dispute resolution mechanism for your and your clients' work-force. 

Either way, the time is ripe for reconsidering and revising the way in which you and your clients handle disputes with their employees.

JOIN US!! 

 

Cal Supremes Forbid Discovery of Reinsurance Information to Assist Settlement Efforts in Clergy Abuse Cases

(right:  12 Angry Men because this post will end up being about depositions, settlement and trial and not simply -- yawn -- reinsurance)

Business Insurance reported yesterday that the California Supreme Court has Shield[ed] Reinsurance Details in Abuse Case.  As B.I. wrote,

In Catholic Mutual Relief Society et al. vs. The Superior Court . . . , victims sought to learn whether the nonprofit entity, which administers self-insurance funds for more than 300 archdioceses and other Roman Catholic entities in the United States and Canada, could meet its policy obligation should they enter into a settlement with the Archdiocese of San Diego.

In 2004, a Los Angeles County trial court judge said the victims could seek reinsurance information . . . A state Court of Appeal . . . rul[ed] that California law authorizing limited discovery of a defendant’s insurance coverage does not authorize pretrial discovery of reinsurance agreements with a “nonparty” liability insurer.

On Monday, the California Supreme Court agreed. It found that discovery of reinsurance is allowed when a reinsurer’s policy functions “in the same way as a liability policy (fronting arrangement), or where the reinsurance agreement is itself the subject matter of the litigation at hand.”

I'd just been musing on this issue (really! -- listen, only nerds blog) because I think attorneys should use discovery as much as possible to settle litigation as to try it. 

Conducting Discovery to Settle the Case

I'm just back from vacation so I haven't yet read this Supreme Court opinion.  I have, however, fought the reinsurance issue more times than I care to remember.  I also once sought to discover the extent of a privately owned corporation's ability to pay a sizable judgment only to be thwarted by the rule that discovery must be relevant to the subject matter of the action (etc.)

Still, I recommend that counsel find creative ways to learn facts that will assist them in settling the case during depositions (where "background" questions receive less scrutiny than interrogatories).

What information pertinent to settlement is useful to obtain other than the ability to fund an award?  Plenty! but since I'm still on Hawaiian time and in an Hawaiian mind, I'll provide only a few -- let your own imagination make far longer lists than the following.

  1. The identity of those making the settlement decision is question number one, not only to assure that you have the proper parties at your first settlement conference, but also because -- as McElhaney recently suggested -- you want to "hip" corporate deciders to some of the dangers of proceeding that the company's attorneys might not have mentioned (or couldn't stress strongly enough).  
  2. Where the corporate entity is split into operating divisions, which division is going to take the "hit" if the case settles.
  3. Whether there are any corporate acquisitions or mergers on the horizon -- or any major upheavals in management -- that might suggest that the executive team green-lighting the litigation is on its way out and less litigation-friendly management about to come on the scene.
  4. Whether other litigation on this same issue, product, financial practice, etc. is pending, making the possibility of bad precedent an issue for any eventual settlement "team."

How can you obtain answers to these questions during a deposition when none of them are relevant to the subject matter of the action or likely to lead to the discovery of admissible evidence?  The same way you do everything else in your legal practice -- with chutzpah, imagination, creativity, preparation and sheer good luck.  

I'd innocently sprinkle most of these questions into the background portion of the deposition when opposing counsel is generally less attentive than during "substantive" questioning.  You can also get away with "it's just background, counsel" when s/he begins to awake with his/her morning latte.  If it's a big case with less experienced attorneys assigned to less important depositions, I'd first ask these questions of low level corporate representatives who might be, shall we say, under-represented. 

Then there's always simple dumb luck.  When I was a first year taking one of my first depositions, opposing counsel fell asleep after lunch!  He was snoring while his client innocently waited for me to continue questioning him as if this were a normal event!

I genuinely didn't know what to do. Could I legitimately and ethically continue to question my opponent's client in his "absence"?  I suppose a more experienced or aggressive attorney might have done so.  But because it just didn't seem right to me, I woke him up before continuing with my line of questioning. 

Some defenders, however, might just as well be asleep.  As I teach my NITA students, you can do that which you can (ethically) get away with in a deposition.  And that is quite a lot if you are a skillful poker player who doesn't let on that the questions you're asking might be strategically beneficial even though entirely irrelevant to the substance of the litigation.

It's the beginning of a new "school" year.  Go get 'em!

Settlement of the Week: Legal Secretary vs. O.J. Attorney's Law Firm

Robert Shaprio, one of the members of O.J. Simpson's "Dream Team" has settled a whistle-blower wrongful termination case on his law firm's behalf with his former secretary who claimed she was fired for exposing wrongful billing practices.

[Shapiro had earlier been dismissed from the lawsuit and was not, therefore, an individual party to the resolution].

Shapiro's secretary was represented by an old colleague of ours, Patricio T.D. Barrera, now of the law firm Marcin Berrera, LLP.

The case was reported by the National Law Journal's Los Angeles Legal Pad here and by CBS News here.

As CBS News reported:

Lawyers for James and the Christensen law firm appeared before Los Angeles Superior Court Judge John Shepard Wiley Monday, saying both sides agreed to all terms and that the defense will prepare the final document for signatures.

Wiley said he was pleased to hear of the agreement in principle. "To try this case would have been nasty," Wiley said. "Neither side would have had a pleasant experience." The judge said the settlement avoids the uncertainty James and the Christensen law firm would have faced had the case gone to a jury, which was scheduled for trial Sept. 11. He urged the lawyers to put the settlement in final form soon before any last minute disagreements develop.

"Let's get this in the can," Wiley said.

Outside the courtroom, James' lawyer, Patricio T. Barrera, said the terms are confidential and therefore his client, who was present in court, cannot comment.

Be a Negotiation Genuis with Harvard's Malhotra and Bazerman

Why am I reading Deepak Malhotra's and Max H. Bazerman's Negotiation Genius in my comfy funky beach shack ON THE SAND on the windward side of Oahu at 8:45 a.m. (local time) listening to the waves gently slap the shore and occasionally looking up to see if the fisherman at water's edge has caught anything besides happiness this morning?

Am I insane?  No, it's because:

  • no one taught me to negotiate in law school and despite being an B+ to A+ litigator for twenty-five years, until I met Peter Robinson at the Straus Institute, I was a C- negotiator.  So learning these skills reminds me learning how to read in kindergarten (yes I do remember, running home at full speed, bursting through the front door and chortling to my mother, "I can spell 'red' Mommy, RED! It's R-E-D red!")
  • Bazerman and Malhotra have been my "distance learning" zen negotiation masters through the Harvard Business School Working Knowledge Newsletter for the past year and I would read with high expectation and rapt attention anything they scribbled on a napkin in a bar after a couple of drinks.
  • who could resist any negotiation book with chapters entitled:  Negotiating from a Position of Weakness and Confronting Lies and Deception, both of which I avidly and happily consumed this morning after watching the sun rise over the Pacific around about 6 a.m.

That's it.  I will be providing the executive summaries of these and other dynamite chapters for you attorneys who are billing 2000-2300 hours/year and any business manager or executive who drops by.  Most of my mediator friends will be consuming it whole.

Right now, I'm putting Bazerman and Malhotra aside to follow Mr. Thrifty to the beach, clutching the new (and fabulous) new biography of Einstein in hand -- a man whose childlike wonder at the mysterious workings of the universe never faded.

This post brought to you by the letter "A" for awe.

Black Swans, Unknown Unknowns, Fire Hydrants and Other Pitfalls for the Unwary Negotiator

Thanks to my friend, the arbitrator and mediator extraordinaire Deborah Rothman for passing along a terrifically compelling book review about an amazingly astute account of the reasons why we fail and the ways we might avoid at least some of failure's pit-falls.

The site is the Motley Fool which I've understood for quite some time is one of the best sources for financial advice, which I have repeatedly completely ignored, and the book is Nassim Taleb's The Black Swan: The Impact of the Highly Improbable.  Really, this is a "must read" review.

Now if only there were enough hours in the day to read all of the good advice in the world, which is what this video is about (which I think I have either Gini Nelson or Stephanie Allen to thank.  You know what?  It was probably Tammy Lenski!)

The lesson of the video below?  Information technology is increasing at so fast a pace that the best we can do to prepare our children for the future is to teach them to learn.

Los Angeles County Jails to Introduce Mediation

(left:  a mother and child reunion outside the L.A. County Jail)

The last time you heard news from the Los Angeles County Jail, it had to do with Paris Hilton's claustrophobia.  Today, we bring you less sizzling but perhaps more important news from our local jail cells. 

A Santa Clarita radio station has announced that Los Angeles County is introducing "disturbance mediation training services for jail inmates." 

The training, "aimed at reducing racial and gang-related violence" will be provided by the Amer-I-Can Foundation

According to its website, Amer-I-Can Foundation facilitators "initiated a truce between rival gangs in Watts, California in 1992, the year of the "Rodney King" riots.  

The Foundation provides resources to continue this movement to bring about peace and social change.

Settle It Now will be following this story to see what beneficial results mediation has in our overcrowded county jail system.

 

Settling Disputes in Outer Space

Finally, something I can share with my next door neighbor, the astral orbital engineer (see him live on YouTube here!) other than a cup of sugar. 

What, you ask, do I have of value for the master of space-time and creator of secret satellite networks about which I know NUTHING, Mr. Cheney, NUTHING, REALLY . . . 

 Why its the Space Law Probe Blog and the new book -- Dispute Resolution in International Space Law.

Thanks Space Law Probe!!!!

Improving the Workplace: Don't De-Motivate Your Colleagues and Employees

(right:  the country's favorite bad boss)

Diane Levin introduced her readers to a great video over at the ej4 Learning Center some time ago but I just got around to watching it today. 

In the course of this short video, you'll see every bad boss you've ever had as well as (grit your teeth but bear it!) every bad boss behavior you've ever been guilty of.

A must-see:  Impedership Versus Leadership

What does this have to do with negotiation?  First off, you'll find yourself negotiating salary increases a lot less often if you have a happy workforce.    

Thanks Diane!!

Federal Legislation Introduced to Bar Pre-Dispute Arbitration Provisions in Consumer Contracts

According to the ABA Journal Law News two Democratic lawmakers have introduced legislation that would prevent the inclusion of mandatory arbitration clauses in consumer contracts as well as those contracts implicating the consumer's civil rights. 

Though the parties could still agree to arbitrate their disputes after they arise, the bill would make unenforceable pre-dispute arbitration provisions within the scope of the legislation.  Article here and except below:

Two Democratic lawmakers have introduced legislation that would bar enforcement of some mandatory arbitration agreements.

The Arbitration Fairness Act would bar mandatory arbitration agreements involving employment, consumer rights, franchises or civil rights, according to a press release.

Agreements to arbitrate in these areas could be made after a dispute arises, but not before.

The law is designed to prevent consumers from being forced into arbitration.

To continue reading, click here.

Conflict Escalation Story of the Week: Judges Threaten to Arrest One Another in Scheduling Conflict

(left:  photo of the fighting Judges; listen, they look like really really nice people; this could happen to any of us; thank goodness our fallible human behavior isn't likely to be reported on Fox News).

We owe this story (excerpt below) to an alert Wall Street Journal Law Blog reader commenting on Judge Ashamed of Strip Club Charges (I guess this qualifies as my sensationalist Judge posting of the year)  

 

MARSHALL, Ark. — A scheduling conflict between two judges needing to use the same Searcy County courtroom Wednesday morning started an argument that escalated to threats of arrest, witnesses said.

Searcy County District Judge Jerry Patterson said he and 20th Circuit Court Judge Rhonda K. Wood were scheduled to have the courtroom in Marshall. Patterson was set to hear small claims lawsuits, while Wood had criminal cases set to be heard.

Witnesses who declined to be identified told the Harrison Daily Times the two judges threatened each other with contempt citations — even arrest and possible jail time — over the scheduling dispute. Arkansas State Police spokesman Bill Sadler said a state trooper was dispatched to the courthouse over the dispute, but was called off before he arrived because "his services were not needed."

CONFLICT DE-ESCALATION

On the strip clubs I won't comment except to say (I guess I'm commenting) this is pretty low-level extramarital action -- embarassing -- but it shouldn't make headlines. (post on the social benefits of gossip soon)

The titillation of Judges in Strip Clubs aside (yeeccchhhhhh) I'm more interested in how to de-escalate a conflict over office/courtroom space.  Most of my readers are litigators (as were most Judges) and we are trained to escalate conflict until it's so uncomfortable the other guy cries "uncle."

So I'm providing a de-escalation technique that's as useful in negotiating over office space as it is a Middle East peace treaty.  

GRIT:  GRADUATED AND RECIPROCATED INITIATIVES IN TENSION REDUCTION

Using this technique, you can begin to de-escalate conflict even if your warring partner is not interested in doing so.  This calls for a great deal of maturity.  I'm thinking the best of my readers here.

  1. make a small, unilateral (one-sided) concession to the other side; and
  2. simultaneously communicate your desire or expectation that this gesture will be matched with an equal response from your opponent.
  3. if s/he does respond positively, make a second concession, and a "peace spiral" is begun.
  4. these concessions should be designed to build trust, but should not be terribly costly (materially or strategically), nor should they suggest weakness.
  5. they should indicate a willingness to transform the conflict to a more cooperative and less adversarial approach.

GRIT WORKS IN INTERNATIONAL DIPLOMACY SO IT SHOULD WORK IN THE OFFICE TOO

Excerpt below from the indispensable CRInfo.

Anwar Sadat's trip to Jerusalem in 1977 was one example of GRIT at work. Before his trip, hostility and suspicion between Egypt and Israel was very high, and several wars had already occurred. In 1977, Sadat announced that he wanted to visit Jerusalem to increase trust and to diminish tensions between the two nations. The trip cost him very little, while it greatly improved his image in Israel and with its allies, and led to the historic Camp David Accords a year later.

Online Cyber-Bullying: Protection How To's in Next Post

(right: Heathers:  only the clothes and hair-do's are dated)

My former law partner, the ridiculously talented and prolific Eric Sinrod of Duane Morris has written an important article about teenage cyber-bullying here.

As Eric reports,

The Pew Internet & American Life Project Report was somewhat of a relief to read. However, another recent Pew report examines a different threat faced by teens: cyberbullying.

About one-third of teenagers on the Internet report that they have been targets of "menacing" online activities, such as receiving threatening messages, having their private e-mails or instant and text messages forwarded without consent, having an embarrassing photo posted without permission, or having rumors spread about them online. On top of this, girls are more likely than boys to be targets.

In terms of raw numbers, 15 percent of teenagers state that they have had private e-mail, instant messages or text messages forwarded or posted without permission; 13 percent claim that they have had rumors spread about them online; 13 percent have received a threatening or aggressive e-mail, instant message or text message; 6 percent have had embarrassing photos of them posted online without consent; and 32 percent fall within in at least one of the four foregoing categories.

Ch-ch-ch-changes

Plus ca change, plus c'est la meme chose.  Teenage boys bully with their fists.  Teenage girls bully with their emotional wits.  No one, no one, is more skilled than a teenage girl with the stilleto to the softest part of her girl-target.  I know this from research and from silly movies (my favorite of which is Heathers with Winona Ryder and Christian Slater -- put it on your Netflix list ).

The technology may have changed, but not the malice.  When I was in highschool, my older sister became the target of a group of particularly malicious girls who called her on the telephone to sling at her every possible insult they could.  I remember, I fielded the call for her.

What are sisters for?

Memorable Heathers quote

Heather Chandler: "You were nothing before you met me. You were playing Barbies with Betty Finn. You were a Bluebird. You were a Brownie. You were a Girl Scout Cookie."

Another Reason to Negotiate Settlement: Jurors Blog Their Own Misconduct

(below:  Dustin Hoffman puzzling over his jury in Grisham's Runaway Jury - directed by Gary Fleder  Memorable movie quote:  You think your average juror is King Solomon? No, he's a roofer with a mortgage. He wants to go home and sit in his Barcalounger and let the cable TV wash over him. And this man doesn't give a single, solitary droplet of shit about truth, justice or your American way)

Concurring Opinions covers juror blogs today by, among other things, quoting a foreman's juror blog as follows.  

Today was the last day of jury duty. I served as foreman of the jury. By the end of the case I thoroughly disliked the defending attorney. He had abused, postured and bullied his way through the entire trial, and had treated the witnesses for the prosecution, who were solid citizens doing their jobs, with disrespect and contempt. I was concerned that his histrionics were going to affect some of the less sophisticated among the jury to the degree that it would be hard to reach a decision on matters that were more or less clear. Just prior to the closing statements I decided to see what effect I might be able to have on the outcome given the limited set of tools available to me...

[I] . . . paid special attention to the participation of an elderly woman of color who felt out of place among so many white men, and a quiet Hispanic man who had also been swayed by the theater of the defense. Within an hour we had a conviction on both counts, and on all of the sub clauses of the counts. At the end of it we all felt that we had done the right thing, which I think we did.

I have either rarely, or perhaps never attempted such a conscious manipulation of my presentation of self as an adult. The fact that nobody knew me was an asset.

Of course, if you've attended as many jury focus groups as you've tried cases to a jury, you already know this.  Know what?  Just how unpredictable and uncontrollable that 12-headed creature the jury can be.  

I don't mean to bury the lede (I'll make this the subject of a full post later) but I was talking to an old friend and jury consultant, Chris St. Hilaire of Jury Impact today (both of whom I highly recommend) about the dwindling jury trial and the use of  professionally prepared mediation presentations and mediation focus groups. 

Much much more about this later.

Quiet the Voices. Then Follow Your Bliss. Gini Nelson's Interview with Victoria Pynchon

Right:  Steve (Goldberg):  Insurance Policyholder Coverage Counsel Extraordinaire and My Actual Bliss on "Our" Birthday -- May 1.

I am quite immodestly posting here Gini Nelson's Engaging Conflicts newsletter which contains an interview with me about my shift from litigation to mediation.

Because I recently taught the Deposition Seminar sponsored by the National Institute of Trial Advocacy, I have young lawyers and the challenges that face them on my mind. 

I'm therefore reprinting here that part of the interview reflecting the career questions so often asked by young lawyers -- is litigation the right career path for me. 

Though my own answer is, of course, unique to me, I think every litigator will find something of their own professional struggle briefly recounted here.

Gini: What is the best advice that you have been given? And what advice would you give a budding conflict specialist?

Vickie: Joseph Campbell, the brilliant and recently departed student and professor of comparative religions and mythology, long ago gave me advice I needed but was not ready to apply – follow your bliss.

I didn’t know what my bliss was and couldn’t find it. I had to spend a lifetime quieting a lot of other voices that were vying for my attention before I was ready. Voices that told me to prove to my dad how brilliant and successful I could be; that told me to compete and “succeed” by running the fastest and the farthest whenever anyone shot off a starting gun in my vicinity; that told me I needed property, (perceived) power and prestige to accept myself in all my human fallibility.

It took more than twenty-five years for me to realize the bankruptcy of those thoughts and to experience the results of that way of living.

Then a new voice entered my head and it spoke very very very clearly. “Why don’t you mediate?” it asked.

Two weeks later I took Pepperdine’s 42-hour Mediating the Litigated Case. A month after that, I enrolled in the Straus Institute’s LL.M Dispute Resolution program. And here I am. Following my bliss.

So I guess my answer to this question now that I have written my way to it is this – quiet the voices. Then follow your bliss.

Influences and mentors mentioned in the interivew:

Joseph Campbell (and I owe this to my 12th grade English teacher -- Mr. Higbee -- who assigned us Hero with a Thousand Faces when we were barely sophisticated enough to read it)

Peter Robinson of the Straus Institute of Dispute Resolution

Kenneth ClokeCenter for Dispute Resolution & Founder/President of Mediators without Borders

The Present and Future Tense: More Electronic Settlement Software

Stephanie West Allen of Idealawg asks, "If you have the mediator, why do you need the software? while Diane Levin of Online Guide to Mediation blogs on Tractis, a web-based platform to revolutionize the negotiation, management, and execution of contracts in e-commerce here.

 

Grandmother didn't just possess this wringer washer; she used it when I was a child.  And the clothesline at the right is the type planted in my suburban backyard in the early '60s - the one I used to hang the laundry on with clothespins when I was a child.

 

And this is the manual typewriter on which I learned the QWERTY keyboard in my junior year of highschool in 1968.  

And this (right) is the mimeograph machine we used to print flyers to announce our consciousness-raising groups in the early 1970's.  

It's not exactly walking 10 miles to school in the snow.  But, you know, I'm a HUGE FAN of progress.

So, I say -- bring Artificial Intelligence on!

Man vs. Machine: Automated On-Line Negotiated Settlements

(left:  Hal from 2001, a Space Odyssey -- Open the pod bay doors, HAL. I'm sorry Dave, I'm afraid I can't do that . . . I think you know what the problem is just as well as I do. . . This mission is too important for me to allow you to jeopardize it. . . . I know you and Frank were planning to disconnect me, and I'm afraid that's something I cannot allow to happen. All right, HAL; I'll go in through the emergency airlock. Without your space helmet, Dave, you're going to find that rather difficult. HAL, I won't argue with you anymore! Open the doors! Dave, this conversation can serve no purpose anymore. Goodbye).

Charlie Brofman, the CEO of CyberSettle, started his legal career as a criminal prosecutor in the Bronx and ended it as a civil trial lawyer in New York City.

Then he engaged in two activities so contrary to the stereotype of a New York City trial attorney that you feel you've entered the Seinfeld episode with Bizarro Jerry and Kramer and George.    

First, Brofman went into business with opposing counsel.  Then he chose algorithms over stare decisis. 

Math????

Yes, numbers, ladies and gentlemen.  Algebraic, trigonometric, calcuanalytic maddening mind-numbing numbers.  The entire reason most lawyers go to law school in the first place.  Because they can't do math.

So, this extraordinary New York trial lawyer cooperated with the opposition and launched CYBERSETTLE, a company that now helps thousands of math-challenged lawyers and their clients settle more than ten thousand "pure money" cases a year. (see Geoff Sharp's recent post on the same topic here)

How Does Cyber-Settle Work and Will It Put Lawyers and Mediators Out of Business?

Even a mathophobic such as myself can easily understand and use the CyberSettle system.  Here's how it works (unless, of course, I'm wrong; in which case I'm counting on Charlie to correct me). 

You've got an auto accident case and a 15/30 policy.  We'll make it easy with a single injury -- soft tissue -- and $5,000.00 in medical specials.  Liability is 50-50 and, well, you do the math for the probable jury award were anyone taking cases like this to trial anymore.

Plaintiff's counsel and the insurance carrier (with or without counsel) each submit three blind offers (online) and agree that they will "split the difference" if any set of those three numbers comes within $2,500 of the other's number.

No one but the offeror will ever know what these figures are, not even CyberSettle, unless the parties:  (1) settle automatically online; or, (2) authorize the disclosure of the numbers for the purpose of working out a deal -- possibly with one of the neutrals with whom CyberSettle contracts to mediate the settlement.

As you can see, the automated system works a little like a mediator's proposal (the double-blind offers) without the mediator making a proposal.   

Give Us An Example

Say the Plaintiff's demands are policy limits -- $15,000 -- then $12,000 and finally $10,000.  The insurance carrier's are $2,500, $5,000 and $8,000.

The algorithm will compare the first two numbers against one another -- $15 and $25.  They don't match and they're not within $2,500 of one another.  The computer program will move on to the next two numbers.  Once again, $12,000 and $5,000 are neither a match nor within $2,500 of each other.

Finally, the computer hits the parties' Zone of Potential Agreement (the ZOPA). Plaintiff is willing to accept $10,000 or split the difference between eight and ten. The carrier is willing to pay $8,000 or split the difference between ten and eight.  Voila.  The case settles for nine.

Will This Take Business Away from Mediators?

My answer to this question is -- I sure hope so. 

Why? 

Because these are the kinds of cases that don't require face to face (or phone to phone) negotiation, let alone third-party facilitation by a mediator.

I am informed that more than 100,000 lawyers have used this system, including many name-brand insurance companies.  I'm also informed that CyberSettle facilitated the settlement of somewhere between 12,000 and 15,000 cases last year and sent another sizable group to live mediators when the parties authorized CyberSettle personnel to take a look at the bidding to determine whether they were "close enough" to warrant human follow-up.

But don't think this service is only for the slip and fall at your local Ralph's or the 15-mph fender bender at the corner of Merchant and Main.  Recently, two litigants settled a case that had been in litigation for eighteen months for $12.5 million in eleven minutes using CyberSettle.    

The average settlement, however, is in the numeric range you'd expect it to be, between $10 and $20,000 with an average fee paid to CyberSettle of $210 per case.  (Here's the CyberSettle Price List).

I like it.  If the parties with these smaller can can use an on-line bidding system without filing suit or, if the case is litigated, before much money is spent on litigation, it could speed money to those in need and reduce expenses for all concerned.

I'll begin worrying about losing my day job to a computer when they make one that can understand the Rule against Perpetuities. 

Until then, god speed CyberSettle. 

The Perils of Class Arbitration

(photo by  Ken Douglas)

For some of the reasons your clients might not want to include arbitration clauses in their consumer contracts, see the Metropolitan Corporate Counsel Article on Class Arbitration by P. Christine Deruelle and Robert Clayton Roesch of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP.

Excerpt on the Perils of Class Arbitration below: 

 
First, the scope of review available for an arbitrator's ruling is significantly limited. . .

Second, the conventional time and cost-savings of arbitration may be lost in class proceedings, since each of the interim phases related to class- and merits- arbitral awards will carry with them potential burdens relating to discovery, briefing, hearings, and time, money and effort spent in obtaining judicial review at each of the various phases, which will not necessarily be present in individual arbitrations.

Third, the parties' arbitrator selection process will likely be guided by different factors in a class arbitration proceeding than in an individual arbitration, since the fate of all of the class claims will be decided by a single arbitrator or panel.

Fourth, the specter of class arbitration disposes of the presumption of privacy and confidentiality in arbitration.


Part II of this two-part article will address potential means for companies and practitioners to attempt to avoid these and other pitfalls of class arbitration.

Don't let this summary lead you to believe that this article is not extensive, thorough and deep.  If this is a topic of interest to you, this is one of the best articles on the topic I've seen.  Do click on the above link and take a peek.

The Stanford Philosophy Encyclopedia on Incommensurability

(still photo from The Meaning of Life)

When I was eleven years old (or so) and trying to figure out the world, the heavens, the existence of God, eternity and the theory of relativity along with the impedimentia of puberty -- then including garter belts, curlers, braces, nylons and the strange and frightening rituals of social class based upon the speed with which you were able to migrate from jacks and jump-rope to Seventeen Magazine -- I had a major ephiphany about what heaven was..

Being the major geek I was (and obviously still am) the answer was as follows:

Heaven Is Complete Knowledge; In Heaven, I'd Know and Understand Everything from the Origin of the Universe to Why My Dad Kept Getting Fired.

Little could I know that I was describing my own actual, nearly achievable Wikipedian, LinkedIn, Google-Knowledge-Based Future.

Today, courtesy of Concurring Opinions (and my fractured-rib housebound "might as well blog" state, I found Shaming Shirkers or Shunning the Sickest with a link to the Stanford Philsophy Encyclopedia online.  More particularly, I found this essay on incommensurability, which I could have used while writing my masters thesis on The Subjective Meaning of Money.

Why should negotiators care about incommensurability?  Because litigators and business people deal with it every day of the week, every week of the month and every month of the year.  

The problem that most bedevils litigators the most when attempting to settle a lawsuit, for example, is how to value losses that cannot easily be measured in quantifiable terms.  And more difficult than that -- how to convince a jury that they should reduce personal, emotional losses to monetary terms -- a task that many people find not just difficult, but odious and immoral.

The Incommensurability of Injuries for Which Parties Seek Monetary Compensation

As I note in my thesis:

Difficult as it may be to reach a verdict that finds the defendant liable or not liable for a negligently caused injury, it pales in comparison to the nearly impossible mental and emotional work of assigning monetary value to non-economic harms such as humiliation, unresolved physical or emotional pain, or the loss of a loved one.

When presented with that task, the idea of value itself begins to collapse under the weight of its own first principles. Why does anyone pay $1,000 for a pair of Jimmy Choo shoes? $10 million for an early Hockney? $10,000 for the fresh ova ‘harvested’ from the womb of an Ivy League college girl of suitable parentage and social class willing to trade her fertility for help with her tuition?

Such matters are generally considered incommensurable, i.e., one cannot be substituted for the other nor any two incommensurables treated as part of a single category to permit assignment of value and potential rational exchange.

Attempting to value incommensurables creates great discomfort and cognitive dissonance at a minimum and defies valuation at a maximum. Social, cultural, political, legal, artistic
and professional communities are often responsible for creating and defending boundaries between commensurables and incommensurables.

These include 

art critics and museum professionals who certify some objects are masterworks...; attending physicians who invoke clinical wisdom and professional privilege to designate some medical cases extraordinary...[;]intimate others [such as] the others and fathers of premature newborns...who are encouraged by hospital staff to name their babies, dress them in clothes brought from home, personalise their ward cribs with toys and photographs, and otherwise mark their infants as unique [; and,] organisations...that designate official historic sites, landmark neighbourhoods, nd wildlife habitats... Whether they are priceless artworks, national treasures, or precious children, incommensurable things are often regarded as somehow sacred, and like all sacred objects, their distinctiveness is defined through symbols and ritual [such as] the sequestering of certain cash…[that] define[s] it as money for distinctive purposes and thus incommensurable with other savings.

For the complete article, click here.

Stanford Wisdom on Incommensurabilty to the Rescue

The Stanford Encyclopedia entry directly addresses the difficulty of the law's project of compensating people for harms that are not readily reducable to quantative or monetary values:

Value incommensurability also has been considered with respect to the law. Matthew Adler discusses the variety of ways in which legal scholars have engaged the topic of value incommensurability. One question is whether the possibility of value incommensurability poses a problem for evaluating government policy options and laws, more generally. Some authors respond that it does not.

Cass Sunstein, for example, argues that recognition of value incommensurability helps “to reveal what is at stake in many areas of the law.”  According to Sunstein, important commitments of a well-functioning legal system are reflected in recognizing value incommensurability.

More generally, a number of scholars have focused on the relation between value incommensurability and the structure of social and political institutions. John Finnis, for example, takes the open-endedness of social life to render it impossible to treat legal or policy choices as involving commensurable alternatives. Michael Walzer’s account of distributive justice also relates value incommensurability to the structure of social and political institutions.

According to Walzer, different social goods occupy different “spheres,” each one governed by a distinct set of distributive norms. What is unjust is to convert the accumulation of goods in one sphere into the accumulation of goods in another sphere without regard for that second sphere’s distributive norms.

Underlying Walzer’s account, it seems, is a commitment to a kind of constitutive incommensurability. Given its connection to the possibility of plural and incompatible ways of life, the concept of value incommensurability also plays a role in many accounts of political liberalism, including Joseph Raz’s account and Isaiah Berlin’s account. It is the latter’s inquiry into the relation between incommensurable values and political institutions that can be credited with motivating much of the contemporary inquiry into value incommensurability.

How to accomplish this task (and understand these principles in lay terms) next week.

Know Your Negotiating Partner: Boom, Gen X, Gen Y

(Neek! #7 by Peter Renshaw)

See also the power point slide taken from Tom Baldwin's blog, KnowledgeLine based upon a presentation given at Shepard Mullin by Dr. Larry Richard of Hildebrandt International.

These, of course, are stereotypes.  An attempt to get at a generalized truth about groups of people whether they be based on age, gender or astrological sign (this is Hollywood after all).      

Dr. Richard's chart reminds me of a story one of my early mentors, Bob Badal, now at Heller Ehrman, liked to tell about Hierarchical Animal Species charts.

"The tiger is faster; the elephant bigger; the camel better suited to survive," Bob would say. "The dog is more loyal; the house cat  more peaceful; the grizzly bear more ferocious.  And yet man is at the top of the chart.  Why?  (beat) Because man drew the chart."

We can only assume the chart at bottom was drawn by boomers -- still convinced the previous generation was more responsible and its war more noble than any we'd ever be called upon to support;  sufficiently enamoured of our own idealism and work ethic to make special mention of it; and suspicious of those who follow at our heels -- Gen X lacking the loyality gene and Gen Y -- "our" children -- spoiled and self-centered.

Why bother with these stereotypes when negotiating?   

First, they'e OUR stereotypes and we should be alert to our own pre-judgments lest we mis-judge the unique individual on the other side of the bargaining table.

Second, they may contain a kernal of truth that might help us understand our negotiation partner at those moments when we're asking ourselves "what could she possibly mean by that?"

Of course the best way to know those with whom we negotiate is to ask a lot of questions. 

Still, for what it's worth, I provide the Generational matrix which many people believe represent defining characteristics of our fellows based upon the years during which they were born and the eras in which they came of age.

Thanks Tom!

  

Best Negotiation Books 2006 from Strategy + Business

ImageChef.com - Custom comment codes for MySpace, Hi5, Friendster and more

In recommending Bargaining for Advantage: Negotiation Strategies for Reasonable People by G. Richard Shell; Negotiate to Win: The 21 Rules for Successful Negotiating by Jim Thomas; and, my favorite Beyond Reason by Fisher and Shapiro as the three Best Business Books [on] Negotiation to arrive on our commercial shore in 2006, reviewer Nikos Mourkogiannis  of Strategy + Business outlined the three essential elements of every negotiation -- art, science and wisdom.

We reprint an excerpt below and link to the full article above.  

E]very negotiation involves three fundamental elements: art, science, and wisdom.

Artistry is always involved, because negotiations can never be fully planned; the circumstances vary too much. At the heart of even the most mutually beneficial negotiation, there is always a haggle between two conflicting positions. A creative solution can clear a stalemate and produce agreement, but not by eliminating or resolving the conflict; rather, by suggesting new, acceptable concessions that make the conflict less intense. Making this happen is the art of negotiation.

The second element is science. Why would one person ever concede anything to another? Because the first person judges that without that concession, the second person will walk away from the deal. The leverage held by each of them can be determined analytically: It can be expressed as the difference between the expected cost of the concessions and the cost of a failure to reach agreement. The science of negotiation is the process of maximizing leverage — what strategists call advantage — by analyzing this difference in cost (which is subject to change at any moment).

The third fundamental element is wisdom. Every negotiation entails some wisdom. Otherwise, we would just have open conflict. Wisdom is the ability to observe the negotiation as it evolves, so that one can seize the opportune moment just as Prince William did. Wisdom also involves the ability to anticipate the negotiation’s most likely results after the deal is struck. A skilled and ruthless negotiator may win every last demand, but never again be invited to the table. A cultivated sense of timing helps any negotiator reach his or her most important goals: to win the most critical concessions, or possibly to negotiate a change in the rules that will provide winnings forever without any more negotiations being necessary.

Victoria Pynchon Presents the Tit for Tat Workshop in Santa Fe

(photo:  Route 285 to Santa Fe by Eric Hart)

Below is the flyer (click here for downloadable version) for Engaging Conflicts' Science, Ethics and Spirit Conference Being Human:  Exploring Our Blind Spots and Biases, at which I'll be giving my "Peacemaking in a Tit for Tat World" workshop in Santa Fe this September.

Get CLEs and CEUs in Santa Fe, NM at a conference exploring the blind spots and biases of being human, with a pre-conference Transformative Mediation training option!

Register online now for the 2½-day Science, Ethics, and Spirit Conference, September 26-28, 2007

We’ll explore and experience the facts and implications of science, ethics and spirit in your high conflict professional practices as attorneys, facilitators and mediators, with presentations by:

Register, too, for the pre-conference Transformative Mediation training September 24-25, 2007

Kristine Paranica will present the training for the Institute for the Study of Conflict Transformation (ISCT), a national think-tank supported by a consortium of universities.

Both events will take place in Santa Fe, NM, at the Upaya Zen Center, where you are urged to interact with the Center's diverse residential community of monks and lay people. You are also welcome to arrange to lodge at the Upaya Zen Center while in Santa Fe.

Other events in Santa Fe at the time include the 17th Annual Santa Fe Wine and Chile Fiesta (September 26-30) and the High Road Art Tour, exploring the arts and culture in the mountain villages of Northern New Mexico on the high road to Taos between Santa Fe & Taos (September 23-23, and 29-30).

Online registration and more information are available here and by requests for information to Gini Nelson (mailto:gn@gnconflictmanagement.com; 877.992.1900) and the ISCT (isct@und.nodak.edu; 701.777.2022).

For Upaya Zen Center lodging information, contact Natalie Calia at registrar@upaya.org

Transformative Mediation in Jerusalem

I'm lifting this post in its entirety from the Better than Misery blog out of Jerusalem.  This post is from a lecture by Robert Baruch Bush who wrote the ground-breaking book, The Promise of Mediation, with my former professor Joe Folger.  (for my interview with both men on the use of transformative mediation in commercial litigation, click here).

This simple formulation (extremely well summarized here) is pretty much the entire philosophical basis of my mediation practice -- even when it looks like I'm being a hard-#$% directive, evaluative, attorney-mediator. 

 

Something else that I learned at this conference, which I’m finding very valuable despite it only having ended today:

Professor Bush spoke deeply about the theory of transformative mediation. At the core of the theory is a set of cycles involving Empowerment and Recognition, the two elements that make the world of transformative mediation go ’round.

When we find ourselves in a conflict, whether we realize this or not, we experience two things:

1. Self experience: We first feel weakened, fearful, unsettled, unsure of ourselves - no more how strong and confident we may have been before the conflict.

2. Experience of the Other: We then move on to a self-absorption stage that involves discrediting the other party - because we are cloudy and unclear about ourselves, we can’t trust the other side at all. We totally alienate them.

It’s a very negative experience, clearly. It gets worse as the conflict intensifies. That’s the negative conflict spiral, and it’s a cycle of disempowerment and distance.

The interest here is to change the experience of the interaction. Right now, the interaction deteriorates because of the lack of competency and connection.

What needs to be done is two things:

1. The Empowerment Shift: We go back from weak to strong, from unsettled to calm. Confused to clear. Fearful to confident and inarticulate to articulate. We are changing the interaction from the point of the Self.

2. The Recognition Shift: Only once the Self has experienced the Empowerment Shift, then the Other can be taken care of. We go from self-absorbed to attentive. Defensive to open, hostile to civil. Suspicious to trusting and closed to open.

And that is when the interaction can become a positive experience, with the potential for resolving the conflict.

The Non-Defensive Defendant: Class Action Settlements in the News

What Does a Class Action Lawyer See (right)?  CLIENTS!

The AP reports a proposed class action settlement (pending judicial approval) of $10.5 million.  If you read between the lines of the report, you'll see that this was apparently a good deal for the defendants.  

Why?  Because the Board of Directors charged with encouraging their employees to place their pension funds in risky investments (ENRON ring a bell?) did not simply hunker down in a defensive posture when sued, but instead provided the company's former employees with "numerous enhancements" to their pension benefits. 

According Plaintiffs' counsel Steven Krasner, "[t]hose benefits were very substantial  If you add the $10.5 million to that, they did a pretty decent job to make people whole."   

The defendants' public statement was the usual -- "[i]t's always more efficient to resolve the issues in a case rather than follow through the courts" -- according to spokesman Al Butkus.

Though the public generally sees a statement like this to be corporate %$^#, as we all know, it also happens to be the actual verifiable truth.

The Strategic Defensive Use of the California Consumer Legal Remedies Act

The California Consumer Legal Remedies Act, by the way, is a good face-saving device to bring your clients into strict compliance with consumer demands, thereby sharply reducing the settlement value of the class action or 17200 suit that invariably follows.

The CLRA requires a pre-suit demand by the plaintiffs, thereby giving the defense an opportunity to mend its ways. 

In my own litigation experience, compliance with a CLRA demand to change the way a product or service is advertised is a relatively pain-free way to drastically reduce your clients' damage exposure.  My client did this in response to an accusation that its advertising was misleading.  Though we disagreed, the client nevertheless changed its advertising to reveal the allegedly concealed transaction fee.   

As a result, Plaintiffs' counsel accepted an unprecedented injunction-only remedy coupled with a few hundred thousand dollars in attorneys fees to settle the case -- a far better deal than the dozens of other defendants in this national class action were able to achieve.

Why? 

First, because our compliance with the CLRA demand made our client look like a good guy -- ruining the Plaintiffs' "spin" that all defendants were evil profit hungry businesses preying upon innocent victims (cf. the new Glenn Close series Damaged).  

Second, because the Plaintiffs' attorneys (who are, remember, people) were favorably impressed and kindly disposed to us after we complied with their demand rather than simply burying them in paperwork -- well, we did also bury them in paper by strictly complying with their document demands, but that's litigation -- speak softy, carry a stick and remember the rule of reciprocity.  

AP item here.

The Negotiator's Field Book and the Shadow Negotiation

(photo by Anairam Zeravla from MorgueFile)

I once had a relationship in which we fought about the way we should fight.  We called this fight the "MetaArgument."

Now, the Negotiator's Field Book -- the Desk Reference for the Experienced Negotiator tells me that what I was having was a "shadow negotiation" (see Deborah M. Kolb's chapter Strategic Moves and Turns here) in which  

 

people . . . negotiate how they are going to negotiate [and where] they work out the terms of their relationship and the expectations they have of each other. Even though the subject seldom comes up directly, they decide between themselves whose interests and needs will hold sway, whose opinions will matter, and how cooperatively they are going to work together.

You'll have to read the entire article to derive the full benefit (I ordered this book today), but here's an excerpt to tantalize you:

In an interesting example from the world stage, in trade negotiations between U.S. Trade Representative Charlene Barshefsky and her Chinese counterpart over intellectual property, Barshefsky used interruption and diverting turns participatively in response to a threat.

Menacingly, he (Chinese negotiator) leaned forward across the table toward Barshefsky and said flatly, “It’s take it or leave it.” Barshefsky,t aken aback by the harsh tone, surprised her counterpart by sitting quietly. She waited 30-40 seconds—an eternity given the intensity of the negotiation— and came back with a measured reply: “If the choice is take or leave it, of course I’ll leave it. But I can’t imagine that’s what you meant. I think what you mean is that you’d like me to think over your last offer and that we can continue tomorrow.” 

Barshefsky’s participative turn of the threat disrupted it and resulted in a major compromise the next morning. The interruption (her silence) was important; it enabled her to reassert control. Further, her diverting turn signaled her intention to revise the Chinese negotiator’s offer, but did it in a way that gave him space to back down. In this case, her turning a threat signaled that this tactic would not work and pushed the mover to reconsider.

Both equity and participative turns have the potential to be critical in shifting a negotiation. Equity turns can involve each party testing the other’s mettle. Such posturing can move the negotiations along. Of course, it is also possible that this kind of posturing can result in backlash and impasse. Participative turns seem to be more likely to lead to positive transitions and even the possibility that some forms of transformation might occur.

For the remainder of this chapter, click here.  Ms. Kolb's article alone is worth the price of the book.

the revolution will not be televised; it will appear on YouTube

Yesterday I wrote a pretty lengthy piece on theIP ADR Blog about the joke-theft controversy raging in Los Angeles (Funny, that was my joke) as covered by L.A. Times staff writer Robert W. Welkos

(MAJOR ASIDE:  You may be getting your news on the 'net, but remember that quality journalism continues to flow from the keyboards of dynamite reporters like Welkos, who, with co-writer Joel Sappell, gave us the brilliant six-part Scientology series in 1990, to the considerable risk of both men. Without newspapers, the blogosphere would pretty much fold itself up around yesterday's virtual fish and die there). 

Having now buried the lede, I give you the burning ADR-Internet question of the day that concluded the IP ADR Blog's post, Disputing Humor:  Comedy, Folkways and the Internet. .

A Conflict Resolution Process for the Future

Can we bring collaborative, value-creating dispute resolution norms and processes to this new culture? In other words, given the opportunity to create an entirely new way of resolving conflict in an entirely new culture, could we devise a system that is more self-determined, faster, cheaper, easier and softer on the people but just as hard on the problem as the old system was?

Could we abandon the adversarial paradigm because it's too expensive and cumbersome for the size and type of disputes that arise on the internet?

Could we build into that system the principles of accountability, forgiveness and reconciliation that are lacking in the present system -- a system that too often leaves people feeling so unresolved, so angry or bitter or frustrated?

I have no idea.

It feels good, though, to have finally formulated something of a question out of the chaos.

Please come on by and scrawl grafitti on our wall.

Arbitration of Securities Disputes

(click on image to see consumer law attorneys Horwitz, Horwitz & Associates)

Financial Week reports today in SEC and Congress gang up on arbitration that "[l]egislation in Congress would block mandatory arbitration clauses" in all instances.  As the article notes,

Bills introduced by Sen. Russ Feingold (D-Wis.) and Rep. Hank Johnson (D-Ga.) would make pre-dispute arbitration agreements invalid and unenforceable. Mr. Johnson called mandatory arbitration an “albatross” for investors. “Despite what companies may say, it is not more affordable than going to court,” he said.

Zach Lowe, a spokesman for Mr. Feingold, said the legislation reflected concern over a push in the corporate world to allow mandatory arbitration and the overuse of such clauses in broker-dealer contracts. The Senate bill said that mandatory arbitration “undermines the development of public law for civil rights and consumer rights because there is no meaningful judicial review of arbitrators’ decisions.”

This legislation, if enacted, would affect so many powerful corporate instances that I wouldn't hold my breath for its passage any time during this century.  Still, it will be interesting to follow the debate.  

As I've often said here, I favor negotiated agreements, not obligations imposed by a party with superior bargaining power on a take it or leave it basis.  This is particularly true in consumer contracts where the print is fine, located only on web sites and/or imposed in the middle of a contract term by way of notice contained in a consumer's bill.  

Because self-regulation often follows Congressional regulatory trial-balloons, the best  consumers can likely hope for will be increasing attempts by service providers of all stripes to make arbitration a genuine choice for its customers.

And while you're over at Horwitz, check out their blog, particularly this post on frivolous lawsuits (my own post on frivolous lawsuits can be found here).

Class Action Settlements: Appearance is Not Always Reality

ImageChef.com - Custom comment codes for MySpace, Hi5, Friendster and more

Here's one of those stories (Judge Criticizes Fee in Lawsuits) that people cite as good reason to hate lawyers (someone, by the way, recently said, you love your own lawyer and hate everyone elses').

This article, by Joseph Neff at McClatchy Newspapers, recounts a harshly criticized class action settlement that netted the attorneys nearly one million dollars in fees and the "injured consumers" $2,402.

Now, I've both prosecuted and defended class actions in my own legal career -- enough to do so competently, but not enough to know what I can't do.  I settled one of the few class-actions I defended for injunctive relief only (promises never to do the alleged bad deed again) together with a few hundred thousand dollars in attorney fees.

The Judge who approved this settlement is notorious for his refusal to approve class compromises that excessively reward the attorneys and inadequately compensate the class.  He is, for instance, a harsh critic of "coupon-only" settlements, i.e., settlements giving the class coupons to purchase the offenders' goods - settlements that act more as free advertising for the product than compensation for the plaintiffs.

Still . . . . if the class action is only marginally viable, it makes sense for the defendant (and the Court) to satisfy the attorneys with  an award of fees without making the defendant spend millions of dollars to compensate a class whose injuries or right to proceed is highly questionable.

Why the below referenced settlement met with the court's scathing criticism, we'll probably never know.  The big disparity in numbers coupled with the court's "outrage" (it's amazing how easily "outrage" comes to attorneys and judges, by the way) makes headlines.  The eventual resolution of the matter rarely does.

Link to the story and excerpt below:

RALEIGH, N.C. --An N.C. judge has harshly criticized the settlement of a class action lawsuit in which a Wilmington lawyer and colleagues received $950,000 in fees while injured consumers across the country were reimbursed a total of $2,402.

Superior Court Judge Ben Tennille decried the excessive fees and the lack of effort made to reach customers who had been overcharged for wheel alignments at Sears automotive centers. Tennille, who specializes in complex business cases, criticized Sears and the lawyers for trying to hide the settlement results from him.

"Their efforts to keep the results secret are understandable," Tennille wrote in his May decision. "The shocking incongruity between class benefit and the fees ... leave the appearance of collusion and cannot help but to tarnish the public perception of the legal profession."

Sears is appealing Tennille's decision and declined to discuss the case.

Gary Shipman, a Wilmington lawyer who led the class action lawsuit, attacked Tennille's order as wrong on the law and filled with factual errors. Shipman complained that Tennille issued his ruling out of the blue, two years after the last hearing in the case. And Shipman said the judge did not have jurisdiction and therefore did not have the power to make decisions in the case.

Read remainder of story here.

A Lawyer "Get's It" -- It's All About the Client, Not the Law

(photo by Scott Liddell; MogueFile

From this month's ABA Journal eReport, a refreshing article on client-centered legal practice -- The Chicken or the Client -- by Gerald Hecht of Hecht & Associates in Danbury, Connecticut.

And, yes, it is spiritual. 

Excerpt below:  

As a general practitioner, I help “real people with real problems,” and I have adopted that slogan as my professional credo. And it is a great answer to the inquiry “What kind of law do you practice?”

Grappling with the client, and not the chicken, enables the attorney to deal with the divorcing mother of three, the debt-ridden restaurateur and the juvenile offender. Another lawyer once told me, “We all know what the law is—the hard part is finding out what the client is.”

The public does understand this: but they just prefer to be entertained by that old razzle-dazzle (like the lawyer in the musical Chicago) and ignore the realities of the profession. It is said that people hate lawyers as a group but love their own lawyers.

For me and my practice, the proof of that is in the telephone. It rings. People want advice. People send money for that advice. It’s a nice system.

I have learned that the system is geared for the lawyer to assist the client, salve their wounds, remediate the problem and to obtain a goal. It’s almost spiritual.

The Arbitration of Canadian Consumer Contracts

(photo:  Cohdra at MorgueFile)

Friday the thirteenth was (temporary) bad luck for Canadian consumers.  I say temporary because Ontario and Quebec have forbidden mandatory arbitration clauses and class action waivers.  The Canadian Supreme Court in the two cases discussed below held that in the cases before it those statutes could not be applied retroactively.

Though no Canadian Law expert (I was hipped to the Dell opinion by my Canadian buddy Michael Webster of the Due Diligence and Misleading Advertising Blog) it appears that a Dell mandatory arbitration and class action waiver clause is not against Canadian public policy (referred to by the Court as not against "public order.")  See the Canadian "The Court" Blog's article, "Is the Class Action a Public Order Institution," excerpted below.

Ironically, when the Dell and Rogers cases are placed in a larger social context, the public’s interest in securing the class action as a vital aspect of the public justice system could hardly have been rendered clearer. The Rogers case received much less of the court’s attention, having been carried through on Dell’s slipstream; however it is the features of Rogers’ mandatory arbitration/class action waivers on its consumer contracts that highlight the hollowness of off-the-bench judicial laments about access to justice for ordinary Canadians.

Both cases turned on the sublimely procedural question of whether an arbitrator or a Quebec superior court judge should have first kick at the can in deciding whether a mandatory arbitration clause on a consumer contract was enforceable or not. Such clauses preclude consumers from pursuing corporations in any kind of court action, including class action.

In both Ontario and Quebec the question has been rendered moot by amendments to consumer protection legislation which prohibit such clauses, underlining the public order aspect of the class action.

Read the rest of the article here (emphasis added).

Washington State High Court Refuses to Enforce Class Action Waivers in Cell Phone Contracts

from Slash Dot we learn that the Washington Supreme Court has held that

[c]lass action waivers included in cell phone companies' contracts with customers are invalid in Washington State because they violate the state's Consumer Protection Act . . . .

Five plaintiffs accused Cingular of overcharging customers between $1 and $40 per month in roaming and hidden charges.

Cingular had an arbitration clause that required individual arbitration and prohibited class action litigation or class action arbitration.

We keep track of these class action waivers in consumer contracts because they are always coupled with an arbitration clause and must therefore overcome the strong federal preference for arbitration and the Federal Arbitration Act's preemption of most state laws that might restrict a party's "right" to compel private binding dispute resolution. 

See our previous posts on Sprint's arbitration clause here and here.

 

Writing a Brief, Trying a Case and Negotiating a Settlement that "Crackles with Power"

 

(pictured:  the indispensable McElhaney Trial Notebook)

From the ABA Journal E-Report, comes James W. McElhaney's article Legal Writing That Works :  Persuasive briefs are the product of tough choices about substance, style 

"Writing a brief," counsels McElhaney, is like trying a lawsuit."

 You start with your theory of the case—the basic idea that not only explains the legal theory and the factual background but also ties as much of the evidence as possible into a coherent, credible whole.

That means making choices. You throw out arguments that aren’t plausible.

You pick between the inconsistent legal theories. You cull out the weak points. You toss out whatever gets in the way. You discard what doesn’t need to be said, even if it doesn’t hurt.

What’s left is tight. Lean. Spare. It crackles with power because it’s undiluted with stuff that doesn’t matter.

Doesn't trial and motion practice focus on the parties' positions, you ask, and the settlement of litigation on the parties' interests.  

Yes, but only after you've established that you have the ammunition necessary to make your adversary your partner in the mutual problem of making the litigation go away for a price (or on terms) that make a negotiated agreement far better than potential victory at trial.

I tell people that I prefer the symmetrical to the "asymmetrical" lawsuit -- both as a litigator and as a mediator.  What is an asymmetrical lawsuit?  One where the plaintiff is an individual represented by an over-burdened sole or small practice contingency fee litigator and the defendant is a repeat player  -- an insurance carrier or other "deep pocket." 

Why?  Because all too often the plaintiff is unwilling (or unable)  to devote the resources necessary to pose a real threat to the defendant's interests (costs of defense and potential verdict or judgment) despite the merits of the plaintiff's case.

In these cases, the defendants can afford to wear the other side down in court (why should I settle?) and often resist settlement because they firmly believe they are victims of legal extortion (yes, this applies even to insurance carriers who work by and through people who resist and resent being pushed around by an aggressive opponent who appears to be bluffing).

The solution?

Although it is important to convince the mediator that your case has real merit and genuine potential for judgment, it is critical to impress your opponent with:

  1. Your theory of the case in which the evidence tells a coherent, credible story, and one of injustice that a court or jury might respond to with sufficient passionate intensity to inflict some "unjust" harm on your opponent; and,
  2. Your ability to make good choices -- "throw[ing] out arguments that aren't plausible,"  "backing up those that are with the least amount but most compelling detail," and "pick[ing] between the inconsistent legal theories. . . . cull[ing] out the weak points . . . toss[ing] out whatever gets in the way. . . [and] discard[ing] what doesn't need to be said. . . "

If "[w]hat remains "is tight. Lean. Spare. . . . crackles with power" you'll force your opponent to do some intensive interest-based negotiation to arrive at a settlement that is best for both of you.

Attorney-Mediator Linda Bulmash Negotiates in a Minute

(photo:  Time Spiral by Alexandre Duret-Lutz)

We seem to be in "five rule land."  Today's five "One Minute Negotiation Tips" (courtesy of the Los Angeles County Bar Association) come from attorney-mediator (and good friend) WINNERS OUTWIT AND OUTCHARM THEIR COUNTERPARTS 

Her five tips below:

WINNERS OUTWIT AND OUTCHARM THEIR COUNTERPARTS

"Civility is not a sign of weakness!" President John F. Kennedy

1. Negotiation is not a contest. In other words getting as much as you can does not mean beating the other person. You seldom have so much leverage that they will agree to a deal that gives them nothing.

2. WIIFM (What’s In It For Me?) Your counterpart is continually asking “What’s in it for me?” Never assume your counterpart knows what he or she has to gain from a settlement. Take time to not only find out what you want but spend time identifying what they want. Then make sure you spell out the benefits to them of your proposal.

3. Show respect for and acceptance of their position: Take the chip off your shoulder before starting the negotiation. Never attack another person's ego and self-worth; if you do, they will be more resistant to even the most beneficial settlement terms.

4. Be Persistent. No matter how great the differences, the final outcome often is not apparent until after extended discussions. Be persistent -- do not give up until you have examined all possibilities.

5. Always consider "worth" analysis. "Cost/benefit" considerations are not the only driving force in a negotiation. Each issue in a negotiation has a different value/worth to each participant. You can often give your counterpart things that will satisfy their "worth" needs, without giving up an essential deal point for yourself. Examples of this could be that timing of payments would be “worth” enough to lower the demand.

Negotiation Rules from Harvard Business School

If you're not already acquainted with Harvard Business School's free weekly "Working Knowledge" newsletter, do let me introduce you here.  There's no better negotiation advice on the internet and when it's all too much reading, skim the concise "Executive Summaries" or, what the heck, check here from time to time and I'll alert you to the most interesting articles posted there. 

This week, Harvard professors John Davis and Deepak Malhotra give us Five Steps to Better Family Negotiations which, I must say, applies to every settlement negotiation that I help facilitate.

My own "executive summary" with excerpts below.  

1. Analyze the negotiation space:  this is a fancy way of saying identify all parties who have an interest in the matter being negotiated.  This seems obvious until you sit down with pen and paper (or keyboard and screen) and diagram not just the decision makers but also those, for instance, who will be called upon to put the terms of the agreement into action.  As Davis and Malhotra advise

 many of the parties affected by a negotiation, or able to affect it, will be around for a long time. It is dangerous to negotiate only considering the interests of those at the bargaining table when those who are not at the table will be affected by what is negotiated and can assert their rights or power in the future.

This doesn't mean that you should bring all of these people to the table, but that you are far more likely to achieve a durable settlement agreement if everyone's interests have been vetted prior to sending company representatives to the bargaining table.

2. Don't try to beat the other side

As Davis and Malhotra note, "most successful negotiations entail the possibility of mutual value creation, compatible if not aligned interests, and cooperation."  Although this advice also helps insure that an agreement will be durable, it also fosters an atmosphere in which the greatest degree of innovative "value creating"  problem solving can take place.

3. Understand the other party's interests, constraints, and perspective

If you think this applies only to family business negotiations, think again.  Robert McNamara (defense secretary under Kennedy and Johnson) lists "empathize with the enemy" as his first rule of war.  (for the illustrative story, follow this link and click on 1962, where you'll hear McNamara discuss (or where you can read a description of)  the negotiations that averted nuclear war with the Soviets during the Cuban Missle Crisis).  

Close to home, Davis and Malhotra advise: 

[T]o get what you want in negotiation, you often need to understand the other side's needs and interests so that you can "give a little to get a little (or a lot)." Even if the other side is entirely willing to help and is ready to give you what you want, it may be critical that you understand the constraints that he or she faces in meeting your demands. In other words, effective negotiation requires that you understand the other side's interests and constraints, and that the other party understands your interests and constraints. 

4. Avoid single-issue negotiations: identify and negotiate multiple issues simultaneously

Davis and Malhotra again:

Negotiators who negotiate multiple issues simultaneously are more easily able to recognize value-creating tradeoffs. . . . While any multi-issue negotiation is going to be complicated, the likely outcome is considerably worsened when negotiators become overly focused on a single issue or dimension. The far superior approach is for all parties involved to work together to identify all of the issues that are relevant in the current negotiation, and then identify which issues are most important to each person (and which issues each person can concede on).

5. Negotiate over interests, not positions

As Davis and Malhotra note, while the negotiating parties' positions may be irreconcialble and non-negotiable, often their interests can be satisfied without requiring them to compromise their positions.  For a lengthier discussion of interest-based bargaining, click here.

Making Money Talk

(photo by T.W. CollinsI must tell you that I have not read this new book on negotiation, but it looks intriguing and I intend to order a copy for myself.  It's entitled:  Making Money Talk:  How to Mediate Insured Claims and Other Monetary Disputes by J. Anderson Little

Brief review:

Making Money Talk is a valuable contribution to the conflict field. Andy Little correctly identifies the weakness in traditional needs-based mediation for quite a wide variety of cases, yet shows how the basic value of a facilitative, client-centered, process-oriented, communication-focused approach is still essential to money cases. This guide is well written and presented--it's a pleasure to read."  Bernie Mayer, Professor, Werner Institute for Negotiation and Dispute Resolution, Creighton University, Omaha, NE

The publishers say:

Learn how to effectively deal with the peculiar problems of traditional bargaining that you face when negotiating the settlement of civil litigation cases. This new guide written by an experienced litigator and mediator will help you understand why negotiations of insured claims are difficult to get started, why they become increasingly emotional as the parties engage in round after round of proposals and counter proposals, and how they can be settled with models and techniques that have been tested in thousands of civil trial court mediations.

With these proven models and techniques--essential for the novice or seasoned professional--you will:

  • gain a better understanding of the dynamics of money negotiations
  • be able to identify the recurring problems of traditional bargaining
  • learn facilitative tools and models to use when positional bargaining is unavoidable

In addition, this resource provides litigators, negotiators and insurance claims representatives with the strategies necessary to prepare for settlement negotiations and avoid the many pitfalls that exist in the negotiation and settlement of civil litigation. If you're involved in a negotiation that involves a monetary settlement, this book is an invaluable tool to help you reach a favorable goal. 

$42.00 regular price; $35.00 [ABA] Section of Dispute Resolution member price

 

The Fine Print: Sprint's Arbitration Clause

Ascertaining All of the Terms and Conditions of Your Cell Phone Service

(I'm using Sprint as an example only because the question posed to me related to Sprint -- I'm assuming most cell phone service agreements are the same, or at least substantially similar)

Because a reader asked, I learned today that the Sprint Cell Phone Service Agreement contains an arbitration provision. 

How did I gain this valuable knowledge?  Read on.  

A Trip to the Grocery Store   

On my way to the grocery store this morning , I drove by a Sprint outlet.  So I stopped, ran in, and had the following conversation with the Sprint representative.

"Can I get a copy of Sprint's service contract?"

"Huhhhhhhhhhh?????????"

"You know, the terms and conditions of the Sprint cell phone service plan."

"Uhhhhhhhhhhhhhh -- you mean the, uh, Plan Brochure?"

"Does it have all of the plans' terms in it?"

"Terms?"

"You know, the FINE PRINT?  the contract?  the parties' agreement if I sign up for service."

Smiling, "sure," she replies, handing me the brochure and graciously validating my parking ticket (the one with the waiver of the car park's legal responsibilities to me or my car printed on the back in 3-point type).    

Now that I've Read ALL the fine print in the Sprint brochure, I can tell ou that there is nary a mention, hint, suggestion or covert reference to "dispute resolution" or court or jury trials or arbitration. 

Nothing, Nada, Nichts.

I Should Have Gone On-line in the First Place to Find the Sprint "Terms and Conditions" of Service

At the very bottom (left hand corner) of Sprint's Plan Page you will find a link titled "Terms and Conditions." 

That's where you'll find your Sprint Cell Phone Service Agreement -- that adhesion contract I was talking about in my last post.  It is here where you will find that by signing up with Sprint (and likely all other cell phone providers) you agree to waive your Constitutional right to a jury trial [except in  California where the Supreme Court has refused to enforce pre-dispute jury trial waivers such as that required by Sprint here] and your Constitutional right of access to the courts. 

You also consent to submit any dispute you have with Sprint to binding arbitration under the authority of the Federal Arbitration Act and the rules of the National Arbitration Forum.  

The Arbitration Agreement Verbatim 

Your Agreement with Sprint Solutions, Inc. . . . includes terms of your service plan . . . and the most recent Sprint Nextel Terms and Conditions of Service . . . carefully read these all terms which include, among other things, a MANDATORY ARBITRATION of disputes provision.

The dispute resolution clauses are at the end of the Terms and Conditions (T&C's).  They provide as follows:

Continue Reading

Taking Charge of Your Consumer Contracts: Cell Phone Arbitration Agreements

A reader's inquiry (does the Sprint cellphone contract contain an arbitration clause?) alerted me to cell phone company "escape" clauses courtesy of the Consumerist Blog's post Materially Adverse Clauses for All Major Cellphones-So You Can Escape a Contract without a Termination Fee.

THE ANSWER TO THE QUESTION IS:  YES.  SEE NEXT POST FOR DETAILS

This is consumer reporting at its finest.  The "little guy" has been fighting (and sometimes winning) the battle of the adhesion consumer contract for years (see the Wage Law Blog's coverage of the California Supreme Court's decision in Discover Bank).

(For non-lawyers, an "adhesion" contract is one you didn't really agree to because, for instance, it came as an insert with your monthly cell-phone or credit card bill or appears on the back of the ticket you pull when you enter your local mall's parking lot.  It's an asymmetrical contract.  The party imposing the agreement on you has all of the power and you have none.  Take it or leave it.  That's an adhesion contract and it's not necessarily -- in fact is often not -- invalid).

That said, it appears that most cell phone contracts contain a clause permitting you to terminate your service before the expiration date without a cancellation fee (a real boon if you want to change plans!)

You may generally do so "in response to a materially adverse change [the cell phone company] makes to the Agreement . . . (Sprint Contract language).  The imposition of an arbitration provision that wasn't part of the contract when you sign it would be a material adverse change (I'm actually willing to go out on a limb here and say that's my actual legal opinion).

The Consumerist has collected all of the cell phone service providers "materially adverse change" contractual provisions here.

Sprint requires you to provide it with notice of cancellation within thirty days of their notice to you of the change (as I suspect all the other cell phone services do).  So if you want to take advantage of this, you'd have to begin reading those inserts that come with your cell phone and credit card bills. 

Cinderella Loses to Step-Mother in Wrongful Death Case

(photo by Kim Sobanski

In apportioning wrongful death settlement proceeds among the plaintiffs under CCP 377.61, the Court is not limited to the evidence produced in the action nor that upon which defendant relied in caluclating the settlement sum.  The evidence in this case, however, did not  justify an allocation of settlement proceeds 90 percent to the daughter and 10 percent to her step-mother even though the daughter's witnesses testified that her father intended to divorce his wife.   

Corder v. Corder   2007 SOS 4351 

Everything Old is New Again: Attorneys Negotiate Pre-Filing Settlements

(Everything Old is New Again from All That Jazz; my favorite line from this movie:  [stand-up comedian):   This chick, man [referring to Kubler-Ross] without the sole benefit of dying herself, has broken down the process of dying into five stages: anger, denial, bargaining, depression and acceptance. Sounds like a Jewish law firm. 'Good morning, Angerdenialbargainingdepressionacceptance!'. )  

Meet Early, Settle Often is music to our ears here at the Settle It Now Negotiation Law Blog. 

The "new idea" is called "structured negotiation" (a lot like a multi-part construction dispute mediation) and the big news is that lawyers are doing it for themselves.

Now I don't really like to talk about how we used to walk to work in three feet of snow (no compuers, no word processing, no faxes, restricted access to copy machines, no Lexis/Westlaw) but we really did negotiate our own settlements on a weekly basis without filing suit first. 

No mediators.  Look Ma! no hands.

As Ken Cloke says, "mediation is a profession in pursuit of its own suicide," i.e., we really do want you to have and use these skills to negotiate your own settlements.  Really, we do.  

So I'm pleased to give you a link this morning to a Law.com article, California Attorneys Meet Early, Settle Often.  Excerpt below: 

Linda Dardarian and Elaine "Lainey" Feingold are in the midst of a long winning streak in disability access cases -- and so are their opponents.

In eight years, the San Francisco Bay Area plaintiffs lawyers have settled more than two dozen disputes without filing suit or even bringing in a mediator.  . .

When Dardarian and Feingold send demand letters to organizations they claim are violating disability access laws, they offer to avoid litigation by sitting down with a small group of defense lawyers and technical experts and working out an agreement, a format known as structured negotiation. The letters generally mention the legal basis for a claim of attorney fees, as well, Dardarian said.

From square one, the plaintiffs lawyers' success depends on carefully balancing cooperation with the looming threat of litigation. . .

"A lot depends on the trust you have with people and the way in which they approach you," she said.

Stewart said she knew Dardarian and Feingold were "credible, capable" lawyers from previous dealings with the two. More importantly, though, their demand letter laid out their claims and their desire to find a resolution.

"How can you say, 'No, we won't talk to you?' It's stupid, in most circumstances," said Stewart, who turned over the dispute to Julia Friedlander, the MTA's general counsel, and Deputy City Attorney Christiane Hayashi.

Arbitrating IP Disputes: An Interview with IP Lawyer Jay Gordon Taylor

I recently had the distinct pleasure of interviewing IP litigator and mediator Jay Gordon Taylor about the arbitration and mediation of intellectual property disputes, the first part of which follows Jay's short bio below.

Mr. Taylor is a partner with the Indianapolis, Indiana law firm of Ice Miller.  His primary practice area is intellectual property law with a focus on patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret litigation and mediation.

He also concentrates in business aspects of intellectual property law such as acquisition, sale and licensing of intellectual property assets, and computer hardware and software sale and licensing. 
  

Part I:  Arbitration of Intellectual Property Disputes 

MS. PYNCHON: Do you find that IP cases benefit from arbitration or is arbitration becoming so burdened with discovery, motion practice and the like that it’s little better than litigation?

MR. TAYLOR: I have never been a big fan of arbitration except in the case of international disputes. In my experience, arbitration has been only slightly less costly and time consuming. The absence of a right to appeal if the result is erroneous would caution me against arbitrating a patent infringement dispute again.

I once had a client who faced a potential $450 million infringement exposure after an arbitrator reached a very dubious interpretation of a license clause. Because the arbitral award was binding, there was no way to challenge the opinion. Luckily, we ultimately won by proving a combination of non-infringement and invalidity. That, however, came after years of litigation and tremendous cost, most of which could probably have been avoided if there had been an appellate process after the arbitral decision.

MS PYNCHON:   Do you believe the parties would likely have agreed to an appeal by one or more arbitrators before the arbitration commenced? 

MR. TAYLOR: No, the license clause which had been negotiated years before required binding arbitration. The parties were locked into that clause. 

MS. PYNCHON:  Would arbitration be more attractive to you today if your opponent would agree to arbitral "appellate" review?

MR. TAYLOR:  No.  I do not think arbitration with an appeal is appreciably more appealing (quicker, less disruptive and less costly) than litigation in federal court.

MS. PYNCHON: Would you arbitrate any patent infringement cases today?

MR. TAYLOR: I think arbitration can be beneficial in international disputes. Most foreign companies distrust the US court system and are accustomed to resolving disputes without litigation. There is the additional problem of enforcing a judgment against a foreign entity. If the foreign entity has no US presence or assets, the judgment can only be enforced only by initiating an action in the courts of the country where the entity is located. Courts of most industrial countries will enforce an arbitration decision without question whereas they might not enforce a foreign court decision.

In tomorrow's post, we'll continue our interview with Jay Taylor about the mediation of IP disputes.

In Praise of Attorney Mediators

(Fireworks by Lisataime)  

There's a nice article on those situations in which attorney-mediators might serve litigants as well, or better, than former jurists in the July 2 edition of Lawyers Weekly ADR (give them your name, rank and serial number and you'll get a free 6-week trial to see whether a subscription is worth the price).

The article is entitled Advantages Flow Both Ways When Attorneys Become Mediators and it is written by attorney-mediator F. Peter Blake /*.  

Except below:     

 

A lawyer with extensive courtroom experience is able, as a mediator, to understand and communicate the risks of mixed-blessing jury findings that give with one decision about a monetary award and take back with another that slashes the amount because contributory negligence was perceived.

To be sure, in court, even when you win, you don't always come away with what you thought you had won.

In the ADR process, parties often hear the "other side" of the case for the first time. It reinforces a humbling truth worth remembering: Very rarely does one side have a monopoly on valid arguments.

Just as important is the mediator's ability to avoid undercutting attorney-client relationships or compromising legal strategies. A knowledgeable lawyer is well positioned to navigate that sensitive course, respecting each side's need to avoid feeling coerced or backed into a corner.

The ADR process provides an open forum conducive to helping the parties involved in a dispute address the issues in good faith, explore acceptable remedies and shape the outcome. That sense of self-determination and of having a timely "day in court"— without gambling on six jurors unfamiliar with the issues — greatly increases the likelihood of satisfaction in the end.

When lawsuit adversaries emerge with an acceptable agreement they shaped after being heard by a dispassionate observer retained at their shared expense, justice is served. Sometimes the deal goes beyond dollars and cents to include an apology or expression of regret — a meaningful gesture no jury can provide.

Though I agree with Blake's analysis of the benefits of hiring an attorney-mediator, he writes primarily from an evaluative rather than a facilitative viewpoint.  I would therefore add the following to his list, particularly where the settlement being negotiated is one necessary to settle commercial litigation.  

  • because most attorneys have run their own businesses (or at least participated in the management of their law firms) they are able to understand the business needs, desires, interests and fears of the commercial adversaries, i.e., they can speak the litigants' language
  • former commercial mediator litigators, particularly when hired in a specialty industry such as the garment, manufacturing, professional services, and software  businesses (to name a few) also understand the complex relationships between counsel and client, as well as the communication gaps that can occur over time during the litigation of any commercial case. 
  • the experienced attorney mediator not only knows how the lawyer views the case, having now mediated hundreds of commercial cases, s/he also knows how the clients continue to view the dispute (as a commercial, not necessarily a legal, problem) and how wide the gap between those two points of view can be. 
  • because the attorney-mediator first made his living in private practice based upon his continued beneficial relationship with his clients and his reputation in the community, s/he is not only attuned to the way in which lawyer-client communication gaps can be bridged, but also how to leave both parties with their sense of justice, dignity, professionalism and humanity intact.
  • perhaps most importantly, a commercial litigator-mediator knows how to plan, execute and close a deal.

There are more, but I must leave you to begin my holiday.

Happy 4th of July to you all!

________________________

/*  Blake is a certified general civil mediator and founding partner at Detroit-based Blake, Kirchner, Symonds, Larson, Kennedy & Smith, P.C. His more than 25 years of experience includes mediations, facilitations, arbitrations and special case evaluations as well as representing plaintiffs and defendants in a range of civil litigation matters.

The Supremes' "Mistrust of Lawyer-Driven Litigation"

(photo by Michael Galkovsky)

We continue to sort through the end of the Supreme Court's term, as well as the business community's reaction to it. 

Why do we care?  Because you settle litigation when the risk of loss and the cost of proceeding is greater than the deal being offered to call the whole thing off. 

As I've said a bazillion times before, I prefer  negotiating a business deal to resolve a legal problem to predicting litigation outcomes -- the latter a dicey proposition at best.  In ADR terms, I have a strong preference for "facilitative" over "evaluative" mediation practice.  

Still, I'll never stop being lawyer, litigator and trial attorney.  I will never be completely immune to legal developments suggesting that the tide is turning for one "side" or the other.

Today we hear Roy Englert Jr. of Robbins, Russell, Englert, Orseck & Untereiner quoted in Law.com's end-of-term article High Court Reveals a Mind for Business.  Excerpt below.

The first big sign that Alito and Roberts were solid votes for business came on Feb. 20, when they voted with the majority -- and against Scalia and Thomas -- on the issue of punitive damages. In Philip Morris USA v. Williams, brought by the widow of a cigarette smoker, the Court ruled that jurors could not base an award in an individual case on the harm that tobacco companies did to others. Scalia and Thomas joined Ginsburg and Justice John Paul Stevens in dissent.

For Alito, as well as many of the other justices who have joined him or led him in business cases this term, suspicion of the plaintiffs bar might be one factor driving the pro-business trend.

"The entire Supreme Court has a mistrust of lawyer-driven litigation," Englert told a Washington Legal Foundation forum June 27. "The Court has inflicted a world of hurt on the plaintiffs bar. ... The justices don't see real, injured people. They see lawyers trying to extort settlements."

In Bell Atlantic v. Twombly, for example, Justice David Souter spoke repeatedly of the problem of "discovery abuse" by plaintiffs that "will push cost-conscious defendants to settle even anemic cases before reaching those proceedings." The decision, which got few headlines but may have broad practical effect, spells out higher requirements for what must be included in initial pleadings that businesses hope will weed out baseless class actions and other litigation.

In another case this term, the Court also showed a mistrust of juries in deciding complex business cases. In Credit Suisse v. Billing, the Court said securities law should trump antitrust law, in part because the Securities and Exchange Commission had more competence than jurors in assessing possible antitrust violation in initial public offerings. But consumer groups worry that agencies such as the SEC are often too protective of the businesses they regulate.

In the Credit Suisse ruling, Justice Stephen Breyer wrote with concern: "Antitrust plaintiffs may bring lawsuits throughout the nation in dozens of different courts with different nonexpert judges and different nonexpert juries."



Diversity: An Aimless Sunday Ramble

(photo from Millzero Photography)

 

I've got several streams of thought going about diversity this weekend. 

First of course is Parents Involved in Community Schools v. Seattle School District in which the new five-justice majority 

held that the consideration of race by school districts in assigning students to public schools in order to promote racial diversity violates the Equal Protection Clause, even though the Court had unanimously declared more than thirty-five years ago that such a policy "is within the broad discretionary authority of school authorities." 

Roberts, Alito and the Rule of Law by Geoffrey R. Stone, University of Chicago Law School professor and most recently the author of War and Liberty: An American Dilemma.

The New York Times tried to put a good face on the case this morning by quoting law professor Michael J. Klarman who argues that Brown v. Board of Education didn't really end desegregation -- the Johnson administration did when it committed itself to enforcing the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and H.E.W. threatened to cut off financing to segregated schools.  See Jeffrey Rosen's Can a Law Change a Society?   

Professor Klarman concluded by opining that "we're headed toward an ambiguous place where we're committed both to color-blindness and to diversity in public life" and that Seattle School District wouldn't "make much difference either way."

I guess that's as rosy as a liberal can get about the demise of the most important Supreme Court opinion in race relations in the country's history -- whether it delivered de-segregation "with all deliberate speed or not."  Brown v. Board has its own U.S. government National Historic Site for goodness sakes!  Are they going to dismantle it?

Being an optimist, I was recounting Professor Klarman's view to my husband on our way to today's Dodger game (how All American is that?). I suggested that American business itself had learned the value of diversity (see Professor Leigh Thompson's Making the Team) so maybe Klarman was right and Seattle School District wasn't as bleak a moment in U.S. Constitutional history as we'd been assuming.  None of which convinced him of anything other than to confirm his view of my unfortunate tendency to tear a silver lining from every dark cloud.

Bio-DIVERSITY, Get It?

Then I remembered our neighbor, Tony  -- the astral-orbital engineer -- you know, a guy who throws satellites up into space.  The one who wears a t-shirt that says "Yes, I AM a Rocket Scientist." 

Tony and I were talking about diversity in business one afternoon while he was fixing something or other -- the plumbing or the electricity (oh, the luxury of having a rocket scientist next door).  Finally, he turned to me, wrench in hand and said "BIO-DIVERSITY, get it?" /*

All of which takes me to the ADR Diversity Blog, which seems so full of any number of great things that I can hardly get my brain around it.  I'm certain to spend some considerable amount of time poking around its corners when I'm not about to sit down for my Sunday evening's guilty pleasure -- Entourage.

_____________________

*  Tony's point?  In the absence of biological diversity, life on earth would be quite impossible and we (humans) have repeatedly shown ourselves incapable of mimicking it ourselves.  See Wikipedia's entry, Biodiversity.

Biodiversity provides many ecosystem services that are often not readily visible. It plays a part in regulating the chemistry of our atmosphere and water supply. Biodiversity is directly involved in recycling nutrients and providing fertile soils. Experiments with controlled environments have shown that humans cannot easily build ecosystems to support human needs; for example insect pollination cannot be mimicked by man-made construction, and that activity alone represents tens of billions of dollars in ecosystem services per annum to mankind.

Student Evaluations: Is There a Generational Divide or Does Anonymity Encourage "Flaming"?

(photo by Ted Fines)

I recently briefly referred to a few scathing student evaluations from my students at a local law school.  Surely my wounded feelings (after all that prep time!) were just another instance of my own hyper-sensitivity and after a day of denial,anger,bargain,depression, I accepted that I was not going to be anyone's Ms. Chips. 

When I began speaking to others who taught at the university level, however, everyone I spoke to seemed to have experienced their own wounded feelings at student evaluation time.   

Now to complete my cycle of grieving comes writer and adjunct journalism professor David Holmberg in today's NYT Magazine "On Language" Column, Student Evaluations.

"I began the semester with what I hoped was an illuminating discussion of the digital revolution and its impact on print journalism," says Holmberg.

And throughout the term, as I had done routinely at N.Y.U., I used The Times as an educational tool. I tried very hard to convey the value and enormously important traditions of print, of quality journalism.

But in their evaluations, 4 out of 11 students ignored my efforts and attacked my journalistic and professorial credibility in what was for me an unprecedented fashion. They said I showed a “liberal bias” by using The Times in class (perhaps echoing the political bent of their parents, as the young are wont to do), and two students said — glibly and absurdly in my view — that the class was of no benefit because of my perceived bias. One said bluntly, “I learned nothing from this class.” Another . . . said that “I did not learn anything in this class besides a strong dislike of The N.Y. Times. There was no journalistic background taught.”

Now that David Holmberg has helped me achieve complete acceptance of my semester-end student "grades," I'm freed to wonder whether there is more of a generation gap between those of us who teach after a career in practice (i.e., really old people) and students in their twenties.

At minimum, it would seem a good thing to open the following semester with questions about what the students' hopes and fears about the class are and whether they are as willing to hold themselves responsible for their own educational experience as I am for the guidance of it.

Conflict is the Sound Made by the Cracks in the System

(The Sound of Time (2003) by Dorit Cypis)

Conflict is . . . is simply the sound made by the cracks in a system, a boundary condition that can best be resolved by communicating across the many internal and external borders we have erected to keep ourselves safe, or exclude others.  --- Ken Cloke, President, Mediators without Borders, Committing Personally, Acting Globally.

The Blawg Days of Summer

(Photo: Home Office by Daniel K. Gebhart).
Diane Levin at the Online Guide to Mediation admonishes us to

grab []our sunscreen and head for the beach at the summer-themed Blawg Review #114, hosted by lawyer and mediator Stephanie West Allen collaborating with Julie Fleming-Brown, an executive coach for lawyers.Stephanie publishes two blogs, Idealawg, sharing fresh discoveries about innovations and ideas to inspire the practice of law, and Brains on Purpose, which covers topics at the intersection of neuroscience and conflict resolution.

Julie publishes the well respected Life at the Bar, helping lawyers find satisfying and meaningful careers. And Blawg Review is the weekly review of the best in legal blogging, hosted each week at a different blog.

Green Insurance for Global Warming?

We recently posted a piece about mediators going "green."  Now that I've cruised my husband's law firm web site in connection with our last post on D&O coverage, I find that insurance coverage might go "green."

At least that's what policy holder counsel are saying about coverage for losses arising from global warming under CGL and other standard commercial policies.  As Heller's January, 2007 article Insurance Coverage for Global Warming notes:

Insurance may be available to cover losses faced by companies as a result of global warming issues. For example:

    • A company’s existing portfolio of comprehensive general liability (CGL) policies may provide coverage for defending against and paying settlements or judgments in lawsuits brought against a company for causing property damage as a result of alleged contributions to global warming.
    • Errors and Omissions (E&O) insurance may provide coverage for claims by governmental entities or individuals that a company or its management engaged in wrongful acts by allowing global warming emissions.
    • Business interruption insurance may provide coverage for a company’s loss of profits stemming from an event linked to global warming. 

This is the first I've seen about potential coverage for global warming losses.    

Already, however, I can see the coverage complaint and envision the answer to it, followed by discovery, motion practice and decades of litigation.

Maybe this time we'll find a way for the lawyers to commence a collaborative process to resolve these claims early enough to avoid the hundreds of millions of dollars that get eaten up by attorneys, arbitrators, mediators, experts, accountants, engineers and the like. 

We're all ready and eager to serve if needed.  But if there is a colorable argument for coverage, wouldn't it be better for all of us who understand coverage to sit down and try to knock out agreements that will satisfy party interests better than the adversarial system is capable of providing.

If you want a referral to a member of the "global warming insurance recovery" team here in Los Angeles, you couldn't do any better than to contact the dynamic and brilliant Nancy Sher Cohen.

The Cost of Prevention and Cure

Since posting this brief note on global warming insurance, a reader called my attention to the following post on recent carrier research concerning potential losses from global warming.  See Josh Rosenau's Thoughts from Kansas post Global Warming Insurance from May of this year and the following excerpt below. (Mr. Rosenau is graduate student at the University of Kansas, in the department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology).

Continue Reading

WTO, Neuroscience and Impasse

(photo by Maureen Flynn-Burhoe)

We follow high-level negotiations, as well as the small commercial dispute, here.  No matter the stakes, the dynamics are the same.  See, for example, today's AP article, Collapse of WTO Talks Puts Trade Deal in Limbo.

What's at stake? 

a new world trade pact aimed at adding billions of dollars to the global economy and lifting millions of out of poverty.

Who are the negotiating parties?  The United States, the European Union, Brazil and India. 

Are there feelings, i.e., emotions involved?  Have we mentioned recently neuroscientist Antonio Damasio's research on people whose brain injuries interfered with their ability to feel emotion?  They could make endless pro and con lists, but couldn't make decisions.  Why?  Because there is a pro and con to every choice we make.  Paper or plastic?  Fish or Meat?  Peace or warfare?  Settle the lawsuit or try it?  

In the absence of a feeling that makes us desire one outcome more than another, we are at a total loss.  

How does impasse feel?  If you'd been a WTO negotiator, your

emotions rang[ed] from anger to confusion [as they] left Potsdam on Friday knowing they had failed to break a six-year logjam between rich and poor countries over eliminating barriers to trade in farm produce and manufactured goods.

And the angry and confused government officials?  Do they think their own bargaining position is to blame or do they believe that their negotiating partners are acting in bad faith?  Let's see.

European and American officials questioned Brazil's intentions and wondered if it intentionally blocked progress to curry favor with developing countries, many of whom were unhappy with the private negotiations among the four powers.

Brazilians accused Washington and Brussels of agreeing beforehand to protect their agricultural interests.

Many officials criticized Indian Trade Minister Kamal Nath for arriving late on Tuesday after missing a flight and having a return scheduled ahead of the summit's end.

All sides said they negotiated in good faith.

Sound familiar?

The reasons for impasse and ways to break it will be the subject of a lengthy weekend post.

In the meantime, here are two prior posts on impasse -- Negotiating Past Impase and Breaking Impasse.  


"You're Not Going to Grade Us on Our Writing Are You?"

Having recently been (somewhat justifiably) skewered by the law students taking my ADR Employment Class for bluntly telling them that they couldn't write, I must admit that the following reprint, called to my attention by Digg, helped soothe the wounds of student evaluations. 

But before reprinting an excerpt from the Times article:  What Corporate America Can't Build, a Sentence, I have to tell you what I told my Business Law students when I was teaching undergrads in the mid-'80's.  If you can't write a coherent essay, how could I possibly grade your understanding of the subject?  In fact, you come to understand the subject in the process of writing about it coherently.  They didn't like it either.

My justification.  The New York Times.  

What Corporate America Can't Build: A Sentence
By SAM DILLON

BLOOMINGTON, Ill. - R. Craig Hogan, a former university professor who heads an online school for business writing here, received an anguished e-mail message recently from a prospective student.

"i need help," said the message, which was devoid of punctuation. "i am writing a essay on writing i work for this company and my boss want me to help improve the workers writing skills can yall help me with some information thank you".

Hundreds of inquiries from managers and executives seeking to improve their own or their workers' writing pop into Dr. Hogan's computer in-basket each month, he says, describing a number that has surged as e-mail has replaced the phone for much workplace communication. Millions of employees must write more frequently on the job than previously. And many are making a hash of it.

"E-mail is a party to which English teachers have not been invited," Dr. Hogan said. "It has companies tearing their hair out."

A recent survey of 120 American corporations reached a similar conclusion. The study, by the National Commission on Writing, a panel established by the College Board, concluded that a third of employees in the nation's blue-chip companies wrote poorly and that businesses were spending as much as $3.1 billion annually on remedial training.

Continue Reading

Mediation Confidentiality Trumps Malpractice . . . Barely

by Michael D. Young, whose recently posted Mediation Gone Wild Document Repository Web Pages you absolutely MUST SEE!

Once again, the trial courts are trying to mess up mediation confidentiality by judicially creating (legislating?) exceptions to the confidentiality statutes. When faced with a public policy that competes with California's strong public policy favoring mediation confidentiality, the trial courts too often seem to tip the balance the wrong way by inventing unwritten exceptions to the law. Luckily, in the recently-penned decision in Wimsatt v. Superior Court (Kausch) (Cal. App. No. B196903), the appellate court fixed things up...although it was clearly not happy about it.

Wimsatt involves a legal malpractice action against a prominent plaintiff's personal injury firm. In the trial court, the former client and malpractice plaintiff claimed that the law firm "breached its fiduciary duty by significantly lowering [the client's] settlement demand without his knowledge or consent." The client claimed he first learned of this fact from the confidential mediation brief that was provided to the mediator. You can see the public policy conflict already, can't you?

In the malpractice action, the client reasonably enough wants to obtain and introduce the smoking gun mediation brief, the one on which his entire case rests. However, as California practitioners should know by now, there is a slight problem with the plaintiff's wish: Evidence Code Sections 1115 et seq., and in particular Section 1119. California is serious, and rightfully so, about protecting the very cornerstone of mediation -- confidentiality. Under Section 1119, no mediation communications, including mediation briefs, are admissible in court. This has been reaffirmed time and time again by the Supreme Court (go reread Foxgate and Rojas if you don't believe me).

So what happened in the Wimsatt case? According to the opinion, in the underlying personal injury lawsuit, the client's lawyer made a comment to the personal injury defense counsel that it might be more appropriate to discuss settlement in the $1.5 million range rather than the $3.5 million range they had been discussing before. Because of this comment, claimed the client, he was forced to settle his personal injury case at mediation for an amount that was much less than the case was worth. Despite agreeing to the mediated settlement, the client brought a malpractice claim against his attorneys claiming he could have done better if only....

Continue Reading

Mediators Go Green

(Mermaid and Merman by James M. Thorne)

 

Dinah Lynch at Mediation Mensch has launched a meme tag Can Mediation Go Green

I could talk about the energy-efficient, compact fluorescent light bulb -- the CFL  -- that illuminates the desk on which I write this post or explore the (controversial) issue of carbon credits and taxes.

But I'm more interested in the paradigm shift necessary to survive the climate crisis. 

 

 

I earlier wrote about the book my friend and mentor Ken Cloke is writing called "Mediators Can Save the Planet" in Empathy, Evolution, Mediation and Global Warming.  

Why mediators? Because WORLD 3.0 will require that we supercharge our natural cooperative and altruistic natures while dampening our competitive drive without thereby discarding our ambition.

What will it take? A shift from competition to collaboration.

Can we do it?  "Yes we can," says Al Gore in An Inconvenient Truth at the moment when his audience begins to move from denial to despair.

How?

At least one way to get the global cooperation ball rolling will be to school ourselves in empathy, a necessary prerequisite to tackling the problem of collaborative solutions to worldwide problems.

We Don't Have the Luxury to Cling to "Hot Button" Issues

I was talking to a young attorney in my husband's law firm last night at a fund-raiser for Public Counsel.  When I suggested Obama '08, he demurred on the ground that Barack's church-state separation position wasn't sufficiently clear and it was one of his "hot button" issues.

I said, "we can't afford any hot button issues in the coming election.  There's too much at stake."  I didn't need to say more. 

Denial and Despair:  The Parade of Horribles

Catastrophic species extinction, mass relocation of populations dispossessed by rising oceans, vast increases in wars fought over diminishing natural resources, and continued destruciton and  dispossession caused by increasingly severe weather conditions.  

There's more, but that should be enough for denial and despair to set in.

Hope:  What Mediators Can Do

Last week, I had the great pleasure of shaking Barack Obama's hand and asking him what an ordinary citizen like myself could do to help his campaign.  

"Talk," he said.  "Talk to your freinds and your family.  Talk to those who support me and those who don't.  Talk to Democrats and talk to Republicans.  Talk to those who agree with you and those who don't.  But first listen." 

The challenge of winning a presidential election in the most technologically advanced, economically strong, militarily mighty nation in the world pales in comparison with the work we must do to survive the twenty-first century with our freedoms intact. 

We cannot do it alone.  We cannot continue to avoid difficult conversations with our friends, families, and those who we perceive to be the enemies to good governance and thoughtful environmental stewardship.

I am voting for Barack because he is a conciliator.  I believe he has the heart to do the right thing and the intelligence to surround himself with the people necessary to accomplish it.  He is not a utopian nor an ideologue.  He is practical and progressive.  

But my hopes are not really pinned on Barack.  My hopes are pinned on the American people to awake from our long post-9/11 slumber.

My hope is that no matter who we put in charge of the White House in '08, we will begin working together, talking together, reaching consensus on those issues on which we can agree, forgiving one another for our inability to solve those we cannot; and, building coalitions of those willing to put aside their personal grievances so that we can rise to the unprecedented global challenges that face us.

Why Mediators?

What is the first step in a mediation?  The creation of hope and safety.  And after that?  Communication, reality-testing, and problem solving conducted by locating our mutual interests and finding ways to satisfy them.  Reconciliation, forgiveness.  Dare I say justice.

This is not work for the weak-willed.  It is not work for those with stars in their eyes.  It is not work for ideologues or utopians.  It is work for those, as Ken Cloke says, who are hopeful at heart and pessimistic of mind.  For those who combine a fine skepticism with the courage (and humility) to reach across the aisle, cross the political divide, listen to those with whom we most violently disagree and seek solutions.

In all of this, we must realize that we are not creating a world without borders.  We are simply recognizing it.  We are one, united, inseparable, inter-dependent, fragile and worthwhile.  Every one of us.

As James Agee wrote of our responsibilities in depression era America:

In every child who is born under no matter what circumstances and of no matter what parents, the potentiality of the human race is born again, and in him, too, once more, and each of us, our terrific responsibility toward human life: toward the utmost idea of goodness, of the horror of terrorism, and of God.

James Agee, Let Us Now Praise Famous Men

That's green.

I tag Justin Patten, Paula Lawhon, and Jan Schau.

 

Are We Really Litigation Crazy?

(right:  Andy Warhol’s Green Car Crash (Green Burning Car I) sold for $71,720,000 at Christies in May of this year, bringing the total price for ten Warhols sold in the same evening to $136.7 million)

When I read articles like Clyde Haberman's The City’s New Motto: ‘See You in Court’ I want to understand and not simply condemn any one of the following (no matter how easy it may be):

  1. the lawyer who worked 30 to 40 hours — nearly $10,000 in billable time — to fight a $65 parking ticket. 
  2. former Supreme Court nominee Robert H. Bork who wants $1 million from the Yale Club in Manhattan as compensation for the pain he suffered after falling at the dais before a scheduled speech.
  3. an immigrant from Mali who is seeking $100 million against the City of New York for the death of his wife and 4 children "in a terrible fire in the Bronx three months ago."

I am not even going to posit the possibility that Bork suffered genuine injuries; the lawyer  "took on City Hall" for the principle of the thing; and, the loss of five lives might just be worth the price paid for ten Warhols at Christies in May of this year.   

What interests me, as always, is why.  

Why Do People Bring Lawsuits? 

Fortunately, we do not need to speculate or call in the usual suspects of greedy lawyers, the over-reaching victims of minor injuries or the evil-doing citizens we (too often?) assume lurk among us.

Nera Economic Consulting, along with the Rand Institute, neither known for their love of the plaintiffs' trial bar, recently published an article sufficiently scholarly to carry the dry-as-bones title, The Propensity to Sue: Why Do People Seek Legal Actions?   The answers to the question -- why do we sue - in order of importance - are:

  •  When we believe someone else is to blame for our injuries, we are nearly five times as likely to make a claim against another.  The good news is that we do not sue, even for catastrophic injuries, if we do not believe someone else was at fault.  As Rand and Nera report:

For a person who sustained a severe injury in an accident, such as life threatening impairment, there is a 10% probability of claiming if he blames no one else for his or her injury. The probability increases to 61% if the person perceives that some other individual, company or organization caused this severe injury. 

  • Nevertheless, the severity of the injury (measured by bruises and fractures) does positively relate to the rate at which claims are made.  Rand and Nera again:

The predicted claiming rate is 12% for a minor injury, 16% for a moderate injury (including crushes and fractures), and 35% for a serious injury (including life threatening and long-term impairment). Measuring severity in terms of days from work [also] has a persistent, statistically significant impact on claiming rate.

  • People tend to make claims for injuries more often in automobile accidents than for any other type of injury-causing event.  "The odds ratio of claiming in a case of car accidents," we are told, "is almost 11 times more likely than any other type of accident." 

Whether these suit-filing rates and reasons suggest a nation-gone-mad with litigation is for the more scholarly researchers to determine.  I report this data here only because I'm a trained skeptic of the anecdotal to explain personal or societal pathology.

(and for the reference of readers who don't know who in the world I am, I spent my litigation and trial career primarily representing corporate commercial interests -- not injured plaintiffs)

Blame the Lawyer or Organize a Strategic Team? Norman Pearlstine, Floyd Abrams and the Art of War

It's common to blame your lawyer when dispute management goes awry in the executive suite, even when the client is former Time, Inc. EOC, Norman Pearlstine (book here and Senate testimony here) and the attorney is "[o]ne of America's most ferocious defenders of the First Amendment, Floyd Abrams."

In today's NYTimes, Adam Liptak reviews Pearlstine's public charge that Abrams "gave [Time] less good advice than [it] deserved" in responding to subpoenas issued by the Special Prosecutor during his investigation into the disclosure of CIA operative Valerie Plame Wilson's identity.  (For the full article, see Editor’s Charge: His Lawyer Fell Short).

Though not agreeing with Pearlstine's evaluation of Abrams' motives -- that he was "more focused on overturning Norman Pearlstine Branzburg  v. Hayes . . . reject[ing] First Amendment protection for confidential sources, 'than on pragmatic ways in which [Time] might fashion a compromise'  - Liptak concurs with Pearlstine's "broader point" that  

Time, like The Times, seems to have misplayed its hand. While it is impossible to know if the two news organizations and their reporters could have found a way to respond to [congressional subpoenas] short of a constitutional battle royale, it seems pretty clear that they could have tried harder to look for a compromise. . . . Time’s fundamental misstep was its astonishing failure to approach Mr. Rove for permission to cooperate in the investigation."

Zealous Advocates and Negotiation Pros

No matter how complicated a game of football subject to Monday morning quarter-backing might be, it pales in comparison to the immensely complex and sophisticated commercial and legal strategies that must be planned, launched and managed in response to a Congressional subpoena (and yes we have grappled with the monster for our pro bono clients).  

But the purpose of this comment is not to call into question either Mr. Abrams' legal advice or Mr. Liptak's belief that the decision not to approach Mr. Rove for permission to cooperate in the investigation constituted an "astonishing failure."

Rather, we ask ourselves and our readers again whether there ought not be a representational "balance of powers" when the legal, professional, societal, political and commercial stakes are so high.

We lawyers do like to represent ourselves as Jacks of all trades -- negotiating a settlement here; drafting a compelling appellate brief there; cross-examining a witness within an inch of his life today and strategizing a long-term legal and commercial strategy in response to a thermo-nuclear patent infringement action the following week.

But, really.  We're just not all 100% top-of-the-class, flat-out brilliant at everything. 

When a client wants a zealous advocate, willing to burn the enemy's crops for a litigation advantage, he's not likely to also get Mr. International Diplomacy in the bargain.  One General Counsel once told me that her (Fortune 50) Company didn't let the litigators and trial attorneys "in" on the overall plan, particularly settlement strategy, because they wanted them to be combat-ready at all times.

The Interdisciplinary Approach to Bet-the-Company Litigation

Once again we're recommending an interdisciplinary response to litigation, particularly when the enterprise's survival or the survival of its fundamental principles are at stake.

Whether or not you'll want to hire an outside settlement team, you'll definitely need a strategic planning in-house negotiation guru to do that which "one of America's most ferocious defenders of the First Amendment" shouldn't be expected to do.

We will say it again and again.  Litigation is a business negotiation being conducted in the courts.  The litigators need to be focused on the law; the parties' positions; legal strategy; and, most importantly, that which they do supremely well for a living -- WINNING.

Business, however, is not a legal negotiation being conducted in commerce.  It is a multi-faceted enterprise with commercial (as well as societal and political) interests that can be advanced or deterred by the quality of its management.

When you need a negotiator to approach the likes of Carl Rove, you do not ask Floyd Abrams to do it.  You find a lawyer or a political ally who is skilled at working Washington relationships.  No matter how masterful the litigator, s/he is not in charge of the war, only one of its many battles.

CEO's who blame the lawyers on their watch for strategic missteps are missing the point.  Lawyers are commercial foot soldiers -- some skilled at flying B-52's; others at triaging the wounded; and a few, very few, at planning the grand strategy to take a City or withdraw from it with honor.

The lawyer, no matter his credentials, is a member of the team and should be deployed by the CEO as best suits his or her skill, education, experience, talent and drive.

As Sun Tzu instructs in The Art of War,

A sovereign of high character and intelligence must be able to know the right man, should place the responsibility on him, and expect results.

To Everything There is a Season

Via Kottke.org, we are directed to Plants Can Tell Who's Who at naturenews.com.


plants grown alongside unrelated neighbours are more competitive than those growing with their siblings — ploughing more energy into growing roots when their neighbours don't share their genetic stock.

Plants 'know' more about their environment than they are often given credit for: they can sense the presence of neighbouring plants through changes in water or nutrients available to them or through chemical cues in the soil, and can adjust their own growth accordingly. "That plants have a secret social life is something well known to plant ecologists," says Dudley.

But the ability to recognize kin has not been demonstrated before.

For remainder of article, click here.

I suspect that just as we humans are hard-wired to both compete and cooperate (see Unhappy Lawyers and the Cooperative Hard-Wire) so are plants.  Because I don't know that, I ask any botanists within shouting distance to weigh in.

Collaborate, compete, protect, defend, balance, compete, collaborate. 

Ecclesiastes 3:1-8

 

"Winning" the Negotiation:Mediation as Poker Game

(photo by Christopher Chappalear)

Check out Bob Steinberg's article in the San Francisco Daily Journal, Influencing the Mediator

Bob's article -- the tip of a trend -- stresses "winning" the mediation by canny, savvy, sophisticated and sometimes just flat-out tricky negotiating tactics. 

Like what?   Like squeezing the mediator into a small room at a round table with your team to undermine his authority on your side while at the same time proffering a large rectangular table to the opposition in the hope that the mediator will sit at its head, thereby increasing his influence upon your opponent (assuming, that is, you decide you want the mediator influencing your opponent and aren't concerned that the buddy-buddy atmosphere you're creating won't lead to disclosures you'll later wish you hadn't made).

I know Bob and like him.  He's shrewd and frighteningly intelligent.  I wouldn't play poker with him or black jack because I know he's capable of actually counting the cards.  He probably knows more about negotiation than most litigators of similarly seasoned years because, as a transactional attorney, he surely negotiated and closed more deals in a single year than his adversarial counterparts did in a decade.  

And just as some clients choose their litigators to fit the fight (an unreasonable obstreperous fight-ready trial lawyer for case A and a cordial, collegial sort for case B) lawyers will want to choose their mediators to fit the type of work they believe that mediator will do best.     

Still, I have reservations about Bob's proposals (which are increasingly being made by many attorneys and mediators) including:

  • the benefit that might be lost by continuing to treat your adversary like . . . . well . . . an adversary, rather than as someone with whom a creative business deal might be struck if the attorneys and the mediator would loosen up their control long enough to let the business people do what they do best -- plan for a successful future by drilling down into both parties' commercial interests in an innovative way (cf. Sun Microsystems' Jonathan Schwartz's motto -- Innovate, Don't Litigate); and, 
  • the likely dreadful set of unanticipated consequences that too often flow from attempting to control an inherently unpredictable and multi-determined process -- one with so much greater depth, texture, nuance and possiblity than any poker game could ever possess.

There is certainly a time for measured responses, poker faces, cozying up to the mediator or letting him (or her!) know who's really the boss.  I don't believe, however, that flat-out game-playing and "psyching out" the other side will result in the type of agreements you and your clients are looking for -- not only creative ones, but also durable ones. 

Go ahead, let the client take the lead once in awhile.  Jim Smith didn't become the head of a division of Lockheed or Joe Richmond the President of Software, Inc. by changing the size of the conference table.  

And before abandoning this topic, let me leave you with a recent observation by Schwartz about leadership at Sun Microsystems from an interview entitled The Education of Jonathan Schwartz by Stephen Shankland of CNET News.com. 

[a] leader has courage, and courage is the courage to innovate, the courage to collaborate, the courage to act with integrity--because that actually does take some courage--and the courage to do so with pace. You've got to be willing to brook the criticism and the critique from those who don't see the world the way you do. When people look back at who is Sun, they are not looking me; they are looking at 35,000 people.

[As the leader of Sun Microsystems] I want to do a good job of building a leadership culture . . .  I don't want there to be one voice [from Sun] to the marketplace, but I want that somewhere in that cacophony [of other Sun voices] to be a very clear and consistent message: here is what we're all about, here is what we can do and here is how we are going to march forward.

Rock on.

LaTrobe University Conflict Resolution e-Journal Arrives

LaTrobe U's Conflict Resolution e-Journal, Volume One (June '07) is just out with my article on the subjective experience of money -- "The Cost of a Thing is Your Life."

It's been a good day here.  

And tomorrow's my one year blog birthday, for which I've prematurely posted a cake.

Blog gratitude list tomorrow!

There are other good articles in the e-Journal too.  I'm just having a narcissistic day for which I hope you'll excuse me.

(photo by Miss Meshell)

Victoria Pynchon Joins CPR Panel of Distinguished Neutrals

I'm pleased to report that I've just been added to the CPR Panel of Distinguished Neutrals for Insurance and Policyholder Coverage disputes. 

CPR is shorthand for the The International Institute for Conflict Prevention and Resolution.  CPR is a pioneer and leader in dispute resolution, counting among its many attributes and accomplishments the following:

  • In February 2004, CPR received the highest satisfaction ratings in ADR performance in a survey of General Counsel and their Deputies by Corporate Legal Times.
  • CPR was the first organization to bring together Corporate Counsel and their law firms to find ways of mitigating the extraordinary costs and delays of litigation, while achieving more satisfying and lasting results through appropriate alternatives, like negotiation, mediation, and arbitration.
  • CPR works around the globe, serving as a primary multinational resource for avoidance, management and resolution of business-related and other disputes.
  • Most recently, in partnership with The China Council for Promotion of International Trade (CCPIT), CPR established the U.S.-China Business Mediation Center in New York and Beijing.
  • CPR is a membership-based, nonprofit alliance of global corporations, law firms, scholars, and public institutions dedicated to the principles of conflict prevention and solution through alternative dispute resolutions.
  • CPR's proprietary Panel of esteemed arbitrators and mediators has provided resolutions in thousands of cases, with billions of dollars at issue, worldwide.
  • Approximately 4,000 operating companies have subscribed to the CPR Corporate Policy Statement on Alternatives to Litigation© (the corporate "Pledge"), which obligates them to explore the use of ADR in disputes with other signers.
  • CPR's wealth of intellectual property and published material has educated and motivated corporate legal departments toward an increased reliance on alternatives to litigation. Much of this material is targeted toward specific industries and practice groups.

I look forward to serving CPR and its membership.

Court Enforces Settlement Agreement by Implying Reasonable Terms

If you're in need of authority to enforce an existing  (but perhaps ambiguous) settlement agreement, take a look at today's 2d DCA opinion, Osumi v. Sutton

In holding that the trial court had "the power to extend the deadline for the performance [of a real estate sales settlement contract] in favor of a party who was not at fault for the delay and against the party who was at fault," the Court relied upon the following general principles favoring the enforcement of settlement agreements under CCP section 664.6.

In determining whether a valid settlement agreement under section 664.6 exists, the trial court,

    • acts as the trier of fact
    • may consider oral testimony
    • may determine the motion upon declarations alone
    • may consult his [or her] own memory if s/he was the settlement officer presiding over the challenged settlement

More importantly, although "nothing in section 664.6 authorizes a judge to create the material terms of a settlement, as opposed to deciding what terms the parties themselves have previously agreed upon,"

[o]nce the parties have reached a settlement . . . they 'may not escape their obligations by refusing to sign a written agreement that conforms to the oral terms' [and] with our policy favoring settlements, we resolve all evidentiary conflicts and draw all reasonable inferences to support the trial court's finding that these parties entered into an enforceable settlement agreement and its order enforcing that agreement. The trial court here did not create a material term of the settlement.

Remember, however, that enforcing the oral terms of a mediated settlement agreement may be much more problematic than enforcing those of an agreement reached in a mandatory settlement conference before a Judge.

More on Bad Faith in Mediation

(right:  Lawyer as Satan:  Al Pacino in The Devil's Advocate

Gini Nelson at Engaging Concepts recently alerted me to John Lande's recent and excellent article, Principles for Policymaking About Collaborative Law and Other ADR Processes.  There is much in this article to recommend it, including observations and recommendations about regulating ADR policy and practice.   What caught my attention were Lande's comments about "bad faith" mediation, a topic we've been following in the Couts.  

Good faith in mediation, notes Lande, "is like mom and apple pie—it’s hard to be against them.  .  . Many people  

think that they know bad faith when they see it. They “know” that bad faith in mediation is when one side—the other side—refuses to make a new offer or what they view as a “reasonable” offer.  This conduct clearly grieves some litigants, lawyers, and judges who would like the courts to sanction the alleged offenders.

In virtually all the final reported opinions on this issue, however, the courts have decided that this conduct is not sanctionable bad faith.  The courts have decided that it would be inappropriate to sanction this behavior, which is impossible to adjudicate without evidence about communications in mediation and the participants’ state of mind.

Even proponents of good faith rules recognize that judicial second-guessing of participants’ states of mind would be an inappropriate judicial encroachment into the mediation process.  As a result, the judicial interpretation of “good faith” has come to mean attendance at mediation (possibly with a representative having “sufficient” negotiation authority) and submission of any required premediation materials.

The result is that the good faith rules do not prohibit what people think of as bad faith.

"Bad Faith" Negotiation Strategies and Tactics

In our recent survey (with 78 responses) participants were asked to identify which of several acts  constituted bad faith negotiation practices or strategies:

Those that garnered the most votes were parties lying about facts important to resolution (65.83%) -- which would likely constitute grounds for rescinding any deal reached by the parties due to fraud -- and a refusal to compromise "without good reason" (59.76%).  Withholding information important to obtaining a "fair" deal garnered less than half but nevertheless a substantial number -- 40.51% -- of the "votes."  Again, this type of behavior could well constitute fraudulent concealment and is subject to its own set of sanctions -- rescission and damages. **

Refusing to compromise with good reason (4.5%) however, and not compromising "enough" (3.4%)received so few votes that we must conclude our survey respondents accept these activities as perfectly appropriate when parties are attempting to negotiate  settlement, whether in a mediation or outside of it.

The Importance of Reason Giving

My friend the settlement Judge Alex Williams likes to tell his disputants that he needs "a number and a reason" when shuttling offers between the parties.

As we've discussed before, any reason whatsoever, "reasonable" or not has a salutary effect upon people's willingness to accomodate their fellows See "Why -- an Anatomy of Explanations").    More on the dynamics of reason-giving in negotiating the settlement of your disputes tomorrow.

___________

*  For individual responses to the question, "what constitutes bad faith negotiations?" click here.

A Sunday Digression on Religious Literacy

From Slate, a year of Blogging the Bible by David Plotz, comes to an end.  It all starts here.

And not a minute too soon to cure our national Biblical Illiteracy as reported by this Sunday's Book Review of Religious Literacy, described as "Stephen Prothero’s jeremiad about declining religious knowledge."

How does this relate to conflict resolution?

Read the headlines lately?

For an anthropologist on Mars look at reading the Bible, check out Julia Sweeney's hilarious and touching Letting Go of God.  And for a modern and deeply felt re-interpretation of the story of Cain and Abel, listen to Am I My Brother's Keeper, also a This American Life classic, by Jonathan Goldstein.

And finally, for a set of compelling audio programs on religion and dispute resolution, click here.

Interventions for Intractable Conflict: Peacemaking in a Tit for Tat World

Last week, along with my extern, Pepperdine Law School and Straus ADR student Cameron Mitchell, and my friend, the actor, musician, and singer-songwriter Lisa Douglass, I presented an Improv Seminar on Peacemaking in a Tit for Tat World using Baz Luhrman's hypnotic Romeo + Juliet as a jumping off point. 

The Seminar was sponsored by the L.A. County Bar Association's Dispute Resolution Services and the SCMA's Salon Series.  Thanks to Kathryn Turk of the West Hollywood Community Mediation Center and Jan Schau, President of the SCMA for the opportunity and facilities to host the Salon.

This is one the scenes we used to demonstrate how dangerous peacemaking can be in the absence of conflict resolution skills, particularly in response to an intractable conflict where communication is non-existent or diminished, the conflict itself is ritualized and celebrated, and extreme positions encouraged, as we see here, resulting in Mercutio's death.

We used an excerpt of Ken Cloke's article Mediators Without Borders: A Proposal to Resolve Political Conflicts as a teaching tool and many in attendance asked for the text.  I've therefore summarized the important points we covered at the seminar and linked to the article above.

Five Strategies for Intervention in an Intractable Conflict

  1. actively encourage the open expression of the rage and grief stirred up by the conflict in a context that is constructive and oriented to resolution and reconciliation, such as that used by the South African Truth and Reconciliation Commission. 
  2. dismantle the prejudices and stereotypes of the “enemy” through a combination of bias awareness, storytelling, dialogue, collaborative negotiation, and strategic planning techniques.
  3. develop skills within local neighborhoods and communities in group facilitation, public dialogue, strategic planning, collaborative negotiation, and peer mediation.
  4. encourage forgiveness and reconciliation by creating openhearted communications and direct dialogues between former antagonists.
  5.  institutionaliz[e] these skills so that future conflicts can be resolved without coercion or violence.

More on all of this later next week.

State and Federal Mediation Protections in "Bad Faith" Hearings

(photo:  Silence is Golden by Memme)

Just when you say the mediation privilege would prevent the parties from disclosing such matters as settlement authority and the activities of party representatives, along comes an out-of-state federal opinion that makes you glad you live and practice in California.

Although the District Court in Bauerlein v. Equity Residential Properties Management Corp.Slip Copy, 2007 WL 1521606D.Ariz.,2007.May 22, 2007 refused to award the costs of an unsuccessful mediation against parties whose representatives left the mediation "early" there was nary a word spoken about confidentiality of the proceedings.

Arizona and Federal Protections for Confidential Mediation Communications  

It's not that Arizona doesn't have such a privilege.  We understand that A.R.S. § 12-2238 recognizes as privileged and confidential "[c]ommunications made, materials created for or used and acts occurring during a mediation." (emphasis added).

Nor do the federal courts lack protections for mediation communications.  Under 28 U.S.C.A. § 652(d), mediations conducted pursuant to federal court ADR programs are required to be protected by local rules, which "provide for the confidentiality of the alternative dispute resolution processes and to prohibit disclosure of confidential dispute resolution communications." 

Therefore, whether protected by federal or state law, you would have expected that the parties accused of conducting themselves in "bad faith' would have objected to the introduction into evidence of one or all of the following mediation communications and activities:  

  • the identity of carrier representatives attending;
  • when and why those representatives left the mediation; 
  • the mediator's or the parties' explanation of the reason for the representatives departures, i.e., because there was a "vast divergence of the estimates of the value of the claims"
  • why one party put no money whatsoever on the table (because it was essentially judgment proof as a Taiwanese corporation without any U.S. holdings")
  • the mediator's statement to at least one of the carrier representatives that the case would not settle "based on the parties' individual evaluations of the claims because they were too far apart and had too divergent estimates of the value of their claims"
  • the mediator's approval of the carrier representatives leaving the mediation so long as counsel was left with authority to settle the claims.

Mediator Predictions

I don't know what shocks me more.  That these disclosures were made with no objection or that the mediator "predicted" the case would not settle before the parties "officially" reached impasse.  These predictions invariably affect the negotiations and should be made rarely if at all.  

Just as importantly, attorneys mediating their disputes should familiarize themselves with the laws applicable to the confidentiality of the proceedings -- particularly when they're in federal court where the applicable law is not as certain as it is in the state courts.  See the following commentaries on the federal Northern District of California Olam opinion (largely disapproved in California) here and here.   

It's my experience that most attorneys are completely unaware of the scope and nature of the mediation privilege under which they are operating.  If we don't want this inexpensive "alternative" procedure to become a breeding ground for litigation over party mediation tactics, then we should make sure we learn, and follow, the applicable mediation protections, privileges and guidelines less we stumble into disclosures that need not be made.   See Disputing Irony, a Systematic Look at Litigation about Mediation

Mediation and Negotiation "Bad Faith" from Our Justice Survey

 

Attorneys routinely claim that their negotiating partners are acting in "bad faith."  But what does that mean?

In our recent Negotiation and Justice Survey, we asked our attorney, negotiator and mediator respondents (78 of them) to define bad faith in negotiations.  Having no authority to settle, refusing to listen to the other side, and failing to bring the decision makers to the negotiation are the most commonly cited instances of "bad faith" tactics in negotiation or mediation.

In response to our own formulations of potential bad faith negotiation tactics, the results were as follows:

A party lies about facts important to resolution                                      83%
A party lies about its "bottom line."                                                           23%
A party withholds information important to a "fair" deal.                      51%
A party refuses to compromise (with good reason)                              4.5%
A party refuses to compromise (without good reason)                       59.76%
A party doesn't compromise enough                                                        3.4% 

Here are all of the "unique" responses: 

  1. stonewalling or frustrating the process unnecessarily 
  2. acting out of a desire to punish the other or vindicate one's self
  3. using the process for discovery
  4. proceeding with no intention of exploring opportunities for settlement
  5. taking advantage of a power imbalance which the mediator does not address and ameliorate
  6. consciously taking advantage of the mediator's bias
  7. negotiating unreasonably or intractably
  8. prolonging the process by engaging in irrelevant conversation so that all parties are not given equal time
  9. using hardball tactics meant to corner or trick the other party into submission
  10. arriving unprepared and refusing to acknowledge it (2 separate comments)
  11. threatening to engage in future unfair practices 
  12. being unwilling to go through the entire process
  13. asserting and maintaining an unreasonable position
  14. failing to show up 
  15. refusing to listen (5 separate comments)
  16. refusing to provide necessary documents 
  17. arriving with no settlement authority or without decision makers (6 separate responses) 
  18. misrepresenting or mischaracterizing the client's case to one's own client
  19. refusing to discuss interests
  20. persisting in discussing positions
  21. trying to bully the mediator or the other party

Alas, There is No Magic Wand: Arbitration and its Discontents

From Law.com's In House Counsel page comes Beth Bar's New York Law Journal article Some Attorneys Questinong the Advantages of Arbitration.

The chart above represents results from a survey conducted by the  International Instititue for Conflict Prevention and Resolution ("CPR")  earlier this year.   

Aside from arbitral inefficiencies caused by lawyers doing what lawyers do (discovery and pre-trial motion practice) we suspect that a lot of the dissatisfaction comes not from arbitration as a method to resolve disputes, but from ill-advised pre-dispute boiler-plate arbitration provisions that prevent those who are handling the dispute from altering the way in which it is resolved.

We favor post-dispute arbitration agreements in which the parties can resolve the problems created by the skeletel provisions found in most contracts.  Post-dispute arbitration contracts can:

  • provide for the type and extent of discovery and pre-trial practice necessary for the type of dispute that has arisen under the parties' agreement -- a dispute the contract's drafters may well have been unable to predict;
  • provide for the composition of the arbitration panel best suited for the dispute, a single arbitrator with specialty industry knowledge, for example, or a three-arbitrator panel with two party and one neutral arbitrator, or any other combination or permutation that the parties' needs and creativity can give rise to;
  • provide for an appellate process if the parties are afraid of a "runaway" arbitrator who provides neither rationale decision-making authority nor decisions tempered by the realities with which the parties must deal;
  • place limitations on -- or expand -- available remedies, including all equitable relief otherwise available in a court of law; and,
  • just about any other provision the parties' needs makes sensible and efficient.

Here's the good thing about both mediation and arbitration.  If the parties can sit down together and craft the best way to resolve their dispute (and a mediator might help with this process) they can make the law fit their needs rather than trying to put the square peg of their conflict into the round hole of local, state, national or international procedures.

And if you could use a contract drafting tune-up, do check out AdamsDrafting.  I'd say it's the best, but I believe it's the only web site devoted to clarity in the drafting of contracts.  Had Ken Adams existed a generation before I went to law school, I could likely have done something better with at least 5 years of my life when I was litigating this burning insurance coverage question -- does sudden mean quick or only unexpected -- upon which hundreds of millions if not billions of dollars of coverage for environmental clean-up rested.    

Finally, we've seen a great draft of Eric Van Ginkel's article on this topic for intellectual property disputes that will appear soon in the IP ADR Blog.  Keep a lookout for it.  

Pick the forum to fit the fuss.

Sanctions for "Bad Faith" Failure to Attend Mediation?

ImageChef.com - Create custom images

Thanks to Diana Skaggs of the Kentucky Divorce Law Journal for alerting us to the Kentucky Law Blog's post Court of Appeal Affirms Trial Court's Award of Mediation Fees for Party Failing to Attend

Here in California, and I suspect in many other states, the Court cannot sanction "bad faith" negotiations because all of the parties' communications at a mediation are confidential.

I've often had attorneys ask me, however, whether they can bring to the Court's attention the fact that a claims adjuster, for instance, did not "show" at the mediation.  Can't they seek sanctions for that "bad faith" they ask.    

This is the question the Ky Law Blog asks and answers today under Louisiana law as interpreted in a nonpublished appellate opinion, Sullivan v. Anderson.  In that case, writes attorney and blogger Michael Stevens,

the defendant's attorney . . . arranged for the date, time, location, and mediator and notifed the pro se litigant who did nothing.

[A]ffirming [the trial court] . . . a Jefferson Circuit Court . . . held that although a party was not obligated to attend the "agreed" upon mediation, he was obligated to notify the other side he would not attend so as not to waste the mediator's time. . . [The appellate court opined]


We agree with [the pro per plaintiff] Sullivan and the trial court that Sullivan was not obligated to attend the mediation since it was not ordered by the court. However, [defense counsel] did not have any reason to know that the parties had not agreed on mediation since Sullivan did not inform her that he did not agree to the arranged mediator and mediation date. [*]

 A Kentucky court “may invoke its inherent power to impose attorney's fees and related expenses on a party as a sanction for bad faith conduct, regardless of the existence of statutory authority or remedial rules.” (citations omitted).

The Parade of "Bad Faith" Mediation Horribles

Mr. Stevens justifiably marches out the following parade of horribles that this opinion could lead to, such as awards of sanctions when:   

    • the insurance defense lawyer shows up at mediation without the adjuster or the insured and rel[ies] upon the adjuster's attendance by telephone[;]
    • the adjuster in attendance . . . not hav[ing] settlement authority extending to the policy limits[;]
    • the adjuster ha[ving] to leave early[; and,]
    • the adjuster with higher authority [not being] available by phone, or . . . delays in contacting the adjuster by telephone[.]

Are Sanctions Available in California for "Bad Faith" Mediation Practices?

California's mediation privilege is codified in Evidence Code sections 1115 et seq.  As most California practitioners are well aware, our Supreme Court has strictly construed these provisions.     

Because Evidence Code section 1120 expressly exempts any "agreement to mediate a dispute" from the protections of section 1119, a California court could presumably sanction a party for failing to appear at an agreed upon (or court ordered) mediation.  

Here in California, however, an award of such sanctions presumably could not include all or part of the mediator's fee because our Supreme Court has held that a party may not be ordered to pay a private mediator in the first instance.     

Moreoever, a party''s mediation conduct, such as a defendant's failure to bring a claims adjuster or the plaintiff's attorneys failure to bring his client, would not likely subject either party to sanctions.  

Section  1119(c) prohibits a party from disclosing "[a]ll . . . negotiations . . by and between the participants in the course of a mediation or a mediation consultation."  Interpreting this section broadly and strictly as our Supreme Court requires would likely result in the denial of sanctions because the choice of individuals to represent party interests is an integral part of the "negotiation" between the parties.  **     

Finally, section 1119(a) most certainly forecloses an award of sanctions based upon offers made or not made during -- or authority possessed or not possessed at -- a mediation.  Those facts could only be learned as a result of something "said . . . for the purpose of, in the course of, or pursuant to a mediation" and therefore fall squarely within section 1119(a).    

_________________

**  We find this one of the strangest and most illogical formulations we've heard from any appellate court anytime, anywhere -- a dangerous one at that -- and contrary to the law of contracts.  Since when does an agreement exist when party A proposes X to party B, who does not respond?  Since when is an agreement formed when party B neither accepts nor rejects it?   

*** The American Heritage Dictionary (2000) defines the verb "to negotiate" to mean and include, inter alia, "[t]o arrange or settle by discussion and mutual agreement: negotiate a contract."    

Five Ways to Avoid Litigation from Justin Patten

(photo:  Fighting Cats by Nikographer Jon)

From UK Mediator Justin Patten's (Human Law Blog) useful new e-mail newsletter and well-established blog -- 5 ways to avoid costly litigation, summarized below and linked here.  

1 Think carefully about the type of people that you do business with.

2 Be the kind of organisation which does not create disputes.

3 Seek to communicate effectively and consistently.

4 Have management trained to face up to the dispute. 

5 Have plain English and not too onerous legal terms.


For more details about Justin's mediation services, tailored mediation training or lunch time briefing sessions, call him at 01920 462202 or email Justin at  advice@human-law.co.uk

The Pitch

Justin Patten is an Accredited Mediator with the Academy of Experts who has advised in many workplace disputes. As a qualified solicitor he has also acted for clients on a wide range of employment disputes and is fully familiar with the legal process. Over the last 18 months he has elected to specialise in mediation, providing a full mediation service direct to businesses and via law firms, as well as providing practical mediation training. 

Peremptory Challenges, the Race Card and Negotiating Settlement

Fear Factor:  Letting a Jury Decide Your Case

What drives the settlement of all cases involving personal injuries and even those opponent-neutral disputes between commercial competitors? 

Fear of juries, of course. 

Juries are the "better" (or "worse") alternatives to negotiated agreements that mediators talk about when they throw around the acronyms BATNA or WATNA (see mediator Jessica Notini's excellent primer Effective Alternatives Analysis In Mediation: “BATNA/WATNA” Analysis Demystified).  

The Elephant in the Settlement Room

Even though Adam Liptak's New York Times Select article, Oddity in Picking Jurors Opens Door to Racial Bias, concerns death penalty cases, the means of choosing the members of the final 12 (or six in federal court) also drives civil justice in America.    

The referenced "oddity" in American trial law?  The peremptory challenge that permits lawyers to exercise more or less control over the final composition of the jury than some believe is warranted in an aspirationally color-blind justice system.  As Adam Liptak reports,

Justice Thurgood Marshall wrote that . . . . “peremptories inject [racial discrimination] into the jury selection process[, the elimination of which] . . . “can be accomplished only by eliminating peremptory challenges entirely.”

Two years ago, in the Miller-El case, writes Liptak, "Justice Stephen G. Breyer appeared to endorse that view, saying that “peremptory challenges seem increasingly anomalous in our judicial system[,]”  writing that 

 England has eliminated peremptory challenges but “continues to administer fair trials based largely on random jury selection.

Liptak concludes by suggesting that

Peremptory strikes are an odd and arbitrary historical artifact. Unlike equal protection, they are not guaranteed by the Constitution, and in capital cases — where race matters most — they would not be missed.

The settlement angle on this?  You can see it coming. 

In American urban courtrooms throughout the country, settlement decisions are commonly based upon the probable racial, ethnic, gender, and socio-economic composition of a jury that will eventually give their thumbs up or down on the Plaintiff's case.  If settlement decisions are governed by audacity on the Plaintiffs' side and fear on the defense side, both are often pinned upon the presumed "passion and prejudice" the "have nots" will bring to decisions affecting the "haves."  

And as the gulf between these two groups widens, the fear on the defense side has become more palpable.  *

Is this any way to run a justice system in a racially polarized society?

The White Reaction to the Black Reaction to the O.J. Verdict

We talk about "race cards" in this country because of the O.J. Verdict.  It wasn't so much the result of the O.J. trial that shocked America, as it was was the white reaction to the black reaction to the verdict. 

As Harvard Professor Henry Louis Gates, Jr. wrote in the aftermath of that trial (Thirteen ways of looking at a black man’ (23 October 1995), the phrase 

’ “race card” … itself infuriates many blacks. [Federal Appellate Court] Judge Leon Higginbotham Jr. . . .[said of] charges that Johnnie Cochran played the race card. “This whole point is one hundred per cent inaccurate. . . . If you knew that the most important witness had a history of racism and hostility against black people, that should have been a relevant factor of inquiry even if the jury had been all white .. .

[Academic and activist] Angela Davis [says] ... “Race is not a card,” she says firmly. “The whole case was pervaded with issues of race.” ’

Is Race a Card?

This is too big a question for this post.  I grapple with this issue an upcoming article in the LaTrobe University Dispute Resolution Journal (Vol. No. 1, so you won't yet find it online) and will link to it when it is published.

Let's just say this.  The jury is, as it was meant to be, a microcosm of the society.  Though originally meant to be comprised of people who were witnesses or who could track down witnesses to directly learn about the events giving rise to the dispute, over time the jury became a presumably neutral body that would determine credibility, "find facts" and, with the Judge's instructions, apply the law to the facts the jury deems the more credible.  

In analyzing the potential pre-trial settlement of an action, the attorneys consider everthing to be a potential "card."  If the stakes are high enough, they hire jury consultants to advise them how to select a jury that favors their side because trial lawyers are advocates looking for a jury that will be prejudiced in their favor.

This is not news.  It is the judge and the jury that are supposed to be neutral, not the trial attorneys.  And if they can increase their chances of winning by leaving African Americans or Koreans or the marginally employed on a jury, they will do so.  If it helps their case to use their peremptories to empty the jury box of women or Gen-X'ers or engineers or African-Americans, they will do that too.

And This Has What To Do with Settlement?

For a negotiated agreement to do the job of resolving the dispute in a better way than its alternative -- trial -- the parties and the mediator will have to grapple with the racial and ethnic and gender elephants in the room.  

And it may just be that a mediator who is capable of setting aside his or her prejudices long enough to look past issues of race, ethnicity, nationality, obvious religious affiliation, and gender, might be the one who is most capable of helping the parties achieve something that resembles justice.  

_____________________________

*     By the 1980s the United States had become the most unequal industrialised country in terms of wealth. The top 1% of wealth holders (the ‘Super Rich’) controlled 39% of total household wealth in the United States in 1989, compared to 26% in France in 1986, about 25% in Canada in 1984, 18% in Great Britain, and 16% in Sweden in 1986. More than 46% of all outstanding stock, over half of financial securities, trusts, and unincorporated businesses, and 40% of investment real estate belong to the super rich. The bottom 90% are responsible for 70% of the indebtedness of American households. Wolff, How the pie is sliced: America's growing concentration of wealth’ (1995) 22 The American Prospect 58.

Summer Beach Reading for Lawyers

Henry David Thoreau, Walden (the 150th Anniversary Edition)

A couple of years ago, a friend bought me the 150th Anniversary Edition of Walden – a text I hadn’t read since high school. While building his spartan but serviceable cabin in the woods, Thoreau does a cost-benefit analysis of home ownership, calculating that “an average house . . . costs perhaps eight hundred dollars, and to lay up this sum will take from ten to fifteen years of the laborer's life.”

The thing, as we were taught in law school, speaks for itself.  Or as Thoreau put it, “the cost of a thing is the amount of life which is required to be exchanged for it, immediately or in the long run.”

This line stopped me dead in my tracks. Was this phrase more profound to me than the observation that “time is money” just because it appeared in 19th Century prose? Or had I simply lived too much of my life converting my own time into money, shaving hours into tenths, merging them weekly, monthly and yearly with my colleagues’ hours, converting the whole at year’s end into overhead, earnings, distributions and investments.

Whatever the reason, Thoreau's calculus made me suddenly recognize that the sheer raw number of my actual yearly wage had become more important to me than the things it might allow me to purchase, or even to store up against potential future calamity.  In all the getting and gathering, I thought, I may have lost the point of job, career, occupation.  

And this has to do with mediation in what way? 

I often quote Thoreau's aphorism when parties reach impasse.   It helps everyone make money transparent again.  That money is the means to particular end, not an end in itself.  That, even in this cynical age, most people would prefer a fair distribution of resources reached through compromise than total victory at all costs.  This continues to mark my own experiences as a mediator, despite the fact that the justice survey is continuing to run 50-50 on the question, "would you prefer to win unfairly or lose fairly."  

So as strange as it might seem, I heartily recommend Walden as one of the tomes you tote to the beach this summer along with your soda pop, sandwiches, cole slaw and sun screen.  

The New Intellectual Property ADR Blog

 

Because I've joined my expanding IP ADR practice with that of AAA arbitrator and mediator Les Weinstein, we've set up a "place holder" IP ADR Blog to reflect our partnership (in the broadest, not the legal, sense) in all things IP.

Do visit the new site if you are the client with IP issues or an attorney with IP clients.

We're excited about the new venture and hope our readers will benefit from the expansion.

When Attorneys Become the Common Enemy

ImageChef.com - Create custom images

The Enemy of My Enemy is My Friend

Mr. and Ms. Keene (names changed) entered the community mediation conference room and cautiously took their places next to one another at the scarred wooden table.  Though slightly wary, their greetings were warm.  He touched her lightly on the arm.  She pulled away, but smiled back.  

After the preliminaries were out of the way -- introductions, "rules of the road," the signing of a confidentiality agreement -- Mr. Keene launched into a low-key but passionate tirade about . . . . . .

               THE ATTORNEYS . . . . . .

a topic upon which there was complete agreement.

The attorneys had been

  • disrespectful, retiring to chambers with the judge while the parties sat outside the closed door listening to their attorneys' laughter;
  • unresponsive to telephone calls; and,
  • high-handed in responding to the Keenes' repeated requests to deviate from certain "standard" or "accepted" custody arrangements in favor of arrangements they knew were best for them and their child.  

I apologized for the way we attorneys sometimes act as if the dispute is our own; as if our relationship with Judge and opposing counsel is more important or compelling or fun than our interest in our clients; and, as if we know more about what's good for our clients' business (be it the business of running a family or a Fortune 500 company) than our clients do.  

By the time Mr. and Mrs. Keene arrived at the door of the Community Dispute Resolution Center, they were not simply exhausted and angry, they were nearly entirely disempowered.

"How do we 'de-power' our lawyers?" they asked.

"By taking your power back," I responded, alert again to my own inclinations to give unsolicited advice or raise problems only I might think the parties have. 

I've seen attorneys unite disputants before.  Early in my career, I observed the bitter progress of a case involving hundreds of millions of dollars in lost profits and a fight for the control of intellectual property worth more than a billion dollars.  After the parties had turned one another into the tax and custom authorities, they met without their white shoe attorneys, settled the case, and sued counsel for malpractice.

The Keenes left the mediation with an agreement in hand and their self-respect restored.   

I do not fault their attorneys.  I do not know what transpired before I arrived on the scene. 

I only know that at some point, the attorneys lost "control" of their clients by asserting too much of it. 

 

9th Circuit: "No" to O'Melveny Dispute Resolution Plan

ImageChef.com - Create custom images

When it comes to employment arbitration agreements, it seems like the more bases you try to cover, the less likely a Court is to enforce them.    

Even the highly respected Los Angeles-based international law firm of O'Melveny & Myers has proved itself unable to draft an employment arbitration agreement that satisfies California's procedural and substantive conscionability requirements.    

Just today, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeal in Davis v. O'Melveny & Myers  held that the law firm's attempt to impose an arbitration agreement upon existing employees with a three-month notice period was both procedurally and substantively unconscionable.  (For a criticism of the opinion, click here).

In finding that O'Melveny's attempted imposition of the agreement on its employees was procedurally unconscionable, the Court stressed the firm's "overwhelming bargaining power" and the "take-it-or-leave-it" basis upon which the agreement was proffered.  Although the Court distinguished provisions that might permit an employee to negotiate a different deal, given its characterization of  O'Melveny's bargaining power, we don't imagine this Court would have read such a clause as anything other than illusory.      

As the Ninth Circuit stressed, however, a procedurally unconscionable agreement must be "analyzed in proportion to evidence of substantive unconscionability."  It thereupon went on to find four provisions substantively unconscionable:  the “notice,” confidentiality and, “business justification” provisions, as well as the limitation on initiation of administrative actions.

The challenged notice provision required the aggrieved employee to "give . . . notice of a Claim [within the year it arose] along with a demand for mediation" or it would be "lost forever."  Quoting Richards v. CH2M Hill, Inc., the Court held this provision substantively unconscionable because it would deprive the employee of the right to assert the "continuing violation doctrine available in FEHA suits" a benefit that flows only to the employer.  

The challenged confidentiality provision -- prohibiting mention of the mediation or arbitration "to anyone not directly involved" - was also found to be unduly favorable O'Melveny.  As the Court explained:

Such restrictions would prevent an employee from contacting other employees to assist in litigating (or arbitrating) an employee’s case. An inability to mention even the existence of a claim to current or former O’Melveny employees would handicap if not stifle an employee’s ability to investigate and engage in discovery. The restrictions would also place O’Melveny “in a far superior legal posture” by preventing plaintiffs from accessing precedent while allowing O’Melveny to learn how to negotiate and litigate its contracts in the future. Id. Strict confidentiality of all “pleadings, papers, orders, hearings, trials, or awards in the arbitration” could also prevent others from building cases. . . It might even chill enforcement  of Cal. Labor Code § 232.5, which forbids employers from keeping employees from disclosing certain “working conditions” and from retaliating against employees who do so.

The challenged exemption for alleged breaches of  confidentiality was also found to be unenforceable.  "As written," held the Court, the provision permitting a "non-mutual exception allowing [O'Melveny] a judicial remedy to protect confidential information" was “one-sided and thus substantively unconscionable.” 

Finally, the Court held that the agreement's preclusion of employee complaints to agencies charged with the well-being of California's citizens such as the Department of Labor, was contrary to public policy and therefore substantively unconscionable as a matter of law.  

There you have it.  One of the best law firms in the country was unable to draft an employment arbitration agreement that could pass public policy muster.  

Would anyone else like to give it a try?

At the Intersection of Justice and Winning

ImageChef.com - Create custom images
While our brothers and sisters (at least one of whom, Omar Kahdr, was fifteen years old when first imprisoned) continue to suffer agonies beyond imagining at the off-shore U.S. gulag at Guantanamo, I decided to conduct an extremely unscientific survey at the intersection of Justice and Winning.

Before discussing some of those survey results (deadline extended -- take the survey NOW!) I remind my readers of the differences between distributive justice ("how much of the pie should I fairly get") and procedural justice ("how is my share of the pie fairly determined?").  See my earlier post on the several kinds of justice that scholars of dispute resolution study here.

Would We Rather Have Justice or a Bigger Piece of Pie?

One of the survey's goals is to find out what attorneys and mediators believe they would rather have --most of the pie or a fair means of dividing it.  

Responses on this topic continue to run neck and neck.  If forced to choose between winning in an unfair process or losing in a fair one, 53% of our mediators and attorneys would choose winning over fairness.  

What Our Respondents Think Justice Is

What do our respondents mean when they use the terms "fair" or "just"?  The survey permits a limited, but telling, range of "justice" options.  Our respondents were asked to check as many of the  "following factors that  indicate . . . the negotiation or mediation process was 'fair' or 'just.'"   

I list here only those that received more than 50% of the "vote."

The mediator

     "listened carefully to all parties"  . . . . . . . . . . . . 91%

     "appeared to understand party positions" . . . .84%

     "appeared to understand party needs" . . . . . .  84%

     "was impartial" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83%

     "suggested resolution options impartially" . . . 69%

The parties

     "listened to one another"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66%

     "were honest in what they disclosed" . . . . . . . . 64%

     "understood one another" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53%

To sum up, more than fifty percent of the (primarily mediator) respondents, if forced to choose, would rather "win" than have an attentive impartial mediator who understood party positions and needs and suggested resolution options impartially. 

More troublingly, if the choice comes down to winning or losing, most of our respondents would prefer to be dishonest or to have dishonesty mar the proceedings, than to honestly lose.

Think Locally, Act Globally

This is no idle survey.  When casting my own vote, I forced myself to think about how I really behave "locally" as opposed to the way I think I should behave.  If the cashier gives me more change than I deserve, I always give it back.  But if I don't discover her error until I get home, I'm unlikely to drive back. 

If we can extrapolate from this "local" practice, I am honest when it is convenient to be so and not so much when it is not.  

Which likely explains why a country of laws and, more particularly, why we as lawyers, have let the Guantanamo situation exist and persist.  It's not because we don't care.  It's because we're busy.   

Nor do I think that if any of us thought about it longer than it takes to fill out a survey, we would jettison procedural fairness for a result that is best for ourselves (be it the largest slice of the pie or the illusion of safety in a dangerous world).

Which takes us full circle to the pained recognition that we have allowed injustice to flourish at Guantanamo and elswhere on our watch.

Now what?  I recently said to someone, "I feel like standing naked in front of the White House with my hair on fire demanding representation and a fair process for the detainees.  But because I blog, I'm blogging about it." 

It's a start.  But it's not enough.

What do YOU think we should be doing? 

 

Mysterious Metallic Ball Falls from Space into Paris Hilton's Lap

 

OK, so the part about Paris Hilton was pure tabloid (sorry, Paris, just kidding) but look! the mysterious metallic ball part is true!  Though like most headline-catching mysteries, not all that interesting after you get past the excited utterance.

Justice, however, should be neither hype nor mystery.

There are only two days left for you to take the Negotiation Justice survey here.

Litigators:  tell your mediators what protections and benefits you're looking for in a mediation.

Mediators:  ask your lawyer friends to take the survey.

And, oh yes, the people whose disputes we resolve.  Clients.  Yes, that's you.  The people who hire lawyers.  Tell us all what it is you're really looking for.  We promise we'll undertake a great effort to serve you better.

Preview from the Justice Survey     

If you had to choose, would you prefer to lose in a fair process or win in an unfair process?

Win even if the process was unfair 54%

Lose so long as the process was fair 46%

Agree?  Disagree?  Take the survey and let us know!

The Qualities Mediators Think Attorneys are Seeking

Dear Readers,

I haven't received nearly enough attorney and/or disputant responses to the Mediation Negotiation Survey, but I can share with you some preliminary thoughts, primarily of mediators, about the qualities they think you're looking for.

Patience, by the way, is in the lead as the most-cited essential mediator quality.  

Are they right?  Take the Negotiation and Mediation Justice Survey to let them know now!

In Answer to What Qualities a Good Mediator Should Have, individual responses include:

  1. Neither be naive nor cynical. 
  2. Will re-focus us on what is important 
  3. Skills to enhance communication between and with the parties and their counsels. 
  4. intelligence
  5. knowledge of the law and the court system
  6. experience in the area in dispute and experience as a mediator in that area 
  7. Will not intimidate the parties
  8. Will NOT NOT NOT NOT talk to one party before the other party arrives if the mediation is to be conducted with both parties present. 
  9. The understanding that the "truth" or whether someone is lying is unknowable in some or many instances. 
  10. ability to listen 
  11. patience 
  12. patience
  13. integrity
  14. teachable
  15. open-minded 
  16. patience
  17. ability to manage the process 
  18. Resilience.
  19. Accessibility. 
  20. Will listen for what isn't said and will be a good coach. 
  21. trustworthy 
  22. Patience.
  23. Intelligence.
  24. A calm manner which encourages an appropriate hearing atmosphere. 
  25. Will make sure both parties understand the cost (time, money and other) of not settling. 
  26. sense of humor
  27. perspective
  28. sense of the bigger picture in the workplace/business in /about which the dispute occurred
  29. ability to tease out any unspoken back- story between the parties and any goals additional to the outcome of the mediation for the parties
  30. ability not to impart a sense that he/she is rushing for a plane
  31. communicate that he/she is totally engaged even after the mediation ends, if called for. 
  32. Flexibility. 
  33. empathy
  34. great facilitator
  35. fair, fair and fair
  36. sense of appropriate humor
  37. act professional not personal
  38. move along the process and keep control of the process
  39. ability to deal with difficult personalities 
  40. Is able to facilitate the discussion and feed back what he/she is hearing from both parties

Our Readers Respond: ADR Part of the "Big Poker Game"

The question whether mediation should be "fair" or "just" elicited the following thoughtful response from one of our attorney readers, who, as you can tell from the context, primarily represents plaintiffs seeking to recover commercial debts allegedly owed by individuals and small businesses. 

Distributive Fairness

"I only think a settlement is 'fair,' says our reader, "when it incorporates the mathematical calculation of prospective damages multiplied by a risk factor of litigation (i.e. 80% chance of winning $100K, means an $80K settlement is fair)."

A mediated resolution that is "fair" under this definition only results, he continues,

 when the other side "does the math" - most defense counsel just bluster and try to throw up "what if" roadblocks that derail a serious discussion about resolving the whole dispute. They don't do the math, and even if they did, there is enough disagreement over the "odds" that the process is far from transparent.

Distributive Injustice 

"Perhaps," says our correspondent,

we have a different interpretation of what "fairness" is.  I have plenty of situations where I sue on [a] debt [where,] by the time the . . . . [contractual] interest and attorneys' fees get worked in . . . , a $5,000 debt becomes $12,000 judgment and no [one] in the world thinks this is fair. But most eventually "settle" . . . not because they want to, or believe that the . . . settlement is "fair", but because the option of coming up with [the funds] to hire an attorney, and then eventually lose, is less attractive than trying to pay on a monthly basis.

In this case, is the settlement  fair?

From my client's perspective, it will get paid more than 100% of its initial principal due, and this type of settlement completely negates the possibility of zero recovery for the creditor if the debtor is judgment proof. .   .  

[Many defendants are]  willing to pay to get out of the case for "peace of mind" and pay
more than what they thought was fair.

Fair resolutions only work when everyone is willing to play fairly - and because everyone (especially litigation attorneys) feels that dispute resolution is a zero sum game, the little tactics we use in litigation skew the process so ADR really becomes a big poker game. And when people hide information, and outside factors to the dispute loom larger than the dispute itself, it becomes less about fairness and more about force. 

Construction Defect Litigators: Let Your Voice Be Heard in National Mediation Survey

I don't have the statistics but know from experience that construction defect litigators mediate their cases to settlement more often than, say, general commercial litigators (my background).

Earlier in the week, I posted a "Negotiation and Mediation Justice Survey" in this blog whose purpose is manifold.

  1. although justice and fairness issues are repeatedly raised in my mediation practice -- "s/he's extorting me" or "s/he victimized me," most of the mediators I've casually asked say "we're not in the 'justice' business, we're in the business of finally resolving disputes."
  2. SO I WANT TO KNOW WHAT LAWYERS WHO ARE REGULAR ADR USERS REALLY THINK ABOUT JUSTICE/FAIRNESS ISSUES IN NEGOTIATIONS AND MEDIATIONS.

Your Views on Optimal Mediator Practices.

As I was devising the survey, I decided to take the opportunity to get a good sampling of mediator and attorney attitudes toward standards of mediation practice.  

So I put in some questions on the mediator qualities I've been told attorneys are looking for as well as those that I believe to be important, with an open-ended question to include anything I'd missed.

Here's the Problem

I've got wayyyyyyyyyyyyyy TOO MANY mediator responses and way too few attorney responses. 

I really need to hear from YOU -- THE CONSUMER OF MEDIATION SERVICES.

Already, the results are surprising.  I will share them with my readers (and with anyone who takes and identifies themselves at the end of the survey -- you may take it anonymously) in a couple of weeks.

I'm also writing a law review article (this is no idle threat, I have one published and one about to be published) on negotiation and mediation justice issues that will include your responses.

So I'm asking all Construction Defect Attorneys to let me know what they want and need from mediators in the hope that we can begin to have a national conversation between mediators and litigators about where we're meeting one another's expectations and where we're not.

It will be good for all of us.  Please take the survey!

Employment Lawyers: Let Your Voice Be Heard in the National Mediation Justice Survey

I don't have the statistics but know from experience that employment and family law attorneys mediate cases more often than any other specialty with the possible exception of construction defect litigators.

Earlier in the week, I posted a "Negotiation and Mediation Justice Survey" in this blog whose purpose is manifold.

  1. although justice and fairness issues are repeatedly raised in my mediation practice -- "s/he's extorting me" or "s/he victimized me," most of the mediators I've casually asked say "we're not in the 'justice' business, we're in the business of finally resolving disputes."
  2. SO I WANT TO KNOW WHAT LAWYERS WHO ARE REGULAR ADR USERS REALLY THINK ABOUT JUSTICE/FAIRNESS ISSUES IN NEGOTIATIONS AND MEDIATIONS.

As I was devising the survey, I decided to take the opportunity to get a good sampling of mediator and attorney attitudes toward standards of mediation practice.  

So I put in some questions on the mediator qualities I've been told attorneys are looking for as well as those that I believe to be important, with an open-ended question to include anything I'd missed.

Here's the Problem

I've got wayyyyyyyyyyyyyy TOO MANY mediator responses and way too few attorney responses. 

I really need to hear from YOU -- THE CONSUMER OF MEDIATION SERVICES.

Already, the results are surprising.  I will share them with my readers (and with anyone who takes and identifies themselves at the end of the survey -- you may take it anonymously) in a couple of weeks.

I'm also writing a law review article (this is no idle threat, I have one published and one about to be published) on negotiation and mediation justice issues that will include your responses.

So I'm asking all Employment Attorneys to let me know what they want and need from mediators in the hope that we can begin to have a national conversation between mediators and litigators about where we're meeting one another's expectations and where we're not.

It will be good for all of us.  Please take the survey!

A Call to Ban Mandatory S.E.C. Arbitration

The big news in the arbitration world this week is the request made to the S.E.C. by Senators Leahy and Feingold to ban the mandatory arbitration of claims made by customers against their brokers.  An excerpt from the New York Times article Dear S.E.C., Reconsider Arbitration, with a link below.

ARGUING that it is wrong to force investors into arbitration when resolving disputes with their brokers, two prominent United States senators have asked the Securities and Exchange Commission to ban the Wall Street practice of requiring customers to sign away their rights to bring their grievances to court. 

Last Friday, Patrick J. Leahy, the Vermont Democrat who heads the Senate Judiciary Committee, and Russell D. Feingold, the Wisconsin Democrat and a committee member, wrote to Christopher Cox, the S.E.C. chairman, asking that it ban mandatory arbitration “in fulfillment of its statutory duty to protect individual investors.”

Arbitration is fine for straightforward disputes involving modest claims, the senators said. But for many investors, the courts are preferable. Arbitration not only lacks a court-supervised discovery process, they wrote, it does not require panelists to follow rules of evidence or provide written opinions justifying their decisions.

for remainder of article, click here.

Proving Up Your Mediated Settlement Agreement: More on Simmons v. Ghaderi

We've been following the case of Simmons v. Ghaderi since the opinion appeared in October of last year.  The case went up to the California Supreme Court for review in December '06. The issue, as defined by Dr. Ghaderi is:     

whether there can be an enforceable settlement agreement when all evidence upon which it is based is inadmissible under the mediation statutes. 

As our previous commentary on this case indicates, we believe this accurately states the matter at issue and the source of the lower court's error.   That commentary, along with a mediation analysis using the Simmons' facts as a hypothetical, can be found here, here and here.  

I'm supplying you with the reply brief only.  (and adding the recently posted CDRC Amicus Brief here)

Once upon a time (at least 20 years ago) a Superior Court Judge confided in me that if s/he were overwhelmed with work and facing a calendar call, s/he would read the reply brief only "because it contained all the arguments." 

YIKES!! 

This did considerably alter my briefing habits. 

Here the Reply covers most of the arguments in the Opening Brief and the responses to the Opposition, which I haven't seen.  If anyone wants to send it along to me, I'll post it too.

 

Arbitrator May Use Successive Awards to Finally Decide All Issues

Thank you to our friend Alicia Freundlich, a Straus LL.M candidate, for passing along this case summary copied verbatim from the Newsletter of the Business Law Section of the State Bar of California.  

(right)  More serious balloon popping by the ever popular Charles Fincher of LawComix.com, who every so graciously lets me use these fabulous lawyer cartoons for free.  Do support him by paying cold hard cash for a signed copy, or better yet, a custom-made print for your favorite partner, judge, client, administrator, legal assistant, or associate.

COURT UPHOLDS ARBITRATOR’S ABILITY TO USE “MULTIPLE INCREMENTAL OR SUCCESSIVE AWARD PROCESS” AS A MEANS OF FINALLY DECIDING ALL ISSUES

Roehl v. Ritchie

2007 DJDAR 1480, 2007 Cal App LEXIS 125  (Ct. App. 4TH Dist. 1/31/2007)


This case arose from a dispute between the sons of a decedent and his second wife over distribution of the estate. The dispute was arbitrated and the arbitrator issued an award on March 1, 2004 concerning most of the issues in controversy. Among other things, he ruled that the wife had a 75% interest in the decedent’s home and that the sons had a 25% interest, which should be distributed to them because the wife was still living in the home.. The arbitrator indicated that the home was valued at $575,000 based on a November 2003 appraisal which covered the home and some other assets. He ruled that the appraisal would be the basis for distribution “unless the trustee determines that changes will be needed…if…in light of new developments since [November 2003], a somewhat different distribution of assets would benefit the estate” and he offered to work with the trustee to ”review any questions he may have concerning the orders and findings made by the arbitrator”.


The wife died one week after the award was issued. The wife’s niece, her successor in interest, successfully moved to confirm the award and that decision was affirmed on appeal in an unpublished decision. While the appeal was pending, the trustee petitioned the arbitrator for instructions on several issues, including whether to value the home as of the time of the award or as of the time of the distribution of the estate assets. In October 2005, the arbitrator issued a second award in which he, inter alia, valued the home at $1,050,000. Because this would lead to a larger distribution to the sons, the wife’s niece opposed confirmation of the award on the ground that this was a correction or amendment of the original award and thus beyond the arbitrator’s power because it occurred long after the time allowed to correct or amend.

The trial court confirmed the award, the niece appealed, and the Court of Appeal affirmed. It ruled that the arbitrator, by allowing for an opportunity by the trustee to amend the valuation, plainly left the matter of the value of the home up for future consideration if the trustee determined that changes were needed.

Note: It can sometimes be difficult for a party to discern whether an arbitrator is correcting an award, amending it, or issuing an incremental or successive award and that is what happened in this case. Code of Civil Procedure 1284 provides that a party must apply to the arbitrator for correction of an award no later than ten days after service of a signed copy of the award on the applicant, other parties must object within ten days after the application is delivered or mailed to them, and the arbitrator must issue any corrected award not later than thirty days after service of a signed copy of the award on the applicant.

But, in Delaney v. Dahl, 99 Cal App 4th 647, 659 (2002), the Court of Appeal held that an arbitrator may amend the award at any time prior to confirmation of the award so long as the amendment is consistent with other findings on the merits of the controversy and does not cause demonstrable prejudice to the interests of a party. And in Hightower v Superior Court, 86 Cal App 4th 1415, 1431 (2001), the Court of Appeal affirmed an arbitrator’s ability to use “a multiple incremental or successive award process as a means, in an appropriate case, of finally deciding all submitted issues”.

(emphasis my own)



Please Take Our Justice Survey

 

by clicking on THIS LINK HERE, NOT ON THE TITLE LINK.

MY GREAT GOOD BLOGGING FRIEND DINA LYNCH AT MEDIATION MENSCH AND ADR PRACTICE BUILDER ASKS OF THIS SURVEY: 

 

 "SHOULD I TAKE THE SURVEY AS A MEDIATOR OR A CLIENT/LAWYER?"

THANKS FOR HELPING ME SEE THE CONFUSION DINA!

HERE ARE THE FUNDAMENTAL QUESTIONS UNDERLYING THE SURVEY:

Are we as mediators in the business of delivering justice or simply final resolution?  

Do the attorneys and/or clients who use our services WANT US to be in the business of delivering justice (or enabling it?) when we help them resolve a dispute?

HERE'S THE ANSWER TO DINA'S QUESTION:

You can't really take the survey as a mediator.  You need to take it as a lawyer serving clients or as the client itself.

THE QUESTIONS ARE NOT ASPIRATIONAL, i.e., would you REALLY rather WIN at any cost or LOSE fairly?

That's a genuine question.

The answers can be anonymous.

It's not an easy question to answer truthfully. 

Try your best to put yourself back into a situation where you really wanted to prevail. 

Now answer the survey!  Here's the link to the survey again. 

We'll post the results here next week. 

California Justice Ruvolo Asks: Should the Courts Stay in the ADR Business?

The year's must-read California Litigation Journal article is Justice Ignazio Ruvolo's "It's Time to Re-examine the State of Civil Litigation in California."  You have to be a member to read the issue on-line (here Crisis in the Courts?) but if you're not, find a friend who is and steal her copy. 

Justice Ruvolo begins his concise history of the state of California's courts by suggesting that "if your bar number has fewer than six digits, then you doubtlessly witnessed firsthand the crisis that was the progenitor of the current state of civil litigation in California."

He not only proceeds to swiftly chronicle the way we got to mega-firms, six-figure first year associate salaries, and partner-free-agency, but also to question whether the Courts are doing the public a disservice by continuing to provide ADR services.  A few thought-provoking excerpts below:

If the courts intend to stay in the ADR business for all time, some complain that they are not now competing with private ADR very successfully.  One reason for this non-competitiveness is inadequate funding . . . . [C]ourts cannot afford to provide uniform training for mediators or to pay for mediation services and must rely on voluntary panels which compete with fee-generating private ADR for the time of neutrals.  Some believe that the courts must necessarily impose a level of procedural uniformity for court-sponsored ADR that is inimical to the creativity and flexibility that is at the heart of successful mediation.

Of perhaps greater concern is the growing view that ADR-related activities by the trial courts are diverting money and resources away from the judiciary's core role:  that of providing adjudicative processes to litigants . . .

Since ADR has truly become part of the legal system's culture, perhaps then the courts could safely leave ADR largely to the private sector.  If the judiciary limits its role in ADR it will have the associated benefit of freeing judicial resources needed to shore up the court's adjudicative services.  Case management, as it relates to ADR, might focus on locating those cases in the civil justice system that are suited for non-traditional resolution but which lack the financial resources to employ ADR.  These are the cases that should be the beneficiaries of court-sponsored ADR.

(emphasis mine)

Continue Reading

Mediate This: The Intersection of Mediation and Handguns

If mediation is the triumph of hope over experience, GOOD FOR US!

This, from today's New York Times (full article here):

With anxiety running high in classrooms across the nation after the Virginia Tech attacks, the authorities in Sacramento [California] arrested four secondary school students on Thursday, including one carrying a loaded gun. . . .

[A] 14-year old . . . had photographs of two female McClatchy [High School] students.  The police said they believed that the boys were planning to shoot them. . .

School counselors had been working on [a] problem [among four female McClatchy students] and planned to mediate the dispute on Thursday . . .

The police said they believed that the two boys [with the gun] . . . were enroute to the mediation, possibly to shoot their targets before or after the meeting."

We're hoping that if the police had not intervened, a shooting wouldn't have occurred after the mediation.

I'm also hoping mediators won't have to begin frisking their disputants before joint sessions, at least not here in Second Amendment land where we are packing 65 million hand guns!

Don't Crush that Cross-License: Negotiate a Business Deal

Step four in The Art of Getting the Best Deal:  Solve the Joint Problem

(left:  my first 2-wheeler on which my grandfather, the sign-painter, inscribed my name)

Exploring Different but Compatible Interests

Lax and Sebenius suggest that many negotiators "simply assume their interests to be the opposite of yours -- rather than different and potentially compatible."

You cannot, however, simply instruct the parties to search for different but compatible interests.  The mediator needs to listen long and carefully for the needs and concerns that are driving the parties' legal positions.

But First, a Little Reactive Devaluation*

You'll recall that the parties to my hypothetical patent infringement action had already made lists of extremely valuable non-economic benefits that they might exchange with one another to resolve the dispute.  They soon pushed those bargaining chips aside, however, quickly reverting to purely monetary issues.  

Why do litigants abandon business opportunities more valuable than their total monetary demand?   "Reactive devaluation." ** 

Money seems objective and certain while the value of intangibles is imprecise and risky. 

Non-quantifiable benefits are greeted with the suspicion one reserves for the street vendor hawking Louis Vuitton handbags.  This apprehension is probably expressed by litigators more often than any other professionals -- "if he wants it, it can't possibly be good for me."  

____________________

**  I learned everything I know about the social psychology of conflict from University of Missouri Law School Professor Richard Reuben.  This is one of his best and most comprehensive Power Point Presentations.  Take a look when you have a moment.  Learning social psychology is is like hitting the "reveal codes" key in WordPerfect or seeing the matrix:  your entire conflict-life is mapped, graphed and revealed.  Thanks again Richard! 

Continue Reading

Don't Cut that Patent in Half: Negotiate a Business Deal

As promised, we bring you Step Three from the Lax and Sebenius article, the "Art of Getting the Best Deal

Bringing the Deciders and Assessing Party Interests (a Brief Review)

Yesterday we stressed the importance of identifying the "deciders" and those who might get in the way of the deciders' decision (the known unknowns and the unknown unknowns).  

Today, we apply those principles, along with the third Batna step, to a hypothetical patent infringement mediation.  

Because litigators are trained to organize party interests around legal theories and business people to organize their own thinking around commercial interests, your mediator should be facile with both.  At some point, the mediator should assist the parties and their counsel in shifting their attention from litigation "interests" (costs, merits) to business and marketing interests.

Why?

Because there are thousands of ways to make a deal and only a handful of legal remedies to resolve a dispute.       

MARKETING MOMENT:  Hiring a mediator 

fluent in the language of party interests and knowledgeable about the industry in which the parties are working will greatly assist everyone in crafting a business solution to a legal problem. 

Continue Reading

Don't Cut That Baby in Half!! Negotiate a Business Deal

(for more of the brilliant Charles Fincher, Jr., see LawComix.com)

When I hear from my old litigation buddies that "all mediators do is divide by two" I am tempted to wander into the "hard sell" marketing zone I usually avoid.  Last night at the Los Angeles ABTL dinner, for instance, I runined my record of never overtly marketing my services by nakedly promoting myself in response to one such complaint.

For those litigators disappointed by the mediation services they receive, I'm supplying an executive summary (with commentary) of Harvard negotiation gurus Lax and Sebenius excellent article, "The Art of Getting the Best Deal."  

Don't Say "Yes, Yes, Yes," When You Really Mean "No, No, No, No, No."

As Lax and Sebenius stress, business people should only say "yes" to a deal that "meets [their] real interests better than [their] best no-deal option."  Mediators call the "no-deal" option your BATNA -- a Better Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement.

Let me reiterate:  there is no reason to say "yes" to any deal that is worse than no deal.  Ever.  Period.

Tell that to the mediator the next time you're feeling pressured to accept an offer or meet a demand that makes your client really really really unhappy.  Say, "I can do better at trial."  Say, "I can negotiate a better deal than that."  Say, "if I can't negotiate a better deal that that today, I'll approach the matter differently tomorrow."  Say, "I don't believe the best settlement is one that leaves everyone unhappy."  Say, "that's not what I promise my clients when they hire me."  Say, "I've read Lax and Sebenius."  Say, "good luck with your mediation career" and pack your bag.  Bow out nicely but firmly. 

Find the Deciders and Draw a Deal Diagram

A deal diagram is not a decision tree.  Decision trees are about legal strategy.  Business decisions are not driven by legal strategy.  Business decisions are driven by finance, markets, business needs, and, commercial realities.  Only lawyers are kept awake at night by legal dilemmas.  CEO's are concerned with mergers and acquisitions, S.E.C. reporting requirements and how a settlement with a competitor might affect stock prices.

So what's a "deal diagram"?  I'll let Lax and Sebenius explain:

Continue Reading

It's Not All Kum-by-Ya: William Ury on Saying "No"

The original "Getting to Yes" guy -- William Ury -- talks about the power of a "positive no" in connection with his new book Getting Past "No" -- Negotiating in Difficult Situations.

Geoff Sharp Joins the Mediator's Mile High Club

Everyone who knows the difference between distributive and integrative bargaining and the iconic story of the ONE ORANGE should go directly this morning to Geoff's blog, Mediator Blah Blah.  First, a snippet to encourage you:   

Today I found myself inducted into the Mediators' Mile High Club at 23,000ft when two young, remarkably similar looking girls seated in 16E and 16F needed my help.

(yes, they look sweet and compliant now, but just wait until the plane takes off!)

for remainder of story click here.

Walking on Eggs: Retiring Judges and ADR Services

This is taken straight from the Met News.  I will read this case and provide my analysis at the beginning of the coming week.

Where it was discovered after arbitration that the judge who granted order compelling arbitration had, prior to granting such order, engaged in discussions concerning possible employment as a dispute resolution neutral, it was proper to disqualify judge who granted the order compelling arbitration and vacate that order, but it was premature to vacate arbitration award. Where order compelling arbitration is void because judge was disqualified from granting it but is not set aside until after arbitration is concluded, award may stand if newly assigned judge makes a de novo determination that the parties were contractually bound to arbitrate, that acts of disqualified judge did not taint the arbitration, and that no other grounds exist to vacate the award.

Rossco Holdings v. Bank of America


 

Maryland Encourages Lawyers to Emphasize ADR

 

 

 

by Justin Kelly, ADRWorld.com

Maryland's highest court has approved an amendment to the state's Rules of Procedure that encourages lawyers to inform clients of alternative dispute resolution options when a new case is likely to be headed to court.

[T] Hon. Joseph F. Murphy, Jr. . . . said that the change would "highlight for counsel what they should be doing if ADR could work in their case," explaining . . . . the comment . . . that "where ADR is appropriate, lawyers should advise their clients of that fact." 

                                               *                             *                          *

Rule 2.1, which addresses the lawyer's role as a counselor, states, "In representing a client, a lawyer should exercise independent judgment and render candid advice. In rendering advice, a lawyer may refer not only to law but to other considerations such as moral, economic, social and political factors that may be relevant to the client's situation."

                                          *                                  *                                        *

The amendment adds the following new sentence to Comment 5: "[W]hen a matter is likely to involve litigation, and in the opinion of the lawyer, one or more forms of alternative dispute resolution are reasonable alternatives to litigation, the lawyer should advise the client about those reasonable alternatives." 

"The amended Comment is intended to encourage informed discourse between the lawyer and client whenever ADR may be an appropriate option," the Reporter's Note says.

An earlier proposal to amend Comment 5 had suggested requiring lawyers to inform clients about ADR options. But a mandatory requirement was dropped out of concern that it would lead to litigation by clients against their attorneys.

Murphy noted that Comment 5 says that attorneys "should advise," instead of "shall advise," and that this was a "compromise." He said that as revised, Comment 5 imposes no "automatic" requirement to inform clients about ADR options.

Some other states have ADR-related provisions in their rules of professional conduct. Vermont has the "shall advise" language, while Alaska, Colorado, Hawaii, Massachusetts, Tennessee, and Virginia have the "should advise" language.

The change in Comment 5 will take effect July 1, 2007.

Challenges to Mediated Settlement Agreements: Duress and Undue Influence

 

While Joe Francis sits in jail for misbehaving during a mediation, we take a moment to contemplate mediation's first principles:  voluntariness and self-determination.  

In their exhaustive review of appellate mediation case law Disputing Irony:  A Systematic Look at Litigation about Mediation (Spring 2006) 11 Harv. Negot. L. Rev. 43, James R. Coben and Peter N. Thompson discuss the law to date on duress and undue influence.

As Coben and Thompson stress, 

To make a successful duress defense the proponent must establish that a wrongful threat by the adverse party deprived the proponent of free choice, resulting in an unfair agreement benefiting the adverse party. As with other contractual defenses, the standard is quite difficult to meet in a mediation context. A mediation party was successful in claiming duress in only one of the thirty-six opinions [reported during the prior five year period].

That as many as seven of the thirty-six cases reviewed were directed at alleged mediator coercion is troubling, particularly in light of Magistrate Brazil's opinion in Olam v. Congress Mortgage Co. * which makes pursuing any claim of duress or undue influence seem a foolhardy mission.  As Coben and Thompson note, although the plaintiff in Olam

was sixty-five years old, suffered from high blood pressure, headaches and abdominal pains, and testified that she was in pain, weak and dizzy, and that she was pressured by her lawyer, the defendants and their counsel, the court found that this agreement obtained at 1:00 A.M. after fifteen hours of mediation was not obtained by undue influence. 

Coben and Thompson revisited the issue of duress under the rubric of mediator misconduct, citing ten opinions where a party charged the mediator with exerting undue pressure to obtain agreement.  Most of these charges will look familiar to lawyers, who might ask themselves what they look like to the man or woman on the street:

  • the gist of the complaint in several cases was the mediator's recitation of a list of "horribles" that the parties would suffer if they did not settle and had to experience the dreaded civil trial (called "reality-testing" by the authors)
  • one claim was based upon the alleged coercive statement by the mediator that if the party  "didn't sign the agreement [he] would ruin [the mediator's] record of being always able to settle the case."
  • another claim (this one successful) was based upon the mediator's alleged threat "to tell the judge that she was the cause of the settlement failure, speculat[ion] that the court would rule against her, and [pr]offered opinions about the potential legal costs[, as well as] how refusing to settle would affect her pensions.

We are bound to see more claims of mediator misconduct, duress and coercion.  The problem is clear.  We'll discuss potential solutions in future posts.     

* Note that the District Court's order requiring the mediator to testify would likely not stand up under the current law in California.  See In re Marriage of Kieturakis (2006) 138 Cal.App.4th 56. 

Observe One Day of Blog Silence for Virginia Tech Students on April 30

One Day Blog Silence

The noisiest, most opinionated people in the world, Bloggers, will be observing a Day of Blog Silence on April 30, 2007, for the victims at Virginia Tech.  We invite our fellow bloggers to join in (thank you Tammy Lenski of Mediator Tech for the head's up). 

Before then, we noisily give you the following for your thoughtful consideration:

The Brady Campaign to Prevent Gun Violence

You've seen her interviewed by the network news about the tragedy at Virginia Tech.  Now buy my friend Princeton Professor Katherine Newman's book, Rampage, the Social Roots of School Shottings.  

 

More New Law on the Enforcement of Mediated Settlement Agreements

Appellate opinions concerning the enforceability of mediated settlement agreements are coming fast and furious.

If you haven't prepared your form term sheets and memoranda of understanding by now,  you might end up litigating the settlement whose purpose it was to stop the litigation. 

Oh the irony!    

Today's case Irvine v. Regents of University of California (4th Dist. 2007) was decided on a narrow procedural ground, leaving at large the questions of fraud, duress and mistake alleged by the Plaintiff as a bar to enforcement of her mediated settlement agreement.

The narrow issue here was whether a party could be excused from meeting the deadlines imposed by California Rule of Court 3.1385 simply by asserting that the challegned settlement agreement was uneforceable. 

The Irvine Court, reversing the trial court's Rule 3.1385 dismissal, answered the question in the affirmative, explaining: 

The only decision before the court at a rule 3.1385 hearing is whether to dismiss the case or restore it to the civil active list. By alleging a dispute over whether the parties reached a binding settlement, plaintiff demonstrated good cause to restore the case to the civil active list. In reaching this conclusion, we have not considered whether any of plaintiff's contentions have merit.

There you have it.  Now the parties will be litigating the compromise they reached to avoid litigation.  Don't let this happen to you.  Start (but do not finish) here, where I have provided articles and case law bearing upon the enforceability of mediated settlement agreements. 

If you want your agreements to be durable take the time to read the case law, check the statutory provisions and, yes, even read the Rules, like 3.1385 here, which requires that an action be dismissed within 45 days after the Court receives notice of settlement unless good cause is shown why the case should not be dismissed.

 

Mediating? Bring Your Toothbrush. Joe Francis and "Girls Gone Wild"

Thanks to Michael D. Young of Judicate West and Weston Benshoof Rochefort Rubalcava & MacCuish for passing along a mediation story so improbable that you'd expect to see it appear on a mediator's bar exam.   

Young apparently reviewed the entire court file (!!) to supply the following tale of woe, ending in Joe Francis' jail sentence for mediation misconduct.  

Huh???? 

Read on, my friends, read on.

The Claimed Mediation Misconduct

In October of last year, defendant Joe (Girls Gone Wild) Francis was ordered to private mediation in a Florida civil action.  That mediation, to say the least, went badly.  

Florida's mediation confidentiality protections apparently include an exception for threats of physical violence.  It was this exception upon which Plaintiffs relied in telling the following tale out of mediation "school."      

Francis [arrived at the mediation] wearing sweat shorts, a backwards baseball cap, and was barefoot. He was playing [with an] electronic device. As [plaintiffs' counsel] began his presentation, Francis put his bare, dirty feet up on the table, facing plaintiffs' counsel.

[Plaintiffs' counsel] said four words, "Plaintiffs were minor girls,"  when Francis barked, "are the girls minors now?"  Continuing, [Plaintiffs' counsel] said, "plaintiffs are minor girls who were severely harmed by Defendant."

Francis then erupted. "Don't expect to get a fucking dime -- not one fucking dime!" This was Francis' mantra which he repeated, about fifteen times, during his tantrum that ensued. "I hold the purse strings. I will not settle this case, at all. I am only here because the court is making me be here!" 

As plaintiffs' attorneys were leaving, Francis' threats escalated. "We will bury you and your clients!" Francis threatened. As [Plaintiffs' counsel] walk[ed] out of the room, Francis got up and faced off with [him] . . . bark[ing], "I'm going to ruin you, your clients, and all of your ambulance chasing partners!"

Francis' aggressive move and threats to "bury" and "ruin" [Plaintiffs' counsel] were clearly an assault . . . intended to . . . prevent the mediation from ever beginning. As a result of Francis' assault . . . no mediation as to Francis as an individual defendant ever occurred.

Francis then made the only offer he was to make that day.  "Suck my dick," Francis shouted repeatedly, as plaintiffs' counsel left the mediation room.

Plaintiffs sought an order from the court requiring Francis to behave civilly and pay sanctions.  

Continue Reading

The Wages of Mediation Coercion in Title VII Cases

We've talked before about complaints that mediators sometimes use time- authority- and fear-pressure tactics to wrest agreement from the parties. 

If a client can prove she was coerced into settling a Title VII case, the Federal District Court for the Northern District of California has a remedy for her -- rescission.  

As reported last year by the National Arbitration Forum, the Court In Ryles v. Palace Hotel, rescinded a mediated settlement agreement as violative of federal law governing the release of Title VII claims.  The release of such claims must be “voluntary, deliberate, and informed.”

As the National Arbitration Forum article explained

In applying that standard, courts must consider the “totality of the circumstances.” The factors to be considered include the clarity of the agreement, the claimant’s education and business experience, whether the atmosphere for the execution of the agreement was coercive, and whether the plaintiff had the benefit of counsel.

All but one of those factors favored enforcement. However, one of the factors – whether the atmosphere for the execution of the agreement was coercive – weighed heavily against enforcement because of the “intense pressure” applied by Ryles’ attorney. Based on that factor, the Court held that Ryles could rescind the settlement agreement.

In reaching its holding, the Court cited Ryles’ letter to the Court as bolstering her credibility. Moreover, the Court rejected Palace Hotel’s argument that California law required coercion by the other party to the contract, noting that the release of Title VII claims is governed by federal law.

More on mediation "duress" soon.

Truth, Justice and the American Way

Thirty years ago (more or less) my law school trial advocacy professor taught me this:

Trial is not about ascertaining the truth.  Nor is it about justice.  It is simply one way to finally resolve a dispute.

I have to admit that my legal career was probably more marked than others by the belief that I was working on the side of truth and justice.  

But then, I was working small. 

Did the word "sudden" mean "quick" or only "gradual" and "unexpected" within the meaning of the pollution exclusion contained in a policy of comprehensive general liability insurance? 

Was it misleading to omit the exchange rate from advertising for the transmission of money to foreign countries? 

Could you negligently conspire to drive a medical provider out of business? (answered affirmatively, believe it or not, by the trial court).

Now that my view of the adversarial system is one of mediator and sometimes arbitrator,  what the "truth" is seems murky again, the way it did when I was clerking for a federal district court judge during law school.

So this post is the beginning of a series of posts about "justice" and fact-finding.  A series that will follow the path of my interest and discovery.  A series that raises questions that might never be answered.

To begin the exploration, I borrow freely from the excellent article by Professor Lisa Blomgren Bingham  When We Hold No Truths to Be Self-Evident:  Truth, Belief, Trust and the Decline in Trials.  This article, from a 2006 Symposium Issue for the Journal of Dispute Resolution, can be found on Westlaw and Lexis-Nexis and likely elsewhere on the internet.  I do not, unfortunately, have a free link to the article itself. 

We start with JUSTICE.

Distributive Justice

Distributive justice has its roots in social equity theory. It posits that social behavior occurs in response to the distribution of outcomes. Distributive justice emphasizes fairness in the allocation of outcomes. Thus, in mediation research, distributive justice suggests that satisfaction is a function of outcome, specifically the fact and content of a settlement or resolution. In theory, participants are more satisfied when they believe that the settlement is fair and favorable. There is a substantial body of empirical research that supports the distributive justice model as an explanation of satisfaction. The research suggests that distributive justice is a better explanation for satisfaction related to conflicts over resource allocation, such as wage disputes than other cases in which fairness matters. 


Procedural Justice

Procedural justice refers to participants' perceptions about the fairness of the rules and procedures that regulate a process. In contrast to distributive justice, which suggests that satisfaction is a function of outcome (the content of the decision or resolution), procedural justice suggests that satisfaction is a function of the process (the steps taken to reach that decision). Among the traditional principles of procedural justice are impartiality, voice or opportunity to be heard, and grounds for decisions. 

Procedural issues such as neutrality of the process and decision-maker, treatment of the participants with dignity and respect, and the trustworthiness of the decision-making authority are important to enhancing perceptions of procedural justice. Extensive literature supports procedural justice theories of satisfaction in a variety of contexts involving both courts and dispute resolution. In general, research suggests that if organizational processes and procedures are perceived to be fair, participants will be more satisfied, more willing to accept the resolution of that procedure, and more likely to form positive attitudes about the organization.

Interactional Justice

Beginning in the 1980s, organizational justice researchers developed the notion of interactional justice, defined as the quality of interpersonal treatment received during the enactment of organizational procedures. In general, interactional justice reflects concerns about the fairness of the non-procedurally dictated aspects of interaction. Research has identified two components of interactional justice: interpersonal justice and informational justice. These two components overlap considerably. However, empirical research suggests that they should be considered separately as each has differential and independent effects upon perceptions of justice. 

Informational Justice

Informational justice focuses on the enactment of decision-making procedures. Research suggests that explanations about the procedures used to determine outcomes enhance perceptions of informational justice. Explanations provide the information needed to evaluate the structural aspects of the process and how it is enacted. However, for explanations to be perceived as fair they must be recognized as sincere and communicated without ulterior motives, be based on sound reasoning with logically relevant information, and be determined by legitimate rather than arbitrary factors.  

Interpersonal Justice

Interpersonal justice reflects the degree to which people are treated with politeness, dignity, and respect by authorities. The experience of interpersonal justice can alter reactions to decisions, because sensitivity can make people feel better about an unfavorable outcome. Interpersonal treatment includes interpersonal communication,  truthfulness, respect, propriety of questions, and justification, and honesty, courtesy, timely feedback, and respect for rights. 

What all of this means in the "lay" terms of this blog, will be the subject of later posts, all labeled, "Truth, Justice and the American Way"  if the topic is of interest to you and you'd like to follow it (and comment upon it!)

 

Collaboration Creates Better Science

 

As a follow-up to yesterday's post on collaboration and cooperation, we recommend a recent article in the Harvard Business School's invaluable online resource "Working Knowledge" -- The Value of Openness in Scientific Problem Solving, by Karim R. Lakhani, Lars Bo Jeppesen, Peter A. Lohse, and Jill A. Panetta.

The HBS Executive Summary below; link to full article above. 
  

Scientists are generally rewarded for discoveries they make as individuals or in small teams. While the sharing of information in science is an ideal, it is seldom practiced. In this research, Lakhani et al. used an approach common to open source software communities—which rely intensely on collaboration—and opened up a set of 166 scientific problems from the research laboratories of twenty-six firms to over 80,000 independent scientists. The outside scientists were able to solve one-third of the problems that the research laboratories were unable to solve internally.

Key concepts include:

Opening up problem information to a large group of outsiders can yield innovative technical solutions, increase the probability of success in science programs, and ultimately boost research productivity.

Open source software communities provide a model for improving the process of solving scientific problems.

Outsiders can see problems with fresh eyes; in this study, problems were solved by independent scientists with expertise at the boundary of or even outside their field.

Achieving true openness and collaboration will require change in the mindsets of both scientists and lab leadership.

A timely post for solving the problems of WORLD 3.0. 

Leaving BigLaw to Hang Out Your Own Shingle

 

(left:  courage)

 

 

In Lessons From a Large-Firm Partner Who Set Up His Own Shop ... and lived (well) to tell about it, Mark P. Zimmett tells the nitty-gritty of every BigLaw associate's and partner's ultimate fantasy -- solid, sophisticated legal work with your own name on the firm stationary.

For the full tale, see Mark's American Lawyer article here.  Excerpt below.    


Many partners in large firms dream of chucking it all and setting up their own practice. However, many also fear that without their firm's name recognition and resources, they will miss out on major matters. A seat at the table is no big deal in a penny-ante game.

But you can leave a big firm and keep a big practice. Today, one can handle sophisticated high-stakes legal work in a small firm. Add profits that can rival those at top 10 Am Law firms and control over your professional (and personal) life, and striking out on your own becomes an appealing alternative.

Getting started is relatively easy. As a friend described it: "Starting your own firm is only slightly more complicated than setting up the corner newsstand." True enough, but the real risks are realized along the way; like bungee-jumping with a family on your back, strapping on the harness is the easy part.

I hung out my shingle on Nov. 1, 1990, and hung out everything else with it.

For a local example, check out the excellent work being done by Lee and Tran formerly of Morgan Lewis, Quinn Emanuel, Skadden Arps, and Wilson Sonsini.

Settlement: the Adjuster is Not Your High School Girlfriend

 

Ron Miller over at the Trial Lawyer Resource Center posted a good article on negotiating settlements with insurance adjusters recently called Listening During Settlement Negotiations

Miller's helpful tips include nuggets such as:

 

The Adjuster Is Not Your High School Girlfriend: If negotiations end badly, agree to disagree and file suit. Do not get mad at the claims adjuster. You can remind the adjuster that you have facts about the case (the quality of the client or whatever the facts may be) that reviewing the medical records could not possibly give the adjuster. If this is the problem, it is obviously not the adjuster's fault that the medical records don't fully give a lens to the value of the case. Discovery can resolve this and, if it does not, this is why we have juries. Don't take it personally.

Check it out. 

Subcontractors, Developers and Insurers, Oh My!

Anyone representing contractors, developers, sub-contractors or insurance carriers in construction defect or coverage actions should read the most recent California case law on the duty to pay defense costs for complex construction defect cases.  

By "complex," I mean those cases where the HOA sues the developer who sues the general who sues the sub's, all of whom seek coverage from their carriers.  As any player in these 15-ring circuses knows, defense costs are often paid by an additional insured endorsement contained in the policies of one or two of the sub-contractors.    

That's what happened here.  The Court does a great job of clearly explaining the difference between equitable contribution and subrogation where the policies at issue provide potential coverage for some but not all of the causes of action.  The additional twist here involves excess carriers.

I'm not going to brief this case here (relying on my insurance blogging colleagues to do so).  I do want to alert attorneys for the HOAs, developers, contractors, and insurance carriers for whom I mediate construction defect and coverage cases to this important contribution to the most pressing question at any construction defect settlement conference  -- "whose got the money to settle this thing?" 

The case is Transcontinental Insurance Company v. Insurance Company of the State of Pennsylvania, filed on February 28, 2007 and published on March 27, 2007 by the Fourth District, Div. Three.

Win Win Win: Conflict Resolution on The Office

It's Friday.  Time to chill out a little and take ourselves just ever so slightly less seriously.

Here, for your viewing enjoyment, a parody of Employment Conflict Resolution from the hilarious televsion series "The Office." 

Sadly, the video is no longer available on YouTube. 

See Death and Taxes Blog for the written transcript here.

Live by Suit; Die by Suit: DMCA Notices Violate the DMCA?

 

(left:  old tech)

As if the DMCA weren't already the Full Employment for BigLaw Act of 2007, we have a new DMCA cause of action -- improper take down notices.

Read today's Wall Street Journal Law Blog report on the new suit against Viacom, the latest in the YouTube wars.  This one was filed by "fair use" activist groups claiming that Viacom's demands to YouTube that it remove parodies of Viacom/Comedy Central programming themselves violate the DMCA.  

I will continue to be a broken record (a broken download?) on litigation about online content.

There are an infinite number of business solutions to the business problems (opportunities) created by Web 2.0.  As always, there are only a few, and frustratingly chimeral, legal solutions.  

I'll urge anyone within shouting distance of BigMedia to read 3D Negotiation by Lax and Sebenius, whose "brainest guys in the universe" credentials go like this:

David Lax and James Sebenius . . . combine decades of high-level, practical experience negotiating in the corporate, financial, and diplomatic realms with academic expertise that helped develop much of the modern field of negotiation.

Professor Sebenius is the first Gordon Donaldson Professor at Harvard Business School and a member of the Executive Committee that oversees the activities of the Program on Negotiation at Harvard Law School. David Lax, described by Forbes magazine as a "new negotiation theorist" on the cutting edge of his field, served as a professor at Harvard Business School from 1981-1989.

Lax and Sebenius co-founded the Negotiation Roundtable, a working research group sponsored by Harvard Business School and the Kennedy School of Government, and Sebenius currently serves as its Director.

This isn't "win win" negotiation strategy.  This is the way to outwit the entire legal system and most of your commercial competitors.  Why?  Because a business deal creates its own legal world -- the new one that precedent couldn't possibly have predicted.

But there's no reason to rely on me.  Check out 3-D & draw your own conclusions.   

                   

 

                                (right:  new tech)

Living "Abled" in Disability-Land

Further commentary on walking (or riding) a mile in someone else's shoes.

The following YouTube clip -- a British public service announcement -- turns the world upside down to help "the rest of us" have a glimpse of what the experience of being disabled might feel like.

Its well worth the couple of minutes it takes to view it. 

Listening to the Voices of the Disabled: Employment Mediation

I'm co-teaching a class (with long time employment mediator Stefan Mason) at the Straus Institute this semester.  We covered the Americans with Disabilities Act last night and spent an hour of the class "listening" to the voices of the disabled by watching YouTube videos, one of which I provide for my readers below.

The first "adult" book I ever read was To Kill a Mockingbird (film link here and movie clip here) when I was in the fifth grade. I know it's considered sentimental and not well written by the academy these days.  But what do you say about a book that changes someones life?  

Surely, I had never before heard the phrase

You never really understand a person until you consider things from his point of view-until you climb in his skin and walk around in it.  ~Atticus Finch

And as much as Harper Lee loved and respected Atticus, I did too.  In my ten-year old heart, he embodied everything I was already beginning to care about -- tolerance, respect, kindness, generosity and a fierce devotion to justice regardless of the consequences.

With Atticus' advice still sounding in my head forty years later, I bring you the voices of disability from Stefan's and my ADA class last night.  The Credo for Support.  Listen.  Reflect.  Your next mediation with someone who's disabled will be transformed by this.

A Baghdad Romeo and Juliet

Just the other day we were talking about tit for tat violence in Romeo and Juliet.  Today, USNews.com in Friends, Family and Foes, in Iraq, Sunnis and Shiites Fight, But Sometimes They Marry, brings us a Shiite-Sunni wedding worthy of Friar Tuck's imaginings when he married the star-crossed lovers. 

 "In one respect I'll thy assistant be," he says of the upcoming secret nuptials, "for this alliance may so happy prove, to turn your households rancour to pure love." (Act 2, Scene 3). 

It's hard not to have one's hope slightly buoyed by this symbolic gesture.

"The bride," USNews.com reports,

is a university student from a storied Sunni tribe, the groom a technician at an Iraqi cellphone company and the son of a prominent Shiite tribal leader. It could almost be a Baghdad version of Romeo and Juliet but with a twist--the marriage was arranged by their parents, in part as a willful symbol of defiance against the sectarian violence that has riven Iraq.

The unlikely nuptials might appear to be a doomed gesture in a place where tension between Sunnis and Shiites seems to keep escalating with random killings and tit-for-tat retaliations. Shiite families have been chased out of suddenly unfriendly Sunni neighborhoods, and vice versa. The sectarian strife has been aggravated by growing confusion over the loyalty of Iraq's Shiite-dominated security forces and a months-long delay in forming a new government.

But the wedding also serves as a reminder of the complexity of the Iraqi mosaic, where Sunnis and Shiites have long been deeply interwoven. Not long ago, a Sunni-Shiite wedding would have been unremarkable. But in today's Baghdad, it is a brave and fraught venture. For these two families, it also means wrestling with the uncertain future of their troubled nation--and placing what amounts to a high-stakes bet that, in part because of events like this one, Iraq will not descend into a full-fledged civil war.

For the full account, click on the title of the article above.

My Amygdala Made Me Do It: Neuroscience and the Law

The New York Times Sunday Magazine cover story this coming week -- The Brain on the Stand -- covers a lot of territory on the use (and potential abuse) of neuroscience in the legal system.     

While the scientists debate whether  knowledge gleaned from sophisticated brain imagery demonstrates that our brain activity  controls our  behavior or simply reflects it, those of us concerned with decision making have much to learn from it.         

Because my work is pretty much exclusively devoted to finding mutually beneficial resolutions to hotly contested litigation, neuroscience insights into how and why we make decisions -- and how we might make them better -- have been invaluable in my practice.    

In this article, author Jeffrey Rosen describes the results of one neuroscientific experiment suggesting that dampening our emotional reactions to the regretably common "insulting first offer" might keep us in the negotiation process long enough to let our more rational responses prevail.     

He explains:

'A remarkable technique called transcranial magnetic stimulation, for example, has been used to stimulate or inhibit specific regions of the brain. It can temporarily alter how we think and feel.

Using T.M.S., Ernst Fehr and Daria Knoch of the University of Zurich temporarily disrupted each side of the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex in test subjects. They asked their subjects to participate in an experiment that economists call the ultimatum game.

One person is given $20 and told to divide it with a partner. If the partner rejects the proposed amount as too low, neither person gets any money.

Subjects whose prefrontal cortexes were functioning properly tended to reject offers of $4 or less: they would rather get no money than accept an offer that struck them as insulting and unfair.

[remember -- even monkeys would rather earn no "salary" than let their "CEO" monkey make five times as much as they do -- so this is animal behavior]

But subjects whose right prefrontal cortexes were suppressed by T.M.S. tended to accept the $4 offer. Although the offer still struck them as insulting, they were able to suppress their indignation and to pursue the selfishly rational conclusion that a low offer is better than nothing.

I do not cite this research to suggest that we should be satisfied with "insulting and unfair" proposals.  I cite it only for the thoughtful consideration of litigants and business people everywhere. 

It is perfectly 'rational" to respond to an insulting offer by rejecting it.  Being alert to our tendency to allow emotions to reign in response might give us the breathing room we need to calm our clients and continue to pursue a settlement negotiations that could well lead to resolutions that are neither insulting nor unfair.

The article is invaluable reading for anyone wanting to answer the question -- what in the world could the other side be thinking?  A question that can only be answered when the parties sit down together with a commitment to seeing the negotiation through.  

And if you're not already on speaking terms with your amygdala, click here for a fuller (lay) explanation of its effect on decision making.

Afraid of Looking Like a 90-Pound Weakling?

 

Business Mediation Guru Robert A. Steinberg took on the vexing question most often posed to mediators in a dynamite Daily Journal article just last month -- How and When to Broach Settlement. 

If you're not on Bob's mailing list, you should be.  Here's a taste of the DJ Article that will pump you up.  Follow Bob's sound advice and you'll approach settlement without ever again worrying that the beach bully might kick sand in your face.

For all its rational veneer, negotiation is at base animal behavior. We fear to raise settlement because we think that “blinking first” is an admission of weakness and will cost us some measure of settlement value.

Parties often talk settlement at the beginning of the case, before they have spent much money, or after the completion of discovery, when they have developed the information they feel they need for trial. But you should consider raising settlement at other times: before a risk-magnifying event (such as a major motion or a heavy financial commitment) or whenever the settlement value of your case is most favorable
.

For the remainder of Bob's article, click here.

 

Attorney-Client Pre-Dispute Arbitration Clause Valid?

I am not certain I would read the recent EC&J v. Kessel case as broadly as did the The Institute for Conflict Management's ADR Blogger, but I haven't had time to carefully read the opinion myself (which I will do, and report to you within the week). 

So that you're alert to the opinion, I refer you to the ICM's ADR post, Court Rules Pre-Dispute Arbitration Clauses Valid in Fee Disputes.

The ICM blogger explains: 

A California appeals court has opened the door to the enforcement of pre-dispute arbitration agreements between attorneys and their clients, ruling that once a client waives the right to non-binding arbitration under the state’s Mandatory Fee Arbitration Act, a court may compel binding arbitration based on the agreement of the parties.


California’s Second Appellate District rejected the notion that language in the MFAA requiring a post-dispute binding agreement to arbitrate bars enforcement of a pre-dispute binding arbitration agreement, ruling that the statutory language only prohibits enforcement of pre-dispute arbitration agreements governed by the MFAA ( Ervin, Cohen & Jessup, LLP v. Steven H. Kassel et al., No. 191761, 2/14/2007).

For the remainder of the article, click here and for the opinion itself, click here.

Perils of Trial vs. Business Opportunities

 

Remember the adage, what can go wrong, will go wrong?

We know we don't need to remind our readers of the perils of trial.  And though we never advise our clients to make a bad business deal to extricate themselves from a lawsuit, we continue to recommend that they seek business solutions to business problems before throwing their fate to the winds of trials.

This morning we're commending to our readers' attention Canon's recent devastating trial loss, courtesy of Reuters.

When Canon was sued by a small, money-losing U.S. technology firm two years ago, the dispute was over a patent license that had cost the Japanese electronics giant a one-time payment of $5.6 million.

But now that the lawsuit has caused Canon to lose the license, a fresh agreement with Texas-based Nano-Proprietary could be worth millions of dollars more, lawyers said.

Last week, a U.S. court ruled against Canon, saying the company breached its deal with Nano-Proprietary by trying to share the flat display technology with Toshiba.

The court's decision (PDF) is a major setback and perhaps an embarrassment for Tokyo-based Canon, the third-biggest patent owner in the United States.

"It seems strange Canon managed to go all the way to trial and lose," said Peter Godwin, a Tokyo-based partner at law firm Herbert Smith. "Assuming they were advised they were at risk, you'd expect a company of the size of Canon to have reached a settlement before that."

For the remainder of the story, click here.

For our commentary, read the following post.

How to Start a Mediation Practice

MY BUSINESS PLAN

When first asked for my “business plan” by someone for whom planning does not mean picking up Chinese on the way home, I had only five principles at the ready:

1) Be conscious;
2) Be teachable;
3) Be of service;
4) Always say “yes” to a mediation request; and,
5) Be the exception to the rule.

That was it.

Well, and Also, I . . .

. . . gave my new business a name (duly registering it with the proper authorities), “bought” it business cards (free at Vista Print) and built it a web-site (with Yahoo’s free web builder).

Then I dove off the cliff by (gasp) quitting my day-job and

  • joining every professional organization where my market was likely to congregate; 
  • sticking out my hand to say “hi, I’m Vickie Pynchon” whether I wanted to or not; 
  • taking every mediation class that intrigued me; 
  • volunteering my mediation services – mainly on the Los Angeles Superior Court Pro Bono Panel – so that I could practice my skills before rolling them out to former colleagues; 
  • talking passionately about mediation whenever asked; 
  • writing articles about my new profession and submitting them to publications (which always need content); 
  • asking seasoned mediators if I could observe them in action and for tips on commencing a mediation practice; 
  • offering to be of service whenever I could to whomever I could; 
  • speaking about mediation and negotiation skills to attorneys free of charge; 
  • speaking to local business groups about matters of interest to them;
  • attending law related and mediation conferences and workshops; 
  • taking people in my market out to lunch; out for coffee, etc.; 
  • becoming engaged in community activities again; 
  • liberating my frustrated inner ad-executive by making post-cards about my new practice and filling them with catchy slogans and useful information; 
  • being of service to the organizations I joined (they always need volunteers); and, 
  • making too many plans, so that when some of them didn’t pan out it was ok with me.

BUILD A NETWORK

To build my network I simply paid attention to what people were interested in and offered to hook them up with others who I thought might be able to satisfy their interests. As more people introduced me to other people who might be of assistance to me, I connected them up with other people who might be of assistance to them.

$$$$$$$

Financing the whole thing, I not only lived on my savings, I also bartered a lot of my services in exchange for others.

LEARNING

Speed-learning my new profession, I kept a journal of my mediations. Not only did it allow me to second guess my own performance before I was strong enough to actually ask my clients how I was doing, it also supplied me with material for the articles I began to write.

ENDURANCE

Keeping my spirits up, I surrounded myself with “winners” -- with people who said “you can do it; of course you can do it!!!” I smiled nicely at people (the vast majority) who told me I’d never be able to build a practice because (pick one) -- the field is full; I hadn’t been a judge; the pro bono panel was ruining free market enterprise; better people than I was had failed, etc., etc.

I treated these people kindly, thinking that most people simply don’t believe in the powers of imagination, faith and audacity. I also reminded myself that I became a pretty good lawyer at an age when I was still afraid of the dark, my own shadow, and anyone who’d been over thirty when I was eighteen.

PRACTICING MY PROFESSIONAL PRINCIPLES IN ALL MY AFFAIRS

And, with everything that needed to be learned about resolving rather than escalating conflict, I began to practice peace-making in all my affairs.

TO REITERATE

Be conscious

This is sometimes called “mindfulness.” Author and mediator Ken Cloke has described mindfulness as

the capacity to be present and aware of what is happening inside you, while at the same time developing awareness of what is happening inside others. It includes the experience of relationships as malleable and subject to transformation at any moment. A mediator exercising mindfulness practices a type of concentration that gives rise to insight and creative intervention techniques. Whenever we allow ourselves to hear at a deep level what the other person is saying, credit it, discover its meaning, and give ourselves permission to present that meaning in the form of a question to the parties, we are using mindfulness to inform the mediation process.

Be teachable

Nan-in, a Japanese master during the Meiji era (1868-1912), received a university professor who came to inquire about Zen. Nan-in served tea. He poured his visitor’s cup full, and then kept on pouring. The professor watched the overflow until he could no longer restrain himself. “It is overfull. No more will go in!” “Like this cup,” Nan-in said, “you are full of your own opinions and speculations. How can I show you Zen unless you first empty your cup?”

Shaseki-shu in Paul Reps, Zen Flesh, Zen Bones

Be of service

Mediation is a helping profession. When I show myself able to be of assistance to people, I build a reputation as being a willing, cheerful, attentive and useful helper.

Always say “yes” to a mediation request

The answer to any request for assistance with mediation is simply “yes.” Yes, I will help set up the chairs, make the coffee, print the flyers, clean up the conference room. Yes, I will introduce you to attorneys I know. Yes, I will speak about mediation at your gathering. Yes, I will contribute an article to your newsletter. Yes, you may observe my mediations. Yes, you may have the number of my (pick one) web guy, accountant, assistant, teacher, friend, confidant, personal trainer, marketing adviser, etc., etc., etc. Yes, yes, yes.

Be the exception to the rule

Whatever else I am, good, bad or indifferent, I am unique. I am the exception to any rule that guarantees my failure.

That's it. 

I'll be commencing my third year of mediation practice in June and it is working.  It has been a lot of work and a lot of fun.  There's no reason in the world why you can't do it too!  After all, there's more conflict in human affairs than water in the ocean or stars in the sky.  Turn around and take a look over your shoulder.  There's a dispute waiting to be resolved right over there.   All you have to do is to let them know you've learned how to help them negotiate that contract, settle that lawsuit, or make peace with those neighbors.  Mediation is the better mousetrap.  Join us!

Tomorrow I'll provide you with links to resources that have been useful in building my practice.

Class Action Ban in Arbitration Rider Unconscionable in Oregon

Thanks to Blawgletter for reporting arbitration case law updates in Oregon with an eye for the literary as follows:

Striking down as unconscionable a ban on class actions in an "arbitration rider" to a loan agreement, the court in Vasquez-Lopez v. Beneficial Oregon, Inc., No. A125270 (Ore. Ct. App. Jan. 31, 2007), rejected the lender's argument that the ban favored neither side:

We are reminded of the observation by a character in an Anatole France novel that "the majestic equality of the laws * * * forbid[s] rich and poor alike to sleep under the bridges, to beg in the streets, and to steal their bread." Anatole France, The Red Lily, 95 (Winifred Stephens trans., Frederic Chapman Ed. 1894). Although the arbitration rider with majestic equality forbids lenders as well as borrowers from bringing class actions, the likelihood of the lender seeking to do so against its own customers is as likely as the rich seeking to sleep under bridges.

What's Anger Got to Do With It? Ford and Punitive Damages

 

Thanks to the Wall Street Journal Law Blog for turning us on to the New York Times article When Lawyers and Juries Mete Out Punishment.

First, as a follow-up to our "Few Good Men" post yesterday (see screenplay here) we quote the quotable Mr. Sorkin again as an introduciton to the cross-examination question that launched a $246 million punitive damage award:

 

 

KAFFEE
What possible good could come from putting Jessep on the stand?

JO
He told Kendrick to order the Code Red.

KAFFEE
He did?! Why didn't you say so!? That's qreat! And of course you have proof of that.

JO
I--

KAFFEE
Ah, I keep forgetting: You were sick the day they taught law at law school.

JO
You put him on the stand and you get it from him!

KAFFEE
Yes. No problem. We get it from him.
(to SAM)
Colonel, isn't it true that you ordered the Code Red on Santiago?

SAM
Look, we're all a little--

KAFFEE
I'm sorry, your time's run out. What do we have for the losers, Judge? Well, for our defendants it's a lifetime at exotic Fort Levenworth. And for defense counsel Kaffee? That's right--It's-- A Court- Martial. Yes, Johnny, after falsely accusing a marine officer of conspiracy, Lt. Kaffee will have a long and prosperous career teaching typewriter maintenance at the Rocco Columbo School for Women. Thank you for playing "Should We or Should-We-Not Follow the Advice of the Galacticly Stupid". 

It's hard being a trial lawyer.  Very hard.  So I'm not going to accuse the attorney who asked the question at the heart of the New York Times piece of being "galacticly stupid."  Nor, however, am I going to charge the jury with being "inflamed by passion and prejudice."  Maybe just inflamed by passion.  Which is what we ask from juries, isn't it?  That they get angry at injustice.  With all due deliberation and based on the evidence.  That they take a cold hard look at certain business practices, draw the conclusion that those practices caused the party before them to suffer unbearable injuries and then award as punitive damages an amount to "deter" that business practice.  

And if the jury makes a mistake?  Well, fortunately, we're only just beginning to ask that question about the more important decisions juries make every day -- whether to sentence men and women to lengthy prison sentences, or even to death, for causing injuries as severe as those suffered when products go bad.      

With that, I give you the New York Times on the final question to the husband of the woman paralyzed when her Ford Explorer rolled over.
 

The witness was Barry Wilson, whose wife, Benetta, was paralyzed when her Ford Explorer rolled over. Mr. Wilson had cut back on his work hours to care for her. He showered her and catheterized her, and he woke several times each night to move her, to avoid bedsores.

Mr. Sonnett saw an opening, and he ended his examination with a flourish.

“The silver lining,” he said to Mr. Wilson, “to the extent that there could be one, it has brought you and Benetta and the family closer together?”

Mr. Wilson did not see the upside. “I don’t think it’s a benefit or a plus in any way,” he said.

It was the silver-lining question, an appeals court later ruled, that “may well have inflamed the passions of the jury.” In their lawsuit, the couple said Ford had made the Explorer dangerously prone to rolling over and then outfitted it with a weak roof. The jury agreed, hitting Ford twice. First, it awarded $123 million to compensate the Wilsons. Benetta Buell-Wilson had been an athletic graduate student, and now she lives in constant and increasing pain.

For the recent Supreme Court decision striking down the $79+ million punitive award against Philip Morris, see the Southern California Law Blog report here. 

For a little history on cigarette advertising, we give you Philip Morris ads on the original I Love Lucy television series.

Bringing It All Back Home

ImageChef.com - Create custom images ImageChef.com - Create custom images

As we noted yesterday, counsel know all too well that their clients arrive at mediation with "an unwarranted faith in the righteousness of [their] position" and that their obligation is to "bring rationality, objectivity and experience to bear on the matter."

Easier said than done, right? 

To help your mediator help you, I offer the following 5 & 5 on the why's of client hopes and the how's of diminished expectations.  

Five Reasons Why Your Clients Have Unwarranted Faith in the Righteousness of their Cause

    1. when she first told you her version of the facts, she left a few things out -- like how her  partner caught her cooking the books before he "breached" the partnership agreement by refusing to let her back on the business premises.     
    2. you're a zealous advocate -- not only are you paid to be -- your ethical responsibilities require it.  Despite all of your efforts to describe the perils of litigation, your client only really paid attention during the parts where you told her how great her case was. 
    3. your client hasn't spoken with his business partner, supplier, importer, competitor, licensee, etc. since the dispute arose two or three years ago.  There's been no opportunity for the parties to reality test their positions with the only other party who actually knows what happened. The social psychologists called this state one of  "autistic hostility."  
    4. as much as you try to anticipate the opposition's arguments, your job is to win.  It's impossible not to spend the bulk of your time justifying your client's actions and excusing his errors.
    5. to work as hard as you do on your client's behalf, you must believe in the merits of her case.

Five Ways Your Mediator Can Help You "Depress" Your Clients' Unreasonable Expectations

  1. let the mediator know you need some help with your client.  Call him ahead of time if he doesn't call you to discuss the nuances of the mediation session itself.  You can be candid without giving away the store. 
  2. let the mediator be the "fall guy," taking the "hit" for delivering this bad news -- while you, one of the best attorneys in town, were busily developing a great case, the other side's attorney was doing precisely the same thing.
  3. allow the mediator to develop as strong a personal relationship with your client as possible and permit her to ask probing questions that will gently reveal the problems with your case that have developed over the course of time. 
  4. be willing to break away from your client for separate session cacucuses with the mediator to discuss how things are going in the attorney-client dynamic so that course-change is possible.
  5. let the mediator know that your client is going to need more time to digest bad news -- if your mediator doesn't offer, ask him to arrange for the offer/demand to remain on the table for a  pre-determined amount of time and ask him to follow up with both parties during that period of time.

Remember:  there's no such thing as impasse, only a recess in the settlement discussions.  

Malpractice, ADR and Client Expectations

ImageChef.com - Create custom images

Way back in 1997, John Blumberg of the Blumberg Law Offices in Long Beach California asked in a Daily Journal article whether lawyers had a duty to give ADR advice.

Alternative dispute resolution, wrote Blumberg, 

has reached such a level of acceptance and availability that failure of an attorney to consider its possibilities or to inform the client of its existence may amount to legal malpractice. This is not to say that every case must be settled. It is to say, however, that an attorney's duty to a client includes "the obligation to attempt to effectuate a reasonable settlement of the . . . action where the general standards of professional care [require] that the most reasonable manner of disposing of the action was by settlement." Lysick v. Walcom (1968) 258 Cal.App.2d 136. 

Even a client's opposition to settlement, wrote Blumberg,

 does not excuse an attorney's duty to consider and advise the client about settlement. After all, the lawyer's superior skill and knowledge is what the client is paying for. Lucas v. Hamm (1961) 56 Cal.2d 583, 591.

It is not uncommon, noted Blumberg

for the client to have an unwarranted faith in the righteousness of his or her position. The lawyer's obligation is to bring rationality, objectivity and experience to bear on the matter

The most compelling point in this still timely and cogent advice on ADR is the one about the client's "unwarranted faith in the righteousness of his or her position."

Often, attorneys bring their clients to mediators to help them restore the "rationality, objectivity and experience" the client needs to hear without damaging the attorney-client relationship.  Many mediators have written about this process before me.  Tomorrow, I'll give you the ten greatest barriers to getting your client back into a realistic risk-management state of mind and the ten ways you can seek the mediators help in achieving that goal while continuing to maximize the settlment value of your case.

 

Mediation and Negotiation: Give Them a Little Time

I'm always a little surprised that parties to a pre-trial settlement conference or mediation have any expectation that they might be able to resolve a dispute of years standing in half a day, or even a single day.  That they often do settle their differences in so short a time is pretty amazing when you consider the time and effort (and resulting polarization) that have gone into the litigation of that dispute. 

Mediators and settlement judges often feel as if they're fighting the clock because the parties are impatient with the process and primed to storm out of the room if they feel the other side is not negotiating in "good faith." 

Attorneys often cynically say that all we mediators do is "keep the parties in the room."  I'm certain I won't be the first to acknowledge that this task is not only one of our main objectives, sometimes it's the toughest work we will do that day, making creative problem solving; "expanding the distributive bargaining pie," reality testing and re-framing the parties' options seem like child's play.

From the mediator's seat, I have one modest request for counsel and their clients -- have a little patience with the process.

More often than not, the business people need time to digest new insights, reassess their positions and perhaps even check their books and records again before making a sound business decision. None of us do the rest of us a favor by demanding that people make hard decisions under the pressure of time.

Remember that readiness to make a business decision is as emotional as any other major life decision. I have seen some business people take a day or two to mourn their losses before they are ready to accept them.

I have also seen actual tears well up in the eyes of the most hardened businessmen when they realize that trial will not save them -- that a "just outcome" (i.e."I will prevail at trial and recover all of my losses") is as unlikely as winning the lottery.  This is the false promise of litigation.  It keeps alive the parties' hope that they will be completely vindicated and their adversaries punished at trial.  

Although all competitive business people, trial lawyers and commercial litigators have their Conan the Barbarian moments, the "pleasure" of victory -- as voiced here by California Governor Schwarzenegger -- remains a greater fantasy than the one about a body-builder from Austria ascending to high political office in the United States. 

Anything's possible.  But consider the likelihoods.  

And now, Arnold!! 

Insurance Coverage and Settlement Negotiations

It continues to surprise me how many lawyers and business people fail to  immediately identify every possible source of defense and indemnity funds in their risk management department when they are first sued.  It's even more surprising when counsel and clients still haven't searched out all potential coverage by the time the case is before the Court for a Mandatory Settlement Conference or scheduled for a mediation. 

As environmental insurance coverage counsel, I and my colleagues spent years litigating the issue whether the term "sudden" as used in a CGL policy's polution exclusion meant "quick" or only unexpected.  (you can find the Shell v. Winterthur case deciding this issue, among others, reprinted on the Gordon & Reese website).

The lesson?  Don't think your policy doesn't cover the lawsuit just served on you just because its terms don't appear to cover your potential loss.  Take it to the creative people who nearly convinced California's courts that "sudden" does not have a temporal meaning.

That said, Perkins Coie has been running an excellent series of articles on its web site called  "Top Ten Issues to Consider When You Are Sued." (not if?)  The second article in the series identifies the types of insurance policies that might, at a minimum, pay your attorneys fees even if they will not make indemnity payments at the end of the day.

If I were a business person (or a litigator who doesn't have a thorough understanding of coverage issues) I'd definitely bookmark the Perkins Coie article, which you can find here.

Settlement as Barrier to Entry Angle

Check out Search Marketing and Musings' post on the GoogleBooks Settlement-as-Barrier-to-Entry-Angle and other thoughtful reflections on the excellent recent New Yorker article on "Google's Moon Shot," i.e., google's project to create a database of all books ever printed that are still in existence.

The paradigms they are a'changin' . . .

It's not your father's copyright law anymore . . . .

To get some sense of the upcoming legal battle and commercial strategizing, see the Online Wall Street Journal article in late '05 on Harper Collins' plans to digitize its own books here and Stanford Professor Larry Lessig's deeper legal thoughts here.

We love google.  We can't help ourselves.  We're temporarily trusting that it will "do no evil" just because we can't wait to see what they do next.

We have no idea what in the world is depicted in the image accompanying this post.  We just liked the way it looked with Google's Moon Shot.

 

16 Settlement Tips By a P.I. Trial Lawyer

Anyone who uses the word "cerebrate" twice in a single post makes me think he's doin' an awful lot of thinking.  And, it turns out that the thinking is pretty darn good. 

Looking for some sound advice on when and how to approach settlement?  Take a look at the Virginia Injury Lawyer Blog here.

Nobody Does it Better: Diane Levin and Blawg Review No. 94

From What About Clients? Blog

If you want to see both exemplary blawging and a great ad for blogging all around, see Diane Levin's "Mediation Channel" Blawg Review #94, collecting last week's best posts. A Boston lawyer and mediator, Diane Levin publishes Online Guide to Mediation. Diane's been a model for me and many others who blog/blawg and, like WAC?, she seeks to reach bloggers, lawyers and business people outside of the often-insular U.S. She's thoughtful, skillful, outspoken and (gulp) fun.

Diane gives new meaning to the words collaboration, reciprocity, generosity, wisdom, wit and top 'o the bell curve smarts.  It's rare to find all these qualities in a single human being.  And did I say she's tireless?

Check it out!!

Talking to Ourselves

Sometimes we mediators get caught in a conversation with ourselves and, in the process, get farther and farther away from what the attorneys who seek our assistance need from us.

Diane Levin has a series of articles on this topic, Bridging the Divide Between Lawyers and Mediators, which is a must read for all of us.  

I'm linking to her series here, as well as to some of the trial attorney and other blogs that think deeply and well about the mediation process and have much to teach us mediators.

Time prevents the full list this morning but I'll supplement this post this afternoon.

What triggered this thinking was Tampa Bay personal injury attorney Bob Carroll's excellent blog at injuryboard.com, The Litigation Process.

Diana Skaggs' Louisville Divorce Law Journal pays more attention to alternate dispute resolution than any practicing attorney blog I'm aware of.  Her insights are spot-on, her knowledge broad and her wisdom, well, wise.  Check it out!

Do not pass go!  Click the link here to the truly brilliant, multi-authored  Trial Lawyer Resource Center Trial Tips from Trial Lawyers Blog.  The blog's self-description is a vast understatement -- something we don't generally expect from trial lawyers:

Trial Tips from Trial Lawyers You've found the blog where a number of the USA's top trial attorneys join together with litigation experts to lend their expertise on topics that matter in your trial practice. Gain insight in case selection, work up, trial strategy, evidence, and post settlement issues. Contributors will reqularly share their real life experiences and knowledge to help you represent injured consumers.  

And it's not just the settlement/mediation tips that will grab your attention.  Trial lawyers put the passion, wit, loss, longing, love and fury back into the dry legalisms of their clients' claims.  Because that's what we mediators do as well, you'll find cruising the Trial Lawyer Resource Center an endless source of inspiration.

The Power of Influence

Even the Evangelical-Pie-Expanding-Negotiation-Collective (which awards this week's Exploding Pie Trophy to Diane Levin's Brilliant Post on the Inefficiencies of Trickery, Force and Persuasion) occasionally needs to resort to deception, influence and naked power plays.

So it is that we turn to Robert B. Cialdini's Six Rules of Influence that Could Make or Break Your Next Commercial Negotiation. 

Rule of Reciprocity

The rule of reciprocity is descriptive rather than prescriptive. When one person freely gives another something of value -- time, information, goods, or, in negotiations, concessions -- the receiving party inevitably feels an obligation to reciprocate.

Studies show, for instance, that the peppermint candy your waiter leaves with the check for dinner, dramatically increases the tip you give him. The same principle is used by charitable institutions whenever they send you return address labels bearing logos for -- pick one -- Amnesty International; the Red Cross; Habitat for Humanity, the Union Rescue Mission, and the like.

If unaware of this principle, the recipient of unasked for "favors" can be induced to enter into drastically unequal exchanges. To rid ourselves of the discomfort arising from an unpaid debt, for instance, we often agree to a request for a substantially larger favor than the one bestowed upon us.

Included within this rule is the "rejection-then-retreat technique," which relies heavily on the pressure to reciprocate concessions. By starting with an extreme demand that is certain to be rejected, the negotiator can profitably retreat to a smaller request--one that was desired in the first instance.

No matter how outrageous the opening offer, the second request is far more likely to be accepted because it appears to be and is a tempting concession (so long as the opening "outrageous" offer doesn't cause the termination of the negotiations at the outset).

Continue Reading

single issue monetized shuttle no intake lawyer controlled mediation

Recognize this?  

No, not the money shirt.

The single issue monetized shuttle no intake lawyer controlled mediation.

A  friend and LL.M. candidate at the Straus Institute, Monique McKay passes along law professor John Wade's term for a negotiation process most lawyers all know too well.  

Anyone interested can find an excellent article by Professor Wade discussing the SIMSNILCM process and its alternatives  here . 

Cal Supremes Take Up Mediation Confidentiality Issue in Simmons v. Ghaderi

The Supreme Court has defined the issue before it in Simmons v. Ghaderi after its December 20, 2006, grant of review as follows:   

This case presents the following issue: In an action to determine whether a valid oral settlement agreement was formed during mediation, was one party estopped to claim confidentiality for the mediation proceedings (Evid. Code, sections 1115-1124) because she had voluntarily declared the facts to be true, stipulated that she did not dispute them, submitted evidence of them, and litigated their effect for more than a year?

See our own previous commentary on this case here, here and here.

 

Failure to Mediate Real Estate Dispute Didn't Preclude Fee Award for Defense of Complaint

 

Provision in real estate purchase agreement disallowing attorney fees to a prevailing party who did not first attempt mediation did not preclude award of fees incurred to defend the action.  In any event, the evidence was sufficient to support the trial court's implied finding that defendant's offer to mediate was rebuffed by plaintiff.  Van Slyke v. Gibson  (January 18, 2007, Second District, Div. Six)  Cite as 2007 SOS 311

We Tell Ourselves Stories in Order to Live

 (click on painting to see more narrative artwork by Jacob Lawrence)

Mediation to Correct the Epistemological Error in the Adversarial Legal Narrative

We tell ourselves stories in order to live, wrote novelist and essayist Joan Didion.

The princess is caged in the consulate. The man with the candy will lead the children into the sea. The naked woman on the ledge outside the window is a victim or an exhibitionist, and it would be "interesting" to know which. We tell ourselves that it makes a difference whether she is about to commit a mortal sin or is about to register a political protest or is about to be snatched back to the human condition by the fireman in priests clothing. We look for the sermon in the suicide, for the social or moral lesson in the murder of five. We interpret what we see, select the most workable of the multiple choices. We live entirely, especially if we are writers, by the imposition of a narrative line upon disparate images, by the "ideas" with which we have learned to freeze the shifting phantasmagoria which is our actual experience.

Joan Didion, The White Album

The Rat Litigation

The small man in the incongruously meticulous three-piece suit and skullcap is sitting behind an enormous desk strewn with files, photos, pleadings, paper-clips and crumpled Styrofoam coffee cups. There is even evidence of yesterday’s lunch or last night’s late snack – a Fiestaware salad plate smeared with the congealed remains of something unidentifiable.

Mr. Segal’s face reddens as he stabs his finger repeatedly into a yellow legal pad that carries his firm’s embossed name.

“They disrespected my niece,” he is repeating, his voice rising with each iteration. “She grew up in Budapest. She knows something about rats.” He is sputtering now, on the verge of losing the professional demeanor I am certain he values.

“And that fake Jew,” he snarls, “The Company’s lawyer. His client disrespected her and now they’re disrespecting me.”

It is nine o’clock on a warm Los Angeles morning and my business day has just begun. Mr. Segal’s Santa Monica law office has one of those unexpectedly magnificient ocean views – the kind that make you feel guilty about an unmerited grace. The counterpoint between ocean, swaying palms and joggers in brightly colored sweats on the Palisade and Mr. Segal’s claustrophobic office is unsettling.

Open boxes spill out exhibits from his last trial and colorful graphic boards lean against the wall. He has already explained the trial victory these graphics helped him achieve – one of numerous injustices rectified by a Los Angeles Superior Court jury.

The Adversarial Legal Narrative

I used to be in the business of telling these stories myself – pushing the square pegs of my clients’ actual experiences – the shifting phantasmagoria – into the round holes of the pre-determined American legal conflict narrative. Duty, breach, proximate cause, damage. Now, as a mediator, I listen for character and plot, theme and moral, reliable and unreliable narrators, and, most importantly, character.

Writers have long known that we impose narrative lines on our often random experience. Told with hope, these stories weave nets to catch us when we fall; braid ropes to throw out our prison windows; forge keys to unlock the doors that separate us one from another.

Fake Jew. The raw emotion of this epithet startles me, though it doesn’t surprise me. I’ve met with Mr. Segal, counsel for his Eastern European niece, once before. We exchanged pleasantries about the neighborhood in which we both live – one with a large Orthodox and Ultra-Orthodox population. He knows my husband is Jewish and that I am not. According to Mr. Segal, “with all due respect,” I and those of my cross-marrying kind will eventually be responsible for the destruction of world Jewry. I’m easy-going on this topic and have not taken offense.

Meta and Master Narratives

With Mr. Segal's "fake Jew" accusation, I've hit mediation pay dirt. He'd already alerted me to the “meta” or “master” narrative that might have transmogrified this small claims case into a hotly contested Superior Court action. A narrative of a community splintered and in danger of destruction.  This additional comment reminded me of just how important this interest was.

The “meta” or “master” narrative is the national and religious story that shapes the way we think and live. It acts as a lens through which the “dominant” culture perceives itself and in opposition to which ethnic, religious and other sub-cultures are defined.

Social psychologists tell us that we all make use of this cultural stock of stories. In novel situations, we browse more or less consciously through them to find one or more narratives that fit -- or can be adjusted to fit -- our own experience.

Continue Reading

Court May Not Order Parties to Attend and Pay for Mediation in a Complex Case

The California Court of Appeal for the Fourth District held in Jeld-Wen v. Superior Court today that parties may not be ordered to attend and pay for the private mediation of complex litigation.

After a thorough review of the law applicable to the appointment (and pay) of referees for the purpose of settlement conferences and discovery disputes, the Fourth District held

While trial courts may try to cajole the parties in complex actions into stipulating to private mediation (see Super. Ct. San Diego County, Local Rules, rule 2.3.7), they cannot be forced or coerced over the threat of sanctions into attending and paying for private mediation as this is antithetical to the entire concept of mediation. In any event, we suspect that in a large majority of complex cases most parties will agree to private mediation; as such, we foresee no apocalyptic consequences from this decision.

The case is worth reading for its coverage of the differences between mandatory settlement conferences and mediation, as well as the scope of the Court's authority to require the parties to pay a retired judge or mediator for the proceedings.

 

Link to Robert Ambrogi's Year End Plea for Civility

Attorney and award winning blogger Robert Ambrogi concludes his own "must read" lawyers-appreciate essay on Civility among litigators as follows: 

Lawyers should take this [civil] approach in cases of every kind. It's not about gamesmanship. It's about helping your clients achieve a fair result that they will be able to live with and work with for the longer term. Among lawyers, the first step towards achieving fair results for your clients is to treat your peers in the same way -- with fairness and civility.

Robert's essay bears reading in its entirety folks.  Then it should be read again with an eye toward  forwarding it to the adversary you've been (uncivilly) battling with during the year. 

Perhaps you can append your own personal note with the link saying something like this -- "let's begin the new year on a more friendly footing."

You might even (gasp!) offer an actual apology for any incivilities on your side of the street during 2006.  

I can hear counsel now, saying, "but they'll use it against me!"  If things have deteriorated to the point where your opponent would use a heartfelt call to greater colleagiality against you, things are seriously out of hand.    

Continue Reading

Judicate West's Judge John Leo Wagner (Ret.)

There isn't a mediator working today who can teach you more about obtaining the winning edge in your next mediation or negotiation than Judicate West's Judge John Leo Wagner (Ret.)  

Judge Wagner and I each have a negotiation seminar presentation that we have  separately presented to businesses and law firms.  

Judge Wagner is often willing to come along to one of my in-house gigs so if you'd like to hear him, give me a call at 323.217.5162. 

I've presented my seminar at the following locales to rave reviews -- O'Melveny & Myers; Squire, Sanders & Dempsey; Sony Pictures Entertainment; Musick, Peller & Garrett; Katten, Muchin; Selman, Breitman; Wilson, Elser; and, the Anderson School of Management, Summer Entrepreneurship Institute, among others.

I don't have Judge Wagner's list but if my presentations have been "raves," his have been even ravier (a word he would frown on but compliments he cannot deny). 

For more on Judge Wagner, see the extended entry.

Continue Reading

Cartoon Mediator

Ultimatum

Copyright Charles Fincher at Scribble-in-Law, www.LawComix.com

You can buy this (signed!) and many other hilarious legal comics at the site that I've linked to above. 

What is it about Texas Lawyers and Art?  See Billing Time. 

Whatever it is, we're grateful for the laugh of recognition.  We all take ourselves too seriously and need to have our balloons popped like this at least once a week.

Why have I never seen any of these before?

I'm going to be late for a mediation because I stayed too long on the Scribble-in-Law site.

Thanks Charles!!

Love -- Another Interlude Before Changing Minds II

gapingvoid.com

"We don't have enough ways to care for each other:  that's the moment we're living in.  We need love to solve the problem of education, and I don't know how we're going to solve the health care problem without love." 

Anna Deavere Smith, NYU Law & Tisch School of the Arts about the PBS Documentary,The Mystery of Love from The Countless Varieties of a Single Emotion:  Love in today's New York Times.

One of the stories to be told in this documentary (to air on PBS in mid-December)  is the friendship between Azim Khamisa, a Muslim father whose 20-year-old son Tariq was murdered by 14-year-old gang member Tony Hicks. You can find that story (summarized below) on the PBS website here.

As a Sufi Muslim, he believed that doing good deeds and being compassionate create “spiritual currency” and this can be transferred to departed souls. So he decided that for the sake of his son, he needed to find a way to overcome his sorrow.

Azim came to realize that there were “victims at both ends of the gun.” So, in his heart, he forgave his son’s murderer and connected with the murder’s grandfather, Ples Felix. In the atmosphere of understanding and forgiveness, they decided to work together to educate young people about the terrible effects of violence. In this process, they have become as close as brothers.

Out of tragedy has developed a loving friendship. These men embody the Hindu proverb, “I met 100 men on the road to Dehli, and they were all my brothers

Negotiation, Time and the Ivory Tower

Over at the Legal Theory Blog we hear about the publication of Negotiation from a Near and Distant Time Perspective.

Translating from the academic into standard English , Psych Profs Marlone D. Henderson , Yaacov Trope and Peter Carnevale have apparently made the following research findings:

1.  parties are less likely to pursue piecemeal single issue resolutions and more likely to explore integrative, multi-issue solutions to a problem as the amount of time elapsing after a negotiation increases; 

2.  parties show an increased interest in conceding the lowest priority issues, but evidence less interest in conceding the highest priority issues as the amount of time elapsing after the event being negotiated increases; and,

3. parties make more multi-issue offers and are more likely to trade conessions on low priority issues for high priority issues as the amount of time elapsing after the event being negotiated increases.  

I'm happy to read that the article also discusses "implications for conflict resolution and construal level theory" since I don't much understand the three points mentioned above, let alone what "construal level theory" might be.  This is the point at which I mention the fact that I've earned not only my J.D., but also my LL.M.

Note to academics.  It's actually easier to write the way you speak.  And who knows, you might get some cross-disciplinary interest from outside the academy (the real world) if you try to make your work accessible to the rest of us poorly educated citizens. 

Remember that one of the smartest men in the world, physicist Stephen Hawking had this to say about time -- "it's what keeps everything from happening at once."

Apologies in the News

E! Online reports in Michael Richards' Mea Culpa Mediation that the former Seinfeld star and local comedian will meet with the African-American comedy club patrons "whose heckling triggered the racist rant heard round the world."

The men's attorney, Gloria Allred, said a local judge will facilitate a meeting to help the parties resolve the dispute, apparently to open with a "personal apology for [Mr. Richard's] behavior."   

The value of apology in resolving litigation or preventing suit in the first instance remains a matter of controversy among ADR professionals and scholars alike.  

The most thorough and thoughtful article I have read on the issue is Apology Subverted:  The Commodification of Apology.  The article's author, Lee Taft, argues that apology loses its moral force if used as a bargaining chip, particularly where the transgressor is protected from liability for his admission of wrongdoing.

See also Marlynn Wei's 2006 article, Doctors, Apologies and the Law, an Analysis and Critique of Apology Laws from the Yale Law School Student Scholarship Series and Erin O'Hara's Apologies and Thick Trust -- What Spouse Abusers and Negligent Doctors Might Have in Common , which I've blogged about earlier here and here.   

Mediator Predictions

Thanks to Geoff Sharp at mediator blah blah . . . for turning us on to this Ohio State Journal of Dispute Resolution article entitled Will this Case Settle?  An Exploration of Mediators' Predictions.

Written by Harvard Law School Assistant Professor, Michael L. Moffitt, this is the best exploration of the perils of evaluative or "predictive" mediation practice I have ever seen. 

The most provocative issue addressed by Moffitt is the mediator's choice to send false signals. 

Moffitt gives four possible reasons a mediator would misrepresent his own evaluation of the likelihood of settlement:  (1)  a simple aversion to delivering unwelcome news; (2) desire for personal gain, i.e., by predicting settlement too early, the mediator could seek to extend the mediation when billing by the hour rather than the day; (3) desire to "do one's job" of being optimstic, i.e., the mediator who believes that his role is to be a "cheerleader" for resolution would predict settlement even if he thought the case were unlikely to settle; and, (4) belief that predicting success will influence the parties.

I have a lot to say about this but no time to say it today.  I invite comments from my readers on both "sides" of the medition table -- mediation advocates (litigators) and mediators.  Better yet, how about hearing from that too often silent or muffled party, the client.

The Benefits of Barter

Because I've been building a new business for the past two years and do not have a money tree in my back yard, I've learned to appreciate the value of barter.   

In her ground-breaking legal memoir Alchemy of Race and Rights (Harvard Univ. Press 1992) Columbia Law School Professor Patricia Williams talks about lessons learned in a local "barter circle."

Once upon a time some neighbors of mine included me in their circle of barter. They were in the habit of exchanging eggs and driving lessons, hand-knit sweaters and computer programming, plumbing and calligraphy. I accepted the generosity of their inclusion with gratitude. At first, I felt that, as a lawyer, I had nothing to contribute. What I came to realize with time, however, was that my value to the group was not calculated by the physical items I brought to it. These people included me because they wanted me to be part of their circle, they valued my participation apart from the material things I could offer. So I gave of msyelf to them, and they gave me fruit cakes and dandelion wine and smoked salmon, and in their giving, their goods became provisions. Cradled in this community whose currency was a relational ethic, my stock in myself soared. My value depended on the glorious intangibility, the eloquent invisibility of my just being part of the collective; and in direct response I grew spacious and happy and gentle.

The Benefits of Bartering in Contemporary Commercial Transactions

Professor Williams' paen to barter doesn't sound merely cosy and homey, you say, it positively reeks of flower-child collectivism. What could Professor Williams' little barter circle possibly have to do with settling my $200 million unfair competition lawsuit?

A lot, actually. If you look past the smoked salmon and the dandelion wine, you'll find the phrase "currency [of] relational ethic." Williams is talking about the intangible value of relations as a means of exchange rather than (or in addition to) the numeric value of money.

Understanding Money

We've become so used to valuing most everything in monetary terms, we tend to forget that money is a representation of value rather than value itself. When negotiating a commercial dispute, we all benefit from reminding ourselves that money is simply one medium of exchange -- a good one, but not the only one.

Money is so good at serving as an objective measure of value; a standard of deferred payment, a store of wealth, a criterion for measuring worth and a “universal means to whatever ends are available in the market” (Ingham, Geoffrey MONEY IS A SOCIAL RELATION (2002) 54 Review of Social Economy 507) we often fail to look elsewhere for resources.

Integrative or interest-based negotiations flourish whenever the parties are able to identify tangible goods or services as well as the intangible benefits (apologies, recognition, respect, etc.) that might be available to sweeten a monetary exchange.  

Continue Reading

Shorts on Conflict Resolution

As I prepare to teach Selected Issues in ADR:  Employment (with master employment mediator Stefan Mason) at the Straus Institute in the Spring of '07, I find myself inspired and amazed at the vast amount of wisdom tucked away in books with names like "Resolving Conflicts at Work," a volume I would be unlikely to pick up unless it had, as it does, Ken Cloke's name attached to it.  

Below, a short excerpt on the necessary attitude toward conflict for true resolution and where that conflict can be located:  

The German philosopher Nietzsche wrote, "when you look into the abyss, the abyss also looks into you."

Looking into your conflict means giving up your illusions, no longer seeing yourself as a victim or other people as enemies.  It means giving up your fear of engaging in honest communication with someone you distrust or dislike.

For example, consider the following:  how far apart are people when they are in conflict?  There are three correct answers:  first, they are an infinite distance apart because they cannot communicate at all; second they are no distance at all because their conflict makes them inseparable; and third, they are exactly one step apart because either of them can reach out and touch the other at any moment.

This leads to a follow-up question:  if this is so, where are their conflicts located?  Again, there are three correct answers:  first, they are located in the mind of each person because each person's attitudes, ideas, emotions and intentions are indispensable to the continuation of the dispute; second, they are located between them because every conflict is a relationship; and, third, they are located around them because all conflicts take place within a system, culture, context or environment that influences how they are conducted.

Kenneth Cloke and Joan Goldsmith, Resolving Conflicts at Work.

Is Litigation a Better Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement?

I was thinking immodestly about what a great deal my own mediation fees were the other day.  A deposition transcript alone, I was thinking, must cost only a little less than my half day fee.  Casting about the internet for a good source on the cost of a deposition, I ran across attorney-mediator Thomas A. Cohen's article, Anatomy of a Lawsuit, which he has graciously given me permission to re-print for you here.

Even the most savvy business executive could benefit from reading this step-by-step guide to the great American pass time, litigation.  

ANATOMY OF A LAWSUIT

by Thomas A. Cohen

So. You want your piece of the American dream. You want to do the dance sensation that is sweeping the nation. You want your ship to come in. In short, you want to file a lawsuit. Here’s what you can expect: the steps involved, the costs, and the likely result.

We will assume that you have cleared the first hurdles: you are aggrieved; the law can furnish relief; and there appears to be some reasonable chance of winning and collecting the judgment. We will also assume that you can assert jurisdiction over the defendant in either State or Federal court.

A lawsuit begins when your attorney drafts a complaint. This is a written pleading which identifies the legal and factual contentions involved, and sets forth what a party proposes to prove at trial so that his opponent will know what contentions he must be prepared to meet. The complexity of the complaint varies with the complexity of the issues to be tried. At the simplest level, certain disputes are so run of the mill that a Judicial Council form complaint may be filled out by checking certain boxes and filling in a few sentences of narrative. For example, a form complaint may be used for the collection of a written promissory note. In contrast, a class action alleging that Hollywood studios have conspired to deprive writers of profits from feature films (an actual pending suit) requires significant detail covering many pages.

The complaint is filed with the court and then served with a summons on the defendant. The filing fee in California Superior Court is $185; in federal court it is $120. The summons and complaint generally must be served by personal delivery to the defendant. Simple local service of process costs from $25 to $50. A summons is a one page form which is completed and signed by the attorney, and filed with the court. When properly served, it requires the defendant to file a written response within a given number of days. In California a defendant has 30 days to file a written response. Failure to file a response results in a default judgment against the defendant. If unchallenged, this default judgment is as valid as a jury verdict. Thus, the penalty for failing to respond to a lawsuit can be severe, and it is the rare solvent defendant who ignores a properly served complaint.

Generally, a defendant responds to a complaint with a pleading called an answer. This document, which must be filed with the court, can often be very simple. While not available in all cases, a general denial of all allegations will often suffice. Each defendant must pay a filing fee in the same amount as the plaintiff’s fee. The defendant is not limited to filing an answer. Instead, or in addition, he may file a motion to dismiss/demurrer, or a cross complaint/counterclaim. Different terms are used in state and federal court, but the essence of the pleading is the same.

Continue Reading

Loss Aversion

 

Negotiating with a Full Deck

As we all know, negotiating isn't like gambling, negotiating is gambling. All negotiations require the bargainers to evaluate the potential risks and likely benefits of any offered deal -- whether it be a million dollar demand to settle a lawsuit or a $20 offer to try out a new internet service. Since we can can never truly know the mind of another nor predict the future, we should, at a minimum, know our own propensities in regard to risk as well as our best alternatives to a negotiated agreement ("BATNA").

Recent Research on Loss Aversion

Fellow legal blogger, law professor and commercial litigator Michael Webster reports on the most recent research on loss aversion as follows:

Over at the Neuroeconomics blog, they ask are we bad forecasters of loss? In the economic literature, loss aversion is described as turning down risks or gambles with large chance of loss, but with a positive expected value. For example, consider wagering $50 on a bet that returns $200 30% of the time and 70% of the time nothing. Even though the bet has an expected value of $60, which is greater than $50, most people will not play this bet. What is the basis for risk aversion?

Here is Neuroeconomics' conclusion:

Predications of emotional impact weigh heavily on decisions. In fact, people avoid risk even when faced with the prospect of large gain, predicting loss will hurt them much more than an equal gain will please them. If that is true, this phenomenon (termed loss aversion) is simply a rational product of accurate affective forecasting. Currently, research seems split on this question. Studies have indicated that loss induces more intense neural activity, indicating that our forecasting may be valid. However, behavioral economics generally proposes that we are bad forecasters, and studies show that we consistently overestimate the intensity of emotion from life tragedy.

In a new study, participants effectively minimized impact of loss after a game of luck using various coping mechanisms, such as dissonance reduction,self-affirmation, motivated reasoning, and positive illusions. Researchers found that "there was no evidence that losing actually had a greater emotional impact than winning," showing we are indeed poor loss forecasters".

Continue Reading

Why -- an Antatomy of Explanations


These are the words I never said/This is the path I'll never tread/This is the fear/This is the dread/These are the contents of my head/And these are the years that we have spent/And this is what they represent/And this is how I feel
Do you know how I feel ?/'cause i don't think you know how I feel/I don't think you know what I feel/I don't think you know what I feel/You don't know what I feel. Annie Lenox, Why, from Diva

(see also You Just Don't Understand -- Men and Women in Conversation by Deborah Tannen)

We are once again indebted to New Yorker writer Malcolm Gladwell for making social science research useful.

In his April 10, 2006 articleon Columbia University Professor Charles Tilly's book "Why,"Gladwell explains the sociologist's "anatomy of explanations."

Why should negotiators care? Because explaining why our bargaining partners should settle instead of litigate requires persuasive story-telling -- a compelling account of our business requirements and capabilities -- a reason why what we want is fair and reasonable, even just.

Types of Reasons

Professor Tilly has created four reason-giving categories:

Conventions: These are the rules your mother and grade school teachers taught you. Don't be a tattle tale. Share with your sister. Don't whine. Say thank you to the nice man for giving you an extra dollop of ice cream.

Stories: This is what we attorneys do for a living. Tell stories, read stories, make up stories, listen to stories. Then we compare one story (Mrs. Palsgraf was waiting for a train when a man holding a box of firecrackers stumbled out the door and then) with another story (the sherriff stopped Mr. Green on Highway 50 but let him continue driving even though Mr. Green was clearly drunk and then he passed a truck on a narrow road and then ).

Codes: These are "high-level" conventions -- the formulas that invoke procedural rules and categories. The judge and jury apply codes such as "oral agreements can't transfer real property" to the Plaintiff's story about her landlord's promise to extend her lease for a year.

Technical Accounts: These are stories informed by specialized knowledge and authority. They're the stories your expert witnesses tell.

Talking Past One Another  

Anyone who's spent even a few weeks in law school knows these categories. So why are we bothering with them here? Because, according to Tilly, reason giving is most effective when we "match" the kind of reason we give to the particular role we are playing when the reason is necessary. If one person is giving a technical account and the other a story, for instance, the chances are remote that they will ever begin to understand, let alone agree with, one another.

Continue Reading